Title: 'Amazon Web Services' Security, Identity, & Compliance Services
Version: 0.9.0
Description: Interface to 'Amazon Web Services' security, identity, and compliance services, including the 'Identity & Access Management' ('IAM') service for managing access to services and resources, and more https://aws.amazon.com/.
License: Apache License (≥ 2.0)
URL: https://github.com/paws-r/paws, https://paws-r.r-universe.dev/paws.security.identity
BugReports: https://github.com/paws-r/paws/issues
Imports: paws.common (≥ 0.8.0)
Suggests: testthat
Encoding: UTF-8
RoxygenNote: 7.3.2
Collate: 'accessanalyzer_service.R' 'accessanalyzer_interfaces.R' 'accessanalyzer_operations.R' 'account_service.R' 'account_interfaces.R' 'account_operations.R' 'acm_service.R' 'acm_interfaces.R' 'acm_operations.R' 'acmpca_service.R' 'acmpca_interfaces.R' 'acmpca_operations.R' 'cleanroomsml_service.R' 'cleanroomsml_interfaces.R' 'cleanroomsml_operations.R' 'clouddirectory_service.R' 'clouddirectory_interfaces.R' 'clouddirectory_operations.R' 'cloudhsm_service.R' 'cloudhsm_interfaces.R' 'cloudhsm_operations.R' 'cloudhsmv2_service.R' 'cloudhsmv2_interfaces.R' 'cloudhsmv2_operations.R' 'cognitoidentity_service.R' 'cognitoidentity_interfaces.R' 'cognitoidentity_operations.R' 'cognitoidentityprovider_service.R' 'cognitoidentityprovider_interfaces.R' 'cognitoidentityprovider_operations.R' 'cognitosync_service.R' 'cognitosync_interfaces.R' 'cognitosync_operations.R' 'detective_service.R' 'detective_interfaces.R' 'detective_operations.R' 'directoryservice_service.R' 'directoryservice_interfaces.R' 'directoryservice_operations.R' 'fms_service.R' 'fms_interfaces.R' 'fms_operations.R' 'guardduty_service.R' 'guardduty_interfaces.R' 'guardduty_operations.R' 'iam_service.R' 'iam_interfaces.R' 'iam_operations.R' 'iamrolesanywhere_service.R' 'iamrolesanywhere_interfaces.R' 'iamrolesanywhere_operations.R' 'identitystore_service.R' 'identitystore_interfaces.R' 'identitystore_operations.R' 'inspector2_service.R' 'inspector2_interfaces.R' 'inspector2_operations.R' 'inspector_service.R' 'inspector_interfaces.R' 'inspector_operations.R' 'kms_service.R' 'kms_interfaces.R' 'kms_operations.R' 'macie2_service.R' 'macie2_interfaces.R' 'macie2_operations.R' 'pcaconnectorad_service.R' 'pcaconnectorad_interfaces.R' 'pcaconnectorad_operations.R' 'ram_service.R' 'ram_interfaces.R' 'ram_operations.R' 'reexports_paws.common.R' 'secretsmanager_service.R' 'secretsmanager_interfaces.R' 'secretsmanager_operations.R' 'securityhub_service.R' 'securityhub_interfaces.R' 'securityhub_operations.R' 'securitylake_service.R' 'securitylake_interfaces.R' 'securitylake_operations.R' 'shield_service.R' 'shield_interfaces.R' 'shield_operations.R' 'sso_service.R' 'sso_interfaces.R' 'sso_operations.R' 'ssoadmin_service.R' 'ssoadmin_interfaces.R' 'ssoadmin_operations.R' 'ssooidc_service.R' 'ssooidc_interfaces.R' 'ssooidc_operations.R' 'sts_service.R' 'sts_interfaces.R' 'sts_operations.R' 'verifiedpermissions_service.R' 'verifiedpermissions_interfaces.R' 'verifiedpermissions_operations.R' 'waf_service.R' 'waf_interfaces.R' 'waf_operations.R' 'wafregional_service.R' 'wafregional_interfaces.R' 'wafregional_operations.R' 'wafv2_service.R' 'wafv2_interfaces.R' 'wafv2_operations.R'
NeedsCompilation: no
Packaged: 2025-03-14 09:23:34 UTC; dyfanjones
Author: David Kretch [aut], Adam Banker [aut], Dyfan Jones [cre], Amazon.com, Inc. [cph]
Maintainer: Dyfan Jones <dyfan.r.jones@gmail.com>
Repository: CRAN
Date/Publication: 2025-03-14 16:50:02 UTC

Access Analyzer

Description

Identity and Access Management Access Analyzer helps you to set, verify, and refine your IAM policies by providing a suite of capabilities. Its features include findings for external and unused access, basic and custom policy checks for validating policies, and policy generation to generate fine-grained policies. To start using IAM Access Analyzer to identify external or unused access, you first need to create an analyzer.

External access analyzers help identify potential risks of accessing resources by enabling you to identify any resource policies that grant access to an external principal. It does this by using logic-based reasoning to analyze resource-based policies in your Amazon Web Services environment. An external principal can be another Amazon Web Services account, a root user, an IAM user or role, a federated user, an Amazon Web Services service, or an anonymous user. You can also use IAM Access Analyzer to preview public and cross-account access to your resources before deploying permissions changes.

Unused access analyzers help identify potential identity access risks by enabling you to identify unused IAM roles, unused access keys, unused console passwords, and IAM principals with unused service and action-level permissions.

Beyond findings, IAM Access Analyzer provides basic and custom policy checks to validate IAM policies before deploying permissions changes. You can use policy generation to refine permissions by attaching a policy generated using access activity logged in CloudTrail logs.

This guide describes the IAM Access Analyzer operations that you can call programmatically. For general information about IAM Access Analyzer, see Identity and Access Management Access Analyzer in the IAM User Guide.

Usage

accessanalyzer(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- accessanalyzer(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

apply_archive_rule Retroactively applies the archive rule to existing findings that meet the archive rule criteria
cancel_policy_generation Cancels the requested policy generation
check_access_not_granted Checks whether the specified access isn't allowed by a policy
check_no_new_access Checks whether new access is allowed for an updated policy when compared to the existing policy
check_no_public_access Checks whether a resource policy can grant public access to the specified resource type
create_access_preview Creates an access preview that allows you to preview IAM Access Analyzer findings for your resource before deploying resource permissions
create_analyzer Creates an analyzer for your account
create_archive_rule Creates an archive rule for the specified analyzer
delete_analyzer Deletes the specified analyzer
delete_archive_rule Deletes the specified archive rule
generate_finding_recommendation Creates a recommendation for an unused permissions finding
get_access_preview Retrieves information about an access preview for the specified analyzer
get_analyzed_resource Retrieves information about a resource that was analyzed
get_analyzer Retrieves information about the specified analyzer
get_archive_rule Retrieves information about an archive rule
get_finding Retrieves information about the specified finding
get_finding_recommendation Retrieves information about a finding recommendation for the specified analyzer
get_findings_statistics Retrieves a list of aggregated finding statistics for an external access or unused access analyzer
get_finding_v2 Retrieves information about the specified finding
get_generated_policy Retrieves the policy that was generated using StartPolicyGeneration
list_access_preview_findings Retrieves a list of access preview findings generated by the specified access preview
list_access_previews Retrieves a list of access previews for the specified analyzer
list_analyzed_resources Retrieves a list of resources of the specified type that have been analyzed by the specified analyzer
list_analyzers Retrieves a list of analyzers
list_archive_rules Retrieves a list of archive rules created for the specified analyzer
list_findings Retrieves a list of findings generated by the specified analyzer
list_findings_v2 Retrieves a list of findings generated by the specified analyzer
list_policy_generations Lists all of the policy generations requested in the last seven days
list_tags_for_resource Retrieves a list of tags applied to the specified resource
start_policy_generation Starts the policy generation request
start_resource_scan Immediately starts a scan of the policies applied to the specified resource
tag_resource Adds a tag to the specified resource
untag_resource Removes a tag from the specified resource
update_analyzer Modifies the configuration of an existing analyzer
update_archive_rule Updates the criteria and values for the specified archive rule
update_findings Updates the status for the specified findings
validate_policy Requests the validation of a policy and returns a list of findings

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- accessanalyzer()
svc$apply_archive_rule(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Retroactively applies the archive rule to existing findings that meet the archive rule criteria

Description

Retroactively applies the archive rule to existing findings that meet the archive rule criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_apply_archive_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_apply_archive_rule(analyzerArn, ruleName, clientToken = NULL)

Arguments

analyzerArn

[required] The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the analyzer.

ruleName

[required] The name of the rule to apply.

clientToken

A client token.


Cancels the requested policy generation

Description

Cancels the requested policy generation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_cancel_policy_generation/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_cancel_policy_generation(jobId)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The JobId that is returned by the start_policy_generation operation. The JobId can be used with get_generated_policy to retrieve the generated policies or used with cancel_policy_generation to cancel the policy generation request.


Checks whether the specified access isn't allowed by a policy

Description

Checks whether the specified access isn't allowed by a policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_check_access_not_granted/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_check_access_not_granted(policyDocument, access, policyType)

Arguments

policyDocument

[required] The JSON policy document to use as the content for the policy.

access

[required] An access object containing the permissions that shouldn't be granted by the specified policy. If only actions are specified, IAM Access Analyzer checks for access to peform at least one of the actions on any resource in the policy. If only resources are specified, then IAM Access Analyzer checks for access to perform any action on at least one of the resources. If both actions and resources are specified, IAM Access Analyzer checks for access to perform at least one of the specified actions on at least one of the specified resources.

policyType

[required] The type of policy. Identity policies grant permissions to IAM principals. Identity policies include managed and inline policies for IAM roles, users, and groups.

Resource policies grant permissions on Amazon Web Services resources. Resource policies include trust policies for IAM roles and bucket policies for Amazon S3 buckets.


Checks whether new access is allowed for an updated policy when compared to the existing policy

Description

Checks whether new access is allowed for an updated policy when compared to the existing policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_check_no_new_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_check_no_new_access(
  newPolicyDocument,
  existingPolicyDocument,
  policyType
)

Arguments

newPolicyDocument

[required] The JSON policy document to use as the content for the updated policy.

existingPolicyDocument

[required] The JSON policy document to use as the content for the existing policy.

policyType

[required] The type of policy to compare. Identity policies grant permissions to IAM principals. Identity policies include managed and inline policies for IAM roles, users, and groups.

Resource policies grant permissions on Amazon Web Services resources. Resource policies include trust policies for IAM roles and bucket policies for Amazon S3 buckets. You can provide a generic input such as identity policy or resource policy or a specific input such as managed policy or Amazon S3 bucket policy.


Checks whether a resource policy can grant public access to the specified resource type

Description

Checks whether a resource policy can grant public access to the specified resource type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_check_no_public_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_check_no_public_access(policyDocument, resourceType)

Arguments

policyDocument

[required] The JSON policy document to evaluate for public access.

resourceType

[required] The type of resource to evaluate for public access. For example, to check for public access to Amazon S3 buckets, you can choose ⁠AWS::S3::Bucket⁠ for the resource type.

For resource types not supported as valid values, IAM Access Analyzer will return an error.


Creates an access preview that allows you to preview IAM Access Analyzer findings for your resource before deploying resource permissions

Description

Creates an access preview that allows you to preview IAM Access Analyzer findings for your resource before deploying resource permissions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_create_access_preview/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_create_access_preview(
  analyzerArn,
  configurations,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the account analyzer used to generate the access preview. You can only create an access preview for analyzers with an Account type and Active status.

configurations

[required] Access control configuration for your resource that is used to generate the access preview. The access preview includes findings for external access allowed to the resource with the proposed access control configuration. The configuration must contain exactly one element.

clientToken

A client token.


Creates an analyzer for your account

Description

Creates an analyzer for your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_create_analyzer/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_create_analyzer(
  analyzerName,
  type,
  archiveRules = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  configuration = NULL
)

Arguments

analyzerName

[required] The name of the analyzer to create.

type

[required] The type of analyzer to create. Only ACCOUNT, ORGANIZATION, ACCOUNT_UNUSED_ACCESS, and ORGANIZATION_UNUSED_ACCESS analyzers are supported. You can create only one analyzer per account per Region. You can create up to 5 analyzers per organization per Region.

archiveRules

Specifies the archive rules to add for the analyzer. Archive rules automatically archive findings that meet the criteria you define for the rule.

tags

An array of key-value pairs to apply to the analyzer. You can use the set of Unicode letters, digits, whitespace, ⁠_⁠, ., /, =, +, and -.

For the tag key, you can specify a value that is 1 to 128 characters in length and cannot be prefixed with ⁠aws:⁠.

For the tag value, you can specify a value that is 0 to 256 characters in length.

clientToken

A client token.

configuration

Specifies the configuration of the analyzer. If the analyzer is an unused access analyzer, the specified scope of unused access is used for the configuration.


Creates an archive rule for the specified analyzer

Description

Creates an archive rule for the specified analyzer. Archive rules automatically archive new findings that meet the criteria you define when you create the rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_create_archive_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_create_archive_rule(
  analyzerName,
  ruleName,
  filter,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

analyzerName

[required] The name of the created analyzer.

ruleName

[required] The name of the rule to create.

filter

[required] The criteria for the rule.

clientToken

A client token.


Deletes the specified analyzer

Description

Deletes the specified analyzer. When you delete an analyzer, IAM Access Analyzer is disabled for the account or organization in the current or specific Region. All findings that were generated by the analyzer are deleted. You cannot undo this action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_delete_analyzer/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_delete_analyzer(analyzerName, clientToken = NULL)

Arguments

analyzerName

[required] The name of the analyzer to delete.

clientToken

A client token.


Deletes the specified archive rule

Description

Deletes the specified archive rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_delete_archive_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_delete_archive_rule(analyzerName, ruleName, clientToken = NULL)

Arguments

analyzerName

[required] The name of the analyzer that associated with the archive rule to delete.

ruleName

[required] The name of the rule to delete.

clientToken

A client token.


Creates a recommendation for an unused permissions finding

Description

Creates a recommendation for an unused permissions finding.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_generate_finding_recommendation/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_generate_finding_recommendation(analyzerArn, id)

Arguments

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the analyzer used to generate the finding recommendation.

id

[required] The unique ID for the finding recommendation.


Retrieves information about an access preview for the specified analyzer

Description

Retrieves information about an access preview for the specified analyzer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_get_access_preview/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_get_access_preview(accessPreviewId, analyzerArn)

Arguments

accessPreviewId

[required] The unique ID for the access preview.

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the analyzer used to generate the access preview.


Retrieves information about a resource that was analyzed

Description

Retrieves information about a resource that was analyzed.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_get_analyzed_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_get_analyzed_resource(analyzerArn, resourceArn)

Arguments

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the analyzer to retrieve information from.

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to retrieve information about.


Retrieves information about the specified analyzer

Description

Retrieves information about the specified analyzer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_get_analyzer/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_get_analyzer(analyzerName)

Arguments

analyzerName

[required] The name of the analyzer retrieved.


Retrieves information about an archive rule

Description

Retrieves information about an archive rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_get_archive_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_get_archive_rule(analyzerName, ruleName)

Arguments

analyzerName

[required] The name of the analyzer to retrieve rules from.

ruleName

[required] The name of the rule to retrieve.


Retrieves information about the specified finding

Description

Retrieves information about the specified finding. GetFinding and GetFindingV2 both use access-analyzer:GetFinding in the Action element of an IAM policy statement. You must have permission to perform the access-analyzer:GetFinding action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_get_finding/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_get_finding(analyzerArn, id)

Arguments

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the analyzer that generated the finding.

id

[required] The ID of the finding to retrieve.


Retrieves information about a finding recommendation for the specified analyzer

Description

Retrieves information about a finding recommendation for the specified analyzer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_get_finding_recommendation/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_get_finding_recommendation(
  analyzerArn,
  id,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the analyzer used to generate the finding recommendation.

id

[required] The unique ID for the finding recommendation.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.

nextToken

A token used for pagination of results returned.


Retrieves information about the specified finding

Description

Retrieves information about the specified finding. GetFinding and GetFindingV2 both use access-analyzer:GetFinding in the Action element of an IAM policy statement. You must have permission to perform the access-analyzer:GetFinding action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_get_finding_v2/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_get_finding_v2(
  analyzerArn,
  id,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the analyzer that generated the finding.

id

[required] The ID of the finding to retrieve.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.

nextToken

A token used for pagination of results returned.


Retrieves a list of aggregated finding statistics for an external access or unused access analyzer

Description

Retrieves a list of aggregated finding statistics for an external access or unused access analyzer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_get_findings_statistics/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_get_findings_statistics(analyzerArn)

Arguments

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the analyzer used to generate the statistics.


Retrieves the policy that was generated using StartPolicyGeneration

Description

Retrieves the policy that was generated using start_policy_generation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_get_generated_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_get_generated_policy(
  jobId,
  includeResourcePlaceholders = NULL,
  includeServiceLevelTemplate = NULL
)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The JobId that is returned by the start_policy_generation operation. The JobId can be used with get_generated_policy to retrieve the generated policies or used with cancel_policy_generation to cancel the policy generation request.

includeResourcePlaceholders

The level of detail that you want to generate. You can specify whether to generate policies with placeholders for resource ARNs for actions that support resource level granularity in policies.

For example, in the resource section of a policy, you can receive a placeholder such as "Resource":"arn:aws:s3:::${BucketName}" instead of "*".

includeServiceLevelTemplate

The level of detail that you want to generate. You can specify whether to generate service-level policies.

IAM Access Analyzer uses iam:servicelastaccessed to identify services that have been used recently to create this service-level template.


Retrieves a list of access preview findings generated by the specified access preview

Description

Retrieves a list of access preview findings generated by the specified access preview.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_list_access_preview_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_list_access_preview_findings(
  accessPreviewId,
  analyzerArn,
  filter = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

accessPreviewId

[required] The unique ID for the access preview.

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the analyzer used to generate the access.

filter

Criteria to filter the returned findings.

nextToken

A token used for pagination of results returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.


Retrieves a list of access previews for the specified analyzer

Description

Retrieves a list of access previews for the specified analyzer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_list_access_previews/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_list_access_previews(
  analyzerArn,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the analyzer used to generate the access preview.

nextToken

A token used for pagination of results returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.


Retrieves a list of resources of the specified type that have been analyzed by the specified analyzer

Description

Retrieves a list of resources of the specified type that have been analyzed by the specified analyzer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_list_analyzed_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_list_analyzed_resources(
  analyzerArn,
  resourceType = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the analyzer to retrieve a list of analyzed resources from.

resourceType

The type of resource.

nextToken

A token used for pagination of results returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.


Retrieves a list of analyzers

Description

Retrieves a list of analyzers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_list_analyzers/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_list_analyzers(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL, type = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

A token used for pagination of results returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.

type

The type of analyzer.


Retrieves a list of archive rules created for the specified analyzer

Description

Retrieves a list of archive rules created for the specified analyzer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_list_archive_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_list_archive_rules(
  analyzerName,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

analyzerName

[required] The name of the analyzer to retrieve rules from.

nextToken

A token used for pagination of results returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the request.


Retrieves a list of findings generated by the specified analyzer

Description

Retrieves a list of findings generated by the specified analyzer. ListFindings and ListFindingsV2 both use access-analyzer:ListFindings in the Action element of an IAM policy statement. You must have permission to perform the access-analyzer:ListFindings action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_list_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_list_findings(
  analyzerArn,
  filter = NULL,
  sort = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the analyzer to retrieve findings from.

filter

A filter to match for the findings to return.

sort

The sort order for the findings returned.

nextToken

A token used for pagination of results returned.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.


Retrieves a list of findings generated by the specified analyzer

Description

Retrieves a list of findings generated by the specified analyzer. ListFindings and ListFindingsV2 both use access-analyzer:ListFindings in the Action element of an IAM policy statement. You must have permission to perform the access-analyzer:ListFindings action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_list_findings_v2/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_list_findings_v2(
  analyzerArn,
  filter = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  sort = NULL
)

Arguments

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the analyzer to retrieve findings from.

filter

A filter to match for the findings to return.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.

nextToken

A token used for pagination of results returned.

sort

Lists all of the policy generations requested in the last seven days

Description

Lists all of the policy generations requested in the last seven days.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_list_policy_generations/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_list_policy_generations(
  principalArn = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

principalArn

The ARN of the IAM entity (user or role) for which you are generating a policy. Use this with ListGeneratedPolicies to filter the results to only include results for a specific principal.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.

nextToken

A token used for pagination of results returned.


Retrieves a list of tags applied to the specified resource

Description

Retrieves a list of tags applied to the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to retrieve tags from.


Starts the policy generation request

Description

Starts the policy generation request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_start_policy_generation/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_start_policy_generation(
  policyGenerationDetails,
  cloudTrailDetails = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

policyGenerationDetails

[required] Contains the ARN of the IAM entity (user or role) for which you are generating a policy.

cloudTrailDetails

A CloudTrailDetails object that contains details about a Trail that you want to analyze to generate policies.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. Idempotency ensures that an API request completes only once. With an idempotent request, if the original request completes successfully, the subsequent retries with the same client token return the result from the original successful request and they have no additional effect.

If you do not specify a client token, one is automatically generated by the Amazon Web Services SDK.


Immediately starts a scan of the policies applied to the specified resource

Description

Immediately starts a scan of the policies applied to the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_start_resource_scan/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_start_resource_scan(
  analyzerArn,
  resourceArn,
  resourceOwnerAccount = NULL
)

Arguments

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the analyzer to use to scan the policies applied to the specified resource.

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to scan.

resourceOwnerAccount

The Amazon Web Services account ID that owns the resource. For most Amazon Web Services resources, the owning account is the account in which the resource was created.


Adds a tag to the specified resource

Description

Adds a tag to the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to add the tag to.

tags

[required] The tags to add to the resource.


Removes a tag from the specified resource

Description

Removes a tag from the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to remove the tag from.

tagKeys

[required] The key for the tag to add.


Modifies the configuration of an existing analyzer

Description

Modifies the configuration of an existing analyzer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_update_analyzer/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_update_analyzer(analyzerName, configuration = NULL)

Arguments

analyzerName

[required] The name of the analyzer to modify.

configuration

Updates the criteria and values for the specified archive rule

Description

Updates the criteria and values for the specified archive rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_update_archive_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_update_archive_rule(
  analyzerName,
  ruleName,
  filter,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

analyzerName

[required] The name of the analyzer to update the archive rules for.

ruleName

[required] The name of the rule to update.

filter

[required] A filter to match for the rules to update. Only rules that match the filter are updated.

clientToken

A client token.


Updates the status for the specified findings

Description

Updates the status for the specified findings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_update_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_update_findings(
  analyzerArn,
  status,
  ids = NULL,
  resourceArn = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

analyzerArn

[required] The ARN of the analyzer that generated the findings to update.

status

[required] The state represents the action to take to update the finding Status. Use ARCHIVE to change an Active finding to an Archived finding. Use ACTIVE to change an Archived finding to an Active finding.

ids

The IDs of the findings to update.

resourceArn

The ARN of the resource identified in the finding.

clientToken

A client token.


Requests the validation of a policy and returns a list of findings

Description

Requests the validation of a policy and returns a list of findings. The findings help you identify issues and provide actionable recommendations to resolve the issue and enable you to author functional policies that meet security best practices.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/accessanalyzer_validate_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

accessanalyzer_validate_policy(
  locale = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  policyDocument,
  policyType,
  validatePolicyResourceType = NULL
)

Arguments

locale

The locale to use for localizing the findings.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.

nextToken

A token used for pagination of results returned.

policyDocument

[required] The JSON policy document to use as the content for the policy.

policyType

[required] The type of policy to validate. Identity policies grant permissions to IAM principals. Identity policies include managed and inline policies for IAM roles, users, and groups.

Resource policies grant permissions on Amazon Web Services resources. Resource policies include trust policies for IAM roles and bucket policies for Amazon S3 buckets. You can provide a generic input such as identity policy or resource policy or a specific input such as managed policy or Amazon S3 bucket policy.

Service control policies (SCPs) are a type of organization policy attached to an Amazon Web Services organization, organizational unit (OU), or an account.

validatePolicyResourceType

The type of resource to attach to your resource policy. Specify a value for the policy validation resource type only if the policy type is RESOURCE_POLICY. For example, to validate a resource policy to attach to an Amazon S3 bucket, you can choose ⁠AWS::S3::Bucket⁠ for the policy validation resource type.

For resource types not supported as valid values, IAM Access Analyzer runs policy checks that apply to all resource policies. For example, to validate a resource policy to attach to a KMS key, do not specify a value for the policy validation resource type and IAM Access Analyzer will run policy checks that apply to all resource policies.


AWS Account

Description

Operations for Amazon Web Services Account Management

Usage

account(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- account(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

accept_primary_email_update Accepts the request that originated from StartPrimaryEmailUpdate to update the primary email address (also known as the root user email address) for the specified account
delete_alternate_contact Deletes the specified alternate contact from an Amazon Web Services account
disable_region Disables (opts-out) a particular Region for an account
enable_region Enables (opts-in) a particular Region for an account
get_alternate_contact Retrieves the specified alternate contact attached to an Amazon Web Services account
get_contact_information Retrieves the primary contact information of an Amazon Web Services account
get_primary_email Retrieves the primary email address for the specified account
get_region_opt_status Retrieves the opt-in status of a particular Region
list_regions Lists all the Regions for a given account and their respective opt-in statuses
put_alternate_contact Modifies the specified alternate contact attached to an Amazon Web Services account
put_contact_information Updates the primary contact information of an Amazon Web Services account
start_primary_email_update Starts the process to update the primary email address for the specified account

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- account()
svc$accept_primary_email_update(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Accepts the request that originated from StartPrimaryEmailUpdate to update the primary email address (also known as the root user email address) for the specified account

Description

Accepts the request that originated from start_primary_email_update to update the primary email address (also known as the root user email address) for the specified account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/account_accept_primary_email_update/ for full documentation.

Usage

account_accept_primary_email_update(AccountId, Otp, PrimaryEmail)

Arguments

AccountId

[required] Specifies the 12-digit account ID number of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to access or modify with this operation. To use this parameter, the caller must be an identity in the organization's management account or a delegated administrator account. The specified account ID must be a member account in the same organization. The organization must have all features enabled, and the organization must have trusted access enabled for the Account Management service, and optionally a delegated admin account assigned.

This operation can only be called from the management account or the delegated administrator account of an organization for a member account.

The management account can't specify its own AccountId.

Otp

[required] The OTP code sent to the PrimaryEmail specified on the start_primary_email_update API call.

PrimaryEmail

[required] The new primary email address for use with the specified account. This must match the PrimaryEmail from the start_primary_email_update API call.


Deletes the specified alternate contact from an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Deletes the specified alternate contact from an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/account_delete_alternate_contact/ for full documentation.

Usage

account_delete_alternate_contact(AccountId = NULL, AlternateContactType)

Arguments

AccountId

Specifies the 12 digit account ID number of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to access or modify with this operation.

If you do not specify this parameter, it defaults to the Amazon Web Services account of the identity used to call the operation.

To use this parameter, the caller must be an identity in the organization's management account or a delegated administrator account, and the specified account ID must be a member account in the same organization. The organization must have all features enabled, and the organization must have trusted access enabled for the Account Management service, and optionally a delegated admin account assigned.

The management account can't specify its own AccountId; it must call the operation in standalone context by not including the AccountId parameter.

To call this operation on an account that is not a member of an organization, then don't specify this parameter, and call the operation using an identity belonging to the account whose contacts you wish to retrieve or modify.

AlternateContactType

[required] Specifies which of the alternate contacts to delete.


Disables (opts-out) a particular Region for an account

Description

Disables (opts-out) a particular Region for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/account_disable_region/ for full documentation.

Usage

account_disable_region(AccountId = NULL, RegionName)

Arguments

AccountId

Specifies the 12-digit account ID number of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to access or modify with this operation. If you don't specify this parameter, it defaults to the Amazon Web Services account of the identity used to call the operation. To use this parameter, the caller must be an identity in the organization's management account or a delegated administrator account. The specified account ID must be a member account in the same organization. The organization must have all features enabled, and the organization must have trusted access enabled for the Account Management service, and optionally a delegated admin account assigned.

The management account can't specify its own AccountId. It must call the operation in standalone context by not including the AccountId parameter.

To call this operation on an account that is not a member of an organization, don't specify this parameter. Instead, call the operation using an identity belonging to the account whose contacts you wish to retrieve or modify.

RegionName

[required] Specifies the Region-code for a given Region name (for example, af-south-1). When you disable a Region, Amazon Web Services performs actions to deactivate that Region in your account, such as destroying IAM resources in the Region. This process takes a few minutes for most accounts, but this can take several hours. You cannot enable the Region until the disabling process is fully completed.


Enables (opts-in) a particular Region for an account

Description

Enables (opts-in) a particular Region for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/account_enable_region/ for full documentation.

Usage

account_enable_region(AccountId = NULL, RegionName)

Arguments

AccountId

Specifies the 12-digit account ID number of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to access or modify with this operation. If you don't specify this parameter, it defaults to the Amazon Web Services account of the identity used to call the operation. To use this parameter, the caller must be an identity in the organization's management account or a delegated administrator account. The specified account ID must be a member account in the same organization. The organization must have all features enabled, and the organization must have trusted access enabled for the Account Management service, and optionally a delegated admin account assigned.

The management account can't specify its own AccountId. It must call the operation in standalone context by not including the AccountId parameter.

To call this operation on an account that is not a member of an organization, don't specify this parameter. Instead, call the operation using an identity belonging to the account whose contacts you wish to retrieve or modify.

RegionName

[required] Specifies the Region-code for a given Region name (for example, af-south-1). When you enable a Region, Amazon Web Services performs actions to prepare your account in that Region, such as distributing your IAM resources to the Region. This process takes a few minutes for most accounts, but it can take several hours. You cannot use the Region until this process is complete. Furthermore, you cannot disable the Region until the enabling process is fully completed.


Retrieves the specified alternate contact attached to an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Retrieves the specified alternate contact attached to an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/account_get_alternate_contact/ for full documentation.

Usage

account_get_alternate_contact(AccountId = NULL, AlternateContactType)

Arguments

AccountId

Specifies the 12 digit account ID number of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to access or modify with this operation.

If you do not specify this parameter, it defaults to the Amazon Web Services account of the identity used to call the operation.

To use this parameter, the caller must be an identity in the organization's management account or a delegated administrator account, and the specified account ID must be a member account in the same organization. The organization must have all features enabled, and the organization must have trusted access enabled for the Account Management service, and optionally a delegated admin account assigned.

The management account can't specify its own AccountId; it must call the operation in standalone context by not including the AccountId parameter.

To call this operation on an account that is not a member of an organization, then don't specify this parameter, and call the operation using an identity belonging to the account whose contacts you wish to retrieve or modify.

AlternateContactType

[required] Specifies which alternate contact you want to retrieve.


Retrieves the primary contact information of an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Retrieves the primary contact information of an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/account_get_contact_information/ for full documentation.

Usage

account_get_contact_information(AccountId = NULL)

Arguments

AccountId

Specifies the 12-digit account ID number of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to access or modify with this operation. If you don't specify this parameter, it defaults to the Amazon Web Services account of the identity used to call the operation. To use this parameter, the caller must be an identity in the organization's management account or a delegated administrator account. The specified account ID must be a member account in the same organization. The organization must have all features enabled, and the organization must have trusted access enabled for the Account Management service, and optionally a delegated admin account assigned.

The management account can't specify its own AccountId. It must call the operation in standalone context by not including the AccountId parameter.

To call this operation on an account that is not a member of an organization, don't specify this parameter. Instead, call the operation using an identity belonging to the account whose contacts you wish to retrieve or modify.


Retrieves the primary email address for the specified account

Description

Retrieves the primary email address for the specified account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/account_get_primary_email/ for full documentation.

Usage

account_get_primary_email(AccountId)

Arguments

AccountId

[required] Specifies the 12-digit account ID number of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to access or modify with this operation. To use this parameter, the caller must be an identity in the organization's management account or a delegated administrator account. The specified account ID must be a member account in the same organization. The organization must have all features enabled, and the organization must have trusted access enabled for the Account Management service, and optionally a delegated admin account assigned.

This operation can only be called from the management account or the delegated administrator account of an organization for a member account.

The management account can't specify its own AccountId.


Retrieves the opt-in status of a particular Region

Description

Retrieves the opt-in status of a particular Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/account_get_region_opt_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

account_get_region_opt_status(AccountId = NULL, RegionName)

Arguments

AccountId

Specifies the 12-digit account ID number of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to access or modify with this operation. If you don't specify this parameter, it defaults to the Amazon Web Services account of the identity used to call the operation. To use this parameter, the caller must be an identity in the organization's management account or a delegated administrator account. The specified account ID must be a member account in the same organization. The organization must have all features enabled, and the organization must have trusted access enabled for the Account Management service, and optionally a delegated admin account assigned.

The management account can't specify its own AccountId. It must call the operation in standalone context by not including the AccountId parameter.

To call this operation on an account that is not a member of an organization, don't specify this parameter. Instead, call the operation using an identity belonging to the account whose contacts you wish to retrieve or modify.

RegionName

[required] Specifies the Region-code for a given Region name (for example, af-south-1). This function will return the status of whatever Region you pass into this parameter.


Lists all the Regions for a given account and their respective opt-in statuses

Description

Lists all the Regions for a given account and their respective opt-in statuses. Optionally, this list can be filtered by the region-opt-status-contains parameter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/account_list_regions/ for full documentation.

Usage

account_list_regions(
  AccountId = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  RegionOptStatusContains = NULL
)

Arguments

AccountId

Specifies the 12-digit account ID number of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to access or modify with this operation. If you don't specify this parameter, it defaults to the Amazon Web Services account of the identity used to call the operation. To use this parameter, the caller must be an identity in the organization's management account or a delegated administrator account. The specified account ID must be a member account in the same organization. The organization must have all features enabled, and the organization must have trusted access enabled for the Account Management service, and optionally a delegated admin account assigned.

The management account can't specify its own AccountId. It must call the operation in standalone context by not including the AccountId parameter.

To call this operation on an account that is not a member of an organization, don't specify this parameter. Instead, call the operation using an identity belonging to the account whose contacts you wish to retrieve or modify.

MaxResults

The total number of items to return in the command’s output. If the total number of items available is more than the value specified, a NextToken is provided in the command’s output. To resume pagination, provide the NextToken value in the starting-token argument of a subsequent command. Do not use the NextToken response element directly outside of the Amazon Web Services CLI. For usage examples, see Pagination in the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface User Guide.

NextToken

A token used to specify where to start paginating. This is the NextToken from a previously truncated response. For usage examples, see Pagination in the Amazon Web Services Command Line Interface User Guide.

RegionOptStatusContains

A list of Region statuses (Enabling, Enabled, Disabling, Disabled, Enabled_by_default) to use to filter the list of Regions for a given account. For example, passing in a value of ENABLING will only return a list of Regions with a Region status of ENABLING.


Modifies the specified alternate contact attached to an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Modifies the specified alternate contact attached to an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/account_put_alternate_contact/ for full documentation.

Usage

account_put_alternate_contact(
  AccountId = NULL,
  AlternateContactType,
  EmailAddress,
  Name,
  PhoneNumber,
  Title
)

Arguments

AccountId

Specifies the 12 digit account ID number of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to access or modify with this operation.

If you do not specify this parameter, it defaults to the Amazon Web Services account of the identity used to call the operation.

To use this parameter, the caller must be an identity in the organization's management account or a delegated administrator account, and the specified account ID must be a member account in the same organization. The organization must have all features enabled, and the organization must have trusted access enabled for the Account Management service, and optionally a delegated admin account assigned.

The management account can't specify its own AccountId; it must call the operation in standalone context by not including the AccountId parameter.

To call this operation on an account that is not a member of an organization, then don't specify this parameter, and call the operation using an identity belonging to the account whose contacts you wish to retrieve or modify.

AlternateContactType

[required] Specifies which alternate contact you want to create or update.

EmailAddress

[required] Specifies an email address for the alternate contact.

Name

[required] Specifies a name for the alternate contact.

PhoneNumber

[required] Specifies a phone number for the alternate contact.

Title

[required] Specifies a title for the alternate contact.


Updates the primary contact information of an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Updates the primary contact information of an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/account_put_contact_information/ for full documentation.

Usage

account_put_contact_information(AccountId = NULL, ContactInformation)

Arguments

AccountId

Specifies the 12-digit account ID number of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to access or modify with this operation. If you don't specify this parameter, it defaults to the Amazon Web Services account of the identity used to call the operation. To use this parameter, the caller must be an identity in the organization's management account or a delegated administrator account. The specified account ID must be a member account in the same organization. The organization must have all features enabled, and the organization must have trusted access enabled for the Account Management service, and optionally a delegated admin account assigned.

The management account can't specify its own AccountId. It must call the operation in standalone context by not including the AccountId parameter.

To call this operation on an account that is not a member of an organization, don't specify this parameter. Instead, call the operation using an identity belonging to the account whose contacts you wish to retrieve or modify.

ContactInformation

[required] Contains the details of the primary contact information associated with an Amazon Web Services account.


Starts the process to update the primary email address for the specified account

Description

Starts the process to update the primary email address for the specified account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/account_start_primary_email_update/ for full documentation.

Usage

account_start_primary_email_update(AccountId, PrimaryEmail)

Arguments

AccountId

[required] Specifies the 12-digit account ID number of the Amazon Web Services account that you want to access or modify with this operation. To use this parameter, the caller must be an identity in the organization's management account or a delegated administrator account. The specified account ID must be a member account in the same organization. The organization must have all features enabled, and the organization must have trusted access enabled for the Account Management service, and optionally a delegated admin account assigned.

This operation can only be called from the management account or the delegated administrator account of an organization for a member account.

The management account can't specify its own AccountId.

PrimaryEmail

[required] The new primary email address (also known as the root user email address) to use in the specified account.


AWS Certificate Manager

Description

Certificate Manager

You can use Certificate Manager (ACM) to manage SSL/TLS certificates for your Amazon Web Services-based websites and applications. For more information about using ACM, see the Certificate Manager User Guide.

Usage

acm(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- acm(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_tags_to_certificate Adds one or more tags to an ACM certificate
delete_certificate Deletes a certificate and its associated private key
describe_certificate Returns detailed metadata about the specified ACM certificate
export_certificate Exports a private certificate issued by a private certificate authority (CA) for use anywhere
get_account_configuration Returns the account configuration options associated with an Amazon Web Services account
get_certificate Retrieves a certificate and its certificate chain
import_certificate Imports a certificate into Certificate Manager (ACM) to use with services that are integrated with ACM
list_certificates Retrieves a list of certificate ARNs and domain names
list_tags_for_certificate Lists the tags that have been applied to the ACM certificate
put_account_configuration Adds or modifies account-level configurations in ACM
remove_tags_from_certificate Remove one or more tags from an ACM certificate
renew_certificate Renews an eligible ACM certificate
request_certificate Requests an ACM certificate for use with other Amazon Web Services services
resend_validation_email Resends the email that requests domain ownership validation
update_certificate_options Updates a certificate

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- acm()
svc$add_tags_to_certificate(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Adds one or more tags to an ACM certificate

Description

Adds one or more tags to an ACM certificate. Tags are labels that you can use to identify and organize your Amazon Web Services resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You specify the certificate on input by its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). You specify the tag by using a key-value pair.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_add_tags_to_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_add_tags_to_certificate(CertificateArn, Tags)

Arguments

CertificateArn

[required] String that contains the ARN of the ACM certificate to which the tag is to be applied. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm:region:123456789012:certificate/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).

Tags

[required] The key-value pair that defines the tag. The tag value is optional.


Deletes a certificate and its associated private key

Description

Deletes a certificate and its associated private key. If this action succeeds, the certificate no longer appears in the list that can be displayed by calling the list_certificates action or be retrieved by calling the get_certificate action. The certificate will not be available for use by Amazon Web Services services integrated with ACM.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_delete_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_delete_certificate(CertificateArn)

Arguments

CertificateArn

[required] String that contains the ARN of the ACM certificate to be deleted. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm:region:123456789012:certificate/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).


Returns detailed metadata about the specified ACM certificate

Description

Returns detailed metadata about the specified ACM certificate.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_describe_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_describe_certificate(CertificateArn)

Arguments

CertificateArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the ACM certificate. The ARN must have the following form:

arn:aws:acm:region:123456789012:certificate/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).


Exports a private certificate issued by a private certificate authority (CA) for use anywhere

Description

Exports a private certificate issued by a private certificate authority (CA) for use anywhere. The exported file contains the certificate, the certificate chain, and the encrypted private 2048-bit RSA key associated with the public key that is embedded in the certificate. For security, you must assign a passphrase for the private key when exporting it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_export_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_export_certificate(CertificateArn, Passphrase)

Arguments

CertificateArn

[required] An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the issued certificate. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm:region:account:certificate/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

Passphrase

[required] Passphrase to associate with the encrypted exported private key.

When creating your passphrase, you can use any ASCII character except #, $, or %.

If you want to later decrypt the private key, you must have the passphrase. You can use the following OpenSSL command to decrypt a private key. After entering the command, you are prompted for the passphrase.

⁠openssl rsa -in encrypted_key.pem -out decrypted_key.pem⁠


Returns the account configuration options associated with an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns the account configuration options associated with an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_get_account_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_get_account_configuration()

Retrieves a certificate and its certificate chain

Description

Retrieves a certificate and its certificate chain. The certificate may be either a public or private certificate issued using the ACM request_certificate action, or a certificate imported into ACM using the import_certificate action. The chain consists of the certificate of the issuing CA and the intermediate certificates of any other subordinate CAs. All of the certificates are base64 encoded. You can use OpenSSL to decode the certificates and inspect individual fields.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_get_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_get_certificate(CertificateArn)

Arguments

CertificateArn

[required] String that contains a certificate ARN in the following format:

arn:aws:acm:region:123456789012:certificate/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).


Imports a certificate into Certificate Manager (ACM) to use with services that are integrated with ACM

Description

Imports a certificate into Certificate Manager (ACM) to use with services that are integrated with ACM. Note that integrated services allow only certificate types and keys they support to be associated with their resources. Further, their support differs depending on whether the certificate is imported into IAM or into ACM. For more information, see the documentation for each service. For more information about importing certificates into ACM, see Importing Certificates in the Certificate Manager User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_import_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_import_certificate(
  CertificateArn = NULL,
  Certificate,
  PrivateKey,
  CertificateChain = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

CertificateArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an imported certificate to replace. To import a new certificate, omit this field.

Certificate

[required] The certificate to import.

PrivateKey

[required] The private key that matches the public key in the certificate.

CertificateChain

The PEM encoded certificate chain.

Tags

One or more resource tags to associate with the imported certificate.

Note: You cannot apply tags when reimporting a certificate.


Retrieves a list of certificate ARNs and domain names

Description

Retrieves a list of certificate ARNs and domain names. By default, the API returns RSA_2048 certificates. To return all certificates in the account, include the keyType filter with the values ⁠[RSA_1024, RSA_2048, RSA_3072, RSA_4096, EC_prime256v1, EC_secp384r1, EC_secp521r1]⁠.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_list_certificates/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_list_certificates(
  CertificateStatuses = NULL,
  Includes = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL,
  SortBy = NULL,
  SortOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

CertificateStatuses

Filter the certificate list by status value.

Includes

Filter the certificate list. For more information, see the Filters structure.

NextToken

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of NextToken from the response you just received.

MaxItems

Use this parameter when paginating results to specify the maximum number of items to return in the response. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken element is sent in the response. Use this NextToken value in a subsequent request to retrieve additional items.

SortBy

Specifies the field to sort results by. If you specify SortBy, you must also specify SortOrder.

SortOrder

Specifies the order of sorted results. If you specify SortOrder, you must also specify SortBy.


Lists the tags that have been applied to the ACM certificate

Description

Lists the tags that have been applied to the ACM certificate. Use the certificate's Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to specify the certificate. To add a tag to an ACM certificate, use the add_tags_to_certificate action. To delete a tag, use the remove_tags_from_certificate action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_list_tags_for_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_list_tags_for_certificate(CertificateArn)

Arguments

CertificateArn

[required] String that contains the ARN of the ACM certificate for which you want to list the tags. This must have the following form:

arn:aws:acm:region:123456789012:certificate/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).


Adds or modifies account-level configurations in ACM

Description

Adds or modifies account-level configurations in ACM.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_put_account_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_put_account_configuration(ExpiryEvents = NULL, IdempotencyToken)

Arguments

ExpiryEvents

Specifies expiration events associated with an account.

IdempotencyToken

[required] Customer-chosen string used to distinguish between calls to put_account_configuration. Idempotency tokens time out after one hour. If you call put_account_configuration multiple times with the same unexpired idempotency token, ACM treats it as the same request and returns the original result. If you change the idempotency token for each call, ACM treats each call as a new request.


Remove one or more tags from an ACM certificate

Description

Remove one or more tags from an ACM certificate. A tag consists of a key-value pair. If you do not specify the value portion of the tag when calling this function, the tag will be removed regardless of value. If you specify a value, the tag is removed only if it is associated with the specified value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_remove_tags_from_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_remove_tags_from_certificate(CertificateArn, Tags)

Arguments

CertificateArn

[required] String that contains the ARN of the ACM Certificate with one or more tags that you want to remove. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm:region:123456789012:certificate/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).

Tags

[required] The key-value pair that defines the tag to remove.


Renews an eligible ACM certificate

Description

Renews an eligible ACM certificate. At this time, only exported private certificates can be renewed with this operation. In order to renew your Amazon Web Services Private CA certificates with ACM, you must first grant the ACM service principal permission to do so. For more information, see Testing Managed Renewal in the ACM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_renew_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_renew_certificate(CertificateArn)

Arguments

CertificateArn

[required] String that contains the ARN of the ACM certificate to be renewed. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm:region:123456789012:certificate/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).


Requests an ACM certificate for use with other Amazon Web Services services

Description

Requests an ACM certificate for use with other Amazon Web Services services. To request an ACM certificate, you must specify a fully qualified domain name (FQDN) in the DomainName parameter. You can also specify additional FQDNs in the SubjectAlternativeNames parameter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_request_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_request_certificate(
  DomainName,
  ValidationMethod = NULL,
  SubjectAlternativeNames = NULL,
  IdempotencyToken = NULL,
  DomainValidationOptions = NULL,
  Options = NULL,
  CertificateAuthorityArn = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  KeyAlgorithm = NULL
)

Arguments

DomainName

[required] Fully qualified domain name (FQDN), such as www.example.com, that you want to secure with an ACM certificate. Use an asterisk (*) to create a wildcard certificate that protects several sites in the same domain. For example, *.example.com protects www.example.com, site.example.com, and images.example.com.

In compliance with RFC 5280, the length of the domain name (technically, the Common Name) that you provide cannot exceed 64 octets (characters), including periods. To add a longer domain name, specify it in the Subject Alternative Name field, which supports names up to 253 octets in length.

ValidationMethod

The method you want to use if you are requesting a public certificate to validate that you own or control domain. You can validate with DNS or validate with email. We recommend that you use DNS validation.

SubjectAlternativeNames

Additional FQDNs to be included in the Subject Alternative Name extension of the ACM certificate. For example, add the name www.example.net to a certificate for which the DomainName field is www.example.com if users can reach your site by using either name. The maximum number of domain names that you can add to an ACM certificate is 100. However, the initial quota is 10 domain names. If you need more than 10 names, you must request a quota increase. For more information, see Quotas.

The maximum length of a SAN DNS name is 253 octets. The name is made up of multiple labels separated by periods. No label can be longer than 63 octets. Consider the following examples:

  • ⁠(63 octets).(63 octets).(63 octets).(61 octets)⁠ is legal because the total length is 253 octets (63+1+63+1+63+1+61) and no label exceeds 63 octets.

  • ⁠(64 octets).(63 octets).(63 octets).(61 octets)⁠ is not legal because the total length exceeds 253 octets (64+1+63+1+63+1+61) and the first label exceeds 63 octets.

  • ⁠(63 octets).(63 octets).(63 octets).(62 octets)⁠ is not legal because the total length of the DNS name (63+1+63+1+63+1+62) exceeds 253 octets.

IdempotencyToken

Customer chosen string that can be used to distinguish between calls to request_certificate. Idempotency tokens time out after one hour. Therefore, if you call request_certificate multiple times with the same idempotency token within one hour, ACM recognizes that you are requesting only one certificate and will issue only one. If you change the idempotency token for each call, ACM recognizes that you are requesting multiple certificates.

DomainValidationOptions

The domain name that you want ACM to use to send you emails so that you can validate domain ownership.

Options

Currently, you can use this parameter to specify whether to add the certificate to a certificate transparency log. Certificate transparency makes it possible to detect SSL/TLS certificates that have been mistakenly or maliciously issued. Certificates that have not been logged typically produce an error message in a browser. For more information, see Opting Out of Certificate Transparency Logging.

CertificateAuthorityArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the private certificate authority (CA) that will be used to issue the certificate. If you do not provide an ARN and you are trying to request a private certificate, ACM will attempt to issue a public certificate. For more information about private CAs, see the Amazon Web Services Private Certificate Authority user guide. The ARN must have the following form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

Tags

One or more resource tags to associate with the certificate.

KeyAlgorithm

Specifies the algorithm of the public and private key pair that your certificate uses to encrypt data. RSA is the default key algorithm for ACM certificates. Elliptic Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA) keys are smaller, offering security comparable to RSA keys but with greater computing efficiency. However, ECDSA is not supported by all network clients. Some Amazon Web Services services may require RSA keys, or only support ECDSA keys of a particular size, while others allow the use of either RSA and ECDSA keys to ensure that compatibility is not broken. Check the requirements for the Amazon Web Services service where you plan to deploy your certificate. For more information about selecting an algorithm, see Key algorithms.

Algorithms supported for an ACM certificate request include:

  • RSA_2048

  • EC_prime256v1

  • EC_secp384r1

Other listed algorithms are for imported certificates only.

When you request a private PKI certificate signed by a CA from Amazon Web Services Private CA, the specified signing algorithm family (RSA or ECDSA) must match the algorithm family of the CA's secret key.

Default: RSA_2048


Resends the email that requests domain ownership validation

Description

Resends the email that requests domain ownership validation. The domain owner or an authorized representative must approve the ACM certificate before it can be issued. The certificate can be approved by clicking a link in the mail to navigate to the Amazon certificate approval website and then clicking I Approve. However, the validation email can be blocked by spam filters. Therefore, if you do not receive the original mail, you can request that the mail be resent within 72 hours of requesting the ACM certificate. If more than 72 hours have elapsed since your original request or since your last attempt to resend validation mail, you must request a new certificate. For more information about setting up your contact email addresses, see Configure Email for your Domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_resend_validation_email/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_resend_validation_email(CertificateArn, Domain, ValidationDomain)

Arguments

CertificateArn

[required] String that contains the ARN of the requested certificate. The certificate ARN is generated and returned by the request_certificate action as soon as the request is made. By default, using this parameter causes email to be sent to all top-level domains you specified in the certificate request. The ARN must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm:us-east-1:123456789012:certificate/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

Domain

[required] The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the certificate that needs to be validated.

ValidationDomain

[required] The base validation domain that will act as the suffix of the email addresses that are used to send the emails. This must be the same as the Domain value or a superdomain of the Domain value. For example, if you requested a certificate for site.subdomain.example.com and specify a ValidationDomain of subdomain.example.com, ACM sends email to the domain registrant, technical contact, and administrative contact in WHOIS and the following five addresses:

  • admin@subdomain.example.com

  • administrator@subdomain.example.com

  • hostmaster@subdomain.example.com

  • postmaster@subdomain.example.com

  • webmaster@subdomain.example.com


Updates a certificate

Description

Updates a certificate. Currently, you can use this function to specify whether to opt in to or out of recording your certificate in a certificate transparency log. For more information, see Opting Out of Certificate Transparency Logging.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acm_update_certificate_options/ for full documentation.

Usage

acm_update_certificate_options(CertificateArn, Options)

Arguments

CertificateArn

[required] ARN of the requested certificate to update. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm:us-east-1:account:certificate/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

Options

[required] Use to update the options for your certificate. Currently, you can specify whether to add your certificate to a transparency log. Certificate transparency makes it possible to detect SSL/TLS certificates that have been mistakenly or maliciously issued. Certificates that have not been logged typically produce an error message in a browser.


AWS Certificate Manager Private Certificate Authority

Description

This is the Amazon Web Services Private Certificate Authority API Reference. It provides descriptions, syntax, and usage examples for each of the actions and data types involved in creating and managing a private certificate authority (CA) for your organization.

The documentation for each action shows the API request parameters and the JSON response. Alternatively, you can use one of the Amazon Web Services SDKs to access an API that is tailored to the programming language or platform that you prefer. For more information, see Amazon Web Services SDKs.

Each Amazon Web Services Private CA API operation has a quota that determines the number of times the operation can be called per second. Amazon Web Services Private CA throttles API requests at different rates depending on the operation. Throttling means that Amazon Web Services Private CA rejects an otherwise valid request because the request exceeds the operation's quota for the number of requests per second. When a request is throttled, Amazon Web Services Private CA returns a ThrottlingException error. Amazon Web Services Private CA does not guarantee a minimum request rate for APIs.

To see an up-to-date list of your Amazon Web Services Private CA quotas, or to request a quota increase, log into your Amazon Web Services account and visit the Service Quotas console.

Usage

acmpca(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- acmpca(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_certificate_authority Creates a root or subordinate private certificate authority (CA)
create_certificate_authority_audit_report Creates an audit report that lists every time that your CA private key is used to issue a certificate
create_permission Grants one or more permissions on a private CA to the Certificate Manager (ACM) service principal (acm
delete_certificate_authority Deletes a private certificate authority (CA)
delete_permission Revokes permissions on a private CA granted to the Certificate Manager (ACM) service principal (acm
delete_policy Deletes the resource-based policy attached to a private CA
describe_certificate_authority Lists information about your private certificate authority (CA) or one that has been shared with you
describe_certificate_authority_audit_report Lists information about a specific audit report created by calling the CreateCertificateAuthorityAuditReport action
get_certificate Retrieves a certificate from your private CA or one that has been shared with you
get_certificate_authority_certificate Retrieves the certificate and certificate chain for your private certificate authority (CA) or one that has been shared with you
get_certificate_authority_csr Retrieves the certificate signing request (CSR) for your private certificate authority (CA)
get_policy Retrieves the resource-based policy attached to a private CA
import_certificate_authority_certificate Imports a signed private CA certificate into Amazon Web Services Private CA
issue_certificate Uses your private certificate authority (CA), or one that has been shared with you, to issue a client certificate
list_certificate_authorities Lists the private certificate authorities that you created by using the CreateCertificateAuthority action
list_permissions List all permissions on a private CA, if any, granted to the Certificate Manager (ACM) service principal (acm
list_tags Lists the tags, if any, that are associated with your private CA or one that has been shared with you
put_policy Attaches a resource-based policy to a private CA
restore_certificate_authority Restores a certificate authority (CA) that is in the DELETED state
revoke_certificate Revokes a certificate that was issued inside Amazon Web Services Private CA
tag_certificate_authority Adds one or more tags to your private CA
untag_certificate_authority Remove one or more tags from your private CA
update_certificate_authority Updates the status or configuration of a private certificate authority (CA)

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- acmpca()
svc$create_certificate_authority(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a root or subordinate private certificate authority (CA)

Description

Creates a root or subordinate private certificate authority (CA). You must specify the CA configuration, an optional configuration for Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP) and/or a certificate revocation list (CRL), the CA type, and an optional idempotency token to avoid accidental creation of multiple CAs. The CA configuration specifies the name of the algorithm and key size to be used to create the CA private key, the type of signing algorithm that the CA uses, and X.500 subject information. The OCSP configuration can optionally specify a custom URL for the OCSP responder. The CRL configuration specifies the CRL expiration period in days (the validity period of the CRL), the Amazon S3 bucket that will contain the CRL, and a CNAME alias for the S3 bucket that is included in certificates issued by the CA. If successful, this action returns the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CA.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_create_certificate_authority/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_create_certificate_authority(
  CertificateAuthorityConfiguration,
  RevocationConfiguration = NULL,
  CertificateAuthorityType,
  IdempotencyToken = NULL,
  KeyStorageSecurityStandard = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  UsageMode = NULL
)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityConfiguration

[required] Name and bit size of the private key algorithm, the name of the signing algorithm, and X.500 certificate subject information.

RevocationConfiguration

Contains information to enable support for Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP), certificate revocation list (CRL), both protocols, or neither. By default, both certificate validation mechanisms are disabled.

The following requirements apply to revocation configurations.

  • A configuration disabling CRLs or OCSP must contain only the Enabled=False parameter, and will fail if other parameters such as CustomCname or ExpirationInDays are included.

  • In a CRL configuration, the S3BucketName parameter must conform to Amazon S3 bucket naming rules.

  • A configuration containing a custom Canonical Name (CNAME) parameter for CRLs or OCSP must conform to RFC2396 restrictions on the use of special characters in a CNAME.

  • In a CRL or OCSP configuration, the value of a CNAME parameter must not include a protocol prefix such as "http://" or "https://".

For more information, see the OcspConfiguration and CrlConfiguration types.

CertificateAuthorityType

[required] The type of the certificate authority.

IdempotencyToken

Custom string that can be used to distinguish between calls to the CreateCertificateAuthority action. Idempotency tokens for CreateCertificateAuthority time out after five minutes. Therefore, if you call CreateCertificateAuthority multiple times with the same idempotency token within five minutes, Amazon Web Services Private CA recognizes that you are requesting only certificate authority and will issue only one. If you change the idempotency token for each call, Amazon Web Services Private CA recognizes that you are requesting multiple certificate authorities.

KeyStorageSecurityStandard

Specifies a cryptographic key management compliance standard used for handling CA keys.

Default: FIPS_140_2_LEVEL_3_OR_HIGHER

Some Amazon Web Services Regions do not support the default. When creating a CA in these Regions, you must provide FIPS_140_2_LEVEL_2_OR_HIGHER as the argument for KeyStorageSecurityStandard. Failure to do this results in an InvalidArgsException with the message, "A certificate authority cannot be created in this region with the specified security standard."

For information about security standard support in various Regions, see Storage and security compliance of Amazon Web Services Private CA private keys.

Tags

Key-value pairs that will be attached to the new private CA. You can associate up to 50 tags with a private CA. For information using tags with IAM to manage permissions, see Controlling Access Using IAM Tags.

UsageMode

Specifies whether the CA issues general-purpose certificates that typically require a revocation mechanism, or short-lived certificates that may optionally omit revocation because they expire quickly. Short-lived certificate validity is limited to seven days.

The default value is GENERAL_PURPOSE.


Creates an audit report that lists every time that your CA private key is used to issue a certificate

Description

Creates an audit report that lists every time that your CA private key is used to issue a certificate. The issue_certificate and revoke_certificate actions use the private key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_create_certificate_authority_audit_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_create_certificate_authority_audit_report(
  CertificateAuthorityArn,
  S3BucketName,
  AuditReportResponseFormat
)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CA to be audited. This is of the form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 .

S3BucketName

[required] The name of the S3 bucket that will contain the audit report.

AuditReportResponseFormat

[required] The format in which to create the report. This can be either JSON or CSV.


Grants one or more permissions on a private CA to the Certificate Manager (ACM) service principal (acm

Description

Grants one or more permissions on a private CA to the Certificate Manager (ACM) service principal (acm.amazonaws.com). These permissions allow ACM to issue and renew ACM certificates that reside in the same Amazon Web Services account as the CA.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_create_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_create_permission(
  CertificateAuthorityArn,
  Principal,
  SourceAccount = NULL,
  Actions
)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CA that grants the permissions. You can find the ARN by calling the list_certificate_authorities action. This must have the following form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 .

Principal

[required] The Amazon Web Services service or identity that receives the permission. At this time, the only valid principal is acm.amazonaws.com.

SourceAccount

The ID of the calling account.

Actions

[required] The actions that the specified Amazon Web Services service principal can use. These include issue_certificate, get_certificate, and list_permissions.


Deletes a private certificate authority (CA)

Description

Deletes a private certificate authority (CA). You must provide the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the private CA that you want to delete. You can find the ARN by calling the list_certificate_authorities action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_delete_certificate_authority/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_delete_certificate_authority(
  CertificateAuthorityArn,
  PermanentDeletionTimeInDays = NULL
)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_certificate_authority. This must have the following form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 .

PermanentDeletionTimeInDays

The number of days to make a CA restorable after it has been deleted. This can be anywhere from 7 to 30 days, with 30 being the default.


Revokes permissions on a private CA granted to the Certificate Manager (ACM) service principal (acm

Description

Revokes permissions on a private CA granted to the Certificate Manager (ACM) service principal (acm.amazonaws.com).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_delete_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_delete_permission(
  CertificateAuthorityArn,
  Principal,
  SourceAccount = NULL
)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of the private CA that issued the permissions. You can find the CA's ARN by calling the list_certificate_authorities action. This must have the following form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 .

Principal

[required] The Amazon Web Services service or identity that will have its CA permissions revoked. At this time, the only valid service principal is acm.amazonaws.com

SourceAccount

The Amazon Web Services account that calls this action.


Deletes the resource-based policy attached to a private CA

Description

Deletes the resource-based policy attached to a private CA. Deletion will remove any access that the policy has granted. If there is no policy attached to the private CA, this action will return successful.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_delete_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_delete_policy(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of the private CA that will have its policy deleted. You can find the CA's ARN by calling the list_certificate_authorities action. The ARN value must have the form ⁠arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/01234567-89ab-cdef-0123-0123456789ab⁠.


Lists information about your private certificate authority (CA) or one that has been shared with you

Description

Lists information about your private certificate authority (CA) or one that has been shared with you. You specify the private CA on input by its ARN (Amazon Resource Name). The output contains the status of your CA. This can be any of the following:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_describe_certificate_authority/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_describe_certificate_authority(CertificateAuthorityArn)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_certificate_authority. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 .


Lists information about a specific audit report created by calling the CreateCertificateAuthorityAuditReport action

Description

Lists information about a specific audit report created by calling the create_certificate_authority_audit_report action. Audit information is created every time the certificate authority (CA) private key is used. The private key is used when you call the issue_certificate action or the revoke_certificate action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_describe_certificate_authority_audit_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_describe_certificate_authority_audit_report(
  CertificateAuthorityArn,
  AuditReportId
)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the private CA. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 .

AuditReportId

[required] The report ID returned by calling the create_certificate_authority_audit_report action.


Retrieves a certificate from your private CA or one that has been shared with you

Description

Retrieves a certificate from your private CA or one that has been shared with you. The ARN of the certificate is returned when you call the issue_certificate action. You must specify both the ARN of your private CA and the ARN of the issued certificate when calling the GetCertificate action. You can retrieve the certificate if it is in the ISSUED state. You can call the create_certificate_authority_audit_report action to create a report that contains information about all of the certificates issued and revoked by your private CA.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_get_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_get_certificate(CertificateAuthorityArn, CertificateArn)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_certificate_authority. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 .

CertificateArn

[required] The ARN of the issued certificate. The ARN contains the certificate serial number and must be in the following form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012/certificate/286535153982981100925020015808220737245


Retrieves the certificate and certificate chain for your private certificate authority (CA) or one that has been shared with you

Description

Retrieves the certificate and certificate chain for your private certificate authority (CA) or one that has been shared with you. Both the certificate and the chain are base64 PEM-encoded. The chain does not include the CA certificate. Each certificate in the chain signs the one before it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_get_certificate_authority_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_get_certificate_authority_certificate(CertificateAuthorityArn)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of your private CA. This is of the form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 .


Retrieves the certificate signing request (CSR) for your private certificate authority (CA)

Description

Retrieves the certificate signing request (CSR) for your private certificate authority (CA). The CSR is created when you call the create_certificate_authority action. Sign the CSR with your Amazon Web Services Private CA-hosted or on-premises root or subordinate CA. Then import the signed certificate back into Amazon Web Services Private CA by calling the import_certificate_authority_certificate action. The CSR is returned as a base64 PEM-encoded string.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_get_certificate_authority_csr/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_get_certificate_authority_csr(CertificateAuthorityArn)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called the create_certificate_authority action. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012


Retrieves the resource-based policy attached to a private CA

Description

Retrieves the resource-based policy attached to a private CA. If either the private CA resource or the policy cannot be found, this action returns a ResourceNotFoundException.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_get_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_get_policy(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of the private CA that will have its policy retrieved. You can find the CA's ARN by calling the ListCertificateAuthorities action.

 </p>

Imports a signed private CA certificate into Amazon Web Services Private CA

Description

Imports a signed private CA certificate into Amazon Web Services Private CA. This action is used when you are using a chain of trust whose root is located outside Amazon Web Services Private CA. Before you can call this action, the following preparations must in place:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_import_certificate_authority_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_import_certificate_authority_certificate(
  CertificateAuthorityArn,
  Certificate,
  CertificateChain = NULL
)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_certificate_authority. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

Certificate

[required] The PEM-encoded certificate for a private CA. This may be a self-signed certificate in the case of a root CA, or it may be signed by another CA that you control.

CertificateChain

A PEM-encoded file that contains all of your certificates, other than the certificate you're importing, chaining up to your root CA. Your Amazon Web Services Private CA-hosted or on-premises root certificate is the last in the chain, and each certificate in the chain signs the one preceding.

This parameter must be supplied when you import a subordinate CA. When you import a root CA, there is no chain.


Uses your private certificate authority (CA), or one that has been shared with you, to issue a client certificate

Description

Uses your private certificate authority (CA), or one that has been shared with you, to issue a client certificate. This action returns the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the certificate. You can retrieve the certificate by calling the get_certificate action and specifying the ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_issue_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_issue_certificate(
  ApiPassthrough = NULL,
  CertificateAuthorityArn,
  Csr,
  SigningAlgorithm,
  TemplateArn = NULL,
  Validity,
  ValidityNotBefore = NULL,
  IdempotencyToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApiPassthrough

Specifies X.509 certificate information to be included in the issued certificate. An APIPassthrough or APICSRPassthrough template variant must be selected, or else this parameter is ignored. For more information about using these templates, see Understanding Certificate Templates.

If conflicting or duplicate certificate information is supplied during certificate issuance, Amazon Web Services Private CA applies order of operation rules to determine what information is used.

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_certificate_authority. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

Csr

[required] The certificate signing request (CSR) for the certificate you want to issue. As an example, you can use the following OpenSSL command to create the CSR and a 2048 bit RSA private key.

⁠openssl req -new -newkey rsa:2048 -days 365 -keyout private/test_cert_priv_key.pem -out csr/test_cert_.csr⁠

If you have a configuration file, you can then use the following OpenSSL command. The usr_cert block in the configuration file contains your X509 version 3 extensions.

⁠openssl req -new -config openssl_rsa.cnf -extensions usr_cert -newkey rsa:2048 -days 365 -keyout private/test_cert_priv_key.pem -out csr/test_cert_.csr⁠

Note: A CSR must provide either a subject name or a subject alternative name or the request will be rejected.

SigningAlgorithm

[required] The name of the algorithm that will be used to sign the certificate to be issued.

This parameter should not be confused with the SigningAlgorithm parameter used to sign a CSR in the create_certificate_authority action.

The specified signing algorithm family (RSA or ECDSA) must match the algorithm family of the CA's secret key.

TemplateArn

Specifies a custom configuration template to use when issuing a certificate. If this parameter is not provided, Amazon Web Services Private CA defaults to the EndEntityCertificate/V1 template. For CA certificates, you should choose the shortest path length that meets your needs. The path length is indicated by the PathLenN portion of the ARN, where N is the CA depth.

Note: The CA depth configured on a subordinate CA certificate must not exceed the limit set by its parents in the CA hierarchy.

For a list of TemplateArn values supported by Amazon Web Services Private CA, see Understanding Certificate Templates.

Validity

[required] Information describing the end of the validity period of the certificate. This parameter sets the “Not After” date for the certificate.

Certificate validity is the period of time during which a certificate is valid. Validity can be expressed as an explicit date and time when the certificate expires, or as a span of time after issuance, stated in days, months, or years. For more information, see Validity in RFC 5280.

This value is unaffected when ValidityNotBefore is also specified. For example, if Validity is set to 20 days in the future, the certificate will expire 20 days from issuance time regardless of the ValidityNotBefore value.

The end of the validity period configured on a certificate must not exceed the limit set on its parents in the CA hierarchy.

ValidityNotBefore

Information describing the start of the validity period of the certificate. This parameter sets the “Not Before" date for the certificate.

By default, when issuing a certificate, Amazon Web Services Private CA sets the "Not Before" date to the issuance time minus 60 minutes. This compensates for clock inconsistencies across computer systems. The ValidityNotBefore parameter can be used to customize the “Not Before” value.

Unlike the Validity parameter, the ValidityNotBefore parameter is optional.

The ValidityNotBefore value is expressed as an explicit date and time, using the Validity type value ABSOLUTE. For more information, see Validity in this API reference and Validity in RFC 5280.

IdempotencyToken

Alphanumeric string that can be used to distinguish between calls to the IssueCertificate action. Idempotency tokens for IssueCertificate time out after five minutes. Therefore, if you call IssueCertificate multiple times with the same idempotency token within five minutes, Amazon Web Services Private CA recognizes that you are requesting only one certificate and will issue only one. If you change the idempotency token for each call, Amazon Web Services Private CA recognizes that you are requesting multiple certificates.


Lists the private certificate authorities that you created by using the CreateCertificateAuthority action

Description

Lists the private certificate authorities that you created by using the create_certificate_authority action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_list_certificate_authorities/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_list_certificate_authorities(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ResourceOwner = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

Use this parameter when paginating results to specify the maximum number of items to return in the response on each page. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken element is sent in the response. Use this NextToken value in a subsequent request to retrieve additional items.

Although the maximum value is 1000, the action only returns a maximum of 100 items.

NextToken

Use this parameter when paginating results in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of the NextToken parameter from the response you just received.

ResourceOwner

Use this parameter to filter the returned set of certificate authorities based on their owner. The default is SELF.


List all permissions on a private CA, if any, granted to the Certificate Manager (ACM) service principal (acm

Description

List all permissions on a private CA, if any, granted to the Certificate Manager (ACM) service principal (acm.amazonaws.com).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_list_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_list_permissions(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  CertificateAuthorityArn
)

Arguments

MaxResults

When paginating results, use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return in the response. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken element is sent in the response. Use this NextToken value in a subsequent request to retrieve additional items.

NextToken

When paginating results, use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of NextToken from the response you just received.

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of the private CA to inspect. You can find the ARN by calling the list_certificate_authorities action. This must be of the form: arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012 You can get a private CA's ARN by running the list_certificate_authorities action.


Lists the tags, if any, that are associated with your private CA or one that has been shared with you

Description

Lists the tags, if any, that are associated with your private CA or one that has been shared with you. Tags are labels that you can use to identify and organize your CAs. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. Call the tag_certificate_authority action to add one or more tags to your CA. Call the untag_certificate_authority action to remove tags.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_list_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_list_tags(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL, CertificateAuthorityArn)

Arguments

MaxResults

Use this parameter when paginating results to specify the maximum number of items to return in the response. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken element is sent in the response. Use this NextToken value in a subsequent request to retrieve additional items.

NextToken

Use this parameter when paginating results in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of NextToken from the response you just received.

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called the create_certificate_authority action. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012


Attaches a resource-based policy to a private CA

Description

Attaches a resource-based policy to a private CA.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_put_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_put_policy(ResourceArn, Policy)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of the private CA to associate with the policy. The ARN of the CA can be found by calling the list_certificate_authorities action.

Policy

[required] The path and file name of a JSON-formatted IAM policy to attach to the specified private CA resource. If this policy does not contain all required statements or if it includes any statement that is not allowed, the put_policy action returns an InvalidPolicyException. For information about IAM policy and statement structure, see Overview of JSON Policies.


Restores a certificate authority (CA) that is in the DELETED state

Description

Restores a certificate authority (CA) that is in the DELETED state. You can restore a CA during the period that you defined in the PermanentDeletionTimeInDays parameter of the delete_certificate_authority action. Currently, you can specify 7 to 30 days. If you did not specify a PermanentDeletionTimeInDays value, by default you can restore the CA at any time in a 30 day period. You can check the time remaining in the restoration period of a private CA in the DELETED state by calling the describe_certificate_authority or list_certificate_authorities actions. The status of a restored CA is set to its pre-deletion status when the RestoreCertificateAuthority action returns. To change its status to ACTIVE, call the update_certificate_authority action. If the private CA was in the PENDING_CERTIFICATE state at deletion, you must use the import_certificate_authority_certificate action to import a certificate authority into the private CA before it can be activated. You cannot restore a CA after the restoration period has ended.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_restore_certificate_authority/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_restore_certificate_authority(CertificateAuthorityArn)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called the create_certificate_authority action. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012


Revokes a certificate that was issued inside Amazon Web Services Private CA

Description

Revokes a certificate that was issued inside Amazon Web Services Private CA. If you enable a certificate revocation list (CRL) when you create or update your private CA, information about the revoked certificates will be included in the CRL. Amazon Web Services Private CA writes the CRL to an S3 bucket that you specify. A CRL is typically updated approximately 30 minutes after a certificate is revoked. If for any reason the CRL update fails, Amazon Web Services Private CA attempts makes further attempts every 15 minutes. With Amazon CloudWatch, you can create alarms for the metrics CRLGenerated and MisconfiguredCRLBucket. For more information, see Supported CloudWatch Metrics.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_revoke_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_revoke_certificate(
  CertificateAuthorityArn,
  CertificateSerial,
  RevocationReason
)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the private CA that issued the certificate to be revoked. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

CertificateSerial

[required] Serial number of the certificate to be revoked. This must be in hexadecimal format. You can retrieve the serial number by calling get_certificate with the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the certificate you want and the ARN of your private CA. The GetCertificate action retrieves the certificate in the PEM format. You can use the following OpenSSL command to list the certificate in text format and copy the hexadecimal serial number.

⁠openssl x509 -in file_path -text -noout⁠

You can also copy the serial number from the console or use the DescribeCertificate action in the Certificate Manager API Reference.

RevocationReason

[required] Specifies why you revoked the certificate.


Adds one or more tags to your private CA

Description

Adds one or more tags to your private CA. Tags are labels that you can use to identify and organize your Amazon Web Services resources. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value. You specify the private CA on input by its Amazon Resource Name (ARN). You specify the tag by using a key-value pair. You can apply a tag to just one private CA if you want to identify a specific characteristic of that CA, or you can apply the same tag to multiple private CAs if you want to filter for a common relationship among those CAs. To remove one or more tags, use the untag_certificate_authority action. Call the list_tags action to see what tags are associated with your CA.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_tag_certificate_authority/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_tag_certificate_authority(CertificateAuthorityArn, Tags)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_certificate_authority. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

Tags

[required] List of tags to be associated with the CA.


Remove one or more tags from your private CA

Description

Remove one or more tags from your private CA. A tag consists of a key-value pair. If you do not specify the value portion of the tag when calling this action, the tag will be removed regardless of value. If you specify a value, the tag is removed only if it is associated with the specified value. To add tags to a private CA, use the tag_certificate_authority. Call the list_tags action to see what tags are associated with your CA.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_untag_certificate_authority/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_untag_certificate_authority(CertificateAuthorityArn, Tags)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_certificate_authority. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

Tags

[required] List of tags to be removed from the CA.


Updates the status or configuration of a private certificate authority (CA)

Description

Updates the status or configuration of a private certificate authority (CA). Your private CA must be in the ACTIVE or DISABLED state before you can update it. You can disable a private CA that is in the ACTIVE state or make a CA that is in the DISABLED state active again.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/acmpca_update_certificate_authority/ for full documentation.

Usage

acmpca_update_certificate_authority(
  CertificateAuthorityArn,
  RevocationConfiguration = NULL,
  Status = NULL
)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the private CA that issued the certificate to be revoked. This must be of the form:

arn:aws:acm-pca:region:account:certificate-authority/12345678-1234-1234-1234-123456789012

RevocationConfiguration

Contains information to enable support for Online Certificate Status Protocol (OCSP), certificate revocation list (CRL), both protocols, or neither. If you don't supply this parameter, existing capibilites remain unchanged. For more information, see the OcspConfiguration and CrlConfiguration types.

The following requirements apply to revocation configurations.

  • A configuration disabling CRLs or OCSP must contain only the Enabled=False parameter, and will fail if other parameters such as CustomCname or ExpirationInDays are included.

  • In a CRL configuration, the S3BucketName parameter must conform to Amazon S3 bucket naming rules.

  • A configuration containing a custom Canonical Name (CNAME) parameter for CRLs or OCSP must conform to RFC2396 restrictions on the use of special characters in a CNAME.

  • In a CRL or OCSP configuration, the value of a CNAME parameter must not include a protocol prefix such as "http://" or "https://".

If you update the S3BucketName of CrlConfiguration, you can break revocation for existing certificates. In other words, if you call update_certificate_authority to update the CRL configuration's S3 bucket name, Amazon Web Services Private CA only writes CRLs to the new S3 bucket. Certificates issued prior to this point will have the old S3 bucket name in your CRL Distribution Point (CDP) extension, essentially breaking revocation. If you must update the S3 bucket, you'll need to reissue old certificates to keep the revocation working. Alternatively, you can use a CustomCname in your CRL configuration if you might need to change the S3 bucket name in the future.

Status

Status of your private CA.


AWS Clean Rooms ML

Description

Welcome to the Amazon Web Services Clean Rooms ML API Reference.

Amazon Web Services Clean Rooms ML provides a privacy-enhancing method for two parties to identify similar users in their data without the need to share their data with each other. The first party brings the training data to Clean Rooms so that they can create and configure an audience model (lookalike model) and associate it with a collaboration. The second party then brings their seed data to Clean Rooms and generates an audience (lookalike segment) that resembles the training data.

To learn more about Amazon Web Services Clean Rooms ML concepts, procedures, and best practices, see the Clean Rooms User Guide.

To learn more about SQL commands, functions, and conditions supported in Clean Rooms, see the Clean Rooms SQL Reference.

Usage

cleanroomsml(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- cleanroomsml(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

cancel_trained_model Submits a request to cancel the trained model job
cancel_trained_model_inference_job Submits a request to cancel a trained model inference job
create_audience_model Defines the information necessary to create an audience model
create_configured_audience_model Defines the information necessary to create a configured audience model
create_configured_model_algorithm Creates a configured model algorithm using a container image stored in an ECR repository
create_configured_model_algorithm_association Associates a configured model algorithm to a collaboration for use by any member of the collaboration
create_ml_input_channel Provides the information to create an ML input channel
create_trained_model Creates a trained model from an associated configured model algorithm using data from any member of the collaboration
create_training_dataset Defines the information necessary to create a training dataset
delete_audience_generation_job Deletes the specified audience generation job, and removes all data associated with the job
delete_audience_model Specifies an audience model that you want to delete
delete_configured_audience_model Deletes the specified configured audience model
delete_configured_audience_model_policy Deletes the specified configured audience model policy
delete_configured_model_algorithm Deletes a configured model algorithm
delete_configured_model_algorithm_association Deletes a configured model algorithm association
delete_ml_configuration Deletes a ML modeling configuration
delete_ml_input_channel_data Provides the information necessary to delete an ML input channel
delete_trained_model_output Deletes the output of a trained model
delete_training_dataset Specifies a training dataset that you want to delete
get_audience_generation_job Returns information about an audience generation job
get_audience_model Returns information about an audience model
get_collaboration_configured_model_algorithm_association Returns information about the configured model algorithm association in a collaboration
get_collaboration_ml_input_channel Returns information about a specific ML input channel in a collaboration
get_collaboration_trained_model Returns information about a trained model in a collaboration
get_configured_audience_model Returns information about a specified configured audience model
get_configured_audience_model_policy Returns information about a configured audience model policy
get_configured_model_algorithm Returns information about a configured model algorithm
get_configured_model_algorithm_association Returns information about a configured model algorithm association
get_ml_configuration Returns information about a specific ML configuration
get_ml_input_channel Returns information about an ML input channel
get_trained_model Returns information about a trained model
get_trained_model_inference_job Returns information about a trained model inference job
get_training_dataset Returns information about a training dataset
list_audience_export_jobs Returns a list of the audience export jobs
list_audience_generation_jobs Returns a list of audience generation jobs
list_audience_models Returns a list of audience models
list_collaboration_configured_model_algorithm_associations Returns a list of the configured model algorithm associations in a collaboration
list_collaboration_ml_input_channels Returns a list of the ML input channels in a collaboration
list_collaboration_trained_model_export_jobs Returns a list of the export jobs for a trained model in a collaboration
list_collaboration_trained_model_inference_jobs Returns a list of trained model inference jobs in a specified collaboration
list_collaboration_trained_models Returns a list of the trained models in a collaboration
list_configured_audience_models Returns a list of the configured audience models
list_configured_model_algorithm_associations Returns a list of configured model algorithm associations
list_configured_model_algorithms Returns a list of configured model algorithms
list_ml_input_channels Returns a list of ML input channels
list_tags_for_resource Returns a list of tags for a provided resource
list_trained_model_inference_jobs Returns a list of trained model inference jobs that match the request parameters
list_trained_models Returns a list of trained models
list_training_datasets Returns a list of training datasets
put_configured_audience_model_policy Create or update the resource policy for a configured audience model
put_ml_configuration Assigns information about an ML configuration
start_audience_export_job Export an audience of a specified size after you have generated an audience
start_audience_generation_job Information necessary to start the audience generation job
start_trained_model_export_job Provides the information necessary to start a trained model export job
start_trained_model_inference_job Defines the information necessary to begin a trained model inference job
tag_resource Adds metadata tags to a specified resource
untag_resource Removes metadata tags from a specified resource
update_configured_audience_model Provides the information necessary to update a configured audience model

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- cleanroomsml()
svc$cancel_trained_model(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Submits a request to cancel the trained model job

Description

Submits a request to cancel the trained model job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_cancel_trained_model/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_cancel_trained_model(membershipIdentifier, trainedModelArn)

Arguments

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the trained model job that you want to cancel.

trainedModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the trained model job that you want to cancel.


Submits a request to cancel a trained model inference job

Description

Submits a request to cancel a trained model inference job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_cancel_trained_model_inference_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_cancel_trained_model_inference_job(
  membershipIdentifier,
  trainedModelInferenceJobArn
)

Arguments

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the trained model inference job that you want to cancel.

trainedModelInferenceJobArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the trained model inference job that you want to cancel.


Defines the information necessary to create an audience model

Description

Defines the information necessary to create an audience model. An audience model is a machine learning model that Clean Rooms ML trains to measure similarity between users. Clean Rooms ML manages training and storing the audience model. The audience model can be used in multiple calls to the start_audience_generation_job API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_create_audience_model/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_create_audience_model(
  trainingDataStartTime = NULL,
  trainingDataEndTime = NULL,
  name,
  trainingDatasetArn,
  kmsKeyArn = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  description = NULL
)

Arguments

trainingDataStartTime

The start date and time of the training window.

trainingDataEndTime

The end date and time of the training window.

name

[required] The name of the audience model resource.

trainingDatasetArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the training dataset for this audience model.

kmsKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key. This key is used to encrypt and decrypt customer-owned data in the trained ML model and the associated data.

tags

The optional metadata that you apply to the resource to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50.

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case sensitive.

  • Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for keys as it is reserved for AWS use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys with this prefix. Values can have this prefix. If a tag value has aws as its prefix but the key does not, then Clean Rooms ML considers it to be a user tag and will count against the limit of 50 tags. Tags with only the key prefix of aws do not count against your tags per resource limit.

description

The description of the audience model.


Defines the information necessary to create a configured audience model

Description

Defines the information necessary to create a configured audience model.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_create_configured_audience_model/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_create_configured_audience_model(
  name,
  audienceModelArn,
  outputConfig,
  description = NULL,
  sharedAudienceMetrics,
  minMatchingSeedSize = NULL,
  audienceSizeConfig = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  childResourceTagOnCreatePolicy = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the configured audience model.

audienceModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the audience model to use for the configured audience model.

outputConfig

[required] Configure the Amazon S3 location and IAM Role for audiences created using this configured audience model. Each audience will have a unique location. The IAM Role must have s3:PutObject permission on the destination Amazon S3 location. If the destination is protected with Amazon S3 KMS-SSE, then the Role must also have the required KMS permissions.

description

The description of the configured audience model.

sharedAudienceMetrics

[required] Whether audience metrics are shared.

minMatchingSeedSize

The minimum number of users from the seed audience that must match with users in the training data of the audience model. The default value is 500.

audienceSizeConfig

Configure the list of output sizes of audiences that can be created using this configured audience model. A request to start_audience_generation_job that uses this configured audience model must have an audienceSize selected from this list. You can use the ABSOLUTE AudienceSize to configure out audience sizes using the count of identifiers in the output. You can use the Percentage AudienceSize to configure sizes in the range 1-100 percent.

tags

The optional metadata that you apply to the resource to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50.

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case sensitive.

  • Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for keys as it is reserved for AWS use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys with this prefix. Values can have this prefix. If a tag value has aws as its prefix but the key does not, then Clean Rooms ML considers it to be a user tag and will count against the limit of 50 tags. Tags with only the key prefix of aws do not count against your tags per resource limit.

childResourceTagOnCreatePolicy

Configure how the service tags audience generation jobs created using this configured audience model. If you specify NONE, the tags from the start_audience_generation_job request determine the tags of the audience generation job. If you specify FROM_PARENT_RESOURCE, the audience generation job inherits the tags from the configured audience model, by default. Tags in the start_audience_generation_job will override the default.

When the client is in a different account than the configured audience model, the tags from the client are never applied to a resource in the caller's account.


Creates a configured model algorithm using a container image stored in an ECR repository

Description

Creates a configured model algorithm using a container image stored in an ECR repository.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_create_configured_model_algorithm/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_create_configured_model_algorithm(
  name,
  description = NULL,
  roleArn,
  trainingContainerConfig = NULL,
  inferenceContainerConfig = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  kmsKeyArn = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the configured model algorithm.

description

The description of the configured model algorithm.

roleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role that is used to access the repository.

trainingContainerConfig

Configuration information for the training container, including entrypoints and arguments.

inferenceContainerConfig

Configuration information for the inference container that is used when you run an inference job on a configured model algorithm.

tags

The optional metadata that you apply to the resource to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50.

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case sensitive.

  • Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for keys as it is reserved for AWS use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys with this prefix. Values can have this prefix. If a tag value has aws as its prefix but the key does not, then Clean Rooms ML considers it to be a user tag and will count against the limit of 50 tags. Tags with only the key prefix of aws do not count against your tags per resource limit.

kmsKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key. This key is used to encrypt and decrypt customer-owned data in the configured ML model algorithm and associated data.


Associates a configured model algorithm to a collaboration for use by any member of the collaboration

Description

Associates a configured model algorithm to a collaboration for use by any member of the collaboration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_create_configured_model_algorithm_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_create_configured_model_algorithm_association(
  membershipIdentifier,
  configuredModelAlgorithmArn,
  name,
  description = NULL,
  privacyConfiguration = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the member who is associating this configured model algorithm.

configuredModelAlgorithmArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured model algorithm that you want to associate.

name

[required] The name of the configured model algorithm association.

description

The description of the configured model algorithm association.

privacyConfiguration

Specifies the privacy configuration information for the configured model algorithm association. This information includes the maximum data size that can be exported.

tags

The optional metadata that you apply to the resource to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50.

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case sensitive.

  • Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for keys as it is reserved for AWS use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys with this prefix. Values can have this prefix. If a tag value has aws as its prefix but the key does not, then Clean Rooms ML considers it to be a user tag and will count against the limit of 50 tags. Tags with only the key prefix of aws do not count against your tags per resource limit.


Provides the information to create an ML input channel

Description

Provides the information to create an ML input channel. An ML input channel is the result of a query that can be used for ML modeling.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_create_ml_input_channel/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_create_ml_input_channel(
  membershipIdentifier,
  configuredModelAlgorithmAssociations,
  inputChannel,
  name,
  retentionInDays,
  description = NULL,
  kmsKeyArn = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the member that is creating the ML input channel.

configuredModelAlgorithmAssociations

[required] The associated configured model algorithms that are necessary to create this ML input channel.

inputChannel

[required] The input data that is used to create this ML input channel.

name

[required] The name of the ML input channel.

retentionInDays

[required] The number of days that the data in the ML input channel is retained.

description

The description of the ML input channel.

kmsKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key that is used to access the input channel.

tags

The optional metadata that you apply to the resource to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50.

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case sensitive.

  • Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for keys as it is reserved for AWS use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys with this prefix. Values can have this prefix. If a tag value has aws as its prefix but the key does not, then Clean Rooms ML considers it to be a user tag and will count against the limit of 50 tags. Tags with only the key prefix of aws do not count against your tags per resource limit.


Creates a trained model from an associated configured model algorithm using data from any member of the collaboration

Description

Creates a trained model from an associated configured model algorithm using data from any member of the collaboration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_create_trained_model/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_create_trained_model(
  membershipIdentifier,
  name,
  configuredModelAlgorithmAssociationArn,
  hyperparameters = NULL,
  environment = NULL,
  resourceConfig,
  stoppingCondition = NULL,
  dataChannels,
  description = NULL,
  kmsKeyArn = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the member that is creating the trained model.

name

[required] The name of the trained model.

configuredModelAlgorithmAssociationArn

[required] The associated configured model algorithm used to train this model.

hyperparameters

Algorithm-specific parameters that influence the quality of the model. You set hyperparameters before you start the learning process.

environment

The environment variables to set in the Docker container.

resourceConfig

[required] Information about the EC2 resources that are used to train this model.

stoppingCondition

The criteria that is used to stop model training.

dataChannels

[required] Defines the data channels that are used as input for the trained model request.

description

The description of the trained model.

kmsKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key. This key is used to encrypt and decrypt customer-owned data in the trained ML model and the associated data.

tags

The optional metadata that you apply to the resource to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50.

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case sensitive.

  • Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for keys as it is reserved for AWS use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys with this prefix. Values can have this prefix. If a tag value has aws as its prefix but the key does not, then Clean Rooms ML considers it to be a user tag and will count against the limit of 50 tags. Tags with only the key prefix of aws do not count against your tags per resource limit.


Defines the information necessary to create a training dataset

Description

Defines the information necessary to create a training dataset. In Clean Rooms ML, the TrainingDataset is metadata that points to a Glue table, which is read only during AudienceModel creation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_create_training_dataset/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_create_training_dataset(
  name,
  roleArn,
  trainingData,
  tags = NULL,
  description = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the training dataset. This name must be unique in your account and region.

roleArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM role that Clean Rooms ML can assume to read the data referred to in the dataSource field of each dataset.

Passing a role across AWS accounts is not allowed. If you pass a role that isn't in your account, you get an AccessDeniedException error.

trainingData

[required] An array of information that lists the Dataset objects, which specifies the dataset type and details on its location and schema. You must provide a role that has read access to these tables.

tags

The optional metadata that you apply to the resource to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50.

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case sensitive.

  • Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for keys as it is reserved for AWS use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys with this prefix. Values can have this prefix. If a tag value has aws as its prefix but the key does not, then Clean Rooms ML considers it to be a user tag and will count against the limit of 50 tags. Tags with only the key prefix of aws do not count against your tags per resource limit.

description

The description of the training dataset.


Deletes the specified audience generation job, and removes all data associated with the job

Description

Deletes the specified audience generation job, and removes all data associated with the job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_delete_audience_generation_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_delete_audience_generation_job(audienceGenerationJobArn)

Arguments

audienceGenerationJobArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the audience generation job that you want to delete.


Specifies an audience model that you want to delete

Description

Specifies an audience model that you want to delete. You can't delete an audience model if there are any configured audience models that depend on the audience model.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_delete_audience_model/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_delete_audience_model(audienceModelArn)

Arguments

audienceModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the audience model that you want to delete.


Deletes the specified configured audience model

Description

Deletes the specified configured audience model. You can't delete a configured audience model if there are any lookalike models that use the configured audience model. If you delete a configured audience model, it will be removed from any collaborations that it is associated to.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_delete_configured_audience_model/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_delete_configured_audience_model(configuredAudienceModelArn)

Arguments

configuredAudienceModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured audience model that you want to delete.


Deletes the specified configured audience model policy

Description

Deletes the specified configured audience model policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_delete_configured_audience_model_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_delete_configured_audience_model_policy(
  configuredAudienceModelArn
)

Arguments

configuredAudienceModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured audience model policy that you want to delete.


Deletes a configured model algorithm

Description

Deletes a configured model algorithm.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_delete_configured_model_algorithm/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_delete_configured_model_algorithm(configuredModelAlgorithmArn)

Arguments

configuredModelAlgorithmArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured model algorithm that you want to delete.


Deletes a configured model algorithm association

Description

Deletes a configured model algorithm association.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_delete_configured_model_algorithm_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_delete_configured_model_algorithm_association(
  configuredModelAlgorithmAssociationArn,
  membershipIdentifier
)

Arguments

configuredModelAlgorithmAssociationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured model algorithm association that you want to delete.

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the member that is deleting the configured model algorithm association.


Deletes a ML modeling configuration

Description

Deletes a ML modeling configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_delete_ml_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_delete_ml_configuration(membershipIdentifier)

Arguments

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the of the member that is deleting the ML modeling configuration.


Provides the information necessary to delete an ML input channel

Description

Provides the information necessary to delete an ML input channel.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_delete_ml_input_channel_data/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_delete_ml_input_channel_data(
  mlInputChannelArn,
  membershipIdentifier
)

Arguments

mlInputChannelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the ML input channel that you want to delete.

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the membership that contains the ML input channel you want to delete.


Deletes the output of a trained model

Description

Deletes the output of a trained model.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_delete_trained_model_output/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_delete_trained_model_output(trainedModelArn, membershipIdentifier)

Arguments

trainedModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the trained model whose output you want to delete.

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the member that is deleting the trained model output.


Specifies a training dataset that you want to delete

Description

Specifies a training dataset that you want to delete. You can't delete a training dataset if there are any audience models that depend on the training dataset. In Clean Rooms ML, the TrainingDataset is metadata that points to a Glue table, which is read only during AudienceModel creation. This action deletes the metadata.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_delete_training_dataset/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_delete_training_dataset(trainingDatasetArn)

Arguments

trainingDatasetArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the training dataset that you want to delete.


Returns information about an audience generation job

Description

Returns information about an audience generation job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_get_audience_generation_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_get_audience_generation_job(audienceGenerationJobArn)

Arguments

audienceGenerationJobArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the audience generation job that you are interested in.


Returns information about an audience model

Description

Returns information about an audience model

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_get_audience_model/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_get_audience_model(audienceModelArn)

Arguments

audienceModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the audience model that you are interested in.


Returns information about the configured model algorithm association in a collaboration

Description

Returns information about the configured model algorithm association in a collaboration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_get_collaboration_configured_model_algorithm_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_get_collaboration_configured_model_algorithm_association(
  configuredModelAlgorithmAssociationArn,
  collaborationIdentifier
)

Arguments

configuredModelAlgorithmAssociationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured model algorithm association that you want to return information about.

collaborationIdentifier

[required] The collaboration ID for the collaboration that contains the configured model algorithm association that you want to return information about.


Returns information about a specific ML input channel in a collaboration

Description

Returns information about a specific ML input channel in a collaboration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_get_collaboration_ml_input_channel/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_get_collaboration_ml_input_channel(
  mlInputChannelArn,
  collaborationIdentifier
)

Arguments

mlInputChannelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the ML input channel that you want to get.

collaborationIdentifier

[required] The collaboration ID of the collaboration that contains the ML input channel that you want to get.


Returns information about a trained model in a collaboration

Description

Returns information about a trained model in a collaboration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_get_collaboration_trained_model/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_get_collaboration_trained_model(
  trainedModelArn,
  collaborationIdentifier
)

Arguments

trainedModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the trained model that you want to return information about.

collaborationIdentifier

[required] The collaboration ID that contains the trained model that you want to return information about.


Returns information about a specified configured audience model

Description

Returns information about a specified configured audience model.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_get_configured_audience_model/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_get_configured_audience_model(configuredAudienceModelArn)

Arguments

configuredAudienceModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured audience model that you are interested in.


Returns information about a configured audience model policy

Description

Returns information about a configured audience model policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_get_configured_audience_model_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_get_configured_audience_model_policy(configuredAudienceModelArn)

Arguments

configuredAudienceModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured audience model that you are interested in.


Returns information about a configured model algorithm

Description

Returns information about a configured model algorithm.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_get_configured_model_algorithm/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_get_configured_model_algorithm(configuredModelAlgorithmArn)

Arguments

configuredModelAlgorithmArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured model algorithm that you want to return information about.


Returns information about a configured model algorithm association

Description

Returns information about a configured model algorithm association.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_get_configured_model_algorithm_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_get_configured_model_algorithm_association(
  configuredModelAlgorithmAssociationArn,
  membershipIdentifier
)

Arguments

configuredModelAlgorithmAssociationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured model algorithm association that you want to return information about.

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the member that created the configured model algorithm association.


Returns information about a specific ML configuration

Description

Returns information about a specific ML configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_get_ml_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_get_ml_configuration(membershipIdentifier)

Arguments

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the member that owns the ML configuration you want to return information about.


Returns information about an ML input channel

Description

Returns information about an ML input channel.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_get_ml_input_channel/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_get_ml_input_channel(mlInputChannelArn, membershipIdentifier)

Arguments

mlInputChannelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the ML input channel that you want to get.

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the membership that contains the ML input channel that you want to get.


Returns information about a trained model

Description

Returns information about a trained model.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_get_trained_model/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_get_trained_model(trainedModelArn, membershipIdentifier)

Arguments

trainedModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the trained model that you are interested in.

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the member that created the trained model that you are interested in.


Returns information about a trained model inference job

Description

Returns information about a trained model inference job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_get_trained_model_inference_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_get_trained_model_inference_job(
  membershipIdentifier,
  trainedModelInferenceJobArn
)

Arguments

membershipIdentifier

[required] Provides the membership ID of the membership that contains the trained model inference job that you are interested in.

trainedModelInferenceJobArn

[required] Provides the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the trained model inference job that you are interested in.


Returns information about a training dataset

Description

Returns information about a training dataset.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_get_training_dataset/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_get_training_dataset(trainingDatasetArn)

Arguments

trainingDatasetArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the training dataset that you are interested in.


Returns a list of the audience export jobs

Description

Returns a list of the audience export jobs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_audience_export_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_audience_export_jobs(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  audienceGenerationJobArn = NULL
)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum size of the results that is returned per call.

audienceGenerationJobArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the audience generation job that you are interested in.


Returns a list of audience generation jobs

Description

Returns a list of audience generation jobs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_audience_generation_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_audience_generation_jobs(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  configuredAudienceModelArn = NULL,
  collaborationId = NULL
)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum size of the results that is returned per call.

configuredAudienceModelArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured audience model that was used for the audience generation jobs that you are interested in.

collaborationId

The identifier of the collaboration that contains the audience generation jobs that you are interested in.


Returns a list of audience models

Description

Returns a list of audience models.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_audience_models/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_audience_models(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum size of the results that is returned per call.


Returns a list of the configured model algorithm associations in a collaboration

Description

Returns a list of the configured model algorithm associations in a collaboration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_collaboration_configured_model_algorithm_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_collaboration_configured_model_algorithm_associations(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  collaborationIdentifier
)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum size of the results that is returned per call.

collaborationIdentifier

[required] The collaboration ID of the collaboration that contains the configured model algorithm associations that you are interested in.


Returns a list of the ML input channels in a collaboration

Description

Returns a list of the ML input channels in a collaboration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_collaboration_ml_input_channels/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_collaboration_ml_input_channels(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  collaborationIdentifier
)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to return.

collaborationIdentifier

[required] The collaboration ID of the collaboration that contains the ML input channels that you want to list.


Returns a list of the export jobs for a trained model in a collaboration

Description

Returns a list of the export jobs for a trained model in a collaboration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_collaboration_trained_model_export_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_collaboration_trained_model_export_jobs(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  collaborationIdentifier,
  trainedModelArn
)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum size of the results that is returned per call.

collaborationIdentifier

[required] The collaboration ID of the collaboration that contains the trained model export jobs that you are interested in.

trainedModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the trained model that was used to create the export jobs that you are interested in.


Returns a list of trained model inference jobs in a specified collaboration

Description

Returns a list of trained model inference jobs in a specified collaboration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_collaboration_trained_model_inference_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_collaboration_trained_model_inference_jobs(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  collaborationIdentifier,
  trainedModelArn = NULL
)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum size of the results that is returned per call.

collaborationIdentifier

[required] The collaboration ID of the collaboration that contains the trained model inference jobs that you are interested in.

trainedModelArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the trained model that was used to create the trained model inference jobs that you are interested in.


Returns a list of the trained models in a collaboration

Description

Returns a list of the trained models in a collaboration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_collaboration_trained_models/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_collaboration_trained_models(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  collaborationIdentifier
)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum size of the results that is returned per call.

collaborationIdentifier

[required] The collaboration ID of the collaboration that contains the trained models you are interested in.


Returns a list of the configured audience models

Description

Returns a list of the configured audience models.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_configured_audience_models/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_configured_audience_models(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum size of the results that is returned per call.


Returns a list of configured model algorithm associations

Description

Returns a list of configured model algorithm associations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_configured_model_algorithm_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_configured_model_algorithm_associations(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  membershipIdentifier
)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum size of the results that is returned per call.

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the member that created the configured model algorithm associations you are interested in.


Returns a list of configured model algorithms

Description

Returns a list of configured model algorithms.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_configured_model_algorithms/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_configured_model_algorithms(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum size of the results that is returned per call.


Returns a list of ML input channels

Description

Returns a list of ML input channels.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_ml_input_channels/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_ml_input_channels(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  membershipIdentifier
)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum number of ML input channels to return.

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the membership that contains the ML input channels that you want to list.


Returns a list of tags for a provided resource

Description

Returns a list of tags for a provided resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you are interested in.


Returns a list of trained model inference jobs that match the request parameters

Description

Returns a list of trained model inference jobs that match the request parameters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_trained_model_inference_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_trained_model_inference_jobs(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  membershipIdentifier,
  trainedModelArn = NULL
)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum size of the results that is returned per call.

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership

trainedModelArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a trained model that was used to create the trained model inference jobs that you are interested in.


Returns a list of trained models

Description

Returns a list of trained models.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_trained_models/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_trained_models(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  membershipIdentifier
)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum size of the results that is returned per call.

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the member that created the trained models you are interested in.


Returns a list of training datasets

Description

Returns a list of training datasets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_list_training_datasets/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_list_training_datasets(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

The token value retrieved from a previous call to access the next page of results.

maxResults

The maximum size of the results that is returned per call.


Create or update the resource policy for a configured audience model

Description

Create or update the resource policy for a configured audience model.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_put_configured_audience_model_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_put_configured_audience_model_policy(
  configuredAudienceModelArn,
  configuredAudienceModelPolicy,
  previousPolicyHash = NULL,
  policyExistenceCondition = NULL
)

Arguments

configuredAudienceModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured audience model that the resource policy will govern.

configuredAudienceModelPolicy

[required] The IAM resource policy.

previousPolicyHash

A cryptographic hash of the contents of the policy used to prevent unexpected concurrent modification of the policy.

policyExistenceCondition

Use this to prevent unexpected concurrent modification of the policy.


Assigns information about an ML configuration

Description

Assigns information about an ML configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_put_ml_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_put_ml_configuration(membershipIdentifier, defaultOutputLocation)

Arguments

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the member that is being configured.

defaultOutputLocation

[required] The default Amazon S3 location where ML output is stored for the specified member.


Export an audience of a specified size after you have generated an audience

Description

Export an audience of a specified size after you have generated an audience.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_start_audience_export_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_start_audience_export_job(
  name,
  audienceGenerationJobArn,
  audienceSize,
  description = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the audience export job.

audienceGenerationJobArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the audience generation job that you want to export.

audienceSize

[required]

description

The description of the audience export job.


Information necessary to start the audience generation job

Description

Information necessary to start the audience generation job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_start_audience_generation_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_start_audience_generation_job(
  name,
  configuredAudienceModelArn,
  seedAudience,
  includeSeedInOutput = NULL,
  collaborationId = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the audience generation job.

configuredAudienceModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured audience model that is used for this audience generation job.

seedAudience

[required] The seed audience that is used to generate the audience.

includeSeedInOutput

Whether the seed audience is included in the audience generation output.

collaborationId

The identifier of the collaboration that contains the audience generation job.

description

The description of the audience generation job.

tags

The optional metadata that you apply to the resource to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50.

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case sensitive.

  • Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for keys as it is reserved for AWS use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys with this prefix. Values can have this prefix. If a tag value has aws as its prefix but the key does not, then Clean Rooms ML considers it to be a user tag and will count against the limit of 50 tags. Tags with only the key prefix of aws do not count against your tags per resource limit.


Provides the information necessary to start a trained model export job

Description

Provides the information necessary to start a trained model export job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_start_trained_model_export_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_start_trained_model_export_job(
  name,
  trainedModelArn,
  membershipIdentifier,
  outputConfiguration,
  description = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] The name of the trained model export job.

trainedModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the trained model that you want to export.

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the member that is receiving the exported trained model artifacts.

outputConfiguration

[required] The output configuration information for the trained model export job.

description

The description of the trained model export job.


Defines the information necessary to begin a trained model inference job

Description

Defines the information necessary to begin a trained model inference job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_start_trained_model_inference_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_start_trained_model_inference_job(
  membershipIdentifier,
  name,
  trainedModelArn,
  configuredModelAlgorithmAssociationArn = NULL,
  resourceConfig,
  outputConfiguration,
  dataSource,
  description = NULL,
  containerExecutionParameters = NULL,
  environment = NULL,
  kmsKeyArn = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

membershipIdentifier

[required] The membership ID of the membership that contains the trained model inference job.

name

[required] The name of the trained model inference job.

trainedModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the trained model that is used for this trained model inference job.

configuredModelAlgorithmAssociationArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured model algorithm association that is used for this trained model inference job.

resourceConfig

[required] Defines the resource configuration for the trained model inference job.

outputConfiguration

[required] Defines the output configuration information for the trained model inference job.

dataSource

[required] Defines the data source that is used for the trained model inference job.

description

The description of the trained model inference job.

containerExecutionParameters

The execution parameters for the container.

environment

The environment variables to set in the Docker container.

kmsKeyArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the KMS key. This key is used to encrypt and decrypt customer-owned data in the ML inference job and associated data.

tags

The optional metadata that you apply to the resource to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50.

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case sensitive.

  • Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for keys as it is reserved for AWS use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys with this prefix. Values can have this prefix. If a tag value has aws as its prefix but the key does not, then Clean Rooms ML considers it to be a user tag and will count against the limit of 50 tags. Tags with only the key prefix of aws do not count against your tags per resource limit.


Adds metadata tags to a specified resource

Description

Adds metadata tags to a specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to assign tags.

tags

[required] The optional metadata that you apply to the resource to help you categorize and organize them. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define.

The following basic restrictions apply to tags:

  • Maximum number of tags per resource - 50.

  • For each resource, each tag key must be unique, and each tag key can have only one value.

  • Maximum key length - 128 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • Maximum value length - 256 Unicode characters in UTF-8.

  • If your tagging schema is used across multiple services and resources, remember that other services may have restrictions on allowed characters. Generally allowed characters are: letters, numbers, and spaces representable in UTF-8, and the following characters: + - = . _ : / @.

  • Tag keys and values are case sensitive.

  • Do not use aws:, AWS:, or any upper or lowercase combination of such as a prefix for keys as it is reserved for AWS use. You cannot edit or delete tag keys with this prefix. Values can have this prefix. If a tag value has aws as its prefix but the key does not, then Clean Rooms considers it to be a user tag and will count against the limit of 50 tags. Tags with only the key prefix of aws do not count against your tags per resource limit.


Removes metadata tags from a specified resource

Description

Removes metadata tags from a specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to remove tags from.

tagKeys

[required] The key values of tags that you want to remove.


Provides the information necessary to update a configured audience model

Description

Provides the information necessary to update a configured audience model. Updates that impact audience generation jobs take effect when a new job starts, but do not impact currently running jobs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cleanroomsml_update_configured_audience_model/ for full documentation.

Usage

cleanroomsml_update_configured_audience_model(
  configuredAudienceModelArn,
  outputConfig = NULL,
  audienceModelArn = NULL,
  sharedAudienceMetrics = NULL,
  minMatchingSeedSize = NULL,
  audienceSizeConfig = NULL,
  description = NULL
)

Arguments

configuredAudienceModelArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the configured audience model that you want to update.

outputConfig

The new output configuration.

audienceModelArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the new audience model that you want to use.

sharedAudienceMetrics

The new value for whether to share audience metrics.

minMatchingSeedSize

The minimum number of users from the seed audience that must match with users in the training data of the audience model.

audienceSizeConfig

The new audience size configuration.

description

The new description of the configured audience model.


Amazon CloudDirectory

Description

Amazon Cloud Directory

Amazon Cloud Directory is a component of the AWS Directory Service that simplifies the development and management of cloud-scale web, mobile, and IoT applications. This guide describes the Cloud Directory operations that you can call programmatically and includes detailed information on data types and errors. For information about Cloud Directory features, see AWS Directory Service and the Amazon Cloud Directory Developer Guide.

Usage

clouddirectory(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- clouddirectory(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_facet_to_object Adds a new Facet to an object
apply_schema Copies the input published schema, at the specified version, into the Directory with the same name and version as that of the published schema
attach_object Attaches an existing object to another object
attach_policy Attaches a policy object to a regular object
attach_to_index Attaches the specified object to the specified index
attach_typed_link Attaches a typed link to a specified source and target object
batch_read Performs all the read operations in a batch
batch_write Performs all the write operations in a batch
create_directory Creates a Directory by copying the published schema into the directory
create_facet Creates a new Facet in a schema
create_index Creates an index object
create_object Creates an object in a Directory
create_schema Creates a new schema in a development state
create_typed_link_facet Creates a TypedLinkFacet
delete_directory Deletes a directory
delete_facet Deletes a given Facet
delete_object Deletes an object and its associated attributes
delete_schema Deletes a given schema
delete_typed_link_facet Deletes a TypedLinkFacet
detach_from_index Detaches the specified object from the specified index
detach_object Detaches a given object from the parent object
detach_policy Detaches a policy from an object
detach_typed_link Detaches a typed link from a specified source and target object
disable_directory Disables the specified directory
enable_directory Enables the specified directory
get_applied_schema_version Returns current applied schema version ARN, including the minor version in use
get_directory Retrieves metadata about a directory
get_facet Gets details of the Facet, such as facet name, attributes, Rules, or ObjectType
get_link_attributes Retrieves attributes that are associated with a typed link
get_object_attributes Retrieves attributes within a facet that are associated with an object
get_object_information Retrieves metadata about an object
get_schema_as_json Retrieves a JSON representation of the schema
get_typed_link_facet_information Returns the identity attribute order for a specific TypedLinkFacet
list_applied_schema_arns Lists schema major versions applied to a directory
list_attached_indices Lists indices attached to the specified object
list_development_schema_arns Retrieves each Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of schemas in the development state
list_directories Lists directories created within an account
list_facet_attributes Retrieves attributes attached to the facet
list_facet_names Retrieves the names of facets that exist in a schema
list_incoming_typed_links Returns a paginated list of all the incoming TypedLinkSpecifier information for an object
list_index Lists objects attached to the specified index
list_managed_schema_arns Lists the major version families of each managed schema
list_object_attributes Lists all attributes that are associated with an object
list_object_children Returns a paginated list of child objects that are associated with a given object
list_object_parent_paths Retrieves all available parent paths for any object type such as node, leaf node, policy node, and index node objects
list_object_parents Lists parent objects that are associated with a given object in pagination fashion
list_object_policies Returns policies attached to an object in pagination fashion
list_outgoing_typed_links Returns a paginated list of all the outgoing TypedLinkSpecifier information for an object
list_policy_attachments Returns all of the ObjectIdentifiers to which a given policy is attached
list_published_schema_arns Lists the major version families of each published schema
list_tags_for_resource Returns tags for a resource
list_typed_link_facet_attributes Returns a paginated list of all attribute definitions for a particular TypedLinkFacet
list_typed_link_facet_names Returns a paginated list of TypedLink facet names for a particular schema
lookup_policy Lists all policies from the root of the Directory to the object specified
publish_schema Publishes a development schema with a major version and a recommended minor version
put_schema_from_json Allows a schema to be updated using JSON upload
remove_facet_from_object Removes the specified facet from the specified object
tag_resource An API operation for adding tags to a resource
untag_resource An API operation for removing tags from a resource
update_facet Does the following:
update_link_attributes Updates a given typed link’s attributes
update_object_attributes Updates a given object's attributes
update_schema Updates the schema name with a new name
update_typed_link_facet Updates a TypedLinkFacet
upgrade_applied_schema Upgrades a single directory in-place using the PublishedSchemaArn with schema updates found in MinorVersion
upgrade_published_schema Upgrades a published schema under a new minor version revision using the current contents of DevelopmentSchemaArn

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- clouddirectory()
svc$add_facet_to_object(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Adds a new Facet to an object

Description

Adds a new Facet to an object. An object can have more than one facet applied on it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_add_facet_to_object/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_add_facet_to_object(
  DirectoryArn,
  SchemaFacet,
  ObjectAttributeList = NULL,
  ObjectReference
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where the object resides. For more information, see arns.

SchemaFacet

[required] Identifiers for the facet that you are adding to the object. See SchemaFacet for details.

ObjectAttributeList

Attributes on the facet that you are adding to the object.

ObjectReference

[required] A reference to the object you are adding the specified facet to.


Copies the input published schema, at the specified version, into the Directory with the same name and version as that of the published schema

Description

Copies the input published schema, at the specified version, into the Directory with the same name and version as that of the published schema.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_apply_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_apply_schema(PublishedSchemaArn, DirectoryArn)

Arguments

PublishedSchemaArn

[required] Published schema Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that needs to be copied. For more information, see arns.

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory into which the schema is copied. For more information, see arns.


Attaches an existing object to another object

Description

Attaches an existing object to another object. An object can be accessed in two ways:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_attach_object/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_attach_object(
  DirectoryArn,
  ParentReference,
  ChildReference,
  LinkName
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where both objects reside. For more information, see arns.

ParentReference

[required] The parent object reference.

ChildReference

[required] The child object reference to be attached to the object.

LinkName

[required] The link name with which the child object is attached to the parent.


Attaches a policy object to a regular object

Description

Attaches a policy object to a regular object. An object can have a limited number of attached policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_attach_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_attach_policy(DirectoryArn, PolicyReference, ObjectReference)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where both objects reside. For more information, see arns.

PolicyReference

[required] The reference that is associated with the policy object.

ObjectReference

[required] The reference that identifies the object to which the policy will be attached.


Attaches the specified object to the specified index

Description

Attaches the specified object to the specified index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_attach_to_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_attach_to_index(DirectoryArn, IndexReference, TargetReference)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the directory where the object and index exist.

IndexReference

[required] A reference to the index that you are attaching the object to.

TargetReference

[required] A reference to the object that you are attaching to the index.


Description

Attaches a typed link to a specified source and target object. For more information, see Typed Links.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_attach_typed_link/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_attach_typed_link(
  DirectoryArn,
  SourceObjectReference,
  TargetObjectReference,
  TypedLinkFacet,
  Attributes
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the directory where you want to attach the typed link.

SourceObjectReference

[required] Identifies the source object that the typed link will attach to.

TargetObjectReference

[required] Identifies the target object that the typed link will attach to.

TypedLinkFacet

[required] Identifies the typed link facet that is associated with the typed link.

Attributes

[required] A set of attributes that are associated with the typed link.


Performs all the read operations in a batch

Description

Performs all the read operations in a batch.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_batch_read/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_batch_read(DirectoryArn, Operations, ConsistencyLevel = NULL)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory. For more information, see arns.

Operations

[required] A list of operations that are part of the batch.

ConsistencyLevel

Represents the manner and timing in which the successful write or update of an object is reflected in a subsequent read operation of that same object.


Performs all the write operations in a batch

Description

Performs all the write operations in a batch. Either all the operations succeed or none.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_batch_write/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_batch_write(DirectoryArn, Operations)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory. For more information, see arns.

Operations

[required] A list of operations that are part of the batch.


Creates a Directory by copying the published schema into the directory

Description

Creates a Directory by copying the published schema into the directory. A directory cannot be created without a schema.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_create_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_create_directory(Name, SchemaArn)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the Directory. Should be unique per account, per region.

SchemaArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the published schema that will be copied into the data Directory. For more information, see arns.


Creates a new Facet in a schema

Description

Creates a new Facet in a schema. Facet creation is allowed only in development or applied schemas.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_create_facet/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_create_facet(
  SchemaArn,
  Name,
  Attributes = NULL,
  ObjectType = NULL,
  FacetStyle = NULL
)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The schema ARN in which the new Facet will be created. For more information, see arns.

Name

[required] The name of the Facet, which is unique for a given schema.

Attributes

The attributes that are associated with the Facet.

ObjectType

Specifies whether a given object created from this facet is of type node, leaf node, policy or index.

  • Node: Can have multiple children but one parent.

  • Leaf node: Cannot have children but can have multiple parents.

  • Policy: Allows you to store a policy document and policy type. For more information, see Policies.

  • Index: Can be created with the Index API.

FacetStyle

There are two different styles that you can define on any given facet, Static and Dynamic. For static facets, all attributes must be defined in the schema. For dynamic facets, attributes can be defined during data plane operations.


Creates an index object

Description

Creates an index object. See Indexing and search for more information.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_create_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_create_index(
  DirectoryArn,
  OrderedIndexedAttributeList,
  IsUnique,
  ParentReference = NULL,
  LinkName = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The ARN of the directory where the index should be created.

OrderedIndexedAttributeList

[required] Specifies the attributes that should be indexed on. Currently only a single attribute is supported.

IsUnique

[required] Indicates whether the attribute that is being indexed has unique values or not.

ParentReference

A reference to the parent object that contains the index object.

LinkName

The name of the link between the parent object and the index object.


Creates an object in a Directory

Description

Creates an object in a Directory. Additionally attaches the object to a parent, if a parent reference and LinkName is specified. An object is simply a collection of Facet attributes. You can also use this API call to create a policy object, if the facet from which you create the object is a policy facet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_create_object/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_create_object(
  DirectoryArn,
  SchemaFacets,
  ObjectAttributeList = NULL,
  ParentReference = NULL,
  LinkName = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory in which the object will be created. For more information, see arns.

SchemaFacets

[required] A list of schema facets to be associated with the object. Do not provide minor version components. See SchemaFacet for details.

ObjectAttributeList

The attribute map whose attribute ARN contains the key and attribute value as the map value.

ParentReference

If specified, the parent reference to which this object will be attached.

LinkName

The name of link that is used to attach this object to a parent.


Creates a new schema in a development state

Description

Creates a new schema in a development state. A schema can exist in three phases:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_create_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_create_schema(Name)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name that is associated with the schema. This is unique to each account and in each region.


Description

Creates a TypedLinkFacet. For more information, see Typed Links.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_create_typed_link_facet/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_create_typed_link_facet(SchemaArn, Facet)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the schema. For more information, see arns.

Facet

[required] Facet structure that is associated with the typed link facet.


Deletes a directory

Description

Deletes a directory. Only disabled directories can be deleted. A deleted directory cannot be undone. Exercise extreme caution when deleting directories.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_delete_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_delete_directory(DirectoryArn)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The ARN of the directory to delete.


Deletes a given Facet

Description

Deletes a given Facet. All attributes and Rules that are associated with the facet will be deleted. Only development schema facets are allowed deletion.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_delete_facet/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_delete_facet(SchemaArn, Name)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Facet. For more information, see arns.

Name

[required] The name of the facet to delete.


Deletes an object and its associated attributes

Description

Deletes an object and its associated attributes. Only objects with no children and no parents can be deleted. The maximum number of attributes that can be deleted during an object deletion is 30. For more information, see Amazon Cloud Directory Limits.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_delete_object/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_delete_object(DirectoryArn, ObjectReference)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where the object resides. For more information, see arns.

ObjectReference

[required] A reference that identifies the object.


Deletes a given schema

Description

Deletes a given schema. Schemas in a development and published state can only be deleted.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_delete_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_delete_schema(SchemaArn)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the development schema. For more information, see arns.


Description

Deletes a TypedLinkFacet. For more information, see Typed Links.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_delete_typed_link_facet/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_delete_typed_link_facet(SchemaArn, Name)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the schema. For more information, see arns.

Name

[required] The unique name of the typed link facet.


Detaches the specified object from the specified index

Description

Detaches the specified object from the specified index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_detach_from_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_detach_from_index(DirectoryArn, IndexReference, TargetReference)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the directory the index and object exist in.

IndexReference

[required] A reference to the index object.

TargetReference

[required] A reference to the object being detached from the index.


Detaches a given object from the parent object

Description

Detaches a given object from the parent object. The object that is to be detached from the parent is specified by the link name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_detach_object/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_detach_object(DirectoryArn, ParentReference, LinkName)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where objects reside. For more information, see arns.

ParentReference

[required] The parent reference from which the object with the specified link name is detached.

LinkName

[required] The link name associated with the object that needs to be detached.


Detaches a policy from an object

Description

Detaches a policy from an object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_detach_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_detach_policy(DirectoryArn, PolicyReference, ObjectReference)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where both objects reside. For more information, see arns.

PolicyReference

[required] Reference that identifies the policy object.

ObjectReference

[required] Reference that identifies the object whose policy object will be detached.


Description

Detaches a typed link from a specified source and target object. For more information, see Typed Links.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_detach_typed_link/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_detach_typed_link(DirectoryArn, TypedLinkSpecifier)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the directory where you want to detach the typed link.

TypedLinkSpecifier

[required] Used to accept a typed link specifier as input.


Disables the specified directory

Description

Disables the specified directory. Disabled directories cannot be read or written to. Only enabled directories can be disabled. Disabled directories may be reenabled.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_disable_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_disable_directory(DirectoryArn)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The ARN of the directory to disable.


Enables the specified directory

Description

Enables the specified directory. Only disabled directories can be enabled. Once enabled, the directory can then be read and written to.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_enable_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_enable_directory(DirectoryArn)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The ARN of the directory to enable.


Returns current applied schema version ARN, including the minor version in use

Description

Returns current applied schema version ARN, including the minor version in use.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_get_applied_schema_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_get_applied_schema_version(SchemaArn)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The ARN of the applied schema.


Retrieves metadata about a directory

Description

Retrieves metadata about a directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_get_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_get_directory(DirectoryArn)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The ARN of the directory.


Gets details of the Facet, such as facet name, attributes, Rules, or ObjectType

Description

Gets details of the Facet, such as facet name, attributes, Rules, or ObjectType. You can call this on all kinds of schema facets – published, development, or applied.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_get_facet/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_get_facet(SchemaArn, Name)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Facet. For more information, see arns.

Name

[required] The name of the facet to retrieve.


Description

Retrieves attributes that are associated with a typed link.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_get_link_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_get_link_attributes(
  DirectoryArn,
  TypedLinkSpecifier,
  AttributeNames,
  ConsistencyLevel = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where the typed link resides. For more information, see arns or Typed Links.

TypedLinkSpecifier

[required] Allows a typed link specifier to be accepted as input.

AttributeNames

[required] A list of attribute names whose values will be retrieved.

ConsistencyLevel

The consistency level at which to retrieve the attributes on a typed link.


Retrieves attributes within a facet that are associated with an object

Description

Retrieves attributes within a facet that are associated with an object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_get_object_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_get_object_attributes(
  DirectoryArn,
  ObjectReference,
  ConsistencyLevel = NULL,
  SchemaFacet,
  AttributeNames
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where the object resides.

ObjectReference

[required] Reference that identifies the object whose attributes will be retrieved.

ConsistencyLevel

The consistency level at which to retrieve the attributes on an object.

SchemaFacet

[required] Identifier for the facet whose attributes will be retrieved. See SchemaFacet for details.

AttributeNames

[required] List of attribute names whose values will be retrieved.


Retrieves metadata about an object

Description

Retrieves metadata about an object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_get_object_information/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_get_object_information(
  DirectoryArn,
  ObjectReference,
  ConsistencyLevel = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The ARN of the directory being retrieved.

ObjectReference

[required] A reference to the object.

ConsistencyLevel

The consistency level at which to retrieve the object information.


Retrieves a JSON representation of the schema

Description

Retrieves a JSON representation of the schema. See JSON Schema Format for more information.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_get_schema_as_json/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_get_schema_as_json(SchemaArn)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The ARN of the schema to retrieve.


Description

Returns the identity attribute order for a specific TypedLinkFacet. For more information, see Typed Links.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_get_typed_link_facet_information/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_get_typed_link_facet_information(SchemaArn, Name)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the schema. For more information, see arns.

Name

[required] The unique name of the typed link facet.


Lists schema major versions applied to a directory

Description

Lists schema major versions applied to a directory. If SchemaArn is provided, lists the minor version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_applied_schema_arns/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_applied_schema_arns(
  DirectoryArn,
  SchemaArn = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The ARN of the directory you are listing.

SchemaArn

The response for list_applied_schema_arns when this parameter is used will list all minor version ARNs for a major version.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to retrieve.


Lists indices attached to the specified object

Description

Lists indices attached to the specified object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_attached_indices/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_attached_indices(
  DirectoryArn,
  TargetReference,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ConsistencyLevel = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The ARN of the directory.

TargetReference

[required] A reference to the object that has indices attached.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to retrieve.

ConsistencyLevel

The consistency level to use for this operation.


Retrieves each Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of schemas in the development state

Description

Retrieves each Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of schemas in the development state.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_development_schema_arns/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_development_schema_arns(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to retrieve.


Lists directories created within an account

Description

Lists directories created within an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_directories/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_directories(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  state = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to retrieve.

state

The state of the directories in the list. Can be either Enabled, Disabled, or Deleted.


Retrieves attributes attached to the facet

Description

Retrieves attributes attached to the facet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_facet_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_facet_attributes(
  SchemaArn,
  Name,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The ARN of the schema where the facet resides.

Name

[required] The name of the facet whose attributes will be retrieved.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to retrieve.


Retrieves the names of facets that exist in a schema

Description

Retrieves the names of facets that exist in a schema.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_facet_names/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_facet_names(SchemaArn, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to retrieve facet names from.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to retrieve.


Description

Returns a paginated list of all the incoming TypedLinkSpecifier information for an object. It also supports filtering by typed link facet and identity attributes. For more information, see Typed Links.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_incoming_typed_links/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_incoming_typed_links(
  DirectoryArn,
  ObjectReference,
  FilterAttributeRanges = NULL,
  FilterTypedLink = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ConsistencyLevel = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the directory where you want to list the typed links.

ObjectReference

[required] Reference that identifies the object whose attributes will be listed.

FilterAttributeRanges

Provides range filters for multiple attributes. When providing ranges to typed link selection, any inexact ranges must be specified at the end. Any attributes that do not have a range specified are presumed to match the entire range.

FilterTypedLink

Filters are interpreted in the order of the attributes on the typed link facet, not the order in which they are supplied to any API calls.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to retrieve.

ConsistencyLevel

The consistency level to execute the request at.


Lists objects attached to the specified index

Description

Lists objects attached to the specified index.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_index/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_index(
  DirectoryArn,
  RangesOnIndexedValues = NULL,
  IndexReference,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ConsistencyLevel = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The ARN of the directory that the index exists in.

RangesOnIndexedValues

Specifies the ranges of indexed values that you want to query.

IndexReference

[required] The reference to the index to list.

MaxResults

The maximum number of objects in a single page to retrieve from the index during a request. For more information, see Amazon Cloud Directory Limits.

NextToken

The pagination token.

ConsistencyLevel

The consistency level to execute the request at.


Lists the major version families of each managed schema

Description

Lists the major version families of each managed schema. If a major version ARN is provided as SchemaArn, the minor version revisions in that family are listed instead.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_managed_schema_arns/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_managed_schema_arns(
  SchemaArn = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

SchemaArn

The response for ListManagedSchemaArns. When this parameter is used, all minor version ARNs for a major version are listed.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to retrieve.


Lists all attributes that are associated with an object

Description

Lists all attributes that are associated with an object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_object_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_object_attributes(
  DirectoryArn,
  ObjectReference,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ConsistencyLevel = NULL,
  FacetFilter = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where the object resides. For more information, see arns.

ObjectReference

[required] The reference that identifies the object whose attributes will be listed.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to be retrieved in a single call. This is an approximate number.

ConsistencyLevel

Represents the manner and timing in which the successful write or update of an object is reflected in a subsequent read operation of that same object.

FacetFilter

Used to filter the list of object attributes that are associated with a certain facet.


Returns a paginated list of child objects that are associated with a given object

Description

Returns a paginated list of child objects that are associated with a given object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_object_children/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_object_children(
  DirectoryArn,
  ObjectReference,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ConsistencyLevel = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where the object resides. For more information, see arns.

ObjectReference

[required] The reference that identifies the object for which child objects are being listed.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to be retrieved in a single call. This is an approximate number.

ConsistencyLevel

Represents the manner and timing in which the successful write or update of an object is reflected in a subsequent read operation of that same object.


Retrieves all available parent paths for any object type such as node, leaf node, policy node, and index node objects

Description

Retrieves all available parent paths for any object type such as node, leaf node, policy node, and index node objects. For more information about objects, see Directory Structure.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_object_parent_paths/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_object_parent_paths(
  DirectoryArn,
  ObjectReference,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The ARN of the directory to which the parent path applies.

ObjectReference

[required] The reference that identifies the object whose parent paths are listed.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to be retrieved in a single call. This is an approximate number.


Lists parent objects that are associated with a given object in pagination fashion

Description

Lists parent objects that are associated with a given object in pagination fashion.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_object_parents/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_object_parents(
  DirectoryArn,
  ObjectReference,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ConsistencyLevel = NULL,
  IncludeAllLinksToEachParent = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where the object resides. For more information, see arns.

ObjectReference

[required] The reference that identifies the object for which parent objects are being listed.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to be retrieved in a single call. This is an approximate number.

ConsistencyLevel

Represents the manner and timing in which the successful write or update of an object is reflected in a subsequent read operation of that same object.

IncludeAllLinksToEachParent

When set to True, returns all ListObjectParentsResponse$ParentLinks. There could be multiple links between a parent-child pair.


Returns policies attached to an object in pagination fashion

Description

Returns policies attached to an object in pagination fashion.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_object_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_object_policies(
  DirectoryArn,
  ObjectReference,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ConsistencyLevel = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where objects reside. For more information, see arns.

ObjectReference

[required] Reference that identifies the object for which policies will be listed.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to be retrieved in a single call. This is an approximate number.

ConsistencyLevel

Represents the manner and timing in which the successful write or update of an object is reflected in a subsequent read operation of that same object.


Description

Returns a paginated list of all the outgoing TypedLinkSpecifier information for an object. It also supports filtering by typed link facet and identity attributes. For more information, see Typed Links.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_outgoing_typed_links/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_outgoing_typed_links(
  DirectoryArn,
  ObjectReference,
  FilterAttributeRanges = NULL,
  FilterTypedLink = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ConsistencyLevel = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the directory where you want to list the typed links.

ObjectReference

[required] A reference that identifies the object whose attributes will be listed.

FilterAttributeRanges

Provides range filters for multiple attributes. When providing ranges to typed link selection, any inexact ranges must be specified at the end. Any attributes that do not have a range specified are presumed to match the entire range.

FilterTypedLink

Filters are interpreted in the order of the attributes defined on the typed link facet, not the order they are supplied to any API calls.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to retrieve.

ConsistencyLevel

The consistency level to execute the request at.


Returns all of the ObjectIdentifiers to which a given policy is attached

Description

Returns all of the ObjectIdentifiers to which a given policy is attached.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_policy_attachments/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_policy_attachments(
  DirectoryArn,
  PolicyReference,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ConsistencyLevel = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where objects reside. For more information, see arns.

PolicyReference

[required] The reference that identifies the policy object.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to be retrieved in a single call. This is an approximate number.

ConsistencyLevel

Represents the manner and timing in which the successful write or update of an object is reflected in a subsequent read operation of that same object.


Lists the major version families of each published schema

Description

Lists the major version families of each published schema. If a major version ARN is provided as SchemaArn, the minor version revisions in that family are listed instead.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_published_schema_arns/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_published_schema_arns(
  SchemaArn = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

SchemaArn

The response for list_published_schema_arns when this parameter is used will list all minor version ARNs for a major version.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to retrieve.


Returns tags for a resource

Description

Returns tags for a resource. Tagging is currently supported only for directories with a limit of 50 tags per directory. All 50 tags are returned for a given directory with this API call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_tags_for_resource(
  ResourceArn,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. Tagging is only supported for directories.

NextToken

The pagination token. This is for future use. Currently pagination is not supported for tagging.

MaxResults

The MaxResults parameter sets the maximum number of results returned in a single page. This is for future use and is not supported currently.


Description

Returns a paginated list of all attribute definitions for a particular TypedLinkFacet. For more information, see Typed Links.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_typed_link_facet_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_typed_link_facet_attributes(
  SchemaArn,
  Name,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the schema. For more information, see arns.

Name

[required] The unique name of the typed link facet.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to retrieve.


Description

Returns a paginated list of TypedLink facet names for a particular schema. For more information, see Typed Links.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_list_typed_link_facet_names/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_list_typed_link_facet_names(
  SchemaArn,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the schema. For more information, see arns.

NextToken

The pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to retrieve.


Lists all policies from the root of the Directory to the object specified

Description

Lists all policies from the root of the Directory to the object specified. If there are no policies present, an empty list is returned. If policies are present, and if some objects don't have the policies attached, it returns the ObjectIdentifier for such objects. If policies are present, it returns ObjectIdentifier, policyId, and policyType. Paths that don't lead to the root from the target object are ignored. For more information, see Policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_lookup_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_lookup_policy(
  DirectoryArn,
  ObjectReference,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory. For more information, see arns.

ObjectReference

[required] Reference that identifies the object whose policies will be looked up.

NextToken

The token to request the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to be retrieved in a single call. This is an approximate number.


Publishes a development schema with a major version and a recommended minor version

Description

Publishes a development schema with a major version and a recommended minor version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_publish_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_publish_schema(
  DevelopmentSchemaArn,
  Version,
  MinorVersion = NULL,
  Name = NULL
)

Arguments

DevelopmentSchemaArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the development schema. For more information, see arns.

Version

[required] The major version under which the schema will be published. Schemas have both a major and minor version associated with them.

MinorVersion

The minor version under which the schema will be published. This parameter is recommended. Schemas have both a major and minor version associated with them.

Name

The new name under which the schema will be published. If this is not provided, the development schema is considered.


Allows a schema to be updated using JSON upload

Description

Allows a schema to be updated using JSON upload. Only available for development schemas. See JSON Schema Format for more information.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_put_schema_from_json/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_put_schema_from_json(SchemaArn, Document)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The ARN of the schema to update.

Document

[required] The replacement JSON schema.


Removes the specified facet from the specified object

Description

Removes the specified facet from the specified object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_remove_facet_from_object/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_remove_facet_from_object(
  DirectoryArn,
  SchemaFacet,
  ObjectReference
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The ARN of the directory in which the object resides.

SchemaFacet

[required] The facet to remove. See SchemaFacet for details.

ObjectReference

[required] A reference to the object to remove the facet from.


An API operation for adding tags to a resource

Description

An API operation for adding tags to a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. Tagging is only supported for directories.

Tags

[required] A list of tag key-value pairs.


An API operation for removing tags from a resource

Description

An API operation for removing tags from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource. Tagging is only supported for directories.

TagKeys

[required] Keys of the tag that need to be removed from the resource.


Does the following:

Description

Does the following:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_update_facet/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_update_facet(
  SchemaArn,
  Name,
  AttributeUpdates = NULL,
  ObjectType = NULL
)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Facet. For more information, see arns.

Name

[required] The name of the facet.

AttributeUpdates

List of attributes that need to be updated in a given schema Facet. Each attribute is followed by AttributeAction, which specifies the type of update operation to perform.

ObjectType

The object type that is associated with the facet. See CreateFacetRequest$ObjectType for more details.


Description

Updates a given typed link’s attributes. Attributes to be updated must not contribute to the typed link’s identity, as defined by its IdentityAttributeOrder.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_update_link_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_update_link_attributes(
  DirectoryArn,
  TypedLinkSpecifier,
  AttributeUpdates
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where the updated typed link resides. For more information, see arns or Typed Links.

TypedLinkSpecifier

[required] Allows a typed link specifier to be accepted as input.

AttributeUpdates

[required] The attributes update structure.


Updates a given object's attributes

Description

Updates a given object's attributes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_update_object_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_update_object_attributes(
  DirectoryArn,
  ObjectReference,
  AttributeUpdates
)

Arguments

DirectoryArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the Directory where the object resides. For more information, see arns.

ObjectReference

[required] The reference that identifies the object.

AttributeUpdates

[required] The attributes update structure.


Updates the schema name with a new name

Description

Updates the schema name with a new name. Only development schema names can be updated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_update_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_update_schema(SchemaArn, Name)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the development schema. For more information, see arns.

Name

[required] The name of the schema.


Description

Updates a TypedLinkFacet. For more information, see Typed Links.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_update_typed_link_facet/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_update_typed_link_facet(
  SchemaArn,
  Name,
  AttributeUpdates,
  IdentityAttributeOrder
)

Arguments

SchemaArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that is associated with the schema. For more information, see arns.

Name

[required] The unique name of the typed link facet.

AttributeUpdates

[required] Attributes update structure.

IdentityAttributeOrder

[required] The order of identity attributes for the facet, from most significant to least significant. The ability to filter typed links considers the order that the attributes are defined on the typed link facet. When providing ranges to a typed link selection, any inexact ranges must be specified at the end. Any attributes that do not have a range specified are presumed to match the entire range. Filters are interpreted in the order of the attributes on the typed link facet, not the order in which they are supplied to any API calls. For more information about identity attributes, see Typed Links.


Upgrades a single directory in-place using the PublishedSchemaArn with schema updates found in MinorVersion

Description

Upgrades a single directory in-place using the PublishedSchemaArn with schema updates found in MinorVersion. Backwards-compatible minor version upgrades are instantaneously available for readers on all objects in the directory. Note: This is a synchronous API call and upgrades only one schema on a given directory per call. To upgrade multiple directories from one schema, you would need to call this API on each directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_upgrade_applied_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_upgrade_applied_schema(
  PublishedSchemaArn,
  DirectoryArn,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

PublishedSchemaArn

[required] The revision of the published schema to upgrade the directory to.

DirectoryArn

[required] The ARN for the directory to which the upgraded schema will be applied.

DryRun

Used for testing whether the major version schemas are backward compatible or not. If schema compatibility fails, an exception would be thrown else the call would succeed but no changes will be saved. This parameter is optional.


Upgrades a published schema under a new minor version revision using the current contents of DevelopmentSchemaArn

Description

Upgrades a published schema under a new minor version revision using the current contents of DevelopmentSchemaArn.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/clouddirectory_upgrade_published_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

clouddirectory_upgrade_published_schema(
  DevelopmentSchemaArn,
  PublishedSchemaArn,
  MinorVersion,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

DevelopmentSchemaArn

[required] The ARN of the development schema with the changes used for the upgrade.

PublishedSchemaArn

[required] The ARN of the published schema to be upgraded.

MinorVersion

[required] Identifies the minor version of the published schema that will be created. This parameter is NOT optional.

DryRun

Used for testing whether the Development schema provided is backwards compatible, or not, with the publish schema provided by the user to be upgraded. If schema compatibility fails, an exception would be thrown else the call would succeed. This parameter is optional and defaults to false.


Amazon CloudHSM

Description

AWS CloudHSM Service

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

For information about the current version of AWS CloudHSM, see AWS CloudHSM, the AWS CloudHSM User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM API Reference.

Usage

cloudhsm(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- cloudhsm(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_tags_to_resource This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
create_hapg This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
create_hsm This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
create_luna_client This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
delete_hapg This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
delete_hsm This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
delete_luna_client This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
describe_hapg This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
describe_hsm This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
describe_luna_client This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
get_config This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
list_available_zones This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
list_hapgs This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
list_hsms This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
list_luna_clients This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
list_tags_for_resource This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
modify_hapg This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
modify_hsm This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
modify_luna_client This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic
remove_tags_from_resource This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- cloudhsm()
svc$add_tags_to_resource(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_add_tags_to_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_add_tags_to_resource(ResourceArn, TagList)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS CloudHSM resource to tag.

TagList

[required] One or more tags.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_create_hapg/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_create_hapg(Label)

Arguments

Label

[required] The label of the new high-availability partition group.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_create_hsm/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_create_hsm(
  SubnetId,
  SshKey,
  EniIp = NULL,
  IamRoleArn,
  ExternalId = NULL,
  SubscriptionType,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  SyslogIp = NULL
)

Arguments

SubnetId

[required] The identifier of the subnet in your VPC in which to place the HSM.

SshKey

[required] The SSH public key to install on the HSM.

EniIp

The IP address to assign to the HSM's ENI.

If an IP address is not specified, an IP address will be randomly chosen from the CIDR range of the subnet.

IamRoleArn

[required] The ARN of an IAM role to enable the AWS CloudHSM service to allocate an ENI on your behalf.

ExternalId

The external ID from IamRoleArn, if present.

SubscriptionType

[required]

ClientToken

A user-defined token to ensure idempotence. Subsequent calls to this operation with the same token will be ignored.

SyslogIp

The IP address for the syslog monitoring server. The AWS CloudHSM service only supports one syslog monitoring server.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_create_luna_client/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_create_luna_client(Label = NULL, Certificate)

Arguments

Label

The label for the client.

Certificate

[required] The contents of a Base64-Encoded X.509 v3 certificate to be installed on the HSMs used by this client.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_delete_hapg/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_delete_hapg(HapgArn)

Arguments

HapgArn

[required] The ARN of the high-availability partition group to delete.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_delete_hsm/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_delete_hsm(HsmArn)

Arguments

HsmArn

[required] The ARN of the HSM to delete.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_delete_luna_client/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_delete_luna_client(ClientArn)

Arguments

ClientArn

[required] The ARN of the client to delete.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_describe_hapg/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_describe_hapg(HapgArn)

Arguments

HapgArn

[required] The ARN of the high-availability partition group to describe.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_describe_hsm/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_describe_hsm(HsmArn = NULL, HsmSerialNumber = NULL)

Arguments

HsmArn

The ARN of the HSM. Either the HsmArn or the SerialNumber parameter must be specified.

HsmSerialNumber

The serial number of the HSM. Either the HsmArn or the HsmSerialNumber parameter must be specified.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_describe_luna_client/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_describe_luna_client(ClientArn = NULL, CertificateFingerprint = NULL)

Arguments

ClientArn

The ARN of the client.

CertificateFingerprint

The certificate fingerprint.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_get_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_get_config(ClientArn, ClientVersion, HapgList)

Arguments

ClientArn

[required] The ARN of the client.

ClientVersion

[required] The client version.

HapgList

[required] A list of ARNs that identify the high-availability partition groups that are associated with the client.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_list_available_zones/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_list_available_zones()

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_list_hapgs/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_list_hapgs(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

The NextToken value from a previous call to list_hapgs. Pass null if this is the first call.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_list_hsms/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_list_hsms(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

The NextToken value from a previous call to list_hsms. Pass null if this is the first call.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_list_luna_clients/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_list_luna_clients(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

The NextToken value from a previous call to list_luna_clients. Pass null if this is the first call.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS CloudHSM resource.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_modify_hapg/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_modify_hapg(HapgArn, Label = NULL, PartitionSerialList = NULL)

Arguments

HapgArn

[required] The ARN of the high-availability partition group to modify.

Label

The new label for the high-availability partition group.

PartitionSerialList

The list of partition serial numbers to make members of the high-availability partition group.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_modify_hsm/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_modify_hsm(
  HsmArn,
  SubnetId = NULL,
  EniIp = NULL,
  IamRoleArn = NULL,
  ExternalId = NULL,
  SyslogIp = NULL
)

Arguments

HsmArn

[required] The ARN of the HSM to modify.

SubnetId

The new identifier of the subnet that the HSM is in. The new subnet must be in the same Availability Zone as the current subnet.

EniIp

The new IP address for the elastic network interface (ENI) attached to the HSM.

If the HSM is moved to a different subnet, and an IP address is not specified, an IP address will be randomly chosen from the CIDR range of the new subnet.

IamRoleArn

The new IAM role ARN.

ExternalId

The new external ID.

SyslogIp

The new IP address for the syslog monitoring server. The AWS CloudHSM service only supports one syslog monitoring server.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_modify_luna_client/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_modify_luna_client(ClientArn, Certificate)

Arguments

ClientArn

[required] The ARN of the client.

Certificate

[required] The new certificate for the client.


This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic

Description

This is documentation for AWS CloudHSM Classic. For more information, see AWS CloudHSM Classic FAQs, the AWS CloudHSM Classic User Guide, and the AWS CloudHSM Classic API Reference.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsm_remove_tags_from_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsm_remove_tags_from_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeyList)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the AWS CloudHSM resource.

TagKeyList

[required] The tag key or keys to remove.

Specify only the tag key to remove (not the value). To overwrite the value for an existing tag, use add_tags_to_resource.


AWS CloudHSM V2

Description

For more information about CloudHSM, see CloudHSM and the CloudHSM User Guide.

Usage

cloudhsmv2(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- cloudhsmv2(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

copy_backup_to_region Copy an CloudHSM cluster backup to a different region
create_cluster Creates a new CloudHSM cluster
create_hsm Creates a new hardware security module (HSM) in the specified CloudHSM cluster
delete_backup Deletes a specified CloudHSM backup
delete_cluster Deletes the specified CloudHSM cluster
delete_hsm Deletes the specified HSM
delete_resource_policy Deletes an CloudHSM resource policy
describe_backups Gets information about backups of CloudHSM clusters
describe_clusters Gets information about CloudHSM clusters
get_resource_policy Retrieves the resource policy document attached to a given resource
initialize_cluster Claims an CloudHSM cluster by submitting the cluster certificate issued by your issuing certificate authority (CA) and the CA's root certificate
list_tags Gets a list of tags for the specified CloudHSM cluster
modify_backup_attributes Modifies attributes for CloudHSM backup
modify_cluster Modifies CloudHSM cluster
put_resource_policy Creates or updates an CloudHSM resource policy
restore_backup Restores a specified CloudHSM backup that is in the PENDING_DELETION state
tag_resource Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified CloudHSM cluster
untag_resource Removes the specified tag or tags from the specified CloudHSM cluster

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- cloudhsmv2()
svc$copy_backup_to_region(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Copy an CloudHSM cluster backup to a different region

Description

Copy an CloudHSM cluster backup to a different region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_copy_backup_to_region/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_copy_backup_to_region(DestinationRegion, BackupId, TagList = NULL)

Arguments

DestinationRegion

[required] The AWS region that will contain your copied CloudHSM cluster backup.

BackupId

[required] The ID of the backup that will be copied to the destination region.

TagList

Tags to apply to the destination backup during creation. If you specify tags, only these tags will be applied to the destination backup. If you do not specify tags, the service copies tags from the source backup to the destination backup.


Creates a new CloudHSM cluster

Description

Creates a new CloudHSM cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_create_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_create_cluster(
  BackupRetentionPolicy = NULL,
  HsmType,
  SourceBackupId = NULL,
  SubnetIds,
  NetworkType = NULL,
  TagList = NULL,
  Mode = NULL
)

Arguments

BackupRetentionPolicy

A policy that defines how the service retains backups.

HsmType

[required] The type of HSM to use in the cluster. The allowed values are hsm1.medium and hsm2m.medium.

SourceBackupId

The identifier (ID) or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the cluster backup to restore. Use this value to restore the cluster from a backup instead of creating a new cluster. To find the backup ID or ARN, use describe_backups. If using a backup in another account, the full ARN must be supplied.

SubnetIds

[required] The identifiers (IDs) of the subnets where you are creating the cluster. You must specify at least one subnet. If you specify multiple subnets, they must meet the following criteria:

  • All subnets must be in the same virtual private cloud (VPC).

  • You can specify only one subnet per Availability Zone.

NetworkType

The NetworkType to create a cluster with. The allowed values are IPV4 and DUALSTACK.

TagList

Tags to apply to the CloudHSM cluster during creation.

Mode

The mode to use in the cluster. The allowed values are FIPS and NON_FIPS.


Creates a new hardware security module (HSM) in the specified CloudHSM cluster

Description

Creates a new hardware security module (HSM) in the specified CloudHSM cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_create_hsm/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_create_hsm(ClusterId, AvailabilityZone, IpAddress = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The identifier (ID) of the HSM's cluster. To find the cluster ID, use describe_clusters.

AvailabilityZone

[required] The Availability Zone where you are creating the HSM. To find the cluster's Availability Zones, use describe_clusters.

IpAddress

The HSM's IP address. If you specify an IP address, use an available address from the subnet that maps to the Availability Zone where you are creating the HSM. If you don't specify an IP address, one is chosen for you from that subnet.


Deletes a specified CloudHSM backup

Description

Deletes a specified CloudHSM backup. A backup can be restored up to 7 days after the DeleteBackup request is made. For more information on restoring a backup, see restore_backup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_delete_backup/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_delete_backup(BackupId)

Arguments

BackupId

[required] The ID of the backup to be deleted. To find the ID of a backup, use the describe_backups operation.


Deletes the specified CloudHSM cluster

Description

Deletes the specified CloudHSM cluster. Before you can delete a cluster, you must delete all HSMs in the cluster. To see if the cluster contains any HSMs, use describe_clusters. To delete an HSM, use delete_hsm.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_delete_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_delete_cluster(ClusterId)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The identifier (ID) of the cluster that you are deleting. To find the cluster ID, use describe_clusters.


Deletes the specified HSM

Description

Deletes the specified HSM. To specify an HSM, you can use its identifier (ID), the IP address of the HSM's elastic network interface (ENI), or the ID of the HSM's ENI. You need to specify only one of these values. To find these values, use describe_clusters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_delete_hsm/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_delete_hsm(ClusterId, HsmId = NULL, EniId = NULL, EniIp = NULL)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The identifier (ID) of the cluster that contains the HSM that you are deleting.

HsmId

The identifier (ID) of the HSM that you are deleting.

EniId

The identifier (ID) of the elastic network interface (ENI) of the HSM that you are deleting.

EniIp

The IP address of the elastic network interface (ENI) of the HSM that you are deleting.


Deletes an CloudHSM resource policy

Description

Deletes an CloudHSM resource policy. Deleting a resource policy will result in the resource being unshared and removed from any RAM resource shares. Deleting the resource policy attached to a backup will not impact any clusters created from that backup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_delete_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_delete_resource_policy(ResourceArn = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceArn

Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource from which the policy will be removed.


Gets information about backups of CloudHSM clusters

Description

Gets information about backups of CloudHSM clusters. Lists either the backups you own or the backups shared with you when the Shared parameter is true.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_describe_backups/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_describe_backups(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  Shared = NULL,
  SortAscending = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

The NextToken value that you received in the previous response. Use this value to get more backups.

MaxResults

The maximum number of backups to return in the response. When there are more backups than the number you specify, the response contains a NextToken value.

Filters

One or more filters to limit the items returned in the response.

Use the backupIds filter to return only the specified backups. Specify backups by their backup identifier (ID).

Use the sourceBackupIds filter to return only the backups created from a source backup. The sourceBackupID of a source backup is returned by the copy_backup_to_region operation.

Use the clusterIds filter to return only the backups for the specified clusters. Specify clusters by their cluster identifier (ID).

Use the states filter to return only backups that match the specified state.

Use the neverExpires filter to return backups filtered by the value in the neverExpires parameter. True returns all backups exempt from the backup retention policy. False returns all backups with a backup retention policy defined at the cluster.

Shared

Describe backups that are shared with you.

By default when using this option, the command returns backups that have been shared using a standard Resource Access Manager resource share. In order for a backup that was shared using the PutResourcePolicy command to be returned, the share must be promoted to a standard resource share using the RAM PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy API operation. For more information about sharing backups, see Working with shared backups in the CloudHSM User Guide.

SortAscending

Designates whether or not to sort the return backups by ascending chronological order of generation.


Gets information about CloudHSM clusters

Description

Gets information about CloudHSM clusters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_describe_clusters/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_describe_clusters(
  Filters = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

One or more filters to limit the items returned in the response.

Use the clusterIds filter to return only the specified clusters. Specify clusters by their cluster identifier (ID).

Use the vpcIds filter to return only the clusters in the specified virtual private clouds (VPCs). Specify VPCs by their VPC identifier (ID).

Use the states filter to return only clusters that match the specified state.

NextToken

The NextToken value that you received in the previous response. Use this value to get more clusters.

MaxResults

The maximum number of clusters to return in the response. When there are more clusters than the number you specify, the response contains a NextToken value.


Retrieves the resource policy document attached to a given resource

Description

Retrieves the resource policy document attached to a given resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_get_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_get_resource_policy(ResourceArn = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceArn

Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which a policy is attached.


Claims an CloudHSM cluster by submitting the cluster certificate issued by your issuing certificate authority (CA) and the CA's root certificate

Description

Claims an CloudHSM cluster by submitting the cluster certificate issued by your issuing certificate authority (CA) and the CA's root certificate. Before you can claim a cluster, you must sign the cluster's certificate signing request (CSR) with your issuing CA. To get the cluster's CSR, use describe_clusters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_initialize_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_initialize_cluster(ClusterId, SignedCert, TrustAnchor)

Arguments

ClusterId

[required] The identifier (ID) of the cluster that you are claiming. To find the cluster ID, use describe_clusters.

SignedCert

[required] The cluster certificate issued (signed) by your issuing certificate authority (CA). The certificate must be in PEM format and can contain a maximum of 5000 characters.

TrustAnchor

[required] The issuing certificate of the issuing certificate authority (CA) that issued (signed) the cluster certificate. You must use a self-signed certificate. The certificate used to sign the HSM CSR must be directly available, and thus must be the root certificate. The certificate must be in PEM format and can contain a maximum of 5000 characters.


Gets a list of tags for the specified CloudHSM cluster

Description

Gets a list of tags for the specified CloudHSM cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_list_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_list_tags(ResourceId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The cluster identifier (ID) for the cluster whose tags you are getting. To find the cluster ID, use describe_clusters.

NextToken

The NextToken value that you received in the previous response. Use this value to get more tags.

MaxResults

The maximum number of tags to return in the response. When there are more tags than the number you specify, the response contains a NextToken value.


Modifies attributes for CloudHSM backup

Description

Modifies attributes for CloudHSM backup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_modify_backup_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_modify_backup_attributes(BackupId, NeverExpires)

Arguments

BackupId

[required] The identifier (ID) of the backup to modify. To find the ID of a backup, use the describe_backups operation.

NeverExpires

[required] Specifies whether the service should exempt a backup from the retention policy for the cluster. True exempts a backup from the retention policy. False means the service applies the backup retention policy defined at the cluster.


Modifies CloudHSM cluster

Description

Modifies CloudHSM cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_modify_cluster/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_modify_cluster(
  HsmType = NULL,
  BackupRetentionPolicy = NULL,
  ClusterId
)

Arguments

HsmType

The desired HSM type of the cluster.

BackupRetentionPolicy

A policy that defines how the service retains backups.

ClusterId

[required] The identifier (ID) of the cluster that you want to modify. To find the cluster ID, use describe_clusters.


Creates or updates an CloudHSM resource policy

Description

Creates or updates an CloudHSM resource policy. A resource policy helps you to define the IAM entity (for example, an Amazon Web Services account) that can manage your CloudHSM resources. The following resources support CloudHSM resource policies:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_put_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_put_resource_policy(ResourceArn = NULL, Policy = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceArn

Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to which you want to attach a policy.

Policy

The policy you want to associate with a resource.

For an example policy, see Working with shared backups in the CloudHSM User Guide


Restores a specified CloudHSM backup that is in the PENDING_DELETION state

Description

Restores a specified CloudHSM backup that is in the PENDING_DELETION state. For more information on deleting a backup, see delete_backup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_restore_backup/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_restore_backup(BackupId)

Arguments

BackupId

[required] The ID of the backup to be restored. To find the ID of a backup, use the describe_backups operation.


Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified CloudHSM cluster

Description

Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified CloudHSM cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_tag_resource(ResourceId, TagList)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The cluster identifier (ID) for the cluster that you are tagging. To find the cluster ID, use describe_clusters.

TagList

[required] A list of one or more tags.


Removes the specified tag or tags from the specified CloudHSM cluster

Description

Removes the specified tag or tags from the specified CloudHSM cluster.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cloudhsmv2_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cloudhsmv2_untag_resource(ResourceId, TagKeyList)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] The cluster identifier (ID) for the cluster whose tags you are removing. To find the cluster ID, use describe_clusters.

TagKeyList

[required] A list of one or more tag keys for the tags that you are removing. Specify only the tag keys, not the tag values.


Amazon Cognito Identity

Description

Amazon Cognito Federated Identities

Amazon Cognito Federated Identities is a web service that delivers scoped temporary credentials to mobile devices and other untrusted environments. It uniquely identifies a device and supplies the user with a consistent identity over the lifetime of an application.

Using Amazon Cognito Federated Identities, you can enable authentication with one or more third-party identity providers (Facebook, Google, or Login with Amazon) or an Amazon Cognito user pool, and you can also choose to support unauthenticated access from your app. Cognito delivers a unique identifier for each user and acts as an OpenID token provider trusted by AWS Security Token Service (STS) to access temporary, limited-privilege AWS credentials.

For a description of the authentication flow from the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide see Authentication Flow.

For more information see Amazon Cognito Federated Identities.

Usage

cognitoidentity(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- cognitoidentity(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_identity_pool Creates a new identity pool
delete_identities Deletes identities from an identity pool
delete_identity_pool Deletes an identity pool
describe_identity Returns metadata related to the given identity, including when the identity was created and any associated linked logins
describe_identity_pool Gets details about a particular identity pool, including the pool name, ID description, creation date, and current number of users
get_credentials_for_identity Returns credentials for the provided identity ID
get_id Generates (or retrieves) a Cognito ID
get_identity_pool_roles Gets the roles for an identity pool
get_open_id_token Gets an OpenID token, using a known Cognito ID
get_open_id_token_for_developer_identity Registers (or retrieves) a Cognito IdentityId and an OpenID Connect token for a user authenticated by your backend authentication process
get_principal_tag_attribute_map Use GetPrincipalTagAttributeMap to list all mappings between PrincipalTags and user attributes
list_identities Lists the identities in an identity pool
list_identity_pools Lists all of the Cognito identity pools registered for your account
list_tags_for_resource Lists the tags that are assigned to an Amazon Cognito identity pool
lookup_developer_identity Retrieves the IdentityID associated with a DeveloperUserIdentifier or the list of DeveloperUserIdentifier values associated with an IdentityId for an existing identity
merge_developer_identities Merges two users having different IdentityIds, existing in the same identity pool, and identified by the same developer provider
set_identity_pool_roles Sets the roles for an identity pool
set_principal_tag_attribute_map You can use this operation to use default (username and clientID) attribute or custom attribute mappings
tag_resource Assigns a set of tags to the specified Amazon Cognito identity pool
unlink_developer_identity Unlinks a DeveloperUserIdentifier from an existing identity
unlink_identity Unlinks a federated identity from an existing account
untag_resource Removes the specified tags from the specified Amazon Cognito identity pool
update_identity_pool Updates an identity pool

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- cognitoidentity()
svc$create_identity_pool(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a new identity pool

Description

Creates a new identity pool. The identity pool is a store of user identity information that is specific to your AWS account. The keys for SupportedLoginProviders are as follows:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_create_identity_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_create_identity_pool(
  IdentityPoolName,
  AllowUnauthenticatedIdentities,
  AllowClassicFlow = NULL,
  SupportedLoginProviders = NULL,
  DeveloperProviderName = NULL,
  OpenIdConnectProviderARNs = NULL,
  CognitoIdentityProviders = NULL,
  SamlProviderARNs = NULL,
  IdentityPoolTags = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityPoolName

[required] A string that you provide.

AllowUnauthenticatedIdentities

[required] TRUE if the identity pool supports unauthenticated logins.

AllowClassicFlow

Enables or disables the Basic (Classic) authentication flow. For more information, see Identity Pools (Federated Identities) Authentication Flow in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

SupportedLoginProviders

Optional key:value pairs mapping provider names to provider app IDs.

DeveloperProviderName

The "domain" by which Cognito will refer to your users. This name acts as a placeholder that allows your backend and the Cognito service to communicate about the developer provider. For the DeveloperProviderName, you can use letters as well as period (.), underscore (⁠_⁠), and dash (-).

Once you have set a developer provider name, you cannot change it. Please take care in setting this parameter.

OpenIdConnectProviderARNs

The Amazon Resource Names (ARN) of the OpenID Connect providers.

CognitoIdentityProviders

An array of Amazon Cognito user pools and their client IDs.

SamlProviderARNs

An array of Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the SAML provider for your identity pool.

IdentityPoolTags

Tags to assign to the identity pool. A tag is a label that you can apply to identity pools to categorize and manage them in different ways, such as by purpose, owner, environment, or other criteria.


Deletes identities from an identity pool

Description

Deletes identities from an identity pool. You can specify a list of 1-60 identities that you want to delete.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_delete_identities/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_delete_identities(IdentityIdsToDelete)

Arguments

IdentityIdsToDelete

[required] A list of 1-60 identities that you want to delete.


Deletes an identity pool

Description

Deletes an identity pool. Once a pool is deleted, users will not be able to authenticate with the pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_delete_identity_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_delete_identity_pool(IdentityPoolId)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] An identity pool ID in the format REGION:GUID.


Returns metadata related to the given identity, including when the identity was created and any associated linked logins

Description

Returns metadata related to the given identity, including when the identity was created and any associated linked logins.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_describe_identity/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_describe_identity(IdentityId)

Arguments

IdentityId

[required] A unique identifier in the format REGION:GUID.


Gets details about a particular identity pool, including the pool name, ID description, creation date, and current number of users

Description

Gets details about a particular identity pool, including the pool name, ID description, creation date, and current number of users.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_describe_identity_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_describe_identity_pool(IdentityPoolId)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] An identity pool ID in the format REGION:GUID.


Returns credentials for the provided identity ID

Description

Returns credentials for the provided identity ID. Any provided logins will be validated against supported login providers. If the token is for cognito-identity.amazonaws.com, it will be passed through to AWS Security Token Service with the appropriate role for the token.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_get_credentials_for_identity/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_get_credentials_for_identity(
  IdentityId,
  Logins = NULL,
  CustomRoleArn = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityId

[required] A unique identifier in the format REGION:GUID.

Logins

A set of optional name-value pairs that map provider names to provider tokens. The name-value pair will follow the syntax "provider_name": "provider_user_identifier".

Logins should not be specified when trying to get credentials for an unauthenticated identity.

The Logins parameter is required when using identities associated with external identity providers such as Facebook. For examples of Logins maps, see the code examples in the External Identity Providers section of the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

CustomRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role to be assumed when multiple roles were received in the token from the identity provider. For example, a SAML-based identity provider. This parameter is optional for identity providers that do not support role customization.


Generates (or retrieves) a Cognito ID

Description

Generates (or retrieves) a Cognito ID. Supplying multiple logins will create an implicit linked account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_get_id/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_get_id(AccountId = NULL, IdentityPoolId, Logins = NULL)

Arguments

AccountId

A standard AWS account ID (9+ digits).

IdentityPoolId

[required] An identity pool ID in the format REGION:GUID.

Logins

A set of optional name-value pairs that map provider names to provider tokens. The available provider names for Logins are as follows:

  • Facebook: graph.facebook.com

  • Amazon Cognito user pool: ⁠cognito-idp.<region>.amazonaws.com/<YOUR_USER_POOL_ID>⁠, for example, ⁠cognito-idp.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/us-east-1_123456789⁠.

  • Google: accounts.google.com

  • Amazon: www.amazon.com

  • Twitter: api.twitter.com

  • Digits: www.digits.com


Gets the roles for an identity pool

Description

Gets the roles for an identity pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_get_identity_pool_roles/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_get_identity_pool_roles(IdentityPoolId)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] An identity pool ID in the format REGION:GUID.


Gets an OpenID token, using a known Cognito ID

Description

Gets an OpenID token, using a known Cognito ID. This known Cognito ID is returned by get_id. You can optionally add additional logins for the identity. Supplying multiple logins creates an implicit link.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_get_open_id_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_get_open_id_token(IdentityId, Logins = NULL)

Arguments

IdentityId

[required] A unique identifier in the format REGION:GUID.

Logins

A set of optional name-value pairs that map provider names to provider tokens. When using graph.facebook.com and www.amazon.com, supply the access_token returned from the provider's authflow. For accounts.google.com, an Amazon Cognito user pool provider, or any other OpenID Connect provider, always include the id_token.


Registers (or retrieves) a Cognito IdentityId and an OpenID Connect token for a user authenticated by your backend authentication process

Description

Registers (or retrieves) a Cognito IdentityId and an OpenID Connect token for a user authenticated by your backend authentication process. Supplying multiple logins will create an implicit linked account. You can only specify one developer provider as part of the Logins map, which is linked to the identity pool. The developer provider is the "domain" by which Cognito will refer to your users.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_get_open_id_token_for_developer_identity/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_get_open_id_token_for_developer_identity(
  IdentityPoolId,
  IdentityId = NULL,
  Logins,
  PrincipalTags = NULL,
  TokenDuration = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] An identity pool ID in the format REGION:GUID.

IdentityId

A unique identifier in the format REGION:GUID.

Logins

[required] A set of optional name-value pairs that map provider names to provider tokens. Each name-value pair represents a user from a public provider or developer provider. If the user is from a developer provider, the name-value pair will follow the syntax "developer_provider_name": "developer_user_identifier". The developer provider is the "domain" by which Cognito will refer to your users; you provided this domain while creating/updating the identity pool. The developer user identifier is an identifier from your backend that uniquely identifies a user. When you create an identity pool, you can specify the supported logins.

PrincipalTags

Use this operation to configure attribute mappings for custom providers.

TokenDuration

The expiration time of the token, in seconds. You can specify a custom expiration time for the token so that you can cache it. If you don't provide an expiration time, the token is valid for 15 minutes. You can exchange the token with Amazon STS for temporary AWS credentials, which are valid for a maximum of one hour. The maximum token duration you can set is 24 hours. You should take care in setting the expiration time for a token, as there are significant security implications: an attacker could use a leaked token to access your AWS resources for the token's duration.

Please provide for a small grace period, usually no more than 5 minutes, to account for clock skew.


Use GetPrincipalTagAttributeMap to list all mappings between PrincipalTags and user attributes

Description

Use get_principal_tag_attribute_map to list all mappings between PrincipalTags and user attributes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_get_principal_tag_attribute_map/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_get_principal_tag_attribute_map(
  IdentityPoolId,
  IdentityProviderName
)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] You can use this operation to get the ID of the Identity Pool you setup attribute mappings for.

IdentityProviderName

[required] You can use this operation to get the provider name.


Lists the identities in an identity pool

Description

Lists the identities in an identity pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_list_identities/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_list_identities(
  IdentityPoolId,
  MaxResults,
  NextToken = NULL,
  HideDisabled = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] An identity pool ID in the format REGION:GUID.

MaxResults

[required] The maximum number of identities to return.

NextToken

A pagination token.

HideDisabled

An optional boolean parameter that allows you to hide disabled identities. If omitted, the ListIdentities API will include disabled identities in the response.


Lists all of the Cognito identity pools registered for your account

Description

Lists all of the Cognito identity pools registered for your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_list_identity_pools/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_list_identity_pools(MaxResults, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

[required] The maximum number of identities to return.

NextToken

A pagination token.


Lists the tags that are assigned to an Amazon Cognito identity pool

Description

Lists the tags that are assigned to an Amazon Cognito identity pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the identity pool that the tags are assigned to.


Retrieves the IdentityID associated with a DeveloperUserIdentifier or the list of DeveloperUserIdentifier values associated with an IdentityId for an existing identity

Description

Retrieves the IdentityID associated with a DeveloperUserIdentifier or the list of DeveloperUserIdentifier values associated with an IdentityId for an existing identity. Either IdentityID or DeveloperUserIdentifier must not be null. If you supply only one of these values, the other value will be searched in the database and returned as a part of the response. If you supply both, DeveloperUserIdentifier will be matched against IdentityID. If the values are verified against the database, the response returns both values and is the same as the request. Otherwise a ResourceConflictException is thrown.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_lookup_developer_identity/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_lookup_developer_identity(
  IdentityPoolId,
  IdentityId = NULL,
  DeveloperUserIdentifier = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] An identity pool ID in the format REGION:GUID.

IdentityId

A unique identifier in the format REGION:GUID.

DeveloperUserIdentifier

A unique ID used by your backend authentication process to identify a user. Typically, a developer identity provider would issue many developer user identifiers, in keeping with the number of users.

MaxResults

The maximum number of identities to return.

NextToken

A pagination token. The first call you make will have NextToken set to null. After that the service will return NextToken values as needed. For example, let's say you make a request with MaxResults set to 10, and there are 20 matches in the database. The service will return a pagination token as a part of the response. This token can be used to call the API again and get results starting from the 11th match.


Merges two users having different IdentityIds, existing in the same identity pool, and identified by the same developer provider

Description

Merges two users having different IdentityIds, existing in the same identity pool, and identified by the same developer provider. You can use this action to request that discrete users be merged and identified as a single user in the Cognito environment. Cognito associates the given source user (SourceUserIdentifier) with the IdentityId of the DestinationUserIdentifier. Only developer-authenticated users can be merged. If the users to be merged are associated with the same public provider, but as two different users, an exception will be thrown.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_merge_developer_identities/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_merge_developer_identities(
  SourceUserIdentifier,
  DestinationUserIdentifier,
  DeveloperProviderName,
  IdentityPoolId
)

Arguments

SourceUserIdentifier

[required] User identifier for the source user. The value should be a DeveloperUserIdentifier.

DestinationUserIdentifier

[required] User identifier for the destination user. The value should be a DeveloperUserIdentifier.

DeveloperProviderName

[required] The "domain" by which Cognito will refer to your users. This is a (pseudo) domain name that you provide while creating an identity pool. This name acts as a placeholder that allows your backend and the Cognito service to communicate about the developer provider. For the DeveloperProviderName, you can use letters as well as period (.), underscore (_), and dash (-).

IdentityPoolId

[required] An identity pool ID in the format REGION:GUID.


Sets the roles for an identity pool

Description

Sets the roles for an identity pool. These roles are used when making calls to get_credentials_for_identity action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_set_identity_pool_roles/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_set_identity_pool_roles(
  IdentityPoolId,
  Roles,
  RoleMappings = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] An identity pool ID in the format REGION:GUID.

Roles

[required] The map of roles associated with this pool. For a given role, the key will be either "authenticated" or "unauthenticated" and the value will be the Role ARN.

RoleMappings

How users for a specific identity provider are to mapped to roles. This is a string to RoleMapping object map. The string identifies the identity provider, for example, "graph.facebook.com" or "cognito-idp.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/us-east-1_abcdefghi:app_client_id".

Up to 25 rules can be specified per identity provider.


You can use this operation to use default (username and clientID) attribute or custom attribute mappings

Description

You can use this operation to use default (username and clientID) attribute or custom attribute mappings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_set_principal_tag_attribute_map/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_set_principal_tag_attribute_map(
  IdentityPoolId,
  IdentityProviderName,
  UseDefaults = NULL,
  PrincipalTags = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] The ID of the Identity Pool you want to set attribute mappings for.

IdentityProviderName

[required] The provider name you want to use for attribute mappings.

UseDefaults

You can use this operation to use default (username and clientID) attribute mappings.

PrincipalTags

You can use this operation to add principal tags.


Assigns a set of tags to the specified Amazon Cognito identity pool

Description

Assigns a set of tags to the specified Amazon Cognito identity pool. A tag is a label that you can use to categorize and manage identity pools in different ways, such as by purpose, owner, environment, or other criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the identity pool.

Tags

[required] The tags to assign to the identity pool.


Description

Unlinks a DeveloperUserIdentifier from an existing identity. Unlinked developer users will be considered new identities next time they are seen. If, for a given Cognito identity, you remove all federated identities as well as the developer user identifier, the Cognito identity becomes inaccessible.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_unlink_developer_identity/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_unlink_developer_identity(
  IdentityId,
  IdentityPoolId,
  DeveloperProviderName,
  DeveloperUserIdentifier
)

Arguments

IdentityId

[required] A unique identifier in the format REGION:GUID.

IdentityPoolId

[required] An identity pool ID in the format REGION:GUID.

DeveloperProviderName

[required] The "domain" by which Cognito will refer to your users.

DeveloperUserIdentifier

[required] A unique ID used by your backend authentication process to identify a user.


Description

Unlinks a federated identity from an existing account. Unlinked logins will be considered new identities next time they are seen. Removing the last linked login will make this identity inaccessible.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_unlink_identity/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_unlink_identity(IdentityId, Logins, LoginsToRemove)

Arguments

IdentityId

[required] A unique identifier in the format REGION:GUID.

Logins

[required] A set of optional name-value pairs that map provider names to provider tokens.

LoginsToRemove

[required] Provider names to unlink from this identity.


Removes the specified tags from the specified Amazon Cognito identity pool

Description

Removes the specified tags from the specified Amazon Cognito identity pool. You can use this action up to 5 times per second, per account

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the identity pool.

TagKeys

[required] The keys of the tags to remove from the user pool.


Updates an identity pool

Description

Updates an identity pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentity_update_identity_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentity_update_identity_pool(
  IdentityPoolId,
  IdentityPoolName,
  AllowUnauthenticatedIdentities,
  AllowClassicFlow = NULL,
  SupportedLoginProviders = NULL,
  DeveloperProviderName = NULL,
  OpenIdConnectProviderARNs = NULL,
  CognitoIdentityProviders = NULL,
  SamlProviderARNs = NULL,
  IdentityPoolTags = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] An identity pool ID in the format REGION:GUID.

IdentityPoolName

[required] A string that you provide.

AllowUnauthenticatedIdentities

[required] TRUE if the identity pool supports unauthenticated logins.

AllowClassicFlow

Enables or disables the Basic (Classic) authentication flow. For more information, see Identity Pools (Federated Identities) Authentication Flow in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

SupportedLoginProviders

Optional key:value pairs mapping provider names to provider app IDs.

DeveloperProviderName

The "domain" by which Cognito will refer to your users.

OpenIdConnectProviderARNs

The ARNs of the OpenID Connect providers.

CognitoIdentityProviders

A list representing an Amazon Cognito user pool and its client ID.

SamlProviderARNs

An array of Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the SAML provider for your identity pool.

IdentityPoolTags

The tags that are assigned to the identity pool. A tag is a label that you can apply to identity pools to categorize and manage them in different ways, such as by purpose, owner, environment, or other criteria.


Amazon Cognito Identity Provider

Description

With the Amazon Cognito user pools API, you can configure user pools and authenticate users. To authenticate users from third-party identity providers (IdPs) in this API, you can link IdP users to native user profiles. Learn more about the authentication and authorization of federated users at Adding user pool sign-in through a third party and in the User pool federation endpoints and hosted UI reference.

This API reference provides detailed information about API operations and object types in Amazon Cognito.

Along with resource management operations, the Amazon Cognito user pools API includes classes of operations and authorization models for client-side and server-side authentication of users. You can interact with operations in the Amazon Cognito user pools API as any of the following subjects.

  1. An administrator who wants to configure user pools, app clients, users, groups, or other user pool functions.

  2. A server-side app, like a web application, that wants to use its Amazon Web Services privileges to manage, authenticate, or authorize a user.

  3. A client-side app, like a mobile app, that wants to make unauthenticated requests to manage, authenticate, or authorize a user.

For more information, see Using the Amazon Cognito user pools API and user pool endpoints in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

With your Amazon Web Services SDK, you can build the logic to support operational flows in every use case for this API. You can also make direct REST API requests to Amazon Cognito user pools service endpoints. The following links can get you started with the CognitoIdentityProvider client in other supported Amazon Web Services SDKs.

To get started with an Amazon Web Services SDK, see Tools to Build on Amazon Web Services. For example actions and scenarios, see Code examples for Amazon Cognito Identity Provider using Amazon Web Services SDKs.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- cognitoidentityprovider(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_custom_attributes Adds additional user attributes to the user pool schema
admin_add_user_to_group Adds a user to a group
admin_confirm_sign_up Confirms user sign-up as an administrator
admin_create_user Creates a new user in the specified user pool
admin_delete_user Deletes a user profile in your user pool
admin_delete_user_attributes Deletes attribute values from a user
admin_disable_provider_for_user Prevents the user from signing in with the specified external (SAML or social) identity provider (IdP)
admin_disable_user Deactivates a user profile and revokes all access tokens for the user
admin_enable_user Activate sign-in for a user profile that previously had sign-in access disabled
admin_forget_device Forgets, or deletes, a remembered device from a user's profile
admin_get_device Given the device key, returns details for a user' device
admin_get_user Given the username, returns details about a user profile in a user pool
admin_initiate_auth Starts sign-in for applications with a server-side component, for example a traditional web application
admin_link_provider_for_user Links an existing user account in a user pool (DestinationUser) to an identity from an external IdP (SourceUser) based on a specified attribute name and value from the external IdP
admin_list_devices Lists a user's registered devices
admin_list_groups_for_user Lists the groups that a user belongs to
admin_list_user_auth_events Requests a history of user activity and any risks detected as part of Amazon Cognito threat protection
admin_remove_user_from_group Given a username and a group name
admin_reset_user_password Resets the specified user's password in a user pool
admin_respond_to_auth_challenge Some API operations in a user pool generate a challenge, like a prompt for an MFA code, for device authentication that bypasses MFA, or for a custom authentication challenge
admin_set_user_mfa_preference Sets the user's multi-factor authentication (MFA) preference, including which MFA options are activated, and if any are preferred
admin_set_user_password Sets the specified user's password in a user pool
admin_set_user_settings This action is no longer supported
admin_update_auth_event_feedback Provides feedback for an authentication event indicating if it was from a valid user
admin_update_device_status Updates the status of a user's device so that it is marked as remembered or not remembered for the purpose of device authentication
admin_update_user_attributes This action might generate an SMS text message
admin_user_global_sign_out Invalidates the identity, access, and refresh tokens that Amazon Cognito issued to a user
associate_software_token Begins setup of time-based one-time password (TOTP) multi-factor authentication (MFA) for a user, with a unique private key that Amazon Cognito generates and returns in the API response
change_password Changes the password for a specified user in a user pool
complete_web_authn_registration Completes registration of a passkey authenticator for the current user
confirm_device Confirms a device that a user wants to remember
confirm_forgot_password This public API operation accepts a confirmation code that Amazon Cognito sent to a user and accepts a new password for that user
confirm_sign_up This public API operation submits a code that Amazon Cognito sent to your user when they signed up in your user pool via the SignUp API operation
create_group Creates a new group in the specified user pool
create_identity_provider Adds a configuration and trust relationship between a third-party identity provider (IdP) and a user pool
create_managed_login_branding Creates a new set of branding settings for a user pool style and associates it with an app client
create_resource_server Creates a new OAuth2
create_user_import_job Creates a user import job
create_user_pool This action might generate an SMS text message
create_user_pool_client Creates an app client in a user pool
create_user_pool_domain A user pool domain hosts managed login, an authorization server and web server for authentication in your application
delete_group Deletes a group from the specified user pool
delete_identity_provider Deletes a user pool identity provider (IdP)
delete_managed_login_branding Deletes a managed login branding style
delete_resource_server Deletes a resource server
delete_user Self-deletes a user profile
delete_user_attributes Self-deletes attributes for a user
delete_user_pool Deletes a user pool
delete_user_pool_client Deletes a user pool app client
delete_user_pool_domain Given a user pool ID and domain identifier, deletes a user pool domain
delete_web_authn_credential Deletes a registered passkey, or webauthN, authenticator for the currently signed-in user
describe_identity_provider Given a user pool ID and identity provider (IdP) name, returns details about the IdP
describe_managed_login_branding Given the ID of a managed login branding style, returns detailed information about the style
describe_managed_login_branding_by_client Given the ID of a user pool app client, returns detailed information about the style assigned to the app client
describe_resource_server Describes a resource server
describe_risk_configuration Given an app client or user pool ID where threat protection is configured, describes the risk configuration
describe_user_import_job Describes a user import job
describe_user_pool Given a user pool ID, returns configuration information
describe_user_pool_client Given an app client ID, returns configuration information
describe_user_pool_domain Given a user pool domain name, returns information about the domain configuration
forget_device Forgets the specified device
forgot_password Calling this API causes a message to be sent to the end user with a confirmation code that is required to change the user's password
get_csv_header Gets the header information for the comma-separated value (CSV) file to be used as input for the user import job
get_device Gets the device
get_group Gets a group
get_identity_provider_by_identifier Gets the specified IdP
get_log_delivery_configuration Gets the logging configuration of a user pool
get_signing_certificate This method takes a user pool ID, and returns the signing certificate
get_ui_customization Gets the user interface (UI) Customization information for a particular app client's app UI, if any such information exists for the client
get_user Gets the user attributes and metadata for a user
get_user_attribute_verification_code Generates a user attribute verification code for the specified attribute name
get_user_auth_factors Lists the authentication options for the currently signed-in user
get_user_pool_mfa_config Gets the user pool multi-factor authentication (MFA) configuration
global_sign_out Invalidates the identity, access, and refresh tokens that Amazon Cognito issued to a user
initiate_auth Initiates sign-in for a user in the Amazon Cognito user directory
list_devices Lists the sign-in devices that Amazon Cognito has registered to the current user
list_groups Lists the groups associated with a user pool
list_identity_providers Lists information about all IdPs for a user pool
list_resource_servers Lists the resource servers for a user pool
list_tags_for_resource Lists the tags that are assigned to an Amazon Cognito user pool
list_user_import_jobs Lists user import jobs for a user pool
list_user_pool_clients Lists the clients that have been created for the specified user pool
list_user_pools Lists the user pools associated with an Amazon Web Services account
list_users Lists users and their basic details in a user pool
list_users_in_group Lists the users in the specified group
list_web_authn_credentials Generates a list of the current user's registered passkey, or webauthN, credentials
resend_confirmation_code Resends the confirmation (for confirmation of registration) to a specific user in the user pool
respond_to_auth_challenge Some API operations in a user pool generate a challenge, like a prompt for an MFA code, for device authentication that bypasses MFA, or for a custom authentication challenge
revoke_token Revokes all of the access tokens generated by, and at the same time as, the specified refresh token
set_log_delivery_configuration Sets up or modifies the logging configuration of a user pool
set_risk_configuration Configures actions on detected risks
set_ui_customization Sets the user interface (UI) customization information for a user pool's built-in app UI
set_user_mfa_preference Set the user's multi-factor authentication (MFA) method preference, including which MFA factors are activated and if any are preferred
set_user_pool_mfa_config Sets the user pool multi-factor authentication (MFA) and passkey configuration
set_user_settings This action is no longer supported
sign_up Registers the user in the specified user pool and creates a user name, password, and user attributes
start_user_import_job Starts the user import
start_web_authn_registration Requests credential creation options from your user pool for registration of a passkey authenticator
stop_user_import_job Stops the user import job
tag_resource Assigns a set of tags to an Amazon Cognito user pool
untag_resource Removes the specified tags from an Amazon Cognito user pool
update_auth_event_feedback Provides the feedback for an authentication event, whether it was from a valid user or not
update_device_status Updates the device status
update_group Updates the specified group with the specified attributes
update_identity_provider Updates IdP information for a user pool
update_managed_login_branding Configures the branding settings for a user pool style
update_resource_server Updates the name and scopes of resource server
update_user_attributes With this operation, your users can update one or more of their attributes with their own credentials
update_user_pool This action might generate an SMS text message
update_user_pool_client Updates the specified user pool app client with the specified attributes
update_user_pool_domain A user pool domain hosts managed login, an authorization server and web server for authentication in your application
verify_software_token Use this API to register a user's entered time-based one-time password (TOTP) code and mark the user's software token MFA status as "verified" if successful
verify_user_attribute Verifies the specified user attributes in the user pool

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- cognitoidentityprovider()
svc$add_custom_attributes(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Adds additional user attributes to the user pool schema

Description

Adds additional user attributes to the user pool schema. Custom attributes can be mutable or immutable and have a ⁠custom:⁠ or ⁠dev:⁠ prefix. For more information, see Custom attributes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_add_custom_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_add_custom_attributes(UserPoolId, CustomAttributes)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to add custom attributes.

CustomAttributes

[required] An array of custom attribute names and other properties. Sets the following characteristics:

AttributeDataType

The expected data type. Can be a string, a number, a date and time, or a boolean.

Mutable

If true, you can grant app clients write access to the attribute value. If false, the attribute value can only be set up on sign-up or administrator creation of users.

Name

The attribute name. For an attribute like custom:myAttribute, enter myAttribute for this field.

Required

When true, users who sign up or are created must set a value for the attribute.

NumberAttributeConstraints

The minimum and maximum length of accepted values for a Number-type attribute.

StringAttributeConstraints

The minimum and maximum length of accepted values for a String-type attribute.

DeveloperOnlyAttribute

This legacy option creates an attribute with a ⁠dev:⁠ prefix. You can only set the value of a developer-only attribute with administrative IAM credentials.


Adds a user to a group

Description

Adds a user to a group. A user who is in a group can present a preferred-role claim to an identity pool, and populates a cognito:groups claim to their access and identity tokens.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_add_user_to_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_add_user_to_group(
  UserPoolId,
  Username,
  GroupName
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that contains the group that you want to add the user to.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

GroupName

[required] The name of the group that you want to add your user to.


Confirms user sign-up as an administrator

Description

Confirms user sign-up as an administrator. Unlike confirm_sign_up, your IAM credentials authorize user account confirmation. No confirmation code is required.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_confirm_sign_up/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_confirm_sign_up(
  UserPoolId,
  Username,
  ClientMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to confirm a user's sign-up request.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for any custom workflows that this action triggers.

If your user pool configuration includes triggers, the AdminConfirmSignUp API action invokes the Lambda function that is specified for the post confirmation trigger. When Amazon Cognito invokes this function, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. In this payload, the clientMetadata attribute provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your AdminConfirmSignUp request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the ClientMetadata value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.


Creates a new user in the specified user pool

Description

Creates a new user in the specified user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_create_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_create_user(
  UserPoolId,
  Username,
  UserAttributes = NULL,
  ValidationData = NULL,
  TemporaryPassword = NULL,
  ForceAliasCreation = NULL,
  MessageAction = NULL,
  DesiredDeliveryMediums = NULL,
  ClientMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to create a user.

Username

[required] The value that you want to set as the username sign-in attribute. The following conditions apply to the username parameter.

  • The username can't be a duplicate of another username in the same user pool.

  • You can't change the value of a username after you create it.

  • You can only provide a value if usernames are a valid sign-in attribute for your user pool. If your user pool only supports phone numbers or email addresses as sign-in attributes, Amazon Cognito automatically generates a username value. For more information, see Customizing sign-in attributes.

UserAttributes

An array of name-value pairs that contain user attributes and attribute values to be set for the user to be created. You can create a user without specifying any attributes other than Username. However, any attributes that you specify as required (when creating a user pool or in the Attributes tab of the console) either you should supply (in your call to admin_create_user) or the user should supply (when they sign up in response to your welcome message).

For custom attributes, you must prepend the ⁠custom:⁠ prefix to the attribute name.

To send a message inviting the user to sign up, you must specify the user's email address or phone number. You can do this in your call to AdminCreateUser or in the Users tab of the Amazon Cognito console for managing your user pools.

You must also provide an email address or phone number when you expect the user to do passwordless sign-in with an email or SMS OTP. These attributes must be provided when passwordless options are the only available, or when you don't submit a TemporaryPassword.

In your call to admin_create_user, you can set the email_verified attribute to True, and you can set the phone_number_verified attribute to True. You can also do this by calling admin_update_user_attributes.

  • email: The email address of the user to whom the message that contains the code and username will be sent. Required if the email_verified attribute is set to True, or if "EMAIL" is specified in the DesiredDeliveryMediums parameter.

  • phone_number: The phone number of the user to whom the message that contains the code and username will be sent. Required if the phone_number_verified attribute is set to True, or if "SMS" is specified in the DesiredDeliveryMediums parameter.

ValidationData

Temporary user attributes that contribute to the outcomes of your pre sign-up Lambda trigger. This set of key-value pairs are for custom validation of information that you collect from your users but don't need to retain.

Your Lambda function can analyze this additional data and act on it. Your function might perform external API operations like logging user attributes and validation data to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. Validation data might also affect the response that your function returns to Amazon Cognito, like automatically confirming the user if they sign up from within your network.

For more information about the pre sign-up Lambda trigger, see Pre sign-up Lambda trigger.

TemporaryPassword

The user's temporary password. This password must conform to the password policy that you specified when you created the user pool.

The exception to the requirement for a password is when your user pool supports passwordless sign-in with email or SMS OTPs. To create a user with no password, omit this parameter or submit a blank value. You can only create a passwordless user when passwordless sign-in is available. See the SignInPolicyType property of create_user_pool and update_user_pool.

The temporary password is valid only once. To complete the Admin Create User flow, the user must enter the temporary password in the sign-in page, along with a new password to be used in all future sign-ins.

If you don't specify a value, Amazon Cognito generates one for you unless you have passwordless options active for your user pool.

The temporary password can only be used until the user account expiration limit that you set for your user pool. To reset the account after that time limit, you must call admin_create_user again and specify RESEND for the MessageAction parameter.

ForceAliasCreation

This parameter is used only if the phone_number_verified or email_verified attribute is set to True. Otherwise, it is ignored.

If this parameter is set to True and the phone number or email address specified in the UserAttributes parameter already exists as an alias with a different user, this request migrates the alias from the previous user to the newly-created user. The previous user will no longer be able to log in using that alias.

If this parameter is set to False, the API throws an AliasExistsException error if the alias already exists. The default value is False.

MessageAction

Set to RESEND to resend the invitation message to a user that already exists, and to reset the temporary-password duration with a new temporary password. Set to SUPPRESS to suppress sending the message. You can specify only one value.

DesiredDeliveryMediums

Specify EMAIL if email will be used to send the welcome message. Specify SMS if the phone number will be used. The default value is SMS. You can specify more than one value.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for any custom workflows that this action triggers.

You create custom workflows by assigning Lambda functions to user pool triggers. When you use the AdminCreateUser API action, Amazon Cognito invokes the function that is assigned to the pre sign-up trigger. When Amazon Cognito invokes this function, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. This payload contains a ClientMetadata attribute, which provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your AdminCreateUser request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the clientMetadata value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.


Deletes a user profile in your user pool

Description

Deletes a user profile in your user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_delete_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_delete_user(UserPoolId, Username)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to delete the user.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.


Deletes attribute values from a user

Description

Deletes attribute values from a user. This operation doesn't affect tokens for existing user sessions. The next ID token that the user receives will no longer have this attribute.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_delete_user_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_delete_user_attributes(
  UserPoolId,
  Username,
  UserAttributeNames
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to delete user attributes.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

UserAttributeNames

[required] An array of strings representing the user attribute names you want to delete.

For custom attributes, you must prepend the ⁠custom:⁠ prefix to the attribute name.


Prevents the user from signing in with the specified external (SAML or social) identity provider (IdP)

Description

Prevents the user from signing in with the specified external (SAML or social) identity provider (IdP). If the user that you want to deactivate is a Amazon Cognito user pools native username + password user, they can't use their password to sign in. If the user to deactivate is a linked external IdP user, any link between that user and an existing user is removed. When the external user signs in again, and the user is no longer attached to the previously linked DestinationUser, the user must create a new user account. See admin_link_provider_for_user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_disable_provider_for_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_disable_provider_for_user(UserPoolId, User)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to delete the user's linked identities.

User

[required] The user profile that you want to delete a linked identity from.


Deactivates a user profile and revokes all access tokens for the user

Description

Deactivates a user profile and revokes all access tokens for the user. A deactivated user can't sign in, but still appears in the responses to list_users API requests.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_disable_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_disable_user(UserPoolId, Username)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to disable the user.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.


Activate sign-in for a user profile that previously had sign-in access disabled

Description

Activate sign-in for a user profile that previously had sign-in access disabled.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_enable_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_enable_user(UserPoolId, Username)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to activate sign-in for the user.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.


Forgets, or deletes, a remembered device from a user's profile

Description

Forgets, or deletes, a remembered device from a user's profile. After you forget the device, the user can no longer complete device authentication with that device and when applicable, must submit MFA codes again. For more information, see Working with devices.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_forget_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_forget_device(UserPoolId, Username, DeviceKey)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where the device owner is a user.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

DeviceKey

[required] The key ID of the device that you want to delete. You can get device keys in the response to an admin_list_devices request.


Given the device key, returns details for a user' device

Description

Given the device key, returns details for a user' device. For more information, see Working with devices.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_get_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_get_device(DeviceKey, UserPoolId, Username)

Arguments

DeviceKey

[required] The key of the device that you want to delete. You can get device IDs in the response to an admin_list_devices request.

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where the device owner is a user.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.


Given the username, returns details about a user profile in a user pool

Description

Given the username, returns details about a user profile in a user pool. This operation contributes to your monthly active user (MAU) count for the purpose of billing. You can specify alias attributes in the Username parameter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_get_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_get_user(UserPoolId, Username)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to get information about the user.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.


Starts sign-in for applications with a server-side component, for example a traditional web application

Description

Starts sign-in for applications with a server-side component, for example a traditional web application. This operation specifies the authentication flow that you'd like to begin. The authentication flow that you specify must be supported in your app client configuration. For more information about authentication flows, see Authentication flows.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_initiate_auth/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_initiate_auth(
  UserPoolId,
  ClientId,
  AuthFlow,
  AuthParameters = NULL,
  ClientMetadata = NULL,
  AnalyticsMetadata = NULL,
  ContextData = NULL,
  Session = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where the user wants to sign in.

ClientId

[required] The ID of the app client where the user wants to sign in.

AuthFlow

[required] The authentication flow that you want to initiate. Each AuthFlow has linked AuthParameters that you must submit. The following are some example flows and their parameters.

  • USER_AUTH: Request a preferred authentication type or review available authentication types. From the offered authentication types, select one in a challenge response and then authenticate with that method in an additional challenge response.

  • REFRESH_TOKEN_AUTH: Receive new ID and access tokens when you pass a REFRESH_TOKEN parameter with a valid refresh token as the value.

  • USER_SRP_AUTH: Receive secure remote password (SRP) variables for the next challenge, PASSWORD_VERIFIER, when you pass USERNAME and SRP_A parameters..

  • ADMIN_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH: Receive new tokens or the next challenge, for example SOFTWARE_TOKEN_MFA, when you pass USERNAME and PASSWORD parameters.

All flows

USER_AUTH

The entry point for sign-in with passwords, one-time passwords, and WebAuthN authenticators.

USER_SRP_AUTH

Username-password authentication with the Secure Remote Password (SRP) protocol. For more information, see Use SRP password verification in custom authentication flow.

REFRESH_TOKEN_AUTH and REFRESH_TOKEN

Provide a valid refresh token and receive new ID and access tokens. For more information, see Using the refresh token.

CUSTOM_AUTH

Custom authentication with Lambda triggers. For more information, see Custom authentication challenge Lambda triggers.

ADMIN_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH

Username-password authentication with the password sent directly in the request. For more information, see Admin authentication flow.

USER_PASSWORD_AUTH is a flow type of initiate_auth and isn't valid for AdminInitiateAuth.

AuthParameters

The authentication parameters. These are inputs corresponding to the AuthFlow that you're invoking. The required values depend on the value of AuthFlow:

  • For USER_AUTH: USERNAME (required), PREFERRED_CHALLENGE. If you don't provide a value for PREFERRED_CHALLENGE, Amazon Cognito responds with the AvailableChallenges parameter that specifies the available sign-in methods.

  • For USER_SRP_AUTH: USERNAME (required), SRP_A (required), SECRET_HASH (required if the app client is configured with a client secret), DEVICE_KEY.

  • For ADMIN_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH: USERNAME (required), PASSWORD (required), SECRET_HASH (required if the app client is configured with a client secret), DEVICE_KEY.

  • For REFRESH_TOKEN_AUTH/REFRESH_TOKEN: REFRESH_TOKEN (required), SECRET_HASH (required if the app client is configured with a client secret), DEVICE_KEY.

  • For CUSTOM_AUTH: USERNAME (required), SECRET_HASH (if app client is configured with client secret), DEVICE_KEY. To start the authentication flow with password verification, include ChallengeName: SRP_A and ⁠SRP_A: (The SRP_A Value)⁠.

For more information about SECRET_HASH, see Computing secret hash values. For information about DEVICE_KEY, see Working with user devices in your user pool.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for certain custom workflows that this action triggers.

You create custom workflows by assigning Lambda functions to user pool triggers. When you use the AdminInitiateAuth API action, Amazon Cognito invokes the Lambda functions that are specified for various triggers. The ClientMetadata value is passed as input to the functions for only the following triggers:

  • Pre signup

  • Pre authentication

  • User migration

When Amazon Cognito invokes the functions for these triggers, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. This payload contains a validationData attribute, which provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your AdminInitiateAuth request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the validationData value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

When you use the AdminInitiateAuth API action, Amazon Cognito also invokes the functions for the following triggers, but it doesn't provide the ClientMetadata value as input:

  • Post authentication

  • Custom message

  • Pre token generation

  • Create auth challenge

  • Define auth challenge

  • Custom email sender

  • Custom SMS sender

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.

AnalyticsMetadata

The analytics metadata for collecting Amazon Pinpoint metrics.

ContextData

Contextual data about your user session, such as the device fingerprint, IP address, or location. Amazon Cognito advanced security evaluates the risk of an authentication event based on the context that your app generates and passes to Amazon Cognito when it makes API requests.

For more information, see Collecting data for threat protection in applications.

Session

The optional session ID from a confirm_sign_up API request. You can sign in a user directly from the sign-up process with an AuthFlow of USER_AUTH and AuthParameters of EMAIL_OTP or SMS_OTP, depending on how your user pool sent the confirmation-code message.


Description

Links an existing user account in a user pool (DestinationUser) to an identity from an external IdP (SourceUser) based on a specified attribute name and value from the external IdP. This allows you to create a link from the existing user account to an external federated user identity that has not yet been used to sign in. You can then use the federated user identity to sign in as the existing user account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_link_provider_for_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_link_provider_for_user(
  UserPoolId,
  DestinationUser,
  SourceUser
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to link a federated identity.

DestinationUser

[required] The existing user in the user pool that you want to assign to the external IdP user account. This user can be a local (Username + Password) Amazon Cognito user pools user or a federated user (for example, a SAML or Facebook user). If the user doesn't exist, Amazon Cognito generates an exception. Amazon Cognito returns this user when the new user (with the linked IdP attribute) signs in.

For a native username + password user, the ProviderAttributeValue for the DestinationUser should be the username in the user pool. For a federated user, it should be the provider-specific user_id.

The ProviderAttributeName of the DestinationUser is ignored.

The ProviderName should be set to Cognito for users in Cognito user pools.

All attributes in the DestinationUser profile must be mutable. If you have assigned the user any immutable custom attributes, the operation won't succeed.

SourceUser

[required] An external IdP account for a user who doesn't exist yet in the user pool. This user must be a federated user (for example, a SAML or Facebook user), not another native user.

If the SourceUser is using a federated social IdP, such as Facebook, Google, or Login with Amazon, you must set the ProviderAttributeName to Cognito_Subject. For social IdPs, the ProviderName will be Facebook, Google, or LoginWithAmazon, and Amazon Cognito will automatically parse the Facebook, Google, and Login with Amazon tokens for id, sub, and user_id, respectively. The ProviderAttributeValue for the user must be the same value as the id, sub, or user_id value found in the social IdP token.

For OIDC, the ProviderAttributeName can be any mapped value from a claim in the ID token, or that your app retrieves from the userInfo endpoint. For SAML, the ProviderAttributeName can be any mapped value from a claim in the SAML assertion.

The following additional considerations apply to SourceUser for OIDC and SAML providers.

  • You must map the claim to a user pool attribute in your IdP configuration, and set the user pool attribute name as the value of ProviderAttributeName in your admin_link_provider_for_user request. For example, email.

  • When you set ProviderAttributeName to Cognito_Subject, Amazon Cognito will automatically parse the default unique identifier found in the subject from the IdP token.


Lists a user's registered devices

Description

Lists a user's registered devices. Remembered devices are used in authentication services where you offer a "Remember me" option for users who you want to permit to sign in without MFA from a trusted device. Users can bypass MFA while your application performs device SRP authentication on the back end. For more information, see Working with devices.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_list_devices/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_list_devices(
  UserPoolId,
  Username,
  Limit = NULL,
  PaginationToken = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where the device owner is a user.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

Limit

The maximum number of devices that you want Amazon Cognito to return in the response.

PaginationToken

This API operation returns a limited number of results. The pagination token is an identifier that you can present in an additional API request with the same parameters. When you include the pagination token, Amazon Cognito returns the next set of items after the current list. Subsequent requests return a new pagination token. By use of this token, you can paginate through the full list of items.


Lists the groups that a user belongs to

Description

Lists the groups that a user belongs to. User pool groups are identifiers that you can reference from the contents of ID and access tokens, and set preferred IAM roles for identity-pool authentication. For more information, see Adding groups to a user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_list_groups_for_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_list_groups_for_user(
  Username,
  UserPoolId,
  Limit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to view a user's groups.

Limit

The maximum number of groups that you want Amazon Cognito to return in the response.

NextToken

This API operation returns a limited number of results. The pagination token is an identifier that you can present in an additional API request with the same parameters. When you include the pagination token, Amazon Cognito returns the next set of items after the current list. Subsequent requests return a new pagination token. By use of this token, you can paginate through the full list of items.


Requests a history of user activity and any risks detected as part of Amazon Cognito threat protection

Description

Requests a history of user activity and any risks detected as part of Amazon Cognito threat protection. For more information, see Viewing user event history.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_list_user_auth_events/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_list_user_auth_events(
  UserPoolId,
  Username,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The Id of the user pool that contains the user profile with the logged events.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

MaxResults

The maximum number of authentication events to return. Returns 60 events if you set MaxResults to 0, or if you don't include a MaxResults parameter.

NextToken

This API operation returns a limited number of results. The pagination token is an identifier that you can present in an additional API request with the same parameters. When you include the pagination token, Amazon Cognito returns the next set of items after the current list. Subsequent requests return a new pagination token. By use of this token, you can paginate through the full list of items.


Given a username and a group name

Description

Given a username and a group name. removes them from the group. User pool groups are identifiers that you can reference from the contents of ID and access tokens, and set preferred IAM roles for identity-pool authentication. For more information, see Adding groups to a user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_remove_user_from_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_remove_user_from_group(
  UserPoolId,
  Username,
  GroupName
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that contains the group and the user that you want to remove.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

GroupName

[required] The name of the group that you want to remove the user from, for example MyTestGroup.


Resets the specified user's password in a user pool

Description

Resets the specified user's password in a user pool. This operation doesn't change the user's password, but sends a password-reset code. This operation is the administrative authentication API equivalent to forgot_password.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_reset_user_password/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_reset_user_password(
  UserPoolId,
  Username,
  ClientMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to reset the user's password.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for any custom workflows that this action triggers.

You create custom workflows by assigning Lambda functions to user pool triggers. The admin_reset_user_password API operation invokes the function that is assigned to the custom message trigger. When Amazon Cognito invokes this function, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. This payload contains a clientMetadata attribute, which provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your AdminResetUserPassword request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the clientMetadata value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.


Some API operations in a user pool generate a challenge, like a prompt for an MFA code, for device authentication that bypasses MFA, or for a custom authentication challenge

Description

Some API operations in a user pool generate a challenge, like a prompt for an MFA code, for device authentication that bypasses MFA, or for a custom authentication challenge. An admin_respond_to_auth_challenge API request provides the answer to that challenge, like a code or a secure remote password (SRP). The parameters of a response to an authentication challenge vary with the type of challenge.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_respond_to_auth_challenge/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_respond_to_auth_challenge(
  UserPoolId,
  ClientId,
  ChallengeName,
  ChallengeResponses = NULL,
  Session = NULL,
  AnalyticsMetadata = NULL,
  ContextData = NULL,
  ClientMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to respond to an authentication challenge.

ClientId

[required] The ID of the app client where you initiated sign-in.

ChallengeName

[required] The name of the challenge that you are responding to. You can find more information about values for ChallengeName in the response parameters of admin_initiate_auth.

ChallengeResponses

The responses to the challenge that you received in the previous request. Each challenge has its own required response parameters. The following examples are partial JSON request bodies that highlight challenge-response parameters.

You must provide a SECRET_HASH parameter in all challenge responses to an app client that has a client secret. Include a DEVICE_KEY for device authentication.

SELECT_CHALLENGE

⁠"ChallengeName": "SELECT_CHALLENGE", "ChallengeResponses": { "USERNAME": "[username]", "ANSWER": "[Challenge name]"}⁠

Available challenges are PASSWORD, PASSWORD_SRP, EMAIL_OTP, SMS_OTP, and WEB_AUTHN.

Complete authentication in the SELECT_CHALLENGE response for PASSWORD, PASSWORD_SRP, and WEB_AUTHN:

  • ⁠"ChallengeName": "SELECT_CHALLENGE", "ChallengeResponses": { "ANSWER": "WEB_AUTHN", "USERNAME": "[username]", "CREDENTIAL": "[AuthenticationResponseJSON]"}⁠

    See AuthenticationResponseJSON.

  • ⁠"ChallengeName": "SELECT_CHALLENGE", "ChallengeResponses": { "ANSWER": "PASSWORD", "USERNAME": "[username]", "PASSWORD": "[password]"}⁠

  • ⁠"ChallengeName": "SELECT_CHALLENGE", "ChallengeResponses": { "ANSWER": "PASSWORD_SRP", "USERNAME": "[username]", "SRP_A": "[SRP_A]"}⁠

For SMS_OTP and EMAIL_OTP, respond with the username and answer. Your user pool will send a code for the user to submit in the next challenge response.

  • ⁠"ChallengeName": "SELECT_CHALLENGE", "ChallengeResponses": { "ANSWER": "SMS_OTP", "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

  • ⁠"ChallengeName": "SELECT_CHALLENGE", "ChallengeResponses": { "ANSWER": "EMAIL_OTP", "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

SMS_OTP

⁠"ChallengeName": "SMS_OTP", "ChallengeResponses": {"SMS_OTP_CODE": "[code]", "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

EMAIL_OTP

⁠"ChallengeName": "EMAIL_OTP", "ChallengeResponses": {"EMAIL_OTP_CODE": "[code]", "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

SMS_MFA

⁠"ChallengeName": "SMS_MFA", "ChallengeResponses": {"SMS_MFA_CODE": "[code]", "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

PASSWORD_VERIFIER

This challenge response is part of the SRP flow. Amazon Cognito requires that your application respond to this challenge within a few seconds. When the response time exceeds this period, your user pool returns a NotAuthorizedException error.

⁠"ChallengeName": "PASSWORD_VERIFIER", "ChallengeResponses": {"PASSWORD_CLAIM_SIGNATURE": "[claim_signature]", "PASSWORD_CLAIM_SECRET_BLOCK": "[secret_block]", "TIMESTAMP": [timestamp], "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

Add "DEVICE_KEY" when you sign in with a remembered device.

CUSTOM_CHALLENGE

⁠"ChallengeName": "CUSTOM_CHALLENGE", "ChallengeResponses": {"USERNAME": "[username]", "ANSWER": "[challenge_answer]"}⁠

Add "DEVICE_KEY" when you sign in with a remembered device.

NEW_PASSWORD_REQUIRED

⁠"ChallengeName": "NEW_PASSWORD_REQUIRED", "ChallengeResponses": {"NEW_PASSWORD": "[new_password]", "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

To set any required attributes that initiate_auth returned in an requiredAttributes parameter, add "userAttributes.[attribute_name]": "[attribute_value]". This parameter can also set values for writable attributes that aren't required by your user pool.

In a NEW_PASSWORD_REQUIRED challenge response, you can't modify a required attribute that already has a value. In respond_to_auth_challenge, set a value for any keys that Amazon Cognito returned in the requiredAttributes parameter, then use the update_user_attributes API operation to modify the value of any additional attributes.

SOFTWARE_TOKEN_MFA

⁠"ChallengeName": "SOFTWARE_TOKEN_MFA", "ChallengeResponses": {"USERNAME": "[username]", "SOFTWARE_TOKEN_MFA_CODE": [authenticator_code]}⁠

DEVICE_SRP_AUTH

⁠"ChallengeName": "DEVICE_SRP_AUTH", "ChallengeResponses": {"USERNAME": "[username]", "DEVICE_KEY": "[device_key]", "SRP_A": "[srp_a]"}⁠

DEVICE_PASSWORD_VERIFIER

⁠"ChallengeName": "DEVICE_PASSWORD_VERIFIER", "ChallengeResponses": {"DEVICE_KEY": "[device_key]", "PASSWORD_CLAIM_SIGNATURE": "[claim_signature]", "PASSWORD_CLAIM_SECRET_BLOCK": "[secret_block]", "TIMESTAMP": [timestamp], "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

MFA_SETUP

⁠"ChallengeName": "MFA_SETUP", "ChallengeResponses": {"USERNAME": "[username]"}, "SESSION": "[Session ID from VerifySoftwareToken]"⁠

SELECT_MFA_TYPE

⁠"ChallengeName": "SELECT_MFA_TYPE", "ChallengeResponses": {"USERNAME": "[username]", "ANSWER": "[SMS_MFA or SOFTWARE_TOKEN_MFA]"}⁠

For more information about SECRET_HASH, see Computing secret hash values. For information about DEVICE_KEY, see Working with user devices in your user pool.

Session

The session identifier that maintains the state of authentication requests and challenge responses. If an admin_initiate_auth or admin_respond_to_auth_challenge API request results in a determination that your application must pass another challenge, Amazon Cognito returns a session with other challenge parameters. Send this session identifier, unmodified, to the next admin_respond_to_auth_challenge request.

AnalyticsMetadata

The analytics metadata for collecting Amazon Pinpoint metrics for admin_respond_to_auth_challenge calls.

ContextData

Contextual data about your user session, such as the device fingerprint, IP address, or location. Amazon Cognito advanced security evaluates the risk of an authentication event based on the context that your app generates and passes to Amazon Cognito when it makes API requests.

For more information, see Collecting data for threat protection in applications.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for any custom workflows that this action triggers.

You create custom workflows by assigning Lambda functions to user pool triggers. When you use the AdminRespondToAuthChallenge API action, Amazon Cognito invokes any functions that you have assigned to the following triggers:

  • Pre sign-up

  • custom message

  • Post authentication

  • User migration

  • Pre token generation

  • Define auth challenge

  • Create auth challenge

  • Verify auth challenge response

When Amazon Cognito invokes any of these functions, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. This payload contains a clientMetadata attribute that provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your AdminRespondToAuthChallenge request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the clientMetadata value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.


Sets the user's multi-factor authentication (MFA) preference, including which MFA options are activated, and if any are preferred

Description

Sets the user's multi-factor authentication (MFA) preference, including which MFA options are activated, and if any are preferred. Only one factor can be set as preferred. The preferred MFA factor will be used to authenticate a user if multiple factors are activated. If multiple options are activated and no preference is set, a challenge to choose an MFA option will be returned during sign-in.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_set_user_mfa_preference/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_set_user_mfa_preference(
  SMSMfaSettings = NULL,
  SoftwareTokenMfaSettings = NULL,
  EmailMfaSettings = NULL,
  Username,
  UserPoolId
)

Arguments

SMSMfaSettings

User preferences for SMS message MFA. Activates or deactivates SMS MFA and sets it as the preferred MFA method when multiple methods are available.

SoftwareTokenMfaSettings

User preferences for time-based one-time password (TOTP) MFA. Activates or deactivates TOTP MFA and sets it as the preferred MFA method when multiple methods are available.

EmailMfaSettings

User preferences for email message MFA. Activates or deactivates email MFA and sets it as the preferred MFA method when multiple methods are available. To activate this setting, advanced security features must be active in your user pool.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to set a user's MFA preferences.


Sets the specified user's password in a user pool

Description

Sets the specified user's password in a user pool. This operation administratively sets a temporary or permanent password for a user. With this operation, you can bypass self-service password changes and permit immediate sign-in with the password that you set. To do this, set Permanent to true.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_set_user_password/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_set_user_password(
  UserPoolId,
  Username,
  Password,
  Permanent = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to set the user's password.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

Password

[required] The new temporary or permanent password that you want to set for the user. You can't remove the password for a user who already has a password so that they can only sign in with passwordless methods. In this scenario, you must create a new user without a password.

Permanent

Set to true to set a password that the user can immediately sign in with. Set to false to set a temporary password that the user must change on their next sign-in.


This action is no longer supported

Description

This action is no longer supported. You can use it to configure only SMS MFA. You can't use it to configure time-based one-time password (TOTP) software token MFA. To configure either type of MFA, use admin_set_user_mfa_preference instead.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_set_user_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_set_user_settings(
  UserPoolId,
  Username,
  MFAOptions
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that contains the user whose options you're setting.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

MFAOptions

[required] You can use this parameter only to set an SMS configuration that uses SMS for delivery.


Provides feedback for an authentication event indicating if it was from a valid user

Description

Provides feedback for an authentication event indicating if it was from a valid user. This feedback is used for improving the risk evaluation decision for the user pool as part of Amazon Cognito threat protection. To train the threat-protection model to recognize trusted and untrusted sign-in characteristics, configure threat protection in audit-only mode and provide a mechanism for users or administrators to submit feedback. Your feedback can tell Amazon Cognito that a risk rating was assigned at a level you don't agree with.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_update_auth_event_feedback/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_update_auth_event_feedback(
  UserPoolId,
  Username,
  EventId,
  FeedbackValue
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to submit authentication-event feedback.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

EventId

[required] The authentication event ID. To query authentication events for a user, see admin_list_user_auth_events.

FeedbackValue

[required] The authentication event feedback value. When you provide a FeedbackValue value of valid, you tell Amazon Cognito that you trust a user session where Amazon Cognito has evaluated some level of risk. When you provide a FeedbackValue value of invalid, you tell Amazon Cognito that you don't trust a user session, or you don't believe that Amazon Cognito evaluated a high-enough risk level.


Updates the status of a user's device so that it is marked as remembered or not remembered for the purpose of device authentication

Description

Updates the status of a user's device so that it is marked as remembered or not remembered for the purpose of device authentication. Device authentication is a "remember me" mechanism that silently completes sign-in from trusted devices with a device key instead of a user-provided MFA code. This operation changes the status of a device without deleting it, so you can enable it again later. For more information about device authentication, see Working with devices.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_update_device_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_update_device_status(
  UserPoolId,
  Username,
  DeviceKey,
  DeviceRememberedStatus = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to change a user's device status.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

DeviceKey

[required] The unique identifier, or device key, of the device that you want to update the status for.

DeviceRememberedStatus

To enable device authentication with the specified device, set to remembered.To disable, set to not_remembered.


This action might generate an SMS text message

Description

This action might generate an SMS text message. Starting June 1, 2021, US telecom carriers require you to register an origination phone number before you can send SMS messages to US phone numbers. If you use SMS text messages in Amazon Cognito, you must register a phone number with Amazon Pinpoint. Amazon Cognito uses the registered number automatically. Otherwise, Amazon Cognito users who must receive SMS messages might not be able to sign up, activate their accounts, or sign in.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_update_user_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_update_user_attributes(
  UserPoolId,
  Username,
  UserAttributes,
  ClientMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to update user attributes.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

UserAttributes

[required] An array of name-value pairs representing user attributes.

For custom attributes, you must prepend the ⁠custom:⁠ prefix to the attribute name.

If your user pool requires verification before Amazon Cognito updates an attribute value that you specify in this request, Amazon Cognito doesn’t immediately update the value of that attribute. After your user receives and responds to a verification message to verify the new value, Amazon Cognito updates the attribute value. Your user can sign in and receive messages with the original attribute value until they verify the new value.

To skip the verification message and update the value of an attribute that requires verification in the same API request, include the email_verified or phone_number_verified attribute, with a value of true. If you set the email_verified or phone_number_verified value for an email or phone_number attribute that requires verification to true, Amazon Cognito doesn’t send a verification message to your user.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for any custom workflows that this action triggers.

You create custom workflows by assigning Lambda functions to user pool triggers. When you use the AdminUpdateUserAttributes API action, Amazon Cognito invokes the function that is assigned to the custom message trigger. When Amazon Cognito invokes this function, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. This payload contains a clientMetadata attribute, which provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your AdminUpdateUserAttributes request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the clientMetadata value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.


Invalidates the identity, access, and refresh tokens that Amazon Cognito issued to a user

Description

Invalidates the identity, access, and refresh tokens that Amazon Cognito issued to a user. Call this operation with your administrative credentials when your user signs out of your app. This results in the following behavior.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_admin_user_global_sign_out/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_admin_user_global_sign_out(UserPoolId, Username)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to sign out a user.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.


Begins setup of time-based one-time password (TOTP) multi-factor authentication (MFA) for a user, with a unique private key that Amazon Cognito generates and returns in the API response

Description

Begins setup of time-based one-time password (TOTP) multi-factor authentication (MFA) for a user, with a unique private key that Amazon Cognito generates and returns in the API response. You can authorize an associate_software_token request with either the user's access token, or a session string from a challenge response that you received from Amazon Cognito.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_associate_software_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_associate_software_token(
  AccessToken = NULL,
  Session = NULL
)

Arguments

AccessToken

A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose software token you want to generate. You can provide either an access token or a session ID in the request.

Session

The session identifier that maintains the state of authentication requests and challenge responses. In associate_software_token, this is the session ID from a successful sign-in. You can provide either an access token or a session ID in the request.


Changes the password for a specified user in a user pool

Description

Changes the password for a specified user in a user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_change_password/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_change_password(
  PreviousPassword = NULL,
  ProposedPassword,
  AccessToken
)

Arguments

PreviousPassword

The user's previous password. Required if the user has a password. If the user has no password and only signs in with passwordless authentication options, you can omit this parameter.

ProposedPassword

[required] A new password that you prompted the user to enter in your application.

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose password you want to change.


Completes registration of a passkey authenticator for the current user

Description

Completes registration of a passkey authenticator for the current user. Your application provides data from a successful registration request with the data from the output of a StartWebAuthnRegistration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_complete_web_authn_registration/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_complete_web_authn_registration(
  AccessToken,
  Credential
)

Arguments

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose passkey registration you want to complete.

Credential

[required] A RegistrationResponseJSON public-key credential response from the user's passkey provider.


Confirms a device that a user wants to remember

Description

Confirms a device that a user wants to remember. A remembered device is a "Remember me on this device" option for user pools that perform authentication with the device key of a trusted device in the back end, instead of a user-provided MFA code. For more information about device authentication, see Working with user devices in your user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_confirm_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_confirm_device(
  AccessToken,
  DeviceKey,
  DeviceSecretVerifierConfig = NULL,
  DeviceName = NULL
)

Arguments

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose device you want to confirm.

DeviceKey

[required] The unique identifier, or device key, of the device that you want to update the status for.

DeviceSecretVerifierConfig

The configuration of the device secret verifier.

DeviceName

A friendly name for the device, for example MyMobilePhone.


This public API operation accepts a confirmation code that Amazon Cognito sent to a user and accepts a new password for that user

Description

This public API operation accepts a confirmation code that Amazon Cognito sent to a user and accepts a new password for that user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_confirm_forgot_password/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_confirm_forgot_password(
  ClientId,
  SecretHash = NULL,
  Username,
  ConfirmationCode,
  Password,
  AnalyticsMetadata = NULL,
  UserContextData = NULL,
  ClientMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientId

[required] The ID of the app client where the user wants to reset their password. This parameter is an identifier of the client application that users are resetting their password from, but this operation resets users' passwords for all app clients in the user pool.

SecretHash

A keyed-hash message authentication code (HMAC) calculated using the secret key of a user pool client and username plus the client ID in the message. For more information about SecretHash, see Computing secret hash values.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

ConfirmationCode

[required] The confirmation code that your user pool sent in response to an admin_reset_user_password or a forgot_password request.

Password

[required] The new password that your user wants to set.

AnalyticsMetadata

The Amazon Pinpoint analytics metadata for collecting metrics for confirm_forgot_password calls.

UserContextData

Contextual data about your user session, such as the device fingerprint, IP address, or location. Amazon Cognito advanced security evaluates the risk of an authentication event based on the context that your app generates and passes to Amazon Cognito when it makes API requests.

For more information, see Collecting data for threat protection in applications.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for any custom workflows that this action triggers.

You create custom workflows by assigning Lambda functions to user pool triggers. When you use the ConfirmForgotPassword API action, Amazon Cognito invokes the function that is assigned to the post confirmation trigger. When Amazon Cognito invokes this function, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. This payload contains a clientMetadata attribute, which provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your ConfirmForgotPassword request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the clientMetadata value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.


This public API operation submits a code that Amazon Cognito sent to your user when they signed up in your user pool via the SignUp API operation

Description

This public API operation submits a code that Amazon Cognito sent to your user when they signed up in your user pool via the sign_up API operation. After your user enters their code, they confirm ownership of the email address or phone number that they provided, and their user account becomes active. Depending on your user pool configuration, your users will receive their confirmation code in an email or SMS message.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_confirm_sign_up/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_confirm_sign_up(
  ClientId,
  SecretHash = NULL,
  Username,
  ConfirmationCode,
  ForceAliasCreation = NULL,
  AnalyticsMetadata = NULL,
  UserContextData = NULL,
  ClientMetadata = NULL,
  Session = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientId

[required] The ID of the app client associated with the user pool.

SecretHash

A keyed-hash message authentication code (HMAC) calculated using the secret key of a user pool client and username plus the client ID in the message. For more information about SecretHash, see Computing secret hash values.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

ConfirmationCode

[required] The confirmation code that your user pool sent in response to the sign_up request.

ForceAliasCreation

When true, forces user confirmation despite any existing aliases. Defaults to false. A value of true migrates the alias from an existing user to the new user if an existing user already has the phone number or email address as an alias.

Say, for example, that an existing user has an email attribute of bob@example.com and email is an alias in your user pool. If the new user also has an email of bob@example.com and your confirm_sign_up response sets ForceAliasCreation to true, the new user can sign in with a username of bob@example.com and the existing user can no longer do so.

If false and an attribute belongs to an existing alias, this request returns an AliasExistsException error.

For more information about sign-in aliases, see Customizing sign-in attributes.

AnalyticsMetadata

The Amazon Pinpoint analytics metadata for collecting metrics for confirm_sign_up calls.

UserContextData

Contextual data about your user session, such as the device fingerprint, IP address, or location. Amazon Cognito advanced security evaluates the risk of an authentication event based on the context that your app generates and passes to Amazon Cognito when it makes API requests.

For more information, see Collecting data for threat protection in applications.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for any custom workflows that this action triggers.

You create custom workflows by assigning Lambda functions to user pool triggers. When you use the ConfirmSignUp API action, Amazon Cognito invokes the function that is assigned to the post confirmation trigger. When Amazon Cognito invokes this function, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. This payload contains a clientMetadata attribute, which provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your ConfirmSignUp request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the clientMetadata value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.

Session

The optional session ID from a sign_up API request. You can sign in a user directly from the sign-up process with the USER_AUTH authentication flow.


Creates a new group in the specified user pool

Description

Creates a new group in the specified user pool. For more information about user pool groups see Adding groups to a user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_create_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_create_group(
  GroupName,
  UserPoolId,
  Description = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  Precedence = NULL
)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] A name for the group. This name must be unique in your user pool.

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to create a user group.

Description

A description of the group that you're creating.

RoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the IAM role that you want to associate with the group. A group role primarily declares a preferred role for the credentials that you get from an identity pool. Amazon Cognito ID tokens have a cognito:preferred_role claim that presents the highest-precedence group that a user belongs to. Both ID and access tokens also contain a cognito:groups claim that list all the groups that a user is a member of.

Precedence

A non-negative integer value that specifies the precedence of this group relative to the other groups that a user can belong to in the user pool. Zero is the highest precedence value. Groups with lower Precedence values take precedence over groups with higher or null Precedence values. If a user belongs to two or more groups, it is the group with the lowest precedence value whose role ARN is given in the user's tokens for the cognito:roles and cognito:preferred_role claims.

Two groups can have the same Precedence value. If this happens, neither group takes precedence over the other. If two groups with the same Precedence have the same role ARN, that role is used in the cognito:preferred_role claim in tokens for users in each group. If the two groups have different role ARNs, the cognito:preferred_role claim isn't set in users' tokens.

The default Precedence value is null. The maximum Precedence value is 2^31-1.


Adds a configuration and trust relationship between a third-party identity provider (IdP) and a user pool

Description

Adds a configuration and trust relationship between a third-party identity provider (IdP) and a user pool. Amazon Cognito accepts sign-in with third-party identity providers through managed login and OIDC relying-party libraries. For more information, see Third-party IdP sign-in.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_create_identity_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_create_identity_provider(
  UserPoolId,
  ProviderName,
  ProviderType,
  ProviderDetails,
  AttributeMapping = NULL,
  IdpIdentifiers = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The Id of the user pool where you want to create an IdP.

ProviderName

[required] The name that you want to assign to the IdP. You can pass the identity provider name in the identity_provider query parameter of requests to the Authorize endpoint to silently redirect to sign-in with the associated IdP.

ProviderType

[required] The type of IdP that you want to add. Amazon Cognito supports OIDC, SAML 2.0, Login With Amazon, Sign In With Apple, Google, and Facebook IdPs.

ProviderDetails

[required] The scopes, URLs, and identifiers for your external identity provider. The following examples describe the provider detail keys for each IdP type. These values and their schema are subject to change. Social IdP authorize_scopes values must match the values listed here.

OpenID Connect (OIDC)

Amazon Cognito accepts the following elements when it can't discover endpoint URLs from oidc_issuer: attributes_url, authorize_url, jwks_uri, token_url.

Create or update request: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "attributes_request_method": "GET", "attributes_url": "https://auth.example.com/userInfo", "authorize_scopes": "openid profile email", "authorize_url": "https://auth.example.com/authorize", "client_id": "1example23456789", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret", "jwks_uri": "https://auth.example.com/.well-known/jwks.json", "oidc_issuer": "https://auth.example.com", "token_url": "https://example.com/token" }⁠

Describe response: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "attributes_request_method": "GET", "attributes_url": "https://auth.example.com/userInfo", "attributes_url_add_attributes": "false", "authorize_scopes": "openid profile email", "authorize_url": "https://auth.example.com/authorize", "client_id": "1example23456789", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret", "jwks_uri": "https://auth.example.com/.well-known/jwks.json", "oidc_issuer": "https://auth.example.com", "token_url": "https://example.com/token" }⁠

SAML

Create or update request with Metadata URL: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "IDPInit": "true", "IDPSignout": "true", "EncryptedResponses" : "true", "MetadataURL": "https://auth.example.com/sso/saml/metadata", "RequestSigningAlgorithm": "rsa-sha256" }⁠

Create or update request with Metadata file: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "IDPInit": "true", "IDPSignout": "true", "EncryptedResponses" : "true", "MetadataFile": "[metadata XML]", "RequestSigningAlgorithm": "rsa-sha256" }⁠

The value of MetadataFile must be the plaintext metadata document with all quote (") characters escaped by backslashes.

Describe response: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "IDPInit": "true", "IDPSignout": "true", "EncryptedResponses" : "true", "ActiveEncryptionCertificate": "[certificate]", "MetadataURL": "https://auth.example.com/sso/saml/metadata", "RequestSigningAlgorithm": "rsa-sha256", "SLORedirectBindingURI": "https://auth.example.com/slo/saml", "SSORedirectBindingURI": "https://auth.example.com/sso/saml" }⁠

LoginWithAmazon

Create or update request: ⁠"ProviderDetails": \{ "authorize_scopes": "profile postal_code", "client_id": "amzn1.application-oa2-client.1example23456789", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret"⁠

Describe response: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "attributes_url": "https://api.amazon.com/user/profile", "attributes_url_add_attributes": "false", "authorize_scopes": "profile postal_code", "authorize_url": "https://www.amazon.com/ap/oa", "client_id": "amzn1.application-oa2-client.1example23456789", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret", "token_request_method": "POST", "token_url": "https://api.amazon.com/auth/o2/token" }⁠

Google

Create or update request: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "authorize_scopes": "email profile openid", "client_id": "1example23456789.apps.googleusercontent.com", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret" }⁠

Describe response: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "attributes_url": "https://people.googleapis.com/v1/people/me?personFields=", "attributes_url_add_attributes": "true", "authorize_scopes": "email profile openid", "authorize_url": "https://accounts.google.com/o/oauth2/v2/auth", "client_id": "1example23456789.apps.googleusercontent.com", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret", "oidc_issuer": "https://accounts.google.com", "token_request_method": "POST", "token_url": "https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v4/token" }⁠

SignInWithApple

Create or update request: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "authorize_scopes": "email name", "client_id": "com.example.cognito", "private_key": "1EXAMPLE", "key_id": "2EXAMPLE", "team_id": "3EXAMPLE" }⁠

Describe response: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "attributes_url_add_attributes": "false", "authorize_scopes": "email name", "authorize_url": "https://appleid.apple.com/auth/authorize", "client_id": "com.example.cognito", "key_id": "1EXAMPLE", "oidc_issuer": "https://appleid.apple.com", "team_id": "2EXAMPLE", "token_request_method": "POST", "token_url": "https://appleid.apple.com/auth/token" }⁠

Facebook

Create or update request: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "api_version": "v17.0", "authorize_scopes": "public_profile, email", "client_id": "1example23456789", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret" }⁠

Describe response: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "api_version": "v17.0", "attributes_url": "https://graph.facebook.com/v17.0/me?fields=", "attributes_url_add_attributes": "true", "authorize_scopes": "public_profile, email", "authorize_url": "https://www.facebook.com/v17.0/dialog/oauth", "client_id": "1example23456789", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret", "token_request_method": "GET", "token_url": "https://graph.facebook.com/v17.0/oauth/access_token" }⁠

AttributeMapping

A mapping of IdP attributes to standard and custom user pool attributes. Specify a user pool attribute as the key of the key-value pair, and the IdP attribute claim name as the value.

IdpIdentifiers

An array of IdP identifiers, for example ⁠"IdPIdentifiers": [ "MyIdP", "MyIdP2" ]⁠. Identifiers are friendly names that you can pass in the idp_identifier query parameter of requests to the Authorize endpoint to silently redirect to sign-in with the associated IdP. Identifiers in a domain format also enable the use of email-address matching with SAML providers.


Creates a new set of branding settings for a user pool style and associates it with an app client

Description

Creates a new set of branding settings for a user pool style and associates it with an app client. This operation is the programmatic option for the creation of a new style in the branding designer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_create_managed_login_branding/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_create_managed_login_branding(
  UserPoolId,
  ClientId,
  UseCognitoProvidedValues = NULL,
  Settings = NULL,
  Assets = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to create a new branding style.

ClientId

[required] The app client that you want to create the branding style for. Each style is permanently linked to an app client. To change the style for an app client, delete the existing style with delete_managed_login_branding and create a new one.

UseCognitoProvidedValues

When true, applies the default branding style options. These default options are managed by Amazon Cognito. You can modify them later in the branding designer.

When you specify true for this option, you must also omit values for Settings and Assets in the request.

Settings

A JSON file, encoded as a Document type, with the the settings that you want to apply to your style.

Assets

An array of image files that you want to apply to roles like backgrounds, logos, and icons. Each object must also indicate whether it is for dark mode, light mode, or browser-adaptive mode.


Creates a new OAuth2

Description

Creates a new OAuth2.0 resource server and defines custom scopes within it. Resource servers are associated with custom scopes and machine-to-machine (M2M) authorization. For more information, see Access control with resource servers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_create_resource_server/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_create_resource_server(
  UserPoolId,
  Identifier,
  Name,
  Scopes = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to create a resource server.

Identifier

[required] A unique resource server identifier for the resource server. The identifier can be an API friendly name like solar-system-data. You can also set an API URL like ⁠https://solar-system-data-api.example.com⁠ as your identifier.

Amazon Cognito represents scopes in the access token in the format ⁠$resource-server-identifier/$scope⁠. Longer scope-identifier strings increase the size of your access tokens.

Name

[required] A friendly name for the resource server.

Scopes

A list of custom scopes. Each scope is a key-value map with the keys ScopeName and ScopeDescription. The name of a custom scope is a combination of ScopeName and the resource server Name in this request, for example MyResourceServerName/MyScopeName.


Creates a user import job

Description

Creates a user import job. You can import users into user pools from a comma-separated values (CSV) file without adding Amazon Cognito MAU costs to your Amazon Web Services bill. To generate a template for your import, see get_csv_header. To learn more about CSV import, see Importing users from a CSV file.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_create_user_import_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_create_user_import_job(
  JobName,
  UserPoolId,
  CloudWatchLogsRoleArn
)

Arguments

JobName

[required] A friendly name for the user import job.

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that you want to import users into.

CloudWatchLogsRoleArn

[required] You must specify an IAM role that has permission to log import-job results to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. This parameter is the ARN of that role.


This action might generate an SMS text message

Description

This action might generate an SMS text message. Starting June 1, 2021, US telecom carriers require you to register an origination phone number before you can send SMS messages to US phone numbers. If you use SMS text messages in Amazon Cognito, you must register a phone number with Amazon Pinpoint. Amazon Cognito uses the registered number automatically. Otherwise, Amazon Cognito users who must receive SMS messages might not be able to sign up, activate their accounts, or sign in.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_create_user_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_create_user_pool(
  PoolName,
  Policies = NULL,
  DeletionProtection = NULL,
  LambdaConfig = NULL,
  AutoVerifiedAttributes = NULL,
  AliasAttributes = NULL,
  UsernameAttributes = NULL,
  SmsVerificationMessage = NULL,
  EmailVerificationMessage = NULL,
  EmailVerificationSubject = NULL,
  VerificationMessageTemplate = NULL,
  SmsAuthenticationMessage = NULL,
  MfaConfiguration = NULL,
  UserAttributeUpdateSettings = NULL,
  DeviceConfiguration = NULL,
  EmailConfiguration = NULL,
  SmsConfiguration = NULL,
  UserPoolTags = NULL,
  AdminCreateUserConfig = NULL,
  Schema = NULL,
  UserPoolAddOns = NULL,
  UsernameConfiguration = NULL,
  AccountRecoverySetting = NULL,
  UserPoolTier = NULL
)

Arguments

PoolName

[required] A friendlhy name for your user pool.

Policies

The password policy and sign-in policy in the user pool. The password policy sets options like password complexity requirements and password history. The sign-in policy sets the options available to applications in choice-based authentication.

DeletionProtection

When active, DeletionProtection prevents accidental deletion of your user pool. Before you can delete a user pool that you have protected against deletion, you must deactivate this feature.

When you try to delete a protected user pool in a delete_user_pool API request, Amazon Cognito returns an InvalidParameterException error. To delete a protected user pool, send a new delete_user_pool request after you deactivate deletion protection in an update_user_pool API request.

LambdaConfig

A collection of user pool Lambda triggers. Amazon Cognito invokes triggers at several possible stages of authentication operations. Triggers can modify the outcome of the operations that invoked them.

AutoVerifiedAttributes

The attributes that you want your user pool to automatically verify. Possible values: email, phone_number. For more information see Verifying contact information at sign-up.

AliasAttributes

Attributes supported as an alias for this user pool. Possible values: phone_number, email, or preferred_username. For more information about alias attributes, see Customizing sign-in attributes.

UsernameAttributes

Specifies whether a user can use an email address or phone number as a username when they sign up. For more information, see Customizing sign-in attributes.

SmsVerificationMessage

This parameter is no longer used. See VerificationMessageTemplateType.

EmailVerificationMessage

This parameter is no longer used. See VerificationMessageTemplateType.

EmailVerificationSubject

This parameter is no longer used. See VerificationMessageTemplateType.

VerificationMessageTemplate

The template for the verification message that your user pool delivers to users who set an email address or phone number attribute.

Set the email message type that corresponds to your DefaultEmailOption selection. For CONFIRM_WITH_LINK, specify an EmailMessageByLink and leave EmailMessage blank. For CONFIRM_WITH_CODE, specify an EmailMessage and leave EmailMessageByLink blank. When you supply both parameters with either choice, Amazon Cognito returns an error.

SmsAuthenticationMessage

A string representing the SMS authentication message.

MfaConfiguration

Sets multi-factor authentication (MFA) to be on, off, or optional. When ON, all users must set up MFA before they can sign in. When OPTIONAL, your application must make a client-side determination of whether a user wants to register an MFA device. For user pools with adaptive authentication with threat protection, choose OPTIONAL.

UserAttributeUpdateSettings

The settings for updates to user attributes. These settings include the property AttributesRequireVerificationBeforeUpdate, a user-pool setting that tells Amazon Cognito how to handle changes to the value of your users' email address and phone number attributes. For more information, see Verifying updates to email addresses and phone numbers.

DeviceConfiguration

The device-remembering configuration for a user pool. Device remembering or device tracking is a "Remember me on this device" option for user pools that perform authentication with the device key of a trusted device in the back end, instead of a user-provided MFA code. For more information about device authentication, see Working with user devices in your user pool. A null value indicates that you have deactivated device remembering in your user pool.

When you provide a value for any DeviceConfiguration field, you activate the Amazon Cognito device-remembering feature. For more infor

EmailConfiguration

The email configuration of your user pool. The email configuration type sets your preferred sending method, Amazon Web Services Region, and sender for messages from your user pool.

SmsConfiguration

The SMS configuration with the settings that your Amazon Cognito user pool must use to send an SMS message from your Amazon Web Services account through Amazon Simple Notification Service. To send SMS messages with Amazon SNS in the Amazon Web Services Region that you want, the Amazon Cognito user pool uses an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role in your Amazon Web Services account. For more information see SMS message settings.

UserPoolTags

The tag keys and values to assign to the user pool. A tag is a label that you can use to categorize and manage user pools in different ways, such as by purpose, owner, environment, or other criteria.

AdminCreateUserConfig

The configuration for admin_create_user requests. Includes the template for the invitation message for new users, the duration of temporary passwords, and permitting self-service sign-up.

Schema

An array of attributes for the new user pool. You can add custom attributes and modify the properties of default attributes. The specifications in this parameter set the required attributes in your user pool. For more information, see Working with user attributes.

UserPoolAddOns

User pool add-ons. Contains settings for activation of advanced security features. To log user security information but take no action, set to AUDIT. To configure automatic security responses to risky traffic to your user pool, set to ENFORCED.

For more information, see Adding advanced security to a user pool.

UsernameConfiguration

Sets the case sensitivity option for sign-in usernames. When CaseSensitive is false (case insensitive), users can sign in with any combination of capital and lowercase letters. For example, username, USERNAME, or UserName, or for email, email@example.com or EMaiL@eXamplE.Com. For most use cases, set case sensitivity to false as a best practice. When usernames and email addresses are case insensitive, Amazon Cognito treats any variation in case as the same user, and prevents a case variation from being assigned to the same attribute for a different user.

When CaseSensitive is true (case sensitive), Amazon Cognito interprets USERNAME and UserName as distinct users.

This configuration is immutable after you set it.

AccountRecoverySetting

The available verified method a user can use to recover their password when they call forgot_password. You can use this setting to define a preferred method when a user has more than one method available. With this setting, SMS doesn't qualify for a valid password recovery mechanism if the user also has SMS multi-factor authentication (MFA) activated. In the absence of this setting, Amazon Cognito uses the legacy behavior to determine the recovery method where SMS is preferred through email.

UserPoolTier

The user pool feature plan, or tier. This parameter determines the eligibility of the user pool for features like managed login, access-token customization, and threat protection. Defaults to ESSENTIALS.


Creates an app client in a user pool

Description

Creates an app client in a user pool. This operation sets basic and advanced configuration options. You can create an app client in the Amazon Cognito console to your preferences and use the output of describe_user_pool_client to generate requests from that baseline.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_create_user_pool_client/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_create_user_pool_client(
  UserPoolId,
  ClientName,
  GenerateSecret = NULL,
  RefreshTokenValidity = NULL,
  AccessTokenValidity = NULL,
  IdTokenValidity = NULL,
  TokenValidityUnits = NULL,
  ReadAttributes = NULL,
  WriteAttributes = NULL,
  ExplicitAuthFlows = NULL,
  SupportedIdentityProviders = NULL,
  CallbackURLs = NULL,
  LogoutURLs = NULL,
  DefaultRedirectURI = NULL,
  AllowedOAuthFlows = NULL,
  AllowedOAuthScopes = NULL,
  AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient = NULL,
  AnalyticsConfiguration = NULL,
  PreventUserExistenceErrors = NULL,
  EnableTokenRevocation = NULL,
  EnablePropagateAdditionalUserContextData = NULL,
  AuthSessionValidity = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to create an app client.

ClientName

[required] A friendly name for the app client that you want to create.

GenerateSecret

When true, generates a client secret for the app client. Client secrets are used with server-side and machine-to-machine applications. For more information, see App client types.

RefreshTokenValidity

The refresh token time limit. After this limit expires, your user can't use their refresh token. To specify the time unit for RefreshTokenValidity as seconds, minutes, hours, or days, set a TokenValidityUnits value in your API request.

For example, when you set RefreshTokenValidity as 10 and TokenValidityUnits as days, your user can refresh their session and retrieve new access and ID tokens for 10 days.

The default time unit for RefreshTokenValidity in an API request is days. You can't set RefreshTokenValidity to 0. If you do, Amazon Cognito overrides the value with the default value of 30 days. Valid range is displayed below in seconds.

If you don't specify otherwise in the configuration of your app client, your refresh tokens are valid for 30 days.

AccessTokenValidity

The access token time limit. After this limit expires, your user can't use their access token. To specify the time unit for AccessTokenValidity as seconds, minutes, hours, or days, set a TokenValidityUnits value in your API request.

For example, when you set AccessTokenValidity to 10 and TokenValidityUnits to hours, your user can authorize access with their access token for 10 hours.

The default time unit for AccessTokenValidity in an API request is hours. Valid range is displayed below in seconds.

If you don't specify otherwise in the configuration of your app client, your access tokens are valid for one hour.

IdTokenValidity

The ID token time limit. After this limit expires, your user can't use their ID token. To specify the time unit for IdTokenValidity as seconds, minutes, hours, or days, set a TokenValidityUnits value in your API request.

For example, when you set IdTokenValidity as 10 and TokenValidityUnits as hours, your user can authenticate their session with their ID token for 10 hours.

The default time unit for IdTokenValidity in an API request is hours. Valid range is displayed below in seconds.

If you don't specify otherwise in the configuration of your app client, your ID tokens are valid for one hour.

TokenValidityUnits

The units that validity times are represented in. The default unit for refresh tokens is days, and the default for ID and access tokens are hours.

ReadAttributes

The list of user attributes that you want your app client to have read access to. After your user authenticates in your app, their access token authorizes them to read their own attribute value for any attribute in this list. An example of this kind of activity is when your user selects a link to view their profile information. Your app makes a get_user API request to retrieve and display your user's profile data.

When you don't specify the ReadAttributes for your app client, your app can read the values of email_verified, phone_number_verified, and the Standard attributes of your user pool. When your user pool app client has read access to these default attributes, ReadAttributes doesn't return any information. Amazon Cognito only populates ReadAttributes in the API response if you have specified your own custom set of read attributes.

WriteAttributes

The list of user attributes that you want your app client to have write access to. After your user authenticates in your app, their access token authorizes them to set or modify their own attribute value for any attribute in this list. An example of this kind of activity is when you present your user with a form to update their profile information and they change their last name. Your app then makes an update_user_attributes API request and sets family_name to the new value.

When you don't specify the WriteAttributes for your app client, your app can write the values of the Standard attributes of your user pool. When your user pool has write access to these default attributes, WriteAttributes doesn't return any information. Amazon Cognito only populates WriteAttributes in the API response if you have specified your own custom set of write attributes.

If your app client allows users to sign in through an IdP, this array must include all attributes that you have mapped to IdP attributes. Amazon Cognito updates mapped attributes when users sign in to your application through an IdP. If your app client does not have write access to a mapped attribute, Amazon Cognito throws an error when it tries to update the attribute. For more information, see Specifying IdP Attribute Mappings for Your user pool.

ExplicitAuthFlows

The authentication flows that you want your user pool client to support. For each app client in your user pool, you can sign in your users with any combination of one or more flows, including with a user name and Secure Remote Password (SRP), a user name and password, or a custom authentication process that you define with Lambda functions.

If you don't specify a value for ExplicitAuthFlows, your user client supports ALLOW_REFRESH_TOKEN_AUTH, ALLOW_USER_SRP_AUTH, and ALLOW_CUSTOM_AUTH.

Valid values include:

  • ALLOW_USER_AUTH: Enable selection-based sign-in with USER_AUTH. This setting covers username-password, secure remote password (SRP), passwordless, and passkey authentication. This authentiation flow can do username-password and SRP authentication without other ExplicitAuthFlows permitting them. For example users can complete an SRP challenge through USER_AUTH without the flow USER_SRP_AUTH being active for the app client. This flow doesn't include CUSTOM_AUTH.

  • ALLOW_ADMIN_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH: Enable admin based user password authentication flow ADMIN_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH. This setting replaces the ADMIN_NO_SRP_AUTH setting. With this authentication flow, your app passes a user name and password to Amazon Cognito in the request, instead of using the Secure Remote Password (SRP) protocol to securely transmit the password.

  • ALLOW_CUSTOM_AUTH: Enable Lambda trigger based authentication.

  • ALLOW_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH: Enable user password-based authentication. In this flow, Amazon Cognito receives the password in the request instead of using the SRP protocol to verify passwords.

  • ALLOW_USER_SRP_AUTH: Enable SRP-based authentication.

  • ALLOW_REFRESH_TOKEN_AUTH: Enable authflow to refresh tokens.

In some environments, you will see the values ADMIN_NO_SRP_AUTH, CUSTOM_AUTH_FLOW_ONLY, or USER_PASSWORD_AUTH. You can't assign these legacy ExplicitAuthFlows values to user pool clients at the same time as values that begin with ALLOW_, like ALLOW_USER_SRP_AUTH.

SupportedIdentityProviders

A list of provider names for the identity providers (IdPs) that are supported on this client. The following are supported: COGNITO, Facebook, Google, SignInWithApple, and LoginWithAmazon. You can also specify the names that you configured for the SAML and OIDC IdPs in your user pool, for example MySAMLIdP or MyOIDCIdP.

This setting applies to providers that you can access with managed login. The removal of COGNITO from this list doesn't prevent authentication operations for local users with the user pools API in an Amazon Web Services SDK. The only way to prevent API-based authentication is to block access with a WAF rule.

CallbackURLs

A list of allowed redirect (callback) URLs for the IdPs.

A redirect URI must:

  • Be an absolute URI.

  • Be registered with the authorization server. Amazon Cognito doesn't accept authorization requests with redirect_uri values that aren't in the list of CallbackURLs that you provide in this parameter.

  • Not include a fragment component.

See OAuth 2.0 - Redirection Endpoint.

Amazon Cognito requires HTTPS over HTTP except for http://localhost for testing purposes only.

App callback URLs such as myapp://example are also supported.

LogoutURLs

A list of allowed logout URLs for managed login authentication. For more information, see Logout endpoint.

DefaultRedirectURI

The default redirect URI. In app clients with one assigned IdP, replaces redirect_uri in authentication requests. Must be in the CallbackURLs list.

AllowedOAuthFlows

The OAuth grant types that you want your app client to generate. To create an app client that generates client credentials grants, you must add client_credentials as the only allowed OAuth flow.

code

Use a code grant flow, which provides an authorization code as the response. This code can be exchanged for access tokens with the ⁠/oauth2/token⁠ endpoint.

implicit

Issue the access token (and, optionally, ID token, based on scopes) directly to your user.

client_credentials

Issue the access token from the ⁠/oauth2/token⁠ endpoint directly to a non-person user using a combination of the client ID and client secret.

AllowedOAuthScopes

The OAuth 2.0 scopes that you want to permit your app client to authorize. Scopes govern access control to user pool self-service API operations, user data from the userInfo endpoint, and third-party APIs. Possible values provided by OAuth are phone, email, openid, and profile. Possible values provided by Amazon Web Services are aws.cognito.signin.user.admin. Custom scopes created in Resource Servers are also supported.

AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient

Set to true to use OAuth 2.0 features in your user pool app client.

AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient must be true before you can configure the following features in your app client.

  • CallBackURLs: Callback URLs.

  • LogoutURLs: Sign-out redirect URLs.

  • AllowedOAuthScopes: OAuth 2.0 scopes.

  • AllowedOAuthFlows: Support for authorization code, implicit, and client credentials OAuth 2.0 grants.

To use OAuth 2.0 features, configure one of these features in the Amazon Cognito console or set AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient to true in a create_user_pool_client or update_user_pool_client API request. If you don't set a value for AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient in a request with the CLI or SDKs, it defaults to false.

AnalyticsConfiguration

The user pool analytics configuration for collecting metrics and sending them to your Amazon Pinpoint campaign.

In Amazon Web Services Regions where Amazon Pinpoint isn't available, user pools might not have access to analytics or might be configurable with campaigns in the US East (N. Virginia) Region. For more information, see Using Amazon Pinpoint analytics.

PreventUserExistenceErrors

Errors and responses that you want Amazon Cognito APIs to return during authentication, account confirmation, and password recovery when the user doesn't exist in the user pool. When set to ENABLED and the user doesn't exist, authentication returns an error indicating either the username or password was incorrect. Account confirmation and password recovery return a response indicating a code was sent to a simulated destination. When set to LEGACY, those APIs return a UserNotFoundException exception if the user doesn't exist in the user pool.

Valid values include:

  • ENABLED - This prevents user existence-related errors.

  • LEGACY - This represents the early behavior of Amazon Cognito where user existence related errors aren't prevented.

Defaults to LEGACY when you don't provide a value.

EnableTokenRevocation

Activates or deactivates token revocation. For more information about revoking tokens, see revoke_token.

If you don't include this parameter, token revocation is automatically activated for the new user pool client.

EnablePropagateAdditionalUserContextData

Activates the propagation of additional user context data. For more information about propagation of user context data, see Adding advanced security to a user pool. If you don’t include this parameter, you can't send device fingerprint information, including source IP address, to Amazon Cognito advanced security. You can only activate EnablePropagateAdditionalUserContextData in an app client that has a client secret.

AuthSessionValidity

Amazon Cognito creates a session token for each API request in an authentication flow. AuthSessionValidity is the duration, in minutes, of that session token. Your user pool native user must respond to each authentication challenge before the session expires.


A user pool domain hosts managed login, an authorization server and web server for authentication in your application

Description

A user pool domain hosts managed login, an authorization server and web server for authentication in your application. This operation creates a new user pool prefix or custom domain and sets the managed login branding version. Set the branding version to 1 for hosted UI (classic) or 2 for managed login. When you choose a custom domain, you must provide an SSL certificate in the US East (N. Virginia) Amazon Web Services Region in your request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_create_user_pool_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_create_user_pool_domain(
  Domain,
  UserPoolId,
  ManagedLoginVersion = NULL,
  CustomDomainConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

Domain

[required] The domain string. For custom domains, this is the fully-qualified domain name, such as auth.example.com. For prefix domains, this is the prefix alone, such as myprefix. A prefix value of myprefix for a user pool in the us-east-1 Region results in a domain of ⁠myprefix.auth.us-east-1.amazoncognito.com⁠.

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to add a domain.

ManagedLoginVersion

The version of managed login branding that you want to apply to your domain. A value of 1 indicates hosted UI (classic) and a version of 2 indicates managed login.

Managed login requires that your user pool be configured for any feature plan other than Lite.

CustomDomainConfig

The configuration for a custom domain. Configures your domain with an Certificate Manager certificate in the us-east-1 Region.

Provide this parameter only if you want to use a custom domain for your user pool. Otherwise, you can exclude this parameter and use a prefix domain instead.

For more information about the hosted domain and custom domains, see Configuring a User Pool Domain.


Deletes a group from the specified user pool

Description

Deletes a group from the specified user pool. When you delete a group, that group no longer contributes to users' cognito:preferred_group or cognito:groups claims, and no longer influence access-control decision that are based on group membership. For more information about user pool groups, see Adding groups to a user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_delete_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_delete_group(GroupName, UserPoolId)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the group that you want to delete.

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to delete the group.


Deletes a user pool identity provider (IdP)

Description

Deletes a user pool identity provider (IdP). After you delete an IdP, users can no longer sign in to your user pool through that IdP. For more information about user pool IdPs, see Third-party IdP sign-in.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_delete_identity_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_delete_identity_provider(UserPoolId, ProviderName)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to delete the identity provider.

ProviderName

[required] The name of the IdP that you want to delete.


Deletes a managed login branding style

Description

Deletes a managed login branding style. When you delete a style, you delete the branding association for an app client. When an app client doesn't have a style assigned, your managed login pages for that app client are nonfunctional until you create a new style or switch the domain branding version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_delete_managed_login_branding/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_delete_managed_login_branding(
  ManagedLoginBrandingId,
  UserPoolId
)

Arguments

ManagedLoginBrandingId

[required] The ID of the managed login branding style that you want to delete.

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that contains the managed login branding style that you want to delete.


Deletes a resource server

Description

Deletes a resource server. After you delete a resource server, users can no longer generate access tokens with scopes that are associate with that resource server.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_delete_resource_server/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_delete_resource_server(UserPoolId, Identifier)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to delete the resource server.

Identifier

[required] The identifier of the resource server that you want to delete.


Self-deletes a user profile

Description

Self-deletes a user profile. A deleted user profile can no longer be used to sign in and can't be restored.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_delete_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_delete_user(AccessToken)

Arguments

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose user profile you want to delete.


Self-deletes attributes for a user

Description

Self-deletes attributes for a user. For example, your application can submit a request to this operation when a user wants to remove their birthdate attribute value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_delete_user_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_delete_user_attributes(UserAttributeNames, AccessToken)

Arguments

UserAttributeNames

[required] An array of strings representing the user attribute names you want to delete.

For custom attributes, you must prepend the ⁠custom:⁠ prefix to the attribute name, for example custom:department.

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose attributes you want to delete.


Deletes a user pool

Description

Deletes a user pool. After you delete a user pool, users can no longer sign in to any associated applications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_delete_user_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_delete_user_pool(UserPoolId)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that you want to delete.


Deletes a user pool app client

Description

Deletes a user pool app client. After you delete an app client, users can no longer sign in to the associated application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_delete_user_pool_client/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_delete_user_pool_client(UserPoolId, ClientId)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to delete the client.

ClientId

[required] The ID of the user pool app client that you want to delete.


Given a user pool ID and domain identifier, deletes a user pool domain

Description

Given a user pool ID and domain identifier, deletes a user pool domain. After you delete a user pool domain, your managed login pages and authorization server are no longer available.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_delete_user_pool_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_delete_user_pool_domain(Domain, UserPoolId)

Arguments

Domain

[required] The domain that you want to delete. For custom domains, this is the fully-qualified domain name, such as auth.example.com. For Amazon Cognito prefix domains, this is the prefix alone, such as auth.

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to delete the domain.


Deletes a registered passkey, or webauthN, authenticator for the currently signed-in user

Description

Deletes a registered passkey, or webauthN, authenticator for the currently signed-in user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_delete_web_authn_credential/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_delete_web_authn_credential(AccessToken, CredentialId)

Arguments

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose passkey credential you want to delete.

CredentialId

[required] The unique identifier of the passkey that you want to delete. Look up registered devices with list_web_authn_credentials.


Given a user pool ID and identity provider (IdP) name, returns details about the IdP

Description

Given a user pool ID and identity provider (IdP) name, returns details about the IdP.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_describe_identity_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_describe_identity_provider(UserPoolId, ProviderName)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that has the IdP that you want to describe..

ProviderName

[required] The name of the IdP that you want to describe.


Given the ID of a managed login branding style, returns detailed information about the style

Description

Given the ID of a managed login branding style, returns detailed information about the style.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_describe_managed_login_branding/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_describe_managed_login_branding(
  UserPoolId,
  ManagedLoginBrandingId,
  ReturnMergedResources = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that contains the managed login branding style that you want to get information about.

ManagedLoginBrandingId

[required] The ID of the managed login branding style that you want to get more information about.

ReturnMergedResources

When true, returns values for branding options that are unchanged from Amazon Cognito defaults. When false or when you omit this parameter, returns only values that you customized in your branding style.


Given the ID of a user pool app client, returns detailed information about the style assigned to the app client

Description

Given the ID of a user pool app client, returns detailed information about the style assigned to the app client.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_describe_managed_login_branding_by_client/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_describe_managed_login_branding_by_client(
  UserPoolId,
  ClientId,
  ReturnMergedResources = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that contains the app client where you want more information about the managed login branding style.

ClientId

[required] The app client that's assigned to the branding style that you want more information about.

ReturnMergedResources

When true, returns values for branding options that are unchanged from Amazon Cognito defaults. When false or when you omit this parameter, returns only values that you customized in your branding style.


Describes a resource server

Description

Describes a resource server. For more information about resource servers, see Access control with resource servers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_describe_resource_server/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_describe_resource_server(UserPoolId, Identifier)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that hosts the resource server.

Identifier

[required] A unique resource server identifier for the resource server. The identifier can be an API friendly name like solar-system-data. You can also set an API URL like ⁠https://solar-system-data-api.example.com⁠ as your identifier.

Amazon Cognito represents scopes in the access token in the format ⁠$resource-server-identifier/$scope⁠. Longer scope-identifier strings increase the size of your access tokens.


Given an app client or user pool ID where threat protection is configured, describes the risk configuration

Description

Given an app client or user pool ID where threat protection is configured, describes the risk configuration. This operation returns details about adaptive authentication, compromised credentials, and IP-address allow- and denylists. For more information about threat protection, see Threat protection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_describe_risk_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_describe_risk_configuration(
  UserPoolId,
  ClientId = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool with the risk configuration that you want to inspect. You can apply default risk configuration at the user pool level and further customize it from user pool defaults at the app-client level. Specify ClientId to inspect client-level configuration, or UserPoolId to inspect pool-level configuration.

ClientId

The ID of the app client with the risk configuration that you want to inspect. You can apply default risk configuration at the user pool level and further customize it from user pool defaults at the app-client level. Specify ClientId to inspect client-level configuration, or UserPoolId to inspect pool-level configuration.


Describes a user import job

Description

Describes a user import job. For more information about user CSV import, see Importing users from a CSV file.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_describe_user_import_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_describe_user_import_job(UserPoolId, JobId)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that's associated with the import job.

JobId

[required] The Id of the user import job that you want to describe.


Given a user pool ID, returns configuration information

Description

Given a user pool ID, returns configuration information. This operation is useful when you want to inspect an existing user pool and programmatically replicate the configuration to another user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_describe_user_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_describe_user_pool(UserPoolId)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool you want to describe.


Given an app client ID, returns configuration information

Description

Given an app client ID, returns configuration information. This operation is useful when you want to inspect an existing app client and programmatically replicate the configuration to another app client. For more information about app clients, see App clients.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_describe_user_pool_client/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_describe_user_pool_client(UserPoolId, ClientId)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that contains the app client you want to describe.

ClientId

[required] The ID of the app client that you want to describe.


Given a user pool domain name, returns information about the domain configuration

Description

Given a user pool domain name, returns information about the domain configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_describe_user_pool_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_describe_user_pool_domain(Domain)

Arguments

Domain

[required] The domain that you want to describe. For custom domains, this is the fully-qualified domain name, such as auth.example.com. For Amazon Cognito prefix domains, this is the prefix alone, such as auth.


Forgets the specified device

Description

Forgets the specified device. For more information about device authentication, see Working with user devices in your user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_forget_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_forget_device(AccessToken = NULL, DeviceKey)

Arguments

AccessToken

A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose registered device you want to forget.

DeviceKey

[required] The device key.


Calling this API causes a message to be sent to the end user with a confirmation code that is required to change the user's password

Description

Calling this API causes a message to be sent to the end user with a confirmation code that is required to change the user's password. For the Username parameter, you can use the username or user alias. The method used to send the confirmation code is sent according to the specified AccountRecoverySetting. For more information, see Recovering User Accounts in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide. To use the confirmation code for resetting the password, call confirm_forgot_password.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_forgot_password/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_forgot_password(
  ClientId,
  SecretHash = NULL,
  UserContextData = NULL,
  Username,
  AnalyticsMetadata = NULL,
  ClientMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientId

[required] The ID of the client associated with the user pool.

SecretHash

A keyed-hash message authentication code (HMAC) calculated using the secret key of a user pool client and username plus the client ID in the message. For more information about SecretHash, see Computing secret hash values.

UserContextData

Contextual data about your user session, such as the device fingerprint, IP address, or location. Amazon Cognito advanced security evaluates the risk of an authentication event based on the context that your app generates and passes to Amazon Cognito when it makes API requests.

For more information, see Collecting data for threat protection in applications.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

AnalyticsMetadata

The Amazon Pinpoint analytics metadata that contributes to your metrics for forgot_password calls.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for any custom workflows that this action triggers.

You create custom workflows by assigning Lambda functions to user pool triggers. When you use the ForgotPassword API action, Amazon Cognito invokes any functions that are assigned to the following triggers: pre sign-up, custom message, and user migration. When Amazon Cognito invokes any of these functions, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. This payload contains a clientMetadata attribute, which provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your ForgotPassword request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the clientMetadata value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.


Gets the header information for the comma-separated value (CSV) file to be used as input for the user import job

Description

Gets the header information for the comma-separated value (CSV) file to be used as input for the user import job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_get_csv_header/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_get_csv_header(UserPoolId)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that the users are to be imported into.


Gets the device

Description

Gets the device. For more information about device authentication, see Working with user devices in your user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_get_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_get_device(DeviceKey, AccessToken = NULL)

Arguments

DeviceKey

[required] The device key.

AccessToken

A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose device information you want to request.


Gets a group

Description

Gets a group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_get_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_get_group(GroupName, UserPoolId)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the group.

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool.


Gets the specified IdP

Description

Gets the specified IdP.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_get_identity_provider_by_identifier/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_get_identity_provider_by_identifier(
  UserPoolId,
  IdpIdentifier
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The user pool ID.

IdpIdentifier

[required] The IdP identifier.


Gets the logging configuration of a user pool

Description

Gets the logging configuration of a user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_get_log_delivery_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_get_log_delivery_configuration(UserPoolId)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that has the logging configuration that you want to view.


This method takes a user pool ID, and returns the signing certificate

Description

This method takes a user pool ID, and returns the signing certificate. The issued certificate is valid for 10 years from the date of issue.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_get_signing_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_get_signing_certificate(UserPoolId)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The user pool ID.


Gets the user interface (UI) Customization information for a particular app client's app UI, if any such information exists for the client

Description

Gets the user interface (UI) Customization information for a particular app client's app UI, if any such information exists for the client. If nothing is set for the particular client, but there is an existing pool level customization (the app clientId is ALL), then that information is returned. If nothing is present, then an empty shape is returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_get_ui_customization/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_get_ui_customization(UserPoolId, ClientId = NULL)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool.

ClientId

The client ID for the client app.


Gets the user attributes and metadata for a user

Description

Gets the user attributes and metadata for a user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_get_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_get_user(AccessToken)

Arguments

AccessToken

[required] A non-expired access token for the user whose information you want to query.


Generates a user attribute verification code for the specified attribute name

Description

Generates a user attribute verification code for the specified attribute name. Sends a message to a user with a code that they must return in a VerifyUserAttribute request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_get_user_attribute_verification_code/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_get_user_attribute_verification_code(
  AccessToken,
  AttributeName,
  ClientMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

AccessToken

[required] A non-expired access token for the user whose attribute verification code you want to generate.

AttributeName

[required] The attribute name returned by the server response to get the user attribute verification code.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for any custom workflows that this action triggers.

You create custom workflows by assigning Lambda functions to user pool triggers. When you use the GetUserAttributeVerificationCode API action, Amazon Cognito invokes the function that is assigned to the custom message trigger. When Amazon Cognito invokes this function, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. This payload contains a clientMetadata attribute, which provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your GetUserAttributeVerificationCode request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the clientMetadata value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.


Lists the authentication options for the currently signed-in user

Description

Lists the authentication options for the currently signed-in user. Returns the following:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_get_user_auth_factors/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_get_user_auth_factors(AccessToken)

Arguments

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose authentication factors you want to view.


Gets the user pool multi-factor authentication (MFA) configuration

Description

Gets the user pool multi-factor authentication (MFA) configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_get_user_pool_mfa_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_get_user_pool_mfa_config(UserPoolId)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The user pool ID.


Invalidates the identity, access, and refresh tokens that Amazon Cognito issued to a user

Description

Invalidates the identity, access, and refresh tokens that Amazon Cognito issued to a user. Call this operation when your user signs out of your app. This results in the following behavior.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_global_sign_out/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_global_sign_out(AccessToken)

Arguments

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user who you want to sign out.


Initiates sign-in for a user in the Amazon Cognito user directory

Description

Initiates sign-in for a user in the Amazon Cognito user directory. You can't sign in a user with a federated IdP with initiate_auth. For more information, see Adding user pool sign-in through a third party.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_initiate_auth/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_initiate_auth(
  AuthFlow,
  AuthParameters = NULL,
  ClientMetadata = NULL,
  ClientId,
  AnalyticsMetadata = NULL,
  UserContextData = NULL,
  Session = NULL
)

Arguments

AuthFlow

[required] The authentication flow that you want to initiate. Each AuthFlow has linked AuthParameters that you must submit. The following are some example flows and their parameters.

  • USER_AUTH: Request a preferred authentication type or review available authentication types. From the offered authentication types, select one in a challenge response and then authenticate with that method in an additional challenge response.

  • REFRESH_TOKEN_AUTH: Receive new ID and access tokens when you pass a REFRESH_TOKEN parameter with a valid refresh token as the value.

  • USER_SRP_AUTH: Receive secure remote password (SRP) variables for the next challenge, PASSWORD_VERIFIER, when you pass USERNAME and SRP_A parameters.

  • USER_PASSWORD_AUTH: Receive new tokens or the next challenge, for example SOFTWARE_TOKEN_MFA, when you pass USERNAME and PASSWORD parameters.

All flows

USER_AUTH

The entry point for sign-in with passwords, one-time passwords, and WebAuthN authenticators.

USER_SRP_AUTH

Username-password authentication with the Secure Remote Password (SRP) protocol. For more information, see Use SRP password verification in custom authentication flow.

REFRESH_TOKEN_AUTH and REFRESH_TOKEN

Provide a valid refresh token and receive new ID and access tokens. For more information, see Using the refresh token.

CUSTOM_AUTH

Custom authentication with Lambda triggers. For more information, see Custom authentication challenge Lambda triggers.

USER_PASSWORD_AUTH

Username-password authentication with the password sent directly in the request. For more information, see Admin authentication flow.

ADMIN_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH is a flow type of admin_initiate_auth and isn't valid for InitiateAuth. ADMIN_NO_SRP_AUTH is a legacy server-side username-password flow and isn't valid for InitiateAuth.

AuthParameters

The authentication parameters. These are inputs corresponding to the AuthFlow that you're invoking. The required values depend on the value of AuthFlow:

  • For USER_AUTH: USERNAME (required), PREFERRED_CHALLENGE. If you don't provide a value for PREFERRED_CHALLENGE, Amazon Cognito responds with the AvailableChallenges parameter that specifies the available sign-in methods.

  • For USER_SRP_AUTH: USERNAME (required), SRP_A (required), SECRET_HASH (required if the app client is configured with a client secret), DEVICE_KEY.

  • For USER_PASSWORD_AUTH: USERNAME (required), PASSWORD (required), SECRET_HASH (required if the app client is configured with a client secret), DEVICE_KEY.

  • For REFRESH_TOKEN_AUTH/REFRESH_TOKEN: REFRESH_TOKEN (required), SECRET_HASH (required if the app client is configured with a client secret), DEVICE_KEY.

  • For CUSTOM_AUTH: USERNAME (required), SECRET_HASH (if app client is configured with client secret), DEVICE_KEY. To start the authentication flow with password verification, include ChallengeName: SRP_A and ⁠SRP_A: (The SRP_A Value)⁠.

For more information about SECRET_HASH, see Computing secret hash values. For information about DEVICE_KEY, see Working with user devices in your user pool.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for certain custom workflows that this action triggers.

You create custom workflows by assigning Lambda functions to user pool triggers. When you use the InitiateAuth API action, Amazon Cognito invokes the Lambda functions that are specified for various triggers. The ClientMetadata value is passed as input to the functions for only the following triggers:

  • Pre signup

  • Pre authentication

  • User migration

When Amazon Cognito invokes the functions for these triggers, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. This payload contains a validationData attribute, which provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your InitiateAuth request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the validationData value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

When you use the InitiateAuth API action, Amazon Cognito also invokes the functions for the following triggers, but it doesn't provide the ClientMetadata value as input:

  • Post authentication

  • Custom message

  • Pre token generation

  • Create auth challenge

  • Define auth challenge

  • Custom email sender

  • Custom SMS sender

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.

ClientId

[required] The app client ID.

AnalyticsMetadata

The Amazon Pinpoint analytics metadata that contributes to your metrics for initiate_auth calls.

UserContextData

Contextual data about your user session, such as the device fingerprint, IP address, or location. Amazon Cognito advanced security evaluates the risk of an authentication event based on the context that your app generates and passes to Amazon Cognito when it makes API requests.

For more information, see Collecting data for threat protection in applications.

Session

The optional session ID from a confirm_sign_up API request. You can sign in a user directly from the sign-up process with the USER_AUTH authentication flow.


Lists the sign-in devices that Amazon Cognito has registered to the current user

Description

Lists the sign-in devices that Amazon Cognito has registered to the current user. For more information about device authentication, see Working with user devices in your user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_list_devices/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_list_devices(
  AccessToken,
  Limit = NULL,
  PaginationToken = NULL
)

Arguments

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose list of devices you want to view.

Limit

The limit of the device request.

PaginationToken

This API operation returns a limited number of results. The pagination token is an identifier that you can present in an additional API request with the same parameters. When you include the pagination token, Amazon Cognito returns the next set of items after the current list. Subsequent requests return a new pagination token. By use of this token, you can paginate through the full list of items.


Lists the groups associated with a user pool

Description

Lists the groups associated with a user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_list_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_list_groups(UserPoolId, Limit = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool.

Limit

The limit of the request to list groups.

NextToken

An identifier that was returned from the previous call to this operation, which can be used to return the next set of items in the list.


Lists information about all IdPs for a user pool

Description

Lists information about all IdPs for a user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_list_identity_providers/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_list_identity_providers(
  UserPoolId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The user pool ID.

MaxResults

The maximum number of IdPs to return.

NextToken

A pagination token.


Lists the resource servers for a user pool

Description

Lists the resource servers for a user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_list_resource_servers/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_list_resource_servers(
  UserPoolId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool.

MaxResults

The maximum number of resource servers to return.

NextToken

A pagination token.


Lists the tags that are assigned to an Amazon Cognito user pool

Description

Lists the tags that are assigned to an Amazon Cognito user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user pool that the tags are assigned to.


Lists user import jobs for a user pool

Description

Lists user import jobs for a user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_list_user_import_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_list_user_import_jobs(
  UserPoolId,
  MaxResults,
  PaginationToken = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that the users are being imported into.

MaxResults

[required] The maximum number of import jobs you want the request to return.

PaginationToken

This API operation returns a limited number of results. The pagination token is an identifier that you can present in an additional API request with the same parameters. When you include the pagination token, Amazon Cognito returns the next set of items after the current list. Subsequent requests return a new pagination token. By use of this token, you can paginate through the full list of items.


Lists the clients that have been created for the specified user pool

Description

Lists the clients that have been created for the specified user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_list_user_pool_clients/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_list_user_pool_clients(
  UserPoolId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to list user pool clients.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results you want the request to return when listing the user pool clients.

NextToken

An identifier that was returned from the previous call to this operation, which can be used to return the next set of items in the list.


Lists the user pools associated with an Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists the user pools associated with an Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_list_user_pools/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_list_user_pools(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults)

Arguments

NextToken

An identifier that was returned from the previous call to this operation, which can be used to return the next set of items in the list.

MaxResults

[required] The maximum number of results you want the request to return when listing the user pools.


Lists users and their basic details in a user pool

Description

Lists users and their basic details in a user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_list_users/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_list_users(
  UserPoolId,
  AttributesToGet = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  PaginationToken = NULL,
  Filter = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool on which the search should be performed.

AttributesToGet

A JSON array of user attribute names, for example given_name, that you want Amazon Cognito to include in the response for each user. When you don't provide an AttributesToGet parameter, Amazon Cognito returns all attributes for each user.

Use AttributesToGet with required attributes in your user pool, or in conjunction with Filter. Amazon Cognito returns an error if not all users in the results have set a value for the attribute you request. Attributes that you can't filter on, including custom attributes, must have a value set in every user profile before an AttributesToGet parameter returns results.

Limit

Maximum number of users to be returned.

PaginationToken

This API operation returns a limited number of results. The pagination token is an identifier that you can present in an additional API request with the same parameters. When you include the pagination token, Amazon Cognito returns the next set of items after the current list. Subsequent requests return a new pagination token. By use of this token, you can paginate through the full list of items.

Filter

A filter string of the form ⁠\"AttributeName Filter-Type \"AttributeValue\"⁠. Quotation marks within the filter string must be escaped using the backslash (⁠\⁠) character. For example, ⁠"family_name = \"Reddy\""⁠.

  • AttributeName: The name of the attribute to search for. You can only search for one attribute at a time.

  • Filter-Type: For an exact match, use =, for example, "⁠given_name = \"Jon\"⁠". For a prefix ("starts with") match, use ⁠^=⁠, for example, "⁠given_name ^= \"Jon\"⁠".

  • AttributeValue: The attribute value that must be matched for each user.

If the filter string is empty, list_users returns all users in the user pool.

You can only search for the following standard attributes:

  • username (case-sensitive)

  • email

  • phone_number

  • name

  • given_name

  • family_name

  • preferred_username

  • cognito:user_status (called Status in the Console) (case-insensitive)

  • ⁠status (called Enabled in the Console) (case-sensitive)⁠

  • sub

Custom attributes aren't searchable.

You can also list users with a client-side filter. The server-side filter matches no more than one attribute. For an advanced search, use a client-side filter with the --query parameter of the list-users action in the CLI. When you use a client-side filter, ListUsers returns a paginated list of zero or more users. You can receive multiple pages in a row with zero results. Repeat the query with each pagination token that is returned until you receive a null pagination token value, and then review the combined result.

For more information about server-side and client-side filtering, see FilteringCLI output in the Command Line Interface User Guide.

For more information, see Searching for Users Using the ListUsers API and Examples of Using the ListUsers API in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.


Lists the users in the specified group

Description

Lists the users in the specified group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_list_users_in_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_list_users_in_group(
  UserPoolId,
  GroupName,
  Limit = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool.

GroupName

[required] The name of the group.

Limit

The maximum number of users that you want to retrieve before pagination.

NextToken

An identifier that was returned from the previous call to this operation, which can be used to return the next set of items in the list.


Generates a list of the current user's registered passkey, or webauthN, credentials

Description

Generates a list of the current user's registered passkey, or webauthN, credentials.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_list_web_authn_credentials/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_list_web_authn_credentials(
  AccessToken,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose registered passkeys you want to list.

NextToken

An identifier that was returned from the previous call to this operation, which can be used to return the next set of items in the list.

MaxResults

The maximum number of the user's passkey credentials that you want to return.


Resends the confirmation (for confirmation of registration) to a specific user in the user pool

Description

Resends the confirmation (for confirmation of registration) to a specific user in the user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_resend_confirmation_code/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_resend_confirmation_code(
  ClientId,
  SecretHash = NULL,
  UserContextData = NULL,
  Username,
  AnalyticsMetadata = NULL,
  ClientMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientId

[required] The ID of the client associated with the user pool.

SecretHash

A keyed-hash message authentication code (HMAC) calculated using the secret key of a user pool client and username plus the client ID in the message. For more information about SecretHash, see Computing secret hash values.

UserContextData

Contextual data about your user session, such as the device fingerprint, IP address, or location. Amazon Cognito advanced security evaluates the risk of an authentication event based on the context that your app generates and passes to Amazon Cognito when it makes API requests.

For more information, see Collecting data for threat protection in applications.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

AnalyticsMetadata

The Amazon Pinpoint analytics metadata that contributes to your metrics for resend_confirmation_code calls.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for any custom workflows that this action triggers.

You create custom workflows by assigning Lambda functions to user pool triggers. When you use the ResendConfirmationCode API action, Amazon Cognito invokes the function that is assigned to the custom message trigger. When Amazon Cognito invokes this function, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. This payload contains a clientMetadata attribute, which provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your ResendConfirmationCode request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the clientMetadata value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.


Some API operations in a user pool generate a challenge, like a prompt for an MFA code, for device authentication that bypasses MFA, or for a custom authentication challenge

Description

Some API operations in a user pool generate a challenge, like a prompt for an MFA code, for device authentication that bypasses MFA, or for a custom authentication challenge. A respond_to_auth_challenge API request provides the answer to that challenge, like a code or a secure remote password (SRP). The parameters of a response to an authentication challenge vary with the type of challenge.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_respond_to_auth_challenge/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_respond_to_auth_challenge(
  ClientId,
  ChallengeName,
  Session = NULL,
  ChallengeResponses = NULL,
  AnalyticsMetadata = NULL,
  UserContextData = NULL,
  ClientMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientId

[required] The app client ID.

ChallengeName

[required] The challenge name. For more information, see initiate_auth.

ADMIN_NO_SRP_AUTH isn't a valid value.

Session

The session that should be passed both ways in challenge-response calls to the service. If initiate_auth or respond_to_auth_challenge API call determines that the caller must pass another challenge, they return a session with other challenge parameters. This session should be passed as it is to the next respond_to_auth_challenge API call.

ChallengeResponses

The responses to the challenge that you received in the previous request. Each challenge has its own required response parameters. The following examples are partial JSON request bodies that highlight challenge-response parameters.

You must provide a SECRET_HASH parameter in all challenge responses to an app client that has a client secret. Include a DEVICE_KEY for device authentication.

SELECT_CHALLENGE

⁠"ChallengeName": "SELECT_CHALLENGE", "ChallengeResponses": { "USERNAME": "[username]", "ANSWER": "[Challenge name]"}⁠

Available challenges are PASSWORD, PASSWORD_SRP, EMAIL_OTP, SMS_OTP, and WEB_AUTHN.

Complete authentication in the SELECT_CHALLENGE response for PASSWORD, PASSWORD_SRP, and WEB_AUTHN:

  • ⁠"ChallengeName": "SELECT_CHALLENGE", "ChallengeResponses": { "ANSWER": "WEB_AUTHN", "USERNAME": "[username]", "CREDENTIAL": "[AuthenticationResponseJSON]"}⁠

    See AuthenticationResponseJSON.

  • ⁠"ChallengeName": "SELECT_CHALLENGE", "ChallengeResponses": { "ANSWER": "PASSWORD", "USERNAME": "[username]", "PASSWORD": "[password]"}⁠

  • ⁠"ChallengeName": "SELECT_CHALLENGE", "ChallengeResponses": { "ANSWER": "PASSWORD_SRP", "USERNAME": "[username]", "SRP_A": "[SRP_A]"}⁠

For SMS_OTP and EMAIL_OTP, respond with the username and answer. Your user pool will send a code for the user to submit in the next challenge response.

  • ⁠"ChallengeName": "SELECT_CHALLENGE", "ChallengeResponses": { "ANSWER": "SMS_OTP", "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

  • ⁠"ChallengeName": "SELECT_CHALLENGE", "ChallengeResponses": { "ANSWER": "EMAIL_OTP", "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

SMS_OTP

⁠"ChallengeName": "SMS_OTP", "ChallengeResponses": {"SMS_OTP_CODE": "[code]", "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

EMAIL_OTP

⁠"ChallengeName": "EMAIL_OTP", "ChallengeResponses": {"EMAIL_OTP_CODE": "[code]", "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

SMS_MFA

⁠"ChallengeName": "SMS_MFA", "ChallengeResponses": {"SMS_MFA_CODE": "[code]", "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

PASSWORD_VERIFIER

This challenge response is part of the SRP flow. Amazon Cognito requires that your application respond to this challenge within a few seconds. When the response time exceeds this period, your user pool returns a NotAuthorizedException error.

⁠"ChallengeName": "PASSWORD_VERIFIER", "ChallengeResponses": {"PASSWORD_CLAIM_SIGNATURE": "[claim_signature]", "PASSWORD_CLAIM_SECRET_BLOCK": "[secret_block]", "TIMESTAMP": [timestamp], "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

Add "DEVICE_KEY" when you sign in with a remembered device.

CUSTOM_CHALLENGE

⁠"ChallengeName": "CUSTOM_CHALLENGE", "ChallengeResponses": {"USERNAME": "[username]", "ANSWER": "[challenge_answer]"}⁠

Add "DEVICE_KEY" when you sign in with a remembered device.

NEW_PASSWORD_REQUIRED

⁠"ChallengeName": "NEW_PASSWORD_REQUIRED", "ChallengeResponses": {"NEW_PASSWORD": "[new_password]", "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

To set any required attributes that initiate_auth returned in an requiredAttributes parameter, add "userAttributes.[attribute_name]": "[attribute_value]". This parameter can also set values for writable attributes that aren't required by your user pool.

In a NEW_PASSWORD_REQUIRED challenge response, you can't modify a required attribute that already has a value. In respond_to_auth_challenge, set a value for any keys that Amazon Cognito returned in the requiredAttributes parameter, then use the update_user_attributes API operation to modify the value of any additional attributes.

SOFTWARE_TOKEN_MFA

⁠"ChallengeName": "SOFTWARE_TOKEN_MFA", "ChallengeResponses": {"USERNAME": "[username]", "SOFTWARE_TOKEN_MFA_CODE": [authenticator_code]}⁠

DEVICE_SRP_AUTH

⁠"ChallengeName": "DEVICE_SRP_AUTH", "ChallengeResponses": {"USERNAME": "[username]", "DEVICE_KEY": "[device_key]", "SRP_A": "[srp_a]"}⁠

DEVICE_PASSWORD_VERIFIER

⁠"ChallengeName": "DEVICE_PASSWORD_VERIFIER", "ChallengeResponses": {"DEVICE_KEY": "[device_key]", "PASSWORD_CLAIM_SIGNATURE": "[claim_signature]", "PASSWORD_CLAIM_SECRET_BLOCK": "[secret_block]", "TIMESTAMP": [timestamp], "USERNAME": "[username]"}⁠

MFA_SETUP

⁠"ChallengeName": "MFA_SETUP", "ChallengeResponses": {"USERNAME": "[username]"}, "SESSION": "[Session ID from VerifySoftwareToken]"⁠

SELECT_MFA_TYPE

⁠"ChallengeName": "SELECT_MFA_TYPE", "ChallengeResponses": {"USERNAME": "[username]", "ANSWER": "[SMS_MFA or SOFTWARE_TOKEN_MFA]"}⁠

For more information about SECRET_HASH, see Computing secret hash values. For information about DEVICE_KEY, see Working with user devices in your user pool.

AnalyticsMetadata

The Amazon Pinpoint analytics metadata that contributes to your metrics for respond_to_auth_challenge calls.

UserContextData

Contextual data about your user session, such as the device fingerprint, IP address, or location. Amazon Cognito advanced security evaluates the risk of an authentication event based on the context that your app generates and passes to Amazon Cognito when it makes API requests.

For more information, see Collecting data for threat protection in applications.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for any custom workflows that this action triggers.

You create custom workflows by assigning Lambda functions to user pool triggers. When you use the RespondToAuthChallenge API action, Amazon Cognito invokes any functions that are assigned to the following triggers: post authentication, pre token generation, define auth challenge, create auth challenge, and verify auth challenge. When Amazon Cognito invokes any of these functions, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. This payload contains a clientMetadata attribute, which provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your RespondToAuthChallenge request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the clientMetadata value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.


Revokes all of the access tokens generated by, and at the same time as, the specified refresh token

Description

Revokes all of the access tokens generated by, and at the same time as, the specified refresh token. After a token is revoked, you can't use the revoked token to access Amazon Cognito user APIs, or to authorize access to your resource server.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_revoke_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_revoke_token(Token, ClientId, ClientSecret = NULL)

Arguments

Token

[required] The refresh token that you want to revoke.

ClientId

[required] The client ID for the token that you want to revoke.

ClientSecret

The secret for the client ID. This is required only if the client ID has a secret.


Sets up or modifies the logging configuration of a user pool

Description

Sets up or modifies the logging configuration of a user pool. User pools can export user notification logs and advanced security features user activity logs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_set_log_delivery_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_set_log_delivery_configuration(
  UserPoolId,
  LogConfigurations
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to configure logging.

LogConfigurations

[required] A collection of the logging configurations for a user pool.


Configures actions on detected risks

Description

Configures actions on detected risks. To delete the risk configuration for UserPoolId or ClientId, pass null values for all four configuration types.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_set_risk_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_set_risk_configuration(
  UserPoolId,
  ClientId = NULL,
  CompromisedCredentialsRiskConfiguration = NULL,
  AccountTakeoverRiskConfiguration = NULL,
  RiskExceptionConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The user pool ID.

ClientId

The app client ID. If ClientId is null, then the risk configuration is mapped to userPoolId. When the client ID is null, the same risk configuration is applied to all the clients in the userPool.

Otherwise, ClientId is mapped to the client. When the client ID isn't null, the user pool configuration is overridden and the risk configuration for the client is used instead.

CompromisedCredentialsRiskConfiguration

The compromised credentials risk configuration.

AccountTakeoverRiskConfiguration

The account takeover risk configuration.

RiskExceptionConfiguration

The configuration to override the risk decision.


Sets the user interface (UI) customization information for a user pool's built-in app UI

Description

Sets the user interface (UI) customization information for a user pool's built-in app UI.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_set_ui_customization/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_set_ui_customization(
  UserPoolId,
  ClientId = NULL,
  CSS = NULL,
  ImageFile = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool.

ClientId

The client ID for the client app.

CSS

The CSS values in the UI customization.

ImageFile

The uploaded logo image for the UI customization.


Set the user's multi-factor authentication (MFA) method preference, including which MFA factors are activated and if any are preferred

Description

Set the user's multi-factor authentication (MFA) method preference, including which MFA factors are activated and if any are preferred. Only one factor can be set as preferred. The preferred MFA factor will be used to authenticate a user if multiple factors are activated. If multiple options are activated and no preference is set, a challenge to choose an MFA option will be returned during sign-in. If an MFA type is activated for a user, the user will be prompted for MFA during all sign-in attempts unless device tracking is turned on and the device has been trusted. If you want MFA to be applied selectively based on the assessed risk level of sign-in attempts, deactivate MFA for users and turn on Adaptive Authentication for the user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_set_user_mfa_preference/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_set_user_mfa_preference(
  SMSMfaSettings = NULL,
  SoftwareTokenMfaSettings = NULL,
  EmailMfaSettings = NULL,
  AccessToken
)

Arguments

SMSMfaSettings

User preferences for SMS message MFA. Activates or deactivates SMS MFA and sets it as the preferred MFA method when multiple methods are available.

SoftwareTokenMfaSettings

User preferences for time-based one-time password (TOTP) MFA. Activates or deactivates TOTP MFA and sets it as the preferred MFA method when multiple methods are available.

EmailMfaSettings

User preferences for email message MFA. Activates or deactivates email MFA and sets it as the preferred MFA method when multiple methods are available. To activate this setting, advanced security features must be active in your user pool.

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose MFA preference you want to set.


Sets the user pool multi-factor authentication (MFA) and passkey configuration

Description

Sets the user pool multi-factor authentication (MFA) and passkey configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_set_user_pool_mfa_config/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_set_user_pool_mfa_config(
  UserPoolId,
  SmsMfaConfiguration = NULL,
  SoftwareTokenMfaConfiguration = NULL,
  EmailMfaConfiguration = NULL,
  MfaConfiguration = NULL,
  WebAuthnConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The user pool ID.

SmsMfaConfiguration

Configures user pool SMS messages for MFA. Sets the message template and the SMS message sending configuration for Amazon SNS.

SoftwareTokenMfaConfiguration

Configures a user pool for time-based one-time password (TOTP) MFA. Enables or disables TOTP.

EmailMfaConfiguration

Configures user pool email messages for MFA. Sets the subject and body of the email message template for MFA messages. To activate this setting, advanced security features must be active in your user pool.

MfaConfiguration

The MFA configuration. If you set the MfaConfiguration value to ‘ON’, only users who have set up an MFA factor can sign in. To learn more, see Adding Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA) to a user pool. Valid values include:

  • OFF MFA won't be used for any users.

  • ON MFA is required for all users to sign in.

  • OPTIONAL MFA will be required only for individual users who have an MFA factor activated.

WebAuthnConfiguration

The configuration of your user pool for passkey, or webauthN, authentication and registration. You can set this configuration independent of the MFA configuration options in this operation.


This action is no longer supported

Description

This action is no longer supported. You can use it to configure only SMS MFA. You can't use it to configure time-based one-time password (TOTP) software token MFA. To configure either type of MFA, use set_user_mfa_preference instead.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_set_user_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_set_user_settings(AccessToken, MFAOptions)

Arguments

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose user settings you want to configure.

MFAOptions

[required] You can use this parameter only to set an SMS configuration that uses SMS for delivery.


Registers the user in the specified user pool and creates a user name, password, and user attributes

Description

Registers the user in the specified user pool and creates a user name, password, and user attributes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_sign_up/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_sign_up(
  ClientId,
  SecretHash = NULL,
  Username,
  Password = NULL,
  UserAttributes = NULL,
  ValidationData = NULL,
  AnalyticsMetadata = NULL,
  UserContextData = NULL,
  ClientMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientId

[required] The ID of the client associated with the user pool.

SecretHash

A keyed-hash message authentication code (HMAC) calculated using the secret key of a user pool client and username plus the client ID in the message. For more information about SecretHash, see Computing secret hash values.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to sign up. The value of this parameter is typically a username, but can be any alias attribute in your user pool.

Password

The password of the user you want to register.

Users can sign up without a password when your user pool supports passwordless sign-in with email or SMS OTPs. To create a user with no password, omit this parameter or submit a blank value. You can only create a passwordless user when passwordless sign-in is available. See the SignInPolicyType property of create_user_pool and update_user_pool.

UserAttributes

An array of name-value pairs representing user attributes.

For custom attributes, you must prepend the ⁠custom:⁠ prefix to the attribute name.

ValidationData

Temporary user attributes that contribute to the outcomes of your pre sign-up Lambda trigger. This set of key-value pairs are for custom validation of information that you collect from your users but don't need to retain.

Your Lambda function can analyze this additional data and act on it. Your function might perform external API operations like logging user attributes and validation data to Amazon CloudWatch Logs. Validation data might also affect the response that your function returns to Amazon Cognito, like automatically confirming the user if they sign up from within your network.

For more information about the pre sign-up Lambda trigger, see Pre sign-up Lambda trigger.

AnalyticsMetadata

The Amazon Pinpoint analytics metadata that contributes to your metrics for sign_up calls.

UserContextData

Contextual data about your user session, such as the device fingerprint, IP address, or location. Amazon Cognito advanced security evaluates the risk of an authentication event based on the context that your app generates and passes to Amazon Cognito when it makes API requests.

For more information, see Collecting data for threat protection in applications.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for any custom workflows that this action triggers.

You create custom workflows by assigning Lambda functions to user pool triggers. When you use the SignUp API action, Amazon Cognito invokes any functions that are assigned to the following triggers: pre sign-up, custom message, and post confirmation. When Amazon Cognito invokes any of these functions, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. This payload contains a clientMetadata attribute, which provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your SignUp request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the clientMetadata value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.


Starts the user import

Description

Starts the user import.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_start_user_import_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_start_user_import_job(UserPoolId, JobId)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that the users are being imported into.

JobId

[required] The job ID for the user import job.


Requests credential creation options from your user pool for registration of a passkey authenticator

Description

Requests credential creation options from your user pool for registration of a passkey authenticator. Returns information about the user pool, the user profile, and authentication requirements. Users must provide this information in their request to enroll your application with their passkey provider.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_start_web_authn_registration/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_start_web_authn_registration(AccessToken)

Arguments

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose passkey metadata you want to generate.


Stops the user import job

Description

Stops the user import job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_stop_user_import_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_stop_user_import_job(UserPoolId, JobId)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that the users are being imported into.

JobId

[required] The job ID for the user import job.


Assigns a set of tags to an Amazon Cognito user pool

Description

Assigns a set of tags to an Amazon Cognito user pool. A tag is a label that you can use to categorize and manage user pools in different ways, such as by purpose, owner, environment, or other criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user pool to assign the tags to.

Tags

[required] The tags to assign to the user pool.


Removes the specified tags from an Amazon Cognito user pool

Description

Removes the specified tags from an Amazon Cognito user pool. You can use this action up to 5 times per second, per account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the user pool that the tags are assigned to.

TagKeys

[required] The keys of the tags to remove from the user pool.


Provides the feedback for an authentication event, whether it was from a valid user or not

Description

Provides the feedback for an authentication event, whether it was from a valid user or not. This feedback is used for improving the risk evaluation decision for the user pool as part of Amazon Cognito advanced security.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_update_auth_event_feedback/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_update_auth_event_feedback(
  UserPoolId,
  Username,
  EventId,
  FeedbackToken,
  FeedbackValue
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The user pool ID.

Username

[required] The username of the user that you want to query or modify. The value of this parameter is typically your user's username, but it can be any of their alias attributes. If username isn't an alias attribute in your user pool, this value must be the sub of a local user or the username of a user from a third-party IdP.

EventId

[required] The event ID.

FeedbackToken

[required] The feedback token.

FeedbackValue

[required] The authentication event feedback value. When you provide a FeedbackValue value of valid, you tell Amazon Cognito that you trust a user session where Amazon Cognito has evaluated some level of risk. When you provide a FeedbackValue value of invalid, you tell Amazon Cognito that you don't trust a user session, or you don't believe that Amazon Cognito evaluated a high-enough risk level.


Updates the device status

Description

Updates the device status. For more information about device authentication, see Working with user devices in your user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_update_device_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_update_device_status(
  AccessToken,
  DeviceKey,
  DeviceRememberedStatus = NULL
)

Arguments

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose device status you want to update.

DeviceKey

[required] The device key.

DeviceRememberedStatus

The status of whether a device is remembered.


Updates the specified group with the specified attributes

Description

Updates the specified group with the specified attributes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_update_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_update_group(
  GroupName,
  UserPoolId,
  Description = NULL,
  RoleArn = NULL,
  Precedence = NULL
)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the group.

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool.

Description

A string containing the new description of the group.

RoleArn

The new role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the group. This is used for setting the cognito:roles and cognito:preferred_role claims in the token.

Precedence

The new precedence value for the group. For more information about this parameter, see create_group.


Updates IdP information for a user pool

Description

Updates IdP information for a user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_update_identity_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_update_identity_provider(
  UserPoolId,
  ProviderName,
  ProviderDetails = NULL,
  AttributeMapping = NULL,
  IdpIdentifiers = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The user pool ID.

ProviderName

[required] The IdP name.

ProviderDetails

The scopes, URLs, and identifiers for your external identity provider. The following examples describe the provider detail keys for each IdP type. These values and their schema are subject to change. Social IdP authorize_scopes values must match the values listed here.

OpenID Connect (OIDC)

Amazon Cognito accepts the following elements when it can't discover endpoint URLs from oidc_issuer: attributes_url, authorize_url, jwks_uri, token_url.

Create or update request: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "attributes_request_method": "GET", "attributes_url": "https://auth.example.com/userInfo", "authorize_scopes": "openid profile email", "authorize_url": "https://auth.example.com/authorize", "client_id": "1example23456789", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret", "jwks_uri": "https://auth.example.com/.well-known/jwks.json", "oidc_issuer": "https://auth.example.com", "token_url": "https://example.com/token" }⁠

Describe response: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "attributes_request_method": "GET", "attributes_url": "https://auth.example.com/userInfo", "attributes_url_add_attributes": "false", "authorize_scopes": "openid profile email", "authorize_url": "https://auth.example.com/authorize", "client_id": "1example23456789", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret", "jwks_uri": "https://auth.example.com/.well-known/jwks.json", "oidc_issuer": "https://auth.example.com", "token_url": "https://example.com/token" }⁠

SAML

Create or update request with Metadata URL: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "IDPInit": "true", "IDPSignout": "true", "EncryptedResponses" : "true", "MetadataURL": "https://auth.example.com/sso/saml/metadata", "RequestSigningAlgorithm": "rsa-sha256" }⁠

Create or update request with Metadata file: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "IDPInit": "true", "IDPSignout": "true", "EncryptedResponses" : "true", "MetadataFile": "[metadata XML]", "RequestSigningAlgorithm": "rsa-sha256" }⁠

The value of MetadataFile must be the plaintext metadata document with all quote (") characters escaped by backslashes.

Describe response: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "IDPInit": "true", "IDPSignout": "true", "EncryptedResponses" : "true", "ActiveEncryptionCertificate": "[certificate]", "MetadataURL": "https://auth.example.com/sso/saml/metadata", "RequestSigningAlgorithm": "rsa-sha256", "SLORedirectBindingURI": "https://auth.example.com/slo/saml", "SSORedirectBindingURI": "https://auth.example.com/sso/saml" }⁠

LoginWithAmazon

Create or update request: ⁠"ProviderDetails": \{ "authorize_scopes": "profile postal_code", "client_id": "amzn1.application-oa2-client.1example23456789", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret"⁠

Describe response: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "attributes_url": "https://api.amazon.com/user/profile", "attributes_url_add_attributes": "false", "authorize_scopes": "profile postal_code", "authorize_url": "https://www.amazon.com/ap/oa", "client_id": "amzn1.application-oa2-client.1example23456789", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret", "token_request_method": "POST", "token_url": "https://api.amazon.com/auth/o2/token" }⁠

Google

Create or update request: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "authorize_scopes": "email profile openid", "client_id": "1example23456789.apps.googleusercontent.com", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret" }⁠

Describe response: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "attributes_url": "https://people.googleapis.com/v1/people/me?personFields=", "attributes_url_add_attributes": "true", "authorize_scopes": "email profile openid", "authorize_url": "https://accounts.google.com/o/oauth2/v2/auth", "client_id": "1example23456789.apps.googleusercontent.com", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret", "oidc_issuer": "https://accounts.google.com", "token_request_method": "POST", "token_url": "https://www.googleapis.com/oauth2/v4/token" }⁠

SignInWithApple

Create or update request: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "authorize_scopes": "email name", "client_id": "com.example.cognito", "private_key": "1EXAMPLE", "key_id": "2EXAMPLE", "team_id": "3EXAMPLE" }⁠

Describe response: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "attributes_url_add_attributes": "false", "authorize_scopes": "email name", "authorize_url": "https://appleid.apple.com/auth/authorize", "client_id": "com.example.cognito", "key_id": "1EXAMPLE", "oidc_issuer": "https://appleid.apple.com", "team_id": "2EXAMPLE", "token_request_method": "POST", "token_url": "https://appleid.apple.com/auth/token" }⁠

Facebook

Create or update request: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "api_version": "v17.0", "authorize_scopes": "public_profile, email", "client_id": "1example23456789", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret" }⁠

Describe response: ⁠"ProviderDetails": { "api_version": "v17.0", "attributes_url": "https://graph.facebook.com/v17.0/me?fields=", "attributes_url_add_attributes": "true", "authorize_scopes": "public_profile, email", "authorize_url": "https://www.facebook.com/v17.0/dialog/oauth", "client_id": "1example23456789", "client_secret": "provider-app-client-secret", "token_request_method": "GET", "token_url": "https://graph.facebook.com/v17.0/oauth/access_token" }⁠

AttributeMapping

The IdP attribute mapping to be changed.

IdpIdentifiers

A list of IdP identifiers.


Configures the branding settings for a user pool style

Description

Configures the branding settings for a user pool style. This operation is the programmatic option for the configuration of a style in the branding designer.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_update_managed_login_branding/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_update_managed_login_branding(
  UserPoolId = NULL,
  ManagedLoginBrandingId = NULL,
  UseCognitoProvidedValues = NULL,
  Settings = NULL,
  Assets = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

The ID of the user pool that contains the managed login branding style that you want to update.

ManagedLoginBrandingId

The ID of the managed login branding style that you want to update.

UseCognitoProvidedValues

When true, applies the default branding style options. This option reverts to default style options that are managed by Amazon Cognito. You can modify them later in the branding designer.

When you specify true for this option, you must also omit values for Settings and Assets in the request.

Settings

A JSON file, encoded as a Document type, with the the settings that you want to apply to your style.

Assets

An array of image files that you want to apply to roles like backgrounds, logos, and icons. Each object must also indicate whether it is for dark mode, light mode, or browser-adaptive mode.


Updates the name and scopes of resource server

Description

Updates the name and scopes of resource server. All other fields are read-only.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_update_resource_server/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_update_resource_server(
  UserPoolId,
  Identifier,
  Name,
  Scopes = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool.

Identifier

[required] A unique resource server identifier for the resource server. The identifier can be an API friendly name like solar-system-data. You can also set an API URL like ⁠https://solar-system-data-api.example.com⁠ as your identifier.

Amazon Cognito represents scopes in the access token in the format ⁠$resource-server-identifier/$scope⁠. Longer scope-identifier strings increase the size of your access tokens.

Name

[required] The name of the resource server.

Scopes

The scope values to be set for the resource server.


With this operation, your users can update one or more of their attributes with their own credentials

Description

With this operation, your users can update one or more of their attributes with their own credentials. You authorize this API request with the user's access token. To delete an attribute from your user, submit the attribute in your API request with a blank value. Custom attribute values in this request must include the ⁠custom:⁠ prefix.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_update_user_attributes/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_update_user_attributes(
  UserAttributes,
  AccessToken,
  ClientMetadata = NULL
)

Arguments

UserAttributes

[required] An array of name-value pairs representing user attributes.

For custom attributes, you must prepend the ⁠custom:⁠ prefix to the attribute name.

If you have set an attribute to require verification before Amazon Cognito updates its value, this request doesn’t immediately update the value of that attribute. After your user receives and responds to a verification message to verify the new value, Amazon Cognito updates the attribute value. Your user can sign in and receive messages with the original attribute value until they verify the new value.

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose user attributes you want to update.

ClientMetadata

A map of custom key-value pairs that you can provide as input for any custom workflows that this action initiates.

You create custom workflows by assigning Lambda functions to user pool triggers. When you use the UpdateUserAttributes API action, Amazon Cognito invokes the function that is assigned to the custom message trigger. When Amazon Cognito invokes this function, it passes a JSON payload, which the function receives as input. This payload contains a clientMetadata attribute, which provides the data that you assigned to the ClientMetadata parameter in your UpdateUserAttributes request. In your function code in Lambda, you can process the clientMetadata value to enhance your workflow for your specific needs.

For more information, see Customizing user pool Workflows with Lambda Triggers in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

When you use the ClientMetadata parameter, note that Amazon Cognito won't do the following:

  • Store the ClientMetadata value. This data is available only to Lambda triggers that are assigned to a user pool to support custom workflows. If your user pool configuration doesn't include triggers, the ClientMetadata parameter serves no purpose.

  • Validate the ClientMetadata value.

  • Encrypt the ClientMetadata value. Don't send sensitive information in this parameter.


This action might generate an SMS text message

Description

This action might generate an SMS text message. Starting June 1, 2021, US telecom carriers require you to register an origination phone number before you can send SMS messages to US phone numbers. If you use SMS text messages in Amazon Cognito, you must register a phone number with Amazon Pinpoint. Amazon Cognito uses the registered number automatically. Otherwise, Amazon Cognito users who must receive SMS messages might not be able to sign up, activate their accounts, or sign in.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_update_user_pool/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_update_user_pool(
  UserPoolId,
  Policies = NULL,
  DeletionProtection = NULL,
  LambdaConfig = NULL,
  AutoVerifiedAttributes = NULL,
  SmsVerificationMessage = NULL,
  EmailVerificationMessage = NULL,
  EmailVerificationSubject = NULL,
  VerificationMessageTemplate = NULL,
  SmsAuthenticationMessage = NULL,
  UserAttributeUpdateSettings = NULL,
  MfaConfiguration = NULL,
  DeviceConfiguration = NULL,
  EmailConfiguration = NULL,
  SmsConfiguration = NULL,
  UserPoolTags = NULL,
  AdminCreateUserConfig = NULL,
  UserPoolAddOns = NULL,
  AccountRecoverySetting = NULL,
  PoolName = NULL,
  UserPoolTier = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool you want to update.

Policies

A container with the policies you want to update in a user pool.

DeletionProtection

When active, DeletionProtection prevents accidental deletion of your user pool. Before you can delete a user pool that you have protected against deletion, you must deactivate this feature.

When you try to delete a protected user pool in a delete_user_pool API request, Amazon Cognito returns an InvalidParameterException error. To delete a protected user pool, send a new delete_user_pool request after you deactivate deletion protection in an update_user_pool API request.

LambdaConfig

The Lambda configuration information from the request to update the user pool.

AutoVerifiedAttributes

The attributes that are automatically verified when Amazon Cognito requests to update user pools.

SmsVerificationMessage

This parameter is no longer used. See VerificationMessageTemplateType.

EmailVerificationMessage

This parameter is no longer used. See VerificationMessageTemplateType.

EmailVerificationSubject

This parameter is no longer used. See VerificationMessageTemplateType.

VerificationMessageTemplate

The template for verification messages.

SmsAuthenticationMessage

The contents of the SMS authentication message.

UserAttributeUpdateSettings

The settings for updates to user attributes. These settings include the property AttributesRequireVerificationBeforeUpdate, a user-pool setting that tells Amazon Cognito how to handle changes to the value of your users' email address and phone number attributes. For more information, see Verifying updates to email addresses and phone numbers.

MfaConfiguration

Possible values include:

  • OFF - MFA tokens aren't required and can't be specified during user registration.

  • ON - MFA tokens are required for all user registrations. You can only specify ON when you're initially creating a user pool. You can use the set_user_pool_mfa_config API operation to turn MFA "ON" for existing user pools.

  • OPTIONAL - Users have the option when registering to create an MFA token.

DeviceConfiguration

The device-remembering configuration for a user pool. A null value indicates that you have deactivated device remembering in your user pool.

When you provide a value for any DeviceConfiguration field, you activate the Amazon Cognito device-remembering feature.

EmailConfiguration

The email configuration of your user pool. The email configuration type sets your preferred sending method, Amazon Web Services Region, and sender for email invitation and verification messages from your user pool.

SmsConfiguration

The SMS configuration with the settings that your Amazon Cognito user pool must use to send an SMS message from your Amazon Web Services account through Amazon Simple Notification Service. To send SMS messages with Amazon SNS in the Amazon Web Services Region that you want, the Amazon Cognito user pool uses an Identity and Access Management (IAM) role in your Amazon Web Services account.

UserPoolTags

The tag keys and values to assign to the user pool. A tag is a label that you can use to categorize and manage user pools in different ways, such as by purpose, owner, environment, or other criteria.

AdminCreateUserConfig

The configuration for admin_create_user requests.

UserPoolAddOns

User pool add-ons. Contains settings for activation of advanced security features. To log user security information but take no action, set to AUDIT. To configure automatic security responses to risky traffic to your user pool, set to ENFORCED.

For more information, see Adding advanced security to a user pool.

AccountRecoverySetting

The available verified method a user can use to recover their password when they call forgot_password. You can use this setting to define a preferred method when a user has more than one method available. With this setting, SMS doesn't qualify for a valid password recovery mechanism if the user also has SMS multi-factor authentication (MFA) activated. In the absence of this setting, Amazon Cognito uses the legacy behavior to determine the recovery method where SMS is preferred through email.

PoolName

The updated name of your user pool.

UserPoolTier

The user pool feature plan, or tier. This parameter determines the eligibility of the user pool for features like managed login, access-token customization, and threat protection. Defaults to ESSENTIALS.


Updates the specified user pool app client with the specified attributes

Description

Updates the specified user pool app client with the specified attributes. You can get a list of the current user pool app client settings using describe_user_pool_client.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_update_user_pool_client/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_update_user_pool_client(
  UserPoolId,
  ClientId,
  ClientName = NULL,
  RefreshTokenValidity = NULL,
  AccessTokenValidity = NULL,
  IdTokenValidity = NULL,
  TokenValidityUnits = NULL,
  ReadAttributes = NULL,
  WriteAttributes = NULL,
  ExplicitAuthFlows = NULL,
  SupportedIdentityProviders = NULL,
  CallbackURLs = NULL,
  LogoutURLs = NULL,
  DefaultRedirectURI = NULL,
  AllowedOAuthFlows = NULL,
  AllowedOAuthScopes = NULL,
  AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient = NULL,
  AnalyticsConfiguration = NULL,
  PreventUserExistenceErrors = NULL,
  EnableTokenRevocation = NULL,
  EnablePropagateAdditionalUserContextData = NULL,
  AuthSessionValidity = NULL
)

Arguments

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool where you want to update the user pool client.

ClientId

[required] The ID of the client associated with the user pool.

ClientName

The client name from the update user pool client request.

RefreshTokenValidity

The refresh token time limit. After this limit expires, your user can't use their refresh token. To specify the time unit for RefreshTokenValidity as seconds, minutes, hours, or days, set a TokenValidityUnits value in your API request.

For example, when you set RefreshTokenValidity as 10 and TokenValidityUnits as days, your user can refresh their session and retrieve new access and ID tokens for 10 days.

The default time unit for RefreshTokenValidity in an API request is days. You can't set RefreshTokenValidity to 0. If you do, Amazon Cognito overrides the value with the default value of 30 days. Valid range is displayed below in seconds.

If you don't specify otherwise in the configuration of your app client, your refresh tokens are valid for 30 days.

AccessTokenValidity

The access token time limit. After this limit expires, your user can't use their access token. To specify the time unit for AccessTokenValidity as seconds, minutes, hours, or days, set a TokenValidityUnits value in your API request.

For example, when you set AccessTokenValidity to 10 and TokenValidityUnits to hours, your user can authorize access with their access token for 10 hours.

The default time unit for AccessTokenValidity in an API request is hours. Valid range is displayed below in seconds.

If you don't specify otherwise in the configuration of your app client, your access tokens are valid for one hour.

IdTokenValidity

The ID token time limit. After this limit expires, your user can't use their ID token. To specify the time unit for IdTokenValidity as seconds, minutes, hours, or days, set a TokenValidityUnits value in your API request.

For example, when you set IdTokenValidity as 10 and TokenValidityUnits as hours, your user can authenticate their session with their ID token for 10 hours.

The default time unit for IdTokenValidity in an API request is hours. Valid range is displayed below in seconds.

If you don't specify otherwise in the configuration of your app client, your ID tokens are valid for one hour.

TokenValidityUnits

The time units you use when you set the duration of ID, access, and refresh tokens. The default unit for RefreshToken is days, and the default for ID and access tokens is hours.

ReadAttributes

The list of user attributes that you want your app client to have read access to. After your user authenticates in your app, their access token authorizes them to read their own attribute value for any attribute in this list. An example of this kind of activity is when your user selects a link to view their profile information. Your app makes a get_user API request to retrieve and display your user's profile data.

When you don't specify the ReadAttributes for your app client, your app can read the values of email_verified, phone_number_verified, and the Standard attributes of your user pool. When your user pool app client has read access to these default attributes, ReadAttributes doesn't return any information. Amazon Cognito only populates ReadAttributes in the API response if you have specified your own custom set of read attributes.

WriteAttributes

The list of user attributes that you want your app client to have write access to. After your user authenticates in your app, their access token authorizes them to set or modify their own attribute value for any attribute in this list. An example of this kind of activity is when you present your user with a form to update their profile information and they change their last name. Your app then makes an update_user_attributes API request and sets family_name to the new value.

When you don't specify the WriteAttributes for your app client, your app can write the values of the Standard attributes of your user pool. When your user pool has write access to these default attributes, WriteAttributes doesn't return any information. Amazon Cognito only populates WriteAttributes in the API response if you have specified your own custom set of write attributes.

If your app client allows users to sign in through an IdP, this array must include all attributes that you have mapped to IdP attributes. Amazon Cognito updates mapped attributes when users sign in to your application through an IdP. If your app client does not have write access to a mapped attribute, Amazon Cognito throws an error when it tries to update the attribute. For more information, see Specifying IdP Attribute Mappings for Your user pool.

ExplicitAuthFlows

The authentication flows that you want your user pool client to support. For each app client in your user pool, you can sign in your users with any combination of one or more flows, including with a user name and Secure Remote Password (SRP), a user name and password, or a custom authentication process that you define with Lambda functions.

If you don't specify a value for ExplicitAuthFlows, your user client supports ALLOW_REFRESH_TOKEN_AUTH, ALLOW_USER_SRP_AUTH, and ALLOW_CUSTOM_AUTH.

Valid values include:

  • ALLOW_USER_AUTH: Enable selection-based sign-in with USER_AUTH. This setting covers username-password, secure remote password (SRP), passwordless, and passkey authentication. This authentiation flow can do username-password and SRP authentication without other ExplicitAuthFlows permitting them. For example users can complete an SRP challenge through USER_AUTH without the flow USER_SRP_AUTH being active for the app client. This flow doesn't include CUSTOM_AUTH.

  • ALLOW_ADMIN_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH: Enable admin based user password authentication flow ADMIN_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH. This setting replaces the ADMIN_NO_SRP_AUTH setting. With this authentication flow, your app passes a user name and password to Amazon Cognito in the request, instead of using the Secure Remote Password (SRP) protocol to securely transmit the password.

  • ALLOW_CUSTOM_AUTH: Enable Lambda trigger based authentication.

  • ALLOW_USER_PASSWORD_AUTH: Enable user password-based authentication. In this flow, Amazon Cognito receives the password in the request instead of using the SRP protocol to verify passwords.

  • ALLOW_USER_SRP_AUTH: Enable SRP-based authentication.

  • ALLOW_REFRESH_TOKEN_AUTH: Enable authflow to refresh tokens.

In some environments, you will see the values ADMIN_NO_SRP_AUTH, CUSTOM_AUTH_FLOW_ONLY, or USER_PASSWORD_AUTH. You can't assign these legacy ExplicitAuthFlows values to user pool clients at the same time as values that begin with ALLOW_, like ALLOW_USER_SRP_AUTH.

SupportedIdentityProviders

A list of provider names for the identity providers (IdPs) that are supported on this client. The following are supported: COGNITO, Facebook, Google, SignInWithApple, and LoginWithAmazon. You can also specify the names that you configured for the SAML and OIDC IdPs in your user pool, for example MySAMLIdP or MyOIDCIdP.

This setting applies to providers that you can access with managed login. The removal of COGNITO from this list doesn't prevent authentication operations for local users with the user pools API in an Amazon Web Services SDK. The only way to prevent API-based authentication is to block access with a WAF rule.

CallbackURLs

A list of allowed redirect (callback) URLs for the IdPs.

A redirect URI must:

  • Be an absolute URI.

  • Be registered with the authorization server.

  • Not include a fragment component.

See OAuth 2.0 - Redirection Endpoint.

Amazon Cognito requires HTTPS over HTTP except for http://localhost for testing purposes only.

App callback URLs such as ⁠myapp://example⁠ are also supported.

LogoutURLs

A list of allowed logout URLs for the IdPs.

DefaultRedirectURI

The default redirect URI. Must be in the CallbackURLs list.

A redirect URI must:

  • Be an absolute URI.

  • Be registered with the authorization server.

  • Not include a fragment component.

See OAuth 2.0 - Redirection Endpoint.

Amazon Cognito requires HTTPS over HTTP except for ⁠http://localhost⁠ for testing purposes only.

App callback URLs such as ⁠myapp://example⁠ are also supported.

AllowedOAuthFlows

The allowed OAuth flows.

code

Use a code grant flow, which provides an authorization code as the response. This code can be exchanged for access tokens with the ⁠/oauth2/token⁠ endpoint.

implicit

Issue the access token (and, optionally, ID token, based on scopes) directly to your user.

client_credentials

Issue the access token from the ⁠/oauth2/token⁠ endpoint directly to a non-person user using a combination of the client ID and client secret.

AllowedOAuthScopes

The allowed OAuth scopes. Possible values provided by OAuth are phone, email, openid, and profile. Possible values provided by Amazon Web Services are aws.cognito.signin.user.admin. Custom scopes created in Resource Servers are also supported.

AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient

Set to true to use OAuth 2.0 features in your user pool app client.

AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient must be true before you can configure the following features in your app client.

  • CallBackURLs: Callback URLs.

  • LogoutURLs: Sign-out redirect URLs.

  • AllowedOAuthScopes: OAuth 2.0 scopes.

  • AllowedOAuthFlows: Support for authorization code, implicit, and client credentials OAuth 2.0 grants.

To use OAuth 2.0 features, configure one of these features in the Amazon Cognito console or set AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient to true in a create_user_pool_client or update_user_pool_client API request. If you don't set a value for AllowedOAuthFlowsUserPoolClient in a request with the CLI or SDKs, it defaults to false.

AnalyticsConfiguration

The Amazon Pinpoint analytics configuration necessary to collect metrics for this user pool.

In Amazon Web Services Regions where Amazon Pinpoint isn't available, user pools only support sending events to Amazon Pinpoint projects in us-east-1. In Regions where Amazon Pinpoint is available, user pools support sending events to Amazon Pinpoint projects within that same Region.

PreventUserExistenceErrors

Errors and responses that you want Amazon Cognito APIs to return during authentication, account confirmation, and password recovery when the user doesn't exist in the user pool. When set to ENABLED and the user doesn't exist, authentication returns an error indicating either the username or password was incorrect. Account confirmation and password recovery return a response indicating a code was sent to a simulated destination. When set to LEGACY, those APIs return a UserNotFoundException exception if the user doesn't exist in the user pool.

Valid values include:

  • ENABLED - This prevents user existence-related errors.

  • LEGACY - This represents the early behavior of Amazon Cognito where user existence related errors aren't prevented.

Defaults to LEGACY when you don't provide a value.

EnableTokenRevocation

Activates or deactivates token revocation. For more information about revoking tokens, see revoke_token.

EnablePropagateAdditionalUserContextData

Activates the propagation of additional user context data. For more information about propagation of user context data, see Adding advanced security to a user pool. If you don’t include this parameter, you can't send device fingerprint information, including source IP address, to Amazon Cognito advanced security. You can only activate EnablePropagateAdditionalUserContextData in an app client that has a client secret.

AuthSessionValidity

Amazon Cognito creates a session token for each API request in an authentication flow. AuthSessionValidity is the duration, in minutes, of that session token. Your user pool native user must respond to each authentication challenge before the session expires.


A user pool domain hosts managed login, an authorization server and web server for authentication in your application

Description

A user pool domain hosts managed login, an authorization server and web server for authentication in your application. This operation updates the branding version for user pool domains between 1 for hosted UI (classic) and 2 for managed login. It also updates the SSL certificate for user pool custom domains.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_update_user_pool_domain/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_update_user_pool_domain(
  Domain,
  UserPoolId,
  ManagedLoginVersion = NULL,
  CustomDomainConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

Domain

[required] The domain name for the custom domain that hosts the sign-up and sign-in pages for your application. One example might be auth.example.com.

This string can include only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. Don't use a hyphen for the first or last character. Use periods to separate subdomain names.

UserPoolId

[required] The ID of the user pool that is associated with the custom domain whose certificate you're updating.

ManagedLoginVersion

A version number that indicates the state of managed login for your domain. Version 1 is hosted UI (classic). Version 2 is the newer managed login with the branding designer. For more information, see Managed login.

CustomDomainConfig

The configuration for a custom domain that hosts the sign-up and sign-in pages for your application. Use this object to specify an SSL certificate that is managed by ACM.

When you create a custom domain, the passkey RP ID defaults to the custom domain. If you had a prefix domain active, this will cause passkey integration for your prefix domain to stop working due to a mismatch in RP ID. To keep the prefix domain passkey integration working, you can explicitly set RP ID to the prefix domain. Update the RP ID in a set_user_pool_mfa_config request.


Use this API to register a user's entered time-based one-time password (TOTP) code and mark the user's software token MFA status as "verified" if successful

Description

Use this API to register a user's entered time-based one-time password (TOTP) code and mark the user's software token MFA status as "verified" if successful. The request takes an access token or a session string, but not both.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_verify_software_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_verify_software_token(
  AccessToken = NULL,
  Session = NULL,
  UserCode,
  FriendlyDeviceName = NULL
)

Arguments

AccessToken

A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose software token you want to verify.

Session

The session that should be passed both ways in challenge-response calls to the service.

UserCode

[required] The one- time password computed using the secret code returned by associate_software_token.

FriendlyDeviceName

The friendly device name.


Verifies the specified user attributes in the user pool

Description

Verifies the specified user attributes in the user pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitoidentityprovider_verify_user_attribute/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitoidentityprovider_verify_user_attribute(AccessToken, AttributeName, Code)

Arguments

AccessToken

[required] A valid access token that Amazon Cognito issued to the user whose user attributes you want to verify.

AttributeName

[required] The attribute name in the request to verify user attributes.

Code

[required] The verification code in the request to verify user attributes.


Amazon Cognito Sync

Description

Amazon Cognito Sync provides an AWS service and client library that enable cross-device syncing of application-related user data. High-level client libraries are available for both iOS and Android. You can use these libraries to persist data locally so that it's available even if the device is offline. Developer credentials don't need to be stored on the mobile device to access the service. You can use Amazon Cognito to obtain a normalized user ID and credentials. User data is persisted in a dataset that can store up to 1 MB of key-value pairs, and you can have up to 20 datasets per user identity.

With Amazon Cognito Sync, the data stored for each identity is accessible only to credentials assigned to that identity. In order to use the Cognito Sync service, you need to make API calls using credentials retrieved with Amazon Cognito Identity service.

If you want to use Cognito Sync in an Android or iOS application, you will probably want to make API calls via the AWS Mobile SDK. To learn more, see the Developer Guide for Android and the Developer Guide for iOS.

Usage

cognitosync(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- cognitosync(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

bulk_publish Initiates a bulk publish of all existing datasets for an Identity Pool to the configured stream
delete_dataset Deletes the specific dataset
describe_dataset Gets meta data about a dataset by identity and dataset name
describe_identity_pool_usage Gets usage details (for example, data storage) about a particular identity pool
describe_identity_usage Gets usage information for an identity, including number of datasets and data usage
get_bulk_publish_details Get the status of the last BulkPublish operation for an identity pool
get_cognito_events Gets the events and the corresponding Lambda functions associated with an identity pool
get_identity_pool_configuration Gets the configuration settings of an identity pool
list_datasets Lists datasets for an identity
list_identity_pool_usage Gets a list of identity pools registered with Cognito
list_records Gets paginated records, optionally changed after a particular sync count for a dataset and identity
register_device Registers a device to receive push sync notifications
set_cognito_events Sets the AWS Lambda function for a given event type for an identity pool
set_identity_pool_configuration Sets the necessary configuration for push sync
subscribe_to_dataset Subscribes to receive notifications when a dataset is modified by another device
unsubscribe_from_dataset Unsubscribes from receiving notifications when a dataset is modified by another device
update_records Posts updates to records and adds and deletes records for a dataset and user

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- cognitosync()
svc$bulk_publish(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Initiates a bulk publish of all existing datasets for an Identity Pool to the configured stream

Description

Initiates a bulk publish of all existing datasets for an Identity Pool to the configured stream. Customers are limited to one successful bulk publish per 24 hours. Bulk publish is an asynchronous request, customers can see the status of the request via the GetBulkPublishDetails operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_bulk_publish/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_bulk_publish(IdentityPoolId)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.


Deletes the specific dataset

Description

Deletes the specific dataset. The dataset will be deleted permanently, and the action can't be undone. Datasets that this dataset was merged with will no longer report the merge. Any subsequent operation on this dataset will result in a ResourceNotFoundException.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_delete_dataset/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_delete_dataset(IdentityPoolId, IdentityId, DatasetName)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.

IdentityId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.

DatasetName

[required] A string of up to 128 characters. Allowed characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, '_' (underscore), '-' (dash), and '.' (dot).


Gets meta data about a dataset by identity and dataset name

Description

Gets meta data about a dataset by identity and dataset name. With Amazon Cognito Sync, each identity has access only to its own data. Thus, the credentials used to make this API call need to have access to the identity data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_describe_dataset/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_describe_dataset(IdentityPoolId, IdentityId, DatasetName)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.

IdentityId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.

DatasetName

[required] A string of up to 128 characters. Allowed characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, '_' (underscore), '-' (dash), and '.' (dot).


Gets usage details (for example, data storage) about a particular identity pool

Description

Gets usage details (for example, data storage) about a particular identity pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_describe_identity_pool_usage/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_describe_identity_pool_usage(IdentityPoolId)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.


Gets usage information for an identity, including number of datasets and data usage

Description

Gets usage information for an identity, including number of datasets and data usage.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_describe_identity_usage/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_describe_identity_usage(IdentityPoolId, IdentityId)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.

IdentityId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.


Get the status of the last BulkPublish operation for an identity pool

Description

Get the status of the last BulkPublish operation for an identity pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_get_bulk_publish_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_get_bulk_publish_details(IdentityPoolId)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.


Gets the events and the corresponding Lambda functions associated with an identity pool

Description

Gets the events and the corresponding Lambda functions associated with an identity pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_get_cognito_events/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_get_cognito_events(IdentityPoolId)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] The Cognito Identity Pool ID for the request


Gets the configuration settings of an identity pool

Description

Gets the configuration settings of an identity pool.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_get_identity_pool_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_get_identity_pool_configuration(IdentityPoolId)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. This is the ID of the pool for which to return a configuration.


Lists datasets for an identity

Description

Lists datasets for an identity. With Amazon Cognito Sync, each identity has access only to its own data. Thus, the credentials used to make this API call need to have access to the identity data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_list_datasets/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_list_datasets(
  IdentityPoolId,
  IdentityId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.

IdentityId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.

NextToken

A pagination token for obtaining the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned.


Gets a list of identity pools registered with Cognito

Description

Gets a list of identity pools registered with Cognito.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_list_identity_pool_usage/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_list_identity_pool_usage(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A pagination token for obtaining the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned.


Gets paginated records, optionally changed after a particular sync count for a dataset and identity

Description

Gets paginated records, optionally changed after a particular sync count for a dataset and identity. With Amazon Cognito Sync, each identity has access only to its own data. Thus, the credentials used to make this API call need to have access to the identity data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_list_records/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_list_records(
  IdentityPoolId,
  IdentityId,
  DatasetName,
  LastSyncCount = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  SyncSessionToken = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.

IdentityId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.

DatasetName

[required] A string of up to 128 characters. Allowed characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, '_' (underscore), '-' (dash), and '.' (dot).

LastSyncCount

The last server sync count for this record.

NextToken

A pagination token for obtaining the next page of results.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned.

SyncSessionToken

A token containing a session ID, identity ID, and expiration.


Registers a device to receive push sync notifications

Description

Registers a device to receive push sync notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_register_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_register_device(IdentityPoolId, IdentityId, Platform, Token)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. Here, the ID of the pool that the identity belongs to.

IdentityId

[required] The unique ID for this identity.

Platform

[required] The SNS platform type (e.g. GCM, SDM, APNS, APNS_SANDBOX).

Token

[required] The push token.


Sets the AWS Lambda function for a given event type for an identity pool

Description

Sets the AWS Lambda function for a given event type for an identity pool. This request only updates the key/value pair specified. Other key/values pairs are not updated. To remove a key value pair, pass a empty value for the particular key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_set_cognito_events/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_set_cognito_events(IdentityPoolId, Events)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] The Cognito Identity Pool to use when configuring Cognito Events

Events

[required] The events to configure


Sets the necessary configuration for push sync

Description

Sets the necessary configuration for push sync.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_set_identity_pool_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_set_identity_pool_configuration(
  IdentityPoolId,
  PushSync = NULL,
  CognitoStreams = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. This is the ID of the pool to modify.

PushSync

Options to apply to this identity pool for push synchronization.

CognitoStreams

Options to apply to this identity pool for Amazon Cognito streams.


Subscribes to receive notifications when a dataset is modified by another device

Description

Subscribes to receive notifications when a dataset is modified by another device.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_subscribe_to_dataset/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_subscribe_to_dataset(
  IdentityPoolId,
  IdentityId,
  DatasetName,
  DeviceId
)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. The ID of the pool to which the identity belongs.

IdentityId

[required] Unique ID for this identity.

DatasetName

[required] The name of the dataset to subcribe to.

DeviceId

[required] The unique ID generated for this device by Cognito.


Unsubscribes from receiving notifications when a dataset is modified by another device

Description

Unsubscribes from receiving notifications when a dataset is modified by another device.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_unsubscribe_from_dataset/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_unsubscribe_from_dataset(
  IdentityPoolId,
  IdentityId,
  DatasetName,
  DeviceId
)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. The ID of the pool to which this identity belongs.

IdentityId

[required] Unique ID for this identity.

DatasetName

[required] The name of the dataset from which to unsubcribe.

DeviceId

[required] The unique ID generated for this device by Cognito.


Posts updates to records and adds and deletes records for a dataset and user

Description

Posts updates to records and adds and deletes records for a dataset and user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/cognitosync_update_records/ for full documentation.

Usage

cognitosync_update_records(
  IdentityPoolId,
  IdentityId,
  DatasetName,
  DeviceId = NULL,
  RecordPatches = NULL,
  SyncSessionToken,
  ClientContext = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityPoolId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.

IdentityId

[required] A name-spaced GUID (for example, us-east-1:23EC4050-6AEA-7089-A2DD-08002EXAMPLE) created by Amazon Cognito. GUID generation is unique within a region.

DatasetName

[required] A string of up to 128 characters. Allowed characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, '_' (underscore), '-' (dash), and '.' (dot).

DeviceId

The unique ID generated for this device by Cognito.

RecordPatches

A list of patch operations.

SyncSessionToken

[required] The SyncSessionToken returned by a previous call to ListRecords for this dataset and identity.

ClientContext

Intended to supply a device ID that will populate the lastModifiedBy field referenced in other methods. The ClientContext field is not yet implemented.


Amazon Detective

Description

Detective uses machine learning and purpose-built visualizations to help you to analyze and investigate security issues across your Amazon Web Services (Amazon Web Services) workloads. Detective automatically extracts time-based events such as login attempts, API calls, and network traffic from CloudTrail and Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) flow logs. It also extracts findings detected by Amazon GuardDuty.

The Detective API primarily supports the creation and management of behavior graphs. A behavior graph contains the extracted data from a set of member accounts, and is created and managed by an administrator account.

To add a member account to the behavior graph, the administrator account sends an invitation to the account. When the account accepts the invitation, it becomes a member account in the behavior graph.

Detective is also integrated with Organizations. The organization management account designates the Detective administrator account for the organization. That account becomes the administrator account for the organization behavior graph. The Detective administrator account is also the delegated administrator account for Detective in Organizations.

The Detective administrator account can enable any organization account as a member account in the organization behavior graph. The organization accounts do not receive invitations. The Detective administrator account can also invite other accounts to the organization behavior graph.

Every behavior graph is specific to a Region. You can only use the API to manage behavior graphs that belong to the Region that is associated with the currently selected endpoint.

The administrator account for a behavior graph can use the Detective API to do the following:

The organization management account can use the Detective API to select the delegated administrator for Detective.

The Detective administrator account for an organization can use the Detective API to do the following:

An invited member account can use the Detective API to do the following:

All API actions are logged as CloudTrail events. See Logging Detective API Calls with CloudTrail.

We replaced the term "master account" with the term "administrator account". An administrator account is used to centrally manage multiple accounts. In the case of Detective, the administrator account manages the accounts in their behavior graph.

Usage

detective(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- detective(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

accept_invitation Accepts an invitation for the member account to contribute data to a behavior graph
batch_get_graph_member_datasources Gets data source package information for the behavior graph
batch_get_membership_datasources Gets information on the data source package history for an account
create_graph Creates a new behavior graph for the calling account, and sets that account as the administrator account
create_members CreateMembers is used to send invitations to accounts
delete_graph Disables the specified behavior graph and queues it to be deleted
delete_members Removes the specified member accounts from the behavior graph
describe_organization_configuration Returns information about the configuration for the organization behavior graph
disable_organization_admin_account Removes the Detective administrator account in the current Region
disassociate_membership Removes the member account from the specified behavior graph
enable_organization_admin_account Designates the Detective administrator account for the organization in the current Region
get_investigation Detective investigations lets you investigate IAM users and IAM roles using indicators of compromise
get_members Returns the membership details for specified member accounts for a behavior graph
list_datasource_packages Lists data source packages in the behavior graph
list_graphs Returns the list of behavior graphs that the calling account is an administrator account of
list_indicators Gets the indicators from an investigation
list_investigations Detective investigations lets you investigate IAM users and IAM roles using indicators of compromise
list_invitations Retrieves the list of open and accepted behavior graph invitations for the member account
list_members Retrieves the list of member accounts for a behavior graph
list_organization_admin_accounts Returns information about the Detective administrator account for an organization
list_tags_for_resource Returns the tag values that are assigned to a behavior graph
reject_invitation Rejects an invitation to contribute the account data to a behavior graph
start_investigation Detective investigations lets you investigate IAM users and IAM roles using indicators of compromise
start_monitoring_member Sends a request to enable data ingest for a member account that has a status of ACCEPTED_BUT_DISABLED
tag_resource Applies tag values to a behavior graph
untag_resource Removes tags from a behavior graph
update_datasource_packages Starts a data source package for the Detective behavior graph
update_investigation_state Updates the state of an investigation
update_organization_configuration Updates the configuration for the Organizations integration in the current Region

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- detective()
svc$accept_invitation(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Accepts an invitation for the member account to contribute data to a behavior graph

Description

Accepts an invitation for the member account to contribute data to a behavior graph. This operation can only be called by an invited member account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_accept_invitation/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_accept_invitation(GraphArn)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph that the member account is accepting the invitation for.

The member account status in the behavior graph must be INVITED.


Gets data source package information for the behavior graph

Description

Gets data source package information for the behavior graph.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_batch_get_graph_member_datasources/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_batch_get_graph_member_datasources(GraphArn, AccountIds)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph.

AccountIds

[required] The list of Amazon Web Services accounts to get data source package information on.


Gets information on the data source package history for an account

Description

Gets information on the data source package history for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_batch_get_membership_datasources/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_batch_get_membership_datasources(GraphArns)

Arguments

GraphArns

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph.


Creates a new behavior graph for the calling account, and sets that account as the administrator account

Description

Creates a new behavior graph for the calling account, and sets that account as the administrator account. This operation is called by the account that is enabling Detective.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_create_graph/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_create_graph(Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Tags

The tags to assign to the new behavior graph. You can add up to 50 tags. For each tag, you provide the tag key and the tag value. Each tag key can contain up to 128 characters. Each tag value can contain up to 256 characters.


CreateMembers is used to send invitations to accounts

Description

create_members is used to send invitations to accounts. For the organization behavior graph, the Detective administrator account uses create_members to enable organization accounts as member accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_create_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_create_members(
  GraphArn,
  Message = NULL,
  DisableEmailNotification = NULL,
  Accounts
)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph.

Message

Customized message text to include in the invitation email message to the invited member accounts.

DisableEmailNotification

if set to true, then the invited accounts do not receive email notifications. By default, this is set to false, and the invited accounts receive email notifications.

Organization accounts in the organization behavior graph do not receive email notifications.

Accounts

[required] The list of Amazon Web Services accounts to invite or to enable. You can invite or enable up to 50 accounts at a time. For each invited account, the account list contains the account identifier and the Amazon Web Services account root user email address. For organization accounts in the organization behavior graph, the email address is not required.


Disables the specified behavior graph and queues it to be deleted

Description

Disables the specified behavior graph and queues it to be deleted. This operation removes the behavior graph from each member account's list of behavior graphs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_delete_graph/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_delete_graph(GraphArn)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph to disable.


Removes the specified member accounts from the behavior graph

Description

Removes the specified member accounts from the behavior graph. The removed accounts no longer contribute data to the behavior graph. This operation can only be called by the administrator account for the behavior graph.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_delete_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_delete_members(GraphArn, AccountIds)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph to remove members from.

AccountIds

[required] The list of Amazon Web Services account identifiers for the member accounts to remove from the behavior graph. You can remove up to 50 member accounts at a time.


Returns information about the configuration for the organization behavior graph

Description

Returns information about the configuration for the organization behavior graph. Currently indicates whether to automatically enable new organization accounts as member accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_describe_organization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_describe_organization_configuration(GraphArn)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The ARN of the organization behavior graph.


Removes the Detective administrator account in the current Region

Description

Removes the Detective administrator account in the current Region. Deletes the organization behavior graph.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_disable_organization_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_disable_organization_admin_account()

Removes the member account from the specified behavior graph

Description

Removes the member account from the specified behavior graph. This operation can only be called by an invited member account that has the ENABLED status.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_disassociate_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_disassociate_membership(GraphArn)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph to remove the member account from.

The member account's member status in the behavior graph must be ENABLED.


Designates the Detective administrator account for the organization in the current Region

Description

Designates the Detective administrator account for the organization in the current Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_enable_organization_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_enable_organization_admin_account(AccountId)

Arguments

AccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account identifier of the account to designate as the Detective administrator account for the organization.


Detective investigations lets you investigate IAM users and IAM roles using indicators of compromise

Description

Detective investigations lets you investigate IAM users and IAM roles using indicators of compromise. An indicator of compromise (IOC) is an artifact observed in or on a network, system, or environment that can (with a high level of confidence) identify malicious activity or a security incident. get_investigation returns the investigation results of an investigation for a behavior graph.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_get_investigation/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_get_investigation(GraphArn, InvestigationId)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the behavior graph.

InvestigationId

[required] The investigation ID of the investigation report.


Returns the membership details for specified member accounts for a behavior graph

Description

Returns the membership details for specified member accounts for a behavior graph.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_get_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_get_members(GraphArn, AccountIds)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph for which to request the member details.

AccountIds

[required] The list of Amazon Web Services account identifiers for the member account for which to return member details. You can request details for up to 50 member accounts at a time.

You cannot use get_members to retrieve information about member accounts that were removed from the behavior graph.


Lists data source packages in the behavior graph

Description

Lists data source packages in the behavior graph.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_list_datasource_packages/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_list_datasource_packages(
  GraphArn,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph.

NextToken

For requests to get the next page of results, the pagination token that was returned with the previous set of results. The initial request does not include a pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.


Returns the list of behavior graphs that the calling account is an administrator account of

Description

Returns the list of behavior graphs that the calling account is an administrator account of. This operation can only be called by an administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_list_graphs/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_list_graphs(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

For requests to get the next page of results, the pagination token that was returned with the previous set of results. The initial request does not include a pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of graphs to return at a time. The total must be less than the overall limit on the number of results to return, which is currently 200.


Gets the indicators from an investigation

Description

Gets the indicators from an investigation. You can use the information from the indicators to determine if an IAM user and/or IAM role is involved in an unusual activity that could indicate malicious behavior and its impact.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_list_indicators/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_list_indicators(
  GraphArn,
  InvestigationId,
  IndicatorType = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the behavior graph.

InvestigationId

[required] The investigation ID of the investigation report.

IndicatorType

For the list of indicators of compromise that are generated by Detective investigations, see Detective investigations.

NextToken

Lists if there are more results available. The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Repeat the call using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return a Validation Exception error.

MaxResults

Lists the maximum number of indicators in a page.


Detective investigations lets you investigate IAM users and IAM roles using indicators of compromise

Description

Detective investigations lets you investigate IAM users and IAM roles using indicators of compromise. An indicator of compromise (IOC) is an artifact observed in or on a network, system, or environment that can (with a high level of confidence) identify malicious activity or a security incident. list_investigations lists all active Detective investigations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_list_investigations/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_list_investigations(
  GraphArn,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  FilterCriteria = NULL,
  SortCriteria = NULL
)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the behavior graph.

NextToken

Lists if there are more results available. The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Repeat the call using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return a Validation Exception error.

MaxResults

Lists the maximum number of investigations in a page.

FilterCriteria

Filters the investigation results based on a criteria.

SortCriteria

Sorts the investigation results based on a criteria.


Retrieves the list of open and accepted behavior graph invitations for the member account

Description

Retrieves the list of open and accepted behavior graph invitations for the member account. This operation can only be called by an invited member account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_list_invitations/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_list_invitations(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

For requests to retrieve the next page of results, the pagination token that was returned with the previous page of results. The initial request does not include a pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of behavior graph invitations to return in the response. The total must be less than the overall limit on the number of results to return, which is currently 200.


Retrieves the list of member accounts for a behavior graph

Description

Retrieves the list of member accounts for a behavior graph.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_list_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_list_members(GraphArn, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph for which to retrieve the list of member accounts.

NextToken

For requests to retrieve the next page of member account results, the pagination token that was returned with the previous page of results. The initial request does not include a pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of member accounts to include in the response. The total must be less than the overall limit on the number of results to return, which is currently 200.


Returns information about the Detective administrator account for an organization

Description

Returns information about the Detective administrator account for an organization. Can only be called by the organization management account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_list_organization_admin_accounts/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_list_organization_admin_accounts(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

For requests to get the next page of results, the pagination token that was returned with the previous set of results. The initial request does not include a pagination token.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.


Returns the tag values that are assigned to a behavior graph

Description

Returns the tag values that are assigned to a behavior graph.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph for which to retrieve the tag values.


Rejects an invitation to contribute the account data to a behavior graph

Description

Rejects an invitation to contribute the account data to a behavior graph. This operation must be called by an invited member account that has the INVITED status.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_reject_invitation/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_reject_invitation(GraphArn)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph to reject the invitation to.

The member account's current member status in the behavior graph must be INVITED.


Detective investigations lets you investigate IAM users and IAM roles using indicators of compromise

Description

Detective investigations lets you investigate IAM users and IAM roles using indicators of compromise. An indicator of compromise (IOC) is an artifact observed in or on a network, system, or environment that can (with a high level of confidence) identify malicious activity or a security incident. start_investigation initiates an investigation on an entity in a behavior graph.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_start_investigation/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_start_investigation(
  GraphArn,
  EntityArn,
  ScopeStartTime,
  ScopeEndTime
)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the behavior graph.

EntityArn

[required] The unique Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM user and IAM role.

ScopeStartTime

[required] The data and time when the investigation began. The value is an UTC ISO8601 formatted string. For example, ⁠2021-08-18T16:35:56.284Z⁠.

ScopeEndTime

[required] The data and time when the investigation ended. The value is an UTC ISO8601 formatted string. For example, ⁠2021-08-18T16:35:56.284Z⁠.


Sends a request to enable data ingest for a member account that has a status of ACCEPTED_BUT_DISABLED

Description

Sends a request to enable data ingest for a member account that has a status of ACCEPTED_BUT_DISABLED.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_start_monitoring_member/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_start_monitoring_member(GraphArn, AccountId)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph.

AccountId

[required] The account ID of the member account to try to enable.

The account must be an invited member account with a status of ACCEPTED_BUT_DISABLED.


Applies tag values to a behavior graph

Description

Applies tag values to a behavior graph.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph to assign the tags to.

Tags

[required] The tags to assign to the behavior graph. You can add up to 50 tags. For each tag, you provide the tag key and the tag value. Each tag key can contain up to 128 characters. Each tag value can contain up to 256 characters.


Removes tags from a behavior graph

Description

Removes tags from a behavior graph.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph to remove the tags from.

TagKeys

[required] The tag keys of the tags to remove from the behavior graph. You can remove up to 50 tags at a time.


Starts a data source package for the Detective behavior graph

Description

Starts a data source package for the Detective behavior graph.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_update_datasource_packages/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_update_datasource_packages(GraphArn, DatasourcePackages)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The ARN of the behavior graph.

DatasourcePackages

[required] The data source package to start for the behavior graph.


Updates the state of an investigation

Description

Updates the state of an investigation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_update_investigation_state/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_update_investigation_state(GraphArn, InvestigationId, State)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the behavior graph.

InvestigationId

[required] The investigation ID of the investigation report.

State

[required] The current state of the investigation. An archived investigation indicates you have completed reviewing the investigation.


Updates the configuration for the Organizations integration in the current Region

Description

Updates the configuration for the Organizations integration in the current Region. Can only be called by the Detective administrator account for the organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/detective_update_organization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

detective_update_organization_configuration(GraphArn, AutoEnable = NULL)

Arguments

GraphArn

[required] The ARN of the organization behavior graph.

AutoEnable

Indicates whether to automatically enable new organization accounts as member accounts in the organization behavior graph.


AWS Directory Service

Description

Directory Service

Directory Service is a web service that makes it easy for you to setup and run directories in the Amazon Web Services cloud, or connect your Amazon Web Services resources with an existing self-managed Microsoft Active Directory. This guide provides detailed information about Directory Service operations, data types, parameters, and errors. For information about Directory Services features, see Directory Service and the Directory Service Administration Guide.

Amazon Web Services provides SDKs that consist of libraries and sample code for various programming languages and platforms (Java, Ruby, .Net, iOS, Android, etc.). The SDKs provide a convenient way to create programmatic access to Directory Service and other Amazon Web Services services. For more information about the Amazon Web Services SDKs, including how to download and install them, see Tools for Amazon Web Services.

Usage

directoryservice(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- directoryservice(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

accept_shared_directory Accepts a directory sharing request that was sent from the directory owner account
add_ip_routes If the DNS server for your self-managed domain uses a publicly addressable IP address, you must add a CIDR address block to correctly route traffic to and from your Microsoft AD on Amazon Web Services
add_region Adds two domain controllers in the specified Region for the specified directory
add_tags_to_resource Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified directory
cancel_schema_extension Cancels an in-progress schema extension to a Microsoft AD directory
connect_directory Creates an AD Connector to connect to a self-managed directory
create_alias Creates an alias for a directory and assigns the alias to the directory
create_computer Creates an Active Directory computer object in the specified directory
create_conditional_forwarder Creates a conditional forwarder associated with your Amazon Web Services directory
create_directory Creates a Simple AD directory
create_log_subscription Creates a subscription to forward real-time Directory Service domain controller security logs to the specified Amazon CloudWatch log group in your Amazon Web Services account
create_microsoft_ad Creates a Microsoft AD directory in the Amazon Web Services Cloud
create_snapshot Creates a snapshot of a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory in the Amazon Web Services cloud
create_trust Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure trust relationships
delete_conditional_forwarder Deletes a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your Amazon Web Services directory
delete_directory Deletes an Directory Service directory
delete_log_subscription Deletes the specified log subscription
delete_snapshot Deletes a directory snapshot
delete_trust Deletes an existing trust relationship between your Managed Microsoft AD directory and an external domain
deregister_certificate Deletes from the system the certificate that was registered for secure LDAP or client certificate authentication
deregister_event_topic Removes the specified directory as a publisher to the specified Amazon SNS topic
describe_certificate Displays information about the certificate registered for secure LDAP or client certificate authentication
describe_client_authentication_settings Retrieves information about the type of client authentication for the specified directory, if the type is specified
describe_conditional_forwarders Obtains information about the conditional forwarders for this account
describe_directories Obtains information about the directories that belong to this account
describe_directory_data_access Obtains status of directory data access enablement through the Directory Service Data API for the specified directory
describe_domain_controllers Provides information about any domain controllers in your directory
describe_event_topics Obtains information about which Amazon SNS topics receive status messages from the specified directory
describe_ldaps_settings Describes the status of LDAP security for the specified directory
describe_regions Provides information about the Regions that are configured for multi-Region replication
describe_settings Retrieves information about the configurable settings for the specified directory
describe_shared_directories Returns the shared directories in your account
describe_snapshots Obtains information about the directory snapshots that belong to this account
describe_trusts Obtains information about the trust relationships for this account
describe_update_directory Describes the updates of a directory for a particular update type
disable_client_authentication Disables alternative client authentication methods for the specified directory
disable_directory_data_access Deactivates access to directory data via the Directory Service Data API for the specified directory
disable_ldaps Deactivates LDAP secure calls for the specified directory
disable_radius Disables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory
disable_sso Disables single-sign on for a directory
enable_client_authentication Enables alternative client authentication methods for the specified directory
enable_directory_data_access Enables access to directory data via the Directory Service Data API for the specified directory
enable_ldaps Activates the switch for the specific directory to always use LDAP secure calls
enable_radius Enables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory
enable_sso Enables single sign-on for a directory
get_directory_limits Obtains directory limit information for the current Region
get_snapshot_limits Obtains the manual snapshot limits for a directory
list_certificates For the specified directory, lists all the certificates registered for a secure LDAP or client certificate authentication
list_ip_routes Lists the address blocks that you have added to a directory
list_log_subscriptions Lists the active log subscriptions for the Amazon Web Services account
list_schema_extensions Lists all schema extensions applied to a Microsoft AD Directory
list_tags_for_resource Lists all tags on a directory
register_certificate Registers a certificate for a secure LDAP or client certificate authentication
register_event_topic Associates a directory with an Amazon SNS topic
reject_shared_directory Rejects a directory sharing request that was sent from the directory owner account
remove_ip_routes Removes IP address blocks from a directory
remove_region Stops all replication and removes the domain controllers from the specified Region
remove_tags_from_resource Removes tags from a directory
reset_user_password Resets the password for any user in your Managed Microsoft AD or Simple AD directory
restore_from_snapshot Restores a directory using an existing directory snapshot
share_directory Shares a specified directory (DirectoryId) in your Amazon Web Services account (directory owner) with another Amazon Web Services account (directory consumer)
start_schema_extension Applies a schema extension to a Microsoft AD directory
unshare_directory Stops the directory sharing between the directory owner and consumer accounts
update_conditional_forwarder Updates a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your Amazon Web Services directory
update_directory_setup Updates the directory for a particular update type
update_number_of_domain_controllers Adds or removes domain controllers to or from the directory
update_radius Updates the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server information for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory
update_settings Updates the configurable settings for the specified directory
update_trust Updates the trust that has been set up between your Managed Microsoft AD directory and an self-managed Active Directory
verify_trust Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure and verify trust relationships

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- directoryservice()
svc$accept_shared_directory(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Accepts a directory sharing request that was sent from the directory owner account

Description

Accepts a directory sharing request that was sent from the directory owner account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_accept_shared_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_accept_shared_directory(SharedDirectoryId)

Arguments

SharedDirectoryId

[required] Identifier of the shared directory in the directory consumer account. This identifier is different for each directory owner account.


If the DNS server for your self-managed domain uses a publicly addressable IP address, you must add a CIDR address block to correctly route traffic to and from your Microsoft AD on Amazon Web Services

Description

If the DNS server for your self-managed domain uses a publicly addressable IP address, you must add a CIDR address block to correctly route traffic to and from your Microsoft AD on Amazon Web Services. AddIpRoutes adds this address block. You can also use AddIpRoutes to facilitate routing traffic that uses public IP ranges from your Microsoft AD on Amazon Web Services to a peer VPC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_add_ip_routes/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_add_ip_routes(
  DirectoryId,
  IpRoutes,
  UpdateSecurityGroupForDirectoryControllers = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] Identifier (ID) of the directory to which to add the address block.

IpRoutes

[required] IP address blocks, using CIDR format, of the traffic to route. This is often the IP address block of the DNS server used for your self-managed domain.

UpdateSecurityGroupForDirectoryControllers

If set to true, updates the inbound and outbound rules of the security group that has the description: "Amazon Web Services created security group for directory ID directory controllers." Following are the new rules:

Inbound:

  • Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 88, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 123, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 138, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 389, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 464, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: Custom UDP Rule, Protocol: UDP, Range: 445, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 88, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 135, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 445, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 464, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 636, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 1024-65535, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: Custom TCP Rule, Protocol: TCP, Range: 3268-33269, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: DNS (UDP), Protocol: UDP, Range: 53, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: DNS (TCP), Protocol: TCP, Range: 53, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: LDAP, Protocol: TCP, Range: 389, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

  • Type: All ICMP, Protocol: All, Range: N/A, Source: Managed Microsoft AD VPC IPv4 CIDR

Outbound:

  • Type: All traffic, Protocol: All, Range: All, Destination: 0.0.0.0/0

These security rules impact an internal network interface that is not exposed publicly.


Adds two domain controllers in the specified Region for the specified directory

Description

Adds two domain controllers in the specified Region for the specified directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_add_region/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_add_region(DirectoryId, RegionName, VPCSettings)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory to which you want to add Region replication.

RegionName

[required] The name of the Region where you want to add domain controllers for replication. For example, us-east-1.

VPCSettings

[required]


Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified directory

Description

Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified directory. Each directory can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a key and optional value. Tag keys must be unique to each resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_add_tags_to_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_add_tags_to_resource(ResourceId, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] Identifier (ID) for the directory to which to add the tag.

Tags

[required] The tags to be assigned to the directory.


Cancels an in-progress schema extension to a Microsoft AD directory

Description

Cancels an in-progress schema extension to a Microsoft AD directory. Once a schema extension has started replicating to all domain controllers, the task can no longer be canceled. A schema extension can be canceled during any of the following states; Initializing, CreatingSnapshot, and UpdatingSchema.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_cancel_schema_extension/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_cancel_schema_extension(DirectoryId, SchemaExtensionId)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory whose schema extension will be canceled.

SchemaExtensionId

[required] The identifier of the schema extension that will be canceled.


Creates an AD Connector to connect to a self-managed directory

Description

Creates an AD Connector to connect to a self-managed directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_connect_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_connect_directory(
  Name,
  ShortName = NULL,
  Password,
  Description = NULL,
  Size,
  ConnectSettings,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The fully qualified name of your self-managed directory, such as corp.example.com.

ShortName

The NetBIOS name of your self-managed directory, such as CORP.

Password

[required] The password for your self-managed user account.

Description

A description for the directory.

Size

[required] The size of the directory.

ConnectSettings

[required] A DirectoryConnectSettings object that contains additional information for the operation.

Tags

The tags to be assigned to AD Connector.


Creates an alias for a directory and assigns the alias to the directory

Description

Creates an alias for a directory and assigns the alias to the directory. The alias is used to construct the access URL for the directory, such as ⁠http://<alias>.awsapps.com⁠.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_create_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_create_alias(DirectoryId, Alias)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory for which to create the alias.

Alias

[required] The requested alias.

The alias must be unique amongst all aliases in Amazon Web Services. This operation throws an EntityAlreadyExistsException error if the alias already exists.


Creates an Active Directory computer object in the specified directory

Description

Creates an Active Directory computer object in the specified directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_create_computer/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_create_computer(
  DirectoryId,
  ComputerName,
  Password,
  OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName = NULL,
  ComputerAttributes = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory in which to create the computer account.

ComputerName

[required] The name of the computer account.

Password

[required] A one-time password that is used to join the computer to the directory. You should generate a random, strong password to use for this parameter.

OrganizationalUnitDistinguishedName

The fully-qualified distinguished name of the organizational unit to place the computer account in.

ComputerAttributes

An array of Attribute objects that contain any LDAP attributes to apply to the computer account.


Creates a conditional forwarder associated with your Amazon Web Services directory

Description

Creates a conditional forwarder associated with your Amazon Web Services directory. Conditional forwarders are required in order to set up a trust relationship with another domain. The conditional forwarder points to the trusted domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_create_conditional_forwarder/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_create_conditional_forwarder(
  DirectoryId,
  RemoteDomainName,
  DnsIpAddrs
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The directory ID of the Amazon Web Services directory for which you are creating the conditional forwarder.

RemoteDomainName

[required] The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you will set up a trust relationship.

DnsIpAddrs

[required] The IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with RemoteDomainName.


Creates a Simple AD directory

Description

Creates a Simple AD directory. For more information, see Simple Active Directory in the Directory Service Admin Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_create_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_create_directory(
  Name,
  ShortName = NULL,
  Password,
  Description = NULL,
  Size,
  VpcSettings = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The fully qualified name for the directory, such as corp.example.com.

ShortName

The NetBIOS name of the directory, such as CORP.

Password

[required] The password for the directory administrator. The directory creation process creates a directory administrator account with the user name Administrator and this password.

If you need to change the password for the administrator account, you can use the reset_user_password API call.

The regex pattern for this string is made up of the following conditions:

  • Length (?=^.{8,64}$) – Must be between 8 and 64 characters

AND any 3 of the following password complexity rules required by Active Directory:

  • Numbers and upper case and lowercase (?=.\d)(?=.[A-Z])(?=.*[a-z])

  • Numbers and special characters and lower case (?=.\d)(?=.[^A-Za-z0-9\s])(?=.*[a-z])

  • Special characters and upper case and lower case (?=.[^A-Za-z0-9\s])(?=.[A-Z])(?=.*[a-z])

  • Numbers and upper case and special characters (?=.\d)(?=.[A-Z])(?=.*[^A-Za-z0-9\s])

For additional information about how Active Directory passwords are enforced, see Password must meet complexity requirements on the Microsoft website.

Description

A description for the directory.

Size

[required] The size of the directory.

VpcSettings

A DirectoryVpcSettings object that contains additional information for the operation.

Tags

The tags to be assigned to the Simple AD directory.


Creates a subscription to forward real-time Directory Service domain controller security logs to the specified Amazon CloudWatch log group in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Creates a subscription to forward real-time Directory Service domain controller security logs to the specified Amazon CloudWatch log group in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_create_log_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_create_log_subscription(DirectoryId, LogGroupName)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] Identifier of the directory to which you want to subscribe and receive real-time logs to your specified CloudWatch log group.

LogGroupName

[required] The name of the CloudWatch log group where the real-time domain controller logs are forwarded.


Creates a Microsoft AD directory in the Amazon Web Services Cloud

Description

Creates a Microsoft AD directory in the Amazon Web Services Cloud. For more information, see Managed Microsoft AD in the Directory Service Admin Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_create_microsoft_ad/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_create_microsoft_ad(
  Name,
  ShortName = NULL,
  Password,
  Description = NULL,
  VpcSettings,
  Edition = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The fully qualified domain name for the Managed Microsoft AD directory, such as corp.example.com. This name will resolve inside your VPC only. It does not need to be publicly resolvable.

ShortName

The NetBIOS name for your domain, such as CORP. If you don't specify a NetBIOS name, it will default to the first part of your directory DNS. For example, CORP for the directory DNS corp.example.com.

Password

[required] The password for the default administrative user named Admin.

If you need to change the password for the administrator account, you can use the reset_user_password API call.

Description

A description for the directory. This label will appear on the Amazon Web Services console ⁠Directory Details⁠ page after the directory is created.

VpcSettings

[required] Contains VPC information for the create_directory or create_microsoft_ad operation.

Edition

Managed Microsoft AD is available in two editions: Standard and Enterprise. Enterprise is the default.

Tags

The tags to be assigned to the Managed Microsoft AD directory.


Creates a snapshot of a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory in the Amazon Web Services cloud

Description

Creates a snapshot of a Simple AD or Microsoft AD directory in the Amazon Web Services cloud.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_create_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_create_snapshot(DirectoryId, Name = NULL)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory of which to take a snapshot.

Name

The descriptive name to apply to the snapshot.


Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure trust relationships

Description

Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure trust relationships. For example, you can establish a trust between your Managed Microsoft AD directory, and your existing self-managed Microsoft Active Directory. This would allow you to provide users and groups access to resources in either domain, with a single set of credentials.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_create_trust/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_create_trust(
  DirectoryId,
  RemoteDomainName,
  TrustPassword,
  TrustDirection,
  TrustType = NULL,
  ConditionalForwarderIpAddrs = NULL,
  SelectiveAuth = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The Directory ID of the Managed Microsoft AD directory for which to establish the trust relationship.

RemoteDomainName

[required] The Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) of the external domain for which to create the trust relationship.

TrustPassword

[required] The trust password. The trust password must be the same password that was used when creating the trust relationship on the external domain.

TrustDirection

[required] The direction of the trust relationship.

TrustType

The trust relationship type. Forest is the default.

ConditionalForwarderIpAddrs

The IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with RemoteDomainName.

SelectiveAuth

Optional parameter to enable selective authentication for the trust.


Deletes a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your Amazon Web Services directory

Description

Deletes a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your Amazon Web Services directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_delete_conditional_forwarder/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_delete_conditional_forwarder(DirectoryId, RemoteDomainName)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The directory ID for which you are deleting the conditional forwarder.

RemoteDomainName

[required] The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you are deleting the conditional forwarder.


Deletes an Directory Service directory

Description

Deletes an Directory Service directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_delete_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_delete_directory(DirectoryId)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory to delete.


Deletes the specified log subscription

Description

Deletes the specified log subscription.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_delete_log_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_delete_log_subscription(DirectoryId)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] Identifier of the directory whose log subscription you want to delete.


Deletes a directory snapshot

Description

Deletes a directory snapshot.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_delete_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_delete_snapshot(SnapshotId)

Arguments

SnapshotId

[required] The identifier of the directory snapshot to be deleted.


Deletes an existing trust relationship between your Managed Microsoft AD directory and an external domain

Description

Deletes an existing trust relationship between your Managed Microsoft AD directory and an external domain.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_delete_trust/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_delete_trust(
  TrustId,
  DeleteAssociatedConditionalForwarder = NULL
)

Arguments

TrustId

[required] The Trust ID of the trust relationship to be deleted.

DeleteAssociatedConditionalForwarder

Delete a conditional forwarder as part of a DeleteTrustRequest.


Deletes from the system the certificate that was registered for secure LDAP or client certificate authentication

Description

Deletes from the system the certificate that was registered for secure LDAP or client certificate authentication.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_deregister_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_deregister_certificate(DirectoryId, CertificateId)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory.

CertificateId

[required] The identifier of the certificate.


Removes the specified directory as a publisher to the specified Amazon SNS topic

Description

Removes the specified directory as a publisher to the specified Amazon SNS topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_deregister_event_topic/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_deregister_event_topic(DirectoryId, TopicName)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The Directory ID to remove as a publisher. This directory will no longer send messages to the specified Amazon SNS topic.

TopicName

[required] The name of the Amazon SNS topic from which to remove the directory as a publisher.


Displays information about the certificate registered for secure LDAP or client certificate authentication

Description

Displays information about the certificate registered for secure LDAP or client certificate authentication.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_describe_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_describe_certificate(DirectoryId, CertificateId)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory.

CertificateId

[required] The identifier of the certificate.


Retrieves information about the type of client authentication for the specified directory, if the type is specified

Description

Retrieves information about the type of client authentication for the specified directory, if the type is specified. If no type is specified, information about all client authentication types that are supported for the specified directory is retrieved. Currently, only SmartCard is supported.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_describe_client_authentication_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_describe_client_authentication_settings(
  DirectoryId,
  Type = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory for which to retrieve information.

Type

The type of client authentication for which to retrieve information. If no type is specified, a list of all client authentication types that are supported for the specified directory is retrieved.

NextToken

The DescribeClientAuthenticationSettingsResult.NextToken value from a previous call to describe_client_authentication_settings. Pass null if this is the first call.

Limit

The maximum number of items to return. If this value is zero, the maximum number of items is specified by the limitations of the operation.


Obtains information about the conditional forwarders for this account

Description

Obtains information about the conditional forwarders for this account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_describe_conditional_forwarders/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_describe_conditional_forwarders(
  DirectoryId,
  RemoteDomainNames = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The directory ID for which to get the list of associated conditional forwarders.

RemoteDomainNames

The fully qualified domain names (FQDN) of the remote domains for which to get the list of associated conditional forwarders. If this member is null, all conditional forwarders are returned.


Obtains information about the directories that belong to this account

Description

Obtains information about the directories that belong to this account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_describe_directories/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_describe_directories(
  DirectoryIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryIds

A list of identifiers of the directories for which to obtain the information. If this member is null, all directories that belong to the current account are returned.

An empty list results in an InvalidParameterException being thrown.

NextToken

The DescribeDirectoriesResult.NextToken value from a previous call to describe_directories. Pass null if this is the first call.

Limit

The maximum number of items to return. If this value is zero, the maximum number of items is specified by the limitations of the operation.


Obtains status of directory data access enablement through the Directory Service Data API for the specified directory

Description

Obtains status of directory data access enablement through the Directory Service Data API for the specified directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_describe_directory_data_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_describe_directory_data_access(DirectoryId)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The directory identifier.


Provides information about any domain controllers in your directory

Description

Provides information about any domain controllers in your directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_describe_domain_controllers/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_describe_domain_controllers(
  DirectoryId,
  DomainControllerIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] Identifier of the directory for which to retrieve the domain controller information.

DomainControllerIds

A list of identifiers for the domain controllers whose information will be provided.

NextToken

The DescribeDomainControllers.NextToken value from a previous call to describe_domain_controllers. Pass null if this is the first call.

Limit

The maximum number of items to return.


Obtains information about which Amazon SNS topics receive status messages from the specified directory

Description

Obtains information about which Amazon SNS topics receive status messages from the specified directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_describe_event_topics/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_describe_event_topics(DirectoryId = NULL, TopicNames = NULL)

Arguments

DirectoryId

The Directory ID for which to get the list of associated Amazon SNS topics. If this member is null, associations for all Directory IDs are returned.

TopicNames

A list of Amazon SNS topic names for which to obtain the information. If this member is null, all associations for the specified Directory ID are returned.

An empty list results in an InvalidParameterException being thrown.


Describes the status of LDAP security for the specified directory

Description

Describes the status of LDAP security for the specified directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_describe_ldaps_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_describe_ldaps_settings(
  DirectoryId,
  Type = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory.

Type

The type of LDAP security to enable. Currently only the value Client is supported.

NextToken

The type of next token used for pagination.

Limit

Specifies the number of items that should be displayed on one page.


Provides information about the Regions that are configured for multi-Region replication

Description

Provides information about the Regions that are configured for multi-Region replication.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_describe_regions/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_describe_regions(
  DirectoryId,
  RegionName = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory.

RegionName

The name of the Region. For example, us-east-1.

NextToken

The DescribeRegionsResult.NextToken value from a previous call to describe_regions. Pass null if this is the first call.


Retrieves information about the configurable settings for the specified directory

Description

Retrieves information about the configurable settings for the specified directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_describe_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_describe_settings(
  DirectoryId,
  Status = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory for which to retrieve information.

Status

The status of the directory settings for which to retrieve information.

NextToken

The DescribeSettingsResult.NextToken value from a previous call to describe_settings. Pass null if this is the first call.


Returns the shared directories in your account

Description

Returns the shared directories in your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_describe_shared_directories/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_describe_shared_directories(
  OwnerDirectoryId,
  SharedDirectoryIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

OwnerDirectoryId

[required] Returns the identifier of the directory in the directory owner account.

SharedDirectoryIds

A list of identifiers of all shared directories in your account.

NextToken

The DescribeSharedDirectoriesResult.NextToken value from a previous call to describe_shared_directories. Pass null if this is the first call.

Limit

The number of shared directories to return in the response object.


Obtains information about the directory snapshots that belong to this account

Description

Obtains information about the directory snapshots that belong to this account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_describe_snapshots/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_describe_snapshots(
  DirectoryId = NULL,
  SnapshotIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

The identifier of the directory for which to retrieve snapshot information.

SnapshotIds

A list of identifiers of the snapshots to obtain the information for. If this member is null or empty, all snapshots are returned using the Limit and NextToken members.

NextToken

The DescribeSnapshotsResult.NextToken value from a previous call to describe_snapshots. Pass null if this is the first call.

Limit

The maximum number of objects to return.


Obtains information about the trust relationships for this account

Description

Obtains information about the trust relationships for this account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_describe_trusts/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_describe_trusts(
  DirectoryId = NULL,
  TrustIds = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

The Directory ID of the Amazon Web Services directory that is a part of the requested trust relationship.

TrustIds

A list of identifiers of the trust relationships for which to obtain the information. If this member is null, all trust relationships that belong to the current account are returned.

An empty list results in an InvalidParameterException being thrown.

NextToken

The DescribeTrustsResult.NextToken value from a previous call to describe_trusts. Pass null if this is the first call.

Limit

The maximum number of objects to return.


Describes the updates of a directory for a particular update type

Description

Describes the updates of a directory for a particular update type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_describe_update_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_describe_update_directory(
  DirectoryId,
  UpdateType,
  RegionName = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The unique identifier of the directory.

UpdateType

[required] The type of updates you want to describe for the directory.

RegionName

The name of the Region.

NextToken

The DescribeUpdateDirectoryResult. NextToken value from a previous call to describe_update_directory. Pass null if this is the first call.


Disables alternative client authentication methods for the specified directory

Description

Disables alternative client authentication methods for the specified directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_disable_client_authentication/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_disable_client_authentication(DirectoryId, Type)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory

Type

[required] The type of client authentication to disable. Currently the only parameter "SmartCard" is supported.


Deactivates access to directory data via the Directory Service Data API for the specified directory

Description

Deactivates access to directory data via the Directory Service Data API for the specified directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_disable_directory_data_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_disable_directory_data_access(DirectoryId)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The directory identifier.


Deactivates LDAP secure calls for the specified directory

Description

Deactivates LDAP secure calls for the specified directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_disable_ldaps/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_disable_ldaps(DirectoryId, Type)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory.

Type

[required] The type of LDAP security to enable. Currently only the value Client is supported.


Disables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory

Description

Disables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_disable_radius/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_disable_radius(DirectoryId)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory for which to disable MFA.


Disables single-sign on for a directory

Description

Disables single-sign on for a directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_disable_sso/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_disable_sso(DirectoryId, UserName = NULL, Password = NULL)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory for which to disable single-sign on.

UserName

The username of an alternate account to use to disable single-sign on. This is only used for AD Connector directories. This account must have privileges to remove a service principal name.

If the AD Connector service account does not have privileges to remove a service principal name, you can specify an alternate account with the UserName and Password parameters. These credentials are only used to disable single sign-on and are not stored by the service. The AD Connector service account is not changed.

Password

The password of an alternate account to use to disable single-sign on. This is only used for AD Connector directories. For more information, see the UserName parameter.


Enables alternative client authentication methods for the specified directory

Description

Enables alternative client authentication methods for the specified directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_enable_client_authentication/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_enable_client_authentication(DirectoryId, Type)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the specified directory.

Type

[required] The type of client authentication to enable. Currently only the value SmartCard is supported. Smart card authentication in AD Connector requires that you enable Kerberos Constrained Delegation for the Service User to the LDAP service in your self-managed AD.


Enables access to directory data via the Directory Service Data API for the specified directory

Description

Enables access to directory data via the Directory Service Data API for the specified directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_enable_directory_data_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_enable_directory_data_access(DirectoryId)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The directory identifier.


Activates the switch for the specific directory to always use LDAP secure calls

Description

Activates the switch for the specific directory to always use LDAP secure calls.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_enable_ldaps/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_enable_ldaps(DirectoryId, Type)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory.

Type

[required] The type of LDAP security to enable. Currently only the value Client is supported.


Enables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory

Description

Enables multi-factor authentication (MFA) with the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_enable_radius/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_enable_radius(DirectoryId, RadiusSettings)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory for which to enable MFA.

RadiusSettings

[required] A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server.


Enables single sign-on for a directory

Description

Enables single sign-on for a directory. Single sign-on allows users in your directory to access certain Amazon Web Services services from a computer joined to the directory without having to enter their credentials separately.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_enable_sso/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_enable_sso(DirectoryId, UserName = NULL, Password = NULL)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory for which to enable single-sign on.

UserName

The username of an alternate account to use to enable single-sign on. This is only used for AD Connector directories. This account must have privileges to add a service principal name.

If the AD Connector service account does not have privileges to add a service principal name, you can specify an alternate account with the UserName and Password parameters. These credentials are only used to enable single sign-on and are not stored by the service. The AD Connector service account is not changed.

Password

The password of an alternate account to use to enable single-sign on. This is only used for AD Connector directories. For more information, see the UserName parameter.


Obtains directory limit information for the current Region

Description

Obtains directory limit information for the current Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_get_directory_limits/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_get_directory_limits()

Obtains the manual snapshot limits for a directory

Description

Obtains the manual snapshot limits for a directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_get_snapshot_limits/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_get_snapshot_limits(DirectoryId)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] Contains the identifier of the directory to obtain the limits for.


For the specified directory, lists all the certificates registered for a secure LDAP or client certificate authentication

Description

For the specified directory, lists all the certificates registered for a secure LDAP or client certificate authentication.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_list_certificates/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_list_certificates(DirectoryId, NextToken = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory.

NextToken

A token for requesting another page of certificates if the NextToken response element indicates that more certificates are available. Use the value of the returned NextToken element in your request until the token comes back as null. Pass null if this is the first call.

Limit

The number of items that should show up on one page


Lists the address blocks that you have added to a directory

Description

Lists the address blocks that you have added to a directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_list_ip_routes/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_list_ip_routes(DirectoryId, NextToken = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] Identifier (ID) of the directory for which you want to retrieve the IP addresses.

NextToken

The ListIpRoutes.NextToken value from a previous call to list_ip_routes. Pass null if this is the first call.

Limit

Maximum number of items to return. If this value is zero, the maximum number of items is specified by the limitations of the operation.


Lists the active log subscriptions for the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists the active log subscriptions for the Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_list_log_subscriptions/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_list_log_subscriptions(
  DirectoryId = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

If a DirectoryID is provided, lists only the log subscription associated with that directory. If no DirectoryId is provided, lists all log subscriptions associated with your Amazon Web Services account. If there are no log subscriptions for the Amazon Web Services account or the directory, an empty list will be returned.

NextToken

The token for the next set of items to return.

Limit

The maximum number of items returned.


Lists all schema extensions applied to a Microsoft AD Directory

Description

Lists all schema extensions applied to a Microsoft AD Directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_list_schema_extensions/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_list_schema_extensions(
  DirectoryId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory from which to retrieve the schema extension information.

NextToken

The ListSchemaExtensions.NextToken value from a previous call to list_schema_extensions. Pass null if this is the first call.

Limit

The maximum number of items to return.


Lists all tags on a directory

Description

Lists all tags on a directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_list_tags_for_resource(
  ResourceId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] Identifier (ID) of the directory for which you want to retrieve tags.

NextToken

Reserved for future use.

Limit

Reserved for future use.


Registers a certificate for a secure LDAP or client certificate authentication

Description

Registers a certificate for a secure LDAP or client certificate authentication.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_register_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_register_certificate(
  DirectoryId,
  CertificateData,
  Type = NULL,
  ClientCertAuthSettings = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory.

CertificateData

[required] The certificate PEM string that needs to be registered.

Type

The function that the registered certificate performs. Valid values include ClientLDAPS or ClientCertAuth. The default value is ClientLDAPS.

ClientCertAuthSettings

A ClientCertAuthSettings object that contains client certificate authentication settings.


Associates a directory with an Amazon SNS topic

Description

Associates a directory with an Amazon SNS topic. This establishes the directory as a publisher to the specified Amazon SNS topic. You can then receive email or text (SMS) messages when the status of your directory changes. You get notified if your directory goes from an Active status to an Impaired or Inoperable status. You also receive a notification when the directory returns to an Active status.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_register_event_topic/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_register_event_topic(DirectoryId, TopicName)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The Directory ID that will publish status messages to the Amazon SNS topic.

TopicName

[required] The Amazon SNS topic name to which the directory will publish status messages. This Amazon SNS topic must be in the same region as the specified Directory ID.


Rejects a directory sharing request that was sent from the directory owner account

Description

Rejects a directory sharing request that was sent from the directory owner account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_reject_shared_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_reject_shared_directory(SharedDirectoryId)

Arguments

SharedDirectoryId

[required] Identifier of the shared directory in the directory consumer account. This identifier is different for each directory owner account.


Removes IP address blocks from a directory

Description

Removes IP address blocks from a directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_remove_ip_routes/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_remove_ip_routes(DirectoryId, CidrIps)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] Identifier (ID) of the directory from which you want to remove the IP addresses.

CidrIps

[required] IP address blocks that you want to remove.


Stops all replication and removes the domain controllers from the specified Region

Description

Stops all replication and removes the domain controllers from the specified Region. You cannot remove the primary Region with this operation. Instead, use the delete_directory API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_remove_region/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_remove_region(DirectoryId)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory for which you want to remove Region replication.


Removes tags from a directory

Description

Removes tags from a directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_remove_tags_from_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_remove_tags_from_resource(ResourceId, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceId

[required] Identifier (ID) of the directory from which to remove the tag.

TagKeys

[required] The tag key (name) of the tag to be removed.


Resets the password for any user in your Managed Microsoft AD or Simple AD directory

Description

Resets the password for any user in your Managed Microsoft AD or Simple AD directory. Disabled users will become enabled and can be authenticated following the API call.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_reset_user_password/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_reset_user_password(DirectoryId, UserName, NewPassword)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] Identifier of the Managed Microsoft AD or Simple AD directory in which the user resides.

UserName

[required] The user name of the user whose password will be reset.

NewPassword

[required] The new password that will be reset.


Restores a directory using an existing directory snapshot

Description

Restores a directory using an existing directory snapshot.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_restore_from_snapshot/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_restore_from_snapshot(SnapshotId)

Arguments

SnapshotId

[required] The identifier of the snapshot to restore from.


Shares a specified directory (DirectoryId) in your Amazon Web Services account (directory owner) with another Amazon Web Services account (directory consumer)

Description

Shares a specified directory (DirectoryId) in your Amazon Web Services account (directory owner) with another Amazon Web Services account (directory consumer). With this operation you can use your directory from any Amazon Web Services account and from any Amazon VPC within an Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_share_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_share_directory(
  DirectoryId,
  ShareNotes = NULL,
  ShareTarget,
  ShareMethod
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] Identifier of the Managed Microsoft AD directory that you want to share with other Amazon Web Services accounts.

ShareNotes

A directory share request that is sent by the directory owner to the directory consumer. The request includes a typed message to help the directory consumer administrator determine whether to approve or reject the share invitation.

ShareTarget

[required] Identifier for the directory consumer account with whom the directory is to be shared.

ShareMethod

[required] The method used when sharing a directory to determine whether the directory should be shared within your Amazon Web Services organization (ORGANIZATIONS) or with any Amazon Web Services account by sending a directory sharing request (HANDSHAKE).


Applies a schema extension to a Microsoft AD directory

Description

Applies a schema extension to a Microsoft AD directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_start_schema_extension/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_start_schema_extension(
  DirectoryId,
  CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension,
  LdifContent,
  Description
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory for which the schema extension will be applied to.

CreateSnapshotBeforeSchemaExtension

[required] If true, creates a snapshot of the directory before applying the schema extension.

LdifContent

[required] The LDIF file represented as a string. To construct the LdifContent string, precede each line as it would be formatted in an ldif file with \n. See the example request below for more details. The file size can be no larger than 1MB.

Description

[required] A description of the schema extension.


Stops the directory sharing between the directory owner and consumer accounts

Description

Stops the directory sharing between the directory owner and consumer accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_unshare_directory/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_unshare_directory(DirectoryId, UnshareTarget)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the Managed Microsoft AD directory that you want to stop sharing.

UnshareTarget

[required] Identifier for the directory consumer account with whom the directory has to be unshared.


Updates a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your Amazon Web Services directory

Description

Updates a conditional forwarder that has been set up for your Amazon Web Services directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_update_conditional_forwarder/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_update_conditional_forwarder(
  DirectoryId,
  RemoteDomainName,
  DnsIpAddrs
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The directory ID of the Amazon Web Services directory for which to update the conditional forwarder.

RemoteDomainName

[required] The fully qualified domain name (FQDN) of the remote domain with which you will set up a trust relationship.

DnsIpAddrs

[required] The updated IP addresses of the remote DNS server associated with the conditional forwarder.


Updates the directory for a particular update type

Description

Updates the directory for a particular update type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_update_directory_setup/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_update_directory_setup(
  DirectoryId,
  UpdateType,
  OSUpdateSettings = NULL,
  CreateSnapshotBeforeUpdate = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory on which you want to perform the update.

UpdateType

[required] The type of update that needs to be performed on the directory. For example, OS.

OSUpdateSettings

The settings for the OS update that needs to be performed on the directory.

CreateSnapshotBeforeUpdate

The boolean that specifies if a snapshot for the directory needs to be taken before updating the directory.


Adds or removes domain controllers to or from the directory

Description

Adds or removes domain controllers to or from the directory. Based on the difference between current value and new value (provided through this API call), domain controllers will be added or removed. It may take up to 45 minutes for any new domain controllers to become fully active once the requested number of domain controllers is updated. During this time, you cannot make another update request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_update_number_of_domain_controllers/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_update_number_of_domain_controllers(
  DirectoryId,
  DesiredNumber
)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] Identifier of the directory to which the domain controllers will be added or removed.

DesiredNumber

[required] The number of domain controllers desired in the directory.


Updates the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server information for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory

Description

Updates the Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RADIUS) server information for an AD Connector or Microsoft AD directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_update_radius/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_update_radius(DirectoryId, RadiusSettings)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory for which to update the RADIUS server information.

RadiusSettings

[required] A RadiusSettings object that contains information about the RADIUS server.


Updates the configurable settings for the specified directory

Description

Updates the configurable settings for the specified directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_update_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_update_settings(DirectoryId, Settings)

Arguments

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the directory for which to update settings.

Settings

[required] The list of Setting objects.


Updates the trust that has been set up between your Managed Microsoft AD directory and an self-managed Active Directory

Description

Updates the trust that has been set up between your Managed Microsoft AD directory and an self-managed Active Directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_update_trust/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_update_trust(TrustId, SelectiveAuth = NULL)

Arguments

TrustId

[required] Identifier of the trust relationship.

SelectiveAuth

Updates selective authentication for the trust.


Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure and verify trust relationships

Description

Directory Service for Microsoft Active Directory allows you to configure and verify trust relationships.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/directoryservice_verify_trust/ for full documentation.

Usage

directoryservice_verify_trust(TrustId)

Arguments

TrustId

[required] The unique Trust ID of the trust relationship to verify.


Firewall Management Service

Description

This is the Firewall Manager API Reference. This guide is for developers who need detailed information about the Firewall Manager API actions, data types, and errors. For detailed information about Firewall Manager features, see the Firewall Manager Developer Guide.

Some API actions require explicit resource permissions. For information, see the developer guide topic Service roles for Firewall Manager.

Usage

fms(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- fms(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_admin_account Sets a Firewall Manager default administrator account
associate_third_party_firewall Sets the Firewall Manager policy administrator as a tenant administrator of a third-party firewall service
batch_associate_resource Associate resources to a Firewall Manager resource set
batch_disassociate_resource Disassociates resources from a Firewall Manager resource set
delete_apps_list Permanently deletes an Firewall Manager applications list
delete_notification_channel Deletes an Firewall Manager association with the IAM role and the Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) topic that is used to record Firewall Manager SNS logs
delete_policy Permanently deletes an Firewall Manager policy
delete_protocols_list Permanently deletes an Firewall Manager protocols list
delete_resource_set Deletes the specified ResourceSet
disassociate_admin_account Disassociates an Firewall Manager administrator account
disassociate_third_party_firewall Disassociates a Firewall Manager policy administrator from a third-party firewall tenant
get_admin_account Returns the Organizations account that is associated with Firewall Manager as the Firewall Manager default administrator
get_admin_scope Returns information about the specified account's administrative scope
get_apps_list Returns information about the specified Firewall Manager applications list
get_compliance_detail Returns detailed compliance information about the specified member account
get_notification_channel Information about the Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) topic that is used to record Firewall Manager SNS logs
get_policy Returns information about the specified Firewall Manager policy
get_protection_status If you created a Shield Advanced policy, returns policy-level attack summary information in the event of a potential DDoS attack
get_protocols_list Returns information about the specified Firewall Manager protocols list
get_resource_set Gets information about a specific resource set
get_third_party_firewall_association_status The onboarding status of a Firewall Manager admin account to third-party firewall vendor tenant
get_violation_details Retrieves violations for a resource based on the specified Firewall Manager policy and Amazon Web Services account
list_admin_accounts_for_organization Returns a AdminAccounts object that lists the Firewall Manager administrators within the organization that are onboarded to Firewall Manager by AssociateAdminAccount
list_admins_managing_account Lists the accounts that are managing the specified Organizations member account
list_apps_lists Returns an array of AppsListDataSummary objects
list_compliance_status Returns an array of PolicyComplianceStatus objects
list_discovered_resources Returns an array of resources in the organization's accounts that are available to be associated with a resource set
list_member_accounts Returns a MemberAccounts object that lists the member accounts in the administrator's Amazon Web Services organization
list_policies Returns an array of PolicySummary objects
list_protocols_lists Returns an array of ProtocolsListDataSummary objects
list_resource_set_resources Returns an array of resources that are currently associated to a resource set
list_resource_sets Returns an array of ResourceSetSummary objects
list_tags_for_resource Retrieves the list of tags for the specified Amazon Web Services resource
list_third_party_firewall_firewall_policies Retrieves a list of all of the third-party firewall policies that are associated with the third-party firewall administrator's account
put_admin_account Creates or updates an Firewall Manager administrator account
put_apps_list Creates an Firewall Manager applications list
put_notification_channel Designates the IAM role and Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) topic that Firewall Manager uses to record SNS logs
put_policy Creates an Firewall Manager policy
put_protocols_list Creates an Firewall Manager protocols list
put_resource_set Creates the resource set
tag_resource Adds one or more tags to an Amazon Web Services resource
untag_resource Removes one or more tags from an Amazon Web Services resource

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- fms()
svc$associate_admin_account(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Sets a Firewall Manager default administrator account

Description

Sets a Firewall Manager default administrator account. The Firewall Manager default administrator account can manage third-party firewalls and has full administrative scope that allows administration of all policy types, accounts, organizational units, and Regions. This account must be a member account of the organization in Organizations whose resources you want to protect.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_associate_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_associate_admin_account(AdminAccount)

Arguments

AdminAccount

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID to associate with Firewall Manager as the Firewall Manager default administrator account. This account must be a member account of the organization in Organizations whose resources you want to protect. For more information about Organizations, see Managing the Amazon Web Services Accounts in Your Organization.


Sets the Firewall Manager policy administrator as a tenant administrator of a third-party firewall service

Description

Sets the Firewall Manager policy administrator as a tenant administrator of a third-party firewall service. A tenant is an instance of the third-party firewall service that's associated with your Amazon Web Services customer account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_associate_third_party_firewall/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_associate_third_party_firewall(ThirdPartyFirewall)

Arguments

ThirdPartyFirewall

[required] The name of the third-party firewall vendor.


Associate resources to a Firewall Manager resource set

Description

Associate resources to a Firewall Manager resource set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_batch_associate_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_batch_associate_resource(ResourceSetIdentifier, Items)

Arguments

ResourceSetIdentifier

[required] A unique identifier for the resource set, used in a request to refer to the resource set.

Items

[required] The uniform resource identifiers (URIs) of resources that should be associated to the resource set. The URIs must be Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).


Disassociates resources from a Firewall Manager resource set

Description

Disassociates resources from a Firewall Manager resource set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_batch_disassociate_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_batch_disassociate_resource(ResourceSetIdentifier, Items)

Arguments

ResourceSetIdentifier

[required] A unique identifier for the resource set, used in a request to refer to the resource set.

Items

[required] The uniform resource identifiers (URI) of resources that should be disassociated from the resource set. The URIs must be Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).


Permanently deletes an Firewall Manager applications list

Description

Permanently deletes an Firewall Manager applications list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_delete_apps_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_delete_apps_list(ListId)

Arguments

ListId

[required] The ID of the applications list that you want to delete. You can retrieve this ID from put_apps_list, list_apps_lists, and get_apps_list.


Deletes an Firewall Manager association with the IAM role and the Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) topic that is used to record Firewall Manager SNS logs

Description

Deletes an Firewall Manager association with the IAM role and the Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) topic that is used to record Firewall Manager SNS logs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_delete_notification_channel/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_delete_notification_channel()

Permanently deletes an Firewall Manager policy

Description

Permanently deletes an Firewall Manager policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_delete_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_delete_policy(PolicyId, DeleteAllPolicyResources = NULL)

Arguments

PolicyId

[required] The ID of the policy that you want to delete. You can retrieve this ID from put_policy and list_policies.

DeleteAllPolicyResources

If True, the request performs cleanup according to the policy type.

For WAF and Shield Advanced policies, the cleanup does the following:

  • Deletes rule groups created by Firewall Manager

  • Removes web ACLs from in-scope resources

  • Deletes web ACLs that contain no rules or rule groups

For security group policies, the cleanup does the following for each security group in the policy:

  • Disassociates the security group from in-scope resources

  • Deletes the security group if it was created through Firewall Manager and if it's no longer associated with any resources through another policy

For security group common policies, even if set to False, Firewall Manager deletes all security groups created by Firewall Manager that aren't associated with any other resources through another policy.

After the cleanup, in-scope resources are no longer protected by web ACLs in this policy. Protection of out-of-scope resources remains unchanged. Scope is determined by tags that you create and accounts that you associate with the policy. When creating the policy, if you specify that only resources in specific accounts or with specific tags are in scope of the policy, those accounts and resources are handled by the policy. All others are out of scope. If you don't specify tags or accounts, all resources are in scope.


Permanently deletes an Firewall Manager protocols list

Description

Permanently deletes an Firewall Manager protocols list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_delete_protocols_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_delete_protocols_list(ListId)

Arguments

ListId

[required] The ID of the protocols list that you want to delete. You can retrieve this ID from put_protocols_list, list_protocols_lists, and GetProtocolsLost.


Deletes the specified ResourceSet

Description

Deletes the specified ResourceSet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_delete_resource_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_delete_resource_set(Identifier)

Arguments

Identifier

[required] A unique identifier for the resource set, used in a request to refer to the resource set.


Disassociates an Firewall Manager administrator account

Description

Disassociates an Firewall Manager administrator account. To set a different account as an Firewall Manager administrator, submit a put_admin_account request. To set an account as a default administrator account, you must submit an associate_admin_account request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_disassociate_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_disassociate_admin_account()

Disassociates a Firewall Manager policy administrator from a third-party firewall tenant

Description

Disassociates a Firewall Manager policy administrator from a third-party firewall tenant. When you call disassociate_third_party_firewall, the third-party firewall vendor deletes all of the firewalls that are associated with the account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_disassociate_third_party_firewall/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_disassociate_third_party_firewall(ThirdPartyFirewall)

Arguments

ThirdPartyFirewall

[required] The name of the third-party firewall vendor.


Returns the Organizations account that is associated with Firewall Manager as the Firewall Manager default administrator

Description

Returns the Organizations account that is associated with Firewall Manager as the Firewall Manager default administrator.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_get_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_get_admin_account()

Returns information about the specified account's administrative scope

Description

Returns information about the specified account's administrative scope. The administrative scope defines the resources that an Firewall Manager administrator can manage.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_get_admin_scope/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_get_admin_scope(AdminAccount)

Arguments

AdminAccount

[required] The administrator account that you want to get the details for.


Returns information about the specified Firewall Manager applications list

Description

Returns information about the specified Firewall Manager applications list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_get_apps_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_get_apps_list(ListId, DefaultList = NULL)

Arguments

ListId

[required] The ID of the Firewall Manager applications list that you want the details for.

DefaultList

Specifies whether the list to retrieve is a default list owned by Firewall Manager.


Returns detailed compliance information about the specified member account

Description

Returns detailed compliance information about the specified member account. Details include resources that are in and out of compliance with the specified policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_get_compliance_detail/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_get_compliance_detail(PolicyId, MemberAccount)

Arguments

PolicyId

[required] The ID of the policy that you want to get the details for. PolicyId is returned by put_policy and by list_policies.

MemberAccount

[required] The Amazon Web Services account that owns the resources that you want to get the details for.


Information about the Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) topic that is used to record Firewall Manager SNS logs

Description

Information about the Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) topic that is used to record Firewall Manager SNS logs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_get_notification_channel/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_get_notification_channel()

Returns information about the specified Firewall Manager policy

Description

Returns information about the specified Firewall Manager policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_get_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_get_policy(PolicyId)

Arguments

PolicyId

[required] The ID of the Firewall Manager policy that you want the details for.


If you created a Shield Advanced policy, returns policy-level attack summary information in the event of a potential DDoS attack

Description

If you created a Shield Advanced policy, returns policy-level attack summary information in the event of a potential DDoS attack. Other policy types are currently unsupported.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_get_protection_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_get_protection_status(
  PolicyId,
  MemberAccountId = NULL,
  StartTime = NULL,
  EndTime = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

PolicyId

[required] The ID of the policy for which you want to get the attack information.

MemberAccountId

The Amazon Web Services account that is in scope of the policy that you want to get the details for.

StartTime

The start of the time period to query for the attacks. This is a timestamp type. The request syntax listing indicates a number type because the default used by Firewall Manager is Unix time in seconds. However, any valid timestamp format is allowed.

EndTime

The end of the time period to query for the attacks. This is a timestamp type. The request syntax listing indicates a number type because the default used by Firewall Manager is Unix time in seconds. However, any valid timestamp format is allowed.

NextToken

If you specify a value for MaxResults and you have more objects than the number that you specify for MaxResults, Firewall Manager returns a NextToken value in the response, which you can use to retrieve another group of objects. For the second and subsequent get_protection_status requests, specify the value of NextToken from the previous response to get information about another batch of objects.

MaxResults

Specifies the number of objects that you want Firewall Manager to return for this request. If you have more objects than the number that you specify for MaxResults, the response includes a NextToken value that you can use to get another batch of objects.


Returns information about the specified Firewall Manager protocols list

Description

Returns information about the specified Firewall Manager protocols list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_get_protocols_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_get_protocols_list(ListId, DefaultList = NULL)

Arguments

ListId

[required] The ID of the Firewall Manager protocols list that you want the details for.

DefaultList

Specifies whether the list to retrieve is a default list owned by Firewall Manager.


Gets information about a specific resource set

Description

Gets information about a specific resource set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_get_resource_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_get_resource_set(Identifier)

Arguments

Identifier

[required] A unique identifier for the resource set, used in a request to refer to the resource set.


The onboarding status of a Firewall Manager admin account to third-party firewall vendor tenant

Description

The onboarding status of a Firewall Manager admin account to third-party firewall vendor tenant.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_get_third_party_firewall_association_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_get_third_party_firewall_association_status(ThirdPartyFirewall)

Arguments

ThirdPartyFirewall

[required] The name of the third-party firewall vendor.


Retrieves violations for a resource based on the specified Firewall Manager policy and Amazon Web Services account

Description

Retrieves violations for a resource based on the specified Firewall Manager policy and Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_get_violation_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_get_violation_details(PolicyId, MemberAccount, ResourceId, ResourceType)

Arguments

PolicyId

[required] The ID of the Firewall Manager policy that you want the details for. You can get violation details for the following policy types:

  • WAF

  • DNS Firewall

  • Imported Network Firewall

  • Network Firewall

  • Security group content audit

  • Network ACL

  • Third-party firewall

MemberAccount

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID that you want the details for.

ResourceId

[required] The ID of the resource that has violations.

ResourceType

[required] The resource type. This is in the format shown in the Amazon Web Services Resource Types Reference. Supported resource types are: ⁠AWS::WAFv2::WebACL⁠, ⁠AWS::EC2::Instance⁠, ⁠AWS::EC2::NetworkInterface⁠, ⁠AWS::EC2::SecurityGroup⁠, ⁠AWS::NetworkFirewall::FirewallPolicy⁠, and ⁠AWS::EC2::Subnet⁠.


Returns a AdminAccounts object that lists the Firewall Manager administrators within the organization that are onboarded to Firewall Manager by AssociateAdminAccount

Description

Returns a AdminAccounts object that lists the Firewall Manager administrators within the organization that are onboarded to Firewall Manager by associate_admin_account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_list_admin_accounts_for_organization/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_list_admin_accounts_for_organization(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

When you request a list of objects with a MaxResults setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the maximum you requested, Firewall Manager returns a NextToken value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, use the token returned from the prior request in your next request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of objects that you want Firewall Manager to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, Firewall Manager provides a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.


Lists the accounts that are managing the specified Organizations member account

Description

Lists the accounts that are managing the specified Organizations member account. This is useful for any member account so that they can view the accounts who are managing their account. This operation only returns the managing administrators that have the requested account within their AdminScope.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_list_admins_managing_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_list_admins_managing_account(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

When you request a list of objects with a MaxResults setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the maximum you requested, Firewall Manager returns a NextToken value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, use the token returned from the prior request in your next request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of objects that you want Firewall Manager to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, Firewall Manager provides a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.


Returns an array of AppsListDataSummary objects

Description

Returns an array of AppsListDataSummary objects.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_list_apps_lists/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_list_apps_lists(DefaultLists = NULL, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults)

Arguments

DefaultLists

Specifies whether the lists to retrieve are default lists owned by Firewall Manager.

NextToken

If you specify a value for MaxResults in your list request, and you have more objects than the maximum, Firewall Manager returns this token in the response. For all but the first request, you provide the token returned by the prior request in the request parameters, to retrieve the next batch of objects.

MaxResults

[required] The maximum number of objects that you want Firewall Manager to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, Firewall Manager provides a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.

If you don't specify this, Firewall Manager returns all available objects.


Returns an array of PolicyComplianceStatus objects

Description

Returns an array of PolicyComplianceStatus objects. Use PolicyComplianceStatus to get a summary of which member accounts are protected by the specified policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_list_compliance_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_list_compliance_status(PolicyId, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

PolicyId

[required] The ID of the Firewall Manager policy that you want the details for.

NextToken

If you specify a value for MaxResults and you have more PolicyComplianceStatus objects than the number that you specify for MaxResults, Firewall Manager returns a NextToken value in the response that allows you to list another group of PolicyComplianceStatus objects. For the second and subsequent list_compliance_status requests, specify the value of NextToken from the previous response to get information about another batch of PolicyComplianceStatus objects.

MaxResults

Specifies the number of PolicyComplianceStatus objects that you want Firewall Manager to return for this request. If you have more PolicyComplianceStatus objects than the number that you specify for MaxResults, the response includes a NextToken value that you can use to get another batch of PolicyComplianceStatus objects.


Returns an array of resources in the organization's accounts that are available to be associated with a resource set

Description

Returns an array of resources in the organization's accounts that are available to be associated with a resource set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_list_discovered_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_list_discovered_resources(
  MemberAccountIds,
  ResourceType,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

MemberAccountIds

[required] The Amazon Web Services account IDs to discover resources in. Only one account is supported per request. The account must be a member of your organization.

ResourceType

[required] The type of resources to discover.

MaxResults

The maximum number of objects that you want Firewall Manager to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, Firewall Manager provides a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.

NextToken

When you request a list of objects with a MaxResults setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the maximum you requested, Firewall Manager returns a NextToken value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, use the token returned from the prior request in your next request.


Returns a MemberAccounts object that lists the member accounts in the administrator's Amazon Web Services organization

Description

Returns a MemberAccounts object that lists the member accounts in the administrator's Amazon Web Services organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_list_member_accounts/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_list_member_accounts(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

If you specify a value for MaxResults and you have more account IDs than the number that you specify for MaxResults, Firewall Manager returns a NextToken value in the response that allows you to list another group of IDs. For the second and subsequent ListMemberAccountsRequest requests, specify the value of NextToken from the previous response to get information about another batch of member account IDs.

MaxResults

Specifies the number of member account IDs that you want Firewall Manager to return for this request. If you have more IDs than the number that you specify for MaxResults, the response includes a NextToken value that you can use to get another batch of member account IDs.


Returns an array of PolicySummary objects

Description

Returns an array of PolicySummary objects.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_list_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_list_policies(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

If you specify a value for MaxResults and you have more PolicySummary objects than the number that you specify for MaxResults, Firewall Manager returns a NextToken value in the response that allows you to list another group of PolicySummary objects. For the second and subsequent list_policies requests, specify the value of NextToken from the previous response to get information about another batch of PolicySummary objects.

MaxResults

Specifies the number of PolicySummary objects that you want Firewall Manager to return for this request. If you have more PolicySummary objects than the number that you specify for MaxResults, the response includes a NextToken value that you can use to get another batch of PolicySummary objects.


Returns an array of ProtocolsListDataSummary objects

Description

Returns an array of ProtocolsListDataSummary objects.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_list_protocols_lists/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_list_protocols_lists(DefaultLists = NULL, NextToken = NULL, MaxResults)

Arguments

DefaultLists

Specifies whether the lists to retrieve are default lists owned by Firewall Manager.

NextToken

If you specify a value for MaxResults in your list request, and you have more objects than the maximum, Firewall Manager returns this token in the response. For all but the first request, you provide the token returned by the prior request in the request parameters, to retrieve the next batch of objects.

MaxResults

[required] The maximum number of objects that you want Firewall Manager to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, Firewall Manager provides a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.

If you don't specify this, Firewall Manager returns all available objects.


Returns an array of resources that are currently associated to a resource set

Description

Returns an array of resources that are currently associated to a resource set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_list_resource_set_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_list_resource_set_resources(
  Identifier,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Identifier

[required] A unique identifier for the resource set, used in a request to refer to the resource set.

MaxResults

The maximum number of objects that you want Firewall Manager to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, Firewall Manager provides a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.

NextToken

When you request a list of objects with a MaxResults setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the maximum you requested, Firewall Manager returns a NextToken value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, use the token returned from the prior request in your next request.


Returns an array of ResourceSetSummary objects

Description

Returns an array of ResourceSetSummary objects.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_list_resource_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_list_resource_sets(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

When you request a list of objects with a MaxResults setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the maximum you requested, Firewall Manager returns a NextToken value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, use the token returned from the prior request in your next request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of objects that you want Firewall Manager to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, Firewall Manager provides a NextToken value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.


Retrieves the list of tags for the specified Amazon Web Services resource

Description

Retrieves the list of tags for the specified Amazon Web Services resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to return tags for. The Firewall Manager resources that support tagging are policies, applications lists, and protocols lists.


Retrieves a list of all of the third-party firewall policies that are associated with the third-party firewall administrator's account

Description

Retrieves a list of all of the third-party firewall policies that are associated with the third-party firewall administrator's account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_list_third_party_firewall_firewall_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_list_third_party_firewall_firewall_policies(
  ThirdPartyFirewall,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults
)

Arguments

ThirdPartyFirewall

[required] The name of the third-party firewall vendor.

NextToken

If the previous response included a NextToken element, the specified third-party firewall vendor is associated with more third-party firewall policies. To get more third-party firewall policies, submit another ListThirdPartyFirewallFirewallPoliciesRequest request.

For the value of NextToken, specify the value of NextToken from the previous response. If the previous response didn't include a NextToken element, there are no more third-party firewall policies to get.

MaxResults

[required] The maximum number of third-party firewall policies that you want Firewall Manager to return. If the specified third-party firewall vendor is associated with more than MaxResults firewall policies, the response includes a NextToken element. NextToken contains an encrypted token that identifies the first third-party firewall policies that Firewall Manager will return if you submit another request.


Creates or updates an Firewall Manager administrator account

Description

Creates or updates an Firewall Manager administrator account. The account must be a member of the organization that was onboarded to Firewall Manager by associate_admin_account. Only the organization's management account can create an Firewall Manager administrator account. When you create an Firewall Manager administrator account, the service checks to see if the account is already a delegated administrator within Organizations. If the account isn't a delegated administrator, Firewall Manager calls Organizations to delegate the account within Organizations. For more information about administrator accounts within Organizations, see Managing the Amazon Web Services Accounts in Your Organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_put_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_put_admin_account(AdminAccount, AdminScope = NULL)

Arguments

AdminAccount

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID to add as an Firewall Manager administrator account. The account must be a member of the organization that was onboarded to Firewall Manager by associate_admin_account. For more information about Organizations, see Managing the Amazon Web Services Accounts in Your Organization.

AdminScope

Configures the resources that the specified Firewall Manager administrator can manage. As a best practice, set the administrative scope according to the principles of least privilege. Only grant the administrator the specific resources or permissions that they need to perform the duties of their role.


Creates an Firewall Manager applications list

Description

Creates an Firewall Manager applications list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_put_apps_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_put_apps_list(AppsList, TagList = NULL)

Arguments

AppsList

[required] The details of the Firewall Manager applications list to be created.

TagList

The tags associated with the resource.


Designates the IAM role and Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) topic that Firewall Manager uses to record SNS logs

Description

Designates the IAM role and Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) topic that Firewall Manager uses to record SNS logs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_put_notification_channel/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_put_notification_channel(SnsTopicArn, SnsRoleName)

Arguments

SnsTopicArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SNS topic that collects notifications from Firewall Manager.

SnsRoleName

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that allows Amazon SNS to record Firewall Manager activity.


Creates an Firewall Manager policy

Description

Creates an Firewall Manager policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_put_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_put_policy(Policy, TagList = NULL)

Arguments

Policy

[required] The details of the Firewall Manager policy to be created.

TagList

The tags to add to the Amazon Web Services resource.


Creates an Firewall Manager protocols list

Description

Creates an Firewall Manager protocols list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_put_protocols_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_put_protocols_list(ProtocolsList, TagList = NULL)

Arguments

ProtocolsList

[required] The details of the Firewall Manager protocols list to be created.

TagList

The tags associated with the resource.


Creates the resource set

Description

Creates the resource set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_put_resource_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_put_resource_set(ResourceSet, TagList = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceSet

[required] Details about the resource set to be created or updated.\>

TagList

Retrieves the tags associated with the specified resource set. Tags are key:value pairs that you can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes like billing. For example, you might set the tag key to "customer" and the value to the customer name or ID. You can specify one or more tags to add to each Amazon Web Services resource, up to 50 tags for a resource.


Adds one or more tags to an Amazon Web Services resource

Description

Adds one or more tags to an Amazon Web Services resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_tag_resource(ResourceArn, TagList)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to return tags for. The Firewall Manager resources that support tagging are policies, applications lists, and protocols lists.

TagList

[required] The tags to add to the resource.


Removes one or more tags from an Amazon Web Services resource

Description

Removes one or more tags from an Amazon Web Services resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/fms_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

fms_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to return tags for. The Firewall Manager resources that support tagging are policies, applications lists, and protocols lists.

TagKeys

[required] The keys of the tags to remove from the resource.


Amazon GuardDuty

Description

Amazon GuardDuty is a continuous security monitoring service that analyzes and processes the following foundational data sources - VPC flow logs, Amazon Web Services CloudTrail management event logs, CloudTrail S3 data event logs, EKS audit logs, DNS logs, Amazon EBS volume data, runtime activity belonging to container workloads, such as Amazon EKS, Amazon ECS (including Amazon Web Services Fargate), and Amazon EC2 instances. It uses threat intelligence feeds, such as lists of malicious IPs and domains, and machine learning to identify unexpected, potentially unauthorized, and malicious activity within your Amazon Web Services environment. This can include issues like escalations of privileges, uses of exposed credentials, or communication with malicious IPs, domains, or presence of malware on your Amazon EC2 instances and container workloads. For example, GuardDuty can detect compromised EC2 instances and container workloads serving malware, or mining bitcoin.

GuardDuty also monitors Amazon Web Services account access behavior for signs of compromise, such as unauthorized infrastructure deployments like EC2 instances deployed in a Region that has never been used, or unusual API calls like a password policy change to reduce password strength.

GuardDuty informs you about the status of your Amazon Web Services environment by producing security findings that you can view in the GuardDuty console or through Amazon EventBridge. For more information, see the Amazon GuardDuty User Guide .

Usage

guardduty(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- guardduty(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

accept_administrator_invitation Accepts the invitation to be a member account and get monitored by a GuardDuty administrator account that sent the invitation
accept_invitation Accepts the invitation to be monitored by a GuardDuty administrator account
archive_findings Archives GuardDuty findings that are specified by the list of finding IDs
create_detector Creates a single GuardDuty detector
create_filter Creates a filter using the specified finding criteria
create_ip_set Creates a new IPSet, which is called a trusted IP list in the console user interface
create_malware_protection_plan Creates a new Malware Protection plan for the protected resource
create_members Creates member accounts of the current Amazon Web Services account by specifying a list of Amazon Web Services account IDs
create_publishing_destination Creates a publishing destination where you can export your GuardDuty findings
create_sample_findings Generates sample findings of types specified by the list of finding types
create_threat_intel_set Creates a new ThreatIntelSet
decline_invitations Declines invitations sent to the current member account by Amazon Web Services accounts specified by their account IDs
delete_detector Deletes an Amazon GuardDuty detector that is specified by the detector ID
delete_filter Deletes the filter specified by the filter name
delete_invitations Deletes invitations sent to the current member account by Amazon Web Services accounts specified by their account IDs
delete_ip_set Deletes the IPSet specified by the ipSetId
delete_malware_protection_plan Deletes the Malware Protection plan ID associated with the Malware Protection plan resource
delete_members Deletes GuardDuty member accounts (to the current GuardDuty administrator account) specified by the account IDs
delete_publishing_destination Deletes the publishing definition with the specified destinationId
delete_threat_intel_set Deletes the ThreatIntelSet specified by the ThreatIntelSet ID
describe_malware_scans Returns a list of malware scans
describe_organization_configuration Returns information about the account selected as the delegated administrator for GuardDuty
describe_publishing_destination Returns information about the publishing destination specified by the provided destinationId
disable_organization_admin_account Removes the existing GuardDuty delegated administrator of the organization
disassociate_from_administrator_account Disassociates the current GuardDuty member account from its administrator account
disassociate_from_master_account Disassociates the current GuardDuty member account from its administrator account
disassociate_members Disassociates GuardDuty member accounts (from the current administrator account) specified by the account IDs
enable_organization_admin_account Designates an Amazon Web Services account within the organization as your GuardDuty delegated administrator
get_administrator_account Provides the details of the GuardDuty administrator account associated with the current GuardDuty member account
get_coverage_statistics Retrieves aggregated statistics for your account
get_detector Retrieves a GuardDuty detector specified by the detectorId
get_filter Returns the details of the filter specified by the filter name
get_findings Describes Amazon GuardDuty findings specified by finding IDs
get_findings_statistics Lists GuardDuty findings statistics for the specified detector ID
get_invitations_count Returns the count of all GuardDuty membership invitations that were sent to the current member account except the currently accepted invitation
get_ip_set Retrieves the IPSet specified by the ipSetId
get_malware_protection_plan Retrieves the Malware Protection plan details associated with a Malware Protection plan ID
get_malware_scan_settings Returns the details of the malware scan settings
get_master_account Provides the details for the GuardDuty administrator account associated with the current GuardDuty member account
get_member_detectors Describes which data sources are enabled for the member account's detector
get_members Retrieves GuardDuty member accounts (of the current GuardDuty administrator account) specified by the account IDs
get_organization_statistics Retrieves how many active member accounts have each feature enabled within GuardDuty
get_remaining_free_trial_days Provides the number of days left for each data source used in the free trial period
get_threat_intel_set Retrieves the ThreatIntelSet that is specified by the ThreatIntelSet ID
get_usage_statistics Lists Amazon GuardDuty usage statistics over the last 30 days for the specified detector ID
invite_members Invites Amazon Web Services accounts to become members of an organization administered by the Amazon Web Services account that invokes this API
list_coverage Lists coverage details for your GuardDuty account
list_detectors Lists detectorIds of all the existing Amazon GuardDuty detector resources
list_filters Returns a paginated list of the current filters
list_findings Lists GuardDuty findings for the specified detector ID
list_invitations Lists all GuardDuty membership invitations that were sent to the current Amazon Web Services account
list_ip_sets Lists the IPSets of the GuardDuty service specified by the detector ID
list_malware_protection_plans Lists the Malware Protection plan IDs associated with the protected resources in your Amazon Web Services account
list_members Lists details about all member accounts for the current GuardDuty administrator account
list_organization_admin_accounts Lists the accounts designated as GuardDuty delegated administrators
list_publishing_destinations Returns a list of publishing destinations associated with the specified detectorId
list_tags_for_resource Lists tags for a resource
list_threat_intel_sets Lists the ThreatIntelSets of the GuardDuty service specified by the detector ID
start_malware_scan Initiates the malware scan
start_monitoring_members Turns on GuardDuty monitoring of the specified member accounts
stop_monitoring_members Stops GuardDuty monitoring for the specified member accounts
tag_resource Adds tags to a resource
unarchive_findings Unarchives GuardDuty findings specified by the findingIds
untag_resource Removes tags from a resource
update_detector Updates the GuardDuty detector specified by the detector ID
update_filter Updates the filter specified by the filter name
update_findings_feedback Marks the specified GuardDuty findings as useful or not useful
update_ip_set Updates the IPSet specified by the IPSet ID
update_malware_protection_plan Updates an existing Malware Protection plan resource
update_malware_scan_settings Updates the malware scan settings
update_member_detectors Contains information on member accounts to be updated
update_organization_configuration Configures the delegated administrator account with the provided values
update_publishing_destination Updates information about the publishing destination specified by the destinationId
update_threat_intel_set Updates the ThreatIntelSet specified by the ThreatIntelSet ID

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- guardduty()
svc$accept_administrator_invitation(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Accepts the invitation to be a member account and get monitored by a GuardDuty administrator account that sent the invitation

Description

Accepts the invitation to be a member account and get monitored by a GuardDuty administrator account that sent the invitation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_accept_administrator_invitation/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_accept_administrator_invitation(
  DetectorId,
  AdministratorId,
  InvitationId
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty member account.

AdministratorId

[required] The account ID of the GuardDuty administrator account whose invitation you're accepting.

InvitationId

[required] The value that is used to validate the administrator account to the member account.


Accepts the invitation to be monitored by a GuardDuty administrator account

Description

Accepts the invitation to be monitored by a GuardDuty administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_accept_invitation/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_accept_invitation(DetectorId, MasterId, InvitationId)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty member account.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

MasterId

[required] The account ID of the GuardDuty administrator account whose invitation you're accepting.

InvitationId

[required] The value that is used to validate the administrator account to the member account.


Archives GuardDuty findings that are specified by the list of finding IDs

Description

Archives GuardDuty findings that are specified by the list of finding IDs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_archive_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_archive_findings(DetectorId, FindingIds)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The ID of the detector that specifies the GuardDuty service whose findings you want to archive.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

FindingIds

[required] The IDs of the findings that you want to archive.


Creates a single GuardDuty detector

Description

Creates a single GuardDuty detector. A detector is a resource that represents the GuardDuty service. To start using GuardDuty, you must create a detector in each Region where you enable the service. You can have only one detector per account per Region. All data sources are enabled in a new detector by default.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_create_detector/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_create_detector(
  Enable,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  FindingPublishingFrequency = NULL,
  DataSources = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  Features = NULL
)

Arguments

Enable

[required] A Boolean value that specifies whether the detector is to be enabled.

ClientToken

The idempotency token for the create request.

FindingPublishingFrequency

A value that specifies how frequently updated findings are exported.

DataSources

Describes which data sources will be enabled for the detector.

There might be regional differences because some data sources might not be available in all the Amazon Web Services Regions where GuardDuty is presently supported. For more information, see Regions and endpoints.

Tags

The tags to be added to a new detector resource.

Features

A list of features that will be configured for the detector.


Creates a filter using the specified finding criteria

Description

Creates a filter using the specified finding criteria. The maximum number of saved filters per Amazon Web Services account per Region is 100. For more information, see Quotas for GuardDuty.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_create_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_create_filter(
  DetectorId,
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  Action = NULL,
  Rank = NULL,
  FindingCriteria,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The detector ID associated with the GuardDuty account for which you want to create a filter.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

Name

[required] The name of the filter. Valid characters include period (.), underscore (_), dash (-), and alphanumeric characters. A whitespace is considered to be an invalid character.

Description

The description of the filter. Valid characters include alphanumeric characters, and special characters such as hyphen, period, colon, underscore, parentheses ({ }, ⁠[ ]⁠, and ⁠( )⁠), forward slash, horizontal tab, vertical tab, newline, form feed, return, and whitespace.

[ ]: R:%20

Action

Specifies the action that is to be applied to the findings that match the filter.

Rank

Specifies the position of the filter in the list of current filters. Also specifies the order in which this filter is applied to the findings.

FindingCriteria

[required] Represents the criteria to be used in the filter for querying findings.

You can only use the following attributes to query findings:

  • accountId

  • id

  • region

  • severity

    To filter on the basis of severity, the API and CLI use the following input list for the FindingCriteria condition:

    • Low: ⁠["1", "2", "3"]⁠

    • Medium: ⁠["4", "5", "6"]⁠

    • High: ⁠["7", "8"]⁠

    • Critical: ⁠["9", "10"]⁠

    For more information, see Findings severity levels in the Amazon GuardDuty User Guide.

  • type

  • updatedAt

    Type: ISO 8601 string format: YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SS.SSSZ or YYYY-MM-DDTHH:MM:SSZ depending on whether the value contains milliseconds.

  • resource.accessKeyDetails.accessKeyId

  • resource.accessKeyDetails.principalId

  • resource.accessKeyDetails.userName

  • resource.accessKeyDetails.userType

  • resource.instanceDetails.iamInstanceProfile.id

  • resource.instanceDetails.imageId

  • resource.instanceDetails.instanceId

  • resource.instanceDetails.tags.key

  • resource.instanceDetails.tags.value

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.ipv6Addresses

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.privateIpAddresses.privateIpAddress

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.publicDnsName

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.publicIp

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.securityGroups.groupId

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.securityGroups.groupName

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.subnetId

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.vpcId

  • resource.instanceDetails.outpostArn

  • resource.resourceType

  • resource.s3BucketDetails.publicAccess.effectivePermissions

  • resource.s3BucketDetails.name

  • resource.s3BucketDetails.tags.key

  • resource.s3BucketDetails.tags.value

  • resource.s3BucketDetails.type

  • service.action.actionType

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.api

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.callerType

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.errorCode

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.remoteIpDetails.city.cityName

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.remoteIpDetails.country.countryName

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.remoteIpDetails.ipAddressV4

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.remoteIpDetails.ipAddressV6

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.remoteIpDetails.organization.asn

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.remoteIpDetails.organization.asnOrg

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.serviceName

  • service.action.dnsRequestAction.domain

  • service.action.dnsRequestAction.domainWithSuffix

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.blocked

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.connectionDirection

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.localPortDetails.port

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.protocol

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.remoteIpDetails.city.cityName

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.remoteIpDetails.country.countryName

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.remoteIpDetails.ipAddressV4

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.remoteIpDetails.ipAddressV6

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.remoteIpDetails.organization.asn

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.remoteIpDetails.organization.asnOrg

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.remotePortDetails.port

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.remoteAccountDetails.affiliated

  • service.action.kubernetesApiCallAction.remoteIpDetails.ipAddressV4

  • service.action.kubernetesApiCallAction.remoteIpDetails.ipAddressV6

  • service.action.kubernetesApiCallAction.namespace

  • service.action.kubernetesApiCallAction.remoteIpDetails.organization.asn

  • service.action.kubernetesApiCallAction.requestUri

  • service.action.kubernetesApiCallAction.statusCode

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.localIpDetails.ipAddressV4

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.localIpDetails.ipAddressV6

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.protocol

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.serviceName

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.remoteAccountDetails.accountId

  • service.additionalInfo.threatListName

  • service.resourceRole

  • resource.eksClusterDetails.name

  • resource.kubernetesDetails.kubernetesWorkloadDetails.name

  • resource.kubernetesDetails.kubernetesWorkloadDetails.namespace

  • resource.kubernetesDetails.kubernetesUserDetails.username

  • resource.kubernetesDetails.kubernetesWorkloadDetails.containers.image

  • resource.kubernetesDetails.kubernetesWorkloadDetails.containers.imagePrefix

  • service.ebsVolumeScanDetails.scanId

  • service.ebsVolumeScanDetails.scanDetections.threatDetectedByName.threatNames.name

  • service.ebsVolumeScanDetails.scanDetections.threatDetectedByName.threatNames.severity

  • service.ebsVolumeScanDetails.scanDetections.threatDetectedByName.threatNames.filePaths.hash

  • resource.ecsClusterDetails.name

  • resource.ecsClusterDetails.taskDetails.containers.image

  • resource.ecsClusterDetails.taskDetails.definitionArn

  • resource.containerDetails.image

  • resource.rdsDbInstanceDetails.dbInstanceIdentifier

  • resource.rdsDbInstanceDetails.dbClusterIdentifier

  • resource.rdsDbInstanceDetails.engine

  • resource.rdsDbUserDetails.user

  • resource.rdsDbInstanceDetails.tags.key

  • resource.rdsDbInstanceDetails.tags.value

  • service.runtimeDetails.process.executableSha256

  • service.runtimeDetails.process.name

  • service.runtimeDetails.process.executablePath

  • resource.lambdaDetails.functionName

  • resource.lambdaDetails.functionArn

  • resource.lambdaDetails.tags.key

  • resource.lambdaDetails.tags.value

ClientToken

The idempotency token for the create request.

Tags

The tags to be added to a new filter resource.


Creates a new IPSet, which is called a trusted IP list in the console user interface

Description

Creates a new IPSet, which is called a trusted IP list in the console user interface. An IPSet is a list of IP addresses that are trusted for secure communication with Amazon Web Services infrastructure and applications. GuardDuty doesn't generate findings for IP addresses that are included in IPSets. Only users from the administrator account can use this operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_create_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_create_ip_set(
  DetectorId,
  Name,
  Format,
  Location,
  Activate,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty account for which you want to create an IPSet.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

Name

[required] The user-friendly name to identify the IPSet.

Allowed characters are alphanumeric, whitespace, dash (-), and underscores (_).

Format

[required] The format of the file that contains the IPSet.

Location

[required] The URI of the file that contains the IPSet.

Activate

[required] A Boolean value that indicates whether GuardDuty is to start using the uploaded IPSet.

ClientToken

The idempotency token for the create request.

Tags

The tags to be added to a new IP set resource.


Creates a new Malware Protection plan for the protected resource

Description

Creates a new Malware Protection plan for the protected resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_create_malware_protection_plan/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_create_malware_protection_plan(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Role,
  ProtectedResource,
  Actions = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientToken

The idempotency token for the create request.

Role

[required] Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that has the permissions to scan and add tags to the associated protected resource.

ProtectedResource

[required] Information about the protected resource that is associated with the created Malware Protection plan. Presently, S3Bucket is the only supported protected resource.

Actions

Information about whether the tags will be added to the S3 object after scanning.

Tags

Tags added to the Malware Protection plan resource.


Creates member accounts of the current Amazon Web Services account by specifying a list of Amazon Web Services account IDs

Description

Creates member accounts of the current Amazon Web Services account by specifying a list of Amazon Web Services account IDs. This step is a prerequisite for managing the associated member accounts either by invitation or through an organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_create_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_create_members(DetectorId, AccountDetails)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty account for which you want to associate member accounts.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

AccountDetails

[required] A list of account ID and email address pairs of the accounts that you want to associate with the GuardDuty administrator account.


Creates a publishing destination where you can export your GuardDuty findings

Description

Creates a publishing destination where you can export your GuardDuty findings. Before you start exporting the findings, the destination resource must exist.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_create_publishing_destination/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_create_publishing_destination(
  DetectorId,
  DestinationType,
  DestinationProperties,
  ClientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The ID of the GuardDuty detector associated with the publishing destination.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

DestinationType

[required] The type of resource for the publishing destination. Currently only Amazon S3 buckets are supported.

DestinationProperties

[required] The properties of the publishing destination, including the ARNs for the destination and the KMS key used for encryption.

ClientToken

The idempotency token for the request.


Generates sample findings of types specified by the list of finding types

Description

Generates sample findings of types specified by the list of finding types. If 'NULL' is specified for findingTypes, the API generates sample findings of all supported finding types.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_create_sample_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_create_sample_findings(DetectorId, FindingTypes = NULL)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The ID of the detector for which you need to create sample findings.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

FindingTypes

The types of sample findings to generate.


Creates a new ThreatIntelSet

Description

Creates a new ThreatIntelSet. ThreatIntelSets consist of known malicious IP addresses. GuardDuty generates findings based on ThreatIntelSets. Only users of the administrator account can use this operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_create_threat_intel_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_create_threat_intel_set(
  DetectorId,
  Name,
  Format,
  Location,
  Activate,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty account for which you want to create a ThreatIntelSet.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

Name

[required] A user-friendly ThreatIntelSet name displayed in all findings that are generated by activity that involves IP addresses included in this ThreatIntelSet.

Format

[required] The format of the file that contains the ThreatIntelSet.

Location

[required] The URI of the file that contains the ThreatIntelSet.

Activate

[required] A Boolean value that indicates whether GuardDuty is to start using the uploaded ThreatIntelSet.

ClientToken

The idempotency token for the create request.

Tags

The tags to be added to a new threat list resource.


Declines invitations sent to the current member account by Amazon Web Services accounts specified by their account IDs

Description

Declines invitations sent to the current member account by Amazon Web Services accounts specified by their account IDs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_decline_invitations/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_decline_invitations(AccountIds)

Arguments

AccountIds

[required] A list of account IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts that sent invitations to the current member account that you want to decline invitations from.


Deletes an Amazon GuardDuty detector that is specified by the detector ID

Description

Deletes an Amazon GuardDuty detector that is specified by the detector ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_delete_detector/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_delete_detector(DetectorId)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that you want to delete.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.


Deletes the filter specified by the filter name

Description

Deletes the filter specified by the filter name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_delete_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_delete_filter(DetectorId, FilterName)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that is associated with the filter.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

FilterName

[required] The name of the filter that you want to delete.


Deletes invitations sent to the current member account by Amazon Web Services accounts specified by their account IDs

Description

Deletes invitations sent to the current member account by Amazon Web Services accounts specified by their account IDs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_delete_invitations/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_delete_invitations(AccountIds)

Arguments

AccountIds

[required] A list of account IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts that sent invitations to the current member account that you want to delete invitations from.


Deletes the IPSet specified by the ipSetId

Description

Deletes the IPSet specified by the ipSetId. IPSets are called trusted IP lists in the console user interface.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_delete_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_delete_ip_set(DetectorId, IpSetId)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector associated with the IPSet.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

IpSetId

[required] The unique ID of the IPSet to delete.


Deletes the Malware Protection plan ID associated with the Malware Protection plan resource

Description

Deletes the Malware Protection plan ID associated with the Malware Protection plan resource. Use this API only when you no longer want to protect the resource associated with this Malware Protection plan ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_delete_malware_protection_plan/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_delete_malware_protection_plan(MalwareProtectionPlanId)

Arguments

MalwareProtectionPlanId

[required] A unique identifier associated with Malware Protection plan resource.


Deletes GuardDuty member accounts (to the current GuardDuty administrator account) specified by the account IDs

Description

Deletes GuardDuty member accounts (to the current GuardDuty administrator account) specified by the account IDs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_delete_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_delete_members(DetectorId, AccountIds)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty account whose members you want to delete.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

AccountIds

[required] A list of account IDs of the GuardDuty member accounts that you want to delete.


Deletes the publishing definition with the specified destinationId

Description

Deletes the publishing definition with the specified destinationId.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_delete_publishing_destination/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_delete_publishing_destination(DetectorId, DestinationId)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector associated with the publishing destination to delete.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

DestinationId

[required] The ID of the publishing destination to delete.


Deletes the ThreatIntelSet specified by the ThreatIntelSet ID

Description

Deletes the ThreatIntelSet specified by the ThreatIntelSet ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_delete_threat_intel_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_delete_threat_intel_set(DetectorId, ThreatIntelSetId)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that is associated with the threatIntelSet.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

ThreatIntelSetId

[required] The unique ID of the threatIntelSet that you want to delete.


Returns a list of malware scans

Description

Returns a list of malware scans. Each member account can view the malware scans for their own accounts. An administrator can view the malware scans for all the member accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_describe_malware_scans/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_describe_malware_scans(
  DetectorId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  FilterCriteria = NULL,
  SortCriteria = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that the request is associated with.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

NextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the list action. For subsequent calls to the action, fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.

MaxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. The default value is 50. The maximum value is 50.

FilterCriteria

Represents the criteria to be used in the filter for describing scan entries.

SortCriteria

Represents the criteria used for sorting scan entries. The attributeName is required and it must be scanStartTime.


Returns information about the account selected as the delegated administrator for GuardDuty

Description

Returns information about the account selected as the delegated administrator for GuardDuty.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_describe_organization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_describe_organization_configuration(
  DetectorId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The detector ID of the delegated administrator for which you need to retrieve the information.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

MaxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response.

NextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the list action. For subsequent calls to the action, fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.


Returns information about the publishing destination specified by the provided destinationId

Description

Returns information about the publishing destination specified by the provided destinationId.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_describe_publishing_destination/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_describe_publishing_destination(DetectorId, DestinationId)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector associated with the publishing destination to retrieve.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

DestinationId

[required] The ID of the publishing destination to retrieve.


Removes the existing GuardDuty delegated administrator of the organization

Description

Removes the existing GuardDuty delegated administrator of the organization. Only the organization's management account can run this API operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_disable_organization_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_disable_organization_admin_account(AdminAccountId)

Arguments

AdminAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services Account ID for the organizations account to be disabled as a GuardDuty delegated administrator.


Disassociates the current GuardDuty member account from its administrator account

Description

Disassociates the current GuardDuty member account from its administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_disassociate_from_administrator_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_disassociate_from_administrator_account(DetectorId)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty member account.


Disassociates the current GuardDuty member account from its administrator account

Description

Disassociates the current GuardDuty member account from its administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_disassociate_from_master_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_disassociate_from_master_account(DetectorId)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty member account.


Disassociates GuardDuty member accounts (from the current administrator account) specified by the account IDs

Description

Disassociates GuardDuty member accounts (from the current administrator account) specified by the account IDs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_disassociate_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_disassociate_members(DetectorId, AccountIds)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty account whose members you want to disassociate from the administrator account.

AccountIds

[required] A list of account IDs of the GuardDuty member accounts that you want to disassociate from the administrator account.


Designates an Amazon Web Services account within the organization as your GuardDuty delegated administrator

Description

Designates an Amazon Web Services account within the organization as your GuardDuty delegated administrator. Only the organization's management account can run this API operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_enable_organization_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_enable_organization_admin_account(AdminAccountId)

Arguments

AdminAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID for the organization account to be enabled as a GuardDuty delegated administrator.


Provides the details of the GuardDuty administrator account associated with the current GuardDuty member account

Description

Provides the details of the GuardDuty administrator account associated with the current GuardDuty member account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_administrator_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_administrator_account(DetectorId)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty member account.


Retrieves aggregated statistics for your account

Description

Retrieves aggregated statistics for your account. If you are a GuardDuty administrator, you can retrieve the statistics for all the resources associated with the active member accounts in your organization who have enabled Runtime Monitoring and have the GuardDuty security agent running on their resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_coverage_statistics/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_coverage_statistics(
  DetectorId,
  FilterCriteria = NULL,
  StatisticsType
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the GuardDuty detector.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

FilterCriteria

Represents the criteria used to filter the coverage statistics.

StatisticsType

[required] Represents the statistics type used to aggregate the coverage details.


Retrieves a GuardDuty detector specified by the detectorId

Description

Retrieves a GuardDuty detector specified by the detectorId.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_detector/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_detector(DetectorId)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that you want to get.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.


Returns the details of the filter specified by the filter name

Description

Returns the details of the filter specified by the filter name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_filter(DetectorId, FilterName)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that is associated with this filter.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

FilterName

[required] The name of the filter you want to get.


Describes Amazon GuardDuty findings specified by finding IDs

Description

Describes Amazon GuardDuty findings specified by finding IDs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_findings(DetectorId, FindingIds, SortCriteria = NULL)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The ID of the detector that specifies the GuardDuty service whose findings you want to retrieve.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

FindingIds

[required] The IDs of the findings that you want to retrieve.

SortCriteria

Represents the criteria used for sorting findings.


Lists GuardDuty findings statistics for the specified detector ID

Description

Lists GuardDuty findings statistics for the specified detector ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_findings_statistics/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_findings_statistics(
  DetectorId,
  FindingStatisticTypes = NULL,
  FindingCriteria = NULL,
  GroupBy = NULL,
  OrderBy = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The ID of the detector whose findings statistics you want to retrieve.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

FindingStatisticTypes

The types of finding statistics to retrieve.

FindingCriteria

Represents the criteria that is used for querying findings.

GroupBy

Displays the findings statistics grouped by one of the listed valid values.

OrderBy

Displays the sorted findings in the requested order. The default value of orderBy is DESC.

You can use this parameter only with the groupBy parameter.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned in the response. The default value is 25.

You can use this parameter only with the groupBy parameter.


Returns the count of all GuardDuty membership invitations that were sent to the current member account except the currently accepted invitation

Description

Returns the count of all GuardDuty membership invitations that were sent to the current member account except the currently accepted invitation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_invitations_count/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_invitations_count()

Retrieves the IPSet specified by the ipSetId

Description

Retrieves the IPSet specified by the ipSetId.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_ip_set(DetectorId, IpSetId)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that is associated with the IPSet.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

IpSetId

[required] The unique ID of the IPSet to retrieve.


Retrieves the Malware Protection plan details associated with a Malware Protection plan ID

Description

Retrieves the Malware Protection plan details associated with a Malware Protection plan ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_malware_protection_plan/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_malware_protection_plan(MalwareProtectionPlanId)

Arguments

MalwareProtectionPlanId

[required] A unique identifier associated with Malware Protection plan resource.


Returns the details of the malware scan settings

Description

Returns the details of the malware scan settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_malware_scan_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_malware_scan_settings(DetectorId)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that is associated with this scan.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.


Provides the details for the GuardDuty administrator account associated with the current GuardDuty member account

Description

Provides the details for the GuardDuty administrator account associated with the current GuardDuty member account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_master_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_master_account(DetectorId)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty member account.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.


Describes which data sources are enabled for the member account's detector

Description

Describes which data sources are enabled for the member account's detector.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_member_detectors/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_member_detectors(DetectorId, AccountIds)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The detector ID for the administrator account.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

AccountIds

[required] A list of member account IDs.


Retrieves GuardDuty member accounts (of the current GuardDuty administrator account) specified by the account IDs

Description

Retrieves GuardDuty member accounts (of the current GuardDuty administrator account) specified by the account IDs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_members(DetectorId, AccountIds)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty account whose members you want to retrieve.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

AccountIds

[required] A list of account IDs of the GuardDuty member accounts that you want to describe.


Retrieves how many active member accounts have each feature enabled within GuardDuty

Description

Retrieves how many active member accounts have each feature enabled within GuardDuty. Only a delegated GuardDuty administrator of an organization can run this API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_organization_statistics/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_organization_statistics()

Provides the number of days left for each data source used in the free trial period

Description

Provides the number of days left for each data source used in the free trial period.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_remaining_free_trial_days/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_remaining_free_trial_days(DetectorId, AccountIds = NULL)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty member account.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

AccountIds

A list of account identifiers of the GuardDuty member account.


Retrieves the ThreatIntelSet that is specified by the ThreatIntelSet ID

Description

Retrieves the ThreatIntelSet that is specified by the ThreatIntelSet ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_threat_intel_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_threat_intel_set(DetectorId, ThreatIntelSetId)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that is associated with the threatIntelSet.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

ThreatIntelSetId

[required] The unique ID of the threatIntelSet that you want to get.


Lists Amazon GuardDuty usage statistics over the last 30 days for the specified detector ID

Description

Lists Amazon GuardDuty usage statistics over the last 30 days for the specified detector ID. For newly enabled detectors or data sources, the cost returned will include only the usage so far under 30 days. This may differ from the cost metrics in the console, which project usage over 30 days to provide a monthly cost estimate. For more information, see Understanding How Usage Costs are Calculated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_get_usage_statistics/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_get_usage_statistics(
  DetectorId,
  UsageStatisticType,
  UsageCriteria,
  Unit = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The ID of the detector that specifies the GuardDuty service whose usage statistics you want to retrieve.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

UsageStatisticType

[required] The type of usage statistics to retrieve.

UsageCriteria

[required] Represents the criteria used for querying usage.

Unit

The currency unit you would like to view your usage statistics in. Current valid values are USD.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.

NextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. For subsequent calls, use the NextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.


Invites Amazon Web Services accounts to become members of an organization administered by the Amazon Web Services account that invokes this API

Description

Invites Amazon Web Services accounts to become members of an organization administered by the Amazon Web Services account that invokes this API. If you are using Amazon Web Services Organizations to manage your GuardDuty environment, this step is not needed. For more information, see Managing accounts with organizations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_invite_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_invite_members(
  DetectorId,
  AccountIds,
  DisableEmailNotification = NULL,
  Message = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty account with which you want to invite members.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

AccountIds

[required] A list of account IDs of the accounts that you want to invite to GuardDuty as members.

DisableEmailNotification

A Boolean value that specifies whether you want to disable email notification to the accounts that you are inviting to GuardDuty as members.

Message

The invitation message that you want to send to the accounts that you're inviting to GuardDuty as members.


Lists coverage details for your GuardDuty account

Description

Lists coverage details for your GuardDuty account. If you're a GuardDuty administrator, you can retrieve all resources associated with the active member accounts in your organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_list_coverage/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_list_coverage(
  DetectorId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  FilterCriteria = NULL,
  SortCriteria = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector whose coverage details you want to retrieve.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

NextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. For subsequent calls, use the NextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.

FilterCriteria

Represents the criteria used to filter the coverage details.

SortCriteria

Represents the criteria used to sort the coverage details.


Lists detectorIds of all the existing Amazon GuardDuty detector resources

Description

Lists detectorIds of all the existing Amazon GuardDuty detector resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_list_detectors/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_list_detectors(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. The default value is 50. The maximum value is 50.

NextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the list action. For subsequent calls to the action, fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.


Returns a paginated list of the current filters

Description

Returns a paginated list of the current filters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_list_filters/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_list_filters(DetectorId, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that is associated with the filter.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

MaxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. The default value is 50. The maximum value is 50.

NextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the list action. For subsequent calls to the action, fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.


Lists GuardDuty findings for the specified detector ID

Description

Lists GuardDuty findings for the specified detector ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_list_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_list_findings(
  DetectorId,
  FindingCriteria = NULL,
  SortCriteria = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The ID of the detector that specifies the GuardDuty service whose findings you want to list.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

FindingCriteria

Represents the criteria used for querying findings. Valid values include:

  • JSON field name

  • accountId

  • region

  • confidence

  • id

  • resource.accessKeyDetails.accessKeyId

  • resource.accessKeyDetails.principalId

  • resource.accessKeyDetails.userName

  • resource.accessKeyDetails.userType

  • resource.instanceDetails.iamInstanceProfile.id

  • resource.instanceDetails.imageId

  • resource.instanceDetails.instanceId

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.ipv6Addresses

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.privateIpAddresses.privateIpAddress

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.publicDnsName

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.publicIp

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.securityGroups.groupId

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.securityGroups.groupName

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.subnetId

  • resource.instanceDetails.networkInterfaces.vpcId

  • resource.instanceDetails.tags.key

  • resource.instanceDetails.tags.value

  • resource.resourceType

  • service.action.actionType

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.api

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.callerType

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.remoteIpDetails.city.cityName

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.remoteIpDetails.country.countryName

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.remoteIpDetails.ipAddressV4

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.remoteIpDetails.organization.asn

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.remoteIpDetails.organization.asnOrg

  • service.action.awsApiCallAction.serviceName

  • service.action.dnsRequestAction.domain

  • service.action.dnsRequestAction.domainWithSuffix

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.blocked

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.connectionDirection

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.localPortDetails.port

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.protocol

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.remoteIpDetails.country.countryName

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.remoteIpDetails.ipAddressV4

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.remoteIpDetails.organization.asn

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.remoteIpDetails.organization.asnOrg

  • service.action.networkConnectionAction.remotePortDetails.port

  • service.additionalInfo.threatListName

  • service.archived

    When this attribute is set to 'true', only archived findings are listed. When it's set to 'false', only unarchived findings are listed. When this attribute is not set, all existing findings are listed.

  • service.ebsVolumeScanDetails.scanId

  • service.resourceRole

  • severity

  • type

  • updatedAt

    Type: Timestamp in Unix Epoch millisecond format: 1486685375000

SortCriteria

Represents the criteria used for sorting findings.

MaxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. The default value is 50. The maximum value is 50.

NextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the list action. For subsequent calls to the action, fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.


Lists all GuardDuty membership invitations that were sent to the current Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists all GuardDuty membership invitations that were sent to the current Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_list_invitations/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_list_invitations(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. The default value is 50. The maximum value is 50.

NextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the list action. For subsequent calls to the action, fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.


Lists the IPSets of the GuardDuty service specified by the detector ID

Description

Lists the IPSets of the GuardDuty service specified by the detector ID. If you use this operation from a member account, the IPSets returned are the IPSets from the associated administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_list_ip_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_list_ip_sets(DetectorId, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that is associated with IPSet.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

MaxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. The default value is 50. The maximum value is 50.

NextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the list action. For subsequent calls to the action, fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.


Lists the Malware Protection plan IDs associated with the protected resources in your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists the Malware Protection plan IDs associated with the protected resources in your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_list_malware_protection_plans/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_list_malware_protection_plans(NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the list action. For subsequent calls to the action, fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.


Lists details about all member accounts for the current GuardDuty administrator account

Description

Lists details about all member accounts for the current GuardDuty administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_list_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_list_members(
  DetectorId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  OnlyAssociated = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that is associated with the member.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

MaxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. The default value is 50. The maximum value is 50.

NextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the list action. For subsequent calls to the action, fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.

OnlyAssociated

Specifies whether to only return associated members or to return all members (including members who haven't been invited yet or have been disassociated). Member accounts must have been previously associated with the GuardDuty administrator account using ⁠Create Members⁠ .


Lists the accounts designated as GuardDuty delegated administrators

Description

Lists the accounts designated as GuardDuty delegated administrators. Only the organization's management account can run this API operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_list_organization_admin_accounts/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_list_organization_admin_accounts(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.

NextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. For subsequent calls, use the NextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.


Returns a list of publishing destinations associated with the specified detectorId

Description

Returns a list of publishing destinations associated with the specified detectorId.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_list_publishing_destinations/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_list_publishing_destinations(
  DetectorId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The detector ID for which you want to retrieve the publishing destination.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.

NextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. For subsequent calls, use the NextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.


Lists tags for a resource

Description

Lists tags for a resource. Tagging is currently supported for detectors, finding filters, IP sets, threat intel sets, and publishing destination, with a limit of 50 tags per resource. When invoked, this operation returns all assigned tags for a given resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the given GuardDuty resource.


Lists the ThreatIntelSets of the GuardDuty service specified by the detector ID

Description

Lists the ThreatIntelSets of the GuardDuty service specified by the detector ID. If you use this operation from a member account, the ThreatIntelSets associated with the administrator account are returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_list_threat_intel_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_list_threat_intel_sets(
  DetectorId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that is associated with the threatIntelSet.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

MaxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. The default value is 50. The maximum value is 50.

NextToken

You can use this parameter to paginate results in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the list action. For subsequent calls to the action, fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.


Initiates the malware scan

Description

Initiates the malware scan. Invoking this API will automatically create the Service-linked role in the corresponding account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_start_malware_scan/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_start_malware_scan(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource for which you invoked the API.


Turns on GuardDuty monitoring of the specified member accounts

Description

Turns on GuardDuty monitoring of the specified member accounts. Use this operation to restart monitoring of accounts that you stopped monitoring with the stop_monitoring_members operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_start_monitoring_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_start_monitoring_members(DetectorId, AccountIds)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector of the GuardDuty administrator account associated with the member accounts to monitor.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

AccountIds

[required] A list of account IDs of the GuardDuty member accounts to start monitoring.


Stops GuardDuty monitoring for the specified member accounts

Description

Stops GuardDuty monitoring for the specified member accounts. Use the start_monitoring_members operation to restart monitoring for those accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_stop_monitoring_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_stop_monitoring_members(DetectorId, AccountIds)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector associated with the GuardDuty administrator account that is monitoring member accounts.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

AccountIds

[required] A list of account IDs for the member accounts to stop monitoring.


Adds tags to a resource

Description

Adds tags to a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the GuardDuty resource to apply a tag to.

Tags

[required] The tags to be added to a resource.


Unarchives GuardDuty findings specified by the findingIds

Description

Unarchives GuardDuty findings specified by the findingIds.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_unarchive_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_unarchive_findings(DetectorId, FindingIds)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The ID of the detector associated with the findings to unarchive.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

FindingIds

[required] The IDs of the findings to unarchive.


Removes tags from a resource

Description

Removes tags from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the resource to remove tags from.

TagKeys

[required] The tag keys to remove from the resource.


Updates the GuardDuty detector specified by the detector ID

Description

Updates the GuardDuty detector specified by the detector ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_update_detector/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_update_detector(
  DetectorId,
  Enable = NULL,
  FindingPublishingFrequency = NULL,
  DataSources = NULL,
  Features = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector to update.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

Enable

Specifies whether the detector is enabled or not enabled.

FindingPublishingFrequency

An enum value that specifies how frequently findings are exported, such as to CloudWatch Events.

DataSources

Describes which data sources will be updated.

There might be regional differences because some data sources might not be available in all the Amazon Web Services Regions where GuardDuty is presently supported. For more information, see Regions and endpoints.

Features

Provides the features that will be updated for the detector.


Updates the filter specified by the filter name

Description

Updates the filter specified by the filter name.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_update_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_update_filter(
  DetectorId,
  FilterName,
  Description = NULL,
  Action = NULL,
  Rank = NULL,
  FindingCriteria = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that specifies the GuardDuty service where you want to update a filter.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

FilterName

[required] The name of the filter.

Description

The description of the filter. Valid characters include alphanumeric characters, and special characters such as hyphen, period, colon, underscore, parentheses ({ }, ⁠[ ]⁠, and ⁠( )⁠), forward slash, horizontal tab, vertical tab, newline, form feed, return, and whitespace.

[ ]: R:%20

Action

Specifies the action that is to be applied to the findings that match the filter.

Rank

Specifies the position of the filter in the list of current filters. Also specifies the order in which this filter is applied to the findings.

FindingCriteria

Represents the criteria to be used in the filter for querying findings.


Marks the specified GuardDuty findings as useful or not useful

Description

Marks the specified GuardDuty findings as useful or not useful.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_update_findings_feedback/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_update_findings_feedback(
  DetectorId,
  FindingIds,
  Feedback,
  Comments = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The ID of the detector that is associated with the findings for which you want to update the feedback.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

FindingIds

[required] The IDs of the findings that you want to mark as useful or not useful.

Feedback

[required] The feedback for the finding.

Comments

Additional feedback about the GuardDuty findings.


Updates the IPSet specified by the IPSet ID

Description

Updates the IPSet specified by the IPSet ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_update_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_update_ip_set(
  DetectorId,
  IpSetId,
  Name = NULL,
  Location = NULL,
  Activate = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The detectorID that specifies the GuardDuty service whose IPSet you want to update.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

IpSetId

[required] The unique ID that specifies the IPSet that you want to update.

Name

The unique ID that specifies the IPSet that you want to update.

Location

The updated URI of the file that contains the IPSet.

Activate

The updated Boolean value that specifies whether the IPSet is active or not.


Updates an existing Malware Protection plan resource

Description

Updates an existing Malware Protection plan resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_update_malware_protection_plan/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_update_malware_protection_plan(
  MalwareProtectionPlanId,
  Role = NULL,
  Actions = NULL,
  ProtectedResource = NULL
)

Arguments

MalwareProtectionPlanId

[required] A unique identifier associated with the Malware Protection plan.

Role

Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role with permissions to scan and add tags to the associated protected resource.

Actions

Information about whether the tags will be added to the S3 object after scanning.

ProtectedResource

Information about the protected resource that is associated with the created Malware Protection plan. Presently, S3Bucket is the only supported protected resource.


Updates the malware scan settings

Description

Updates the malware scan settings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_update_malware_scan_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_update_malware_scan_settings(
  DetectorId,
  ScanResourceCriteria = NULL,
  EbsSnapshotPreservation = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The unique ID of the detector that specifies the GuardDuty service where you want to update scan settings.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

ScanResourceCriteria

Represents the criteria to be used in the filter for selecting resources to scan.

EbsSnapshotPreservation

An enum value representing possible snapshot preservation settings.


Contains information on member accounts to be updated

Description

Contains information on member accounts to be updated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_update_member_detectors/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_update_member_detectors(
  DetectorId,
  AccountIds,
  DataSources = NULL,
  Features = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The detector ID of the administrator account.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

AccountIds

[required] A list of member account IDs to be updated.

DataSources

Describes which data sources will be updated.

Features

A list of features that will be updated for the specified member accounts.


Configures the delegated administrator account with the provided values

Description

Configures the delegated administrator account with the provided values. You must provide a value for either autoEnableOrganizationMembers or autoEnable, but not both.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_update_organization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_update_organization_configuration(
  DetectorId,
  AutoEnable = NULL,
  DataSources = NULL,
  Features = NULL,
  AutoEnableOrganizationMembers = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The ID of the detector that configures the delegated administrator.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

AutoEnable

Represents whether to automatically enable member accounts in the organization. This applies to only new member accounts, not the existing member accounts. When a new account joins the organization, the chosen features will be enabled for them by default.

Even though this is still supported, we recommend using AutoEnableOrganizationMembers to achieve the similar results. You must provide a value for either autoEnableOrganizationMembers or autoEnable.

DataSources

Describes which data sources will be updated.

Features

A list of features that will be configured for the organization.

AutoEnableOrganizationMembers

Indicates the auto-enablement configuration of GuardDuty for the member accounts in the organization. You must provide a value for either autoEnableOrganizationMembers or autoEnable.

Use one of the following configuration values for autoEnableOrganizationMembers:

  • NEW: Indicates that when a new account joins the organization, they will have GuardDuty enabled automatically.

  • ALL: Indicates that all accounts in the organization have GuardDuty enabled automatically. This includes NEW accounts that join the organization and accounts that may have been suspended or removed from the organization in GuardDuty.

    It may take up to 24 hours to update the configuration for all the member accounts.

  • NONE: Indicates that GuardDuty will not be automatically enabled for any account in the organization. The administrator must manage GuardDuty for each account in the organization individually.

    When you update the auto-enable setting from ALL or NEW to NONE, this action doesn't disable the corresponding option for your existing accounts. This configuration will apply to the new accounts that join the organization. After you update the auto-enable settings, no new account will have the corresponding option as enabled.


Updates information about the publishing destination specified by the destinationId

Description

Updates information about the publishing destination specified by the destinationId.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_update_publishing_destination/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_update_publishing_destination(
  DetectorId,
  DestinationId,
  DestinationProperties = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The ID of the detector associated with the publishing destinations to update.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

DestinationId

[required] The ID of the publishing destination to update.

DestinationProperties

A DestinationProperties object that includes the DestinationArn and KmsKeyArn of the publishing destination.


Updates the ThreatIntelSet specified by the ThreatIntelSet ID

Description

Updates the ThreatIntelSet specified by the ThreatIntelSet ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/guardduty_update_threat_intel_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

guardduty_update_threat_intel_set(
  DetectorId,
  ThreatIntelSetId,
  Name = NULL,
  Location = NULL,
  Activate = NULL
)

Arguments

DetectorId

[required] The detectorID that specifies the GuardDuty service whose ThreatIntelSet you want to update.

To find the detectorId in the current Region, see the Settings page in the GuardDuty console, or run the list_detectors API.

ThreatIntelSetId

[required] The unique ID that specifies the ThreatIntelSet that you want to update.

Name

The unique ID that specifies the ThreatIntelSet that you want to update.

Location

The updated URI of the file that contains the ThreateIntelSet.

Activate

The updated Boolean value that specifies whether the ThreateIntelSet is active or not.


AWS Identity and Access Management

Description

Identity and Access Management

Identity and Access Management (IAM) is a web service for securely controlling access to Amazon Web Services services. With IAM, you can centrally manage users, security credentials such as access keys, and permissions that control which Amazon Web Services resources users and applications can access. For more information about IAM, see Identity and Access Management (IAM) and the Identity and Access Management User Guide.

Usage

iam(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- iam(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_client_id_to_open_id_connect_provider Adds a new client ID (also known as audience) to the list of client IDs already registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource
add_role_to_instance_profile Adds the specified IAM role to the specified instance profile
add_user_to_group Adds the specified user to the specified group
attach_group_policy Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM group
attach_role_policy Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM role
attach_user_policy Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified user
change_password Changes the password of the IAM user who is calling this operation
create_access_key Creates a new Amazon Web Services secret access key and corresponding Amazon Web Services access key ID for the specified user
create_account_alias Creates an alias for your Amazon Web Services account
create_group Creates a new group
create_instance_profile Creates a new instance profile
create_login_profile Creates a password for the specified IAM user
create_open_id_connect_provider Creates an IAM entity to describe an identity provider (IdP) that supports OpenID Connect (OIDC)
create_policy Creates a new managed policy for your Amazon Web Services account
create_policy_version Creates a new version of the specified managed policy
create_role Creates a new role for your Amazon Web Services account
create_saml_provider Creates an IAM resource that describes an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2
create_service_linked_role Creates an IAM role that is linked to a specific Amazon Web Services service
create_service_specific_credential Generates a set of credentials consisting of a user name and password that can be used to access the service specified in the request
create_user Creates a new IAM user for your Amazon Web Services account
create_virtual_mfa_device Creates a new virtual MFA device for the Amazon Web Services account
deactivate_mfa_device Deactivates the specified MFA device and removes it from association with the user name for which it was originally enabled
delete_access_key Deletes the access key pair associated with the specified IAM user
delete_account_alias Deletes the specified Amazon Web Services account alias
delete_account_password_policy Deletes the password policy for the Amazon Web Services account
delete_group Deletes the specified IAM group
delete_group_policy Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM group
delete_instance_profile Deletes the specified instance profile
delete_login_profile Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, For more information, see Managing passwords for IAM users
delete_open_id_connect_provider Deletes an OpenID Connect identity provider (IdP) resource object in IAM
delete_policy Deletes the specified managed policy
delete_policy_version Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy
delete_role Deletes the specified role
delete_role_permissions_boundary Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM role
delete_role_policy Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM role
delete_saml_provider Deletes a SAML provider resource in IAM
delete_server_certificate Deletes the specified server certificate
delete_service_linked_role Submits a service-linked role deletion request and returns a DeletionTaskId, which you can use to check the status of the deletion
delete_service_specific_credential Deletes the specified service-specific credential
delete_signing_certificate Deletes a signing certificate associated with the specified IAM user
delete_ssh_public_key Deletes the specified SSH public key
delete_user Deletes the specified IAM user
delete_user_permissions_boundary Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM user
delete_user_policy Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM user
delete_virtual_mfa_device Deletes a virtual MFA device
detach_group_policy Removes the specified managed policy from the specified IAM group
detach_role_policy Removes the specified managed policy from the specified role
detach_user_policy Removes the specified managed policy from the specified user
disable_organizations_root_credentials_management Disables the management of privileged root user credentials across member accounts in your organization
disable_organizations_root_sessions Disables root user sessions for privileged tasks across member accounts in your organization
enable_mfa_device Enables the specified MFA device and associates it with the specified IAM user
enable_organizations_root_credentials_management Enables the management of privileged root user credentials across member accounts in your organization
enable_organizations_root_sessions Allows the management account or delegated administrator to perform privileged tasks on member accounts in your organization
generate_credential_report Generates a credential report for the Amazon Web Services account
generate_organizations_access_report Generates a report for service last accessed data for Organizations
generate_service_last_accessed_details Generates a report that includes details about when an IAM resource (user, group, role, or policy) was last used in an attempt to access Amazon Web Services services
get_access_key_last_used Retrieves information about when the specified access key was last used
get_account_authorization_details Retrieves information about all IAM users, groups, roles, and policies in your Amazon Web Services account, including their relationships to one another
get_account_password_policy Retrieves the password policy for the Amazon Web Services account
get_account_summary Retrieves information about IAM entity usage and IAM quotas in the Amazon Web Services account
get_context_keys_for_custom_policy Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in the input policies
get_context_keys_for_principal_policy Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in all the IAM policies that are attached to the specified IAM entity
get_credential_report Retrieves a credential report for the Amazon Web Services account
get_group Returns a list of IAM users that are in the specified IAM group
get_group_policy Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group
get_instance_profile Retrieves information about the specified instance profile, including the instance profile's path, GUID, ARN, and role
get_login_profile Retrieves the user name for the specified IAM user
get_mfa_device Retrieves information about an MFA device for a specified user
get_open_id_connect_provider Returns information about the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object in IAM
get_organizations_access_report Retrieves the service last accessed data report for Organizations that was previously generated using the GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport operation
get_policy Retrieves information about the specified managed policy, including the policy's default version and the total number of IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached
get_policy_version Retrieves information about the specified version of the specified managed policy, including the policy document
get_role Retrieves information about the specified role, including the role's path, GUID, ARN, and the role's trust policy that grants permission to assume the role
get_role_policy Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded with the specified IAM role
get_saml_provider Returns the SAML provider metadocument that was uploaded when the IAM SAML provider resource object was created or updated
get_server_certificate Retrieves information about the specified server certificate stored in IAM
get_service_last_accessed_details Retrieves a service last accessed report that was created using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation
get_service_last_accessed_details_with_entities After you generate a group or policy report using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation, you can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities
get_service_linked_role_deletion_status Retrieves the status of your service-linked role deletion
get_ssh_public_key Retrieves the specified SSH public key, including metadata about the key
get_user Retrieves information about the specified IAM user, including the user's creation date, path, unique ID, and ARN
get_user_policy Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user
list_access_keys Returns information about the access key IDs associated with the specified IAM user
list_account_aliases Lists the account alias associated with the Amazon Web Services account (Note: you can have only one)
list_attached_group_policies Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM group
list_attached_role_policies Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM role
list_attached_user_policies Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM user
list_entities_for_policy Lists all IAM users, groups, and roles that the specified managed policy is attached to
list_group_policies Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM group
list_groups Lists the IAM groups that have the specified path prefix
list_groups_for_user Lists the IAM groups that the specified IAM user belongs to
list_instance_profiles Lists the instance profiles that have the specified path prefix
list_instance_profiles_for_role Lists the instance profiles that have the specified associated IAM role
list_instance_profile_tags Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM instance profile
list_mfa_devices Lists the MFA devices for an IAM user
list_mfa_device_tags Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device
list_open_id_connect_providers Lists information about the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource objects defined in the Amazon Web Services account
list_open_id_connect_provider_tags Lists the tags that are attached to the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider
list_organizations_features Lists the centralized root access features enabled for your organization
list_policies Lists all the managed policies that are available in your Amazon Web Services account, including your own customer-defined managed policies and all Amazon Web Services managed policies
list_policies_granting_service_access Retrieves a list of policies that the IAM identity (user, group, or role) can use to access each specified service
list_policy_tags Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM customer managed policy
list_policy_versions Lists information about the versions of the specified managed policy, including the version that is currently set as the policy's default version
list_role_policies Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM role
list_roles Lists the IAM roles that have the specified path prefix
list_role_tags Lists the tags that are attached to the specified role
list_saml_providers Lists the SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM in the account
list_saml_provider_tags Lists the tags that are attached to the specified Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider
list_server_certificates Lists the server certificates stored in IAM that have the specified path prefix
list_server_certificate_tags Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM server certificate
list_service_specific_credentials Returns information about the service-specific credentials associated with the specified IAM user
list_signing_certificates Returns information about the signing certificates associated with the specified IAM user
list_ssh_public_keys Returns information about the SSH public keys associated with the specified IAM user
list_user_policies Lists the names of the inline policies embedded in the specified IAM user
list_users Lists the IAM users that have the specified path prefix
list_user_tags Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM user
list_virtual_mfa_devices Lists the virtual MFA devices defined in the Amazon Web Services account by assignment status
put_group_policy Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group
put_role_permissions_boundary Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM role's permissions boundary
put_role_policy Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM role
put_user_permissions_boundary Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM user's permissions boundary
put_user_policy Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user
remove_client_id_from_open_id_connect_provider Removes the specified client ID (also known as audience) from the list of client IDs registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object
remove_role_from_instance_profile Removes the specified IAM role from the specified Amazon EC2 instance profile
remove_user_from_group Removes the specified user from the specified group
reset_service_specific_credential Resets the password for a service-specific credential
resync_mfa_device Synchronizes the specified MFA device with its IAM resource object on the Amazon Web Services servers
set_default_policy_version Sets the specified version of the specified policy as the policy's default (operative) version
set_security_token_service_preferences Sets the specified version of the global endpoint token as the token version used for the Amazon Web Services account
simulate_custom_policy Simulate how a set of IAM policies and optionally a resource-based policy works with a list of API operations and Amazon Web Services resources to determine the policies' effective permissions
simulate_principal_policy Simulate how a set of IAM policies attached to an IAM entity works with a list of API operations and Amazon Web Services resources to determine the policies' effective permissions
tag_instance_profile Adds one or more tags to an IAM instance profile
tag_mfa_device Adds one or more tags to an IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device
tag_open_id_connect_provider Adds one or more tags to an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider
tag_policy Adds one or more tags to an IAM customer managed policy
tag_role Adds one or more tags to an IAM role
tag_saml_provider Adds one or more tags to a Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider
tag_server_certificate Adds one or more tags to an IAM server certificate
tag_user Adds one or more tags to an IAM user
untag_instance_profile Removes the specified tags from the IAM instance profile
untag_mfa_device Removes the specified tags from the IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device
untag_open_id_connect_provider Removes the specified tags from the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider in IAM
untag_policy Removes the specified tags from the customer managed policy
untag_role Removes the specified tags from the role
untag_saml_provider Removes the specified tags from the specified Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider in IAM
untag_server_certificate Removes the specified tags from the IAM server certificate
untag_user Removes the specified tags from the user
update_access_key Changes the status of the specified access key from Active to Inactive, or vice versa
update_account_password_policy Updates the password policy settings for the Amazon Web Services account
update_assume_role_policy Updates the policy that grants an IAM entity permission to assume a role
update_group Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM group
update_login_profile Changes the password for the specified IAM user
update_open_id_connect_provider_thumbprint Replaces the existing list of server certificate thumbprints associated with an OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object with a new list of thumbprints
update_role Updates the description or maximum session duration setting of a role
update_role_description Use UpdateRole instead
update_saml_provider Updates the metadata document, SAML encryption settings, and private keys for an existing SAML provider
update_server_certificate Updates the name and/or the path of the specified server certificate stored in IAM
update_service_specific_credential Sets the status of a service-specific credential to Active or Inactive
update_signing_certificate Changes the status of the specified user signing certificate from active to disabled, or vice versa
update_ssh_public_key Sets the status of an IAM user's SSH public key to active or inactive
update_user Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM user
upload_server_certificate Uploads a server certificate entity for the Amazon Web Services account
upload_signing_certificate Uploads an X
upload_ssh_public_key Uploads an SSH public key and associates it with the specified IAM user

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- iam()
# The following add-client-id-to-open-id-connect-provider command adds the
# client ID my-application-ID to the OIDC provider named
# server.example.com:
svc$add_client_id_to_open_id_connect_provider(
  ClientID = "my-application-ID",
  OpenIDConnectProviderArn = "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:oidc-provider/server.example.com"
)

## End(Not run)


Adds a new client ID (also known as audience) to the list of client IDs already registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource

Description

Adds a new client ID (also known as audience) to the list of client IDs already registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_add_client_id_to_open_id_connect_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_add_client_id_to_open_id_connect_provider(
  OpenIDConnectProviderArn,
  ClientID
)

Arguments

OpenIDConnectProviderArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource to add the client ID to. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the list_open_id_connect_providers operation.

ClientID

[required] The client ID (also known as audience) to add to the IAM OpenID Connect provider resource.


Adds the specified IAM role to the specified instance profile

Description

Adds the specified IAM role to the specified instance profile. An instance profile can contain only one role, and this quota cannot be increased. You can remove the existing role and then add a different role to an instance profile. You must then wait for the change to appear across all of Amazon Web Services because of eventual consistency. To force the change, you must disassociate the instance profile and then associate the instance profile, or you can stop your instance and then restart it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_add_role_to_instance_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_add_role_to_instance_profile(InstanceProfileName, RoleName)

Arguments

InstanceProfileName

[required] The name of the instance profile to update.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

RoleName

[required] The name of the role to add.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Adds the specified user to the specified group

Description

Adds the specified user to the specified group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_add_user_to_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_add_user_to_group(GroupName, UserName)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the group to update.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

UserName

[required] The name of the user to add.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM group

Description

Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_attach_group_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_attach_group_policy(GroupName, PolicyArn)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the group to attach the policy to.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM role

Description

Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified IAM role. When you attach a managed policy to a role, the managed policy becomes part of the role's permission (access) policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_attach_role_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_attach_role_policy(RoleName, PolicyArn)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the role to attach the policy to.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified user

Description

Attaches the specified managed policy to the specified user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_attach_user_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_attach_user_policy(UserName, PolicyArn)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user to attach the policy to.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to attach.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Changes the password of the IAM user who is calling this operation

Description

Changes the password of the IAM user who is calling this operation. This operation can be performed using the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the My Security Credentials page in the Amazon Web Services Management Console. The Amazon Web Services account root user password is not affected by this operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_change_password/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_change_password(OldPassword, NewPassword)

Arguments

OldPassword

[required] The IAM user's current password.

NewPassword

[required] The new password. The new password must conform to the Amazon Web Services account's password policy, if one exists.

The regex pattern that is used to validate this parameter is a string of characters. That string can include almost any printable ASCII character from the space (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range (⁠U+00FF⁠). You can also include the tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠) characters. Any of these characters are valid in a password. However, many tools, such as the Amazon Web Services Management Console, might restrict the ability to type certain characters because they have special meaning within that tool.


Creates a new Amazon Web Services secret access key and corresponding Amazon Web Services access key ID for the specified user

Description

Creates a new Amazon Web Services secret access key and corresponding Amazon Web Services access key ID for the specified user. The default status for new keys is Active.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_create_access_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_create_access_key(UserName = NULL)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the IAM user that the new key will belong to.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Creates an alias for your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Creates an alias for your Amazon Web Services account. For information about using an Amazon Web Services account alias, see Creating, deleting, and listing an Amazon Web Services account alias in the Amazon Web Services Sign-In User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_create_account_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_create_account_alias(AccountAlias)

Arguments

AccountAlias

[required] The account alias to create.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of lowercase letters, digits, and dashes. You cannot start or finish with a dash, nor can you have two dashes in a row.


Creates a new group

Description

Creates a new group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_create_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_create_group(Path = NULL, GroupName)

Arguments

Path

The path to the group. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

GroupName

[required] The name of the group to create. Do not include the path in this value.

IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".


Creates a new instance profile

Description

Creates a new instance profile. For information about instance profiles, see Using roles for applications on Amazon EC2 in the IAM User Guide, and Instance profiles in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_create_instance_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_create_instance_profile(InstanceProfileName, Path = NULL, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceProfileName

[required] The name of the instance profile to create.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Path

The path to the instance profile. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

Tags

A list of tags that you want to attach to the newly created IAM instance profile. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.


Creates a password for the specified IAM user

Description

Creates a password for the specified IAM user. A password allows an IAM user to access Amazon Web Services services through the Amazon Web Services Management Console.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_create_login_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_create_login_profile(
  UserName = NULL,
  Password = NULL,
  PasswordResetRequired = NULL
)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the IAM user to create a password for. The user must already exist.

This parameter is optional. If no user name is included, it defaults to the principal making the request. When you make this request with root user credentials, you must use an AssumeRoot session to omit the user name.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Password

The new password for the user.

This parameter must be omitted when you make the request with an AssumeRoot session. It is required in all other cases.

The regex pattern that is used to validate this parameter is a string of characters. That string can include almost any printable ASCII character from the space (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range (⁠U+00FF⁠). You can also include the tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠) characters. Any of these characters are valid in a password. However, many tools, such as the Amazon Web Services Management Console, might restrict the ability to type certain characters because they have special meaning within that tool.

PasswordResetRequired

Specifies whether the user is required to set a new password on next sign-in.


Creates an IAM entity to describe an identity provider (IdP) that supports OpenID Connect (OIDC)

Description

Creates an IAM entity to describe an identity provider (IdP) that supports OpenID Connect (OIDC).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_create_open_id_connect_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_create_open_id_connect_provider(
  Url,
  ClientIDList = NULL,
  ThumbprintList = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Url

[required] The URL of the identity provider. The URL must begin with ⁠https://⁠ and should correspond to the iss claim in the provider's OpenID Connect ID tokens. Per the OIDC standard, path components are allowed but query parameters are not. Typically the URL consists of only a hostname, like ⁠https://server.example.org⁠ or ⁠https://example.com⁠. The URL should not contain a port number.

You cannot register the same provider multiple times in a single Amazon Web Services account. If you try to submit a URL that has already been used for an OpenID Connect provider in the Amazon Web Services account, you will get an error.

ClientIDList

Provides a list of client IDs, also known as audiences. When a mobile or web app registers with an OpenID Connect provider, they establish a value that identifies the application. This is the value that's sent as the client_id parameter on OAuth requests.

You can register multiple client IDs with the same provider. For example, you might have multiple applications that use the same OIDC provider. You cannot register more than 100 client IDs with a single IAM OIDC provider.

There is no defined format for a client ID. The CreateOpenIDConnectProviderRequest operation accepts client IDs up to 255 characters long.

ThumbprintList

A list of server certificate thumbprints for the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider's server certificates. Typically this list includes only one entry. However, IAM lets you have up to five thumbprints for an OIDC provider. This lets you maintain multiple thumbprints if the identity provider is rotating certificates.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, IAM will retrieve and use the top intermediate certificate authority (CA) thumbprint of the OpenID Connect identity provider server certificate.

The server certificate thumbprint is the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the X.509 certificate used by the domain where the OpenID Connect provider makes its keys available. It is always a 40-character string.

For example, assume that the OIDC provider is server.example.com and the provider stores its keys at https://keys.server.example.com/openid-connect. In that case, the thumbprint string would be the hex-encoded SHA-1 hash value of the certificate used by ⁠https://keys.server.example.com.⁠

For more information about obtaining the OIDC provider thumbprint, see Obtaining the thumbprint for an OpenID Connect provider in the IAM user Guide.

Tags

A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.


Creates a new managed policy for your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Creates a new managed policy for your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_create_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_create_policy(
  PolicyName,
  Path = NULL,
  PolicyDocument,
  Description = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

PolicyName

[required] The friendly name of the policy.

IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".

Path

The path for the policy.

For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

You cannot use an asterisk (*) in the path name.

PolicyDocument

[required] The JSON policy document that you want to use as the content for the new policy.

You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM.

The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas.

To learn more about JSON policy grammar, see Grammar of the IAM JSON policy language in the IAM User Guide.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)

Description

A friendly description of the policy.

Typically used to store information about the permissions defined in the policy. For example, "Grants access to production DynamoDB tables."

The policy description is immutable. After a value is assigned, it cannot be changed.

Tags

A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM customer managed policy. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.


Creates a new version of the specified managed policy

Description

Creates a new version of the specified managed policy. To update a managed policy, you create a new policy version. A managed policy can have up to five versions. If the policy has five versions, you must delete an existing version using delete_policy_version before you create a new version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_create_policy_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_create_policy_version(PolicyArn, PolicyDocument, SetAsDefault = NULL)

Arguments

PolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy to which you want to add a new version.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

PolicyDocument

[required] The JSON policy document that you want to use as the content for this new version of the policy.

You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM.

The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)

SetAsDefault

Specifies whether to set this version as the policy's default version.

When this parameter is true, the new policy version becomes the operative version. That is, it becomes the version that is in effect for the IAM users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to.

For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies in the IAM User Guide.


Creates a new role for your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Creates a new role for your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_create_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_create_role(
  Path = NULL,
  RoleName,
  AssumeRolePolicyDocument,
  Description = NULL,
  MaxSessionDuration = NULL,
  PermissionsBoundary = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Path

The path to the role. For more information about paths, see IAM Identifiers in the IAM User Guide.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

RoleName

[required] The name of the role to create.

IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

AssumeRolePolicyDocument

[required] The trust relationship policy document that grants an entity permission to assume the role.

In IAM, you must provide a JSON policy that has been converted to a string. However, for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)

Upon success, the response includes the same trust policy in JSON format.

Description

A description of the role.

MaxSessionDuration

The maximum session duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the specified role. If you do not specify a value for this setting, the default value of one hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours.

Anyone who assumes the role from the CLI or API can use the DurationSeconds API parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request a longer session. The MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum duration that can be requested using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users don't specify a value for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for one hour by default. This applies when you use the ⁠AssumeRole*⁠ API operations or the ⁠assume-role*⁠ CLI operations but does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM roles in the IAM User Guide.

PermissionsBoundary

The ARN of the managed policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the role.

A permissions boundary policy defines the maximum permissions that identity-based policies can grant to an entity, but does not grant permissions. Permissions boundaries do not define the maximum permissions that a resource-based policy can grant to an entity. To learn more, see Permissions boundaries for IAM entities in the IAM User Guide.

For more information about policy types, see Policy types in the IAM User Guide.

Tags

A list of tags that you want to attach to the new role. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.


Creates an IAM resource that describes an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2

Description

Creates an IAM resource that describes an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_create_saml_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_create_saml_provider(
  SAMLMetadataDocument,
  Name,
  Tags = NULL,
  AssertionEncryptionMode = NULL,
  AddPrivateKey = NULL
)

Arguments

SAMLMetadataDocument

[required] An XML document generated by an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0. The document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that are received from the IdP. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your organization's IdP.

For more information, see About SAML 2.0-based federation in the IAM User Guide

Name

[required] The name of the provider to create.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Tags

A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM SAML provider. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.

AssertionEncryptionMode

Specifies the encryption setting for the SAML provider.

AddPrivateKey

The private key generated from your external identity provider. The private key must be a .pem file that uses AES-GCM or AES-CBC encryption algorithm to decrypt SAML assertions.


Creates an IAM role that is linked to a specific Amazon Web Services service

Description

Creates an IAM role that is linked to a specific Amazon Web Services service. The service controls the attached policies and when the role can be deleted. This helps ensure that the service is not broken by an unexpectedly changed or deleted role, which could put your Amazon Web Services resources into an unknown state. Allowing the service to control the role helps improve service stability and proper cleanup when a service and its role are no longer needed. For more information, see Using service-linked roles in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_create_service_linked_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_create_service_linked_role(
  AWSServiceName,
  Description = NULL,
  CustomSuffix = NULL
)

Arguments

AWSServiceName

[required] The service principal for the Amazon Web Services service to which this role is attached. You use a string similar to a URL but without the http:// in front. For example: elasticbeanstalk.amazonaws.com.

Service principals are unique and case-sensitive. To find the exact service principal for your service-linked role, see Amazon Web Services services that work with IAM in the IAM User Guide. Look for the services that have Yes in the Service-Linked Role column. Choose the Yes link to view the service-linked role documentation for that service.

Description

The description of the role.

CustomSuffix

A string that you provide, which is combined with the service-provided prefix to form the complete role name. If you make multiple requests for the same service, then you must supply a different CustomSuffix for each request. Otherwise the request fails with a duplicate role name error. For example, you could add -1 or -debug to the suffix.

Some services do not support the CustomSuffix parameter. If you provide an optional suffix and the operation fails, try the operation again without the suffix.


Generates a set of credentials consisting of a user name and password that can be used to access the service specified in the request

Description

Generates a set of credentials consisting of a user name and password that can be used to access the service specified in the request. These credentials are generated by IAM, and can be used only for the specified service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_create_service_specific_credential/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_create_service_specific_credential(UserName, ServiceName)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the IAM user that is to be associated with the credentials. The new service-specific credentials have the same permissions as the associated user except that they can be used only to access the specified service.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

ServiceName

[required] The name of the Amazon Web Services service that is to be associated with the credentials. The service you specify here is the only service that can be accessed using these credentials.


Creates a new IAM user for your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Creates a new IAM user for your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_create_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_create_user(Path = NULL, UserName, PermissionsBoundary = NULL, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Path

The path for the user name. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

UserName

[required] The name of the user to create.

IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".

PermissionsBoundary

The ARN of the managed policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the user.

A permissions boundary policy defines the maximum permissions that identity-based policies can grant to an entity, but does not grant permissions. Permissions boundaries do not define the maximum permissions that a resource-based policy can grant to an entity. To learn more, see Permissions boundaries for IAM entities in the IAM User Guide.

For more information about policy types, see Policy types in the IAM User Guide.

Tags

A list of tags that you want to attach to the new user. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.


Creates a new virtual MFA device for the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Creates a new virtual MFA device for the Amazon Web Services account. After creating the virtual MFA, use enable_mfa_device to attach the MFA device to an IAM user. For more information about creating and working with virtual MFA devices, see Using a virtual MFA device in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_create_virtual_mfa_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_create_virtual_mfa_device(Path = NULL, VirtualMFADeviceName, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Path

The path for the virtual MFA device. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/).

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

VirtualMFADeviceName

[required] The name of the virtual MFA device, which must be unique. Use with path to uniquely identify a virtual MFA device.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Tags

A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM virtual MFA device. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.


Deactivates the specified MFA device and removes it from association with the user name for which it was originally enabled

Description

Deactivates the specified MFA device and removes it from association with the user name for which it was originally enabled.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_deactivate_mfa_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_deactivate_mfa_device(UserName = NULL, SerialNumber)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the user whose MFA device you want to deactivate.

This parameter is optional. If no user name is included, it defaults to the principal making the request. When you make this request with root user credentials, you must use an AssumeRoot session to omit the user name.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

SerialNumber

[required] The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the device ARN.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-


Deletes the access key pair associated with the specified IAM user

Description

Deletes the access key pair associated with the specified IAM user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_access_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_access_key(UserName = NULL, AccessKeyId)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the user whose access key pair you want to delete.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

AccessKeyId

[required] The access key ID for the access key ID and secret access key you want to delete.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.


Deletes the specified Amazon Web Services account alias

Description

Deletes the specified Amazon Web Services account alias. For information about using an Amazon Web Services account alias, see Creating, deleting, and listing an Amazon Web Services account alias in the Amazon Web Services Sign-In User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_account_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_account_alias(AccountAlias)

Arguments

AccountAlias

[required] The name of the account alias to delete.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of lowercase letters, digits, and dashes. You cannot start or finish with a dash, nor can you have two dashes in a row.


Deletes the password policy for the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Deletes the password policy for the Amazon Web Services account. There are no parameters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_account_password_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_account_password_policy()

Deletes the specified IAM group

Description

Deletes the specified IAM group. The group must not contain any users or have any attached policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_group(GroupName)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the IAM group to delete.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM group

Description

Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_group_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_group_policy(GroupName, PolicyName)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the group that the policy is embedded in.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyName

[required] The name identifying the policy document to delete.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Deletes the specified instance profile

Description

Deletes the specified instance profile. The instance profile must not have an associated role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_instance_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_instance_profile(InstanceProfileName)

Arguments

InstanceProfileName

[required] The name of the instance profile to delete.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, For more information, see Managing passwords for IAM users

Description

Deletes the password for the specified IAM user, For more information, see Managing passwords for IAM users.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_login_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_login_profile(UserName = NULL)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the user whose password you want to delete.

This parameter is optional. If no user name is included, it defaults to the principal making the request. When you make this request with root user credentials, you must use an AssumeRoot session to omit the user name.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Deletes an OpenID Connect identity provider (IdP) resource object in IAM

Description

Deletes an OpenID Connect identity provider (IdP) resource object in IAM.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_open_id_connect_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_open_id_connect_provider(OpenIDConnectProviderArn)

Arguments

OpenIDConnectProviderArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OpenID Connect provider resource object to delete. You can get a list of OpenID Connect provider resource ARNs by using the list_open_id_connect_providers operation.


Deletes the specified managed policy

Description

Deletes the specified managed policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_policy(PolicyArn)

Arguments

PolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to delete.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy

Description

Deletes the specified version from the specified managed policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_policy_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_policy_version(PolicyArn, VersionId)

Arguments

PolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy from which you want to delete a version.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

VersionId

[required] The policy version to delete.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consists of the lowercase letter 'v' followed by one or two digits, and optionally followed by a period '.' and a string of letters and digits.

For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies in the IAM User Guide.


Deletes the specified role

Description

Deletes the specified role. Unlike the Amazon Web Services Management Console, when you delete a role programmatically, you must delete the items attached to the role manually, or the deletion fails. For more information, see Deleting an IAM role. Before attempting to delete a role, remove the following attached items:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_role(RoleName)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name of the role to delete.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM role

Description

Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_role_permissions_boundary/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_role_permissions_boundary(RoleName)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM role from which you want to remove the permissions boundary.


Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM role

Description

Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_role_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_role_policy(RoleName, PolicyName)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the role that the policy is embedded in.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyName

[required] The name of the inline policy to delete from the specified IAM role.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Deletes a SAML provider resource in IAM

Description

Deletes a SAML provider resource in IAM.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_saml_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_saml_provider(SAMLProviderArn)

Arguments

SAMLProviderArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to delete.


Deletes the specified server certificate

Description

Deletes the specified server certificate.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_server_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_server_certificate(ServerCertificateName)

Arguments

ServerCertificateName

[required] The name of the server certificate you want to delete.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Submits a service-linked role deletion request and returns a DeletionTaskId, which you can use to check the status of the deletion

Description

Submits a service-linked role deletion request and returns a DeletionTaskId, which you can use to check the status of the deletion. Before you call this operation, confirm that the role has no active sessions and that any resources used by the role in the linked service are deleted. If you call this operation more than once for the same service-linked role and an earlier deletion task is not complete, then the DeletionTaskId of the earlier request is returned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_service_linked_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_service_linked_role(RoleName)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name of the service-linked role to be deleted.


Deletes the specified service-specific credential

Description

Deletes the specified service-specific credential.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_service_specific_credential/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_service_specific_credential(
  UserName = NULL,
  ServiceSpecificCredentialId
)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose credentials are used to call the operation.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

ServiceSpecificCredentialId

[required] The unique identifier of the service-specific credential. You can get this value by calling list_service_specific_credentials.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.


Deletes a signing certificate associated with the specified IAM user

Description

Deletes a signing certificate associated with the specified IAM user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_signing_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_signing_certificate(UserName = NULL, CertificateId)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the user the signing certificate belongs to.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

CertificateId

[required] The ID of the signing certificate to delete.

The format of this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a string of characters that can be upper- or lower-cased letters or digits.


Deletes the specified SSH public key

Description

Deletes the specified SSH public key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_ssh_public_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_ssh_public_key(UserName, SSHPublicKeyId)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

SSHPublicKeyId

[required] The unique identifier for the SSH public key.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.


Deletes the specified IAM user

Description

Deletes the specified IAM user. Unlike the Amazon Web Services Management Console, when you delete a user programmatically, you must delete the items attached to the user manually, or the deletion fails. For more information, see Deleting an IAM user. Before attempting to delete a user, remove the following items:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_user(UserName)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the user to delete.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM user

Description

Deletes the permissions boundary for the specified IAM user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_user_permissions_boundary/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_user_permissions_boundary(UserName)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user from which you want to remove the permissions boundary.


Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM user

Description

Deletes the specified inline policy that is embedded in the specified IAM user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_user_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_user_policy(UserName, PolicyName)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) identifying the user that the policy is embedded in.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyName

[required] The name identifying the policy document to delete.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Deletes a virtual MFA device

Description

Deletes a virtual MFA device.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_delete_virtual_mfa_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_delete_virtual_mfa_device(SerialNumber)

Arguments

SerialNumber

[required] The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-


Removes the specified managed policy from the specified IAM group

Description

Removes the specified managed policy from the specified IAM group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_detach_group_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_detach_group_policy(GroupName, PolicyArn)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM group to detach the policy from.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Removes the specified managed policy from the specified role

Description

Removes the specified managed policy from the specified role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_detach_role_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_detach_role_policy(RoleName, PolicyArn)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM role to detach the policy from.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Removes the specified managed policy from the specified user

Description

Removes the specified managed policy from the specified user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_detach_user_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_detach_user_policy(UserName, PolicyArn)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user to detach the policy from.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy you want to detach.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Disables the management of privileged root user credentials across member accounts in your organization

Description

Disables the management of privileged root user credentials across member accounts in your organization. When you disable this feature, the management account and the delegated administrator for IAM can no longer manage root user credentials for member accounts in your organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_disable_organizations_root_credentials_management/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_disable_organizations_root_credentials_management()

Disables root user sessions for privileged tasks across member accounts in your organization

Description

Disables root user sessions for privileged tasks across member accounts in your organization. When you disable this feature, the management account and the delegated administrator for IAM can no longer perform privileged tasks on member accounts in your organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_disable_organizations_root_sessions/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_disable_organizations_root_sessions()

Enables the specified MFA device and associates it with the specified IAM user

Description

Enables the specified MFA device and associates it with the specified IAM user. When enabled, the MFA device is required for every subsequent login by the IAM user associated with the device.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_enable_mfa_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_enable_mfa_device(
  UserName,
  SerialNumber,
  AuthenticationCode1,
  AuthenticationCode2
)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the IAM user for whom you want to enable the MFA device.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

SerialNumber

[required] The serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the device ARN.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: =,.@:/-

AuthenticationCode1

[required] An authentication code emitted by the device.

The format for this parameter is a string of six digits.

Submit your request immediately after generating the authentication codes. If you generate the codes and then wait too long to submit the request, the MFA device successfully associates with the user but the MFA device becomes out of sync. This happens because time-based one-time passwords (TOTP) expire after a short period of time. If this happens, you can resync the device.

AuthenticationCode2

[required] A subsequent authentication code emitted by the device.

The format for this parameter is a string of six digits.

Submit your request immediately after generating the authentication codes. If you generate the codes and then wait too long to submit the request, the MFA device successfully associates with the user but the MFA device becomes out of sync. This happens because time-based one-time passwords (TOTP) expire after a short period of time. If this happens, you can resync the device.


Enables the management of privileged root user credentials across member accounts in your organization

Description

Enables the management of privileged root user credentials across member accounts in your organization. When you enable root credentials management for centralized root access, the management account and the delegated administrator for IAM can manage root user credentials for member accounts in your organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_enable_organizations_root_credentials_management/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_enable_organizations_root_credentials_management()

Allows the management account or delegated administrator to perform privileged tasks on member accounts in your organization

Description

Allows the management account or delegated administrator to perform privileged tasks on member accounts in your organization. For more information, see Centrally manage root access for member accounts in the Identity and Access Management User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_enable_organizations_root_sessions/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_enable_organizations_root_sessions()

Generates a credential report for the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Generates a credential report for the Amazon Web Services account. For more information about the credential report, see Getting credential reports in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_generate_credential_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_generate_credential_report()

Generates a report for service last accessed data for Organizations

Description

Generates a report for service last accessed data for Organizations. You can generate a report for any entities (organization root, organizational unit, or account) or policies in your organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_generate_organizations_access_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_generate_organizations_access_report(
  EntityPath,
  OrganizationsPolicyId = NULL
)

Arguments

EntityPath

[required] The path of the Organizations entity (root, OU, or account). You can build an entity path using the known structure of your organization. For example, assume that your account ID is 123456789012 and its parent OU ID is ou-rge0-awsabcde. The organization root ID is r-f6g7h8i9j0example and your organization ID is o-a1b2c3d4e5. Your entity path is o-a1b2c3d4e5/r-f6g7h8i9j0example/ou-rge0-awsabcde/123456789012.

OrganizationsPolicyId

The identifier of the Organizations service control policy (SCP). This parameter is optional.

This ID is used to generate information about when an account principal that is limited by the SCP attempted to access an Amazon Web Services service.


Generates a report that includes details about when an IAM resource (user, group, role, or policy) was last used in an attempt to access Amazon Web Services services

Description

Generates a report that includes details about when an IAM resource (user, group, role, or policy) was last used in an attempt to access Amazon Web Services services. Recent activity usually appears within four hours. IAM reports activity for at least the last 400 days, or less if your Region began supporting this feature within the last year. For more information, see Regions where data is tracked. For more information about services and actions for which action last accessed information is displayed, see IAM action last accessed information services and actions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_generate_service_last_accessed_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_generate_service_last_accessed_details(Arn, Granularity = NULL)

Arguments

Arn

[required] The ARN of the IAM resource (user, group, role, or managed policy) used to generate information about when the resource was last used in an attempt to access an Amazon Web Services service.

Granularity

The level of detail that you want to generate. You can specify whether you want to generate information about the last attempt to access services or actions. If you specify service-level granularity, this operation generates only service data. If you specify action-level granularity, it generates service and action data. If you don't include this optional parameter, the operation generates service data.


Retrieves information about when the specified access key was last used

Description

Retrieves information about when the specified access key was last used. The information includes the date and time of last use, along with the Amazon Web Services service and Region that were specified in the last request made with that key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_access_key_last_used/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_access_key_last_used(AccessKeyId)

Arguments

AccessKeyId

[required] The identifier of an access key.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.


Retrieves information about all IAM users, groups, roles, and policies in your Amazon Web Services account, including their relationships to one another

Description

Retrieves information about all IAM users, groups, roles, and policies in your Amazon Web Services account, including their relationships to one another. Use this operation to obtain a snapshot of the configuration of IAM permissions (users, groups, roles, and policies) in your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_account_authorization_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_account_authorization_details(
  Filter = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

Filter

A list of entity types used to filter the results. Only the entities that match the types you specify are included in the output. Use the value LocalManagedPolicy to include customer managed policies.

The format for this parameter is a comma-separated (if more than one) list of strings. Each string value in the list must be one of the valid values listed below.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.


Retrieves the password policy for the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Retrieves the password policy for the Amazon Web Services account. This tells you the complexity requirements and mandatory rotation periods for the IAM user passwords in your account. For more information about using a password policy, see Managing an IAM password policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_account_password_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_account_password_policy()

Retrieves information about IAM entity usage and IAM quotas in the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Retrieves information about IAM entity usage and IAM quotas in the Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_account_summary/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_account_summary()

Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in the input policies

Description

Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in the input policies. The policies are supplied as a list of one or more strings. To get the context keys from policies associated with an IAM user, group, or role, use get_context_keys_for_principal_policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_context_keys_for_custom_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_context_keys_for_custom_policy(PolicyInputList)

Arguments

PolicyInputList

[required] A list of policies for which you want the list of context keys referenced in those policies. Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of an IAM policy.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)


Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in all the IAM policies that are attached to the specified IAM entity

Description

Gets a list of all of the context keys referenced in all the IAM policies that are attached to the specified IAM entity. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the request also includes all of the policies attached to groups that the user is a member of.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_context_keys_for_principal_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_context_keys_for_principal_policy(
  PolicySourceArn,
  PolicyInputList = NULL
)

Arguments

PolicySourceArn

[required] The ARN of a user, group, or role whose policies contain the context keys that you want listed. If you specify a user, the list includes context keys that are found in all policies that are attached to the user. The list also includes all groups that the user is a member of. If you pick a group or a role, then it includes only those context keys that are found in policies attached to that entity. Note that all parameters are shown in unencoded form here for clarity, but must be URL encoded to be included as a part of a real HTML request.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

PolicyInputList

An optional list of additional policies for which you want the list of context keys that are referenced.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)


Retrieves a credential report for the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Retrieves a credential report for the Amazon Web Services account. For more information about the credential report, see Getting credential reports in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_credential_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_credential_report()

Returns a list of IAM users that are in the specified IAM group

Description

Returns a list of IAM users that are in the specified IAM group. You can paginate the results using the MaxItems and Marker parameters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_group(GroupName, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the group.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group

Description

Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_group_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_group_policy(GroupName, PolicyName)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the group the policy is associated with.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyName

[required] The name of the policy document to get.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Retrieves information about the specified instance profile, including the instance profile's path, GUID, ARN, and role

Description

Retrieves information about the specified instance profile, including the instance profile's path, GUID, ARN, and role. For more information about instance profiles, see Using instance profiles in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_instance_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_instance_profile(InstanceProfileName)

Arguments

InstanceProfileName

[required] The name of the instance profile to get information about.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Retrieves the user name for the specified IAM user

Description

Retrieves the user name for the specified IAM user. A login profile is created when you create a password for the user to access the Amazon Web Services Management Console. If the user does not exist or does not have a password, the operation returns a 404 (NoSuchEntity) error.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_login_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_login_profile(UserName = NULL)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the user whose login profile you want to retrieve.

This parameter is optional. If no user name is included, it defaults to the principal making the request. When you make this request with root user credentials, you must use an AssumeRoot session to omit the user name.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Retrieves information about an MFA device for a specified user

Description

Retrieves information about an MFA device for a specified user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_mfa_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_mfa_device(SerialNumber, UserName = NULL)

Arguments

SerialNumber

[required] Serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device. For this API, we only accept FIDO security key ARNs.

UserName

The friendly name identifying the user.


Returns information about the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object in IAM

Description

Returns information about the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object in IAM.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_open_id_connect_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_open_id_connect_provider(OpenIDConnectProviderArn)

Arguments

OpenIDConnectProviderArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the OIDC provider resource object in IAM to get information for. You can get a list of OIDC provider resource ARNs by using the list_open_id_connect_providers operation.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Retrieves the service last accessed data report for Organizations that was previously generated using the GenerateOrganizationsAccessReport operation

Description

Retrieves the service last accessed data report for Organizations that was previously generated using the generate_organizations_access_report operation. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and the report contents.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_organizations_access_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_organizations_access_report(
  JobId,
  MaxItems = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  SortKey = NULL
)

Arguments

JobId

[required] The identifier of the request generated by the generate_organizations_access_report operation.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

SortKey

The key that is used to sort the results. If you choose the namespace key, the results are returned in alphabetical order. If you choose the time key, the results are sorted numerically by the date and time.


Retrieves information about the specified managed policy, including the policy's default version and the total number of IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached

Description

Retrieves information about the specified managed policy, including the policy's default version and the total number of IAM users, groups, and roles to which the policy is attached. To retrieve the list of the specific users, groups, and roles that the policy is attached to, use list_entities_for_policy. This operation returns metadata about the policy. To retrieve the actual policy document for a specific version of the policy, use get_policy_version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_policy(PolicyArn)

Arguments

PolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information about.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Retrieves information about the specified version of the specified managed policy, including the policy document

Description

Retrieves information about the specified version of the specified managed policy, including the policy document.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_policy_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_policy_version(PolicyArn, VersionId)

Arguments

PolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed policy that you want information about.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

VersionId

[required] Identifies the policy version to retrieve.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consists of the lowercase letter 'v' followed by one or two digits, and optionally followed by a period '.' and a string of letters and digits.


Retrieves information about the specified role, including the role's path, GUID, ARN, and the role's trust policy that grants permission to assume the role

Description

Retrieves information about the specified role, including the role's path, GUID, ARN, and the role's trust policy that grants permission to assume the role. For more information about roles, see IAM roles in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_role(RoleName)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name of the IAM role to get information about.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded with the specified IAM role

Description

Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded with the specified IAM role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_role_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_role_policy(RoleName, PolicyName)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name of the role associated with the policy.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyName

[required] The name of the policy document to get.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Returns the SAML provider metadocument that was uploaded when the IAM SAML provider resource object was created or updated

Description

Returns the SAML provider metadocument that was uploaded when the IAM SAML provider resource object was created or updated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_saml_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_saml_provider(SAMLProviderArn)

Arguments

SAMLProviderArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider resource object in IAM to get information about.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Retrieves information about the specified server certificate stored in IAM

Description

Retrieves information about the specified server certificate stored in IAM.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_server_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_server_certificate(ServerCertificateName)

Arguments

ServerCertificateName

[required] The name of the server certificate you want to retrieve information about.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Retrieves a service last accessed report that was created using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation

Description

Retrieves a service last accessed report that was created using the generate_service_last_accessed_details operation. You can use the JobId parameter in get_service_last_accessed_details to retrieve the status of your report job. When the report is complete, you can retrieve the generated report. The report includes a list of Amazon Web Services services that the resource (user, group, role, or managed policy) can access.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_service_last_accessed_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_service_last_accessed_details(JobId, MaxItems = NULL, Marker = NULL)

Arguments

JobId

[required] The ID of the request generated by the generate_service_last_accessed_details operation. The JobId returned by GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetail must be used by the same role within a session, or by the same user when used to call GetServiceLastAccessedDetail.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.


After you generate a group or policy report using the GenerateServiceLastAccessedDetails operation, you can use the JobId parameter in GetServiceLastAccessedDetailsWithEntities

Description

After you generate a group or policy report using the generate_service_last_accessed_details operation, you can use the JobId parameter in get_service_last_accessed_details_with_entities. This operation retrieves the status of your report job and a list of entities that could have used group or policy permissions to access the specified service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_service_last_accessed_details_with_entities/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_service_last_accessed_details_with_entities(
  JobId,
  ServiceNamespace,
  MaxItems = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

JobId

[required] The ID of the request generated by the generate_service_last_accessed_details operation.

ServiceNamespace

[required] The service namespace for an Amazon Web Services service. Provide the service namespace to learn when the IAM entity last attempted to access the specified service.

To learn the service namespace for a service, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, ⁠(service prefix: a4b)⁠. For more information about service namespaces, see Amazon Web Services service namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.


Retrieves the status of your service-linked role deletion

Description

Retrieves the status of your service-linked role deletion. After you use delete_service_linked_role to submit a service-linked role for deletion, you can use the DeletionTaskId parameter in get_service_linked_role_deletion_status to check the status of the deletion. If the deletion fails, this operation returns the reason that it failed, if that information is returned by the service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_service_linked_role_deletion_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_service_linked_role_deletion_status(DeletionTaskId)

Arguments

DeletionTaskId

[required] The deletion task identifier. This identifier is returned by the delete_service_linked_role operation in the format ⁠task/aws-service-role/<service-principal-name>/<role-name>/<task-uuid>⁠.


Retrieves the specified SSH public key, including metadata about the key

Description

Retrieves the specified SSH public key, including metadata about the key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_ssh_public_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_ssh_public_key(UserName, SSHPublicKeyId, Encoding)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

SSHPublicKeyId

[required] The unique identifier for the SSH public key.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.

Encoding

[required] Specifies the public key encoding format to use in the response. To retrieve the public key in ssh-rsa format, use SSH. To retrieve the public key in PEM format, use PEM.


Retrieves information about the specified IAM user, including the user's creation date, path, unique ID, and ARN

Description

Retrieves information about the specified IAM user, including the user's creation date, path, unique ID, and ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_user(UserName = NULL)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the user to get information about.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to the user making the request. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user

Description

Retrieves the specified inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_get_user_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_get_user_policy(UserName, PolicyName)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the user who the policy is associated with.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyName

[required] The name of the policy document to get.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Returns information about the access key IDs associated with the specified IAM user

Description

Returns information about the access key IDs associated with the specified IAM user. If there is none, the operation returns an empty list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_access_keys/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_access_keys(UserName = NULL, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the user.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the account alias associated with the Amazon Web Services account (Note: you can have only one)

Description

Lists the account alias associated with the Amazon Web Services account (Note: you can have only one). For information about using an Amazon Web Services account alias, see Creating, deleting, and listing an Amazon Web Services account alias in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_account_aliases/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_account_aliases(Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM group

Description

Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_attached_group_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_attached_group_policies(
  GroupName,
  PathPrefix = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the group to list attached policies for.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PathPrefix

The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM role

Description

Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_attached_role_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_attached_role_policies(
  RoleName,
  PathPrefix = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the role to list attached policies for.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PathPrefix

The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM user

Description

Lists all managed policies that are attached to the specified IAM user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_attached_user_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_attached_user_policies(
  UserName,
  PathPrefix = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the user to list attached policies for.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PathPrefix

The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists all IAM users, groups, and roles that the specified managed policy is attached to

Description

Lists all IAM users, groups, and roles that the specified managed policy is attached to.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_entities_for_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_entities_for_policy(
  PolicyArn,
  EntityFilter = NULL,
  PathPrefix = NULL,
  PolicyUsageFilter = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

PolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the versions.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

EntityFilter

The entity type to use for filtering the results.

For example, when EntityFilter is Role, only the roles that are attached to the specified policy are returned. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all attached entities (users, groups, and roles) are returned. The argument for this parameter must be one of the valid values listed below.

PathPrefix

The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all entities.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

PolicyUsageFilter

The policy usage method to use for filtering the results.

To list only permissions policies, set PolicyUsageFilter to PermissionsPolicy. To list only the policies used to set permissions boundaries, set the value to PermissionsBoundary.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all policies are returned.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM group

Description

Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_group_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_group_policies(GroupName, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the group to list policies for.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the IAM groups that have the specified path prefix

Description

Lists the IAM groups that have the specified path prefix.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_groups(PathPrefix = NULL, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

PathPrefix

The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix ⁠/division_abc/subdivision_xyz/⁠ gets all groups whose path starts with ⁠/division_abc/subdivision_xyz/⁠.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all groups. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the IAM groups that the specified IAM user belongs to

Description

Lists the IAM groups that the specified IAM user belongs to.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_groups_for_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_groups_for_user(UserName, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the user to list groups for.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM instance profile

Description

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM instance profile. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_instance_profile_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_instance_profile_tags(
  InstanceProfileName,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

InstanceProfileName

[required] The name of the IAM instance profile whose tags you want to see.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the instance profiles that have the specified path prefix

Description

Lists the instance profiles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, see Using instance profiles in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_instance_profiles/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_instance_profiles(PathPrefix = NULL, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

PathPrefix

The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix ⁠/application_abc/component_xyz/⁠ gets all instance profiles whose path starts with ⁠/application_abc/component_xyz/⁠.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all instance profiles. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the instance profiles that have the specified associated IAM role

Description

Lists the instance profiles that have the specified associated IAM role. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about instance profiles, go to Using instance profiles in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_instance_profiles_for_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_instance_profiles_for_role(RoleName, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name of the role to list instance profiles for.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device

Description

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_mfa_device_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_mfa_device_tags(SerialNumber, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

SerialNumber

[required] The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device whose tags you want to see. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the MFA devices for an IAM user

Description

Lists the MFA devices for an IAM user. If the request includes a IAM user name, then this operation lists all the MFA devices associated with the specified user. If you do not specify a user name, IAM determines the user name implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key ID signing the request for this operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_mfa_devices/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_mfa_devices(UserName = NULL, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the user whose MFA devices you want to list.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the tags that are attached to the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider

Description

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information, see About web identity federation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_open_id_connect_provider_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_open_id_connect_provider_tags(
  OpenIDConnectProviderArn,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

OpenIDConnectProviderArn

[required] The ARN of the OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider whose tags you want to see.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists information about the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource objects defined in the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists information about the IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource objects defined in the Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_open_id_connect_providers/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_open_id_connect_providers()

Lists the centralized root access features enabled for your organization

Description

Lists the centralized root access features enabled for your organization. For more information, see Centrally manage root access for member accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_organizations_features/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_organizations_features()

Lists all the managed policies that are available in your Amazon Web Services account, including your own customer-defined managed policies and all Amazon Web Services managed policies

Description

Lists all the managed policies that are available in your Amazon Web Services account, including your own customer-defined managed policies and all Amazon Web Services managed policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_policies(
  Scope = NULL,
  OnlyAttached = NULL,
  PathPrefix = NULL,
  PolicyUsageFilter = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

Scope

The scope to use for filtering the results.

To list only Amazon Web Services managed policies, set Scope to AWS. To list only the customer managed policies in your Amazon Web Services account, set Scope to Local.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, or if it is set to All, all policies are returned.

OnlyAttached

A flag to filter the results to only the attached policies.

When OnlyAttached is true, the returned list contains only the policies that are attached to an IAM user, group, or role. When OnlyAttached is false, or when the parameter is not included, all policies are returned.

PathPrefix

The path prefix for filtering the results. This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all policies. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

PolicyUsageFilter

The policy usage method to use for filtering the results.

To list only permissions policies, set PolicyUsageFilter to PermissionsPolicy. To list only the policies used to set permissions boundaries, set the value to PermissionsBoundary.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, all policies are returned.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Retrieves a list of policies that the IAM identity (user, group, or role) can use to access each specified service

Description

Retrieves a list of policies that the IAM identity (user, group, or role) can use to access each specified service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_policies_granting_service_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_policies_granting_service_access(
  Marker = NULL,
  Arn,
  ServiceNamespaces
)

Arguments

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

Arn

[required] The ARN of the IAM identity (user, group, or role) whose policies you want to list.

ServiceNamespaces

[required] The service namespace for the Amazon Web Services services whose policies you want to list.

To learn the service namespace for a service, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services in the IAM User Guide. Choose the name of the service to view details for that service. In the first paragraph, find the service prefix. For example, ⁠(service prefix: a4b)⁠. For more information about service namespaces, see Amazon Web Services service namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM customer managed policy

Description

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM customer managed policy. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_policy_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_policy_tags(PolicyArn, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

PolicyArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy whose tags you want to see.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists information about the versions of the specified managed policy, including the version that is currently set as the policy's default version

Description

Lists information about the versions of the specified managed policy, including the version that is currently set as the policy's default version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_policy_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_policy_versions(PolicyArn, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

PolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy for which you want the versions.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM role

Description

Lists the names of the inline policies that are embedded in the specified IAM role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_role_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_role_policies(RoleName, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name of the role to list policies for.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the tags that are attached to the specified role

Description

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified role. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_role_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_role_tags(RoleName, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name of the IAM role for which you want to see the list of tags.

This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the IAM roles that have the specified path prefix

Description

Lists the IAM roles that have the specified path prefix. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list. For more information about roles, see IAM roles in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_roles/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_roles(PathPrefix = NULL, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

PathPrefix

The path prefix for filtering the results. For example, the prefix ⁠/application_abc/component_xyz/⁠ gets all roles whose path starts with ⁠/application_abc/component_xyz/⁠.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all roles. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the tags that are attached to the specified Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider

Description

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information, see About SAML 2.0-based federation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_saml_provider_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_saml_provider_tags(SAMLProviderArn, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

SAMLProviderArn

[required] The ARN of the Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider whose tags you want to see.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM in the account

Description

Lists the SAML provider resource objects defined in IAM in the account. IAM resource-listing operations return a subset of the available attributes for the resource. For example, this operation does not return tags, even though they are an attribute of the returned object. To view all of the information for a SAML provider, see get_saml_provider.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_saml_providers/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_saml_providers()

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM server certificate

Description

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM server certificate. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_server_certificate_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_server_certificate_tags(
  ServerCertificateName,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

ServerCertificateName

[required] The name of the IAM server certificate whose tags you want to see.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the server certificates stored in IAM that have the specified path prefix

Description

Lists the server certificates stored in IAM that have the specified path prefix. If none exist, the operation returns an empty list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_server_certificates/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_server_certificates(PathPrefix = NULL, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

PathPrefix

The path prefix for filtering the results. For example: ⁠/company/servercerts⁠ would get all server certificates for which the path starts with ⁠/company/servercerts⁠.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all server certificates. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Returns information about the service-specific credentials associated with the specified IAM user

Description

Returns information about the service-specific credentials associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list. The service-specific credentials returned by this operation are used only for authenticating the IAM user to a specific service. For more information about using service-specific credentials to authenticate to an Amazon Web Services service, see Set up service-specific credentials in the CodeCommit User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_service_specific_credentials/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_service_specific_credentials(UserName = NULL, ServiceName = NULL)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the user whose service-specific credentials you want information about. If this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose credentials are used to call the operation.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

ServiceName

Filters the returned results to only those for the specified Amazon Web Services service. If not specified, then Amazon Web Services returns service-specific credentials for all services.


Returns information about the signing certificates associated with the specified IAM user

Description

Returns information about the signing certificates associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_signing_certificates/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_signing_certificates(UserName = NULL, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the IAM user whose signing certificates you want to examine.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Returns information about the SSH public keys associated with the specified IAM user

Description

Returns information about the SSH public keys associated with the specified IAM user. If none exists, the operation returns an empty list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_ssh_public_keys/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_ssh_public_keys(UserName = NULL, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the IAM user to list SSH public keys for. If none is specified, the UserName field is determined implicitly based on the Amazon Web Services access key used to sign the request.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the names of the inline policies embedded in the specified IAM user

Description

Lists the names of the inline policies embedded in the specified IAM user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_user_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_user_policies(UserName, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the user to list policies for.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM user

Description

Lists the tags that are attached to the specified IAM user. The returned list of tags is sorted by tag key. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_user_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_user_tags(UserName, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the IAM user whose tags you want to see.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the IAM users that have the specified path prefix

Description

Lists the IAM users that have the specified path prefix. If no path prefix is specified, the operation returns all users in the Amazon Web Services account. If there are none, the operation returns an empty list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_users/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_users(PathPrefix = NULL, Marker = NULL, MaxItems = NULL)

Arguments

PathPrefix

The path prefix for filtering the results. For example: ⁠/division_abc/subdivision_xyz/⁠, which would get all user names whose path starts with ⁠/division_abc/subdivision_xyz/⁠.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/), listing all user names. This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Lists the virtual MFA devices defined in the Amazon Web Services account by assignment status

Description

Lists the virtual MFA devices defined in the Amazon Web Services account by assignment status. If you do not specify an assignment status, the operation returns a list of all virtual MFA devices. Assignment status can be Assigned, Unassigned, or Any.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_list_virtual_mfa_devices/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_list_virtual_mfa_devices(
  AssignmentStatus = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL
)

Arguments

AssignmentStatus

The status (Unassigned or Assigned) of the devices to list. If you do not specify an AssignmentStatus, the operation defaults to Any, which lists both assigned and unassigned virtual MFA devices.,

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.


Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group

Description

Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_put_group_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_put_group_policy(GroupName, PolicyName, PolicyDocument)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the group to associate the policy with.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-.

PolicyName

[required] The name of the policy document.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyDocument

[required] The policy document.

You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)


Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM role's permissions boundary

Description

Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM role's permissions boundary. You can use an Amazon Web Services managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a role. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the role can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_put_role_permissions_boundary/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_put_role_permissions_boundary(RoleName, PermissionsBoundary)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM role for which you want to set the permissions boundary.

PermissionsBoundary

[required] The ARN of the managed policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the role.

A permissions boundary policy defines the maximum permissions that identity-based policies can grant to an entity, but does not grant permissions. Permissions boundaries do not define the maximum permissions that a resource-based policy can grant to an entity. To learn more, see Permissions boundaries for IAM entities in the IAM User Guide.

For more information about policy types, see Policy types in the IAM User Guide.


Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM role

Description

Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_put_role_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_put_role_policy(RoleName, PolicyName, PolicyDocument)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name of the role to associate the policy with.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyName

[required] The name of the policy document.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyDocument

[required] The policy document.

You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)


Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM user's permissions boundary

Description

Adds or updates the policy that is specified as the IAM user's permissions boundary. You can use an Amazon Web Services managed policy or a customer managed policy to set the boundary for a user. Use the boundary to control the maximum permissions that the user can have. Setting a permissions boundary is an advanced feature that can affect the permissions for the user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_put_user_permissions_boundary/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_put_user_permissions_boundary(UserName, PermissionsBoundary)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name (friendly name, not ARN) of the IAM user for which you want to set the permissions boundary.

PermissionsBoundary

[required] The ARN of the managed policy that is used to set the permissions boundary for the user.

A permissions boundary policy defines the maximum permissions that identity-based policies can grant to an entity, but does not grant permissions. Permissions boundaries do not define the maximum permissions that a resource-based policy can grant to an entity. To learn more, see Permissions boundaries for IAM entities in the IAM User Guide.

For more information about policy types, see Policy types in the IAM User Guide.


Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user

Description

Adds or updates an inline policy document that is embedded in the specified IAM user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_put_user_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_put_user_policy(UserName, PolicyName, PolicyDocument)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the user to associate the policy with.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyName

[required] The name of the policy document.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyDocument

[required] The policy document.

You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)


Removes the specified client ID (also known as audience) from the list of client IDs registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object

Description

Removes the specified client ID (also known as audience) from the list of client IDs registered for the specified IAM OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_remove_client_id_from_open_id_connect_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_remove_client_id_from_open_id_connect_provider(
  OpenIDConnectProviderArn,
  ClientID
)

Arguments

OpenIDConnectProviderArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource to remove the client ID from. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the list_open_id_connect_providers operation.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

ClientID

[required] The client ID (also known as audience) to remove from the IAM OIDC provider resource. For more information about client IDs, see create_open_id_connect_provider.


Removes the specified IAM role from the specified Amazon EC2 instance profile

Description

Removes the specified IAM role from the specified Amazon EC2 instance profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_remove_role_from_instance_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_remove_role_from_instance_profile(InstanceProfileName, RoleName)

Arguments

InstanceProfileName

[required] The name of the instance profile to update.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

RoleName

[required] The name of the role to remove.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Removes the specified user from the specified group

Description

Removes the specified user from the specified group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_remove_user_from_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_remove_user_from_group(GroupName, UserName)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] The name of the group to update.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

UserName

[required] The name of the user to remove.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Resets the password for a service-specific credential

Description

Resets the password for a service-specific credential. The new password is Amazon Web Services generated and cryptographically strong. It cannot be configured by the user. Resetting the password immediately invalidates the previous password associated with this user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_reset_service_specific_credential/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_reset_service_specific_credential(
  UserName = NULL,
  ServiceSpecificCredentialId
)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If this value is not specified, then the operation assumes the user whose credentials are used to call the operation.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

ServiceSpecificCredentialId

[required] The unique identifier of the service-specific credential.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.


Synchronizes the specified MFA device with its IAM resource object on the Amazon Web Services servers

Description

Synchronizes the specified MFA device with its IAM resource object on the Amazon Web Services servers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_resync_mfa_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_resync_mfa_device(
  UserName,
  SerialNumber,
  AuthenticationCode1,
  AuthenticationCode2
)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the user whose MFA device you want to resynchronize.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

SerialNumber

[required] Serial number that uniquely identifies the MFA device.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

AuthenticationCode1

[required] An authentication code emitted by the device.

The format for this parameter is a sequence of six digits.

AuthenticationCode2

[required] A subsequent authentication code emitted by the device.

The format for this parameter is a sequence of six digits.


Sets the specified version of the specified policy as the policy's default (operative) version

Description

Sets the specified version of the specified policy as the policy's default (operative) version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_set_default_policy_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_set_default_policy_version(PolicyArn, VersionId)

Arguments

PolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM policy whose default version you want to set.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

VersionId

[required] The version of the policy to set as the default (operative) version.

For more information about managed policy versions, see Versioning for managed policies in the IAM User Guide.


Sets the specified version of the global endpoint token as the token version used for the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Sets the specified version of the global endpoint token as the token version used for the Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_set_security_token_service_preferences/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_set_security_token_service_preferences(GlobalEndpointTokenVersion)

Arguments

GlobalEndpointTokenVersion

[required] The version of the global endpoint token. Version 1 tokens are valid only in Amazon Web Services Regions that are available by default. These tokens do not work in manually enabled Regions, such as Asia Pacific (Hong Kong). Version 2 tokens are valid in all Regions. However, version 2 tokens are longer and might affect systems where you temporarily store tokens.

For information, see Activating and deactivating STS in an Amazon Web Services Region in the IAM User Guide.


Simulate how a set of IAM policies and optionally a resource-based policy works with a list of API operations and Amazon Web Services resources to determine the policies' effective permissions

Description

Simulate how a set of IAM policies and optionally a resource-based policy works with a list of API operations and Amazon Web Services resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The policies are provided as strings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_simulate_custom_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_simulate_custom_policy(
  PolicyInputList,
  PermissionsBoundaryPolicyInputList = NULL,
  ActionNames,
  ResourceArns = NULL,
  ResourcePolicy = NULL,
  ResourceOwner = NULL,
  CallerArn = NULL,
  ContextEntries = NULL,
  ResourceHandlingOption = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

PolicyInputList

[required] A list of policy documents to include in the simulation. Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of an IAM policy. Do not include any resource-based policies in this parameter. Any resource-based policy must be submitted with the ResourcePolicy parameter. The policies cannot be "scope-down" policies, such as you could include in a call to GetFederationToken or one of the AssumeRole API operations. In other words, do not use policies designed to restrict what a user can do while using the temporary credentials.

The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)

PermissionsBoundaryPolicyInputList

The IAM permissions boundary policy to simulate. The permissions boundary sets the maximum permissions that an IAM entity can have. You can input only one permissions boundary when you pass a policy to this operation. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM entities in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is specified as a string that contains the complete, valid JSON text of a permissions boundary policy.

The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)

ActionNames

[required] A list of names of API operations to evaluate in the simulation. Each operation is evaluated against each resource. Each operation must include the service identifier, such as iam:CreateUser. This operation does not support using wildcards (*) in an action name.

ResourceArns

A list of ARNs of Amazon Web Services resources to include in the simulation. If this parameter is not provided, then the value defaults to * (all resources). Each API in the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each resource in this list. The simulation determines the access result (allowed or denied) of each combination and reports it in the response. You can simulate resources that don't exist in your account.

The simulation does not automatically retrieve policies for the specified resources. If you want to include a resource policy in the simulation, then you must include the policy as a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter.

If you include a ResourcePolicy, then it must be applicable to all of the resources included in the simulation or you receive an invalid input error.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

Simulation of resource-based policies isn't supported for IAM roles.

ResourcePolicy

A resource-based policy to include in the simulation provided as a string. Each resource in the simulation is treated as if it had this policy attached. You can include only one resource-based policy in a simulation.

The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)

Simulation of resource-based policies isn't supported for IAM roles.

ResourceOwner

An ARN representing the Amazon Web Services account ID that specifies the owner of any simulated resource that does not identify its owner in the resource ARN. Examples of resource ARNs include an S3 bucket or object. If ResourceOwner is specified, it is also used as the account owner of any ResourcePolicy included in the simulation. If the ResourceOwner parameter is not specified, then the owner of the resources and the resource policy defaults to the account of the identity provided in CallerArn. This parameter is required only if you specify a resource-based policy and account that owns the resource is different from the account that owns the simulated calling user CallerArn.

The ARN for an account uses the following syntax: arn:aws:iam::AWS-account-ID:root. For example, to represent the account with the 112233445566 ID, use the following ARN: ⁠arn:aws:iam::112233445566-ID:root⁠.

CallerArn

The ARN of the IAM user that you want to use as the simulated caller of the API operations. CallerArn is required if you include a ResourcePolicy so that the policy's Principal element has a value to use in evaluating the policy.

You can specify only the ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an assumed role, federated user, or a service principal.

ContextEntries

A list of context keys and corresponding values for the simulation to use. Whenever a context key is evaluated in one of the simulated IAM permissions policies, the corresponding value is supplied.

ResourceHandlingOption

Specifies the type of simulation to run. Different API operations that support resource-based policies require different combinations of resources. By specifying the type of simulation to run, you enable the policy simulator to enforce the presence of the required resources to ensure reliable simulation results. If your simulation does not match one of the following scenarios, then you can omit this parameter. The following list shows each of the supported scenario values and the resources that you must define to run the simulation.

Each of the Amazon EC2 scenarios requires that you specify instance, image, and security group resources. If your scenario includes an EBS volume, then you must specify that volume as a resource. If the Amazon EC2 scenario includes VPC, then you must supply the network interface resource. If it includes an IP subnet, then you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on the Amazon EC2 scenario options, see Supported platforms in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

  • EC2-VPC-InstanceStore

    instance, image, security group, network interface

  • EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet

    instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet

  • EC2-VPC-EBS

    instance, image, security group, network interface, volume

  • EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet

    instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet, volume

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.


Simulate how a set of IAM policies attached to an IAM entity works with a list of API operations and Amazon Web Services resources to determine the policies' effective permissions

Description

Simulate how a set of IAM policies attached to an IAM entity works with a list of API operations and Amazon Web Services resources to determine the policies' effective permissions. The entity can be an IAM user, group, or role. If you specify a user, then the simulation also includes all of the policies that are attached to groups that the user belongs to. You can simulate resources that don't exist in your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_simulate_principal_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_simulate_principal_policy(
  PolicySourceArn,
  PolicyInputList = NULL,
  PermissionsBoundaryPolicyInputList = NULL,
  ActionNames,
  ResourceArns = NULL,
  ResourcePolicy = NULL,
  ResourceOwner = NULL,
  CallerArn = NULL,
  ContextEntries = NULL,
  ResourceHandlingOption = NULL,
  MaxItems = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

PolicySourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a user, group, or role whose policies you want to include in the simulation. If you specify a user, group, or role, the simulation includes all policies that are associated with that entity. If you specify a user, the simulation also includes all policies that are attached to any groups the user belongs to.

The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

PolicyInputList

An optional list of additional policy documents to include in the simulation. Each document is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of an IAM policy.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)

PermissionsBoundaryPolicyInputList

The IAM permissions boundary policy to simulate. The permissions boundary sets the maximum permissions that the entity can have. You can input only one permissions boundary when you pass a policy to this operation. An IAM entity can only have one permissions boundary in effect at a time. For example, if a permissions boundary is attached to an entity and you pass in a different permissions boundary policy using this parameter, then the new permissions boundary policy is used for the simulation. For more information about permissions boundaries, see Permissions boundaries for IAM entities in the IAM User Guide. The policy input is specified as a string containing the complete, valid JSON text of a permissions boundary policy.

The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)

ActionNames

[required] A list of names of API operations to evaluate in the simulation. Each operation is evaluated for each resource. Each operation must include the service identifier, such as iam:CreateUser.

ResourceArns

A list of ARNs of Amazon Web Services resources to include in the simulation. If this parameter is not provided, then the value defaults to * (all resources). Each API in the ActionNames parameter is evaluated for each resource in this list. The simulation determines the access result (allowed or denied) of each combination and reports it in the response. You can simulate resources that don't exist in your account.

The simulation does not automatically retrieve policies for the specified resources. If you want to include a resource policy in the simulation, then you must include the policy as a string in the ResourcePolicy parameter.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

Simulation of resource-based policies isn't supported for IAM roles.

ResourcePolicy

A resource-based policy to include in the simulation provided as a string. Each resource in the simulation is treated as if it had this policy attached. You can include only one resource-based policy in a simulation.

The maximum length of the policy document that you can pass in this operation, including whitespace, is listed below. To view the maximum character counts of a managed policy with no whitespaces, see IAM and STS character quotas.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)

Simulation of resource-based policies isn't supported for IAM roles.

ResourceOwner

An Amazon Web Services account ID that specifies the owner of any simulated resource that does not identify its owner in the resource ARN. Examples of resource ARNs include an S3 bucket or object. If ResourceOwner is specified, it is also used as the account owner of any ResourcePolicy included in the simulation. If the ResourceOwner parameter is not specified, then the owner of the resources and the resource policy defaults to the account of the identity provided in CallerArn. This parameter is required only if you specify a resource-based policy and account that owns the resource is different from the account that owns the simulated calling user CallerArn.

CallerArn

The ARN of the IAM user that you want to specify as the simulated caller of the API operations. If you do not specify a CallerArn, it defaults to the ARN of the user that you specify in PolicySourceArn, if you specified a user. If you include both a PolicySourceArn (for example, ⁠arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/David⁠) and a CallerArn (for example, ⁠arn:aws:iam::123456789012:user/Bob⁠), the result is that you simulate calling the API operations as Bob, as if Bob had David's policies.

You can specify only the ARN of an IAM user. You cannot specify the ARN of an assumed role, federated user, or a service principal.

CallerArn is required if you include a ResourcePolicy and the PolicySourceArn is not the ARN for an IAM user. This is required so that the resource-based policy's Principal element has a value to use in evaluating the policy.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

ContextEntries

A list of context keys and corresponding values for the simulation to use. Whenever a context key is evaluated in one of the simulated IAM permissions policies, the corresponding value is supplied.

ResourceHandlingOption

Specifies the type of simulation to run. Different API operations that support resource-based policies require different combinations of resources. By specifying the type of simulation to run, you enable the policy simulator to enforce the presence of the required resources to ensure reliable simulation results. If your simulation does not match one of the following scenarios, then you can omit this parameter. The following list shows each of the supported scenario values and the resources that you must define to run the simulation.

Each of the Amazon EC2 scenarios requires that you specify instance, image, and security group resources. If your scenario includes an EBS volume, then you must specify that volume as a resource. If the Amazon EC2 scenario includes VPC, then you must supply the network interface resource. If it includes an IP subnet, then you must specify the subnet resource. For more information on the Amazon EC2 scenario options, see Supported platforms in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

  • EC2-VPC-InstanceStore

    instance, image, security group, network interface

  • EC2-VPC-InstanceStore-Subnet

    instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet

  • EC2-VPC-EBS

    instance, image, security group, network interface, volume

  • EC2-VPC-EBS-Subnet

    instance, image, security group, network interface, subnet, volume

MaxItems

Use this only when paginating results to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. If additional items exist beyond the maximum you specify, the IsTruncated response element is true.

If you do not include this parameter, the number of items defaults to 100. Note that IAM might return fewer results, even when there are more results available. In that case, the IsTruncated response element returns true, and Marker contains a value to include in the subsequent call that tells the service where to continue from.

Marker

Use this parameter only when paginating results and only after you receive a response indicating that the results are truncated. Set it to the value of the Marker element in the response that you received to indicate where the next call should start.


Adds one or more tags to an IAM instance profile

Description

Adds one or more tags to an IAM instance profile. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_tag_instance_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_tag_instance_profile(InstanceProfileName, Tags)

Arguments

InstanceProfileName

[required] The name of the IAM instance profile to which you want to add tags.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Tags

[required] The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM instance profile. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.


Adds one or more tags to an IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device

Description

Adds one or more tags to an IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_tag_mfa_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_tag_mfa_device(SerialNumber, Tags)

Arguments

SerialNumber

[required] The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device to which you want to add tags. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Tags

[required] The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM virtual MFA device. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.


Adds one or more tags to an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider

Description

Adds one or more tags to an OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider. For more information about these providers, see About web identity federation. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_tag_open_id_connect_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_tag_open_id_connect_provider(OpenIDConnectProviderArn, Tags)

Arguments

OpenIDConnectProviderArn

[required] The ARN of the OIDC identity provider in IAM to which you want to add tags.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Tags

[required] The list of tags that you want to attach to the OIDC identity provider in IAM. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.


Adds one or more tags to an IAM customer managed policy

Description

Adds one or more tags to an IAM customer managed policy. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_tag_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_tag_policy(PolicyArn, Tags)

Arguments

PolicyArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy to which you want to add tags.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Tags

[required] The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM customer managed policy. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.


Adds one or more tags to an IAM role

Description

Adds one or more tags to an IAM role. The role can be a regular role or a service-linked role. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_tag_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_tag_role(RoleName, Tags)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name of the IAM role to which you want to add tags.

This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Tags

[required] The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM role. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.


Adds one or more tags to a Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider

Description

Adds one or more tags to a Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider. For more information about these providers, see About SAML 2.0-based federation . If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_tag_saml_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_tag_saml_provider(SAMLProviderArn, Tags)

Arguments

SAMLProviderArn

[required] The ARN of the SAML identity provider in IAM to which you want to add tags.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Tags

[required] The list of tags that you want to attach to the SAML identity provider in IAM. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.


Adds one or more tags to an IAM server certificate

Description

Adds one or more tags to an IAM server certificate. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_tag_server_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_tag_server_certificate(ServerCertificateName, Tags)

Arguments

ServerCertificateName

[required] The name of the IAM server certificate to which you want to add tags.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Tags

[required] The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM server certificate. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.


Adds one or more tags to an IAM user

Description

Adds one or more tags to an IAM user. If a tag with the same key name already exists, then that tag is overwritten with the new value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_tag_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_tag_user(UserName, Tags)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the IAM user to which you want to add tags.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Tags

[required] The list of tags that you want to attach to the IAM user. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value.


Removes the specified tags from the IAM instance profile

Description

Removes the specified tags from the IAM instance profile. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_untag_instance_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_untag_instance_profile(InstanceProfileName, TagKeys)

Arguments

InstanceProfileName

[required] The name of the IAM instance profile from which you want to remove tags.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

TagKeys

[required] A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified instance profile.


Removes the specified tags from the IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device

Description

Removes the specified tags from the IAM virtual multi-factor authentication (MFA) device. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_untag_mfa_device/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_untag_mfa_device(SerialNumber, TagKeys)

Arguments

SerialNumber

[required] The unique identifier for the IAM virtual MFA device from which you want to remove tags. For virtual MFA devices, the serial number is the same as the ARN.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

TagKeys

[required] A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified instance profile.


Removes the specified tags from the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider in IAM

Description

Removes the specified tags from the specified OpenID Connect (OIDC)-compatible identity provider in IAM. For more information about OIDC providers, see About web identity federation. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_untag_open_id_connect_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_untag_open_id_connect_provider(OpenIDConnectProviderArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

OpenIDConnectProviderArn

[required] The ARN of the OIDC provider in IAM from which you want to remove tags.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

TagKeys

[required] A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified OIDC provider.


Removes the specified tags from the customer managed policy

Description

Removes the specified tags from the customer managed policy. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_untag_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_untag_policy(PolicyArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

PolicyArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM customer managed policy from which you want to remove tags.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

TagKeys

[required] A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified policy.


Removes the specified tags from the role

Description

Removes the specified tags from the role. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_untag_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_untag_role(RoleName, TagKeys)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name of the IAM role from which you want to remove tags.

This parameter accepts (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that consist of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

TagKeys

[required] A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified role.


Removes the specified tags from the specified Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider in IAM

Description

Removes the specified tags from the specified Security Assertion Markup Language (SAML) identity provider in IAM. For more information about these providers, see About web identity federation. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_untag_saml_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_untag_saml_provider(SAMLProviderArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

SAMLProviderArn

[required] The ARN of the SAML identity provider in IAM from which you want to remove tags.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

TagKeys

[required] A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified SAML identity provider.


Removes the specified tags from the IAM server certificate

Description

Removes the specified tags from the IAM server certificate. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_untag_server_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_untag_server_certificate(ServerCertificateName, TagKeys)

Arguments

ServerCertificateName

[required] The name of the IAM server certificate from which you want to remove tags.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

TagKeys

[required] A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified IAM server certificate.


Removes the specified tags from the user

Description

Removes the specified tags from the user. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_untag_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_untag_user(UserName, TagKeys)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the IAM user from which you want to remove tags.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

TagKeys

[required] A list of key names as a simple array of strings. The tags with matching keys are removed from the specified user.


Changes the status of the specified access key from Active to Inactive, or vice versa

Description

Changes the status of the specified access key from Active to Inactive, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable a user's key as part of a key rotation workflow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_update_access_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_update_access_key(UserName = NULL, AccessKeyId, Status)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the user whose key you want to update.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

AccessKeyId

[required] The access key ID of the secret access key you want to update.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.

Status

[required] The status you want to assign to the secret access key. Active means that the key can be used for programmatic calls to Amazon Web Services, while Inactive means that the key cannot be used.


Updates the password policy settings for the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Updates the password policy settings for the Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_update_account_password_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_update_account_password_policy(
  MinimumPasswordLength = NULL,
  RequireSymbols = NULL,
  RequireNumbers = NULL,
  RequireUppercaseCharacters = NULL,
  RequireLowercaseCharacters = NULL,
  AllowUsersToChangePassword = NULL,
  MaxPasswordAge = NULL,
  PasswordReusePrevention = NULL,
  HardExpiry = NULL
)

Arguments

MinimumPasswordLength

The minimum number of characters allowed in an IAM user password.

If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of 6.

RequireSymbols

Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one of the following non-alphanumeric characters:

! @ # $ % ^ & * ( ) _ + - = [ ] { } | '

If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one symbol character.

RequireNumbers

Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one numeric character (0 to 9).

If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one numeric character.

RequireUppercaseCharacters

Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one uppercase character from the ISO basic Latin alphabet (A to Z).

If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one uppercase character.

RequireLowercaseCharacters

Specifies whether IAM user passwords must contain at least one lowercase character from the ISO basic Latin alphabet (a to z).

If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that passwords do not require at least one lowercase character.

AllowUsersToChangePassword

Allows all IAM users in your account to use the Amazon Web Services Management Console to change their own passwords. For more information, see Permitting IAM users to change their own passwords in the IAM User Guide.

If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that IAM users in the account do not automatically have permissions to change their own password.

MaxPasswordAge

The number of days that an IAM user password is valid.

If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of 0. The result is that IAM user passwords never expire.

PasswordReusePrevention

Specifies the number of previous passwords that IAM users are prevented from reusing.

If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of 0. The result is that IAM users are not prevented from reusing previous passwords.

HardExpiry

Prevents IAM users who are accessing the account via the Amazon Web Services Management Console from setting a new console password after their password has expired. The IAM user cannot access the console until an administrator resets the password.

If you do not specify a value for this parameter, then the operation uses the default value of false. The result is that IAM users can change their passwords after they expire and continue to sign in as the user.

In the Amazon Web Services Management Console, the custom password policy option Allow users to change their own password gives IAM users permissions to iam:ChangePassword for only their user and to the iam:GetAccountPasswordPolicy action. This option does not attach a permissions policy to each user, rather the permissions are applied at the account-level for all users by IAM. IAM users with iam:ChangePassword permission and active access keys can reset their own expired console password using the CLI or API.


Updates the policy that grants an IAM entity permission to assume a role

Description

Updates the policy that grants an IAM entity permission to assume a role. This is typically referred to as the "role trust policy". For more information about roles, see Using roles to delegate permissions and federate identities.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_update_assume_role_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_update_assume_role_policy(RoleName, PolicyDocument)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name of the role to update with the new policy.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

PolicyDocument

[required] The policy that grants an entity permission to assume the role.

You must provide policies in JSON format in IAM. However, for CloudFormation templates formatted in YAML, you can provide the policy in JSON or YAML format. CloudFormation always converts a YAML policy to JSON format before submitting it to IAM.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)


Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM group

Description

Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_update_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_update_group(GroupName, NewPath = NULL, NewGroupName = NULL)

Arguments

GroupName

[required] Name of the IAM group to update. If you're changing the name of the group, this is the original name.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

NewPath

New path for the IAM group. Only include this if changing the group's path.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

NewGroupName

New name for the IAM group. Only include this if changing the group's name.

IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".


Changes the password for the specified IAM user

Description

Changes the password for the specified IAM user. You can use the CLI, the Amazon Web Services API, or the Users page in the IAM console to change the password for any IAM user. Use change_password to change your own password in the My Security Credentials page in the Amazon Web Services Management Console.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_update_login_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_update_login_profile(
  UserName,
  Password = NULL,
  PasswordResetRequired = NULL
)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the user whose password you want to update.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

Password

The new password for the specified IAM user.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)

However, the format can be further restricted by the account administrator by setting a password policy on the Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see update_account_password_policy.

PasswordResetRequired

Allows this new password to be used only once by requiring the specified IAM user to set a new password on next sign-in.


Replaces the existing list of server certificate thumbprints associated with an OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object with a new list of thumbprints

Description

Replaces the existing list of server certificate thumbprints associated with an OpenID Connect (OIDC) provider resource object with a new list of thumbprints.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_update_open_id_connect_provider_thumbprint/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_update_open_id_connect_provider_thumbprint(
  OpenIDConnectProviderArn,
  ThumbprintList
)

Arguments

OpenIDConnectProviderArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM OIDC provider resource object for which you want to update the thumbprint. You can get a list of OIDC provider ARNs by using the list_open_id_connect_providers operation.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

ThumbprintList

[required] A list of certificate thumbprints that are associated with the specified IAM OpenID Connect provider. For more information, see create_open_id_connect_provider.


Updates the description or maximum session duration setting of a role

Description

Updates the description or maximum session duration setting of a role.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_update_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_update_role(RoleName, Description = NULL, MaxSessionDuration = NULL)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name of the role that you want to modify.

Description

The new description that you want to apply to the specified role.

MaxSessionDuration

The maximum session duration (in seconds) that you want to set for the specified role. If you do not specify a value for this setting, the default value of one hour is applied. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours.

Anyone who assumes the role from the CLI or API can use the DurationSeconds API parameter or the duration-seconds CLI parameter to request a longer session. The MaxSessionDuration setting determines the maximum duration that can be requested using the DurationSeconds parameter. If users don't specify a value for the DurationSeconds parameter, their security credentials are valid for one hour by default. This applies when you use the ⁠AssumeRole*⁠ API operations or the ⁠assume-role*⁠ CLI operations but does not apply when you use those operations to create a console URL. For more information, see Using IAM roles in the IAM User Guide.

IAM role credentials provided by Amazon EC2 instances assigned to the role are not subject to the specified maximum session duration.


Use UpdateRole instead

Description

Use update_role instead.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_update_role_description/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_update_role_description(RoleName, Description)

Arguments

RoleName

[required] The name of the role that you want to modify.

Description

[required] The new description that you want to apply to the specified role.


Updates the metadata document, SAML encryption settings, and private keys for an existing SAML provider

Description

Updates the metadata document, SAML encryption settings, and private keys for an existing SAML provider. To rotate private keys, add your new private key and then remove the old key in a separate request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_update_saml_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_update_saml_provider(
  SAMLMetadataDocument = NULL,
  SAMLProviderArn,
  AssertionEncryptionMode = NULL,
  AddPrivateKey = NULL,
  RemovePrivateKey = NULL
)

Arguments

SAMLMetadataDocument

An XML document generated by an identity provider (IdP) that supports SAML 2.0. The document includes the issuer's name, expiration information, and keys that can be used to validate the SAML authentication response (assertions) that are received from the IdP. You must generate the metadata document using the identity management software that is used as your IdP.

SAMLProviderArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider to update.

For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

AssertionEncryptionMode

Specifies the encryption setting for the SAML provider.

AddPrivateKey

Specifies the new private key from your external identity provider. The private key must be a .pem file that uses AES-GCM or AES-CBC encryption algorithm to decrypt SAML assertions.

RemovePrivateKey

The Key ID of the private key to remove.


Updates the name and/or the path of the specified server certificate stored in IAM

Description

Updates the name and/or the path of the specified server certificate stored in IAM.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_update_server_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_update_server_certificate(
  ServerCertificateName,
  NewPath = NULL,
  NewServerCertificateName = NULL
)

Arguments

ServerCertificateName

[required] The name of the server certificate that you want to update.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

NewPath

The new path for the server certificate. Include this only if you are updating the server certificate's path.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

NewServerCertificateName

The new name for the server certificate. Include this only if you are updating the server certificate's name. The name of the certificate cannot contain any spaces.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-


Sets the status of a service-specific credential to Active or Inactive

Description

Sets the status of a service-specific credential to Active or Inactive. Service-specific credentials that are inactive cannot be used for authentication to the service. This operation can be used to disable a user's service-specific credential as part of a credential rotation work flow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_update_service_specific_credential/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_update_service_specific_credential(
  UserName = NULL,
  ServiceSpecificCredentialId,
  Status
)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the IAM user associated with the service-specific credential. If you do not specify this value, then the operation assumes the user whose credentials are used to call the operation.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

ServiceSpecificCredentialId

[required] The unique identifier of the service-specific credential.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.

Status

[required] The status to be assigned to the service-specific credential.


Changes the status of the specified user signing certificate from active to disabled, or vice versa

Description

Changes the status of the specified user signing certificate from active to disabled, or vice versa. This operation can be used to disable an IAM user's signing certificate as part of a certificate rotation work flow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_update_signing_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_update_signing_certificate(UserName = NULL, CertificateId, Status)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the IAM user the signing certificate belongs to.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

CertificateId

[required] The ID of the signing certificate you want to update.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.

Status

[required] The status you want to assign to the certificate. Active means that the certificate can be used for programmatic calls to Amazon Web Services Inactive means that the certificate cannot be used.


Sets the status of an IAM user's SSH public key to active or inactive

Description

Sets the status of an IAM user's SSH public key to active or inactive. SSH public keys that are inactive cannot be used for authentication. This operation can be used to disable a user's SSH public key as part of a key rotation work flow.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_update_ssh_public_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_update_ssh_public_key(UserName, SSHPublicKeyId, Status)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the IAM user associated with the SSH public key.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

SSHPublicKeyId

[required] The unique identifier for the SSH public key.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper or lowercased letter or digit.

Status

[required] The status to assign to the SSH public key. Active means that the key can be used for authentication with an CodeCommit repository. Inactive means that the key cannot be used.


Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM user

Description

Updates the name and/or the path of the specified IAM user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_update_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_update_user(UserName, NewPath = NULL, NewUserName = NULL)

Arguments

UserName

[required] Name of the user to update. If you're changing the name of the user, this is the original user name.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

NewPath

New path for the IAM user. Include this parameter only if you're changing the user's path.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

NewUserName

New name for the user. Include this parameter only if you're changing the user's name.

IAM user, group, role, and policy names must be unique within the account. Names are not distinguished by case. For example, you cannot create resources named both "MyResource" and "myresource".


Uploads a server certificate entity for the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Uploads a server certificate entity for the Amazon Web Services account. The server certificate entity includes a public key certificate, a private key, and an optional certificate chain, which should all be PEM-encoded.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_upload_server_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_upload_server_certificate(
  Path = NULL,
  ServerCertificateName,
  CertificateBody,
  PrivateKey,
  CertificateChain = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Path

The path for the server certificate. For more information about paths, see IAM identifiers in the IAM User Guide.

This parameter is optional. If it is not included, it defaults to a slash (/). This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of either a forward slash (/) by itself or a string that must begin and end with forward slashes. In addition, it can contain any ASCII character from the ! (U+0021) through the DEL character (⁠U+007F⁠), including most punctuation characters, digits, and upper and lowercased letters.

If you are uploading a server certificate specifically for use with Amazon CloudFront distributions, you must specify a path using the path parameter. The path must begin with ⁠/cloudfront⁠ and must include a trailing slash (for example, ⁠/cloudfront/test/⁠).

ServerCertificateName

[required] The name for the server certificate. Do not include the path in this value. The name of the certificate cannot contain any spaces.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

CertificateBody

[required] The contents of the public key certificate in PEM-encoded format.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)

PrivateKey

[required] The contents of the private key in PEM-encoded format.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)

CertificateChain

The contents of the certificate chain. This is typically a concatenation of the PEM-encoded public key certificates of the chain.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)

Tags

A list of tags that you want to attach to the new IAM server certificate resource. Each tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about tagging, see Tagging IAM resources in the IAM User Guide.

If any one of the tags is invalid or if you exceed the allowed maximum number of tags, then the entire request fails and the resource is not created.


Uploads an X

Description

Uploads an X.509 signing certificate and associates it with the specified IAM user. Some Amazon Web Services services require you to use certificates to validate requests that are signed with a corresponding private key. When you upload the certificate, its default status is Active.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_upload_signing_certificate/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_upload_signing_certificate(UserName = NULL, CertificateBody)

Arguments

UserName

The name of the user the signing certificate is for.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

CertificateBody

[required] The contents of the signing certificate.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)


Uploads an SSH public key and associates it with the specified IAM user

Description

Uploads an SSH public key and associates it with the specified IAM user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iam_upload_ssh_public_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

iam_upload_ssh_public_key(UserName, SSHPublicKeyBody)

Arguments

UserName

[required] The name of the IAM user to associate the SSH public key with.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters consisting of upper and lowercase alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include any of the following characters: _+=,.@-

SSHPublicKeyBody

[required] The SSH public key. The public key must be encoded in ssh-rsa format or PEM format. The minimum bit-length of the public key is 2048 bits. For example, you can generate a 2048-bit key, and the resulting PEM file is 1679 bytes long.

The regex pattern used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of the following:

  • Any printable ASCII character ranging from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range

  • The printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠)

  • The special characters tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠)


IAM Roles Anywhere

Description

Identity and Access Management Roles Anywhere provides a secure way for your workloads such as servers, containers, and applications that run outside of Amazon Web Services to obtain temporary Amazon Web Services credentials. Your workloads can use the same IAM policies and roles you have for native Amazon Web Services applications to access Amazon Web Services resources. Using IAM Roles Anywhere eliminates the need to manage long-term credentials for workloads running outside of Amazon Web Services.

To use IAM Roles Anywhere, your workloads must use X.509 certificates issued by their certificate authority (CA). You register the CA with IAM Roles Anywhere as a trust anchor to establish trust between your public key infrastructure (PKI) and IAM Roles Anywhere. If you don't manage your own PKI system, you can use Private Certificate Authority to create a CA and then use that to establish trust with IAM Roles Anywhere.

This guide describes the IAM Roles Anywhere operations that you can call programmatically. For more information about IAM Roles Anywhere, see the IAM Roles Anywhere User Guide.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- iamrolesanywhere(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_profile Creates a profile, a list of the roles that Roles Anywhere service is trusted to assume
create_trust_anchor Creates a trust anchor to establish trust between IAM Roles Anywhere and your certificate authority (CA)
delete_attribute_mapping Delete an entry from the attribute mapping rules enforced by a given profile
delete_crl Deletes a certificate revocation list (CRL)
delete_profile Deletes a profile
delete_trust_anchor Deletes a trust anchor
disable_crl Disables a certificate revocation list (CRL)
disable_profile Disables a profile
disable_trust_anchor Disables a trust anchor
enable_crl Enables a certificate revocation list (CRL)
enable_profile Enables temporary credential requests for a profile
enable_trust_anchor Enables a trust anchor
get_crl Gets a certificate revocation list (CRL)
get_profile Gets a profile
get_subject Gets a subject, which associates a certificate identity with authentication attempts
get_trust_anchor Gets a trust anchor
import_crl Imports the certificate revocation list (CRL)
list_crls Lists all certificate revocation lists (CRL) in the authenticated account and Amazon Web Services Region
list_profiles Lists all profiles in the authenticated account and Amazon Web Services Region
list_subjects Lists the subjects in the authenticated account and Amazon Web Services Region
list_tags_for_resource Lists the tags attached to the resource
list_trust_anchors Lists the trust anchors in the authenticated account and Amazon Web Services Region
put_attribute_mapping Put an entry in the attribute mapping rules that will be enforced by a given profile
put_notification_settings Attaches a list of notification settings to a trust anchor
reset_notification_settings Resets the custom notification setting to IAM Roles Anywhere default setting
tag_resource Attaches tags to a resource
untag_resource Removes tags from the resource
update_crl Updates the certificate revocation list (CRL)
update_profile Updates a profile, a list of the roles that IAM Roles Anywhere service is trusted to assume
update_trust_anchor Updates a trust anchor

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- iamrolesanywhere()
svc$create_profile(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a profile, a list of the roles that Roles Anywhere service is trusted to assume

Description

Creates a profile, a list of the roles that Roles Anywhere service is trusted to assume. You use profiles to intersect permissions with IAM managed policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_create_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_create_profile(
  acceptRoleSessionName = NULL,
  durationSeconds = NULL,
  enabled = NULL,
  managedPolicyArns = NULL,
  name,
  requireInstanceProperties = NULL,
  roleArns,
  sessionPolicy = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

acceptRoleSessionName

Used to determine if a custom role session name will be accepted in a temporary credential request.

durationSeconds

Used to determine how long sessions vended using this profile are valid for. See the Expiration section of the CreateSession API documentation page for more details. In requests, if this value is not provided, the default value will be 3600.

enabled

Specifies whether the profile is enabled.

managedPolicyArns

A list of managed policy ARNs that apply to the vended session credentials.

name

[required] The name of the profile.

requireInstanceProperties

Specifies whether instance properties are required in temporary credential requests with this profile.

roleArns

[required] A list of IAM roles that this profile can assume in a temporary credential request.

sessionPolicy

A session policy that applies to the trust boundary of the vended session credentials.

tags

The tags to attach to the profile.


Creates a trust anchor to establish trust between IAM Roles Anywhere and your certificate authority (CA)

Description

Creates a trust anchor to establish trust between IAM Roles Anywhere and your certificate authority (CA). You can define a trust anchor as a reference to an Private Certificate Authority (Private CA) or by uploading a CA certificate. Your Amazon Web Services workloads can authenticate with the trust anchor using certificates issued by the CA in exchange for temporary Amazon Web Services credentials.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_create_trust_anchor/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_create_trust_anchor(
  enabled = NULL,
  name,
  notificationSettings = NULL,
  source,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

enabled

Specifies whether the trust anchor is enabled.

name

[required] The name of the trust anchor.

notificationSettings

A list of notification settings to be associated to the trust anchor.

source

[required] The trust anchor type and its related certificate data.

tags

The tags to attach to the trust anchor.


Delete an entry from the attribute mapping rules enforced by a given profile

Description

Delete an entry from the attribute mapping rules enforced by a given profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_delete_attribute_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_delete_attribute_mapping(
  certificateField,
  profileId,
  specifiers = NULL
)

Arguments

certificateField

[required] Fields (x509Subject, x509Issuer and x509SAN) within X.509 certificates.

profileId

[required] The unique identifier of the profile.

specifiers

A list of specifiers of a certificate field; for example, CN, OU, UID from a Subject.


Deletes a certificate revocation list (CRL)

Description

Deletes a certificate revocation list (CRL).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_delete_crl/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_delete_crl(crlId)

Arguments

crlId

[required] The unique identifier of the certificate revocation list (CRL).


Deletes a profile

Description

Deletes a profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_delete_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_delete_profile(profileId)

Arguments

profileId

[required] The unique identifier of the profile.


Deletes a trust anchor

Description

Deletes a trust anchor.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_delete_trust_anchor/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_delete_trust_anchor(trustAnchorId)

Arguments

trustAnchorId

[required] The unique identifier of the trust anchor.


Disables a certificate revocation list (CRL)

Description

Disables a certificate revocation list (CRL).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_disable_crl/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_disable_crl(crlId)

Arguments

crlId

[required] The unique identifier of the certificate revocation list (CRL).


Disables a profile

Description

Disables a profile. When disabled, temporary credential requests with this profile fail.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_disable_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_disable_profile(profileId)

Arguments

profileId

[required] The unique identifier of the profile.


Disables a trust anchor

Description

Disables a trust anchor. When disabled, temporary credential requests specifying this trust anchor are unauthorized.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_disable_trust_anchor/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_disable_trust_anchor(trustAnchorId)

Arguments

trustAnchorId

[required] The unique identifier of the trust anchor.


Enables a certificate revocation list (CRL)

Description

Enables a certificate revocation list (CRL). When enabled, certificates stored in the CRL are unauthorized to receive session credentials.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_enable_crl/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_enable_crl(crlId)

Arguments

crlId

[required] The unique identifier of the certificate revocation list (CRL).


Enables temporary credential requests for a profile

Description

Enables temporary credential requests for a profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_enable_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_enable_profile(profileId)

Arguments

profileId

[required] The unique identifier of the profile.


Enables a trust anchor

Description

Enables a trust anchor. When enabled, certificates in the trust anchor chain are authorized for trust validation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_enable_trust_anchor/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_enable_trust_anchor(trustAnchorId)

Arguments

trustAnchorId

[required] The unique identifier of the trust anchor.


Gets a certificate revocation list (CRL)

Description

Gets a certificate revocation list (CRL).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_get_crl/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_get_crl(crlId)

Arguments

crlId

[required] The unique identifier of the certificate revocation list (CRL).


Gets a profile

Description

Gets a profile.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_get_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_get_profile(profileId)

Arguments

profileId

[required] The unique identifier of the profile.


Gets a subject, which associates a certificate identity with authentication attempts

Description

Gets a subject, which associates a certificate identity with authentication attempts. The subject stores auditing information such as the status of the last authentication attempt, the certificate data used in the attempt, and the last time the associated identity attempted authentication.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_get_subject/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_get_subject(subjectId)

Arguments

subjectId

[required] The unique identifier of the subject.


Gets a trust anchor

Description

Gets a trust anchor.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_get_trust_anchor/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_get_trust_anchor(trustAnchorId)

Arguments

trustAnchorId

[required] The unique identifier of the trust anchor.


Imports the certificate revocation list (CRL)

Description

Imports the certificate revocation list (CRL). A CRL is a list of certificates that have been revoked by the issuing certificate Authority (CA).In order to be properly imported, a CRL must be in PEM format. IAM Roles Anywhere validates against the CRL before issuing credentials.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_import_crl/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_import_crl(
  crlData,
  enabled = NULL,
  name,
  tags = NULL,
  trustAnchorArn
)

Arguments

crlData

[required] The x509 v3 specified certificate revocation list (CRL).

enabled

Specifies whether the certificate revocation list (CRL) is enabled.

name

[required] The name of the certificate revocation list (CRL).

tags

A list of tags to attach to the certificate revocation list (CRL).

trustAnchorArn

[required] The ARN of the TrustAnchor the certificate revocation list (CRL) will provide revocation for.


Lists all certificate revocation lists (CRL) in the authenticated account and Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Lists all certificate revocation lists (CRL) in the authenticated account and Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_list_crls/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_list_crls(nextToken = NULL, pageSize = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

A token that indicates where the output should continue from, if a previous request did not show all results. To get the next results, make the request again with this value.

pageSize

The number of resources in the paginated list.


Lists all profiles in the authenticated account and Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Lists all profiles in the authenticated account and Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_list_profiles/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_list_profiles(nextToken = NULL, pageSize = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

A token that indicates where the output should continue from, if a previous request did not show all results. To get the next results, make the request again with this value.

pageSize

The number of resources in the paginated list.


Lists the subjects in the authenticated account and Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Lists the subjects in the authenticated account and Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_list_subjects/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_list_subjects(nextToken = NULL, pageSize = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

A token that indicates where the output should continue from, if a previous request did not show all results. To get the next results, make the request again with this value.

pageSize

The number of resources in the paginated list.


Lists the tags attached to the resource

Description

Lists the tags attached to the resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource.


Lists the trust anchors in the authenticated account and Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Lists the trust anchors in the authenticated account and Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_list_trust_anchors/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_list_trust_anchors(nextToken = NULL, pageSize = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

A token that indicates where the output should continue from, if a previous request did not show all results. To get the next results, make the request again with this value.

pageSize

The number of resources in the paginated list.


Put an entry in the attribute mapping rules that will be enforced by a given profile

Description

Put an entry in the attribute mapping rules that will be enforced by a given profile. A mapping specifies a certificate field and one or more specifiers that have contextual meanings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_put_attribute_mapping/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_put_attribute_mapping(
  certificateField,
  mappingRules,
  profileId
)

Arguments

certificateField

[required] Fields (x509Subject, x509Issuer and x509SAN) within X.509 certificates.

mappingRules

[required] A list of mapping entries for every supported specifier or sub-field.

profileId

[required] The unique identifier of the profile.


Attaches a list of notification settings to a trust anchor

Description

Attaches a list of notification settings to a trust anchor.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_put_notification_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_put_notification_settings(notificationSettings, trustAnchorId)

Arguments

notificationSettings

[required] A list of notification settings to be associated to the trust anchor.

trustAnchorId

[required] The unique identifier of the trust anchor.


Resets the custom notification setting to IAM Roles Anywhere default setting

Description

Resets the custom notification setting to IAM Roles Anywhere default setting.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_reset_notification_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_reset_notification_settings(
  notificationSettingKeys,
  trustAnchorId
)

Arguments

notificationSettingKeys

[required] A list of notification setting keys to reset. A notification setting key includes the event and the channel.

trustAnchorId

[required] The unique identifier of the trust anchor.


Attaches tags to a resource

Description

Attaches tags to a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource.

tags

[required] The tags to attach to the resource.


Removes tags from the resource

Description

Removes tags from the resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource.

tagKeys

[required] A list of keys. Tag keys are the unique identifiers of tags.


Updates the certificate revocation list (CRL)

Description

Updates the certificate revocation list (CRL). A CRL is a list of certificates that have been revoked by the issuing certificate authority (CA). IAM Roles Anywhere validates against the CRL before issuing credentials.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_update_crl/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_update_crl(crlData = NULL, crlId, name = NULL)

Arguments

crlData

The x509 v3 specified certificate revocation list (CRL).

crlId

[required] The unique identifier of the certificate revocation list (CRL).

name

The name of the Crl.


Updates a profile, a list of the roles that IAM Roles Anywhere service is trusted to assume

Description

Updates a profile, a list of the roles that IAM Roles Anywhere service is trusted to assume. You use profiles to intersect permissions with IAM managed policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_update_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_update_profile(
  acceptRoleSessionName = NULL,
  durationSeconds = NULL,
  managedPolicyArns = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  profileId,
  roleArns = NULL,
  sessionPolicy = NULL
)

Arguments

acceptRoleSessionName

Used to determine if a custom role session name will be accepted in a temporary credential request.

durationSeconds

Used to determine how long sessions vended using this profile are valid for. See the Expiration section of the CreateSession API documentation page for more details. In requests, if this value is not provided, the default value will be 3600.

managedPolicyArns

A list of managed policy ARNs that apply to the vended session credentials.

name

The name of the profile.

profileId

[required] The unique identifier of the profile.

roleArns

A list of IAM roles that this profile can assume in a temporary credential request.

sessionPolicy

A session policy that applies to the trust boundary of the vended session credentials.


Updates a trust anchor

Description

Updates a trust anchor. You establish trust between IAM Roles Anywhere and your certificate authority (CA) by configuring a trust anchor. You can define a trust anchor as a reference to an Private Certificate Authority (Private CA) or by uploading a CA certificate. Your Amazon Web Services workloads can authenticate with the trust anchor using certificates issued by the CA in exchange for temporary Amazon Web Services credentials.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/iamrolesanywhere_update_trust_anchor/ for full documentation.

Usage

iamrolesanywhere_update_trust_anchor(name = NULL, source = NULL, trustAnchorId)

Arguments

name

The name of the trust anchor.

source

The trust anchor type and its related certificate data.

trustAnchorId

[required] The unique identifier of the trust anchor.


AWS SSO Identity Store

Description

The Identity Store service used by IAM Identity Center provides a single place to retrieve all of your identities (users and groups). For more information, see the IAM Identity Center User Guide.

This reference guide describes the identity store operations that you can call programmatically and includes detailed information about data types and errors.

IAM Identity Center uses the sso and identitystore API namespaces.

Usage

identitystore(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- identitystore(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_group Creates a group within the specified identity store
create_group_membership Creates a relationship between a member and a group
create_user Creates a user within the specified identity store
delete_group Delete a group within an identity store given GroupId
delete_group_membership Delete a membership within a group given MembershipId
delete_user Deletes a user within an identity store given UserId
describe_group Retrieves the group metadata and attributes from GroupId in an identity store
describe_group_membership Retrieves membership metadata and attributes from MembershipId in an identity store
describe_user Retrieves the user metadata and attributes from the UserId in an identity store
get_group_id Retrieves GroupId in an identity store
get_group_membership_id Retrieves the MembershipId in an identity store
get_user_id Retrieves the UserId in an identity store
is_member_in_groups Checks the user's membership in all requested groups and returns if the member exists in all queried groups
list_group_memberships For the specified group in the specified identity store, returns the list of all GroupMembership objects and returns results in paginated form
list_group_memberships_for_member For the specified member in the specified identity store, returns the list of all GroupMembership objects and returns results in paginated form
list_groups Lists all groups in the identity store
list_users Lists all users in the identity store
update_group For the specified group in the specified identity store, updates the group metadata and attributes
update_user For the specified user in the specified identity store, updates the user metadata and attributes

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- identitystore()
svc$create_group(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a group within the specified identity store

Description

Creates a group within the specified identity store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_create_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_create_group(
  IdentityStoreId,
  DisplayName = NULL,
  Description = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

DisplayName

A string containing the name of the group. This value is commonly displayed when the group is referenced. Administrator and AWSAdministrators are reserved names and can't be used for users or groups.

Description

A string containing the description of the group.


Creates a relationship between a member and a group

Description

Creates a relationship between a member and a group. The following identifiers must be specified: GroupId, IdentityStoreId, and MemberId.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_create_group_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_create_group_membership(IdentityStoreId, GroupId, MemberId)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

GroupId

[required] The identifier for a group in the identity store.

MemberId

[required] An object that contains the identifier of a group member. Setting the UserID field to the specific identifier for a user indicates that the user is a member of the group.


Creates a user within the specified identity store

Description

Creates a user within the specified identity store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_create_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_create_user(
  IdentityStoreId,
  UserName = NULL,
  Name = NULL,
  DisplayName = NULL,
  NickName = NULL,
  ProfileUrl = NULL,
  Emails = NULL,
  Addresses = NULL,
  PhoneNumbers = NULL,
  UserType = NULL,
  Title = NULL,
  PreferredLanguage = NULL,
  Locale = NULL,
  Timezone = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

UserName

A unique string used to identify the user. The length limit is 128 characters. This value can consist of letters, accented characters, symbols, numbers, and punctuation. This value is specified at the time the user is created and stored as an attribute of the user object in the identity store. Administrator and AWSAdministrators are reserved names and can't be used for users or groups.

Name

An object containing the name of the user.

DisplayName

A string containing the name of the user. This value is typically formatted for display when the user is referenced. For example, "John Doe."

NickName

A string containing an alternate name for the user.

ProfileUrl

A string containing a URL that might be associated with the user.

Emails

A list of Email objects containing email addresses associated with the user.

Addresses

A list of Address objects containing addresses associated with the user.

PhoneNumbers

A list of PhoneNumber objects containing phone numbers associated with the user.

UserType

A string indicating the type of user. Possible values are left unspecified. The value can vary based on your specific use case.

Title

A string containing the title of the user. Possible values are left unspecified. The value can vary based on your specific use case.

PreferredLanguage

A string containing the preferred language of the user. For example, "American English" or "en-us."

Locale

A string containing the geographical region or location of the user.

Timezone

A string containing the time zone of the user.


Delete a group within an identity store given GroupId

Description

Delete a group within an identity store given GroupId.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_delete_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_delete_group(IdentityStoreId, GroupId)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

GroupId

[required] The identifier for a group in the identity store.


Delete a membership within a group given MembershipId

Description

Delete a membership within a group given MembershipId.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_delete_group_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_delete_group_membership(IdentityStoreId, MembershipId)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

MembershipId

[required] The identifier for a GroupMembership in an identity store.


Deletes a user within an identity store given UserId

Description

Deletes a user within an identity store given UserId.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_delete_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_delete_user(IdentityStoreId, UserId)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

UserId

[required] The identifier for a user in the identity store.


Retrieves the group metadata and attributes from GroupId in an identity store

Description

Retrieves the group metadata and attributes from GroupId in an identity store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_describe_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_describe_group(IdentityStoreId, GroupId)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store, such as d-1234567890. In this example, ⁠d-⁠ is a fixed prefix, and 1234567890 is a randomly generated string that contains numbers and lower case letters. This value is generated at the time that a new identity store is created.

GroupId

[required] The identifier for a group in the identity store.


Retrieves membership metadata and attributes from MembershipId in an identity store

Description

Retrieves membership metadata and attributes from MembershipId in an identity store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_describe_group_membership/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_describe_group_membership(IdentityStoreId, MembershipId)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

MembershipId

[required] The identifier for a GroupMembership in an identity store.


Retrieves the user metadata and attributes from the UserId in an identity store

Description

Retrieves the user metadata and attributes from the UserId in an identity store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_describe_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_describe_user(IdentityStoreId, UserId)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store, such as d-1234567890. In this example, ⁠d-⁠ is a fixed prefix, and 1234567890 is a randomly generated string that contains numbers and lower case letters. This value is generated at the time that a new identity store is created.

UserId

[required] The identifier for a user in the identity store.


Retrieves GroupId in an identity store

Description

Retrieves GroupId in an identity store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_get_group_id/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_get_group_id(IdentityStoreId, AlternateIdentifier)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

AlternateIdentifier

[required] A unique identifier for a user or group that is not the primary identifier. This value can be an identifier from an external identity provider (IdP) that is associated with the user, the group, or a unique attribute. For the unique attribute, the only valid path is displayName.


Retrieves the MembershipId in an identity store

Description

Retrieves the MembershipId in an identity store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_get_group_membership_id/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_get_group_membership_id(IdentityStoreId, GroupId, MemberId)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

GroupId

[required] The identifier for a group in the identity store.

MemberId

[required] An object that contains the identifier of a group member. Setting the UserID field to the specific identifier for a user indicates that the user is a member of the group.


Retrieves the UserId in an identity store

Description

Retrieves the UserId in an identity store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_get_user_id/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_get_user_id(IdentityStoreId, AlternateIdentifier)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

AlternateIdentifier

[required] A unique identifier for a user or group that is not the primary identifier. This value can be an identifier from an external identity provider (IdP) that is associated with the user, the group, or a unique attribute. For the unique attribute, the only valid paths are userName and emails.value.


Checks the user's membership in all requested groups and returns if the member exists in all queried groups

Description

Checks the user's membership in all requested groups and returns if the member exists in all queried groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_is_member_in_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_is_member_in_groups(IdentityStoreId, MemberId, GroupIds)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

MemberId

[required] An object containing the identifier of a group member.

GroupIds

[required] A list of identifiers for groups in the identity store.


For the specified group in the specified identity store, returns the list of all GroupMembership objects and returns results in paginated form

Description

For the specified group in the specified identity store, returns the list of all GroupMembership objects and returns results in paginated form.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_list_group_memberships/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_list_group_memberships(
  IdentityStoreId,
  GroupId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

GroupId

[required] The identifier for a group in the identity store.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request. This parameter is used in all List requests to specify how many results to return in one page.

NextToken

The pagination token used for the list_users, list_groups and list_group_memberships API operations. This value is generated by the identity store service. It is returned in the API response if the total results are more than the size of one page. This token is also returned when it is used in the API request to search for the next page.


For the specified member in the specified identity store, returns the list of all GroupMembership objects and returns results in paginated form

Description

For the specified member in the specified identity store, returns the list of all GroupMembership objects and returns results in paginated form.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_list_group_memberships_for_member/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_list_group_memberships_for_member(
  IdentityStoreId,
  MemberId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

MemberId

[required] An object that contains the identifier of a group member. Setting the UserID field to the specific identifier for a user indicates that the user is a member of the group.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request. This parameter is used in the list_users and list_groups requests to specify how many results to return in one page. The length limit is 50 characters.

NextToken

The pagination token used for the list_users, list_groups, and list_group_memberships API operations. This value is generated by the identity store service. It is returned in the API response if the total results are more than the size of one page. This token is also returned when it is used in the API request to search for the next page.


Lists all groups in the identity store

Description

Lists all groups in the identity store. Returns a paginated list of complete Group objects. Filtering for a Group by the DisplayName attribute is deprecated. Instead, use the get_group_id API action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_list_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_list_groups(
  IdentityStoreId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store, such as d-1234567890. In this example, ⁠d-⁠ is a fixed prefix, and 1234567890 is a randomly generated string that contains numbers and lower case letters. This value is generated at the time that a new identity store is created.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request. This parameter is used in the list_users and list_groups requests to specify how many results to return in one page. The length limit is 50 characters.

NextToken

The pagination token used for the list_users and list_groups API operations. This value is generated by the identity store service. It is returned in the API response if the total results are more than the size of one page. This token is also returned when it is used in the API request to search for the next page.

Filters

A list of Filter objects, which is used in the list_users and list_groups requests.


Lists all users in the identity store

Description

Lists all users in the identity store. Returns a paginated list of complete User objects. Filtering for a User by the UserName attribute is deprecated. Instead, use the get_user_id API action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_list_users/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_list_users(
  IdentityStoreId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store, such as d-1234567890. In this example, ⁠d-⁠ is a fixed prefix, and 1234567890 is a randomly generated string that contains numbers and lower case letters. This value is generated at the time that a new identity store is created.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned per request. This parameter is used in the list_users and list_groups requests to specify how many results to return in one page. The length limit is 50 characters.

NextToken

The pagination token used for the list_users and list_groups API operations. This value is generated by the identity store service. It is returned in the API response if the total results are more than the size of one page. This token is also returned when it is used in the API request to search for the next page.

Filters

A list of Filter objects, which is used in the list_users and list_groups requests.


For the specified group in the specified identity store, updates the group metadata and attributes

Description

For the specified group in the specified identity store, updates the group metadata and attributes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_update_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_update_group(IdentityStoreId, GroupId, Operations)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

GroupId

[required] The identifier for a group in the identity store.

Operations

[required] A list of AttributeOperation objects to apply to the requested group. These operations might add, replace, or remove an attribute.


For the specified user in the specified identity store, updates the user metadata and attributes

Description

For the specified user in the specified identity store, updates the user metadata and attributes.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/identitystore_update_user/ for full documentation.

Usage

identitystore_update_user(IdentityStoreId, UserId, Operations)

Arguments

IdentityStoreId

[required] The globally unique identifier for the identity store.

UserId

[required] The identifier for a user in the identity store.

Operations

[required] A list of AttributeOperation objects to apply to the requested user. These operations might add, replace, or remove an attribute.


Amazon Inspector

Description

Amazon Inspector enables you to analyze the behavior of your AWS resources and to identify potential security issues. For more information, see Amazon Inspector User Guide.

Usage

inspector(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- inspector(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

add_attributes_to_findings Assigns attributes (key and value pairs) to the findings that are specified by the ARNs of the findings
create_assessment_target Creates a new assessment target using the ARN of the resource group that is generated by CreateResourceGroup
create_assessment_template Creates an assessment template for the assessment target that is specified by the ARN of the assessment target
create_exclusions_preview Starts the generation of an exclusions preview for the specified assessment template
create_resource_group Creates a resource group using the specified set of tags (key and value pairs) that are used to select the EC2 instances to be included in an Amazon Inspector assessment target
delete_assessment_run Deletes the assessment run that is specified by the ARN of the assessment run
delete_assessment_target Deletes the assessment target that is specified by the ARN of the assessment target
delete_assessment_template Deletes the assessment template that is specified by the ARN of the assessment template
describe_assessment_runs Describes the assessment runs that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment runs
describe_assessment_targets Describes the assessment targets that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment targets
describe_assessment_templates Describes the assessment templates that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment templates
describe_cross_account_access_role Describes the IAM role that enables Amazon Inspector to access your AWS account
describe_exclusions Describes the exclusions that are specified by the exclusions' ARNs
describe_findings Describes the findings that are specified by the ARNs of the findings
describe_resource_groups Describes the resource groups that are specified by the ARNs of the resource groups
describe_rules_packages Describes the rules packages that are specified by the ARNs of the rules packages
get_assessment_report Produces an assessment report that includes detailed and comprehensive results of a specified assessment run
get_exclusions_preview Retrieves the exclusions preview (a list of ExclusionPreview objects) specified by the preview token
get_telemetry_metadata Information about the data that is collected for the specified assessment run
list_assessment_run_agents Lists the agents of the assessment runs that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment runs
list_assessment_runs Lists the assessment runs that correspond to the assessment templates that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment templates
list_assessment_targets Lists the ARNs of the assessment targets within this AWS account
list_assessment_templates Lists the assessment templates that correspond to the assessment targets that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment targets
list_event_subscriptions Lists all the event subscriptions for the assessment template that is specified by the ARN of the assessment template
list_exclusions List exclusions that are generated by the assessment run
list_findings Lists findings that are generated by the assessment runs that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment runs
list_rules_packages Lists all available Amazon Inspector rules packages
list_tags_for_resource Lists all tags associated with an assessment template
preview_agents Previews the agents installed on the EC2 instances that are part of the specified assessment target
register_cross_account_access_role Registers the IAM role that grants Amazon Inspector access to AWS Services needed to perform security assessments
remove_attributes_from_findings Removes entire attributes (key and value pairs) from the findings that are specified by the ARNs of the findings where an attribute with the specified key exists
set_tags_for_resource Sets tags (key and value pairs) to the assessment template that is specified by the ARN of the assessment template
start_assessment_run Starts the assessment run specified by the ARN of the assessment template
stop_assessment_run Stops the assessment run that is specified by the ARN of the assessment run
subscribe_to_event Enables the process of sending Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) notifications about a specified event to a specified SNS topic
unsubscribe_from_event Disables the process of sending Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) notifications about a specified event to a specified SNS topic
update_assessment_target Updates the assessment target that is specified by the ARN of the assessment target

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- inspector()
# Assigns attributes (key and value pairs) to the findings that are
# specified by the ARNs of the findings.
svc$add_attributes_to_findings(
  attributes = list(
    list(
      key = "Example",
      value = "example"
    )
  ),
  findingArns = list(
    "arn:aws:inspector:us-west-2:123456789012:target/0-0kFIPusq/template/0-..."
  )
)

## End(Not run)


Inspector2

Description

Amazon Inspector is a vulnerability discovery service that automates continuous scanning for security vulnerabilities within your Amazon EC2, Amazon ECR, and Amazon Web Services Lambda environments.

Usage

inspector2(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- inspector2(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_member Associates an Amazon Web Services account with an Amazon Inspector delegated administrator
batch_get_account_status Retrieves the Amazon Inspector status of multiple Amazon Web Services accounts within your environment
batch_get_code_snippet Retrieves code snippets from findings that Amazon Inspector detected code vulnerabilities in
batch_get_finding_details Gets vulnerability details for findings
batch_get_free_trial_info Gets free trial status for multiple Amazon Web Services accounts
batch_get_member_ec_2_deep_inspection_status Retrieves Amazon Inspector deep inspection activation status of multiple member accounts within your organization
batch_update_member_ec_2_deep_inspection_status Activates or deactivates Amazon Inspector deep inspection for the provided member accounts in your organization
cancel_findings_report Cancels the given findings report
cancel_sbom_export Cancels a software bill of materials (SBOM) report
create_cis_scan_configuration Creates a CIS scan configuration
create_filter Creates a filter resource using specified filter criteria
create_findings_report Creates a finding report
create_sbom_export Creates a software bill of materials (SBOM) report
delete_cis_scan_configuration Deletes a CIS scan configuration
delete_filter Deletes a filter resource
describe_organization_configuration Describe Amazon Inspector configuration settings for an Amazon Web Services organization
disable Disables Amazon Inspector scans for one or more Amazon Web Services accounts
disable_delegated_admin_account Disables the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator for your organization
disassociate_member Disassociates a member account from an Amazon Inspector delegated administrator
enable Enables Amazon Inspector scans for one or more Amazon Web Services accounts
enable_delegated_admin_account Enables the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator for your Organizations organization
get_cis_scan_report Retrieves a CIS scan report
get_cis_scan_result_details Retrieves CIS scan result details
get_configuration Retrieves setting configurations for Inspector scans
get_delegated_admin_account Retrieves information about the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator for your organization
get_ec_2_deep_inspection_configuration Retrieves the activation status of Amazon Inspector deep inspection and custom paths associated with your account
get_encryption_key Gets an encryption key
get_findings_report_status Gets the status of a findings report
get_member Gets member information for your organization
get_sbom_export Gets details of a software bill of materials (SBOM) report
list_account_permissions Lists the permissions an account has to configure Amazon Inspector
list_cis_scan_configurations Lists CIS scan configurations
list_cis_scan_results_aggregated_by_checks Lists scan results aggregated by checks
list_cis_scan_results_aggregated_by_target_resource Lists scan results aggregated by a target resource
list_cis_scans Returns a CIS scan list
list_coverage Lists coverage details for your environment
list_coverage_statistics Lists Amazon Inspector coverage statistics for your environment
list_delegated_admin_accounts Lists information about the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator of your organization
list_filters Lists the filters associated with your account
list_finding_aggregations Lists aggregated finding data for your environment based on specific criteria
list_findings Lists findings for your environment
list_members List members associated with the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator for your organization
list_tags_for_resource Lists all tags attached to a given resource
list_usage_totals Lists the Amazon Inspector usage totals over the last 30 days
reset_encryption_key Resets an encryption key
search_vulnerabilities Lists Amazon Inspector coverage details for a specific vulnerability
send_cis_session_health Sends a CIS session health
send_cis_session_telemetry Sends a CIS session telemetry
start_cis_session Starts a CIS session
stop_cis_session Stops a CIS session
tag_resource Adds tags to a resource
untag_resource Removes tags from a resource
update_cis_scan_configuration Updates a CIS scan configuration
update_configuration Updates setting configurations for your Amazon Inspector account
update_ec_2_deep_inspection_configuration Activates, deactivates Amazon Inspector deep inspection, or updates custom paths for your account
update_encryption_key Updates an encryption key
update_filter Specifies the action that is to be applied to the findings that match the filter
update_organization_configuration Updates the configurations for your Amazon Inspector organization
update_org_ec_2_deep_inspection_configuration Updates the Amazon Inspector deep inspection custom paths for your organization

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- inspector2()
svc$associate_member(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Associates an Amazon Web Services account with an Amazon Inspector delegated administrator

Description

Associates an Amazon Web Services account with an Amazon Inspector delegated administrator. An HTTP 200 response indicates the association was started but doesn’t indicate whether it completed. You can check if the association completed using list_members for multiple accounts or GetMembers for a single account. An HTTP 402 response indicates the association failed because the organization size exceeded its limit. For information on limits, see Amazon Inspector quotas.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_associate_member/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_associate_member(accountId)

Arguments

accountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the member account to be associated.


Retrieves the Amazon Inspector status of multiple Amazon Web Services accounts within your environment

Description

Retrieves the Amazon Inspector status of multiple Amazon Web Services accounts within your environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_batch_get_account_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_batch_get_account_status(accountIds = NULL)

Arguments

accountIds

The 12-digit Amazon Web Services account IDs of the accounts to retrieve Amazon Inspector status for.


Retrieves code snippets from findings that Amazon Inspector detected code vulnerabilities in

Description

Retrieves code snippets from findings that Amazon Inspector detected code vulnerabilities in.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_batch_get_code_snippet/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_batch_get_code_snippet(findingArns)

Arguments

findingArns

[required] An array of finding ARNs for the findings you want to retrieve code snippets from.


Gets vulnerability details for findings

Description

Gets vulnerability details for findings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_batch_get_finding_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_batch_get_finding_details(findingArns)

Arguments

findingArns

[required] A list of finding ARNs.


Gets free trial status for multiple Amazon Web Services accounts

Description

Gets free trial status for multiple Amazon Web Services accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_batch_get_free_trial_info/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_batch_get_free_trial_info(accountIds)

Arguments

accountIds

[required] The account IDs to get free trial status for.


Retrieves Amazon Inspector deep inspection activation status of multiple member accounts within your organization

Description

Retrieves Amazon Inspector deep inspection activation status of multiple member accounts within your organization. You must be the delegated administrator of an organization in Amazon Inspector to use this API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_batch_get_member_ec_2_deep_inspection_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_batch_get_member_ec_2_deep_inspection_status(accountIds = NULL)

Arguments

accountIds

The unique identifiers for the Amazon Web Services accounts to retrieve Amazon Inspector deep inspection activation status for.

 </p>

Activates or deactivates Amazon Inspector deep inspection for the provided member accounts in your organization

Description

Activates or deactivates Amazon Inspector deep inspection for the provided member accounts in your organization. You must be the delegated administrator of an organization in Amazon Inspector to use this API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_batch_update_member_ec_2_deep_inspection_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_batch_update_member_ec_2_deep_inspection_status(accountIds)

Arguments

accountIds

[required] The unique identifiers for the Amazon Web Services accounts to change Amazon Inspector deep inspection status for.


Cancels the given findings report

Description

Cancels the given findings report.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_cancel_findings_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_cancel_findings_report(reportId)

Arguments

reportId

[required] The ID of the report to be canceled.


Cancels a software bill of materials (SBOM) report

Description

Cancels a software bill of materials (SBOM) report.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_cancel_sbom_export/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_cancel_sbom_export(reportId)

Arguments

reportId

[required] The report ID of the SBOM export to cancel.


Creates a CIS scan configuration

Description

Creates a CIS scan configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_create_cis_scan_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_create_cis_scan_configuration(
  scanName,
  schedule,
  securityLevel,
  tags = NULL,
  targets
)

Arguments

scanName

[required] The scan name for the CIS scan configuration.

schedule

[required] The schedule for the CIS scan configuration.

securityLevel

[required] The security level for the CIS scan configuration. Security level refers to the Benchmark levels that CIS assigns to a profile.

tags

The tags for the CIS scan configuration.

targets

[required] The targets for the CIS scan configuration.


Creates a filter resource using specified filter criteria

Description

Creates a filter resource using specified filter criteria. When the filter action is set to SUPPRESS this action creates a suppression rule.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_create_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_create_filter(
  action,
  description = NULL,
  filterCriteria,
  name,
  reason = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

action

[required] Defines the action that is to be applied to the findings that match the filter.

description

A description of the filter.

filterCriteria

[required] Defines the criteria to be used in the filter for querying findings.

name

[required] The name of the filter. Minimum length of 3. Maximum length of 64. Valid characters include alphanumeric characters, dot (.), underscore (_), and dash (-). Spaces are not allowed.

reason

The reason for creating the filter.

tags

A list of tags for the filter.


Creates a finding report

Description

Creates a finding report. By default only ACTIVE findings are returned in the report. To see SUPRESSED or CLOSED findings you must specify a value for the findingStatus filter criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_create_findings_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_create_findings_report(
  filterCriteria = NULL,
  reportFormat,
  s3Destination
)

Arguments

filterCriteria

The filter criteria to apply to the results of the finding report.

reportFormat

[required] The format to generate the report in.

s3Destination

[required] The Amazon S3 export destination for the report.


Creates a software bill of materials (SBOM) report

Description

Creates a software bill of materials (SBOM) report.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_create_sbom_export/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_create_sbom_export(
  reportFormat,
  resourceFilterCriteria = NULL,
  s3Destination
)

Arguments

reportFormat

[required] The output format for the software bill of materials (SBOM) report.

resourceFilterCriteria

The resource filter criteria for the software bill of materials (SBOM) report.

s3Destination

[required] Contains details of the Amazon S3 bucket and KMS key used to export findings.


Deletes a CIS scan configuration

Description

Deletes a CIS scan configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_delete_cis_scan_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_delete_cis_scan_configuration(scanConfigurationArn)

Arguments

scanConfigurationArn

[required] The ARN of the CIS scan configuration.


Deletes a filter resource

Description

Deletes a filter resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_delete_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_delete_filter(arn)

Arguments

arn

[required] The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of the filter to be deleted.


Describe Amazon Inspector configuration settings for an Amazon Web Services organization

Description

Describe Amazon Inspector configuration settings for an Amazon Web Services organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_describe_organization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_describe_organization_configuration()

Disables Amazon Inspector scans for one or more Amazon Web Services accounts

Description

Disables Amazon Inspector scans for one or more Amazon Web Services accounts. Disabling all scan types in an account disables the Amazon Inspector service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_disable/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_disable(accountIds = NULL, resourceTypes = NULL)

Arguments

accountIds

An array of account IDs you want to disable Amazon Inspector scans for.

resourceTypes

The resource scan types you want to disable.


Disables the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator for your organization

Description

Disables the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator for your organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_disable_delegated_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_disable_delegated_admin_account(delegatedAdminAccountId)

Arguments

delegatedAdminAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the current Amazon Inspector delegated administrator.


Disassociates a member account from an Amazon Inspector delegated administrator

Description

Disassociates a member account from an Amazon Inspector delegated administrator.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_disassociate_member/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_disassociate_member(accountId)

Arguments

accountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the member account to disassociate.


Enables Amazon Inspector scans for one or more Amazon Web Services accounts

Description

Enables Amazon Inspector scans for one or more Amazon Web Services accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_enable/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_enable(accountIds = NULL, clientToken = NULL, resourceTypes)

Arguments

accountIds

A list of account IDs you want to enable Amazon Inspector scans for.

clientToken

The idempotency token for the request.

resourceTypes

[required] The resource scan types you want to enable.


Enables the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator for your Organizations organization

Description

Enables the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator for your Organizations organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_enable_delegated_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_enable_delegated_admin_account(
  clientToken = NULL,
  delegatedAdminAccountId
)

Arguments

clientToken

The idempotency token for the request.

delegatedAdminAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator.


Retrieves a CIS scan report

Description

Retrieves a CIS scan report.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_get_cis_scan_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_get_cis_scan_report(
  reportFormat = NULL,
  scanArn,
  targetAccounts = NULL
)

Arguments

reportFormat

The format of the report. Valid values are PDF and CSV. If no value is specified, the report format defaults to PDF.

scanArn

[required] The scan ARN.

targetAccounts

The target accounts.


Retrieves CIS scan result details

Description

Retrieves CIS scan result details.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_get_cis_scan_result_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_get_cis_scan_result_details(
  accountId,
  filterCriteria = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  scanArn,
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL,
  targetResourceId
)

Arguments

accountId

[required] The account ID.

filterCriteria

The filter criteria.

maxResults

The maximum number of CIS scan result details to be returned in a single page of results.

nextToken

The pagination token from a previous request that's used to retrieve the next page of results.

scanArn

[required] The scan ARN.

sortBy

The sort by order.

sortOrder

The sort order.

targetResourceId

[required] The target resource ID.


Retrieves setting configurations for Inspector scans

Description

Retrieves setting configurations for Inspector scans.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_get_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_get_configuration()

Retrieves information about the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator for your organization

Description

Retrieves information about the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator for your organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_get_delegated_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_get_delegated_admin_account()

Retrieves the activation status of Amazon Inspector deep inspection and custom paths associated with your account

Description

Retrieves the activation status of Amazon Inspector deep inspection and custom paths associated with your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_get_ec_2_deep_inspection_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_get_ec_2_deep_inspection_configuration()

Gets an encryption key

Description

Gets an encryption key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_get_encryption_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_get_encryption_key(resourceType, scanType)

Arguments

resourceType

[required] The resource type the key encrypts.

scanType

[required] The scan type the key encrypts.


Gets the status of a findings report

Description

Gets the status of a findings report.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_get_findings_report_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_get_findings_report_status(reportId = NULL)

Arguments

reportId

The ID of the report to retrieve the status of.


Gets member information for your organization

Description

Gets member information for your organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_get_member/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_get_member(accountId)

Arguments

accountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the member account to retrieve information on.


Gets details of a software bill of materials (SBOM) report

Description

Gets details of a software bill of materials (SBOM) report.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_get_sbom_export/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_get_sbom_export(reportId)

Arguments

reportId

[required] The report ID of the SBOM export to get details for.


Lists the permissions an account has to configure Amazon Inspector

Description

Lists the permissions an account has to configure Amazon Inspector.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_list_account_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_list_account_permissions(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  service = NULL
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results the response can return. If your request would return more than the maximum the response will return a nextToken value, use this value when you call the action again to get the remaining results.

nextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. If your response returns more than the maxResults maximum value it will also return a nextToken value. For subsequent calls, use the NextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.

service

The service scan type to check permissions for.


Lists CIS scan configurations

Description

Lists CIS scan configurations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_list_cis_scan_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_list_cis_scan_configurations(
  filterCriteria = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

filterCriteria

The CIS scan configuration filter criteria.

maxResults

The maximum number of CIS scan configurations to be returned in a single page of results.

nextToken

The pagination token from a previous request that's used to retrieve the next page of results.

sortBy

The CIS scan configuration sort by order.

sortOrder

The CIS scan configuration sort order order.


Lists scan results aggregated by checks

Description

Lists scan results aggregated by checks.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_list_cis_scan_results_aggregated_by_checks/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_list_cis_scan_results_aggregated_by_checks(
  filterCriteria = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  scanArn,
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

filterCriteria

The filter criteria.

maxResults

The maximum number of scan results aggregated by checks to be returned in a single page of results.

nextToken

The pagination token from a previous request that's used to retrieve the next page of results.

scanArn

[required] The scan ARN.

sortBy

The sort by order.

sortOrder

The sort order.


Lists scan results aggregated by a target resource

Description

Lists scan results aggregated by a target resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_list_cis_scan_results_aggregated_by_target_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_list_cis_scan_results_aggregated_by_target_resource(
  filterCriteria = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  scanArn,
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

filterCriteria

The filter criteria.

maxResults

The maximum number of scan results aggregated by a target resource to be returned in a single page of results.

nextToken

The pagination token from a previous request that's used to retrieve the next page of results.

scanArn

[required] The scan ARN.

sortBy

The sort by order.

sortOrder

The sort order.


Returns a CIS scan list

Description

Returns a CIS scan list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_list_cis_scans/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_list_cis_scans(
  detailLevel = NULL,
  filterCriteria = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL,
  sortOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

detailLevel

The detail applied to the CIS scan.

filterCriteria

The CIS scan filter criteria.

maxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned.

nextToken

The pagination token from a previous request that's used to retrieve the next page of results.

sortBy

The CIS scans sort by order.

sortOrder

The CIS scans sort order.


Lists coverage details for your environment

Description

Lists coverage details for your environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_list_coverage/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_list_coverage(
  filterCriteria = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

filterCriteria

An object that contains details on the filters to apply to the coverage data for your environment.

maxResults

The maximum number of results the response can return. If your request would return more than the maximum the response will return a nextToken value, use this value when you call the action again to get the remaining results.

nextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. If your response returns more than the maxResults maximum value it will also return a nextToken value. For subsequent calls, use the nextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.


Lists Amazon Inspector coverage statistics for your environment

Description

Lists Amazon Inspector coverage statistics for your environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_list_coverage_statistics/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_list_coverage_statistics(
  filterCriteria = NULL,
  groupBy = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

filterCriteria

An object that contains details on the filters to apply to the coverage data for your environment.

groupBy

The value to group the results by.

nextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. For subsequent calls, use the NextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.


Lists information about the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator of your organization

Description

Lists information about the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator of your organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_list_delegated_admin_accounts/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_list_delegated_admin_accounts(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results the response can return. If your request would return more than the maximum the response will return a nextToken value, use this value when you call the action again to get the remaining results.

nextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. If your response returns more than the maxResults maximum value it will also return a nextToken value. For subsequent calls, use the nextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.


Lists the filters associated with your account

Description

Lists the filters associated with your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_list_filters/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_list_filters(
  action = NULL,
  arns = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

action

The action the filter applies to matched findings.

arns

The Amazon resource number (ARN) of the filter.

maxResults

The maximum number of results the response can return. If your request would return more than the maximum the response will return a nextToken value, use this value when you call the action again to get the remaining results.

nextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. If your response returns more than the maxResults maximum value it will also return a nextToken value. For subsequent calls, use the nextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.


Lists aggregated finding data for your environment based on specific criteria

Description

Lists aggregated finding data for your environment based on specific criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_list_finding_aggregations/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_list_finding_aggregations(
  accountIds = NULL,
  aggregationRequest = NULL,
  aggregationType,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

accountIds

The Amazon Web Services account IDs to retrieve finding aggregation data for.

aggregationRequest

Details of the aggregation request that is used to filter your aggregation results.

aggregationType

[required] The type of the aggregation request.

maxResults

The maximum number of results the response can return. If your request would return more than the maximum the response will return a nextToken value, use this value when you call the action again to get the remaining results.

nextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. If your response returns more than the maxResults maximum value it will also return a nextToken value. For subsequent calls, use the nextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.


Lists findings for your environment

Description

Lists findings for your environment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_list_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_list_findings(
  filterCriteria = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  sortCriteria = NULL
)

Arguments

filterCriteria

Details on the filters to apply to your finding results.

maxResults

The maximum number of results the response can return. If your request would return more than the maximum the response will return a nextToken value, use this value when you call the action again to get the remaining results.

nextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. If your response returns more than the maxResults maximum value it will also return a nextToken value. For subsequent calls, use the nextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.

sortCriteria

Details on the sort criteria to apply to your finding results.


List members associated with the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator for your organization

Description

List members associated with the Amazon Inspector delegated administrator for your organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_list_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_list_members(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  onlyAssociated = NULL
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of results the response can return. If your request would return more than the maximum the response will return a nextToken value, use this value when you call the action again to get the remaining results.

nextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. If your response returns more than the maxResults maximum value it will also return a nextToken value. For subsequent calls, use the nextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.

onlyAssociated

Specifies whether to list only currently associated members if True or to list all members within the organization if False.


Lists all tags attached to a given resource

Description

Lists all tags attached to a given resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon resource number (ARN) of the resource to list tags of.


Lists the Amazon Inspector usage totals over the last 30 days

Description

Lists the Amazon Inspector usage totals over the last 30 days.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_list_usage_totals/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_list_usage_totals(
  accountIds = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

accountIds

The Amazon Web Services account IDs to retrieve usage totals for.

maxResults

The maximum number of results the response can return. If your request would return more than the maximum the response will return a nextToken value, use this value when you call the action again to get the remaining results.

nextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. If your response returns more than the maxResults maximum value it will also return a nextToken value. For subsequent calls, use the nextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.


Resets an encryption key

Description

Resets an encryption key. After the key is reset your resources will be encrypted by an Amazon Web Services owned key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_reset_encryption_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_reset_encryption_key(resourceType, scanType)

Arguments

resourceType

[required] The resource type the key encrypts.

scanType

[required] The scan type the key encrypts.


Lists Amazon Inspector coverage details for a specific vulnerability

Description

Lists Amazon Inspector coverage details for a specific vulnerability.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_search_vulnerabilities/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_search_vulnerabilities(filterCriteria, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

filterCriteria

[required] The criteria used to filter the results of a vulnerability search.

nextToken

A token to use for paginating results that are returned in the response. Set the value of this parameter to null for the first request to a list action. For subsequent calls, use the NextToken value returned from the previous request to continue listing results after the first page.


Sends a CIS session health

Description

Sends a CIS session health. This API is used by the Amazon Inspector SSM plugin to communicate with the Amazon Inspector service. The Amazon Inspector SSM plugin calls this API to start a CIS scan session for the scan ID supplied by the service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_send_cis_session_health/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_send_cis_session_health(scanJobId, sessionToken)

Arguments

scanJobId

[required] A unique identifier for the scan job.

sessionToken

[required] The unique token that identifies the CIS session.


Sends a CIS session telemetry

Description

Sends a CIS session telemetry. This API is used by the Amazon Inspector SSM plugin to communicate with the Amazon Inspector service. The Amazon Inspector SSM plugin calls this API to start a CIS scan session for the scan ID supplied by the service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_send_cis_session_telemetry/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_send_cis_session_telemetry(messages, scanJobId, sessionToken)

Arguments

messages

[required] The CIS session telemetry messages.

scanJobId

[required] A unique identifier for the scan job.

sessionToken

[required] The unique token that identifies the CIS session.


Starts a CIS session

Description

Starts a CIS session. This API is used by the Amazon Inspector SSM plugin to communicate with the Amazon Inspector service. The Amazon Inspector SSM plugin calls this API to start a CIS scan session for the scan ID supplied by the service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_start_cis_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_start_cis_session(message, scanJobId)

Arguments

message

[required] The start CIS session message.

scanJobId

[required] A unique identifier for the scan job.


Stops a CIS session

Description

Stops a CIS session. This API is used by the Amazon Inspector SSM plugin to communicate with the Amazon Inspector service. The Amazon Inspector SSM plugin calls this API to stop a CIS scan session for the scan ID supplied by the service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_stop_cis_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_stop_cis_session(message, scanJobId, sessionToken)

Arguments

message

[required] The stop CIS session message.

scanJobId

[required] A unique identifier for the scan job.

sessionToken

[required] The unique token that identifies the CIS session.


Adds tags to a resource

Description

Adds tags to a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to apply a tag to.

tags

[required] The tags to be added to a resource.


Removes tags from a resource

Description

Removes tags from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for the resource to remove tags from.

tagKeys

[required] The tag keys to remove from the resource.


Updates a CIS scan configuration

Description

Updates a CIS scan configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_update_cis_scan_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_update_cis_scan_configuration(
  scanConfigurationArn,
  scanName = NULL,
  schedule = NULL,
  securityLevel = NULL,
  targets = NULL
)

Arguments

scanConfigurationArn

[required] The CIS scan configuration ARN.

scanName

The scan name for the CIS scan configuration.

schedule

The schedule for the CIS scan configuration.

securityLevel

The security level for the CIS scan configuration. Security level refers to the Benchmark levels that CIS assigns to a profile.

targets

The targets for the CIS scan configuration.


Updates setting configurations for your Amazon Inspector account

Description

Updates setting configurations for your Amazon Inspector account. When you use this API as an Amazon Inspector delegated administrator this updates the setting for all accounts you manage. Member accounts in an organization cannot update this setting.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_update_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_update_configuration(
  ec2Configuration = NULL,
  ecrConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

ec2Configuration

Specifies how the Amazon EC2 automated scan will be updated for your environment.

ecrConfiguration

Specifies how the ECR automated re-scan will be updated for your environment.


Activates, deactivates Amazon Inspector deep inspection, or updates custom paths for your account

Description

Activates, deactivates Amazon Inspector deep inspection, or updates custom paths for your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_update_ec_2_deep_inspection_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_update_ec_2_deep_inspection_configuration(
  activateDeepInspection = NULL,
  packagePaths = NULL
)

Arguments

activateDeepInspection

Specify TRUE to activate Amazon Inspector deep inspection in your account, or FALSE to deactivate. Member accounts in an organization cannot deactivate deep inspection, instead the delegated administrator for the organization can deactivate a member account using batch_update_member_ec_2_deep_inspection_status.

packagePaths

The Amazon Inspector deep inspection custom paths you are adding for your account.


Updates an encryption key

Description

Updates an encryption key. A ResourceNotFoundException means that an Amazon Web Services owned key is being used for encryption.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_update_encryption_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_update_encryption_key(kmsKeyId, resourceType, scanType)

Arguments

kmsKeyId

[required] A KMS key ID for the encryption key.

resourceType

[required] The resource type for the encryption key.

scanType

[required] The scan type for the encryption key.


Specifies the action that is to be applied to the findings that match the filter

Description

Specifies the action that is to be applied to the findings that match the filter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_update_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_update_filter(
  action = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  filterArn,
  filterCriteria = NULL,
  name = NULL,
  reason = NULL
)

Arguments

action

Specifies the action that is to be applied to the findings that match the filter.

description

A description of the filter.

filterArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Number (ARN) of the filter to update.

filterCriteria

Defines the criteria to be update in the filter.

name

The name of the filter.

reason

The reason the filter was updated.


Updates the Amazon Inspector deep inspection custom paths for your organization

Description

Updates the Amazon Inspector deep inspection custom paths for your organization. You must be an Amazon Inspector delegated administrator to use this API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_update_org_ec_2_deep_inspection_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_update_org_ec_2_deep_inspection_configuration(orgPackagePaths)

Arguments

orgPackagePaths

[required] The Amazon Inspector deep inspection custom paths you are adding for your organization.


Updates the configurations for your Amazon Inspector organization

Description

Updates the configurations for your Amazon Inspector organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector2_update_organization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector2_update_organization_configuration(autoEnable)

Arguments

autoEnable

[required] Defines which scan types are enabled automatically for new members of your Amazon Inspector organization.


Assigns attributes (key and value pairs) to the findings that are specified by the ARNs of the findings

Description

Assigns attributes (key and value pairs) to the findings that are specified by the ARNs of the findings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_add_attributes_to_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_add_attributes_to_findings(findingArns, attributes)

Arguments

findingArns

[required] The ARNs that specify the findings that you want to assign attributes to.

attributes

[required] The array of attributes that you want to assign to specified findings.


Creates a new assessment target using the ARN of the resource group that is generated by CreateResourceGroup

Description

Creates a new assessment target using the ARN of the resource group that is generated by create_resource_group. If resourceGroupArn is not specified, all EC2 instances in the current AWS account and region are included in the assessment target. If the service-linked role isn’t already registered, this action also creates and registers a service-linked role to grant Amazon Inspector access to AWS Services needed to perform security assessments. You can create up to 50 assessment targets per AWS account. You can run up to 500 concurrent agents per AWS account. For more information, see Amazon Inspector Assessment Targets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_create_assessment_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_create_assessment_target(
  assessmentTargetName,
  resourceGroupArn = NULL
)

Arguments

assessmentTargetName

[required] The user-defined name that identifies the assessment target that you want to create. The name must be unique within the AWS account.

resourceGroupArn

The ARN that specifies the resource group that is used to create the assessment target. If resourceGroupArn is not specified, all EC2 instances in the current AWS account and region are included in the assessment target.


Creates an assessment template for the assessment target that is specified by the ARN of the assessment target

Description

Creates an assessment template for the assessment target that is specified by the ARN of the assessment target. If the service-linked role isn’t already registered, this action also creates and registers a service-linked role to grant Amazon Inspector access to AWS Services needed to perform security assessments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_create_assessment_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_create_assessment_template(
  assessmentTargetArn,
  assessmentTemplateName,
  durationInSeconds,
  rulesPackageArns,
  userAttributesForFindings = NULL
)

Arguments

assessmentTargetArn

[required] The ARN that specifies the assessment target for which you want to create the assessment template.

assessmentTemplateName

[required] The user-defined name that identifies the assessment template that you want to create. You can create several assessment templates for an assessment target. The names of the assessment templates that correspond to a particular assessment target must be unique.

durationInSeconds

[required] The duration of the assessment run in seconds.

rulesPackageArns

[required] The ARNs that specify the rules packages that you want to attach to the assessment template.

userAttributesForFindings

The user-defined attributes that are assigned to every finding that is generated by the assessment run that uses this assessment template. An attribute is a key and value pair (an Attribute object). Within an assessment template, each key must be unique.


Starts the generation of an exclusions preview for the specified assessment template

Description

Starts the generation of an exclusions preview for the specified assessment template. The exclusions preview lists the potential exclusions (ExclusionPreview) that Inspector can detect before it runs the assessment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_create_exclusions_preview/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_create_exclusions_preview(assessmentTemplateArn)

Arguments

assessmentTemplateArn

[required] The ARN that specifies the assessment template for which you want to create an exclusions preview.


Creates a resource group using the specified set of tags (key and value pairs) that are used to select the EC2 instances to be included in an Amazon Inspector assessment target

Description

Creates a resource group using the specified set of tags (key and value pairs) that are used to select the EC2 instances to be included in an Amazon Inspector assessment target. The created resource group is then used to create an Amazon Inspector assessment target. For more information, see create_assessment_target.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_create_resource_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_create_resource_group(resourceGroupTags)

Arguments

resourceGroupTags

[required] A collection of keys and an array of possible values, '[{"key":"key1","values":["Value1","Value2"]},{"key":"Key2","values":["Value3"]}]'.

For example,'[{"key":"Name","values":["TestEC2Instance"]}]'.


Deletes the assessment run that is specified by the ARN of the assessment run

Description

Deletes the assessment run that is specified by the ARN of the assessment run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_delete_assessment_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_delete_assessment_run(assessmentRunArn)

Arguments

assessmentRunArn

[required] The ARN that specifies the assessment run that you want to delete.


Deletes the assessment target that is specified by the ARN of the assessment target

Description

Deletes the assessment target that is specified by the ARN of the assessment target.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_delete_assessment_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_delete_assessment_target(assessmentTargetArn)

Arguments

assessmentTargetArn

[required] The ARN that specifies the assessment target that you want to delete.


Deletes the assessment template that is specified by the ARN of the assessment template

Description

Deletes the assessment template that is specified by the ARN of the assessment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_delete_assessment_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_delete_assessment_template(assessmentTemplateArn)

Arguments

assessmentTemplateArn

[required] The ARN that specifies the assessment template that you want to delete.


Describes the assessment runs that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment runs

Description

Describes the assessment runs that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment runs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_describe_assessment_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_describe_assessment_runs(assessmentRunArns)

Arguments

assessmentRunArns

[required] The ARN that specifies the assessment run that you want to describe.


Describes the assessment targets that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment targets

Description

Describes the assessment targets that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment targets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_describe_assessment_targets/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_describe_assessment_targets(assessmentTargetArns)

Arguments

assessmentTargetArns

[required] The ARNs that specifies the assessment targets that you want to describe.


Describes the assessment templates that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment templates

Description

Describes the assessment templates that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment templates.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_describe_assessment_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_describe_assessment_templates(assessmentTemplateArns)

Arguments

assessmentTemplateArns

[required]


Describes the IAM role that enables Amazon Inspector to access your AWS account

Description

Describes the IAM role that enables Amazon Inspector to access your AWS account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_describe_cross_account_access_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_describe_cross_account_access_role()

Describes the exclusions that are specified by the exclusions' ARNs

Description

Describes the exclusions that are specified by the exclusions' ARNs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_describe_exclusions/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_describe_exclusions(exclusionArns, locale = NULL)

Arguments

exclusionArns

[required] The list of ARNs that specify the exclusions that you want to describe.

locale

The locale into which you want to translate the exclusion's title, description, and recommendation.


Describes the findings that are specified by the ARNs of the findings

Description

Describes the findings that are specified by the ARNs of the findings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_describe_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_describe_findings(findingArns, locale = NULL)

Arguments

findingArns

[required] The ARN that specifies the finding that you want to describe.

locale

The locale into which you want to translate a finding description, recommendation, and the short description that identifies the finding.


Describes the resource groups that are specified by the ARNs of the resource groups

Description

Describes the resource groups that are specified by the ARNs of the resource groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_describe_resource_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_describe_resource_groups(resourceGroupArns)

Arguments

resourceGroupArns

[required] The ARN that specifies the resource group that you want to describe.


Describes the rules packages that are specified by the ARNs of the rules packages

Description

Describes the rules packages that are specified by the ARNs of the rules packages.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_describe_rules_packages/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_describe_rules_packages(rulesPackageArns, locale = NULL)

Arguments

rulesPackageArns

[required] The ARN that specifies the rules package that you want to describe.

locale

The locale that you want to translate a rules package description into.


Produces an assessment report that includes detailed and comprehensive results of a specified assessment run

Description

Produces an assessment report that includes detailed and comprehensive results of a specified assessment run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_get_assessment_report/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_get_assessment_report(assessmentRunArn, reportFileFormat, reportType)

Arguments

assessmentRunArn

[required] The ARN that specifies the assessment run for which you want to generate a report.

reportFileFormat

[required] Specifies the file format (html or pdf) of the assessment report that you want to generate.

reportType

[required] Specifies the type of the assessment report that you want to generate. There are two types of assessment reports: a finding report and a full report. For more information, see Assessment Reports.


Retrieves the exclusions preview (a list of ExclusionPreview objects) specified by the preview token

Description

Retrieves the exclusions preview (a list of ExclusionPreview objects) specified by the preview token. You can obtain the preview token by running the CreateExclusionsPreview API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_get_exclusions_preview/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_get_exclusions_preview(
  assessmentTemplateArn,
  previewToken,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  locale = NULL
)

Arguments

assessmentTemplateArn

[required] The ARN that specifies the assessment template for which the exclusions preview was requested.

previewToken

[required] The unique identifier associated of the exclusions preview.

nextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the GetExclusionsPreviewRequest action. Subsequent calls to the action fill nextToken in the request with the value of nextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.

maxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. The default value is 100. The maximum value is 500.

locale

The locale into which you want to translate the exclusion's title, description, and recommendation.


Information about the data that is collected for the specified assessment run

Description

Information about the data that is collected for the specified assessment run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_get_telemetry_metadata/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_get_telemetry_metadata(assessmentRunArn)

Arguments

assessmentRunArn

[required] The ARN that specifies the assessment run that has the telemetry data that you want to obtain.


Lists the agents of the assessment runs that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment runs

Description

Lists the agents of the assessment runs that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment runs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_list_assessment_run_agents/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_list_assessment_run_agents(
  assessmentRunArn,
  filter = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

assessmentRunArn

[required] The ARN that specifies the assessment run whose agents you want to list.

filter

You can use this parameter to specify a subset of data to be included in the action's response.

For a record to match a filter, all specified filter attributes must match. When multiple values are specified for a filter attribute, any of the values can match.

nextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the ListAssessmentRunAgents action. Subsequent calls to the action fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.

maxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. The default value is 10. The maximum value is 500.


Lists the assessment runs that correspond to the assessment templates that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment templates

Description

Lists the assessment runs that correspond to the assessment templates that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment templates.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_list_assessment_runs/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_list_assessment_runs(
  assessmentTemplateArns = NULL,
  filter = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

assessmentTemplateArns

The ARNs that specify the assessment templates whose assessment runs you want to list.

filter

You can use this parameter to specify a subset of data to be included in the action's response.

For a record to match a filter, all specified filter attributes must match. When multiple values are specified for a filter attribute, any of the values can match.

nextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the ListAssessmentRuns action. Subsequent calls to the action fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.

maxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items that you want in the response. The default value is 10. The maximum value is 500.


Lists the ARNs of the assessment targets within this AWS account

Description

Lists the ARNs of the assessment targets within this AWS account. For more information about assessment targets, see Amazon Inspector Assessment Targets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_list_assessment_targets/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_list_assessment_targets(
  filter = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

filter

You can use this parameter to specify a subset of data to be included in the action's response.

For a record to match a filter, all specified filter attributes must match. When multiple values are specified for a filter attribute, any of the values can match.

nextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the ListAssessmentTargets action. Subsequent calls to the action fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.

maxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. The default value is 10. The maximum value is 500.


Lists the assessment templates that correspond to the assessment targets that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment targets

Description

Lists the assessment templates that correspond to the assessment targets that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment targets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_list_assessment_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_list_assessment_templates(
  assessmentTargetArns = NULL,
  filter = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

assessmentTargetArns

A list of ARNs that specifies the assessment targets whose assessment templates you want to list.

filter

You can use this parameter to specify a subset of data to be included in the action's response.

For a record to match a filter, all specified filter attributes must match. When multiple values are specified for a filter attribute, any of the values can match.

nextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the ListAssessmentTemplates action. Subsequent calls to the action fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.

maxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. The default value is 10. The maximum value is 500.


Lists all the event subscriptions for the assessment template that is specified by the ARN of the assessment template

Description

Lists all the event subscriptions for the assessment template that is specified by the ARN of the assessment template. For more information, see subscribe_to_event and unsubscribe_from_event.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_list_event_subscriptions/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_list_event_subscriptions(
  resourceArn = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceArn

The ARN of the assessment template for which you want to list the existing event subscriptions.

nextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the ListEventSubscriptions action. Subsequent calls to the action fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.

maxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. The default value is 10. The maximum value is 500.


List exclusions that are generated by the assessment run

Description

List exclusions that are generated by the assessment run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_list_exclusions/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_list_exclusions(
  assessmentRunArn,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

assessmentRunArn

[required] The ARN of the assessment run that generated the exclusions that you want to list.

nextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the ListExclusionsRequest action. Subsequent calls to the action fill nextToken in the request with the value of nextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.

maxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. The default value is 100. The maximum value is 500.


Lists findings that are generated by the assessment runs that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment runs

Description

Lists findings that are generated by the assessment runs that are specified by the ARNs of the assessment runs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_list_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_list_findings(
  assessmentRunArns = NULL,
  filter = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

assessmentRunArns

The ARNs of the assessment runs that generate the findings that you want to list.

filter

You can use this parameter to specify a subset of data to be included in the action's response.

For a record to match a filter, all specified filter attributes must match. When multiple values are specified for a filter attribute, any of the values can match.

nextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the ListFindings action. Subsequent calls to the action fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.

maxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. The default value is 10. The maximum value is 500.


Lists all available Amazon Inspector rules packages

Description

Lists all available Amazon Inspector rules packages.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_list_rules_packages/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_list_rules_packages(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the ListRulesPackages action. Subsequent calls to the action fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.

maxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. The default value is 10. The maximum value is 500.


Lists all tags associated with an assessment template

Description

Lists all tags associated with an assessment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN that specifies the assessment template whose tags you want to list.


Previews the agents installed on the EC2 instances that are part of the specified assessment target

Description

Previews the agents installed on the EC2 instances that are part of the specified assessment target.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_preview_agents/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_preview_agents(previewAgentsArn, nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

previewAgentsArn

[required] The ARN of the assessment target whose agents you want to preview.

nextToken

You can use this parameter when paginating results. Set the value of this parameter to null on your first call to the PreviewAgents action. Subsequent calls to the action fill nextToken in the request with the value of NextToken from the previous response to continue listing data.

maxResults

You can use this parameter to indicate the maximum number of items you want in the response. The default value is 10. The maximum value is 500.


Registers the IAM role that grants Amazon Inspector access to AWS Services needed to perform security assessments

Description

Registers the IAM role that grants Amazon Inspector access to AWS Services needed to perform security assessments.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_register_cross_account_access_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_register_cross_account_access_role(roleArn)

Arguments

roleArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM role that grants Amazon Inspector access to AWS Services needed to perform security assessments.


Removes entire attributes (key and value pairs) from the findings that are specified by the ARNs of the findings where an attribute with the specified key exists

Description

Removes entire attributes (key and value pairs) from the findings that are specified by the ARNs of the findings where an attribute with the specified key exists.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_remove_attributes_from_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_remove_attributes_from_findings(findingArns, attributeKeys)

Arguments

findingArns

[required] The ARNs that specify the findings that you want to remove attributes from.

attributeKeys

[required] The array of attribute keys that you want to remove from specified findings.


Sets tags (key and value pairs) to the assessment template that is specified by the ARN of the assessment template

Description

Sets tags (key and value pairs) to the assessment template that is specified by the ARN of the assessment template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_set_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_set_tags_for_resource(resourceArn, tags = NULL)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the assessment template that you want to set tags to.

tags

A collection of key and value pairs that you want to set to the assessment template.


Starts the assessment run specified by the ARN of the assessment template

Description

Starts the assessment run specified by the ARN of the assessment template. For this API to function properly, you must not exceed the limit of running up to 500 concurrent agents per AWS account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_start_assessment_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_start_assessment_run(assessmentTemplateArn, assessmentRunName = NULL)

Arguments

assessmentTemplateArn

[required] The ARN of the assessment template of the assessment run that you want to start.

assessmentRunName

You can specify the name for the assessment run. The name must be unique for the assessment template whose ARN is used to start the assessment run.


Stops the assessment run that is specified by the ARN of the assessment run

Description

Stops the assessment run that is specified by the ARN of the assessment run.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_stop_assessment_run/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_stop_assessment_run(assessmentRunArn, stopAction = NULL)

Arguments

assessmentRunArn

[required] The ARN of the assessment run that you want to stop.

stopAction

An input option that can be set to either START_EVALUATION or SKIP_EVALUATION. START_EVALUATION (the default value), stops the AWS agent from collecting data and begins the results evaluation and the findings generation process. SKIP_EVALUATION cancels the assessment run immediately, after which no findings are generated.


Enables the process of sending Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) notifications about a specified event to a specified SNS topic

Description

Enables the process of sending Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) notifications about a specified event to a specified SNS topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_subscribe_to_event/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_subscribe_to_event(resourceArn, event, topicArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the assessment template that is used during the event for which you want to receive SNS notifications.

event

[required] The event for which you want to receive SNS notifications.

topicArn

[required] The ARN of the SNS topic to which the SNS notifications are sent.


Disables the process of sending Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) notifications about a specified event to a specified SNS topic

Description

Disables the process of sending Amazon Simple Notification Service (SNS) notifications about a specified event to a specified SNS topic.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_unsubscribe_from_event/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_unsubscribe_from_event(resourceArn, event, topicArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The ARN of the assessment template that is used during the event for which you want to stop receiving SNS notifications.

event

[required] The event for which you want to stop receiving SNS notifications.

topicArn

[required] The ARN of the SNS topic to which SNS notifications are sent.


Updates the assessment target that is specified by the ARN of the assessment target

Description

Updates the assessment target that is specified by the ARN of the assessment target.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/inspector_update_assessment_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

inspector_update_assessment_target(
  assessmentTargetArn,
  assessmentTargetName,
  resourceGroupArn = NULL
)

Arguments

assessmentTargetArn

[required] The ARN of the assessment target that you want to update.

assessmentTargetName

[required] The name of the assessment target that you want to update.

resourceGroupArn

The ARN of the resource group that is used to specify the new resource group to associate with the assessment target.


AWS Key Management Service

Description

Key Management Service

Key Management Service (KMS) is an encryption and key management web service. This guide describes the KMS operations that you can call programmatically. For general information about KMS, see the Key Management Service Developer Guide .

KMS has replaced the term customer master key (CMK) with KMS key and KMS key. The concept has not changed. To prevent breaking changes, KMS is keeping some variations of this term.

Amazon Web Services provides SDKs that consist of libraries and sample code for various programming languages and platforms (Java, Ruby, .Net, macOS, Android, etc.). The SDKs provide a convenient way to create programmatic access to KMS and other Amazon Web Services services. For example, the SDKs take care of tasks such as signing requests (see below), managing errors, and retrying requests automatically. For more information about the Amazon Web Services SDKs, including how to download and install them, see Tools for Amazon Web Services.

We recommend that you use the Amazon Web Services SDKs to make programmatic API calls to KMS.

If you need to use FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic modules when communicating with Amazon Web Services, use the FIPS endpoint in your preferred Amazon Web Services Region. For more information about the available FIPS endpoints, see Service endpoints in the Key Management Service topic of the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

All KMS API calls must be signed and be transmitted using Transport Layer Security (TLS). KMS recommends you always use the latest supported TLS version. Clients must also support cipher suites with Perfect Forward Secrecy (PFS) such as Ephemeral Diffie-Hellman (DHE) or Elliptic Curve Ephemeral Diffie-Hellman (ECDHE). Most modern systems such as Java 7 and later support these modes.

Signing Requests

Requests must be signed using an access key ID and a secret access key. We strongly recommend that you do not use your Amazon Web Services account root access key ID and secret access key for everyday work. You can use the access key ID and secret access key for an IAM user or you can use the Security Token Service (STS) to generate temporary security credentials and use those to sign requests.

All KMS requests must be signed with Signature Version 4.

Logging API Requests

KMS supports CloudTrail, a service that logs Amazon Web Services API calls and related events for your Amazon Web Services account and delivers them to an Amazon S3 bucket that you specify. By using the information collected by CloudTrail, you can determine what requests were made to KMS, who made the request, when it was made, and so on. To learn more about CloudTrail, including how to turn it on and find your log files, see the CloudTrail User Guide.

Additional Resources

For more information about credentials and request signing, see the following:

Commonly Used API Operations

Of the API operations discussed in this guide, the following will prove the most useful for most applications. You will likely perform operations other than these, such as creating keys and assigning policies, by using the console.

Usage

kms(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- kms(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

cancel_key_deletion Cancels the deletion of a KMS key
connect_custom_key_store Connects or reconnects a custom key store to its backing key store
create_alias Creates a friendly name for a KMS key
create_custom_key_store Creates a custom key store backed by a key store that you own and manage
create_grant Adds a grant to a KMS key
create_key Creates a unique customer managed KMS key in your Amazon Web Services account and Region
decrypt Decrypts ciphertext that was encrypted by a KMS key using any of the following operations:
delete_alias Deletes the specified alias
delete_custom_key_store Deletes a custom key store
delete_imported_key_material Deletes key material that was previously imported
derive_shared_secret Derives a shared secret using a key agreement algorithm
describe_custom_key_stores Gets information about custom key stores in the account and Region
describe_key Provides detailed information about a KMS key
disable_key Sets the state of a KMS key to disabled
disable_key_rotation Disables automatic rotation of the key material of the specified symmetric encryption KMS key
disconnect_custom_key_store Disconnects the custom key store from its backing key store
enable_key Sets the key state of a KMS key to enabled
enable_key_rotation Enables automatic rotation of the key material of the specified symmetric encryption KMS key
encrypt Encrypts plaintext of up to 4,096 bytes using a KMS key
generate_data_key Returns a unique symmetric data key for use outside of KMS
generate_data_key_pair Returns a unique asymmetric data key pair for use outside of KMS
generate_data_key_pair_without_plaintext Returns a unique asymmetric data key pair for use outside of KMS
generate_data_key_without_plaintext Returns a unique symmetric data key for use outside of KMS
generate_mac Generates a hash-based message authentication code (HMAC) for a message using an HMAC KMS key and a MAC algorithm that the key supports
generate_random Returns a random byte string that is cryptographically secure
get_key_policy Gets a key policy attached to the specified KMS key
get_key_rotation_status Provides detailed information about the rotation status for a KMS key, including whether automatic rotation of the key material is enabled for the specified KMS key, the rotation period, and the next scheduled rotation date
get_parameters_for_import Returns the public key and an import token you need to import or reimport key material for a KMS key
get_public_key Returns the public key of an asymmetric KMS key
import_key_material Imports or reimports key material into an existing KMS key that was created without key material
list_aliases Gets a list of aliases in the caller's Amazon Web Services account and region
list_grants Gets a list of all grants for the specified KMS key
list_key_policies Gets the names of the key policies that are attached to a KMS key
list_key_rotations Returns information about all completed key material rotations for the specified KMS key
list_keys Gets a list of all KMS keys in the caller's Amazon Web Services account and Region
list_resource_tags Returns all tags on the specified KMS key
list_retirable_grants Returns information about all grants in the Amazon Web Services account and Region that have the specified retiring principal
put_key_policy Attaches a key policy to the specified KMS key
re_encrypt Decrypts ciphertext and then reencrypts it entirely within KMS
replicate_key Replicates a multi-Region key into the specified Region
retire_grant Deletes a grant
revoke_grant Deletes the specified grant
rotate_key_on_demand Immediately initiates rotation of the key material of the specified symmetric encryption KMS key
schedule_key_deletion Schedules the deletion of a KMS key
sign Creates a digital signature for a message or message digest by using the private key in an asymmetric signing KMS key
tag_resource Adds or edits tags on a customer managed key
untag_resource Deletes tags from a customer managed key
update_alias Associates an existing KMS alias with a different KMS key
update_custom_key_store Changes the properties of a custom key store
update_key_description Updates the description of a KMS key
update_primary_region Changes the primary key of a multi-Region key
verify Verifies a digital signature that was generated by the Sign operation
verify_mac Verifies the hash-based message authentication code (HMAC) for a specified message, HMAC KMS key, and MAC algorithm

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- kms()
# The following example cancels deletion of the specified KMS key.
svc$cancel_key_deletion(
  KeyId = "1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab"
)

## End(Not run)


Cancels the deletion of a KMS key

Description

Cancels the deletion of a KMS key. When this operation succeeds, the key state of the KMS key is Disabled. To enable the KMS key, use enable_key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_cancel_key_deletion/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_cancel_key_deletion(KeyId)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies the KMS key whose deletion is being canceled.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.


Connects or reconnects a custom key store to its backing key store

Description

Connects or reconnects a custom key store to its backing key store. For an CloudHSM key store, connect_custom_key_store connects the key store to its associated CloudHSM cluster. For an external key store, connect_custom_key_store connects the key store to the external key store proxy that communicates with your external key manager.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_connect_custom_key_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_connect_custom_key_store(CustomKeyStoreId)

Arguments

CustomKeyStoreId

[required] Enter the key store ID of the custom key store that you want to connect. To find the ID of a custom key store, use the describe_custom_key_stores operation.


Creates a friendly name for a KMS key

Description

Creates a friendly name for a KMS key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_create_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_create_alias(AliasName, TargetKeyId)

Arguments

AliasName

[required] Specifies the alias name. This value must begin with ⁠alias/⁠ followed by a name, such as alias/ExampleAlias.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

The AliasName value must be string of 1-256 characters. It can contain only alphanumeric characters, forward slashes (/), underscores (_), and dashes (-). The alias name cannot begin with ⁠alias/aws/⁠. The ⁠alias/aws/⁠ prefix is reserved for Amazon Web Services managed keys.

TargetKeyId

[required] Associates the alias with the specified customer managed key. The KMS key must be in the same Amazon Web Services Region.

A valid key ID is required. If you supply a null or empty string value, this operation returns an error.

For help finding the key ID and ARN, see Finding the Key ID and ARN in the Key Management Service Developer Guide .

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.


Creates a custom key store backed by a key store that you own and manage

Description

Creates a custom key store backed by a key store that you own and manage. When you use a KMS key in a custom key store for a cryptographic operation, the cryptographic operation is actually performed in your key store using your keys. KMS supports CloudHSM key stores backed by an CloudHSM cluster and external key stores backed by an external key store proxy and external key manager outside of Amazon Web Services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_create_custom_key_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_create_custom_key_store(
  CustomKeyStoreName,
  CloudHsmClusterId = NULL,
  TrustAnchorCertificate = NULL,
  KeyStorePassword = NULL,
  CustomKeyStoreType = NULL,
  XksProxyUriEndpoint = NULL,
  XksProxyUriPath = NULL,
  XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName = NULL,
  XksProxyAuthenticationCredential = NULL,
  XksProxyConnectivity = NULL
)

Arguments

CustomKeyStoreName

[required] Specifies a friendly name for the custom key store. The name must be unique in your Amazon Web Services account and Region. This parameter is required for all custom key stores.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

CloudHsmClusterId

Identifies the CloudHSM cluster for an CloudHSM key store. This parameter is required for custom key stores with CustomKeyStoreType of AWS_CLOUDHSM.

Enter the cluster ID of any active CloudHSM cluster that is not already associated with a custom key store. To find the cluster ID, use the DescribeClusters operation.

TrustAnchorCertificate

Specifies the certificate for an CloudHSM key store. This parameter is required for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of AWS_CLOUDHSM.

Enter the content of the trust anchor certificate for the CloudHSM cluster. This is the content of the customerCA.crt file that you created when you initialized the cluster.

KeyStorePassword

Specifies the kmsuser password for an CloudHSM key store. This parameter is required for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of AWS_CLOUDHSM.

Enter the password of the kmsuser crypto user (CU) account in the specified CloudHSM cluster. KMS logs into the cluster as this user to manage key material on your behalf.

The password must be a string of 7 to 32 characters. Its value is case sensitive.

This parameter tells KMS the kmsuser account password; it does not change the password in the CloudHSM cluster.

CustomKeyStoreType

Specifies the type of custom key store. The default value is AWS_CLOUDHSM.

For a custom key store backed by an CloudHSM cluster, omit the parameter or enter AWS_CLOUDHSM. For a custom key store backed by an external key manager outside of Amazon Web Services, enter EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE. You cannot change this property after the key store is created.

XksProxyUriEndpoint

Specifies the endpoint that KMS uses to send requests to the external key store proxy (XKS proxy). This parameter is required for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE.

The protocol must be HTTPS. KMS communicates on port 443. Do not specify the port in the XksProxyUriEndpoint value.

For external key stores with XksProxyConnectivity value of VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE, specify ⁠https://⁠ followed by the private DNS name of the VPC endpoint service.

For external key stores with PUBLIC_ENDPOINT connectivity, this endpoint must be reachable before you create the custom key store. KMS connects to the external key store proxy while creating the custom key store. For external key stores with VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE connectivity, KMS connects when you call the connect_custom_key_store operation.

The value of this parameter must begin with ⁠https://⁠. The remainder can contain upper and lower case letters (A-Z and a-z), numbers (0-9), dots (.), and hyphens (-). Additional slashes (/ and ⁠\⁠) are not permitted.

Uniqueness requirements:

  • The combined XksProxyUriEndpoint and XksProxyUriPath values must be unique in the Amazon Web Services account and Region.

  • An external key store with PUBLIC_ENDPOINT connectivity cannot use the same XksProxyUriEndpoint value as an external key store with VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE connectivity in this Amazon Web Services Region.

  • Each external key store with VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE connectivity must have its own private DNS name. The XksProxyUriEndpoint value for external key stores with VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE connectivity (private DNS name) must be unique in the Amazon Web Services account and Region.

XksProxyUriPath

Specifies the base path to the proxy APIs for this external key store. To find this value, see the documentation for your external key store proxy. This parameter is required for all custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE.

The value must start with / and must end with ⁠/kms/xks/v1⁠ where v1 represents the version of the KMS external key store proxy API. This path can include an optional prefix between the required elements such as ⁠/prefix/kms/xks/v1⁠.

Uniqueness requirements:

  • The combined XksProxyUriEndpoint and XksProxyUriPath values must be unique in the Amazon Web Services account and Region.

XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName

Specifies the name of the Amazon VPC endpoint service for interface endpoints that is used to communicate with your external key store proxy (XKS proxy). This parameter is required when the value of CustomKeyStoreType is EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE and the value of XksProxyConnectivity is VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE.

The Amazon VPC endpoint service must fulfill all requirements for use with an external key store.

Uniqueness requirements:

  • External key stores with VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE connectivity can share an Amazon VPC, but each external key store must have its own VPC endpoint service and private DNS name.

XksProxyAuthenticationCredential

Specifies an authentication credential for the external key store proxy (XKS proxy). This parameter is required for all custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE.

The XksProxyAuthenticationCredential has two required elements: RawSecretAccessKey, a secret key, and AccessKeyId, a unique identifier for the RawSecretAccessKey. For character requirements, see XksProxyAuthenticationCredentialType.

KMS uses this authentication credential to sign requests to the external key store proxy on your behalf. This credential is unrelated to Identity and Access Management (IAM) and Amazon Web Services credentials.

This parameter doesn't set or change the authentication credentials on the XKS proxy. It just tells KMS the credential that you established on your external key store proxy. If you rotate your proxy authentication credential, use the update_custom_key_store operation to provide the new credential to KMS.

XksProxyConnectivity

Indicates how KMS communicates with the external key store proxy. This parameter is required for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE.

If the external key store proxy uses a public endpoint, specify PUBLIC_ENDPOINT. If the external key store proxy uses a Amazon VPC endpoint service for communication with KMS, specify VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE. For help making this choice, see Choosing a connectivity option in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

An Amazon VPC endpoint service keeps your communication with KMS in a private address space entirely within Amazon Web Services, but it requires more configuration, including establishing a Amazon VPC with multiple subnets, a VPC endpoint service, a network load balancer, and a verified private DNS name. A public endpoint is simpler to set up, but it might be slower and might not fulfill your security requirements. You might consider testing with a public endpoint, and then establishing a VPC endpoint service for production tasks. Note that this choice does not determine the location of the external key store proxy. Even if you choose a VPC endpoint service, the proxy can be hosted within the VPC or outside of Amazon Web Services such as in your corporate data center.


Adds a grant to a KMS key

Description

Adds a grant to a KMS key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_create_grant/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_create_grant(
  KeyId,
  GranteePrincipal,
  RetiringPrincipal = NULL,
  Operations,
  Constraints = NULL,
  GrantTokens = NULL,
  Name = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies the KMS key for the grant. The grant gives principals permission to use this KMS key.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

GranteePrincipal

[required] The identity that gets the permissions specified in the grant.

To specify the grantee principal, use the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an Amazon Web Services principal. Valid principals include Amazon Web Services accounts, IAM users, IAM roles, federated users, and assumed role users. For help with the ARN syntax for a principal, see IAM ARNs in the Identity and Access Management User Guide .

RetiringPrincipal

The principal that has permission to use the retire_grant operation to retire the grant.

To specify the principal, use the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an Amazon Web Services principal. Valid principals include Amazon Web Services accounts, IAM users, IAM roles, federated users, and assumed role users. For help with the ARN syntax for a principal, see IAM ARNs in the Identity and Access Management User Guide .

The grant determines the retiring principal. Other principals might have permission to retire the grant or revoke the grant. For details, see revoke_grant and Retiring and revoking grants in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

Operations

[required] A list of operations that the grant permits.

This list must include only operations that are permitted in a grant. Also, the operation must be supported on the KMS key. For example, you cannot create a grant for a symmetric encryption KMS key that allows the sign operation, or a grant for an asymmetric KMS key that allows the generate_data_key operation. If you try, KMS returns a ValidationError exception. For details, see Grant operations in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

Constraints

Specifies a grant constraint.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

KMS supports the EncryptionContextEquals and EncryptionContextSubset grant constraints, which allow the permissions in the grant only when the encryption context in the request matches (EncryptionContextEquals) or includes (EncryptionContextSubset) the encryption context specified in the constraint.

The encryption context grant constraints are supported only on grant operations that include an EncryptionContext parameter, such as cryptographic operations on symmetric encryption KMS keys. Grants with grant constraints can include the describe_key and retire_grant operations, but the constraint doesn't apply to these operations. If a grant with a grant constraint includes the create_grant operation, the constraint requires that any grants created with the create_grant permission have an equally strict or stricter encryption context constraint.

You cannot use an encryption context grant constraint for cryptographic operations with asymmetric KMS keys or HMAC KMS keys. Operations with these keys don't support an encryption context.

Each constraint value can include up to 8 encryption context pairs. The encryption context value in each constraint cannot exceed 384 characters. For information about grant constraints, see Using grant constraints in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. For more information about encryption context, see Encryption context in the Key Management Service Developer Guide .

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

Name

A friendly name for the grant. Use this value to prevent the unintended creation of duplicate grants when retrying this request.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

When this value is absent, all create_grant requests result in a new grant with a unique GrantId even if all the supplied parameters are identical. This can result in unintended duplicates when you retry the create_grant request.

When this value is present, you can retry a create_grant request with identical parameters; if the grant already exists, the original GrantId is returned without creating a new grant. Note that the returned grant token is unique with every create_grant request, even when a duplicate GrantId is returned. All grant tokens for the same grant ID can be used interchangeably.

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Creates a unique customer managed KMS key in your Amazon Web Services account and Region

Description

Creates a unique customer managed KMS key in your Amazon Web Services account and Region. You can use a KMS key in cryptographic operations, such as encryption and signing. Some Amazon Web Services services let you use KMS keys that you create and manage to protect your service resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_create_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_create_key(
  Policy = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  KeyUsage = NULL,
  CustomerMasterKeySpec = NULL,
  KeySpec = NULL,
  Origin = NULL,
  CustomKeyStoreId = NULL,
  BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  MultiRegion = NULL,
  XksKeyId = NULL
)

Arguments

Policy

The key policy to attach to the KMS key.

If you provide a key policy, it must meet the following criteria:

  • The key policy must allow the calling principal to make a subsequent put_key_policy request on the KMS key. This reduces the risk that the KMS key becomes unmanageable. For more information, see Default key policy in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. (To omit this condition, set BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck to true.)

  • Each statement in the key policy must contain one or more principals. The principals in the key policy must exist and be visible to KMS. When you create a new Amazon Web Services principal, you might need to enforce a delay before including the new principal in a key policy because the new principal might not be immediately visible to KMS. For more information, see Changes that I make are not always immediately visible in the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management User Guide.

If you do not provide a key policy, KMS attaches a default key policy to the KMS key. For more information, see Default key policy in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

The key policy size quota is 32 kilobytes (32768 bytes).

For help writing and formatting a JSON policy document, see the IAM JSON Policy Reference in the Identity and Access Management User Guide .

Description

A description of the KMS key. Use a description that helps you decide whether the KMS key is appropriate for a task. The default value is an empty string (no description).

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

To set or change the description after the key is created, use update_key_description.

KeyUsage

Determines the cryptographic operations for which you can use the KMS key. The default value is ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. This parameter is optional when you are creating a symmetric encryption KMS key; otherwise, it is required. You can't change the KeyUsage value after the KMS key is created.

Select only one valid value.

  • For symmetric encryption KMS keys, omit the parameter or specify ENCRYPT_DECRYPT.

  • For HMAC KMS keys (symmetric), specify GENERATE_VERIFY_MAC.

  • For asymmetric KMS keys with RSA key pairs, specify ENCRYPT_DECRYPT or SIGN_VERIFY.

  • For asymmetric KMS keys with NIST-recommended elliptic curve key pairs, specify SIGN_VERIFY or KEY_AGREEMENT.

  • For asymmetric KMS keys with ECC_SECG_P256K1 key pairs specify SIGN_VERIFY.

  • For asymmetric KMS keys with SM2 key pairs (China Regions only), specify ENCRYPT_DECRYPT, SIGN_VERIFY, or KEY_AGREEMENT.

CustomerMasterKeySpec

Instead, use the KeySpec parameter.

The KeySpec and CustomerMasterKeySpec parameters work the same way. Only the names differ. We recommend that you use KeySpec parameter in your code. However, to avoid breaking changes, KMS supports both parameters.

KeySpec

Specifies the type of KMS key to create. The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT, creates a KMS key with a 256-bit AES-GCM key that is used for encryption and decryption, except in China Regions, where it creates a 128-bit symmetric key that uses SM4 encryption. For help choosing a key spec for your KMS key, see Choosing a KMS key type in the Key Management Service Developer Guide .

The KeySpec determines whether the KMS key contains a symmetric key or an asymmetric key pair. It also determines the algorithms that the KMS key supports. You can't change the KeySpec after the KMS key is created. To further restrict the algorithms that can be used with the KMS key, use a condition key in its key policy or IAM policy. For more information, see kms:EncryptionAlgorithm, kms:MacAlgorithm or kms:Signing Algorithm in the Key Management Service Developer Guide .

Amazon Web Services services that are integrated with KMS use symmetric encryption KMS keys to protect your data. These services do not support asymmetric KMS keys or HMAC KMS keys.

KMS supports the following key specs for KMS keys:

  • Symmetric encryption key (default)

    • SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT

  • HMAC keys (symmetric)

    • HMAC_224

    • HMAC_256

    • HMAC_384

    • HMAC_512

  • Asymmetric RSA key pairs (encryption and decryption -or- signing and verification)

    • RSA_2048

    • RSA_3072

    • RSA_4096

  • Asymmetric NIST-recommended elliptic curve key pairs (signing and verification -or- deriving shared secrets)

    • ECC_NIST_P256 (secp256r1)

    • ECC_NIST_P384 (secp384r1)

    • ECC_NIST_P521 (secp521r1)

  • Other asymmetric elliptic curve key pairs (signing and verification)

    • ECC_SECG_P256K1 (secp256k1), commonly used for cryptocurrencies.

  • SM2 key pairs (encryption and decryption -or- signing and verification -or- deriving shared secrets)

    • SM2 (China Regions only)

Origin

The source of the key material for the KMS key. You cannot change the origin after you create the KMS key. The default is AWS_KMS, which means that KMS creates the key material.

To create a KMS key with no key material (for imported key material), set this value to EXTERNAL. For more information about importing key material into KMS, see Importing Key Material in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. The EXTERNAL origin value is valid only for symmetric KMS keys.

To create a KMS key in an CloudHSM key store and create its key material in the associated CloudHSM cluster, set this value to AWS_CLOUDHSM. You must also use the CustomKeyStoreId parameter to identify the CloudHSM key store. The KeySpec value must be SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT.

To create a KMS key in an external key store, set this value to EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE. You must also use the CustomKeyStoreId parameter to identify the external key store and the XksKeyId parameter to identify the associated external key. The KeySpec value must be SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT.

CustomKeyStoreId

Creates the KMS key in the specified custom key store. The ConnectionState of the custom key store must be CONNECTED. To find the CustomKeyStoreID and ConnectionState use the describe_custom_key_stores operation.

This parameter is valid only for symmetric encryption KMS keys in a single Region. You cannot create any other type of KMS key in a custom key store.

When you create a KMS key in an CloudHSM key store, KMS generates a non-exportable 256-bit symmetric key in its associated CloudHSM cluster and associates it with the KMS key. When you create a KMS key in an external key store, you must use the XksKeyId parameter to specify an external key that serves as key material for the KMS key.

BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck

Skips ("bypasses") the key policy lockout safety check. The default value is false.

Setting this value to true increases the risk that the KMS key becomes unmanageable. Do not set this value to true indiscriminately.

For more information, see Default key policy in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

Use this parameter only when you intend to prevent the principal that is making the request from making a subsequent put_key_policy request on the KMS key.

Tags

Assigns one or more tags to the KMS key. Use this parameter to tag the KMS key when it is created. To tag an existing KMS key, use the tag_resource operation.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

Tagging or untagging a KMS key can allow or deny permission to the KMS key. For details, see ABAC for KMS in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

To use this parameter, you must have kms:TagResource permission in an IAM policy.

Each tag consists of a tag key and a tag value. Both the tag key and the tag value are required, but the tag value can be an empty (null) string. You cannot have more than one tag on a KMS key with the same tag key. If you specify an existing tag key with a different tag value, KMS replaces the current tag value with the specified one.

When you add tags to an Amazon Web Services resource, Amazon Web Services generates a cost allocation report with usage and costs aggregated by tags. Tags can also be used to control access to a KMS key. For details, see Tagging Keys.

MultiRegion

Creates a multi-Region primary key that you can replicate into other Amazon Web Services Regions. You cannot change this value after you create the KMS key.

For a multi-Region key, set this parameter to True. For a single-Region KMS key, omit this parameter or set it to False. The default value is False.

This operation supports multi-Region keys, an KMS feature that lets you create multiple interoperable KMS keys in different Amazon Web Services Regions. Because these KMS keys have the same key ID, key material, and other metadata, you can use them interchangeably to encrypt data in one Amazon Web Services Region and decrypt it in a different Amazon Web Services Region without re-encrypting the data or making a cross-Region call. For more information about multi-Region keys, see Multi-Region keys in KMS in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

This value creates a primary key, not a replica. To create a replica key, use the replicate_key operation.

You can create a symmetric or asymmetric multi-Region key, and you can create a multi-Region key with imported key material. However, you cannot create a multi-Region key in a custom key store.

XksKeyId

Identifies the external key that serves as key material for the KMS key in an external key store. Specify the ID that the external key store proxy uses to refer to the external key. For help, see the documentation for your external key store proxy.

This parameter is required for a KMS key with an Origin value of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE. It is not valid for KMS keys with any other Origin value.

The external key must be an existing 256-bit AES symmetric encryption key hosted outside of Amazon Web Services in an external key manager associated with the external key store specified by the CustomKeyStoreId parameter. This key must be enabled and configured to perform encryption and decryption. Each KMS key in an external key store must use a different external key. For details, see Requirements for a KMS key in an external key store in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

Each KMS key in an external key store is associated two backing keys. One is key material that KMS generates. The other is the external key specified by this parameter. When you use the KMS key in an external key store to encrypt data, the encryption operation is performed first by KMS using the KMS key material, and then by the external key manager using the specified external key, a process known as double encryption. For details, see Double encryption in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Decrypts ciphertext that was encrypted by a KMS key using any of the following operations:

Description

Decrypts ciphertext that was encrypted by a KMS key using any of the following operations:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_decrypt/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_decrypt(
  CiphertextBlob,
  EncryptionContext = NULL,
  GrantTokens = NULL,
  KeyId = NULL,
  EncryptionAlgorithm = NULL,
  Recipient = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CiphertextBlob

[required] Ciphertext to be decrypted. The blob includes metadata.

EncryptionContext

Specifies the encryption context to use when decrypting the data. An encryption context is valid only for cryptographic operations with a symmetric encryption KMS key. The standard asymmetric encryption algorithms and HMAC algorithms that KMS uses do not support an encryption context.

An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly recommended.

For more information, see Encryption context in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

KeyId

Specifies the KMS key that KMS uses to decrypt the ciphertext.

Enter a key ID of the KMS key that was used to encrypt the ciphertext. If you identify a different KMS key, the decrypt operation throws an IncorrectKeyException.

This parameter is required only when the ciphertext was encrypted under an asymmetric KMS key. If you used a symmetric encryption KMS key, KMS can get the KMS key from metadata that it adds to the symmetric ciphertext blob. However, it is always recommended as a best practice. This practice ensures that you use the KMS key that you intend.

To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias

  • Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key. To get the alias name and alias ARN, use list_aliases.

EncryptionAlgorithm

Specifies the encryption algorithm that will be used to decrypt the ciphertext. Specify the same algorithm that was used to encrypt the data. If you specify a different algorithm, the decrypt operation fails.

This parameter is required only when the ciphertext was encrypted under an asymmetric KMS key. The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT, represents the only supported algorithm that is valid for symmetric encryption KMS keys.

Recipient

A signed attestation document from an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave and the encryption algorithm to use with the enclave's public key. The only valid encryption algorithm is RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256.

This parameter only supports attestation documents for Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. To include this parameter, use the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK or any Amazon Web Services SDK.

When you use this parameter, instead of returning the plaintext data, KMS encrypts the plaintext data with the public key in the attestation document, and returns the resulting ciphertext in the CiphertextForRecipient field in the response. This ciphertext can be decrypted only with the private key in the enclave. The Plaintext field in the response is null or empty.

For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Deletes the specified alias

Description

Deletes the specified alias.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_delete_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_delete_alias(AliasName)

Arguments

AliasName

[required] The alias to be deleted. The alias name must begin with ⁠alias/⁠ followed by the alias name, such as alias/ExampleAlias.


Deletes a custom key store

Description

Deletes a custom key store. This operation does not affect any backing elements of the custom key store. It does not delete the CloudHSM cluster that is associated with an CloudHSM key store, or affect any users or keys in the cluster. For an external key store, it does not affect the external key store proxy, external key manager, or any external keys.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_delete_custom_key_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_delete_custom_key_store(CustomKeyStoreId)

Arguments

CustomKeyStoreId

[required] Enter the ID of the custom key store you want to delete. To find the ID of a custom key store, use the describe_custom_key_stores operation.


Deletes key material that was previously imported

Description

Deletes key material that was previously imported. This operation makes the specified KMS key temporarily unusable. To restore the usability of the KMS key, reimport the same key material. For more information about importing key material into KMS, see Importing Key Material in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_delete_imported_key_material/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_delete_imported_key_material(KeyId)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies the KMS key from which you are deleting imported key material. The Origin of the KMS key must be EXTERNAL.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.


Derives a shared secret using a key agreement algorithm

Description

Derives a shared secret using a key agreement algorithm.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_derive_shared_secret/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_derive_shared_secret(
  KeyId,
  KeyAgreementAlgorithm,
  PublicKey,
  GrantTokens = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL,
  Recipient = NULL
)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies an asymmetric NIST-recommended ECC or SM2 (China Regions only) KMS key. KMS uses the private key in the specified key pair to derive the shared secret. The key usage of the KMS key must be KEY_AGREEMENT. To find the KeyUsage of a KMS key, use the describe_key operation.

To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias

  • Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key. To get the alias name and alias ARN, use list_aliases.

KeyAgreementAlgorithm

[required] Specifies the key agreement algorithm used to derive the shared secret. The only valid value is ECDH.

PublicKey

[required] Specifies the public key in your peer's NIST-recommended elliptic curve (ECC) or SM2 (China Regions only) key pair.

The public key must be a DER-encoded X.509 public key, also known as SubjectPublicKeyInfo (SPKI), as defined in RFC 5280.

get_public_key returns the public key of an asymmetric KMS key pair in the required DER-encoded format.

If you use Amazon Web Services CLI version 1, you must provide the DER-encoded X.509 public key in a file. Otherwise, the Amazon Web Services CLI Base64-encodes the public key a second time, resulting in a ValidationException.

You can specify the public key as binary data in a file using fileb (⁠fileb://<path-to-file>⁠) or in-line using a Base64 encoded string.

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

Recipient

A signed attestation document from an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave and the encryption algorithm to use with the enclave's public key. The only valid encryption algorithm is RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256.

This parameter only supports attestation documents for Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. To call DeriveSharedSecret for an Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, use the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK to generate the attestation document and then use the Recipient parameter from any Amazon Web Services SDK to provide the attestation document for the enclave.

When you use this parameter, instead of returning a plaintext copy of the shared secret, KMS encrypts the plaintext shared secret under the public key in the attestation document, and returns the resulting ciphertext in the CiphertextForRecipient field in the response. This ciphertext can be decrypted only with the private key in the enclave. The CiphertextBlob field in the response contains the encrypted shared secret derived from the KMS key specified by the KeyId parameter and public key specified by the PublicKey parameter. The SharedSecret field in the response is null or empty.

For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Gets information about custom key stores in the account and Region

Description

Gets information about custom key stores in the account and Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_describe_custom_key_stores/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_describe_custom_key_stores(
  CustomKeyStoreId = NULL,
  CustomKeyStoreName = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  Marker = NULL
)

Arguments

CustomKeyStoreId

Gets only information about the specified custom key store. Enter the key store ID.

By default, this operation gets information about all custom key stores in the account and Region. To limit the output to a particular custom key store, provide either the CustomKeyStoreId or CustomKeyStoreName parameter, but not both.

CustomKeyStoreName

Gets only information about the specified custom key store. Enter the friendly name of the custom key store.

By default, this operation gets information about all custom key stores in the account and Region. To limit the output to a particular custom key store, provide either the CustomKeyStoreId or CustomKeyStoreName parameter, but not both.

Limit

Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, but it might return fewer.

Marker

Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of NextMarker from the truncated response you just received.


Provides detailed information about a KMS key

Description

Provides detailed information about a KMS key. You can run describe_key on a customer managed key or an Amazon Web Services managed key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_describe_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_describe_key(KeyId, GrantTokens = NULL)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Describes the specified KMS key.

If you specify a predefined Amazon Web Services alias (an Amazon Web Services alias with no key ID), KMS associates the alias with an Amazon Web Services managed key and returns its KeyId and Arn in the response.

To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias

  • Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key. To get the alias name and alias ARN, use list_aliases.

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Sets the state of a KMS key to disabled

Description

Sets the state of a KMS key to disabled. This change temporarily prevents use of the KMS key for cryptographic operations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_disable_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_disable_key(KeyId)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies the KMS key to disable.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.


Disables automatic rotation of the key material of the specified symmetric encryption KMS key

Description

Disables automatic rotation of the key material of the specified symmetric encryption KMS key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_disable_key_rotation/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_disable_key_rotation(KeyId)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies a symmetric encryption KMS key. You cannot enable or disable automatic rotation of asymmetric KMS keys, HMAC KMS keys, KMS keys with imported key material, or KMS keys in a custom key store.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.


Disconnects the custom key store from its backing key store

Description

Disconnects the custom key store from its backing key store. This operation disconnects an CloudHSM key store from its associated CloudHSM cluster or disconnects an external key store from the external key store proxy that communicates with your external key manager.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_disconnect_custom_key_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_disconnect_custom_key_store(CustomKeyStoreId)

Arguments

CustomKeyStoreId

[required] Enter the ID of the custom key store you want to disconnect. To find the ID of a custom key store, use the describe_custom_key_stores operation.


Sets the key state of a KMS key to enabled

Description

Sets the key state of a KMS key to enabled. This allows you to use the KMS key for cryptographic operations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_enable_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_enable_key(KeyId)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies the KMS key to enable.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.


Enables automatic rotation of the key material of the specified symmetric encryption KMS key

Description

Enables automatic rotation of the key material of the specified symmetric encryption KMS key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_enable_key_rotation/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_enable_key_rotation(KeyId, RotationPeriodInDays = NULL)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies a symmetric encryption KMS key. You cannot enable automatic rotation of asymmetric KMS keys, HMAC KMS keys, KMS keys with imported key material, or KMS keys in a custom key store. To enable or disable automatic rotation of a set of related multi-Region keys, set the property on the primary key.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

RotationPeriodInDays

Use this parameter to specify a custom period of time between each rotation date. If no value is specified, the default value is 365 days.

The rotation period defines the number of days after you enable automatic key rotation that KMS will rotate your key material, and the number of days between each automatic rotation thereafter.

You can use the kms:RotationPeriodInDays condition key to further constrain the values that principals can specify in the RotationPeriodInDays parameter.


Encrypts plaintext of up to 4,096 bytes using a KMS key

Description

Encrypts plaintext of up to 4,096 bytes using a KMS key. You can use a symmetric or asymmetric KMS key with a KeyUsage of ENCRYPT_DECRYPT.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_encrypt/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_encrypt(
  KeyId,
  Plaintext,
  EncryptionContext = NULL,
  GrantTokens = NULL,
  EncryptionAlgorithm = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies the KMS key to use in the encryption operation. The KMS key must have a KeyUsage of ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. To find the KeyUsage of a KMS key, use the describe_key operation.

To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias

  • Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key. To get the alias name and alias ARN, use list_aliases.

Plaintext

[required] Data to be encrypted.

EncryptionContext

Specifies the encryption context that will be used to encrypt the data. An encryption context is valid only for cryptographic operations with a symmetric encryption KMS key. The standard asymmetric encryption algorithms and HMAC algorithms that KMS uses do not support an encryption context.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly recommended.

For more information, see Encryption context in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

EncryptionAlgorithm

Specifies the encryption algorithm that KMS will use to encrypt the plaintext message. The algorithm must be compatible with the KMS key that you specify.

This parameter is required only for asymmetric KMS keys. The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT, is the algorithm used for symmetric encryption KMS keys. If you are using an asymmetric KMS key, we recommend RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256.

The SM2PKE algorithm is only available in China Regions.

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Returns a unique symmetric data key for use outside of KMS

Description

Returns a unique symmetric data key for use outside of KMS. This operation returns a plaintext copy of the data key and a copy that is encrypted under a symmetric encryption KMS key that you specify. The bytes in the plaintext key are random; they are not related to the caller or the KMS key. You can use the plaintext key to encrypt your data outside of KMS and store the encrypted data key with the encrypted data.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_generate_data_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_generate_data_key(
  KeyId,
  EncryptionContext = NULL,
  NumberOfBytes = NULL,
  KeySpec = NULL,
  GrantTokens = NULL,
  Recipient = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Specifies the symmetric encryption KMS key that encrypts the data key. You cannot specify an asymmetric KMS key or a KMS key in a custom key store. To get the type and origin of your KMS key, use the describe_key operation.

To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias

  • Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key. To get the alias name and alias ARN, use list_aliases.

EncryptionContext

Specifies the encryption context that will be used when encrypting the data key.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly recommended.

For more information, see Encryption context in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

NumberOfBytes

Specifies the length of the data key in bytes. For example, use the value 64 to generate a 512-bit data key (64 bytes is 512 bits). For 128-bit (16-byte) and 256-bit (32-byte) data keys, use the KeySpec parameter.

You must specify either the KeySpec or the NumberOfBytes parameter (but not both) in every generate_data_key request.

KeySpec

Specifies the length of the data key. Use AES_128 to generate a 128-bit symmetric key, or AES_256 to generate a 256-bit symmetric key.

You must specify either the KeySpec or the NumberOfBytes parameter (but not both) in every generate_data_key request.

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

Recipient

A signed attestation document from an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave and the encryption algorithm to use with the enclave's public key. The only valid encryption algorithm is RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256.

This parameter only supports attestation documents for Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. To include this parameter, use the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK or any Amazon Web Services SDK.

When you use this parameter, instead of returning the plaintext data key, KMS encrypts the plaintext data key under the public key in the attestation document, and returns the resulting ciphertext in the CiphertextForRecipient field in the response. This ciphertext can be decrypted only with the private key in the enclave. The CiphertextBlob field in the response contains a copy of the data key encrypted under the KMS key specified by the KeyId parameter. The Plaintext field in the response is null or empty.

For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Returns a unique asymmetric data key pair for use outside of KMS

Description

Returns a unique asymmetric data key pair for use outside of KMS. This operation returns a plaintext public key, a plaintext private key, and a copy of the private key that is encrypted under the symmetric encryption KMS key you specify. You can use the data key pair to perform asymmetric cryptography and implement digital signatures outside of KMS. The bytes in the keys are random; they are not related to the caller or to the KMS key that is used to encrypt the private key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_generate_data_key_pair/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_generate_data_key_pair(
  EncryptionContext = NULL,
  KeyId,
  KeyPairSpec,
  GrantTokens = NULL,
  Recipient = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

EncryptionContext

Specifies the encryption context that will be used when encrypting the private key in the data key pair.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly recommended.

For more information, see Encryption context in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

KeyId

[required] Specifies the symmetric encryption KMS key that encrypts the private key in the data key pair. You cannot specify an asymmetric KMS key or a KMS key in a custom key store. To get the type and origin of your KMS key, use the describe_key operation.

To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias

  • Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key. To get the alias name and alias ARN, use list_aliases.

KeyPairSpec

[required] Determines the type of data key pair that is generated.

The KMS rule that restricts the use of asymmetric RSA and SM2 KMS keys to encrypt and decrypt or to sign and verify (but not both), and the rule that permits you to use ECC KMS keys only to sign and verify, are not effective on data key pairs, which are used outside of KMS. The SM2 key spec is only available in China Regions.

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

Recipient

A signed attestation document from an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave and the encryption algorithm to use with the enclave's public key. The only valid encryption algorithm is RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256.

This parameter only supports attestation documents for Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. To call DeriveSharedSecret for an Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, use the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK to generate the attestation document and then use the Recipient parameter from any Amazon Web Services SDK to provide the attestation document for the enclave.

When you use this parameter, instead of returning a plaintext copy of the private data key, KMS encrypts the plaintext private data key under the public key in the attestation document, and returns the resulting ciphertext in the CiphertextForRecipient field in the response. This ciphertext can be decrypted only with the private key in the enclave. The CiphertextBlob field in the response contains a copy of the private data key encrypted under the KMS key specified by the KeyId parameter. The PrivateKeyPlaintext field in the response is null or empty.

For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Returns a unique asymmetric data key pair for use outside of KMS

Description

Returns a unique asymmetric data key pair for use outside of KMS. This operation returns a plaintext public key and a copy of the private key that is encrypted under the symmetric encryption KMS key you specify. Unlike generate_data_key_pair, this operation does not return a plaintext private key. The bytes in the keys are random; they are not related to the caller or to the KMS key that is used to encrypt the private key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_generate_data_key_pair_without_plaintext/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_generate_data_key_pair_without_plaintext(
  EncryptionContext = NULL,
  KeyId,
  KeyPairSpec,
  GrantTokens = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

EncryptionContext

Specifies the encryption context that will be used when encrypting the private key in the data key pair.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly recommended.

For more information, see Encryption context in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

KeyId

[required] Specifies the symmetric encryption KMS key that encrypts the private key in the data key pair. You cannot specify an asymmetric KMS key or a KMS key in a custom key store. To get the type and origin of your KMS key, use the describe_key operation.

To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias

  • Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key. To get the alias name and alias ARN, use list_aliases.

KeyPairSpec

[required] Determines the type of data key pair that is generated.

The KMS rule that restricts the use of asymmetric RSA and SM2 KMS keys to encrypt and decrypt or to sign and verify (but not both), and the rule that permits you to use ECC KMS keys only to sign and verify, are not effective on data key pairs, which are used outside of KMS. The SM2 key spec is only available in China Regions.

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Returns a unique symmetric data key for use outside of KMS

Description

Returns a unique symmetric data key for use outside of KMS. This operation returns a data key that is encrypted under a symmetric encryption KMS key that you specify. The bytes in the key are random; they are not related to the caller or to the KMS key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_generate_data_key_without_plaintext/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_generate_data_key_without_plaintext(
  KeyId,
  EncryptionContext = NULL,
  KeySpec = NULL,
  NumberOfBytes = NULL,
  GrantTokens = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Specifies the symmetric encryption KMS key that encrypts the data key. You cannot specify an asymmetric KMS key or a KMS key in a custom key store. To get the type and origin of your KMS key, use the describe_key operation.

To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias

  • Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key. To get the alias name and alias ARN, use list_aliases.

EncryptionContext

Specifies the encryption context that will be used when encrypting the data key.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly recommended.

For more information, see Encryption context in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

KeySpec

The length of the data key. Use AES_128 to generate a 128-bit symmetric key, or AES_256 to generate a 256-bit symmetric key.

NumberOfBytes

The length of the data key in bytes. For example, use the value 64 to generate a 512-bit data key (64 bytes is 512 bits). For common key lengths (128-bit and 256-bit symmetric keys), we recommend that you use the KeySpec field instead of this one.

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Generates a hash-based message authentication code (HMAC) for a message using an HMAC KMS key and a MAC algorithm that the key supports

Description

Generates a hash-based message authentication code (HMAC) for a message using an HMAC KMS key and a MAC algorithm that the key supports. HMAC KMS keys and the HMAC algorithms that KMS uses conform to industry standards defined in RFC 2104.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_generate_mac/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_generate_mac(
  Message,
  KeyId,
  MacAlgorithm,
  GrantTokens = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Message

[required] The message to be hashed. Specify a message of up to 4,096 bytes.

generate_mac and verify_mac do not provide special handling for message digests. If you generate an HMAC for a hash digest of a message, you must verify the HMAC of the same hash digest.

KeyId

[required] The HMAC KMS key to use in the operation. The MAC algorithm computes the HMAC for the message and the key as described in RFC 2104.

To identify an HMAC KMS key, use the describe_key operation and see the KeySpec field in the response.

MacAlgorithm

[required] The MAC algorithm used in the operation.

The algorithm must be compatible with the HMAC KMS key that you specify. To find the MAC algorithms that your HMAC KMS key supports, use the describe_key operation and see the MacAlgorithms field in the describe_key response.

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Returns a random byte string that is cryptographically secure

Description

Returns a random byte string that is cryptographically secure.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_generate_random/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_generate_random(
  NumberOfBytes = NULL,
  CustomKeyStoreId = NULL,
  Recipient = NULL
)

Arguments

NumberOfBytes

The length of the random byte string. This parameter is required.

CustomKeyStoreId

Generates the random byte string in the CloudHSM cluster that is associated with the specified CloudHSM key store. To find the ID of a custom key store, use the describe_custom_key_stores operation.

External key store IDs are not valid for this parameter. If you specify the ID of an external key store, generate_random throws an UnsupportedOperationException.

Recipient

A signed attestation document from an Amazon Web Services Nitro enclave and the encryption algorithm to use with the enclave's public key. The only valid encryption algorithm is RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256.

This parameter only supports attestation documents for Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves. To include this parameter, use the Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves SDK or any Amazon Web Services SDK.

When you use this parameter, instead of returning plaintext bytes, KMS encrypts the plaintext bytes under the public key in the attestation document, and returns the resulting ciphertext in the CiphertextForRecipient field in the response. This ciphertext can be decrypted only with the private key in the enclave. The Plaintext field in the response is null or empty.

For information about the interaction between KMS and Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves, see How Amazon Web Services Nitro Enclaves uses KMS in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Gets a key policy attached to the specified KMS key

Description

Gets a key policy attached to the specified KMS key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_get_key_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_get_key_policy(KeyId, PolicyName = NULL)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Gets the key policy for the specified KMS key.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

PolicyName

Specifies the name of the key policy. If no policy name is specified, the default value is default. The only valid name is default. To get the names of key policies, use list_key_policies.


Provides detailed information about the rotation status for a KMS key, including whether automatic rotation of the key material is enabled for the specified KMS key, the rotation period, and the next scheduled rotation date

Description

Provides detailed information about the rotation status for a KMS key, including whether automatic rotation of the key material is enabled for the specified KMS key, the rotation period, and the next scheduled rotation date.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_get_key_rotation_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_get_key_rotation_status(KeyId)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Gets the rotation status for the specified KMS key.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.


Returns the public key and an import token you need to import or reimport key material for a KMS key

Description

Returns the public key and an import token you need to import or reimport key material for a KMS key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_get_parameters_for_import/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_get_parameters_for_import(KeyId, WrappingAlgorithm, WrappingKeySpec)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] The identifier of the KMS key that will be associated with the imported key material. The Origin of the KMS key must be EXTERNAL.

All KMS key types are supported, including multi-Region keys. However, you cannot import key material into a KMS key in a custom key store.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

WrappingAlgorithm

[required] The algorithm you will use with the RSA public key (PublicKey) in the response to protect your key material during import. For more information, see Select a wrapping algorithm in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

For RSA_AES wrapping algorithms, you encrypt your key material with an AES key that you generate, then encrypt your AES key with the RSA public key from KMS. For RSAES wrapping algorithms, you encrypt your key material directly with the RSA public key from KMS.

The wrapping algorithms that you can use depend on the type of key material that you are importing. To import an RSA private key, you must use an RSA_AES wrapping algorithm.

  • RSA_AES_KEY_WRAP_SHA_256 — Supported for wrapping RSA and ECC key material.

  • RSA_AES_KEY_WRAP_SHA_1 — Supported for wrapping RSA and ECC key material.

  • RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 — Supported for all types of key material, except RSA key material (private key).

    You cannot use the RSAES_OAEP_SHA_256 wrapping algorithm with the RSA_2048 wrapping key spec to wrap ECC_NIST_P521 key material.

  • RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1 — Supported for all types of key material, except RSA key material (private key).

    You cannot use the RSAES_OAEP_SHA_1 wrapping algorithm with the RSA_2048 wrapping key spec to wrap ECC_NIST_P521 key material.

  • RSAES_PKCS1_V1_5 (Deprecated) — As of October 10, 2023, KMS does not support the RSAES_PKCS1_V1_5 wrapping algorithm.

WrappingKeySpec

[required] The type of RSA public key to return in the response. You will use this wrapping key with the specified wrapping algorithm to protect your key material during import.

Use the longest RSA wrapping key that is practical.

You cannot use an RSA_2048 public key to directly wrap an ECC_NIST_P521 private key. Instead, use an RSA_AES wrapping algorithm or choose a longer RSA public key.


Returns the public key of an asymmetric KMS key

Description

Returns the public key of an asymmetric KMS key. Unlike the private key of a asymmetric KMS key, which never leaves KMS unencrypted, callers with kms:GetPublicKey permission can download the public key of an asymmetric KMS key. You can share the public key to allow others to encrypt messages and verify signatures outside of KMS. For information about asymmetric KMS keys, see Asymmetric KMS keys in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_get_public_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_get_public_key(KeyId, GrantTokens = NULL)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies the asymmetric KMS key that includes the public key.

To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias

  • Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key. To get the alias name and alias ARN, use list_aliases.

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Imports or reimports key material into an existing KMS key that was created without key material

Description

Imports or reimports key material into an existing KMS key that was created without key material. import_key_material also sets the expiration model and expiration date of the imported key material.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_import_key_material/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_import_key_material(
  KeyId,
  ImportToken,
  EncryptedKeyMaterial,
  ValidTo = NULL,
  ExpirationModel = NULL
)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] The identifier of the KMS key that will be associated with the imported key material. This must be the same KMS key specified in the KeyID parameter of the corresponding get_parameters_for_import request. The Origin of the KMS key must be EXTERNAL and its KeyState must be PendingImport.

The KMS key can be a symmetric encryption KMS key, HMAC KMS key, asymmetric encryption KMS key, or asymmetric signing KMS key, including a multi-Region key of any supported type. You cannot perform this operation on a KMS key in a custom key store, or on a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

ImportToken

[required] The import token that you received in the response to a previous get_parameters_for_import request. It must be from the same response that contained the public key that you used to encrypt the key material.

EncryptedKeyMaterial

[required] The encrypted key material to import. The key material must be encrypted under the public wrapping key that get_parameters_for_import returned, using the wrapping algorithm that you specified in the same get_parameters_for_import request.

ValidTo

The date and time when the imported key material expires. This parameter is required when the value of the ExpirationModel parameter is KEY_MATERIAL_EXPIRES. Otherwise it is not valid.

The value of this parameter must be a future date and time. The maximum value is 365 days from the request date.

When the key material expires, KMS deletes the key material from the KMS key. Without its key material, the KMS key is unusable. To use the KMS key in cryptographic operations, you must reimport the same key material.

You cannot change the ExpirationModel or ValidTo values for the current import after the request completes. To change either value, you must delete (delete_imported_key_material) and reimport the key material.

ExpirationModel

Specifies whether the key material expires. The default is KEY_MATERIAL_EXPIRES. For help with this choice, see Setting an expiration time in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

When the value of ExpirationModel is KEY_MATERIAL_EXPIRES, you must specify a value for the ValidTo parameter. When value is KEY_MATERIAL_DOES_NOT_EXPIRE, you must omit the ValidTo parameter.

You cannot change the ExpirationModel or ValidTo values for the current import after the request completes. To change either value, you must reimport the key material.


Gets a list of aliases in the caller's Amazon Web Services account and region

Description

Gets a list of aliases in the caller's Amazon Web Services account and region. For more information about aliases, see create_alias.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_list_aliases/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_list_aliases(KeyId = NULL, Limit = NULL, Marker = NULL)

Arguments

KeyId

Lists only aliases that are associated with the specified KMS key. Enter a KMS key in your Amazon Web Services account.

This parameter is optional. If you omit it, list_aliases returns all aliases in the account and Region.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

Limit

Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, but it might return fewer.

This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 100, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 50.

Marker

Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of NextMarker from the truncated response you just received.


Gets a list of all grants for the specified KMS key

Description

Gets a list of all grants for the specified KMS key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_list_grants/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_list_grants(
  Limit = NULL,
  Marker = NULL,
  KeyId,
  GrantId = NULL,
  GranteePrincipal = NULL
)

Arguments

Limit

Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, but it might return fewer.

This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 100, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 50.

Marker

Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of NextMarker from the truncated response you just received.

KeyId

[required] Returns only grants for the specified KMS key. This parameter is required.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

GrantId

Returns only the grant with the specified grant ID. The grant ID uniquely identifies the grant.

GranteePrincipal

Returns only grants where the specified principal is the grantee principal for the grant.


Gets the names of the key policies that are attached to a KMS key

Description

Gets the names of the key policies that are attached to a KMS key. This operation is designed to get policy names that you can use in a get_key_policy operation. However, the only valid policy name is default.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_list_key_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_list_key_policies(KeyId, Limit = NULL, Marker = NULL)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Gets the names of key policies for the specified KMS key.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

Limit

Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, but it might return fewer.

This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 1000, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 100.

Only one policy can be attached to a key.

Marker

Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of NextMarker from the truncated response you just received.


Returns information about all completed key material rotations for the specified KMS key

Description

Returns information about all completed key material rotations for the specified KMS key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_list_key_rotations/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_list_key_rotations(KeyId, Limit = NULL, Marker = NULL)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Gets the key rotations for the specified KMS key.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

Limit

Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, but it might return fewer.

This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 1000, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 100.

Marker

Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of NextMarker from the truncated response you just received.


Gets a list of all KMS keys in the caller's Amazon Web Services account and Region

Description

Gets a list of all KMS keys in the caller's Amazon Web Services account and Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_list_keys/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_list_keys(Limit = NULL, Marker = NULL)

Arguments

Limit

Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, but it might return fewer.

This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 1000, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 100.

Marker

Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of NextMarker from the truncated response you just received.


Returns all tags on the specified KMS key

Description

Returns all tags on the specified KMS key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_list_resource_tags/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_list_resource_tags(KeyId, Limit = NULL, Marker = NULL)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Gets tags on the specified KMS key.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

Limit

Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, but it might return fewer.

This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 50, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 50.

Marker

Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of NextMarker from the truncated response you just received.

Do not attempt to construct this value. Use only the value of NextMarker from the truncated response you just received.


Returns information about all grants in the Amazon Web Services account and Region that have the specified retiring principal

Description

Returns information about all grants in the Amazon Web Services account and Region that have the specified retiring principal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_list_retirable_grants/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_list_retirable_grants(Limit = NULL, Marker = NULL, RetiringPrincipal)

Arguments

Limit

Use this parameter to specify the maximum number of items to return. When this value is present, KMS does not return more than the specified number of items, but it might return fewer.

This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 1 and 100, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 50.

Marker

Use this parameter in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of NextMarker from the truncated response you just received.

RetiringPrincipal

[required] The retiring principal for which to list grants. Enter a principal in your Amazon Web Services account.

To specify the retiring principal, use the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an Amazon Web Services principal. Valid principals include Amazon Web Services accounts, IAM users, IAM roles, federated users, and assumed role users. For help with the ARN syntax for a principal, see IAM ARNs in the Identity and Access Management User Guide .


Attaches a key policy to the specified KMS key

Description

Attaches a key policy to the specified KMS key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_put_key_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_put_key_policy(
  KeyId,
  PolicyName = NULL,
  Policy,
  BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck = NULL
)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Sets the key policy on the specified KMS key.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

PolicyName

The name of the key policy. If no policy name is specified, the default value is default. The only valid value is default.

Policy

[required] The key policy to attach to the KMS key.

The key policy must meet the following criteria:

  • The key policy must allow the calling principal to make a subsequent put_key_policy request on the KMS key. This reduces the risk that the KMS key becomes unmanageable. For more information, see Default key policy in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. (To omit this condition, set BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck to true.)

  • Each statement in the key policy must contain one or more principals. The principals in the key policy must exist and be visible to KMS. When you create a new Amazon Web Services principal, you might need to enforce a delay before including the new principal in a key policy because the new principal might not be immediately visible to KMS. For more information, see Changes that I make are not always immediately visible in the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management User Guide.

A key policy document can include only the following characters:

  • Printable ASCII characters from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range.

  • Printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠).

  • The tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠) special characters

For information about key policies, see Key policies in KMS in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.For help writing and formatting a JSON policy document, see the IAM JSON Policy Reference in the Identity and Access Management User Guide .

BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck

Skips ("bypasses") the key policy lockout safety check. The default value is false.

Setting this value to true increases the risk that the KMS key becomes unmanageable. Do not set this value to true indiscriminately.

For more information, see Default key policy in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

Use this parameter only when you intend to prevent the principal that is making the request from making a subsequent put_key_policy request on the KMS key.


Decrypts ciphertext and then reencrypts it entirely within KMS

Description

Decrypts ciphertext and then reencrypts it entirely within KMS. You can use this operation to change the KMS key under which data is encrypted, such as when you manually rotate a KMS key or change the KMS key that protects a ciphertext. You can also use it to reencrypt ciphertext under the same KMS key, such as to change the encryption context of a ciphertext.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_re_encrypt/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_re_encrypt(
  CiphertextBlob,
  SourceEncryptionContext = NULL,
  SourceKeyId = NULL,
  DestinationKeyId,
  DestinationEncryptionContext = NULL,
  SourceEncryptionAlgorithm = NULL,
  DestinationEncryptionAlgorithm = NULL,
  GrantTokens = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

CiphertextBlob

[required] Ciphertext of the data to reencrypt.

SourceEncryptionContext

Specifies the encryption context to use to decrypt the ciphertext. Enter the same encryption context that was used to encrypt the ciphertext.

An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly recommended.

For more information, see Encryption context in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

SourceKeyId

Specifies the KMS key that KMS will use to decrypt the ciphertext before it is re-encrypted.

Enter a key ID of the KMS key that was used to encrypt the ciphertext. If you identify a different KMS key, the re_encrypt operation throws an IncorrectKeyException.

This parameter is required only when the ciphertext was encrypted under an asymmetric KMS key. If you used a symmetric encryption KMS key, KMS can get the KMS key from metadata that it adds to the symmetric ciphertext blob. However, it is always recommended as a best practice. This practice ensures that you use the KMS key that you intend.

To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias

  • Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key. To get the alias name and alias ARN, use list_aliases.

DestinationKeyId

[required] A unique identifier for the KMS key that is used to reencrypt the data. Specify a symmetric encryption KMS key or an asymmetric KMS key with a KeyUsage value of ENCRYPT_DECRYPT. To find the KeyUsage value of a KMS key, use the describe_key operation.

To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias

  • Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key. To get the alias name and alias ARN, use list_aliases.

DestinationEncryptionContext

Specifies that encryption context to use when the reencrypting the data.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

A destination encryption context is valid only when the destination KMS key is a symmetric encryption KMS key. The standard ciphertext format for asymmetric KMS keys does not include fields for metadata.

An encryption context is a collection of non-secret key-value pairs that represent additional authenticated data. When you use an encryption context to encrypt data, you must specify the same (an exact case-sensitive match) encryption context to decrypt the data. An encryption context is supported only on operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys. On operations with symmetric encryption KMS keys, an encryption context is optional, but it is strongly recommended.

For more information, see Encryption context in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

SourceEncryptionAlgorithm

Specifies the encryption algorithm that KMS will use to decrypt the ciphertext before it is reencrypted. The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT, represents the algorithm used for symmetric encryption KMS keys.

Specify the same algorithm that was used to encrypt the ciphertext. If you specify a different algorithm, the decrypt attempt fails.

This parameter is required only when the ciphertext was encrypted under an asymmetric KMS key.

DestinationEncryptionAlgorithm

Specifies the encryption algorithm that KMS will use to reecrypt the data after it has decrypted it. The default value, SYMMETRIC_DEFAULT, represents the encryption algorithm used for symmetric encryption KMS keys.

This parameter is required only when the destination KMS key is an asymmetric KMS key.

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Replicates a multi-Region key into the specified Region

Description

Replicates a multi-Region key into the specified Region. This operation creates a multi-Region replica key based on a multi-Region primary key in a different Region of the same Amazon Web Services partition. You can create multiple replicas of a primary key, but each must be in a different Region. To create a multi-Region primary key, use the create_key operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_replicate_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_replicate_key(
  KeyId,
  ReplicaRegion,
  Policy = NULL,
  BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies the multi-Region primary key that is being replicated. To determine whether a KMS key is a multi-Region primary key, use the describe_key operation to check the value of the MultiRegionKeyType property.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of a multi-Region primary key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠mrk-1234abcd12ab34cd56ef1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/mrk-1234abcd12ab34cd56ef1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

ReplicaRegion

[required] The Region ID of the Amazon Web Services Region for this replica key.

Enter the Region ID, such as us-east-1 or ap-southeast-2. For a list of Amazon Web Services Regions in which KMS is supported, see KMS service endpoints in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

HMAC KMS keys are not supported in all Amazon Web Services Regions. If you try to replicate an HMAC KMS key in an Amazon Web Services Region in which HMAC keys are not supported, the replicate_key operation returns an UnsupportedOperationException. For a list of Regions in which HMAC KMS keys are supported, see HMAC keys in KMS in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

The replica must be in a different Amazon Web Services Region than its primary key and other replicas of that primary key, but in the same Amazon Web Services partition. KMS must be available in the replica Region. If the Region is not enabled by default, the Amazon Web Services account must be enabled in the Region. For information about Amazon Web Services partitions, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. For information about enabling and disabling Regions, see Enabling a Region and Disabling a Region in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

Policy

The key policy to attach to the KMS key. This parameter is optional. If you do not provide a key policy, KMS attaches the default key policy to the KMS key.

The key policy is not a shared property of multi-Region keys. You can specify the same key policy or a different key policy for each key in a set of related multi-Region keys. KMS does not synchronize this property.

If you provide a key policy, it must meet the following criteria:

  • The key policy must allow the calling principal to make a subsequent put_key_policy request on the KMS key. This reduces the risk that the KMS key becomes unmanageable. For more information, see Default key policy in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. (To omit this condition, set BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck to true.)

  • Each statement in the key policy must contain one or more principals. The principals in the key policy must exist and be visible to KMS. When you create a new Amazon Web Services principal, you might need to enforce a delay before including the new principal in a key policy because the new principal might not be immediately visible to KMS. For more information, see Changes that I make are not always immediately visible in the Amazon Web Services Identity and Access Management User Guide.

A key policy document can include only the following characters:

  • Printable ASCII characters from the space character (U+0020) through the end of the ASCII character range.

  • Printable characters in the Basic Latin and Latin-1 Supplement character set (through ⁠U+00FF⁠).

  • The tab (U+0009), line feed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠) special characters

For information about key policies, see Key policies in KMS in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. For help writing and formatting a JSON policy document, see the IAM JSON Policy Reference in the Identity and Access Management User Guide .

BypassPolicyLockoutSafetyCheck

Skips ("bypasses") the key policy lockout safety check. The default value is false.

Setting this value to true increases the risk that the KMS key becomes unmanageable. Do not set this value to true indiscriminately.

For more information, see Default key policy in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

Use this parameter only when you intend to prevent the principal that is making the request from making a subsequent put_key_policy request on the KMS key.

Description

A description of the KMS key. The default value is an empty string (no description).

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

The description is not a shared property of multi-Region keys. You can specify the same description or a different description for each key in a set of related multi-Region keys. KMS does not synchronize this property.

Tags

Assigns one or more tags to the replica key. Use this parameter to tag the KMS key when it is created. To tag an existing KMS key, use the tag_resource operation.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

Tagging or untagging a KMS key can allow or deny permission to the KMS key. For details, see ABAC for KMS in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

To use this parameter, you must have kms:TagResource permission in an IAM policy.

Tags are not a shared property of multi-Region keys. You can specify the same tags or different tags for each key in a set of related multi-Region keys. KMS does not synchronize this property.

Each tag consists of a tag key and a tag value. Both the tag key and the tag value are required, but the tag value can be an empty (null) string. You cannot have more than one tag on a KMS key with the same tag key. If you specify an existing tag key with a different tag value, KMS replaces the current tag value with the specified one.

When you add tags to an Amazon Web Services resource, Amazon Web Services generates a cost allocation report with usage and costs aggregated by tags. Tags can also be used to control access to a KMS key. For details, see Tagging Keys.


Deletes a grant

Description

Deletes a grant. Typically, you retire a grant when you no longer need its permissions. To identify the grant to retire, use a grant token, or both the grant ID and a key identifier (key ID or key ARN) of the KMS key. The create_grant operation returns both values.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_retire_grant/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_retire_grant(
  GrantToken = NULL,
  KeyId = NULL,
  GrantId = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

GrantToken

Identifies the grant to be retired. You can use a grant token to identify a new grant even before it has achieved eventual consistency.

Only the create_grant operation returns a grant token. For details, see Grant token and Eventual consistency in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

KeyId

The key ARN KMS key associated with the grant. To find the key ARN, use the list_keys operation.

For example: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:444455556666:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

GrantId

Identifies the grant to retire. To get the grant ID, use create_grant, list_grants, or list_retirable_grants.

  • Grant ID Example - 0123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567890123

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Deletes the specified grant

Description

Deletes the specified grant. You revoke a grant to terminate the permissions that the grant allows. For more information, see Retiring and revoking grants in the Key Management Service Developer Guide .

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_revoke_grant/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_revoke_grant(KeyId, GrantId, DryRun = NULL)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] A unique identifier for the KMS key associated with the grant. To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key. To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

GrantId

[required] Identifies the grant to revoke. To get the grant ID, use create_grant, list_grants, or list_retirable_grants.

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Immediately initiates rotation of the key material of the specified symmetric encryption KMS key

Description

Immediately initiates rotation of the key material of the specified symmetric encryption KMS key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_rotate_key_on_demand/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_rotate_key_on_demand(KeyId)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies a symmetric encryption KMS key. You cannot perform on-demand rotation of asymmetric KMS keys, HMAC KMS keys, KMS keys with imported key material, or KMS keys in a custom key store. To perform on-demand rotation of a set of related multi-Region keys, invoke the on-demand rotation on the primary key.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.


Schedules the deletion of a KMS key

Description

Schedules the deletion of a KMS key. By default, KMS applies a waiting period of 30 days, but you can specify a waiting period of 7-30 days. When this operation is successful, the key state of the KMS key changes to PendingDeletion and the key can't be used in any cryptographic operations. It remains in this state for the duration of the waiting period. Before the waiting period ends, you can use cancel_key_deletion to cancel the deletion of the KMS key. After the waiting period ends, KMS deletes the KMS key, its key material, and all KMS data associated with it, including all aliases that refer to it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_schedule_key_deletion/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_schedule_key_deletion(KeyId, PendingWindowInDays = NULL)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] The unique identifier of the KMS key to delete.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

PendingWindowInDays

The waiting period, specified in number of days. After the waiting period ends, KMS deletes the KMS key.

If the KMS key is a multi-Region primary key with replica keys, the waiting period begins when the last of its replica keys is deleted. Otherwise, the waiting period begins immediately.

This value is optional. If you include a value, it must be between 7 and 30, inclusive. If you do not include a value, it defaults to 30. You can use the kms:ScheduleKeyDeletionPendingWindowInDays condition key to further constrain the values that principals can specify in the PendingWindowInDays parameter.


Creates a digital signature for a message or message digest by using the private key in an asymmetric signing KMS key

Description

Creates a digital signature for a message or message digest by using the private key in an asymmetric signing KMS key. To verify the signature, use the verify operation, or use the public key in the same asymmetric KMS key outside of KMS. For information about asymmetric KMS keys, see Asymmetric KMS keys in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_sign/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_sign(
  KeyId,
  Message,
  MessageType = NULL,
  GrantTokens = NULL,
  SigningAlgorithm,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies an asymmetric KMS key. KMS uses the private key in the asymmetric KMS key to sign the message. The KeyUsage type of the KMS key must be SIGN_VERIFY. To find the KeyUsage of a KMS key, use the describe_key operation.

To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias

  • Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key. To get the alias name and alias ARN, use list_aliases.

Message

[required] Specifies the message or message digest to sign. Messages can be 0-4096 bytes. To sign a larger message, provide a message digest.

If you provide a message digest, use the DIGEST value of MessageType to prevent the digest from being hashed again while signing.

MessageType

Tells KMS whether the value of the Message parameter should be hashed as part of the signing algorithm. Use RAW for unhashed messages; use DIGEST for message digests, which are already hashed.

When the value of MessageType is RAW, KMS uses the standard signing algorithm, which begins with a hash function. When the value is DIGEST, KMS skips the hashing step in the signing algorithm.

Use the DIGEST value only when the value of the Message parameter is a message digest. If you use the DIGEST value with an unhashed message, the security of the signing operation can be compromised.

When the value of MessageTypeis DIGEST, the length of the Message value must match the length of hashed messages for the specified signing algorithm.

You can submit a message digest and omit the MessageType or specify RAW so the digest is hashed again while signing. However, this can cause verification failures when verifying with a system that assumes a single hash.

The hashing algorithm in that sign uses is based on the SigningAlgorithm value.

  • Signing algorithms that end in SHA_256 use the SHA_256 hashing algorithm.

  • Signing algorithms that end in SHA_384 use the SHA_384 hashing algorithm.

  • Signing algorithms that end in SHA_512 use the SHA_512 hashing algorithm.

  • SM2DSA uses the SM3 hashing algorithm. For details, see Offline verification with SM2 key pairs.

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

SigningAlgorithm

[required] Specifies the signing algorithm to use when signing the message.

Choose an algorithm that is compatible with the type and size of the specified asymmetric KMS key. When signing with RSA key pairs, RSASSA-PSS algorithms are preferred. We include RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5 algorithms for compatibility with existing applications.

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Adds or edits tags on a customer managed key

Description

Adds or edits tags on a customer managed key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_tag_resource(KeyId, Tags)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies a customer managed key in the account and Region.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

Tags

[required] One or more tags. Each tag consists of a tag key and a tag value. The tag value can be an empty (null) string.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

You cannot have more than one tag on a KMS key with the same tag key. If you specify an existing tag key with a different tag value, KMS replaces the current tag value with the specified one.


Deletes tags from a customer managed key

Description

Deletes tags from a customer managed key. To delete a tag, specify the tag key and the KMS key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_untag_resource(KeyId, TagKeys)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies the KMS key from which you are removing tags.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

TagKeys

[required] One or more tag keys. Specify only the tag keys, not the tag values.


Associates an existing KMS alias with a different KMS key

Description

Associates an existing KMS alias with a different KMS key. Each alias is associated with only one KMS key at a time, although a KMS key can have multiple aliases. The alias and the KMS key must be in the same Amazon Web Services account and Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_update_alias/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_update_alias(AliasName, TargetKeyId)

Arguments

AliasName

[required] Identifies the alias that is changing its KMS key. This value must begin with ⁠alias/⁠ followed by the alias name, such as alias/ExampleAlias. You cannot use update_alias to change the alias name.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

TargetKeyId

[required] Identifies the customer managed key to associate with the alias. You don't have permission to associate an alias with an Amazon Web Services managed key.

The KMS key must be in the same Amazon Web Services account and Region as the alias. Also, the new target KMS key must be the same type as the current target KMS key (both symmetric or both asymmetric or both HMAC) and they must have the same key usage.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

To verify that the alias is mapped to the correct KMS key, use list_aliases.


Changes the properties of a custom key store

Description

Changes the properties of a custom key store. You can use this operation to change the properties of an CloudHSM key store or an external key store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_update_custom_key_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_update_custom_key_store(
  CustomKeyStoreId,
  NewCustomKeyStoreName = NULL,
  KeyStorePassword = NULL,
  CloudHsmClusterId = NULL,
  XksProxyUriEndpoint = NULL,
  XksProxyUriPath = NULL,
  XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName = NULL,
  XksProxyAuthenticationCredential = NULL,
  XksProxyConnectivity = NULL
)

Arguments

CustomKeyStoreId

[required] Identifies the custom key store that you want to update. Enter the ID of the custom key store. To find the ID of a custom key store, use the describe_custom_key_stores operation.

NewCustomKeyStoreName

Changes the friendly name of the custom key store to the value that you specify. The custom key store name must be unique in the Amazon Web Services account.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.

To change this value, an CloudHSM key store must be disconnected. An external key store can be connected or disconnected.

KeyStorePassword

Enter the current password of the kmsuser crypto user (CU) in the CloudHSM cluster that is associated with the custom key store. This parameter is valid only for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of AWS_CLOUDHSM.

This parameter tells KMS the current password of the kmsuser crypto user (CU). It does not set or change the password of any users in the CloudHSM cluster.

To change this value, the CloudHSM key store must be disconnected.

CloudHsmClusterId

Associates the custom key store with a related CloudHSM cluster. This parameter is valid only for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of AWS_CLOUDHSM.

Enter the cluster ID of the cluster that you used to create the custom key store or a cluster that shares a backup history and has the same cluster certificate as the original cluster. You cannot use this parameter to associate a custom key store with an unrelated cluster. In addition, the replacement cluster must fulfill the requirements for a cluster associated with a custom key store. To view the cluster certificate of a cluster, use the DescribeClusters operation.

To change this value, the CloudHSM key store must be disconnected.

XksProxyUriEndpoint

Changes the URI endpoint that KMS uses to connect to your external key store proxy (XKS proxy). This parameter is valid only for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE.

For external key stores with an XksProxyConnectivity value of PUBLIC_ENDPOINT, the protocol must be HTTPS.

For external key stores with an XksProxyConnectivity value of VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE, specify ⁠https://⁠ followed by the private DNS name associated with the VPC endpoint service. Each external key store must use a different private DNS name.

The combined XksProxyUriEndpoint and XksProxyUriPath values must be unique in the Amazon Web Services account and Region.

To change this value, the external key store must be disconnected.

XksProxyUriPath

Changes the base path to the proxy APIs for this external key store. To find this value, see the documentation for your external key manager and external key store proxy (XKS proxy). This parameter is valid only for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE.

The value must start with / and must end with ⁠/kms/xks/v1⁠, where v1 represents the version of the KMS external key store proxy API. You can include an optional prefix between the required elements such as ⁠/example/kms/xks/v1⁠.

The combined XksProxyUriEndpoint and XksProxyUriPath values must be unique in the Amazon Web Services account and Region.

You can change this value when the external key store is connected or disconnected.

XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName

Changes the name that KMS uses to identify the Amazon VPC endpoint service for your external key store proxy (XKS proxy). This parameter is valid when the CustomKeyStoreType is EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE and the XksProxyConnectivity is VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE.

To change this value, the external key store must be disconnected.

XksProxyAuthenticationCredential

Changes the credentials that KMS uses to sign requests to the external key store proxy (XKS proxy). This parameter is valid only for custom key stores with a CustomKeyStoreType of EXTERNAL_KEY_STORE.

You must specify both the AccessKeyId and SecretAccessKey value in the authentication credential, even if you are only updating one value.

This parameter doesn't establish or change your authentication credentials on the proxy. It just tells KMS the credential that you established with your external key store proxy. For example, if you rotate the credential on your external key store proxy, you can use this parameter to update the credential in KMS.

You can change this value when the external key store is connected or disconnected.

XksProxyConnectivity

Changes the connectivity setting for the external key store. To indicate that the external key store proxy uses a Amazon VPC endpoint service to communicate with KMS, specify VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE. Otherwise, specify PUBLIC_ENDPOINT.

If you change the XksProxyConnectivity to VPC_ENDPOINT_SERVICE, you must also change the XksProxyUriEndpoint and add an XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName value.

If you change the XksProxyConnectivity to PUBLIC_ENDPOINT, you must also change the XksProxyUriEndpoint and specify a null or empty string for the XksProxyVpcEndpointServiceName value.

To change this value, the external key store must be disconnected.


Updates the description of a KMS key

Description

Updates the description of a KMS key. To see the description of a KMS key, use describe_key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_update_key_description/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_update_key_description(KeyId, Description)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Updates the description of the specified KMS key.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of the KMS key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

Description

[required] New description for the KMS key.

Do not include confidential or sensitive information in this field. This field may be displayed in plaintext in CloudTrail logs and other output.


Changes the primary key of a multi-Region key

Description

Changes the primary key of a multi-Region key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_update_primary_region/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_update_primary_region(KeyId, PrimaryRegion)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies the current primary key. When the operation completes, this KMS key will be a replica key.

Specify the key ID or key ARN of a multi-Region primary key.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠mrk-1234abcd12ab34cd56ef1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/mrk-1234abcd12ab34cd56ef1234567890ab⁠

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key.

PrimaryRegion

[required] The Amazon Web Services Region of the new primary key. Enter the Region ID, such as us-east-1 or ap-southeast-2. There must be an existing replica key in this Region.

When the operation completes, the multi-Region key in this Region will be the primary key.


Verifies a digital signature that was generated by the Sign operation

Description

Verifies a digital signature that was generated by the sign operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_verify/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_verify(
  KeyId,
  Message,
  MessageType = NULL,
  Signature,
  SigningAlgorithm,
  GrantTokens = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

KeyId

[required] Identifies the asymmetric KMS key that will be used to verify the signature. This must be the same KMS key that was used to generate the signature. If you specify a different KMS key, the signature verification fails.

To specify a KMS key, use its key ID, key ARN, alias name, or alias ARN. When using an alias name, prefix it with "alias/". To specify a KMS key in a different Amazon Web Services account, you must use the key ARN or alias ARN.

For example:

  • Key ID: ⁠1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Key ARN: ⁠arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab⁠

  • Alias name: alias/ExampleAlias

  • Alias ARN: arn:aws:kms:us-east-2:111122223333:alias/ExampleAlias

To get the key ID and key ARN for a KMS key, use list_keys or describe_key. To get the alias name and alias ARN, use list_aliases.

Message

[required] Specifies the message that was signed. You can submit a raw message of up to 4096 bytes, or a hash digest of the message. If you submit a digest, use the MessageType parameter with a value of DIGEST.

If the message specified here is different from the message that was signed, the signature verification fails. A message and its hash digest are considered to be the same message.

MessageType

Tells KMS whether the value of the Message parameter should be hashed as part of the signing algorithm. Use RAW for unhashed messages; use DIGEST for message digests, which are already hashed.

When the value of MessageType is RAW, KMS uses the standard signing algorithm, which begins with a hash function. When the value is DIGEST, KMS skips the hashing step in the signing algorithm.

Use the DIGEST value only when the value of the Message parameter is a message digest. If you use the DIGEST value with an unhashed message, the security of the verification operation can be compromised.

When the value of MessageTypeis DIGEST, the length of the Message value must match the length of hashed messages for the specified signing algorithm.

You can submit a message digest and omit the MessageType or specify RAW so the digest is hashed again while signing. However, if the signed message is hashed once while signing, but twice while verifying, verification fails, even when the message hasn't changed.

The hashing algorithm in that verify uses is based on the SigningAlgorithm value.

  • Signing algorithms that end in SHA_256 use the SHA_256 hashing algorithm.

  • Signing algorithms that end in SHA_384 use the SHA_384 hashing algorithm.

  • Signing algorithms that end in SHA_512 use the SHA_512 hashing algorithm.

  • SM2DSA uses the SM3 hashing algorithm. For details, see Offline verification with SM2 key pairs.

Signature

[required] The signature that the sign operation generated.

SigningAlgorithm

[required] The signing algorithm that was used to sign the message. If you submit a different algorithm, the signature verification fails.

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Verifies the hash-based message authentication code (HMAC) for a specified message, HMAC KMS key, and MAC algorithm

Description

Verifies the hash-based message authentication code (HMAC) for a specified message, HMAC KMS key, and MAC algorithm. To verify the HMAC, verify_mac computes an HMAC using the message, HMAC KMS key, and MAC algorithm that you specify, and compares the computed HMAC to the HMAC that you specify. If the HMACs are identical, the verification succeeds; otherwise, it fails. Verification indicates that the message hasn't changed since the HMAC was calculated, and the specified key was used to generate and verify the HMAC.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/kms_verify_mac/ for full documentation.

Usage

kms_verify_mac(
  Message,
  KeyId,
  MacAlgorithm,
  Mac,
  GrantTokens = NULL,
  DryRun = NULL
)

Arguments

Message

[required] The message that will be used in the verification. Enter the same message that was used to generate the HMAC.

generate_mac and verify_mac do not provide special handling for message digests. If you generated an HMAC for a hash digest of a message, you must verify the HMAC for the same hash digest.

KeyId

[required] The KMS key that will be used in the verification.

Enter a key ID of the KMS key that was used to generate the HMAC. If you identify a different KMS key, the verify_mac operation fails.

MacAlgorithm

[required] The MAC algorithm that will be used in the verification. Enter the same MAC algorithm that was used to compute the HMAC. This algorithm must be supported by the HMAC KMS key identified by the KeyId parameter.

Mac

[required] The HMAC to verify. Enter the HMAC that was generated by the generate_mac operation when you specified the same message, HMAC KMS key, and MAC algorithm as the values specified in this request.

GrantTokens

A list of grant tokens.

Use a grant token when your permission to call this operation comes from a new grant that has not yet achieved eventual consistency. For more information, see Grant token and Using a grant token in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.

DryRun

Checks if your request will succeed. DryRun is an optional parameter.

To learn more about how to use this parameter, see Testing your KMS API calls in the Key Management Service Developer Guide.


Amazon Macie 2

Description

Amazon Macie

Usage

macie2(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- macie2(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

accept_invitation Accepts an Amazon Macie membership invitation that was received from a specific account
batch_get_custom_data_identifiers Retrieves information about one or more custom data identifiers
batch_update_automated_discovery_accounts Changes the status of automated sensitive data discovery for one or more accounts
create_allow_list Creates and defines the settings for an allow list
create_classification_job Creates and defines the settings for a classification job
create_custom_data_identifier Creates and defines the criteria and other settings for a custom data identifier
create_findings_filter Creates and defines the criteria and other settings for a findings filter
create_invitations Sends an Amazon Macie membership invitation to one or more accounts
create_member Associates an account with an Amazon Macie administrator account
create_sample_findings Creates sample findings
decline_invitations Declines Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received from specific accounts
delete_allow_list Deletes an allow list
delete_custom_data_identifier Soft deletes a custom data identifier
delete_findings_filter Deletes a findings filter
delete_invitations Deletes Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received from specific accounts
delete_member Deletes the association between an Amazon Macie administrator account and an account
describe_buckets Retrieves (queries) statistical data and other information about one or more S3 buckets that Amazon Macie monitors and analyzes for an account
describe_classification_job Retrieves the status and settings for a classification job
describe_organization_configuration Retrieves the Amazon Macie configuration settings for an organization in Organizations
disable_macie Disables Amazon Macie and deletes all settings and resources for a Macie account
disable_organization_admin_account Disables an account as the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for an organization in Organizations
disassociate_from_administrator_account Disassociates a member account from its Amazon Macie administrator account
disassociate_from_master_account (Deprecated) Disassociates a member account from its Amazon Macie administrator account
disassociate_member Disassociates an Amazon Macie administrator account from a member account
enable_macie Enables Amazon Macie and specifies the configuration settings for a Macie account
enable_organization_admin_account Designates an account as the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for an organization in Organizations
get_administrator_account Retrieves information about the Amazon Macie administrator account for an account
get_allow_list Retrieves the settings and status of an allow list
get_automated_discovery_configuration Retrieves the configuration settings and status of automated sensitive data discovery for an organization or standalone account
get_bucket_statistics Retrieves (queries) aggregated statistical data about all the S3 buckets that Amazon Macie monitors and analyzes for an account
get_classification_export_configuration Retrieves the configuration settings for storing data classification results
get_classification_scope Retrieves the classification scope settings for an account
get_custom_data_identifier Retrieves the criteria and other settings for a custom data identifier
get_findings Retrieves the details of one or more findings
get_findings_filter Retrieves the criteria and other settings for a findings filter
get_findings_publication_configuration Retrieves the configuration settings for publishing findings to Security Hub
get_finding_statistics Retrieves (queries) aggregated statistical data about findings
get_invitations_count Retrieves the count of Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received by an account
get_macie_session Retrieves the status and configuration settings for an Amazon Macie account
get_master_account (Deprecated) Retrieves information about the Amazon Macie administrator account for an account
get_member Retrieves information about an account that's associated with an Amazon Macie administrator account
get_resource_profile Retrieves (queries) sensitive data discovery statistics and the sensitivity score for an S3 bucket
get_reveal_configuration Retrieves the status and configuration settings for retrieving occurrences of sensitive data reported by findings
get_sensitive_data_occurrences Retrieves occurrences of sensitive data reported by a finding
get_sensitive_data_occurrences_availability Checks whether occurrences of sensitive data can be retrieved for a finding
get_sensitivity_inspection_template Retrieves the settings for the sensitivity inspection template for an account
get_usage_statistics Retrieves (queries) quotas and aggregated usage data for one or more accounts
get_usage_totals Retrieves (queries) aggregated usage data for an account
list_allow_lists Retrieves a subset of information about all the allow lists for an account
list_automated_discovery_accounts Retrieves the status of automated sensitive data discovery for one or more accounts
list_classification_jobs Retrieves a subset of information about one or more classification jobs
list_classification_scopes Retrieves a subset of information about the classification scope for an account
list_custom_data_identifiers Retrieves a subset of information about the custom data identifiers for an account
list_findings Retrieves a subset of information about one or more findings
list_findings_filters Retrieves a subset of information about all the findings filters for an account
list_invitations Retrieves information about Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received by an account
list_managed_data_identifiers Retrieves information about all the managed data identifiers that Amazon Macie currently provides
list_members Retrieves information about the accounts that are associated with an Amazon Macie administrator account
list_organization_admin_accounts Retrieves information about the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for an organization in Organizations
list_resource_profile_artifacts Retrieves information about objects that Amazon Macie selected from an S3 bucket for automated sensitive data discovery
list_resource_profile_detections Retrieves information about the types and amount of sensitive data that Amazon Macie found in an S3 bucket
list_sensitivity_inspection_templates Retrieves a subset of information about the sensitivity inspection template for an account
list_tags_for_resource Retrieves the tags (keys and values) that are associated with an Amazon Macie resource
put_classification_export_configuration Adds or updates the configuration settings for storing data classification results
put_findings_publication_configuration Updates the configuration settings for publishing findings to Security Hub
search_resources Retrieves (queries) statistical data and other information about Amazon Web Services resources that Amazon Macie monitors and analyzes for an account
tag_resource Adds or updates one or more tags (keys and values) that are associated with an Amazon Macie resource
test_custom_data_identifier Tests criteria for a custom data identifier
untag_resource Removes one or more tags (keys and values) from an Amazon Macie resource
update_allow_list Updates the settings for an allow list
update_automated_discovery_configuration Changes the configuration settings and status of automated sensitive data discovery for an organization or standalone account
update_classification_job Changes the status of a classification job
update_classification_scope Updates the classification scope settings for an account
update_findings_filter Updates the criteria and other settings for a findings filter
update_macie_session Suspends or re-enables Amazon Macie, or updates the configuration settings for a Macie account
update_member_session Enables an Amazon Macie administrator to suspend or re-enable Macie for a member account
update_organization_configuration Updates the Amazon Macie configuration settings for an organization in Organizations
update_resource_profile Updates the sensitivity score for an S3 bucket
update_resource_profile_detections Updates the sensitivity scoring settings for an S3 bucket
update_reveal_configuration Updates the status and configuration settings for retrieving occurrences of sensitive data reported by findings
update_sensitivity_inspection_template Updates the settings for the sensitivity inspection template for an account

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- macie2()
svc$accept_invitation(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Accepts an Amazon Macie membership invitation that was received from a specific account

Description

Accepts an Amazon Macie membership invitation that was received from a specific account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_accept_invitation/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_accept_invitation(
  administratorAccountId = NULL,
  invitationId,
  masterAccount = NULL
)

Arguments

administratorAccountId

The Amazon Web Services account ID for the account that sent the invitation.

invitationId

[required] The unique identifier for the invitation to accept.

masterAccount

(Deprecated) The Amazon Web Services account ID for the account that sent the invitation. This property has been replaced by the administratorAccountId property and is retained only for backward compatibility.


Retrieves information about one or more custom data identifiers

Description

Retrieves information about one or more custom data identifiers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_batch_get_custom_data_identifiers/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_batch_get_custom_data_identifiers(ids = NULL)

Arguments

ids

An array of custom data identifier IDs, one for each custom data identifier to retrieve information about.


Changes the status of automated sensitive data discovery for one or more accounts

Description

Changes the status of automated sensitive data discovery for one or more accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_batch_update_automated_discovery_accounts/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_batch_update_automated_discovery_accounts(accounts = NULL)

Arguments

accounts

An array of objects, one for each account to change the status of automated sensitive data discovery for. Each object specifies the Amazon Web Services account ID for an account and a new status for that account.


Creates and defines the settings for an allow list

Description

Creates and defines the settings for an allow list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_create_allow_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_create_allow_list(
  clientToken,
  criteria,
  description = NULL,
  name,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

[required] A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

criteria

[required] The criteria that specify the text or text pattern to ignore. The criteria can be the location and name of an S3 object that lists specific text to ignore (s3WordsList), or a regular expression (regex) that defines a text pattern to ignore.

description

A custom description of the allow list. The description can contain as many as 512 characters.

name

[required] A custom name for the allow list. The name can contain as many as 128 characters.

tags

A map of key-value pairs that specifies the tags to associate with the allow list.

An allow list can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a tag key and an associated tag value. The maximum length of a tag key is 128 characters. The maximum length of a tag value is 256 characters.


Creates and defines the settings for a classification job

Description

Creates and defines the settings for a classification job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_create_classification_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_create_classification_job(
  allowListIds = NULL,
  clientToken,
  customDataIdentifierIds = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  initialRun = NULL,
  jobType,
  managedDataIdentifierIds = NULL,
  managedDataIdentifierSelector = NULL,
  name,
  s3JobDefinition,
  samplingPercentage = NULL,
  scheduleFrequency = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

allowListIds

An array of unique identifiers, one for each allow list for the job to use when it analyzes data.

clientToken

[required] A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

customDataIdentifierIds

An array of unique identifiers, one for each custom data identifier for the job to use when it analyzes data. To use only managed data identifiers, don't specify a value for this property and specify a value other than NONE for the managedDataIdentifierSelector property.

description

A custom description of the job. The description can contain as many as 200 characters.

initialRun

For a recurring job, specifies whether to analyze all existing, eligible objects immediately after the job is created (true). To analyze only those objects that are created or changed after you create the job and before the job's first scheduled run, set this value to false.

If you configure the job to run only once, don't specify a value for this property.

jobType

[required] The schedule for running the job. Valid values are:

  • ONE_TIME - Run the job only once. If you specify this value, don't specify a value for the scheduleFrequency property.

  • SCHEDULED - Run the job on a daily, weekly, or monthly basis. If you specify this value, use the scheduleFrequency property to specify the recurrence pattern for the job.

managedDataIdentifierIds

An array of unique identifiers, one for each managed data identifier for the job to include (use) or exclude (not use) when it analyzes data. Inclusion or exclusion depends on the managed data identifier selection type that you specify for the job (managedDataIdentifierSelector).

To retrieve a list of valid values for this property, use the ListManagedDataIdentifiers operation.

managedDataIdentifierSelector

The selection type to apply when determining which managed data identifiers the job uses to analyze data. Valid values are:

  • ALL - Use all managed data identifiers. If you specify this value, don't specify any values for the managedDataIdentifierIds property.

  • EXCLUDE - Use all managed data identifiers except the ones specified by the managedDataIdentifierIds property.

  • INCLUDE - Use only the managed data identifiers specified by the managedDataIdentifierIds property.

  • NONE - Don't use any managed data identifiers. If you specify this value, specify at least one value for the customDataIdentifierIds property and don't specify any values for the managedDataIdentifierIds property.

  • RECOMMENDED (default) - Use the recommended set of managed data identifiers. If you specify this value, don't specify any values for the managedDataIdentifierIds property.

If you don't specify a value for this property, the job uses the recommended set of managed data identifiers.

If the job is a recurring job and you specify ALL or EXCLUDE, each job run automatically uses new managed data identifiers that are released. If you don't specify a value for this property or you specify RECOMMENDED for a recurring job, each job run automatically uses all the managed data identifiers that are in the recommended set when the run starts.

To learn about individual managed data identifiers or determine which ones are in the recommended set, see Using managed data identifiers or Recommended managed data identifiers in the Amazon Macie User Guide.

name

[required] A custom name for the job. The name can contain as many as 500 characters.

s3JobDefinition

[required] The S3 buckets that contain the objects to analyze, and the scope of that analysis.

samplingPercentage

The sampling depth, as a percentage, for the job to apply when processing objects. This value determines the percentage of eligible objects that the job analyzes. If this value is less than 100, Amazon Macie selects the objects to analyze at random, up to the specified percentage, and analyzes all the data in those objects.

scheduleFrequency

The recurrence pattern for running the job. To run the job only once, don't specify a value for this property and set the value for the jobType property to ONE_TIME.

tags

A map of key-value pairs that specifies the tags to associate with the job.

A job can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a tag key and an associated tag value. The maximum length of a tag key is 128 characters. The maximum length of a tag value is 256 characters.


Creates and defines the criteria and other settings for a custom data identifier

Description

Creates and defines the criteria and other settings for a custom data identifier.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_create_custom_data_identifier/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_create_custom_data_identifier(
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  ignoreWords = NULL,
  keywords = NULL,
  maximumMatchDistance = NULL,
  name,
  regex,
  severityLevels = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

A custom description of the custom data identifier. The description can contain as many as 512 characters.

We strongly recommend that you avoid including any sensitive data in the description of a custom data identifier. Other users of your account might be able to see this description, depending on the actions that they're allowed to perform in Amazon Macie.

ignoreWords

An array that lists specific character sequences (ignore words) to exclude from the results. If the text matched by the regular expression contains any string in this array, Amazon Macie ignores it. The array can contain as many as 10 ignore words. Each ignore word can contain 4-90 UTF-8 characters. Ignore words are case sensitive.

keywords

An array that lists specific character sequences (keywords), one of which must precede and be within proximity (maximumMatchDistance) of the regular expression to match. The array can contain as many as 50 keywords. Each keyword can contain 3-90 UTF-8 characters. Keywords aren't case sensitive.

maximumMatchDistance

The maximum number of characters that can exist between the end of at least one complete character sequence specified by the keywords array and the end of the text that matches the regex pattern. If a complete keyword precedes all the text that matches the pattern and the keyword is within the specified distance, Amazon Macie includes the result. The distance can be 1-300 characters. The default value is 50.

name

[required] A custom name for the custom data identifier. The name can contain as many as 128 characters.

We strongly recommend that you avoid including any sensitive data in the name of a custom data identifier. Other users of your account might be able to see this name, depending on the actions that they're allowed to perform in Amazon Macie.

regex

[required] The regular expression (regex) that defines the pattern to match. The expression can contain as many as 512 characters.

severityLevels

The severity to assign to findings that the custom data identifier produces, based on the number of occurrences of text that match the custom data identifier's detection criteria. You can specify as many as three SeverityLevel objects in this array, one for each severity: LOW, MEDIUM, or HIGH. If you specify more than one, the occurrences thresholds must be in ascending order by severity, moving from LOW to HIGH. For example, 1 for LOW, 50 for MEDIUM, and 100 for HIGH. If an S3 object contains fewer occurrences than the lowest specified threshold, Amazon Macie doesn't create a finding.

If you don't specify any values for this array, Macie creates findings for S3 objects that contain at least one occurrence of text that matches the detection criteria, and Macie assigns the MEDIUM severity to those findings.

tags

A map of key-value pairs that specifies the tags to associate with the custom data identifier.

A custom data identifier can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a tag key and an associated tag value. The maximum length of a tag key is 128 characters. The maximum length of a tag value is 256 characters.


Creates and defines the criteria and other settings for a findings filter

Description

Creates and defines the criteria and other settings for a findings filter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_create_findings_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_create_findings_filter(
  action,
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  findingCriteria,
  name,
  position = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

action

[required] The action to perform on findings that match the filter criteria (findingCriteria). Valid values are: ARCHIVE, suppress (automatically archive) the findings; and, NOOP, don't perform any action on the findings.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

A custom description of the filter. The description can contain as many as 512 characters.

We strongly recommend that you avoid including any sensitive data in the description of a filter. Other users of your account might be able to see this description, depending on the actions that they're allowed to perform in Amazon Macie.

findingCriteria

[required] The criteria to use to filter findings.

name

[required] A custom name for the filter. The name must contain at least 3 characters and can contain as many as 64 characters.

We strongly recommend that you avoid including any sensitive data in the name of a filter. Other users of your account might be able to see this name, depending on the actions that they're allowed to perform in Amazon Macie.

position

The position of the filter in the list of saved filters on the Amazon Macie console. This value also determines the order in which the filter is applied to findings, relative to other filters that are also applied to the findings.

tags

A map of key-value pairs that specifies the tags to associate with the filter.

A findings filter can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a tag key and an associated tag value. The maximum length of a tag key is 128 characters. The maximum length of a tag value is 256 characters.


Sends an Amazon Macie membership invitation to one or more accounts

Description

Sends an Amazon Macie membership invitation to one or more accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_create_invitations/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_create_invitations(
  accountIds,
  disableEmailNotification = NULL,
  message = NULL
)

Arguments

accountIds

[required] An array that lists Amazon Web Services account IDs, one for each account to send the invitation to.

disableEmailNotification

Specifies whether to send the invitation as an email message. If this value is false, Amazon Macie sends the invitation (as an email message) to the email address that you specified for the recipient's account when you associated the account with your account. The default value is false.

message

Custom text to include in the email message that contains the invitation. The text can contain as many as 80 alphanumeric characters.


Associates an account with an Amazon Macie administrator account

Description

Associates an account with an Amazon Macie administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_create_member/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_create_member(account, tags = NULL)

Arguments

account

[required] The details of the account to associate with the administrator account.

tags

A map of key-value pairs that specifies the tags to associate with the account in Amazon Macie.

An account can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a tag key and an associated tag value. The maximum length of a tag key is 128 characters. The maximum length of a tag value is 256 characters.


Creates sample findings

Description

Creates sample findings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_create_sample_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_create_sample_findings(findingTypes = NULL)

Arguments

findingTypes

An array of finding types, one for each type of sample finding to create. To create a sample of every type of finding that Amazon Macie supports, don't include this array in your request.


Declines Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received from specific accounts

Description

Declines Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received from specific accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_decline_invitations/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_decline_invitations(accountIds)

Arguments

accountIds

[required] An array that lists Amazon Web Services account IDs, one for each account that sent an invitation to decline.


Deletes an allow list

Description

Deletes an allow list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_delete_allow_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_delete_allow_list(id, ignoreJobChecks = NULL)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.

ignoreJobChecks

Specifies whether to force deletion of the allow list, even if active classification jobs are configured to use the list.

When you try to delete an allow list, Amazon Macie checks for classification jobs that use the list and have a status other than COMPLETE or CANCELLED. By default, Macie rejects your request if any jobs meet these criteria. To skip these checks and delete the list, set this value to true. To delete the list only if no active jobs are configured to use it, set this value to false.


Soft deletes a custom data identifier

Description

Soft deletes a custom data identifier.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_delete_custom_data_identifier/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_delete_custom_data_identifier(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.


Deletes a findings filter

Description

Deletes a findings filter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_delete_findings_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_delete_findings_filter(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.


Deletes Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received from specific accounts

Description

Deletes Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received from specific accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_delete_invitations/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_delete_invitations(accountIds)

Arguments

accountIds

[required] An array that lists Amazon Web Services account IDs, one for each account that sent an invitation to delete.


Deletes the association between an Amazon Macie administrator account and an account

Description

Deletes the association between an Amazon Macie administrator account and an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_delete_member/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_delete_member(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.


Retrieves (queries) statistical data and other information about one or more S3 buckets that Amazon Macie monitors and analyzes for an account

Description

Retrieves (queries) statistical data and other information about one or more S3 buckets that Amazon Macie monitors and analyzes for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_describe_buckets/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_describe_buckets(
  criteria = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  sortCriteria = NULL
)

Arguments

criteria

The criteria to use to filter the query results.

maxResults

The maximum number of items to include in each page of the response. The default value is 50.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.

sortCriteria

The criteria to use to sort the query results.


Retrieves the status and settings for a classification job

Description

Retrieves the status and settings for a classification job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_describe_classification_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_describe_classification_job(jobId)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The unique identifier for the classification job.


Retrieves the Amazon Macie configuration settings for an organization in Organizations

Description

Retrieves the Amazon Macie configuration settings for an organization in Organizations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_describe_organization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_describe_organization_configuration()

Disables Amazon Macie and deletes all settings and resources for a Macie account

Description

Disables Amazon Macie and deletes all settings and resources for a Macie account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_disable_macie/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_disable_macie()

Disables an account as the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for an organization in Organizations

Description

Disables an account as the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for an organization in Organizations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_disable_organization_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_disable_organization_admin_account(adminAccountId)

Arguments

adminAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account.


Disassociates a member account from its Amazon Macie administrator account

Description

Disassociates a member account from its Amazon Macie administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_disassociate_from_administrator_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_disassociate_from_administrator_account()

(Deprecated) Disassociates a member account from its Amazon Macie administrator account

Description

(Deprecated) Disassociates a member account from its Amazon Macie administrator account. This operation has been replaced by the DisassociateFromAdministratorAccount operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_disassociate_from_master_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_disassociate_from_master_account()

Disassociates an Amazon Macie administrator account from a member account

Description

Disassociates an Amazon Macie administrator account from a member account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_disassociate_member/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_disassociate_member(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.


Enables Amazon Macie and specifies the configuration settings for a Macie account

Description

Enables Amazon Macie and specifies the configuration settings for a Macie account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_enable_macie/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_enable_macie(
  clientToken = NULL,
  findingPublishingFrequency = NULL,
  status = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

findingPublishingFrequency

Specifies how often to publish updates to policy findings for the account. This includes publishing updates to Security Hub and Amazon EventBridge (formerly Amazon CloudWatch Events).

status

Specifies the new status for the account. To enable Amazon Macie and start all Macie activities for the account, set this value to ENABLED.


Designates an account as the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for an organization in Organizations

Description

Designates an account as the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for an organization in Organizations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_enable_organization_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_enable_organization_admin_account(adminAccountId, clientToken = NULL)

Arguments

adminAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID for the account to designate as the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for the organization.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.


Retrieves information about the Amazon Macie administrator account for an account

Description

Retrieves information about the Amazon Macie administrator account for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_administrator_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_administrator_account()

Retrieves the settings and status of an allow list

Description

Retrieves the settings and status of an allow list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_allow_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_allow_list(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.


Retrieves the configuration settings and status of automated sensitive data discovery for an organization or standalone account

Description

Retrieves the configuration settings and status of automated sensitive data discovery for an organization or standalone account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_automated_discovery_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_automated_discovery_configuration()

Retrieves (queries) aggregated statistical data about all the S3 buckets that Amazon Macie monitors and analyzes for an account

Description

Retrieves (queries) aggregated statistical data about all the S3 buckets that Amazon Macie monitors and analyzes for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_bucket_statistics/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_bucket_statistics(accountId = NULL)

Arguments

accountId

The unique identifier for the Amazon Web Services account.


Retrieves the configuration settings for storing data classification results

Description

Retrieves the configuration settings for storing data classification results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_classification_export_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_classification_export_configuration()

Retrieves the classification scope settings for an account

Description

Retrieves the classification scope settings for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_classification_scope/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_classification_scope(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.


Retrieves the criteria and other settings for a custom data identifier

Description

Retrieves the criteria and other settings for a custom data identifier.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_custom_data_identifier/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_custom_data_identifier(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.


Retrieves (queries) aggregated statistical data about findings

Description

Retrieves (queries) aggregated statistical data about findings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_finding_statistics/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_finding_statistics(
  findingCriteria = NULL,
  groupBy,
  size = NULL,
  sortCriteria = NULL
)

Arguments

findingCriteria

The criteria to use to filter the query results.

groupBy

[required] The finding property to use to group the query results. Valid values are:

  • classificationDetails.jobId - The unique identifier for the classification job that produced the finding.

  • resourcesAffected.s3Bucket.name - The name of the S3 bucket that the finding applies to.

  • severity.description - The severity level of the finding, such as High or Medium.

  • type - The type of finding, such as Policy:IAMUser/S3BucketPublic and SensitiveData:S3Object/Personal.

size

The maximum number of items to include in each page of the response.

sortCriteria

The criteria to use to sort the query results.


Retrieves the details of one or more findings

Description

Retrieves the details of one or more findings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_findings(findingIds, sortCriteria = NULL)

Arguments

findingIds

[required] An array of strings that lists the unique identifiers for the findings to retrieve. You can specify as many as 50 unique identifiers in this array.

sortCriteria

The criteria for sorting the results of the request.


Retrieves the criteria and other settings for a findings filter

Description

Retrieves the criteria and other settings for a findings filter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_findings_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_findings_filter(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.


Retrieves the configuration settings for publishing findings to Security Hub

Description

Retrieves the configuration settings for publishing findings to Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_findings_publication_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_findings_publication_configuration()

Retrieves the count of Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received by an account

Description

Retrieves the count of Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received by an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_invitations_count/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_invitations_count()

Retrieves the status and configuration settings for an Amazon Macie account

Description

Retrieves the status and configuration settings for an Amazon Macie account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_macie_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_macie_session()

(Deprecated) Retrieves information about the Amazon Macie administrator account for an account

Description

(Deprecated) Retrieves information about the Amazon Macie administrator account for an account. This operation has been replaced by the GetAdministratorAccount operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_master_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_master_account()

Retrieves information about an account that's associated with an Amazon Macie administrator account

Description

Retrieves information about an account that's associated with an Amazon Macie administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_member/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_member(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.


Retrieves (queries) sensitive data discovery statistics and the sensitivity score for an S3 bucket

Description

Retrieves (queries) sensitive data discovery statistics and the sensitivity score for an S3 bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_resource_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_resource_profile(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the S3 bucket that the request applies to.


Retrieves the status and configuration settings for retrieving occurrences of sensitive data reported by findings

Description

Retrieves the status and configuration settings for retrieving occurrences of sensitive data reported by findings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_reveal_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_reveal_configuration()

Retrieves occurrences of sensitive data reported by a finding

Description

Retrieves occurrences of sensitive data reported by a finding.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_sensitive_data_occurrences/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_sensitive_data_occurrences(findingId)

Arguments

findingId

[required] The unique identifier for the finding.


Checks whether occurrences of sensitive data can be retrieved for a finding

Description

Checks whether occurrences of sensitive data can be retrieved for a finding.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_sensitive_data_occurrences_availability/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_sensitive_data_occurrences_availability(findingId)

Arguments

findingId

[required] The unique identifier for the finding.


Retrieves the settings for the sensitivity inspection template for an account

Description

Retrieves the settings for the sensitivity inspection template for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_sensitivity_inspection_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_sensitivity_inspection_template(id)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.


Retrieves (queries) quotas and aggregated usage data for one or more accounts

Description

Retrieves (queries) quotas and aggregated usage data for one or more accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_usage_statistics/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_usage_statistics(
  filterBy = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  sortBy = NULL,
  timeRange = NULL
)

Arguments

filterBy

An array of objects, one for each condition to use to filter the query results. If you specify more than one condition, Amazon Macie uses an AND operator to join the conditions.

maxResults

The maximum number of items to include in each page of the response.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.

sortBy

The criteria to use to sort the query results.

timeRange

The inclusive time period to query usage data for. Valid values are: MONTH_TO_DATE, for the current calendar month to date; and, PAST_30_DAYS, for the preceding 30 days. If you don't specify a value, Amazon Macie provides usage data for the preceding 30 days.


Retrieves (queries) aggregated usage data for an account

Description

Retrieves (queries) aggregated usage data for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_get_usage_totals/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_get_usage_totals(timeRange = NULL)

Arguments

timeRange

The inclusive time period to retrieve the data for. Valid values are: MONTH_TO_DATE, for the current calendar month to date; and, PAST_30_DAYS, for the preceding 30 days. If you don't specify a value for this parameter, Amazon Macie provides aggregated usage data for the preceding 30 days.


Retrieves a subset of information about all the allow lists for an account

Description

Retrieves a subset of information about all the allow lists for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_allow_lists/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_allow_lists(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of items to include in each page of a paginated response.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.


Retrieves the status of automated sensitive data discovery for one or more accounts

Description

Retrieves the status of automated sensitive data discovery for one or more accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_automated_discovery_accounts/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_automated_discovery_accounts(
  accountIds = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

accountIds

The Amazon Web Services account ID for each account, for as many as 50 accounts. To retrieve the status for multiple accounts, append the accountIds parameter and argument for each account, separated by an ampersand (&). To retrieve the status for all the accounts in an organization, omit this parameter.

maxResults

The maximum number of items to include in each page of a paginated response.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.


Retrieves a subset of information about one or more classification jobs

Description

Retrieves a subset of information about one or more classification jobs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_classification_jobs/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_classification_jobs(
  filterCriteria = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  sortCriteria = NULL
)

Arguments

filterCriteria

The criteria to use to filter the results.

maxResults

The maximum number of items to include in each page of the response.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.

sortCriteria

The criteria to use to sort the results.


Retrieves a subset of information about the classification scope for an account

Description

Retrieves a subset of information about the classification scope for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_classification_scopes/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_classification_scopes(name = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

name

The name of the classification scope to retrieve the unique identifier for.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.


Retrieves a subset of information about the custom data identifiers for an account

Description

Retrieves a subset of information about the custom data identifiers for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_custom_data_identifiers/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_custom_data_identifiers(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of items to include in each page of the response.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.


Retrieves a subset of information about one or more findings

Description

Retrieves a subset of information about one or more findings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_findings(
  findingCriteria = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  sortCriteria = NULL
)

Arguments

findingCriteria

The criteria to use to filter the results.

maxResults

The maximum number of items to include in each page of the response.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.

sortCriteria

The criteria to use to sort the results.


Retrieves a subset of information about all the findings filters for an account

Description

Retrieves a subset of information about all the findings filters for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_findings_filters/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_findings_filters(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of items to include in each page of a paginated response.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.


Retrieves information about Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received by an account

Description

Retrieves information about Amazon Macie membership invitations that were received by an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_invitations/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_invitations(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of items to include in each page of a paginated response.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.


Retrieves information about all the managed data identifiers that Amazon Macie currently provides

Description

Retrieves information about all the managed data identifiers that Amazon Macie currently provides.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_managed_data_identifiers/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_managed_data_identifiers(nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.


Retrieves information about the accounts that are associated with an Amazon Macie administrator account

Description

Retrieves information about the accounts that are associated with an Amazon Macie administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_members(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL, onlyAssociated = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of items to include in each page of a paginated response.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.

onlyAssociated

Specifies which accounts to include in the response, based on the status of an account's relationship with the administrator account. By default, the response includes only current member accounts. To include all accounts, set this value to false.


Retrieves information about the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for an organization in Organizations

Description

Retrieves information about the delegated Amazon Macie administrator account for an organization in Organizations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_organization_admin_accounts/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_organization_admin_accounts(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of items to include in each page of a paginated response.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.


Retrieves information about objects that Amazon Macie selected from an S3 bucket for automated sensitive data discovery

Description

Retrieves information about objects that Amazon Macie selected from an S3 bucket for automated sensitive data discovery.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_resource_profile_artifacts/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_resource_profile_artifacts(nextToken = NULL, resourceArn)

Arguments

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the S3 bucket that the request applies to.


Retrieves information about the types and amount of sensitive data that Amazon Macie found in an S3 bucket

Description

Retrieves information about the types and amount of sensitive data that Amazon Macie found in an S3 bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_resource_profile_detections/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_resource_profile_detections(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  resourceArn
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of items to include in each page of a paginated response.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the S3 bucket that the request applies to.


Retrieves a subset of information about the sensitivity inspection template for an account

Description

Retrieves a subset of information about the sensitivity inspection template for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_sensitivity_inspection_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_sensitivity_inspection_templates(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of items to include in each page of a paginated response.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.


Retrieves the tags (keys and values) that are associated with an Amazon Macie resource

Description

Retrieves the tags (keys and values) that are associated with an Amazon Macie resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.


Adds or updates the configuration settings for storing data classification results

Description

Adds or updates the configuration settings for storing data classification results.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_put_classification_export_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_put_classification_export_configuration(configuration)

Arguments

configuration

[required] The location to store data classification results in, and the encryption settings to use when storing results in that location.


Updates the configuration settings for publishing findings to Security Hub

Description

Updates the configuration settings for publishing findings to Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_put_findings_publication_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_put_findings_publication_configuration(
  clientToken = NULL,
  securityHubConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

securityHubConfiguration

The configuration settings that determine which findings to publish to Security Hub.


Retrieves (queries) statistical data and other information about Amazon Web Services resources that Amazon Macie monitors and analyzes for an account

Description

Retrieves (queries) statistical data and other information about Amazon Web Services resources that Amazon Macie monitors and analyzes for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_search_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_search_resources(
  bucketCriteria = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  sortCriteria = NULL
)

Arguments

bucketCriteria

The filter conditions that determine which S3 buckets to include or exclude from the query results.

maxResults

The maximum number of items to include in each page of the response. The default value is 50.

nextToken

The nextToken string that specifies which page of results to return in a paginated response.

sortCriteria

The criteria to use to sort the results.


Adds or updates one or more tags (keys and values) that are associated with an Amazon Macie resource

Description

Adds or updates one or more tags (keys and values) that are associated with an Amazon Macie resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.

tags

[required] A map of key-value pairs that specifies the tags to associate with the resource.

A resource can have a maximum of 50 tags. Each tag consists of a tag key and an associated tag value. The maximum length of a tag key is 128 characters. The maximum length of a tag value is 256 characters.


Tests criteria for a custom data identifier

Description

Tests criteria for a custom data identifier.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_test_custom_data_identifier/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_test_custom_data_identifier(
  ignoreWords = NULL,
  keywords = NULL,
  maximumMatchDistance = NULL,
  regex,
  sampleText
)

Arguments

ignoreWords

An array that lists specific character sequences (ignore words) to exclude from the results. If the text matched by the regular expression contains any string in this array, Amazon Macie ignores it. The array can contain as many as 10 ignore words. Each ignore word can contain 4-90 UTF-8 characters. Ignore words are case sensitive.

keywords

An array that lists specific character sequences (keywords), one of which must precede and be within proximity (maximumMatchDistance) of the regular expression to match. The array can contain as many as 50 keywords. Each keyword can contain 3-90 UTF-8 characters. Keywords aren't case sensitive.

maximumMatchDistance

The maximum number of characters that can exist between the end of at least one complete character sequence specified by the keywords array and the end of the text that matches the regex pattern. If a complete keyword precedes all the text that matches the pattern and the keyword is within the specified distance, Amazon Macie includes the result. The distance can be 1-300 characters. The default value is 50.

regex

[required] The regular expression (regex) that defines the pattern to match. The expression can contain as many as 512 characters.

sampleText

[required] The sample text to inspect by using the custom data identifier. The text can contain as many as 1,000 characters.


Removes one or more tags (keys and values) from an Amazon Macie resource

Description

Removes one or more tags (keys and values) from an Amazon Macie resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.

tagKeys

[required] One or more tags (keys) to remove from the resource. In an HTTP request to remove multiple tags, append the tagKeys parameter and argument for each tag to remove, separated by an ampersand (&).


Updates the settings for an allow list

Description

Updates the settings for an allow list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_update_allow_list/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_update_allow_list(criteria, description = NULL, id, name)

Arguments

criteria

[required] The criteria that specify the text or text pattern to ignore. The criteria can be the location and name of an S3 object that lists specific text to ignore (s3WordsList), or a regular expression that defines a text pattern to ignore (regex).

You can change a list's underlying criteria, such as the name of the S3 object or the regular expression to use. However, you can't change the type from s3WordsList to regex or the other way around.

description

A custom description of the allow list. The description can contain as many as 512 characters.

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.

name

[required] A custom name for the allow list. The name can contain as many as 128 characters.


Changes the configuration settings and status of automated sensitive data discovery for an organization or standalone account

Description

Changes the configuration settings and status of automated sensitive data discovery for an organization or standalone account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_update_automated_discovery_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_update_automated_discovery_configuration(
  autoEnableOrganizationMembers = NULL,
  status
)

Arguments

autoEnableOrganizationMembers

Specifies whether to automatically enable automated sensitive data discovery for accounts in the organization. Valid values are: ALL (default), enable it for all existing accounts and new member accounts; NEW, enable it only for new member accounts; and, NONE, don't enable it for any accounts.

If you specify NEW or NONE, automated sensitive data discovery continues to be enabled for any existing accounts that it's currently enabled for. To enable or disable it for individual member accounts, specify NEW or NONE, and then enable or disable it for each account by using the BatchUpdateAutomatedDiscoveryAccounts operation.

status

[required] The new status of automated sensitive data discovery for the organization or account. Valid values are: ENABLED, start or resume all automated sensitive data discovery activities; and, DISABLED, stop performing all automated sensitive data discovery activities.

If you specify DISABLED for an administrator account, you also disable automated sensitive data discovery for all member accounts in the organization.


Changes the status of a classification job

Description

Changes the status of a classification job.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_update_classification_job/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_update_classification_job(jobId, jobStatus)

Arguments

jobId

[required] The unique identifier for the classification job.

jobStatus

[required] The new status for the job. Valid values are:

  • CANCELLED - Stops the job permanently and cancels it. This value is valid only if the job's current status is IDLE, PAUSED, RUNNING, or USER_PAUSED.

    If you specify this value and the job's current status is RUNNING, Amazon Macie immediately begins to stop all processing tasks for the job. You can't resume or restart a job after you cancel it.

  • RUNNING - Resumes the job. This value is valid only if the job's current status is USER_PAUSED.

    If you paused the job while it was actively running and you specify this value less than 30 days after you paused the job, Macie immediately resumes processing from the point where you paused the job. Otherwise, Macie resumes the job according to the schedule and other settings for the job.

  • USER_PAUSED - Pauses the job temporarily. This value is valid only if the job's current status is IDLE, PAUSED, or RUNNING. If you specify this value and the job's current status is RUNNING, Macie immediately begins to pause all processing tasks for the job.

    If you pause a one-time job and you don't resume it within 30 days, the job expires and Macie cancels the job. If you pause a recurring job when its status is RUNNING and you don't resume it within 30 days, the job run expires and Macie cancels the run. To check the expiration date, refer to the UserPausedDetails.jobExpiresAt property.


Updates the classification scope settings for an account

Description

Updates the classification scope settings for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_update_classification_scope/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_update_classification_scope(id, s3 = NULL)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.

s3

The S3 buckets to add or remove from the exclusion list defined by the classification scope.


Updates the criteria and other settings for a findings filter

Description

Updates the criteria and other settings for a findings filter.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_update_findings_filter/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_update_findings_filter(
  action = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  description = NULL,
  findingCriteria = NULL,
  id,
  name = NULL,
  position = NULL
)

Arguments

action

The action to perform on findings that match the filter criteria (findingCriteria). Valid values are: ARCHIVE, suppress (automatically archive) the findings; and, NOOP, don't perform any action on the findings.

clientToken

A unique, case-sensitive token that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request.

description

A custom description of the filter. The description can contain as many as 512 characters.

We strongly recommend that you avoid including any sensitive data in the description of a filter. Other users of your account might be able to see this description, depending on the actions that they're allowed to perform in Amazon Macie.

findingCriteria

The criteria to use to filter findings.

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.

name

A custom name for the filter. The name must contain at least 3 characters and can contain as many as 64 characters.

We strongly recommend that you avoid including any sensitive data in the name of a filter. Other users of your account might be able to see this name, depending on the actions that they're allowed to perform in Amazon Macie.

position

The position of the filter in the list of saved filters on the Amazon Macie console. This value also determines the order in which the filter is applied to findings, relative to other filters that are also applied to the findings.


Suspends or re-enables Amazon Macie, or updates the configuration settings for a Macie account

Description

Suspends or re-enables Amazon Macie, or updates the configuration settings for a Macie account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_update_macie_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_update_macie_session(findingPublishingFrequency = NULL, status = NULL)

Arguments

findingPublishingFrequency

Specifies how often to publish updates to policy findings for the account. This includes publishing updates to Security Hub and Amazon EventBridge (formerly Amazon CloudWatch Events).

status

Specifies a new status for the account. Valid values are: ENABLED, resume all Amazon Macie activities for the account; and, PAUSED, suspend all Macie activities for the account.


Enables an Amazon Macie administrator to suspend or re-enable Macie for a member account

Description

Enables an Amazon Macie administrator to suspend or re-enable Macie for a member account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_update_member_session/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_update_member_session(id, status)

Arguments

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.

status

[required] Specifies the new status for the account. Valid values are: ENABLED, resume all Amazon Macie activities for the account; and, PAUSED, suspend all Macie activities for the account.


Updates the Amazon Macie configuration settings for an organization in Organizations

Description

Updates the Amazon Macie configuration settings for an organization in Organizations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_update_organization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_update_organization_configuration(autoEnable)

Arguments

autoEnable

[required] Specifies whether to enable Amazon Macie automatically for accounts that are added to the organization in Organizations.


Updates the sensitivity score for an S3 bucket

Description

Updates the sensitivity score for an S3 bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_update_resource_profile/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_update_resource_profile(resourceArn, sensitivityScoreOverride = NULL)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the S3 bucket that the request applies to.

sensitivityScoreOverride

The new sensitivity score for the bucket. Valid values are: 100, assign the maximum score and apply the Sensitive label to the bucket; and, null (empty), assign a score that Amazon Macie calculates automatically after you submit the request.


Updates the sensitivity scoring settings for an S3 bucket

Description

Updates the sensitivity scoring settings for an S3 bucket.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_update_resource_profile_detections/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_update_resource_profile_detections(
  resourceArn,
  suppressDataIdentifiers = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the S3 bucket that the request applies to.

suppressDataIdentifiers

An array of objects, one for each custom data identifier or managed data identifier that detected a type of sensitive data to exclude from the bucket's score. To include all sensitive data types in the score, don't specify any values for this array.


Updates the status and configuration settings for retrieving occurrences of sensitive data reported by findings

Description

Updates the status and configuration settings for retrieving occurrences of sensitive data reported by findings.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_update_reveal_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_update_reveal_configuration(
  configuration,
  retrievalConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

configuration

[required] The KMS key to use to encrypt the sensitive data, and the status of the configuration for the Amazon Macie account.

retrievalConfiguration

The access method and settings to use when retrieving the sensitive data.


Updates the settings for the sensitivity inspection template for an account

Description

Updates the settings for the sensitivity inspection template for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/macie2_update_sensitivity_inspection_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

macie2_update_sensitivity_inspection_template(
  description = NULL,
  excludes = NULL,
  id,
  includes = NULL
)

Arguments

description

A custom description of the template. The description can contain as many as 200 characters.

excludes

The managed data identifiers to explicitly exclude (not use) when performing automated sensitive data discovery.

To exclude an allow list or custom data identifier that's currently included by the template, update the values for the SensitivityInspectionTemplateIncludes.allowListIds and SensitivityInspectionTemplateIncludes.customDataIdentifierIds properties, respectively.

id

[required] The unique identifier for the Amazon Macie resource that the request applies to.

includes

The allow lists, custom data identifiers, and managed data identifiers to explicitly include (use) when performing automated sensitive data discovery.


PcaConnectorAd

Description

Amazon Web Services Private CA Connector for Active Directory creates a connector between Amazon Web Services Private CA and Active Directory (AD) that enables you to provision security certificates for AD signed by a private CA that you own. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Private CA Connector for Active Directory.

Usage

pcaconnectorad(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- pcaconnectorad(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_connector Creates a connector between Amazon Web Services Private CA and an Active Directory
create_directory_registration Creates a directory registration that authorizes communication between Amazon Web Services Private CA and an Active Directory
create_service_principal_name Creates a service principal name (SPN) for the service account in Active Directory
create_template Creates an Active Directory compatible certificate template
create_template_group_access_control_entry Create a group access control entry
delete_connector Deletes a connector for Active Directory
delete_directory_registration Deletes a directory registration
delete_service_principal_name Deletes the service principal name (SPN) used by a connector to authenticate with your Active Directory
delete_template Deletes a template
delete_template_group_access_control_entry Deletes a group access control entry
get_connector Lists information about your connector
get_directory_registration A structure that contains information about your directory registration
get_service_principal_name Lists the service principal name that the connector uses to authenticate with Active Directory
get_template Retrieves a certificate template that the connector uses to issue certificates from a private CA
get_template_group_access_control_entry Retrieves the group access control entries for a template
list_connectors Lists the connectors that you created by using the https://docs
list_directory_registrations Lists the directory registrations that you created by using the https://docs
list_service_principal_names Lists the service principal names that the connector uses to authenticate with Active Directory
list_tags_for_resource Lists the tags, if any, that are associated with your resource
list_template_group_access_control_entries Lists group access control entries you created
list_templates Lists the templates, if any, that are associated with a connector
tag_resource Adds one or more tags to your resource
untag_resource Removes one or more tags from your resource
update_template Update template configuration to define the information included in certificates
update_template_group_access_control_entry Update a group access control entry you created using CreateTemplateGroupAccessControlEntry

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- pcaconnectorad()
svc$create_connector(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates a connector between Amazon Web Services Private CA and an Active Directory

Description

Creates a connector between Amazon Web Services Private CA and an Active Directory. You must specify the private CA, directory ID, and security groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_create_connector/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_create_connector(
  CertificateAuthorityArn,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DirectoryId,
  Tags = NULL,
  VpcInformation
)

Arguments

CertificateAuthorityArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the certificate authority being used.

ClientToken

Idempotency token.

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the Active Directory.

Tags

Metadata assigned to a connector consisting of a key-value pair.

VpcInformation

[required] Security group IDs that describe the inbound and outbound rules.


Creates a directory registration that authorizes communication between Amazon Web Services Private CA and an Active Directory

Description

Creates a directory registration that authorizes communication between Amazon Web Services Private CA and an Active Directory

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_create_directory_registration/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_create_directory_registration(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  DirectoryId,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientToken

Idempotency token.

DirectoryId

[required] The identifier of the Active Directory.

Tags

Metadata assigned to a directory registration consisting of a key-value pair.


Creates a service principal name (SPN) for the service account in Active Directory

Description

Creates a service principal name (SPN) for the service account in Active Directory. Kerberos authentication uses SPNs to associate a service instance with a service sign-in account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_create_service_principal_name/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_create_service_principal_name(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  ConnectorArn,
  DirectoryRegistrationArn
)

Arguments

ClientToken

Idempotency token.

ConnectorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_connector.

DirectoryRegistrationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_directory_registration.


Creates an Active Directory compatible certificate template

Description

Creates an Active Directory compatible certificate template. The connectors issues certificates using these templates based on the requester’s Active Directory group membership.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_create_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_create_template(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  ConnectorArn,
  Definition,
  Name,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ClientToken

Idempotency token.

ConnectorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_connector.

Definition

[required] Template configuration to define the information included in certificates. Define certificate validity and renewal periods, certificate request handling and enrollment options, key usage extensions, application policies, and cryptography settings.

Name

[required] Name of the template. The template name must be unique.

Tags

Metadata assigned to a template consisting of a key-value pair.


Create a group access control entry

Description

Create a group access control entry. Allow or deny Active Directory groups from enrolling and/or autoenrolling with the template based on the group security identifiers (SIDs).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_create_template_group_access_control_entry/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_create_template_group_access_control_entry(
  AccessRights,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  GroupDisplayName,
  GroupSecurityIdentifier,
  TemplateArn
)

Arguments

AccessRights

[required] Allow or deny permissions for an Active Directory group to enroll or autoenroll certificates for a template.

ClientToken

Idempotency token.

GroupDisplayName

[required] Name of the Active Directory group. This name does not need to match the group name in Active Directory.

GroupSecurityIdentifier

[required] Security identifier (SID) of the group object from Active Directory. The SID starts with "S-".

TemplateArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_template.


Deletes a connector for Active Directory

Description

Deletes a connector for Active Directory. You must provide the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the connector that you want to delete. You can find the ARN by calling the https://docs.aws.amazon.com/pca-connector-ad/latest/APIReference/API_ListConnectors action. Deleting a connector does not deregister your directory with Amazon Web Services Private CA. You can deregister your directory by calling the https://docs.aws.amazon.com/pca-connector-ad/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteDirectoryRegistration action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_delete_connector/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_delete_connector(ConnectorArn)

Arguments

ConnectorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_connector.


Deletes a directory registration

Description

Deletes a directory registration. Deleting a directory registration deauthorizes Amazon Web Services Private CA with the directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_delete_directory_registration/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_delete_directory_registration(DirectoryRegistrationArn)

Arguments

DirectoryRegistrationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_directory_registration.


Deletes the service principal name (SPN) used by a connector to authenticate with your Active Directory

Description

Deletes the service principal name (SPN) used by a connector to authenticate with your Active Directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_delete_service_principal_name/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_delete_service_principal_name(
  ConnectorArn,
  DirectoryRegistrationArn
)

Arguments

ConnectorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_connector.

DirectoryRegistrationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_directory_registration.


Deletes a template

Description

Deletes a template. Certificates issued using the template are still valid until they are revoked or expired.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_delete_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_delete_template(TemplateArn)

Arguments

TemplateArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_template.


Deletes a group access control entry

Description

Deletes a group access control entry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_delete_template_group_access_control_entry/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_delete_template_group_access_control_entry(
  GroupSecurityIdentifier,
  TemplateArn
)

Arguments

GroupSecurityIdentifier

[required] Security identifier (SID) of the group object from Active Directory. The SID starts with "S-".

TemplateArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_template.


Lists information about your connector

Description

Lists information about your connector. You specify the connector on input by its ARN (Amazon Resource Name).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_get_connector/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_get_connector(ConnectorArn)

Arguments

ConnectorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_connector.


A structure that contains information about your directory registration

Description

A structure that contains information about your directory registration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_get_directory_registration/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_get_directory_registration(DirectoryRegistrationArn)

Arguments

DirectoryRegistrationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_directory_registration.


Lists the service principal name that the connector uses to authenticate with Active Directory

Description

Lists the service principal name that the connector uses to authenticate with Active Directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_get_service_principal_name/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_get_service_principal_name(
  ConnectorArn,
  DirectoryRegistrationArn
)

Arguments

ConnectorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_connector.

DirectoryRegistrationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_directory_registration.


Retrieves a certificate template that the connector uses to issue certificates from a private CA

Description

Retrieves a certificate template that the connector uses to issue certificates from a private CA.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_get_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_get_template(TemplateArn)

Arguments

TemplateArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_template.


Retrieves the group access control entries for a template

Description

Retrieves the group access control entries for a template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_get_template_group_access_control_entry/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_get_template_group_access_control_entry(
  GroupSecurityIdentifier,
  TemplateArn
)

Arguments

GroupSecurityIdentifier

[required] Security identifier (SID) of the group object from Active Directory. The SID starts with "S-".

TemplateArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_template.


Lists the connectors that you created by using the https://docs

Description

Lists the connectors that you created by using the https://docs.aws.amazon.com/pca-connector-ad/latest/APIReference/API_CreateConnector action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_list_connectors/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_list_connectors(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

Use this parameter when paginating results to specify the maximum number of items to return in the response on each page. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken element is sent in the response. Use this NextToken value in a subsequent request to retrieve additional items.

NextToken

Use this parameter when paginating results in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of the NextToken parameter from the response you just received.


Lists the directory registrations that you created by using the https://docs

Description

Lists the directory registrations that you created by using the https://docs.aws.amazon.com/pca-connector-ad/latest/APIReference/API_CreateDirectoryRegistration action.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_list_directory_registrations/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_list_directory_registrations(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

Use this parameter when paginating results to specify the maximum number of items to return in the response on each page. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken element is sent in the response. Use this NextToken value in a subsequent request to retrieve additional items.

NextToken

Use this parameter when paginating results in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of the NextToken parameter from the response you just received.


Lists the service principal names that the connector uses to authenticate with Active Directory

Description

Lists the service principal names that the connector uses to authenticate with Active Directory.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_list_service_principal_names/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_list_service_principal_names(
  DirectoryRegistrationArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

DirectoryRegistrationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_directory_registration.

MaxResults

Use this parameter when paginating results to specify the maximum number of items to return in the response on each page. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken element is sent in the response. Use this NextToken value in a subsequent request to retrieve additional items.

NextToken

Use this parameter when paginating results in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of the NextToken parameter from the response you just received.


Lists the tags, if any, that are associated with your resource

Description

Lists the tags, if any, that are associated with your resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you created the resource.


Lists group access control entries you created

Description

Lists group access control entries you created.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_list_template_group_access_control_entries/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_list_template_group_access_control_entries(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  TemplateArn
)

Arguments

MaxResults

Use this parameter when paginating results to specify the maximum number of items to return in the response on each page. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken element is sent in the response. Use this NextToken value in a subsequent request to retrieve additional items.

NextToken

Use this parameter when paginating results in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of the NextToken parameter from the response you just received.

TemplateArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_template.


Lists the templates, if any, that are associated with a connector

Description

Lists the templates, if any, that are associated with a connector.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_list_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_list_templates(
  ConnectorArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ConnectorArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_connector.

MaxResults

Use this parameter when paginating results to specify the maximum number of items to return in the response on each page. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken element is sent in the response. Use this NextToken value in a subsequent request to retrieve additional items.

NextToken

Use this parameter when paginating results in a subsequent request after you receive a response with truncated results. Set it to the value of the NextToken parameter from the response you just received.


Adds one or more tags to your resource

Description

Adds one or more tags to your resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you created the resource.

Tags

[required] Metadata assigned to a directory registration consisting of a key-value pair.


Removes one or more tags from your resource

Description

Removes one or more tags from your resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you created the resource.

TagKeys

[required] Specifies a list of tag keys that you want to remove from the specified resources.


Update template configuration to define the information included in certificates

Description

Update template configuration to define the information included in certificates.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_update_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_update_template(
  Definition = NULL,
  ReenrollAllCertificateHolders = NULL,
  TemplateArn
)

Arguments

Definition

Template configuration to define the information included in certificates. Define certificate validity and renewal periods, certificate request handling and enrollment options, key usage extensions, application policies, and cryptography settings.

ReenrollAllCertificateHolders

This setting allows the major version of a template to be increased automatically. All members of Active Directory groups that are allowed to enroll with a template will receive a new certificate issued using that template.

TemplateArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_template.


Update a group access control entry you created using CreateTemplateGroupAccessControlEntry

Description

Update a group access control entry you created using create_template_group_access_control_entry.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/pcaconnectorad_update_template_group_access_control_entry/ for full documentation.

Usage

pcaconnectorad_update_template_group_access_control_entry(
  AccessRights = NULL,
  GroupDisplayName = NULL,
  GroupSecurityIdentifier,
  TemplateArn
)

Arguments

AccessRights

Allow or deny permissions for an Active Directory group to enroll or autoenroll certificates for a template.

GroupDisplayName

Name of the Active Directory group. This name does not need to match the group name in Active Directory.

GroupSecurityIdentifier

[required] Security identifier (SID) of the group object from Active Directory. The SID starts with "S-".

TemplateArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that was returned when you called create_template.


AWS Resource Access Manager

Description

This is the Resource Access Manager API Reference. This documentation provides descriptions and syntax for each of the actions and data types in RAM. RAM is a service that helps you securely share your Amazon Web Services resources to other Amazon Web Services accounts. If you use Organizations to manage your accounts, then you can share your resources with your entire organization or to organizational units (OUs). For supported resource types, you can also share resources with individual Identity and Access Management (IAM) roles and users.

To learn more about RAM, see the following resources:

Usage

ram(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- ram(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

accept_resource_share_invitation Accepts an invitation to a resource share from another Amazon Web Services account
associate_resource_share Adds the specified list of principals and list of resources to a resource share
associate_resource_share_permission Adds or replaces the RAM permission for a resource type included in a resource share
create_permission Creates a customer managed permission for a specified resource type that you can attach to resource shares
create_permission_version Creates a new version of the specified customer managed permission
create_resource_share Creates a resource share
delete_permission Deletes the specified customer managed permission in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation
delete_permission_version Deletes one version of a customer managed permission
delete_resource_share Deletes the specified resource share
disassociate_resource_share Removes the specified principals or resources from participating in the specified resource share
disassociate_resource_share_permission Removes a managed permission from a resource share
enable_sharing_with_aws_organization Enables resource sharing within your organization in Organizations
get_permission Retrieves the contents of a managed permission in JSON format
get_resource_policies Retrieves the resource policies for the specified resources that you own and have shared
get_resource_share_associations Retrieves the lists of resources and principals that associated for resource shares that you own
get_resource_share_invitations Retrieves details about invitations that you have received for resource shares
get_resource_shares Retrieves details about the resource shares that you own or that are shared with you
list_pending_invitation_resources Lists the resources in a resource share that is shared with you but for which the invitation is still PENDING
list_permission_associations Lists information about the managed permission and its associations to any resource shares that use this managed permission
list_permissions Retrieves a list of available RAM permissions that you can use for the supported resource types
list_permission_versions Lists the available versions of the specified RAM permission
list_principals Lists the principals that you are sharing resources with or that are sharing resources with you
list_replace_permission_associations_work Retrieves the current status of the asynchronous tasks performed by RAM when you perform the ReplacePermissionAssociationsWork operation
list_resources Lists the resources that you added to a resource share or the resources that are shared with you
list_resource_share_permissions Lists the RAM permissions that are associated with a resource share
list_resource_types Lists the resource types that can be shared by RAM
promote_permission_created_from_policy When you attach a resource-based policy to a resource, RAM automatically creates a resource share of featureSet=CREATED_FROM_POLICY with a managed permission that has the same IAM permissions as the original resource-based policy
promote_resource_share_created_from_policy When you attach a resource-based policy to a resource, RAM automatically creates a resource share of featureSet=CREATED_FROM_POLICY with a managed permission that has the same IAM permissions as the original resource-based policy
reject_resource_share_invitation Rejects an invitation to a resource share from another Amazon Web Services account
replace_permission_associations Updates all resource shares that use a managed permission to a different managed permission
set_default_permission_version Designates the specified version number as the default version for the specified customer managed permission
tag_resource Adds the specified tag keys and values to a resource share or managed permission
untag_resource Removes the specified tag key and value pairs from the specified resource share or managed permission
update_resource_share Modifies some of the properties of the specified resource share

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- ram()
svc$accept_resource_share_invitation(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Accepts an invitation to a resource share from another Amazon Web Services account

Description

Accepts an invitation to a resource share from another Amazon Web Services account. After you accept the invitation, the resources included in the resource share are available to interact with in the relevant Amazon Web Services Management Consoles and tools.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_accept_resource_share_invitation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_accept_resource_share_invitation(
  resourceShareInvitationArn,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceShareInvitationArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the invitation that you want to accept.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.


Adds the specified list of principals and list of resources to a resource share

Description

Adds the specified list of principals and list of resources to a resource share. Principals that already have access to this resource share immediately receive access to the added resources. Newly added principals immediately receive access to the resources shared in this resource share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_associate_resource_share/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_associate_resource_share(
  resourceShareArn,
  resourceArns = NULL,
  principals = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  sources = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceShareArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share that you want to add principals or resources to.

resourceArns

Specifies a list of Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the resources that you want to share. This can be null if you want to add only principals.

principals

Specifies a list of principals to whom you want to the resource share. This can be null if you want to add only resources.

What the principals can do with the resources in the share is determined by the RAM permissions that you associate with the resource share. See associate_resource_share_permission.

You can include the following values:

  • An Amazon Web Services account ID, for example: 123456789012

  • An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an organization in Organizations, for example: ⁠organizations::123456789012:organization/o-exampleorgid⁠

  • An ARN of an organizational unit (OU) in Organizations, for example: ⁠organizations::123456789012:ou/o-exampleorgid/ou-examplerootid-exampleouid123⁠

  • An ARN of an IAM role, for example: ⁠iam::123456789012:role/rolename⁠

  • An ARN of an IAM user, for example: ⁠iam::123456789012user/username⁠

Not all resource types can be shared with IAM roles and users. For more information, see Sharing with IAM roles and users in the Resource Access Manager User Guide.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.

sources

Specifies from which source accounts the service principal has access to the resources in this resource share.


Adds or replaces the RAM permission for a resource type included in a resource share

Description

Adds or replaces the RAM permission for a resource type included in a resource share. You can have exactly one permission associated with each resource type in the resource share. You can add a new RAM permission only if there are currently no resources of that resource type currently in the resource share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_associate_resource_share_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_associate_resource_share_permission(
  resourceShareArn,
  permissionArn,
  replace = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  permissionVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceShareArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share to which you want to add or replace permissions.

permissionArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RAM permission to associate with the resource share. To find the ARN for a permission, use either the list_permissions operation or go to the Permissions library page in the RAM console and then choose the name of the permission. The ARN is displayed on the detail page.

replace

Specifies whether the specified permission should replace the existing permission associated with the resource share. Use true to replace the current permissions. Use false to add the permission to a resource share that currently doesn't have a permission. The default value is false.

A resource share can have only one permission per resource type. If a resource share already has a permission for the specified resource type and you don't set replace to true then the operation returns an error. This helps prevent accidental overwriting of a permission.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.

permissionVersion

Specifies the version of the RAM permission to associate with the resource share. You can specify only the version that is currently set as the default version for the permission. If you also set the replace pararameter to true, then this operation updates an outdated version of the permission to the current default version.

You don't need to specify this parameter because the default behavior is to use the version that is currently set as the default version for the permission. This parameter is supported for backwards compatibility.


Creates a customer managed permission for a specified resource type that you can attach to resource shares

Description

Creates a customer managed permission for a specified resource type that you can attach to resource shares. It is created in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call the operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_create_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_create_permission(
  name,
  resourceType,
  policyTemplate,
  clientToken = NULL,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] Specifies the name of the customer managed permission. The name must be unique within the Amazon Web Services Region.

resourceType

[required] Specifies the name of the resource type that this customer managed permission applies to.

The format is ⁠<service-code>:<resource-type>⁠ and is not case sensitive. For example, to specify an Amazon EC2 Subnet, you can use the string ec2:subnet. To see the list of valid values for this parameter, query the list_resource_types operation.

policyTemplate

[required] A string in JSON format string that contains the following elements of a resource-based policy:

  • Effect: must be set to ALLOW.

  • Action: specifies the actions that are allowed by this customer managed permission. The list must contain only actions that are supported by the specified resource type. For a list of all actions supported by each resource type, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services in the Identity and Access Management User Guide.

  • Condition: (optional) specifies conditional parameters that must evaluate to true when a user attempts an action for that action to be allowed. For more information about the Condition element, see IAM policies: Condition element in the Identity and Access Management User Guide.

This template can't include either the Resource or Principal elements. Those are both filled in by RAM when it instantiates the resource-based policy on each resource shared using this managed permission. The Resource comes from the ARN of the specific resource that you are sharing. The Principal comes from the list of identities added to the resource share.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.

tags

Specifies a list of one or more tag key and value pairs to attach to the permission.


Creates a new version of the specified customer managed permission

Description

Creates a new version of the specified customer managed permission. The new version is automatically set as the default version of the customer managed permission. New resource shares automatically use the default permission. Existing resource shares continue to use their original permission versions, but you can use replace_permission_associations to update them.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_create_permission_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_create_permission_version(
  permissionArn,
  policyTemplate,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

permissionArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the customer managed permission you're creating a new version for.

policyTemplate

[required] A string in JSON format string that contains the following elements of a resource-based policy:

  • Effect: must be set to ALLOW.

  • Action: specifies the actions that are allowed by this customer managed permission. The list must contain only actions that are supported by the specified resource type. For a list of all actions supported by each resource type, see Actions, resources, and condition keys for Amazon Web Services services in the Identity and Access Management User Guide.

  • Condition: (optional) specifies conditional parameters that must evaluate to true when a user attempts an action for that action to be allowed. For more information about the Condition element, see IAM policies: Condition element in the Identity and Access Management User Guide.

This template can't include either the Resource or Principal elements. Those are both filled in by RAM when it instantiates the resource-based policy on each resource shared using this managed permission. The Resource comes from the ARN of the specific resource that you are sharing. The Principal comes from the list of identities added to the resource share.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.


Creates a resource share

Description

Creates a resource share. You can provide a list of the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) for the resources that you want to share, a list of principals you want to share the resources with, and the permissions to grant those principals.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_create_resource_share/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_create_resource_share(
  name,
  resourceArns = NULL,
  principals = NULL,
  tags = NULL,
  allowExternalPrincipals = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  permissionArns = NULL,
  sources = NULL
)

Arguments

name

[required] Specifies the name of the resource share.

resourceArns

Specifies a list of one or more ARNs of the resources to associate with the resource share.

principals

Specifies a list of one or more principals to associate with the resource share.

You can include the following values:

  • An Amazon Web Services account ID, for example: 123456789012

  • An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an organization in Organizations, for example: ⁠organizations::123456789012:organization/o-exampleorgid⁠

  • An ARN of an organizational unit (OU) in Organizations, for example: ⁠organizations::123456789012:ou/o-exampleorgid/ou-examplerootid-exampleouid123⁠

  • An ARN of an IAM role, for example: ⁠iam::123456789012:role/rolename⁠

  • An ARN of an IAM user, for example: ⁠iam::123456789012user/username⁠

Not all resource types can be shared with IAM roles and users. For more information, see Sharing with IAM roles and users in the Resource Access Manager User Guide.

tags

Specifies one or more tags to attach to the resource share itself. It doesn't attach the tags to the resources associated with the resource share.

allowExternalPrincipals

Specifies whether principals outside your organization in Organizations can be associated with a resource share. A value of true lets you share with individual Amazon Web Services accounts that are not in your organization. A value of false only has meaning if your account is a member of an Amazon Web Services Organization. The default value is true.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.

permissionArns

Specifies the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the RAM permission to associate with the resource share. If you do not specify an ARN for the permission, RAM automatically attaches the default version of the permission for each resource type. You can associate only one permission with each resource type included in the resource share.

sources

Specifies from which source accounts the service principal has access to the resources in this resource share.


Deletes the specified customer managed permission in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation

Description

Deletes the specified customer managed permission in the Amazon Web Services Region in which you call this operation. You can delete a customer managed permission only if it isn't attached to any resource share. The operation deletes all versions associated with the customer managed permission.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_delete_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_delete_permission(permissionArn, clientToken = NULL)

Arguments

permissionArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the customer managed permission that you want to delete.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.


Deletes one version of a customer managed permission

Description

Deletes one version of a customer managed permission. The version you specify must not be attached to any resource share and must not be the default version for the permission.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_delete_permission_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_delete_permission_version(
  permissionArn,
  permissionVersion,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

permissionArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the permission with the version you want to delete.

permissionVersion

[required] Specifies the version number to delete.

You can't delete the default version for a customer managed permission.

You can't delete a version if it's the only version of the permission. You must either first create another version, or delete the permission completely.

You can't delete a version if it is attached to any resource shares. If the version is the default, you must first use set_default_permission_version to set a different version as the default for the customer managed permission, and then use associate_resource_share_permission to update your resource shares to use the new default version.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.


Deletes the specified resource share

Description

Deletes the specified resource share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_delete_resource_share/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_delete_resource_share(resourceShareArn, clientToken = NULL)

Arguments

resourceShareArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share to delete.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.


Removes the specified principals or resources from participating in the specified resource share

Description

Removes the specified principals or resources from participating in the specified resource share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_disassociate_resource_share/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_disassociate_resource_share(
  resourceShareArn,
  resourceArns = NULL,
  principals = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL,
  sources = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceShareArn

[required] Specifies Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share that you want to remove resources or principals from.

resourceArns

Specifies a list of Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) for one or more resources that you want to remove from the resource share. After the operation runs, these resources are no longer shared with principals associated with the resource share.

principals

Specifies a list of one or more principals that no longer are to have access to the resources in this resource share.

You can include the following values:

  • An Amazon Web Services account ID, for example: 123456789012

  • An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an organization in Organizations, for example: ⁠organizations::123456789012:organization/o-exampleorgid⁠

  • An ARN of an organizational unit (OU) in Organizations, for example: ⁠organizations::123456789012:ou/o-exampleorgid/ou-examplerootid-exampleouid123⁠

  • An ARN of an IAM role, for example: ⁠iam::123456789012:role/rolename⁠

  • An ARN of an IAM user, for example: ⁠iam::123456789012user/username⁠

Not all resource types can be shared with IAM roles and users. For more information, see Sharing with IAM roles and users in the Resource Access Manager User Guide.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.

sources

Specifies from which source accounts the service principal no longer has access to the resources in this resource share.


Removes a managed permission from a resource share

Description

Removes a managed permission from a resource share. Permission changes take effect immediately. You can remove a managed permission from a resource share only if there are currently no resources of the relevant resource type currently attached to the resource share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_disassociate_resource_share_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_disassociate_resource_share_permission(
  resourceShareArn,
  permissionArn,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceShareArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share that you want to remove the managed permission from.

permissionArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed permission to disassociate from the resource share. Changes to permissions take effect immediately.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.


Enables resource sharing within your organization in Organizations

Description

Enables resource sharing within your organization in Organizations. This operation creates a service-linked role called AWSServiceRoleForResourceAccessManager that has the IAM managed policy named AWSResourceAccessManagerServiceRolePolicy attached. This role permits RAM to retrieve information about the organization and its structure. This lets you share resources with all of the accounts in the calling account's organization by specifying the organization ID, or all of the accounts in an organizational unit (OU) by specifying the OU ID. Until you enable sharing within the organization, you can specify only individual Amazon Web Services accounts, or for supported resource types, IAM roles and users.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_enable_sharing_with_aws_organization/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_enable_sharing_with_aws_organization()

Retrieves the contents of a managed permission in JSON format

Description

Retrieves the contents of a managed permission in JSON format.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_get_permission/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_get_permission(permissionArn, permissionVersion = NULL)

Arguments

permissionArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the permission whose contents you want to retrieve. To find the ARN for a permission, use either the list_permissions operation or go to the Permissions library page in the RAM console and then choose the name of the permission. The ARN is displayed on the detail page.

permissionVersion

Specifies the version number of the RAM permission to retrieve. If you don't specify this parameter, the operation retrieves the default version.

To see the list of available versions, use list_permission_versions.


Retrieves the resource policies for the specified resources that you own and have shared

Description

Retrieves the resource policies for the specified resources that you own and have shared.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_get_resource_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_get_resource_policies(
  resourceArns,
  principal = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceArns

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the resources whose policies you want to retrieve.

principal

Specifies the principal.

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value that is specific to the operation. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.


Retrieves the lists of resources and principals that associated for resource shares that you own

Description

Retrieves the lists of resources and principals that associated for resource shares that you own.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_get_resource_share_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_get_resource_share_associations(
  associationType,
  resourceShareArns = NULL,
  resourceArn = NULL,
  principal = NULL,
  associationStatus = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

associationType

[required] Specifies whether you want to retrieve the associations that involve a specified resource or principal.

  • PRINCIPAL – list the principals whose associations you want to see.

  • RESOURCE – list the resources whose associations you want to see.

resourceShareArns

Specifies a list of Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the resource share whose associations you want to retrieve.

resourceArn

Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a resource whose resource shares you want to retrieve.

You cannot specify this parameter if the association type is PRINCIPAL.

principal

Specifies the ID of the principal whose resource shares you want to retrieve. This can be an Amazon Web Services account ID, an organization ID, an organizational unit ID, or the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an individual IAM role or user.

You cannot specify this parameter if the association type is RESOURCE.

associationStatus

Specifies that you want to retrieve only associations that have this status.

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value that is specific to the operation. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.


Retrieves details about invitations that you have received for resource shares

Description

Retrieves details about invitations that you have received for resource shares.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_get_resource_share_invitations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_get_resource_share_invitations(
  resourceShareInvitationArns = NULL,
  resourceShareArns = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceShareInvitationArns

Specifies the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the resource share invitations you want information about.

resourceShareArns

Specifies that you want details about invitations only for the resource shares described by this list of Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value that is specific to the operation. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.


Retrieves details about the resource shares that you own or that are shared with you

Description

Retrieves details about the resource shares that you own or that are shared with you.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_get_resource_shares/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_get_resource_shares(
  resourceShareArns = NULL,
  resourceShareStatus = NULL,
  resourceOwner,
  name = NULL,
  tagFilters = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  permissionArn = NULL,
  permissionVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceShareArns

Specifies the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of individual resource shares that you want information about.

resourceShareStatus

Specifies that you want to retrieve details of only those resource shares that have this status.

resourceOwner

[required] Specifies that you want to retrieve details of only those resource shares that match the following:

  • SELF – resource shares that your account shares with other accounts

  • OTHER-ACCOUNTS – resource shares that other accounts share with your account

name

Specifies the name of an individual resource share that you want to retrieve details about.

tagFilters

Specifies that you want to retrieve details of only those resource shares that match the specified tag keys and values.

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value that is specific to the operation. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

permissionArn

Specifies that you want to retrieve details of only those resource shares that use the managed permission with this Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

permissionVersion

Specifies that you want to retrieve details for only those resource shares that use the specified version of the managed permission.


Lists the resources in a resource share that is shared with you but for which the invitation is still PENDING

Description

Lists the resources in a resource share that is shared with you but for which the invitation is still PENDING. That means that you haven't accepted or rejected the invitation and the invitation hasn't expired.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_list_pending_invitation_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_list_pending_invitation_resources(
  resourceShareInvitationArn,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  resourceRegionScope = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceShareInvitationArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the invitation. You can use get_resource_share_invitations to find the ARN of the invitation.

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value that is specific to the operation. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

resourceRegionScope

Specifies that you want the results to include only resources that have the specified scope.

  • ALL – the results include both global and regional resources or resource types.

  • GLOBAL – the results include only global resources or resource types.

  • REGIONAL – the results include only regional resources or resource types.

The default value is ALL.


Lists information about the managed permission and its associations to any resource shares that use this managed permission

Description

Lists information about the managed permission and its associations to any resource shares that use this managed permission. This lets you see which resource shares use which versions of the specified managed permission.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_list_permission_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_list_permission_associations(
  permissionArn = NULL,
  permissionVersion = NULL,
  associationStatus = NULL,
  resourceType = NULL,
  featureSet = NULL,
  defaultVersion = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

permissionArn

Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed permission.

permissionVersion

Specifies that you want to list only those associations with resource shares that use this version of the managed permission. If you don't provide a value for this parameter, then the operation returns information about associations with resource shares that use any version of the managed permission.

associationStatus

Specifies that you want to list only those associations with resource shares that match this status.

resourceType

Specifies that you want to list only those associations with resource shares that include at least one resource of this resource type.

featureSet

Specifies that you want to list only those associations with resource shares that have a featureSet with this value.

defaultVersion

When true, specifies that you want to list only those associations with resource shares that use the default version of the specified managed permission.

When false (the default value), lists associations with resource shares that use any version of the specified managed permission.

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value that is specific to the operation. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.


Lists the available versions of the specified RAM permission

Description

Lists the available versions of the specified RAM permission.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_list_permission_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_list_permission_versions(
  permissionArn,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

permissionArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RAM permission whose versions you want to list. You can use the permissionVersion parameter on the associate_resource_share_permission operation to specify a non-default version to attach.

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value that is specific to the operation. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.


Retrieves a list of available RAM permissions that you can use for the supported resource types

Description

Retrieves a list of available RAM permissions that you can use for the supported resource types.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_list_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_list_permissions(
  resourceType = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  permissionType = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceType

Specifies that you want to list only those permissions that apply to the specified resource type. This parameter is not case sensitive.

For example, to list only permissions that apply to Amazon EC2 subnets, specify ec2:subnet. You can use the list_resource_types operation to get the specific string required.

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value that is specific to the operation. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

permissionType

Specifies that you want to list only permissions of this type:

  • AWS – returns only Amazon Web Services managed permissions.

  • LOCAL – returns only customer managed permissions

  • ALL – returns both Amazon Web Services managed permissions and customer managed permissions.

If you don't specify this parameter, the default is All.


Lists the principals that you are sharing resources with or that are sharing resources with you

Description

Lists the principals that you are sharing resources with or that are sharing resources with you.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_list_principals/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_list_principals(
  resourceOwner,
  resourceArn = NULL,
  principals = NULL,
  resourceType = NULL,
  resourceShareArns = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceOwner

[required] Specifies that you want to list information for only resource shares that match the following:

  • SELF – principals that your account is sharing resources with

  • OTHER-ACCOUNTS – principals that are sharing resources with your account

resourceArn

Specifies that you want to list principal information for the resource share with the specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

principals

Specifies that you want to list information for only the listed principals.

You can include the following values:

  • An Amazon Web Services account ID, for example: 123456789012

  • An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of an organization in Organizations, for example: ⁠organizations::123456789012:organization/o-exampleorgid⁠

  • An ARN of an organizational unit (OU) in Organizations, for example: ⁠organizations::123456789012:ou/o-exampleorgid/ou-examplerootid-exampleouid123⁠

  • An ARN of an IAM role, for example: ⁠iam::123456789012:role/rolename⁠

  • An ARN of an IAM user, for example: ⁠iam::123456789012user/username⁠

Not all resource types can be shared with IAM roles and users. For more information, see Sharing with IAM roles and users in the Resource Access Manager User Guide.

resourceType

Specifies that you want to list information for only principals associated with resource shares that include the specified resource type.

For a list of valid values, query the list_resource_types operation.

resourceShareArns

Specifies that you want to list information for only principals associated with the resource shares specified by a list the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value that is specific to the operation. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.


Retrieves the current status of the asynchronous tasks performed by RAM when you perform the ReplacePermissionAssociationsWork operation

Description

Retrieves the current status of the asynchronous tasks performed by RAM when you perform the ReplacePermissionAssociationsWork operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_list_replace_permission_associations_work/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_list_replace_permission_associations_work(
  workIds = NULL,
  status = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

workIds

A list of IDs. These values come from the idfield of the replacePermissionAssociationsWorkstructure returned by the replace_permission_associations operation.

status

Specifies that you want to see only the details about requests with a status that matches this value.

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value that is specific to the operation. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.


Lists the RAM permissions that are associated with a resource share

Description

Lists the RAM permissions that are associated with a resource share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_list_resource_share_permissions/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_list_resource_share_permissions(
  resourceShareArn,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceShareArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share for which you want to retrieve the associated permissions.

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value that is specific to the operation. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.


Lists the resource types that can be shared by RAM

Description

Lists the resource types that can be shared by RAM.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_list_resource_types/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_list_resource_types(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  resourceRegionScope = NULL
)

Arguments

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value that is specific to the operation. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

resourceRegionScope

Specifies that you want the results to include only resources that have the specified scope.

  • ALL – the results include both global and regional resources or resource types.

  • GLOBAL – the results include only global resources or resource types.

  • REGIONAL – the results include only regional resources or resource types.

The default value is ALL.


Lists the resources that you added to a resource share or the resources that are shared with you

Description

Lists the resources that you added to a resource share or the resources that are shared with you.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_list_resources/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_list_resources(
  resourceOwner,
  principal = NULL,
  resourceType = NULL,
  resourceArns = NULL,
  resourceShareArns = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  resourceRegionScope = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceOwner

[required] Specifies that you want to list only the resource shares that match the following:

  • SELF – resources that your account shares with other accounts

  • OTHER-ACCOUNTS – resources that other accounts share with your account

principal

Specifies that you want to list only the resource shares that are associated with the specified principal.

resourceType

Specifies that you want to list only the resource shares that include resources of the specified resource type.

For valid values, query the list_resource_types operation.

resourceArns

Specifies that you want to list only the resource shares that include resources with the specified Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).

resourceShareArns

Specifies that you want to list only resources in the resource shares identified by the specified Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included on each page of the response. If you do not include this parameter, it defaults to a value that is specific to the operation. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next part of the results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

resourceRegionScope

Specifies that you want the results to include only resources that have the specified scope.

  • ALL – the results include both global and regional resources or resource types.

  • GLOBAL – the results include only global resources or resource types.

  • REGIONAL – the results include only regional resources or resource types.

The default value is ALL.


When you attach a resource-based policy to a resource, RAM automatically creates a resource share of featureSet=CREATED_FROM_POLICY with a managed permission that has the same IAM permissions as the original resource-based policy

Description

When you attach a resource-based policy to a resource, RAM automatically creates a resource share of featureSet=CREATED_FROM_POLICY with a managed permission that has the same IAM permissions as the original resource-based policy. However, this type of managed permission is visible to only the resource share owner, and the associated resource share can't be modified by using RAM.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_promote_permission_created_from_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_promote_permission_created_from_policy(
  permissionArn,
  name,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

permissionArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CREATED_FROM_POLICY permission that you want to promote. You can get this Amazon Resource Name (ARN) by calling the list_resource_share_permissions operation.

name

[required] Specifies a name for the promoted customer managed permission.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.


When you attach a resource-based policy to a resource, RAM automatically creates a resource share of featureSet=CREATED_FROM_POLICY with a managed permission that has the same IAM permissions as the original resource-based policy

Description

When you attach a resource-based policy to a resource, RAM automatically creates a resource share of featureSet=CREATED_FROM_POLICY with a managed permission that has the same IAM permissions as the original resource-based policy. However, this type of managed permission is visible to only the resource share owner, and the associated resource share can't be modified by using RAM.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_promote_resource_share_created_from_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_promote_resource_share_created_from_policy(resourceShareArn)

Arguments

resourceShareArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share to promote.


Rejects an invitation to a resource share from another Amazon Web Services account

Description

Rejects an invitation to a resource share from another Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_reject_resource_share_invitation/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_reject_resource_share_invitation(
  resourceShareInvitationArn,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceShareInvitationArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the invitation that you want to reject.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.


Updates all resource shares that use a managed permission to a different managed permission

Description

Updates all resource shares that use a managed permission to a different managed permission. This operation always applies the default version of the target managed permission. You can optionally specify that the update applies to only resource shares that currently use a specified version. This enables you to update to the latest version, without changing the which managed permission is used.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_replace_permission_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_replace_permission_associations(
  fromPermissionArn,
  fromPermissionVersion = NULL,
  toPermissionArn,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

fromPermissionArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed permission that you want to replace.

fromPermissionVersion

Specifies that you want to updated the permissions for only those resource shares that use the specified version of the managed permission.

toPermissionArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the managed permission that you want to associate with resource shares in place of the one specified by fromPerssionArn and fromPermissionVersion.

The operation always associates the version that is currently the default for the specified managed permission.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.


Designates the specified version number as the default version for the specified customer managed permission

Description

Designates the specified version number as the default version for the specified customer managed permission. New resource shares automatically use this new default permission. Existing resource shares continue to use their original permission version, but you can use replace_permission_associations to update them.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_set_default_permission_version/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_set_default_permission_version(
  permissionArn,
  permissionVersion,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

permissionArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the customer managed permission whose default version you want to change.

permissionVersion

[required] Specifies the version number that you want to designate as the default for customer managed permission. To see a list of all available version numbers, use list_permission_versions.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.


Adds the specified tag keys and values to a resource share or managed permission

Description

Adds the specified tag keys and values to a resource share or managed permission. If you choose a resource share, the tags are attached to only the resource share, not to the resources that are in the resource share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_tag_resource(resourceShareArn = NULL, tags, resourceArn = NULL)

Arguments

resourceShareArn

Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share that you want to add tags to. You must specify either resourceShareArn, or resourceArn, but not both.

tags

[required] A list of one or more tag key and value pairs. The tag key must be present and not be an empty string. The tag value must be present but can be an empty string.

resourceArn

Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed permission that you want to add tags to. You must specify either resourceArn, or resourceShareArn, but not both.


Removes the specified tag key and value pairs from the specified resource share or managed permission

Description

Removes the specified tag key and value pairs from the specified resource share or managed permission.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_untag_resource(resourceShareArn = NULL, tagKeys, resourceArn = NULL)

Arguments

resourceShareArn

Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share that you want to remove tags from. The tags are removed from the resource share, not the resources in the resource share. You must specify either resourceShareArn, or resourceArn, but not both.

tagKeys

[required] Specifies a list of one or more tag keys that you want to remove.

resourceArn

Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the managed permission that you want to remove tags from. You must specify either resourceArn, or resourceShareArn, but not both.


Modifies some of the properties of the specified resource share

Description

Modifies some of the properties of the specified resource share.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ram_update_resource_share/ for full documentation.

Usage

ram_update_resource_share(
  resourceShareArn,
  name = NULL,
  allowExternalPrincipals = NULL,
  clientToken = NULL
)

Arguments

resourceShareArn

[required] Specifies the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource share that you want to modify.

name

If specified, the new name that you want to attach to the resource share.

allowExternalPrincipals

Specifies whether principals outside your organization in Organizations can be associated with a resource share.

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.


Objects exported from other packages

Description

These objects are imported from other packages. Follow the links below to see their documentation.

paws.common

config, credentials, creds, list_paginators, paginate, paginate_lapply, paginate_sapply, paws_stream_parser


AWS Secrets Manager

Description

Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager

Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager provides a service to enable you to store, manage, and retrieve, secrets.

This guide provides descriptions of the Secrets Manager API. For more information about using this service, see the Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager User Guide.

API Version

This version of the Secrets Manager API Reference documents the Secrets Manager API version 2017-10-17.

For a list of endpoints, see Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager endpoints.

Support and Feedback for Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager

We welcome your feedback. Send your comments to awssecretsmanager-feedback@amazon.com, or post your feedback and questions in the Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager Discussion Forum. For more information about the Amazon Web Services Discussion Forums, see Forums Help.

Logging API Requests

Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager supports Amazon Web Services CloudTrail, a service that records Amazon Web Services API calls for your Amazon Web Services account and delivers log files to an Amazon S3 bucket. By using information that's collected by Amazon Web Services CloudTrail, you can determine the requests successfully made to Secrets Manager, who made the request, when it was made, and so on. For more about Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager and support for Amazon Web Services CloudTrail, see Logging Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager Events with Amazon Web Services CloudTrail in the Amazon Web Services Secrets Manager User Guide. To learn more about CloudTrail, including enabling it and find your log files, see the Amazon Web Services CloudTrail User Guide.

Usage

secretsmanager(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- secretsmanager(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

batch_get_secret_value Retrieves the contents of the encrypted fields SecretString or SecretBinary for up to 20 secrets
cancel_rotate_secret Turns off automatic rotation, and if a rotation is currently in progress, cancels the rotation
create_secret Creates a new secret
delete_resource_policy Deletes the resource-based permission policy attached to the secret
delete_secret Deletes a secret and all of its versions
describe_secret Retrieves the details of a secret
get_random_password Generates a random password
get_resource_policy Retrieves the JSON text of the resource-based policy document attached to the secret
get_secret_value Retrieves the contents of the encrypted fields SecretString or SecretBinary from the specified version of a secret, whichever contains content
list_secrets Lists the secrets that are stored by Secrets Manager in the Amazon Web Services account, not including secrets that are marked for deletion
list_secret_version_ids Lists the versions of a secret
put_resource_policy Attaches a resource-based permission policy to a secret
put_secret_value Creates a new version with a new encrypted secret value and attaches it to the secret
remove_regions_from_replication For a secret that is replicated to other Regions, deletes the secret replicas from the Regions you specify
replicate_secret_to_regions Replicates the secret to a new Regions
restore_secret Cancels the scheduled deletion of a secret by removing the DeletedDate time stamp
rotate_secret Configures and starts the asynchronous process of rotating the secret
stop_replication_to_replica Removes the link between the replica secret and the primary secret and promotes the replica to a primary secret in the replica Region
tag_resource Attaches tags to a secret
untag_resource Removes specific tags from a secret
update_secret Modifies the details of a secret, including metadata and the secret value
update_secret_version_stage Modifies the staging labels attached to a version of a secret
validate_resource_policy Validates that a resource policy does not grant a wide range of principals access to your secret

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- secretsmanager()
# The following example shows how to cancel rotation for a secret. The
# operation sets the RotationEnabled field to false and cancels all
# scheduled rotations. To resume scheduled rotations, you must re-enable
# rotation by calling the rotate-secret operation.
svc$cancel_rotate_secret(
  SecretId = "MyTestDatabaseSecret"
)

## End(Not run)


Retrieves the contents of the encrypted fields SecretString or SecretBinary for up to 20 secrets

Description

Retrieves the contents of the encrypted fields SecretString or SecretBinary for up to 20 secrets. To retrieve a single secret, call get_secret_value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_batch_get_secret_value/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_batch_get_secret_value(
  SecretIdList = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

SecretIdList

The ARN or names of the secrets to retrieve. You must include Filters or SecretIdList, but not both.

Filters

The filters to choose which secrets to retrieve. You must include Filters or SecretIdList, but not both.

MaxResults

The number of results to include in the response.

If there are more results available, in the response, Secrets Manager includes NextToken. To get the next results, call batch_get_secret_value again with the value from NextToken. To use this parameter, you must also use the Filters parameter.

NextToken

A token that indicates where the output should continue from, if a previous call did not show all results. To get the next results, call batch_get_secret_value again with this value.


Turns off automatic rotation, and if a rotation is currently in progress, cancels the rotation

Description

Turns off automatic rotation, and if a rotation is currently in progress, cancels the rotation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_cancel_rotate_secret/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_cancel_rotate_secret(SecretId)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.


Creates a new secret

Description

Creates a new secret. A secret can be a password, a set of credentials such as a user name and password, an OAuth token, or other secret information that you store in an encrypted form in Secrets Manager. The secret also includes the connection information to access a database or other service, which Secrets Manager doesn't encrypt. A secret in Secrets Manager consists of both the protected secret data and the important information needed to manage the secret.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_create_secret/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_create_secret(
  Name,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  KmsKeyId = NULL,
  SecretBinary = NULL,
  SecretString = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  AddReplicaRegions = NULL,
  ForceOverwriteReplicaSecret = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the new secret.

The secret name can contain ASCII letters, numbers, and the following characters: /_+=.@-

Do not end your secret name with a hyphen followed by six characters. If you do so, you risk confusion and unexpected results when searching for a secret by partial ARN. Secrets Manager automatically adds a hyphen and six random characters after the secret name at the end of the ARN.

ClientRequestToken

If you include SecretString or SecretBinary, then Secrets Manager creates an initial version for the secret, and this parameter specifies the unique identifier for the new version.

If you use the Amazon Web Services CLI or one of the Amazon Web Services SDKs to call this operation, then you can leave this parameter empty. The CLI or SDK generates a random UUID for you and includes it as the value for this parameter in the request.

If you generate a raw HTTP request to the Secrets Manager service endpoint, then you must generate a ClientRequestToken and include it in the request.

This value helps ensure idempotency. Secrets Manager uses this value to prevent the accidental creation of duplicate versions if there are failures and retries during a rotation. We recommend that you generate a UUID-type value to ensure uniqueness of your versions within the specified secret.

  • If the ClientRequestToken value isn't already associated with a version of the secret then a new version of the secret is created.

  • If a version with this value already exists and the version SecretString and SecretBinary values are the same as those in the request, then the request is ignored.

  • If a version with this value already exists and that version's SecretString and SecretBinary values are different from those in the request, then the request fails because you cannot modify an existing version. Instead, use put_secret_value to create a new version.

This value becomes the VersionId of the new version.

Description

The description of the secret.

KmsKeyId

The ARN, key ID, or alias of the KMS key that Secrets Manager uses to encrypt the secret value in the secret. An alias is always prefixed by ⁠alias/⁠, for example alias/aws/secretsmanager. For more information, see About aliases.

To use a KMS key in a different account, use the key ARN or the alias ARN.

If you don't specify this value, then Secrets Manager uses the key aws/secretsmanager. If that key doesn't yet exist, then Secrets Manager creates it for you automatically the first time it encrypts the secret value.

If the secret is in a different Amazon Web Services account from the credentials calling the API, then you can't use aws/secretsmanager to encrypt the secret, and you must create and use a customer managed KMS key.

SecretBinary

The binary data to encrypt and store in the new version of the secret. We recommend that you store your binary data in a file and then pass the contents of the file as a parameter.

Either SecretString or SecretBinary must have a value, but not both.

This parameter is not available in the Secrets Manager console.

Sensitive: This field contains sensitive information, so the service does not include it in CloudTrail log entries. If you create your own log entries, you must also avoid logging the information in this field.

SecretString

The text data to encrypt and store in this new version of the secret. We recommend you use a JSON structure of key/value pairs for your secret value.

Either SecretString or SecretBinary must have a value, but not both.

If you create a secret by using the Secrets Manager console then Secrets Manager puts the protected secret text in only the SecretString parameter. The Secrets Manager console stores the information as a JSON structure of key/value pairs that a Lambda rotation function can parse.

Sensitive: This field contains sensitive information, so the service does not include it in CloudTrail log entries. If you create your own log entries, you must also avoid logging the information in this field.

Tags

A list of tags to attach to the secret. Each tag is a key and value pair of strings in a JSON text string, for example:

⁠[{"Key":"CostCenter","Value":"12345"},{"Key":"environment","Value":"production"}]⁠

Secrets Manager tag key names are case sensitive. A tag with the key "ABC" is a different tag from one with key "abc".

If you check tags in permissions policies as part of your security strategy, then adding or removing a tag can change permissions. If the completion of this operation would result in you losing your permissions for this secret, then Secrets Manager blocks the operation and returns an ⁠Access Denied⁠ error. For more information, see Control access to secrets using tags and Limit access to identities with tags that match secrets' tags.

For information about how to format a JSON parameter for the various command line tool environments, see Using JSON for Parameters. If your command-line tool or SDK requires quotation marks around the parameter, you should use single quotes to avoid confusion with the double quotes required in the JSON text.

For tag quotas and naming restrictions, see Service quotas for Tagging in the Amazon Web Services General Reference guide.

AddReplicaRegions

A list of Regions and KMS keys to replicate secrets.

ForceOverwriteReplicaSecret

Specifies whether to overwrite a secret with the same name in the destination Region. By default, secrets aren't overwritten.


Deletes the resource-based permission policy attached to the secret

Description

Deletes the resource-based permission policy attached to the secret. To attach a policy to a secret, use put_resource_policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_delete_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_delete_resource_policy(SecretId)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret to delete the attached resource-based policy for.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.


Deletes a secret and all of its versions

Description

Deletes a secret and all of its versions. You can specify a recovery window during which you can restore the secret. The minimum recovery window is 7 days. The default recovery window is 30 days. Secrets Manager attaches a DeletionDate stamp to the secret that specifies the end of the recovery window. At the end of the recovery window, Secrets Manager deletes the secret permanently.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_delete_secret/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_delete_secret(
  SecretId,
  RecoveryWindowInDays = NULL,
  ForceDeleteWithoutRecovery = NULL
)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret to delete.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.

RecoveryWindowInDays

The number of days from 7 to 30 that Secrets Manager waits before permanently deleting the secret. You can't use both this parameter and ForceDeleteWithoutRecovery in the same call. If you don't use either, then by default Secrets Manager uses a 30 day recovery window.

ForceDeleteWithoutRecovery

Specifies whether to delete the secret without any recovery window. You can't use both this parameter and RecoveryWindowInDays in the same call. If you don't use either, then by default Secrets Manager uses a 30 day recovery window.

Secrets Manager performs the actual deletion with an asynchronous background process, so there might be a short delay before the secret is permanently deleted. If you delete a secret and then immediately create a secret with the same name, use appropriate back off and retry logic.

If you forcibly delete an already deleted or nonexistent secret, the operation does not return ResourceNotFoundException.

Use this parameter with caution. This parameter causes the operation to skip the normal recovery window before the permanent deletion that Secrets Manager would normally impose with the RecoveryWindowInDays parameter. If you delete a secret with the ForceDeleteWithoutRecovery parameter, then you have no opportunity to recover the secret. You lose the secret permanently.


Retrieves the details of a secret

Description

Retrieves the details of a secret. It does not include the encrypted secret value. Secrets Manager only returns fields that have a value in the response.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_describe_secret/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_describe_secret(SecretId)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.


Generates a random password

Description

Generates a random password. We recommend that you specify the maximum length and include every character type that the system you are generating a password for can support. By default, Secrets Manager uses uppercase and lowercase letters, numbers, and the following characters in passwords: ⁠!\\"#$%&\'()*+,-./:;<=>?@[\\]^_\`{|}~⁠

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_get_random_password/ for full documentation.

[\]: R:%5C%5C%5C [https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_get_random_password/]: R:https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_get_random_password/

Usage

secretsmanager_get_random_password(
  PasswordLength = NULL,
  ExcludeCharacters = NULL,
  ExcludeNumbers = NULL,
  ExcludePunctuation = NULL,
  ExcludeUppercase = NULL,
  ExcludeLowercase = NULL,
  IncludeSpace = NULL,
  RequireEachIncludedType = NULL
)

Arguments

PasswordLength

The length of the password. If you don't include this parameter, the default length is 32 characters.

ExcludeCharacters

A string of the characters that you don't want in the password.

ExcludeNumbers

Specifies whether to exclude numbers from the password. If you don't include this switch, the password can contain numbers.

ExcludePunctuation

Specifies whether to exclude the following punctuation characters from the password: ⁠! \" # $ % & \' ( ) * + , - . / : ; < = > ? @ [ \ ] ^ _ \` { | } ~⁠. If you don't include this switch, the password can contain punctuation.

ExcludeUppercase

Specifies whether to exclude uppercase letters from the password. If you don't include this switch, the password can contain uppercase letters.

ExcludeLowercase

Specifies whether to exclude lowercase letters from the password. If you don't include this switch, the password can contain lowercase letters.

IncludeSpace

Specifies whether to include the space character. If you include this switch, the password can contain space characters.

RequireEachIncludedType

Specifies whether to include at least one upper and lowercase letter, one number, and one punctuation. If you don't include this switch, the password contains at least one of every character type.


Retrieves the JSON text of the resource-based policy document attached to the secret

Description

Retrieves the JSON text of the resource-based policy document attached to the secret. For more information about permissions policies attached to a secret, see Permissions policies attached to a secret.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_get_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_get_resource_policy(SecretId)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret to retrieve the attached resource-based policy for.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.


Retrieves the contents of the encrypted fields SecretString or SecretBinary from the specified version of a secret, whichever contains content

Description

Retrieves the contents of the encrypted fields SecretString or SecretBinary from the specified version of a secret, whichever contains content.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_get_secret_value/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_get_secret_value(
  SecretId,
  VersionId = NULL,
  VersionStage = NULL
)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret to retrieve. To retrieve a secret from another account, you must use an ARN.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.

VersionId

The unique identifier of the version of the secret to retrieve. If you include both this parameter and VersionStage, the two parameters must refer to the same secret version. If you don't specify either a VersionStage or VersionId, then Secrets Manager returns the AWSCURRENT version.

This value is typically a UUID-type value with 32 hexadecimal digits.

VersionStage

The staging label of the version of the secret to retrieve.

Secrets Manager uses staging labels to keep track of different versions during the rotation process. If you include both this parameter and VersionId, the two parameters must refer to the same secret version. If you don't specify either a VersionStage or VersionId, Secrets Manager returns the AWSCURRENT version.


Lists the versions of a secret

Description

Lists the versions of a secret. Secrets Manager uses staging labels to indicate the different versions of a secret. For more information, see Secrets Manager concepts: Versions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_list_secret_version_ids/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_list_secret_version_ids(
  SecretId,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  IncludeDeprecated = NULL
)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret whose versions you want to list.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.

MaxResults

The number of results to include in the response.

If there are more results available, in the response, Secrets Manager includes NextToken. To get the next results, call list_secret_version_ids again with the value from NextToken.

NextToken

A token that indicates where the output should continue from, if a previous call did not show all results. To get the next results, call list_secret_version_ids again with this value.

IncludeDeprecated

Specifies whether to include versions of secrets that don't have any staging labels attached to them. Versions without staging labels are considered deprecated and are subject to deletion by Secrets Manager. By default, versions without staging labels aren't included.


Lists the secrets that are stored by Secrets Manager in the Amazon Web Services account, not including secrets that are marked for deletion

Description

Lists the secrets that are stored by Secrets Manager in the Amazon Web Services account, not including secrets that are marked for deletion. To see secrets marked for deletion, use the Secrets Manager console.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_list_secrets/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_list_secrets(
  IncludePlannedDeletion = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  SortOrder = NULL
)

Arguments

IncludePlannedDeletion

Specifies whether to include secrets scheduled for deletion. By default, secrets scheduled for deletion aren't included.

MaxResults

The number of results to include in the response.

If there are more results available, in the response, Secrets Manager includes NextToken. To get the next results, call list_secrets again with the value from NextToken.

NextToken

A token that indicates where the output should continue from, if a previous call did not show all results. To get the next results, call list_secrets again with this value.

Filters

The filters to apply to the list of secrets.

SortOrder

Secrets are listed by CreatedDate.


Attaches a resource-based permission policy to a secret

Description

Attaches a resource-based permission policy to a secret. A resource-based policy is optional. For more information, see Authentication and access control for Secrets Manager

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_put_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_put_resource_policy(
  SecretId,
  ResourcePolicy,
  BlockPublicPolicy = NULL
)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret to attach the resource-based policy.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.

ResourcePolicy

[required] A JSON-formatted string for an Amazon Web Services resource-based policy. For example policies, see Permissions policy examples.

BlockPublicPolicy

Specifies whether to block resource-based policies that allow broad access to the secret, for example those that use a wildcard for the principal. By default, public policies aren't blocked.

Resource policy validation and the BlockPublicPolicy parameter help protect your resources by preventing public access from being granted through the resource policies that are directly attached to your secrets. In addition to using these features, carefully inspect the following policies to confirm that they do not grant public access:

  • Identity-based policies attached to associated Amazon Web Services principals (for example, IAM roles)

  • Resource-based policies attached to associated Amazon Web Services resources (for example, Key Management Service (KMS) keys)

To review permissions to your secrets, see Determine who has permissions to your secrets.


Creates a new version with a new encrypted secret value and attaches it to the secret

Description

Creates a new version with a new encrypted secret value and attaches it to the secret. The version can contain a new SecretString value or a new SecretBinary value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_put_secret_value/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_put_secret_value(
  SecretId,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL,
  SecretBinary = NULL,
  SecretString = NULL,
  VersionStages = NULL,
  RotationToken = NULL
)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret to add a new version to.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.

If the secret doesn't already exist, use create_secret instead.

ClientRequestToken

A unique identifier for the new version of the secret.

If you use the Amazon Web Services CLI or one of the Amazon Web Services SDKs to call this operation, then you can leave this parameter empty. The CLI or SDK generates a random UUID for you and includes it as the value for this parameter in the request.

If you generate a raw HTTP request to the Secrets Manager service endpoint, then you must generate a ClientRequestToken and include it in the request.

This value helps ensure idempotency. Secrets Manager uses this value to prevent the accidental creation of duplicate versions if there are failures and retries during a rotation. We recommend that you generate a UUID-type value to ensure uniqueness of your versions within the specified secret.

  • If the ClientRequestToken value isn't already associated with a version of the secret then a new version of the secret is created.

  • If a version with this value already exists and that version's SecretString or SecretBinary values are the same as those in the request then the request is ignored. The operation is idempotent.

  • If a version with this value already exists and the version of the SecretString and SecretBinary values are different from those in the request, then the request fails because you can't modify a secret version. You can only create new versions to store new secret values.

This value becomes the VersionId of the new version.

SecretBinary

The binary data to encrypt and store in the new version of the secret. To use this parameter in the command-line tools, we recommend that you store your binary data in a file and then pass the contents of the file as a parameter.

You must include SecretBinary or SecretString, but not both.

You can't access this value from the Secrets Manager console.

Sensitive: This field contains sensitive information, so the service does not include it in CloudTrail log entries. If you create your own log entries, you must also avoid logging the information in this field.

SecretString

The text to encrypt and store in the new version of the secret.

You must include SecretBinary or SecretString, but not both.

We recommend you create the secret string as JSON key/value pairs, as shown in the example.

Sensitive: This field contains sensitive information, so the service does not include it in CloudTrail log entries. If you create your own log entries, you must also avoid logging the information in this field.

VersionStages

A list of staging labels to attach to this version of the secret. Secrets Manager uses staging labels to track versions of a secret through the rotation process.

If you specify a staging label that's already associated with a different version of the same secret, then Secrets Manager removes the label from the other version and attaches it to this version. If you specify AWSCURRENT, and it is already attached to another version, then Secrets Manager also moves the staging label AWSPREVIOUS to the version that AWSCURRENT was removed from.

If you don't include VersionStages, then Secrets Manager automatically moves the staging label AWSCURRENT to this version.

RotationToken

A unique identifier that indicates the source of the request. For cross-account rotation (when you rotate a secret in one account by using a Lambda rotation function in another account) and the Lambda rotation function assumes an IAM role to call Secrets Manager, Secrets Manager validates the identity with the rotation token. For more information, see How rotation works.

Sensitive: This field contains sensitive information, so the service does not include it in CloudTrail log entries. If you create your own log entries, you must also avoid logging the information in this field.


For a secret that is replicated to other Regions, deletes the secret replicas from the Regions you specify

Description

For a secret that is replicated to other Regions, deletes the secret replicas from the Regions you specify.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_remove_regions_from_replication/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_remove_regions_from_replication(SecretId, RemoveReplicaRegions)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret.

RemoveReplicaRegions

[required] The Regions of the replicas to remove.


Replicates the secret to a new Regions

Description

Replicates the secret to a new Regions. See Multi-Region secrets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_replicate_secret_to_regions/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_replicate_secret_to_regions(
  SecretId,
  AddReplicaRegions,
  ForceOverwriteReplicaSecret = NULL
)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret to replicate.

AddReplicaRegions

[required] A list of Regions in which to replicate the secret.

ForceOverwriteReplicaSecret

Specifies whether to overwrite a secret with the same name in the destination Region. By default, secrets aren't overwritten.


Cancels the scheduled deletion of a secret by removing the DeletedDate time stamp

Description

Cancels the scheduled deletion of a secret by removing the DeletedDate time stamp. You can access a secret again after it has been restored.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_restore_secret/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_restore_secret(SecretId)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret to restore.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.


Configures and starts the asynchronous process of rotating the secret

Description

Configures and starts the asynchronous process of rotating the secret. For information about rotation, see Rotate secrets in the Secrets Manager User Guide. If you include the configuration parameters, the operation sets the values for the secret and then immediately starts a rotation. If you don't include the configuration parameters, the operation starts a rotation with the values already stored in the secret.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_rotate_secret/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_rotate_secret(
  SecretId,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL,
  RotationLambdaARN = NULL,
  RotationRules = NULL,
  RotateImmediately = NULL
)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret to rotate.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.

ClientRequestToken

A unique identifier for the new version of the secret. You only need to specify this value if you implement your own retry logic and you want to ensure that Secrets Manager doesn't attempt to create a secret version twice.

If you use the Amazon Web Services CLI or one of the Amazon Web Services SDKs to call this operation, then you can leave this parameter empty. The CLI or SDK generates a random UUID for you and includes it as the value for this parameter in the request.

If you generate a raw HTTP request to the Secrets Manager service endpoint, then you must generate a ClientRequestToken and include it in the request.

This value helps ensure idempotency. Secrets Manager uses this value to prevent the accidental creation of duplicate versions if there are failures and retries during a rotation. We recommend that you generate a UUID-type value to ensure uniqueness of your versions within the specified secret.

RotationLambdaARN

For secrets that use a Lambda rotation function to rotate, the ARN of the Lambda rotation function.

For secrets that use managed rotation, omit this field. For more information, see Managed rotation in the Secrets Manager User Guide.

RotationRules

A structure that defines the rotation configuration for this secret.

RotateImmediately

Specifies whether to rotate the secret immediately or wait until the next scheduled rotation window. The rotation schedule is defined in RotateSecretRequest$RotationRules.

For secrets that use a Lambda rotation function to rotate, if you don't immediately rotate the secret, Secrets Manager tests the rotation configuration by running the testSecret step of the Lambda rotation function. The test creates an AWSPENDING version of the secret and then removes it.

By default, Secrets Manager rotates the secret immediately.


Removes the link between the replica secret and the primary secret and promotes the replica to a primary secret in the replica Region

Description

Removes the link between the replica secret and the primary secret and promotes the replica to a primary secret in the replica Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_stop_replication_to_replica/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_stop_replication_to_replica(SecretId)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN of the primary secret.


Attaches tags to a secret

Description

Attaches tags to a secret. Tags consist of a key name and a value. Tags are part of the secret's metadata. They are not associated with specific versions of the secret. This operation appends tags to the existing list of tags.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_tag_resource(SecretId, Tags)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The identifier for the secret to attach tags to. You can specify either the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or the friendly name of the secret.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.

Tags

[required] The tags to attach to the secret as a JSON text string argument. Each element in the list consists of a Key and a Value.

For storing multiple values, we recommend that you use a JSON text string argument and specify key/value pairs. For more information, see Specifying parameter values for the Amazon Web Services CLI in the Amazon Web Services CLI User Guide.


Removes specific tags from a secret

Description

Removes specific tags from a secret.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_untag_resource(SecretId, TagKeys)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.

TagKeys

[required] A list of tag key names to remove from the secret. You don't specify the value. Both the key and its associated value are removed.

This parameter requires a JSON text string argument.

For storing multiple values, we recommend that you use a JSON text string argument and specify key/value pairs. For more information, see Specifying parameter values for the Amazon Web Services CLI in the Amazon Web Services CLI User Guide.


Modifies the details of a secret, including metadata and the secret value

Description

Modifies the details of a secret, including metadata and the secret value. To change the secret value, you can also use put_secret_value.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_update_secret/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_update_secret(
  SecretId,
  ClientRequestToken = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  KmsKeyId = NULL,
  SecretBinary = NULL,
  SecretString = NULL
)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or name of the secret.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.

ClientRequestToken

If you include SecretString or SecretBinary, then Secrets Manager creates a new version for the secret, and this parameter specifies the unique identifier for the new version.

If you use the Amazon Web Services CLI or one of the Amazon Web Services SDKs to call this operation, then you can leave this parameter empty. The CLI or SDK generates a random UUID for you and includes it as the value for this parameter in the request.

If you generate a raw HTTP request to the Secrets Manager service endpoint, then you must generate a ClientRequestToken and include it in the request.

This value helps ensure idempotency. Secrets Manager uses this value to prevent the accidental creation of duplicate versions if there are failures and retries during a rotation. We recommend that you generate a UUID-type value to ensure uniqueness of your versions within the specified secret.

Description

The description of the secret.

KmsKeyId

The ARN, key ID, or alias of the KMS key that Secrets Manager uses to encrypt new secret versions as well as any existing versions with the staging labels AWSCURRENT, AWSPENDING, or AWSPREVIOUS. If you don't have kms:Encrypt permission to the new key, Secrets Manager does not re-encrypt existing secret versions with the new key. For more information about versions and staging labels, see Concepts: Version.

A key alias is always prefixed by ⁠alias/⁠, for example alias/aws/secretsmanager. For more information, see About aliases.

If you set this to an empty string, Secrets Manager uses the Amazon Web Services managed key aws/secretsmanager. If this key doesn't already exist in your account, then Secrets Manager creates it for you automatically. All users and roles in the Amazon Web Services account automatically have access to use aws/secretsmanager. Creating aws/secretsmanager can result in a one-time significant delay in returning the result.

You can only use the Amazon Web Services managed key aws/secretsmanager if you call this operation using credentials from the same Amazon Web Services account that owns the secret. If the secret is in a different account, then you must use a customer managed key and provide the ARN of that KMS key in this field. The user making the call must have permissions to both the secret and the KMS key in their respective accounts.

SecretBinary

The binary data to encrypt and store in the new version of the secret. We recommend that you store your binary data in a file and then pass the contents of the file as a parameter.

Either SecretBinary or SecretString must have a value, but not both.

You can't access this parameter in the Secrets Manager console.

Sensitive: This field contains sensitive information, so the service does not include it in CloudTrail log entries. If you create your own log entries, you must also avoid logging the information in this field.

SecretString

The text data to encrypt and store in the new version of the secret. We recommend you use a JSON structure of key/value pairs for your secret value.

Either SecretBinary or SecretString must have a value, but not both.

Sensitive: This field contains sensitive information, so the service does not include it in CloudTrail log entries. If you create your own log entries, you must also avoid logging the information in this field.


Modifies the staging labels attached to a version of a secret

Description

Modifies the staging labels attached to a version of a secret. Secrets Manager uses staging labels to track a version as it progresses through the secret rotation process. Each staging label can be attached to only one version at a time. To add a staging label to a version when it is already attached to another version, Secrets Manager first removes it from the other version first and then attaches it to this one. For more information about versions and staging labels, see Concepts: Version.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_update_secret_version_stage/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_update_secret_version_stage(
  SecretId,
  VersionStage,
  RemoveFromVersionId = NULL,
  MoveToVersionId = NULL
)

Arguments

SecretId

[required] The ARN or the name of the secret with the version and staging labelsto modify.

For an ARN, we recommend that you specify a complete ARN rather than a partial ARN. See Finding a secret from a partial ARN.

VersionStage

[required] The staging label to add to this version.

RemoveFromVersionId

The ID of the version that the staging label is to be removed from. If the staging label you are trying to attach to one version is already attached to a different version, then you must include this parameter and specify the version that the label is to be removed from. If the label is attached and you either do not specify this parameter, or the version ID does not match, then the operation fails.

MoveToVersionId

The ID of the version to add the staging label to. To remove a label from a version, then do not specify this parameter.

If the staging label is already attached to a different version of the secret, then you must also specify the RemoveFromVersionId parameter.


Validates that a resource policy does not grant a wide range of principals access to your secret

Description

Validates that a resource policy does not grant a wide range of principals access to your secret. A resource-based policy is optional for secrets.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/secretsmanager_validate_resource_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

secretsmanager_validate_resource_policy(SecretId = NULL, ResourcePolicy)

Arguments

SecretId

The ARN or name of the secret with the resource-based policy you want to validate.

ResourcePolicy

[required] A JSON-formatted string that contains an Amazon Web Services resource-based policy. The policy in the string identifies who can access or manage this secret and its versions. For example policies, see Permissions policy examples.


AWS SecurityHub

Description

Security Hub provides you with a comprehensive view of your security state in Amazon Web Services and helps you assess your Amazon Web Services environment against security industry standards and best practices.

Security Hub collects security data across Amazon Web Services accounts, Amazon Web Services services, and supported third-party products and helps you analyze your security trends and identify the highest priority security issues.

To help you manage the security state of your organization, Security Hub supports multiple security standards. These include the Amazon Web Services Foundational Security Best Practices (FSBP) standard developed by Amazon Web Services, and external compliance frameworks such as the Center for Internet Security (CIS), the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS), and the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST). Each standard includes several security controls, each of which represents a security best practice. Security Hub runs checks against security controls and generates control findings to help you assess your compliance against security best practices.

In addition to generating control findings, Security Hub also receives findings from other Amazon Web Services services, such as Amazon GuardDuty and Amazon Inspector, and supported third-party products. This gives you a single pane of glass into a variety of security-related issues. You can also send Security Hub findings to other Amazon Web Services services and supported third-party products.

Security Hub offers automation features that help you triage and remediate security issues. For example, you can use automation rules to automatically update critical findings when a security check fails. You can also leverage the integration with Amazon EventBridge to trigger automatic responses to specific findings.

This guide, the Security Hub API Reference, provides information about the Security Hub API. This includes supported resources, HTTP methods, parameters, and schemas. If you're new to Security Hub, you might find it helpful to also review the Security Hub User Guide . The user guide explains key concepts and provides procedures that demonstrate how to use Security Hub features. It also provides information about topics such as integrating Security Hub with other Amazon Web Services services.

In addition to interacting with Security Hub by making calls to the Security Hub API, you can use a current version of an Amazon Web Services command line tool or SDK. Amazon Web Services provides tools and SDKs that consist of libraries and sample code for various languages and platforms, such as PowerShell, Java, Go, Python, C++, and .NET. These tools and SDKs provide convenient, programmatic access to Security Hub and other Amazon Web Services services . They also handle tasks such as signing requests, managing errors, and retrying requests automatically. For information about installing and using the Amazon Web Services tools and SDKs, see Tools to Build on Amazon Web Services.

With the exception of operations that are related to central configuration, Security Hub API requests are executed only in the Amazon Web Services Region that is currently active or in the specific Amazon Web Services Region that you specify in your request. Any configuration or settings change that results from the operation is applied only to that Region. To make the same change in other Regions, call the same API operation in each Region in which you want to apply the change. When you use central configuration, API requests for enabling Security Hub, standards, and controls are executed in the home Region and all linked Regions. For a list of central configuration operations, see the Central configuration terms and concepts section of the Security Hub User Guide.

The following throttling limits apply to Security Hub API operations.

Usage

securityhub(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- securityhub(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

accept_administrator_invitation We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts
accept_invitation This method is deprecated
batch_delete_automation_rules Deletes one or more automation rules
batch_disable_standards Disables the standards specified by the provided StandardsSubscriptionArns
batch_enable_standards Enables the standards specified by the provided StandardsArn
batch_get_automation_rules Retrieves a list of details for automation rules based on rule Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)
batch_get_configuration_policy_associations Returns associations between an Security Hub configuration and a batch of target accounts, organizational units, or the root
batch_get_security_controls Provides details about a batch of security controls for the current Amazon Web Services account and Amazon Web Services Region
batch_get_standards_control_associations For a batch of security controls and standards, identifies whether each control is currently enabled or disabled in a standard
batch_import_findings Imports security findings generated by a finding provider into Security Hub
batch_update_automation_rules Updates one or more automation rules based on rule Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and input parameters
batch_update_findings Used by Security Hub customers to update information about their investigation into a finding
batch_update_standards_control_associations For a batch of security controls and standards, this operation updates the enablement status of a control in a standard
create_action_target Creates a custom action target in Security Hub
create_automation_rule Creates an automation rule based on input parameters
create_configuration_policy Creates a configuration policy with the defined configuration
create_finding_aggregator The aggregation Region is now called the home Region
create_insight Creates a custom insight in Security Hub
create_members Creates a member association in Security Hub between the specified accounts and the account used to make the request, which is the administrator account
decline_invitations We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts
delete_action_target Deletes a custom action target from Security Hub
delete_configuration_policy Deletes a configuration policy
delete_finding_aggregator The aggregation Region is now called the home Region
delete_insight Deletes the insight specified by the InsightArn
delete_invitations We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts
delete_members Deletes the specified member accounts from Security Hub
describe_action_targets Returns a list of the custom action targets in Security Hub in your account
describe_hub Returns details about the Hub resource in your account, including the HubArn and the time when you enabled Security Hub
describe_organization_configuration Returns information about the way your organization is configured in Security Hub
describe_products Returns information about product integrations in Security Hub
describe_standards Returns a list of the available standards in Security Hub
describe_standards_controls Returns a list of security standards controls
disable_import_findings_for_product Disables the integration of the specified product with Security Hub
disable_organization_admin_account Disables a Security Hub administrator account
disable_security_hub Disables Security Hub in your account only in the current Amazon Web Services Region
disassociate_from_administrator_account Disassociates the current Security Hub member account from the associated administrator account
disassociate_from_master_account This method is deprecated
disassociate_members Disassociates the specified member accounts from the associated administrator account
enable_import_findings_for_product Enables the integration of a partner product with Security Hub
enable_organization_admin_account Designates the Security Hub administrator account for an organization
enable_security_hub Enables Security Hub for your account in the current Region or the Region you specify in the request
get_administrator_account Provides the details for the Security Hub administrator account for the current member account
get_configuration_policy Provides information about a configuration policy
get_configuration_policy_association Returns the association between a configuration and a target account, organizational unit, or the root
get_enabled_standards Returns a list of the standards that are currently enabled
get_finding_aggregator The aggregation Region is now called the home Region
get_finding_history Returns history for a Security Hub finding in the last 90 days
get_findings Returns a list of findings that match the specified criteria
get_insight_results Lists the results of the Security Hub insight specified by the insight ARN
get_insights Lists and describes insights for the specified insight ARNs
get_invitations_count We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts
get_master_account This method is deprecated
get_members Returns the details for the Security Hub member accounts for the specified account IDs
get_security_control_definition Retrieves the definition of a security control
invite_members We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts
list_automation_rules A list of automation rules and their metadata for the calling account
list_configuration_policies Lists the configuration policies that the Security Hub delegated administrator has created for your organization
list_configuration_policy_associations Provides information about the associations for your configuration policies and self-managed behavior
list_enabled_products_for_import Lists all findings-generating solutions (products) that you are subscribed to receive findings from in Security Hub
list_finding_aggregators If cross-Region aggregation is enabled, then ListFindingAggregators returns the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the finding aggregator
list_invitations We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts
list_members Lists details about all member accounts for the current Security Hub administrator account
list_organization_admin_accounts Lists the Security Hub administrator accounts
list_security_control_definitions Lists all of the security controls that apply to a specified standard
list_standards_control_associations Specifies whether a control is currently enabled or disabled in each enabled standard in the calling account
list_tags_for_resource Returns a list of tags associated with a resource
start_configuration_policy_association Associates a target account, organizational unit, or the root with a specified configuration
start_configuration_policy_disassociation Disassociates a target account, organizational unit, or the root from a specified configuration
tag_resource Adds one or more tags to a resource
untag_resource Removes one or more tags from a resource
update_action_target Updates the name and description of a custom action target in Security Hub
update_configuration_policy Updates a configuration policy
update_finding_aggregator The aggregation Region is now called the home Region
update_findings UpdateFindings is a deprecated operation
update_insight Updates the Security Hub insight identified by the specified insight ARN
update_organization_configuration Updates the configuration of your organization in Security Hub
update_security_control Updates the properties of a security control
update_security_hub_configuration Updates configuration options for Security Hub
update_standards_control Used to control whether an individual security standard control is enabled or disabled

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- securityhub()
svc$accept_administrator_invitation(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts

Description

We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts. For information, see Managing Security Hub administrator and member accounts with Organizations in the Security Hub User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_accept_administrator_invitation/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_accept_administrator_invitation(AdministratorId, InvitationId)

Arguments

AdministratorId

[required] The account ID of the Security Hub administrator account that sent the invitation.

InvitationId

[required] The identifier of the invitation sent from the Security Hub administrator account.


This method is deprecated

Description

This method is deprecated. Instead, use accept_administrator_invitation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_accept_invitation/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_accept_invitation(MasterId, InvitationId)

Arguments

MasterId

[required] The account ID of the Security Hub administrator account that sent the invitation.

InvitationId

[required] The identifier of the invitation sent from the Security Hub administrator account.


Deletes one or more automation rules

Description

Deletes one or more automation rules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_batch_delete_automation_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_batch_delete_automation_rules(AutomationRulesArns)

Arguments

AutomationRulesArns

[required] A list of Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) for the rules that are to be deleted.


Disables the standards specified by the provided StandardsSubscriptionArns

Description

Disables the standards specified by the provided StandardsSubscriptionArns.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_batch_disable_standards/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_batch_disable_standards(StandardsSubscriptionArns)

Arguments

StandardsSubscriptionArns

[required] The ARNs of the standards subscriptions to disable.


Enables the standards specified by the provided StandardsArn

Description

Enables the standards specified by the provided StandardsArn. To obtain the ARN for a standard, use the describe_standards operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_batch_enable_standards/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_batch_enable_standards(StandardsSubscriptionRequests)

Arguments

StandardsSubscriptionRequests

[required] The list of standards checks to enable.


Retrieves a list of details for automation rules based on rule Amazon Resource Names (ARNs)

Description

Retrieves a list of details for automation rules based on rule Amazon Resource Names (ARNs).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_batch_get_automation_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_batch_get_automation_rules(AutomationRulesArns)

Arguments

AutomationRulesArns

[required] A list of rule ARNs to get details for.


Returns associations between an Security Hub configuration and a batch of target accounts, organizational units, or the root

Description

Returns associations between an Security Hub configuration and a batch of target accounts, organizational units, or the root. Only the Security Hub delegated administrator can invoke this operation from the home Region. A configuration can refer to a configuration policy or to a self-managed configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_batch_get_configuration_policy_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_batch_get_configuration_policy_associations(
  ConfigurationPolicyAssociationIdentifiers
)

Arguments

ConfigurationPolicyAssociationIdentifiers

[required] Specifies one or more target account IDs, organizational unit (OU) IDs, or the root ID to retrieve associations for.


Provides details about a batch of security controls for the current Amazon Web Services account and Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Provides details about a batch of security controls for the current Amazon Web Services account and Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_batch_get_security_controls/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_batch_get_security_controls(SecurityControlIds)

Arguments

SecurityControlIds

[required] A list of security controls (identified with SecurityControlId, SecurityControlArn, or a mix of both parameters). The security control ID or Amazon Resource Name (ARN) is the same across standards.


For a batch of security controls and standards, identifies whether each control is currently enabled or disabled in a standard

Description

For a batch of security controls and standards, identifies whether each control is currently enabled or disabled in a standard.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_batch_get_standards_control_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_batch_get_standards_control_associations(
  StandardsControlAssociationIds
)

Arguments

StandardsControlAssociationIds

[required] An array with one or more objects that includes a security control (identified with SecurityControlId, SecurityControlArn, or a mix of both parameters) and the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a standard. This field is used to query the enablement status of a control in a specified standard. The security control ID or ARN is the same across standards.


Imports security findings generated by a finding provider into Security Hub

Description

Imports security findings generated by a finding provider into Security Hub. This action is requested by the finding provider to import its findings into Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_batch_import_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_batch_import_findings(Findings)

Arguments

Findings

[required] A list of findings to import. To successfully import a finding, it must follow the Amazon Web Services Security Finding Format. Maximum of 100 findings per request.


Updates one or more automation rules based on rule Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and input parameters

Description

Updates one or more automation rules based on rule Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and input parameters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_batch_update_automation_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_batch_update_automation_rules(UpdateAutomationRulesRequestItems)

Arguments

UpdateAutomationRulesRequestItems

[required] An array of ARNs for the rules that are to be updated. Optionally, you can also include RuleStatus and RuleOrder.


Used by Security Hub customers to update information about their investigation into a finding

Description

Used by Security Hub customers to update information about their investigation into a finding. Requested by administrator accounts or member accounts. Administrator accounts can update findings for their account and their member accounts. Member accounts can update findings for their account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_batch_update_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_batch_update_findings(
  FindingIdentifiers,
  Note = NULL,
  Severity = NULL,
  VerificationState = NULL,
  Confidence = NULL,
  Criticality = NULL,
  Types = NULL,
  UserDefinedFields = NULL,
  Workflow = NULL,
  RelatedFindings = NULL
)

Arguments

FindingIdentifiers

[required] The list of findings to update. batch_update_findings can be used to update up to 100 findings at a time.

For each finding, the list provides the finding identifier and the ARN of the finding provider.

Note
Severity

Used to update the finding severity.

VerificationState

Indicates the veracity of a finding.

The available values for VerificationState are as follows.

  • UNKNOWN – The default disposition of a security finding

  • TRUE_POSITIVE – The security finding is confirmed

  • FALSE_POSITIVE – The security finding was determined to be a false alarm

  • BENIGN_POSITIVE – A special case of TRUE_POSITIVE where the finding doesn't pose any threat, is expected, or both

Confidence

The updated value for the finding confidence. Confidence is defined as the likelihood that a finding accurately identifies the behavior or issue that it was intended to identify.

Confidence is scored on a 0-100 basis using a ratio scale, where 0 means zero percent confidence and 100 means 100 percent confidence.

Criticality

The updated value for the level of importance assigned to the resources associated with the findings.

A score of 0 means that the underlying resources have no criticality, and a score of 100 is reserved for the most critical resources.

Types

One or more finding types in the format of namespace/category/classifier that classify a finding.

Valid namespace values are as follows.

  • Software and Configuration Checks

  • TTPs

  • Effects

  • Unusual Behaviors

  • Sensitive Data Identifications

UserDefinedFields

A list of name/value string pairs associated with the finding. These are custom, user-defined fields added to a finding.

Workflow

Used to update the workflow status of a finding.

The workflow status indicates the progress of the investigation into the finding.

RelatedFindings

A list of findings that are related to the updated findings.


For a batch of security controls and standards, this operation updates the enablement status of a control in a standard

Description

For a batch of security controls and standards, this operation updates the enablement status of a control in a standard.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_batch_update_standards_control_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_batch_update_standards_control_associations(
  StandardsControlAssociationUpdates
)

Arguments

StandardsControlAssociationUpdates

[required] Updates the enablement status of a security control in a specified standard.


Creates a custom action target in Security Hub

Description

Creates a custom action target in Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_create_action_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_create_action_target(Name, Description, Id)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the custom action target. Can contain up to 20 characters.

Description

[required] The description for the custom action target.

Id

[required] The ID for the custom action target. Can contain up to 20 alphanumeric characters.


Creates an automation rule based on input parameters

Description

Creates an automation rule based on input parameters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_create_automation_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_create_automation_rule(
  Tags = NULL,
  RuleStatus = NULL,
  RuleOrder,
  RuleName,
  Description,
  IsTerminal = NULL,
  Criteria,
  Actions
)

Arguments

Tags

User-defined tags associated with an automation rule.

RuleStatus

Whether the rule is active after it is created. If this parameter is equal to ENABLED, Security Hub starts applying the rule to findings and finding updates after the rule is created. To change the value of this parameter after creating a rule, use batch_update_automation_rules .

RuleOrder

[required] An integer ranging from 1 to 1000 that represents the order in which the rule action is applied to findings. Security Hub applies rules with lower values for this parameter first.

RuleName

[required] The name of the rule.

Description

[required] A description of the rule.

IsTerminal

Specifies whether a rule is the last to be applied with respect to a finding that matches the rule criteria. This is useful when a finding matches the criteria for multiple rules, and each rule has different actions. If a rule is terminal, Security Hub applies the rule action to a finding that matches the rule criteria and doesn't evaluate other rules for the finding. By default, a rule isn't terminal.

Criteria

[required] A set of ASFF finding field attributes and corresponding expected values that Security Hub uses to filter findings. If a rule is enabled and a finding matches the conditions specified in this parameter, Security Hub applies the rule action to the finding.

Actions

[required] One or more actions to update finding fields if a finding matches the conditions specified in Criteria.


Creates a configuration policy with the defined configuration

Description

Creates a configuration policy with the defined configuration. Only the Security Hub delegated administrator can invoke this operation from the home Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_create_configuration_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_create_configuration_policy(
  Name,
  Description = NULL,
  ConfigurationPolicy,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the configuration policy. Alphanumeric characters and the following ASCII characters are permitted: ⁠-, ., !, *, /⁠.

Description

The description of the configuration policy.

ConfigurationPolicy

[required] An object that defines how Security Hub is configured. It includes whether Security Hub is enabled or disabled, a list of enabled security standards, a list of enabled or disabled security controls, and a list of custom parameter values for specified controls. If you provide a list of security controls that are enabled in the configuration policy, Security Hub disables all other controls (including newly released controls). If you provide a list of security controls that are disabled in the configuration policy, Security Hub enables all other controls (including newly released controls).

Tags

User-defined tags associated with a configuration policy. For more information, see Tagging Security Hub resources in the Security Hub user guide.


The aggregation Region is now called the home Region

Description

The aggregation Region is now called the home Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_create_finding_aggregator/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_create_finding_aggregator(RegionLinkingMode, Regions = NULL)

Arguments

RegionLinkingMode

[required] Indicates whether to aggregate findings from all of the available Regions in the current partition. Also determines whether to automatically aggregate findings from new Regions as Security Hub supports them and you opt into them.

The selected option also determines how to use the Regions provided in the Regions list.

The options are as follows:

  • ALL_REGIONS - Aggregates findings from all of the Regions where Security Hub is enabled. When you choose this option, Security Hub also automatically aggregates findings from new Regions as Security Hub supports them and you opt into them.

  • ALL_REGIONS_EXCEPT_SPECIFIED - Aggregates findings from all of the Regions where Security Hub is enabled, except for the Regions listed in the Regions parameter. When you choose this option, Security Hub also automatically aggregates findings from new Regions as Security Hub supports them and you opt into them.

  • SPECIFIED_REGIONS - Aggregates findings only from the Regions listed in the Regions parameter. Security Hub does not automatically aggregate findings from new Regions.

  • NO_REGIONS - Aggregates no data because no Regions are selected as linked Regions.

Regions

If RegionLinkingMode is ALL_REGIONS_EXCEPT_SPECIFIED, then this is a space-separated list of Regions that don't replicate and send findings to the home Region.

If RegionLinkingMode is SPECIFIED_REGIONS, then this is a space-separated list of Regions that do replicate and send findings to the home Region.

An InvalidInputException error results if you populate this field while RegionLinkingMode is NO_REGIONS.


Creates a custom insight in Security Hub

Description

Creates a custom insight in Security Hub. An insight is a consolidation of findings that relate to a security issue that requires attention or remediation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_create_insight/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_create_insight(Name, Filters, GroupByAttribute)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the custom insight to create.

Filters

[required] One or more attributes used to filter the findings included in the insight. The insight only includes findings that match the criteria defined in the filters.

GroupByAttribute

[required] The attribute used to group the findings for the insight. The grouping attribute identifies the type of item that the insight applies to. For example, if an insight is grouped by resource identifier, then the insight produces a list of resource identifiers.


Creates a member association in Security Hub between the specified accounts and the account used to make the request, which is the administrator account

Description

Creates a member association in Security Hub between the specified accounts and the account used to make the request, which is the administrator account. If you are integrated with Organizations, then the administrator account is designated by the organization management account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_create_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_create_members(AccountDetails)

Arguments

AccountDetails

[required] The list of accounts to associate with the Security Hub administrator account. For each account, the list includes the account ID and optionally the email address.


We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts

Description

We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts. For information, see Managing Security Hub administrator and member accounts with Organizations in the Security Hub User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_decline_invitations/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_decline_invitations(AccountIds)

Arguments

AccountIds

[required] The list of prospective member account IDs for which to decline an invitation.


Deletes a custom action target from Security Hub

Description

Deletes a custom action target from Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_delete_action_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_delete_action_target(ActionTargetArn)

Arguments

ActionTargetArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the custom action target to delete.


Deletes a configuration policy

Description

Deletes a configuration policy. Only the Security Hub delegated administrator can invoke this operation from the home Region. For the deletion to succeed, you must first disassociate a configuration policy from target accounts, organizational units, or the root by invoking the start_configuration_policy_disassociation operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_delete_configuration_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_delete_configuration_policy(Identifier)

Arguments

Identifier

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or universally unique identifier (UUID) of the configuration policy.


The aggregation Region is now called the home Region

Description

The aggregation Region is now called the home Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_delete_finding_aggregator/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_delete_finding_aggregator(FindingAggregatorArn)

Arguments

FindingAggregatorArn

[required] The ARN of the finding aggregator to delete. To obtain the ARN, use list_finding_aggregators.


Deletes the insight specified by the InsightArn

Description

Deletes the insight specified by the InsightArn.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_delete_insight/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_delete_insight(InsightArn)

Arguments

InsightArn

[required] The ARN of the insight to delete.


We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts

Description

We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts. For information, see Managing Security Hub administrator and member accounts with Organizations in the Security Hub User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_delete_invitations/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_delete_invitations(AccountIds)

Arguments

AccountIds

[required] The list of member account IDs that received the invitations you want to delete.


Deletes the specified member accounts from Security Hub

Description

Deletes the specified member accounts from Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_delete_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_delete_members(AccountIds)

Arguments

AccountIds

[required] The list of account IDs for the member accounts to delete.


Returns a list of the custom action targets in Security Hub in your account

Description

Returns a list of the custom action targets in Security Hub in your account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_describe_action_targets/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_describe_action_targets(
  ActionTargetArns = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

ActionTargetArns

A list of custom action target ARNs for the custom action targets to retrieve.

NextToken

The token that is required for pagination. On your first call to the describe_action_targets operation, set the value of this parameter to NULL.

For subsequent calls to the operation, to continue listing data, set the value of this parameter to the value returned from the previous response.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.


Returns details about the Hub resource in your account, including the HubArn and the time when you enabled Security Hub

Description

Returns details about the Hub resource in your account, including the HubArn and the time when you enabled Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_describe_hub/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_describe_hub(HubArn = NULL)

Arguments

HubArn

The ARN of the Hub resource to retrieve.


Returns information about the way your organization is configured in Security Hub

Description

Returns information about the way your organization is configured in Security Hub. Only the Security Hub administrator account can invoke this operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_describe_organization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_describe_organization_configuration()

Returns information about product integrations in Security Hub

Description

Returns information about product integrations in Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_describe_products/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_describe_products(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  ProductArn = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

The token that is required for pagination. On your first call to the describe_products operation, set the value of this parameter to NULL.

For subsequent calls to the operation, to continue listing data, set the value of this parameter to the value returned from the previous response.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return.

ProductArn

The ARN of the integration to return.


Returns a list of the available standards in Security Hub

Description

Returns a list of the available standards in Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_describe_standards/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_describe_standards(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

The token that is required for pagination. On your first call to the describe_standards operation, set the value of this parameter to NULL.

For subsequent calls to the operation, to continue listing data, set the value of this parameter to the value returned from the previous response.

MaxResults

The maximum number of standards to return.


Returns a list of security standards controls

Description

Returns a list of security standards controls.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_describe_standards_controls/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_describe_standards_controls(
  StandardsSubscriptionArn,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

StandardsSubscriptionArn

[required] The ARN of a resource that represents your subscription to a supported standard. To get the subscription ARNs of the standards you have enabled, use the get_enabled_standards operation.

NextToken

The token that is required for pagination. On your first call to the describe_standards_controls operation, set the value of this parameter to NULL.

For subsequent calls to the operation, to continue listing data, set the value of this parameter to the value returned from the previous response.

MaxResults

The maximum number of security standard controls to return.


Disables the integration of the specified product with Security Hub

Description

Disables the integration of the specified product with Security Hub. After the integration is disabled, findings from that product are no longer sent to Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_disable_import_findings_for_product/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_disable_import_findings_for_product(ProductSubscriptionArn)

Arguments

ProductSubscriptionArn

[required] The ARN of the integrated product to disable the integration for.


Disables a Security Hub administrator account

Description

Disables a Security Hub administrator account. Can only be called by the organization management account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_disable_organization_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_disable_organization_admin_account(AdminAccountId)

Arguments

AdminAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account identifier of the Security Hub administrator account.


Disables Security Hub in your account only in the current Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Disables Security Hub in your account only in the current Amazon Web Services Region. To disable Security Hub in all Regions, you must submit one request per Region where you have enabled Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_disable_security_hub/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_disable_security_hub()

Disassociates the current Security Hub member account from the associated administrator account

Description

Disassociates the current Security Hub member account from the associated administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_disassociate_from_administrator_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_disassociate_from_administrator_account()

This method is deprecated

Description

This method is deprecated. Instead, use disassociate_from_administrator_account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_disassociate_from_master_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_disassociate_from_master_account()

Disassociates the specified member accounts from the associated administrator account

Description

Disassociates the specified member accounts from the associated administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_disassociate_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_disassociate_members(AccountIds)

Arguments

AccountIds

[required] The account IDs of the member accounts to disassociate from the administrator account.


Enables the integration of a partner product with Security Hub

Description

Enables the integration of a partner product with Security Hub. Integrated products send findings to Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_enable_import_findings_for_product/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_enable_import_findings_for_product(ProductArn)

Arguments

ProductArn

[required] The ARN of the product to enable the integration for.


Designates the Security Hub administrator account for an organization

Description

Designates the Security Hub administrator account for an organization. Can only be called by the organization management account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_enable_organization_admin_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_enable_organization_admin_account(AdminAccountId)

Arguments

AdminAccountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account identifier of the account to designate as the Security Hub administrator account.


Enables Security Hub for your account in the current Region or the Region you specify in the request

Description

Enables Security Hub for your account in the current Region or the Region you specify in the request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_enable_security_hub/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_enable_security_hub(
  Tags = NULL,
  EnableDefaultStandards = NULL,
  ControlFindingGenerator = NULL
)

Arguments

Tags

The tags to add to the hub resource when you enable Security Hub.

EnableDefaultStandards

Whether to enable the security standards that Security Hub has designated as automatically enabled. If you don't provide a value for EnableDefaultStandards, it is set to true. To not enable the automatically enabled standards, set EnableDefaultStandards to false.

ControlFindingGenerator

This field, used when enabling Security Hub, specifies whether the calling account has consolidated control findings turned on. If the value for this field is set to SECURITY_CONTROL, Security Hub generates a single finding for a control check even when the check applies to multiple enabled standards.

If the value for this field is set to STANDARD_CONTROL, Security Hub generates separate findings for a control check when the check applies to multiple enabled standards.

The value for this field in a member account matches the value in the administrator account. For accounts that aren't part of an organization, the default value of this field is SECURITY_CONTROL if you enabled Security Hub on or after February 23, 2023.


Provides the details for the Security Hub administrator account for the current member account

Description

Provides the details for the Security Hub administrator account for the current member account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_get_administrator_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_get_administrator_account()

Provides information about a configuration policy

Description

Provides information about a configuration policy. Only the Security Hub delegated administrator can invoke this operation from the home Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_get_configuration_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_get_configuration_policy(Identifier)

Arguments

Identifier

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or universally unique identifier (UUID) of the configuration policy.


Returns the association between a configuration and a target account, organizational unit, or the root

Description

Returns the association between a configuration and a target account, organizational unit, or the root. The configuration can be a configuration policy or self-managed behavior. Only the Security Hub delegated administrator can invoke this operation from the home Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_get_configuration_policy_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_get_configuration_policy_association(Target)

Arguments

Target

[required] The target account ID, organizational unit ID, or the root ID to retrieve the association for.


Returns a list of the standards that are currently enabled

Description

Returns a list of the standards that are currently enabled.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_get_enabled_standards/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_get_enabled_standards(
  StandardsSubscriptionArns = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

StandardsSubscriptionArns

The list of the standards subscription ARNs for the standards to retrieve.

NextToken

The token that is required for pagination. On your first call to the get_enabled_standards operation, set the value of this parameter to NULL.

For subsequent calls to the operation, to continue listing data, set the value of this parameter to the value returned from the previous response.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return in the response.


The aggregation Region is now called the home Region

Description

The aggregation Region is now called the home Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_get_finding_aggregator/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_get_finding_aggregator(FindingAggregatorArn)

Arguments

FindingAggregatorArn

[required] The ARN of the finding aggregator to return details for. To obtain the ARN, use list_finding_aggregators.


Returns history for a Security Hub finding in the last 90 days

Description

Returns history for a Security Hub finding in the last 90 days. The history includes changes made to any fields in the Amazon Web Services Security Finding Format (ASFF).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_get_finding_history/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_get_finding_history(
  FindingIdentifier,
  StartTime = NULL,
  EndTime = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

FindingIdentifier

[required]

StartTime

A timestamp that indicates the start time of the requested finding history.

If you provide values for both StartTime and EndTime, Security Hub returns finding history for the specified time period. If you provide a value for StartTime but not for EndTime, Security Hub returns finding history from the StartTime to the time at which the API is called. If you provide a value for EndTime but not for StartTime, Security Hub returns finding history from the CreatedAt timestamp of the finding to the EndTime. If you provide neither StartTime nor EndTime, Security Hub returns finding history from the CreatedAt timestamp of the finding to the time at which the API is called. In all of these scenarios, the response is limited to 100 results, and the maximum time period is limited to 90 days.

For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in Security Hub, see Timestamps.

EndTime

An ISO 8601-formatted timestamp that indicates the end time of the requested finding history.

If you provide values for both StartTime and EndTime, Security Hub returns finding history for the specified time period. If you provide a value for StartTime but not for EndTime, Security Hub returns finding history from the StartTime to the time at which the API is called. If you provide a value for EndTime but not for StartTime, Security Hub returns finding history from the CreatedAt timestamp of the finding to the EndTime. If you provide neither StartTime nor EndTime, Security Hub returns finding history from the CreatedAt timestamp of the finding to the time at which the API is called. In all of these scenarios, the response is limited to 100 results, and the maximum time period is limited to 90 days.

For more information about the validation and formatting of timestamp fields in Security Hub, see Timestamps.

NextToken

A token for pagination purposes. Provide NULL as the initial value. In subsequent requests, provide the token included in the response to get up to an additional 100 results of finding history. If you don’t provide NextToken, Security Hub returns up to 100 results of finding history for each request.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to be returned. If you don’t provide it, Security Hub returns up to 100 results of finding history.


Returns a list of findings that match the specified criteria

Description

Returns a list of findings that match the specified criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_get_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_get_findings(
  Filters = NULL,
  SortCriteria = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

Filters

The finding attributes used to define a condition to filter the returned findings.

You can filter by up to 10 finding attributes. For each attribute, you can provide up to 20 filter values.

Note that in the available filter fields, WorkflowState is deprecated. To search for a finding based on its workflow status, use WorkflowStatus.

SortCriteria

The finding attributes used to sort the list of returned findings.

NextToken

The token that is required for pagination. On your first call to the get_findings operation, set the value of this parameter to NULL.

For subsequent calls to the operation, to continue listing data, set the value of this parameter to the value returned from the previous response.

MaxResults

The maximum number of findings to return.


Lists the results of the Security Hub insight specified by the insight ARN

Description

Lists the results of the Security Hub insight specified by the insight ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_get_insight_results/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_get_insight_results(InsightArn)

Arguments

InsightArn

[required] The ARN of the insight for which to return results.


Lists and describes insights for the specified insight ARNs

Description

Lists and describes insights for the specified insight ARNs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_get_insights/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_get_insights(
  InsightArns = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

InsightArns

The ARNs of the insights to describe. If you don't provide any insight ARNs, then get_insights returns all of your custom insights. It does not return any managed insights.

NextToken

The token that is required for pagination. On your first call to the get_insights operation, set the value of this parameter to NULL.

For subsequent calls to the operation, to continue listing data, set the value of this parameter to the value returned from the previous response.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return in the response.


We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts

Description

We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts. For information, see Managing Security Hub administrator and member accounts with Organizations in the Security Hub User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_get_invitations_count/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_get_invitations_count()

This method is deprecated

Description

This method is deprecated. Instead, use get_administrator_account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_get_master_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_get_master_account()

Returns the details for the Security Hub member accounts for the specified account IDs

Description

Returns the details for the Security Hub member accounts for the specified account IDs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_get_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_get_members(AccountIds)

Arguments

AccountIds

[required] The list of account IDs for the Security Hub member accounts to return the details for.


Retrieves the definition of a security control

Description

Retrieves the definition of a security control. The definition includes the control title, description, Region availability, parameter definitions, and other details.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_get_security_control_definition/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_get_security_control_definition(SecurityControlId)

Arguments

SecurityControlId

[required] The ID of the security control to retrieve the definition for. This field doesn’t accept an Amazon Resource Name (ARN).


We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts

Description

We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts. For information, see Managing Security Hub administrator and member accounts with Organizations in the Security Hub User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_invite_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_invite_members(AccountIds)

Arguments

AccountIds

[required] The list of account IDs of the Amazon Web Services accounts to invite to Security Hub as members.


A list of automation rules and their metadata for the calling account

Description

A list of automation rules and their metadata for the calling account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_list_automation_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_list_automation_rules(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

A token to specify where to start paginating the response. This is the NextToken from a previously truncated response. On your first call to the list_automation_rules API, set the value of this parameter to NULL.

MaxResults

The maximum number of rules to return in the response. This currently ranges from 1 to 100.


Lists the configuration policies that the Security Hub delegated administrator has created for your organization

Description

Lists the configuration policies that the Security Hub delegated administrator has created for your organization. Only the delegated administrator can invoke this operation from the home Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_list_configuration_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_list_configuration_policies(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

The NextToken value that's returned from a previous paginated list_configuration_policies request where MaxResults was used but the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the MaxResults was used but the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous response that returned the NextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results that's returned by list_configuration_policies in each page of the response. When this parameter is used, list_configuration_policies returns the specified number of results in a single page and a NextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another list_configuration_policies request with the returned NextToken value. A valid range for MaxResults is between 1 and 100.


Provides information about the associations for your configuration policies and self-managed behavior

Description

Provides information about the associations for your configuration policies and self-managed behavior. Only the Security Hub delegated administrator can invoke this operation from the home Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_list_configuration_policy_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_list_configuration_policy_associations(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  Filters = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

The NextToken value that's returned from a previous paginated list_configuration_policy_associations request where MaxResults was used but the results exceeded the value of that parameter. Pagination continues from the end of the previous response that returned the NextToken value. This value is null when there are no more results to return.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results that's returned by list_configuration_policies in each page of the response. When this parameter is used, list_configuration_policy_associations returns the specified number of results in a single page and a NextToken response element. You can see the remaining results of the initial request by sending another list_configuration_policy_associations request with the returned NextToken value. A valid range for MaxResults is between 1 and 100.

Filters

Options for filtering the list_configuration_policy_associations response. You can filter by the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or universally unique identifier (UUID) of a configuration, AssociationType, or AssociationStatus.


Lists all findings-generating solutions (products) that you are subscribed to receive findings from in Security Hub

Description

Lists all findings-generating solutions (products) that you are subscribed to receive findings from in Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_list_enabled_products_for_import/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_list_enabled_products_for_import(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

The token that is required for pagination. On your first call to the list_enabled_products_for_import operation, set the value of this parameter to NULL.

For subsequent calls to the operation, to continue listing data, set the value of this parameter to the value returned from the previous response.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return in the response.


If cross-Region aggregation is enabled, then ListFindingAggregators returns the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the finding aggregator

Description

If cross-Region aggregation is enabled, then list_finding_aggregators returns the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the finding aggregator. You can run this operation from any Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_list_finding_aggregators/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_list_finding_aggregators(NextToken = NULL, MaxResults = NULL)

Arguments

NextToken

The token returned with the previous set of results. Identifies the next set of results to return.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to return. This operation currently only returns a single result.


We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts

Description

We recommend using Organizations instead of Security Hub invitations to manage your member accounts. For information, see Managing Security Hub administrator and member accounts with Organizations in the Security Hub User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_list_invitations/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_list_invitations(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return in the response.

NextToken

The token that is required for pagination. On your first call to the list_invitations operation, set the value of this parameter to NULL.

For subsequent calls to the operation, to continue listing data, set the value of this parameter to the value returned from the previous response.


Lists details about all member accounts for the current Security Hub administrator account

Description

Lists details about all member accounts for the current Security Hub administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_list_members/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_list_members(
  OnlyAssociated = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

OnlyAssociated

Specifies which member accounts to include in the response based on their relationship status with the administrator account. The default value is TRUE.

If OnlyAssociated is set to TRUE, the response includes member accounts whose relationship status with the administrator account is set to ENABLED.

If OnlyAssociated is set to FALSE, the response includes all existing member accounts.

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return in the response.

NextToken

The token that is required for pagination. On your first call to the list_members operation, set the value of this parameter to NULL.

For subsequent calls to the operation, to continue listing data, set the value of this parameter to the value returned from the previous response.


Lists the Security Hub administrator accounts

Description

Lists the Security Hub administrator accounts. Can only be called by the organization management account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_list_organization_admin_accounts/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_list_organization_admin_accounts(
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of items to return in the response.

NextToken

The token that is required for pagination. On your first call to the list_organization_admin_accounts operation, set the value of this parameter to NULL. For subsequent calls to the operation, to continue listing data, set the value of this parameter to the value returned from the previous response.


Lists all of the security controls that apply to a specified standard

Description

Lists all of the security controls that apply to a specified standard.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_list_security_control_definitions/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_list_security_control_definitions(
  StandardsArn = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

StandardsArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the standard that you want to view controls for.

NextToken

Optional pagination parameter.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that limits the total results of the API response to the specified number. If this parameter isn't provided in the request, the results include the first 25 security controls that apply to the specified standard. The results also include a NextToken parameter that you can use in a subsequent API call to get the next 25 controls. This repeats until all controls for the standard are returned.


Specifies whether a control is currently enabled or disabled in each enabled standard in the calling account

Description

Specifies whether a control is currently enabled or disabled in each enabled standard in the calling account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_list_standards_control_associations/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_list_standards_control_associations(
  SecurityControlId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

SecurityControlId

[required] The identifier of the control (identified with SecurityControlId, SecurityControlArn, or a mix of both parameters) that you want to determine the enablement status of in each enabled standard.

NextToken

Optional pagination parameter.

MaxResults

An optional parameter that limits the total results of the API response to the specified number. If this parameter isn't provided in the request, the results include the first 25 standard and control associations. The results also include a NextToken parameter that you can use in a subsequent API call to get the next 25 associations. This repeats until all associations for the specified control are returned. The number of results is limited by the number of supported Security Hub standards that you've enabled in the calling account.


Returns a list of tags associated with a resource

Description

Returns a list of tags associated with a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to retrieve tags for.


Associates a target account, organizational unit, or the root with a specified configuration

Description

Associates a target account, organizational unit, or the root with a specified configuration. The target can be associated with a configuration policy or self-managed behavior. Only the Security Hub delegated administrator can invoke this operation from the home Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_start_configuration_policy_association/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_start_configuration_policy_association(
  ConfigurationPolicyIdentifier,
  Target
)

Arguments

ConfigurationPolicyIdentifier

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a configuration policy, the universally unique identifier (UUID) of a configuration policy, or a value of SELF_MANAGED_SECURITY_HUB for a self-managed configuration.

Target

[required] The identifier of the target account, organizational unit, or the root to associate with the specified configuration.


Disassociates a target account, organizational unit, or the root from a specified configuration

Description

Disassociates a target account, organizational unit, or the root from a specified configuration. When you disassociate a configuration from its target, the target inherits the configuration of the closest parent. If there’s no configuration to inherit, the target retains its settings but becomes a self-managed account. A target can be disassociated from a configuration policy or self-managed behavior. Only the Security Hub delegated administrator can invoke this operation from the home Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_start_configuration_policy_disassociation/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_start_configuration_policy_disassociation(
  Target = NULL,
  ConfigurationPolicyIdentifier
)

Arguments

Target

The identifier of the target account, organizational unit, or the root to disassociate from the specified configuration.

ConfigurationPolicyIdentifier

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of a configuration policy, the universally unique identifier (UUID) of a configuration policy, or a value of SELF_MANAGED_SECURITY_HUB for a self-managed configuration.


Adds one or more tags to a resource

Description

Adds one or more tags to a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_tag_resource(ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to apply the tags to.

Tags

[required] The tags to add to the resource. You can add up to 50 tags at a time. The tag keys can be no longer than 128 characters. The tag values can be no longer than 256 characters.


Removes one or more tags from a resource

Description

Removes one or more tags from a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_untag_resource(ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource to remove the tags from.

TagKeys

[required] The tag keys associated with the tags to remove from the resource. You can remove up to 50 tags at a time.


Updates the name and description of a custom action target in Security Hub

Description

Updates the name and description of a custom action target in Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_update_action_target/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_update_action_target(
  ActionTargetArn,
  Name = NULL,
  Description = NULL
)

Arguments

ActionTargetArn

[required] The ARN of the custom action target to update.

Name

The updated name of the custom action target.

Description

The updated description for the custom action target.


Updates a configuration policy

Description

Updates a configuration policy. Only the Security Hub delegated administrator can invoke this operation from the home Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_update_configuration_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_update_configuration_policy(
  Identifier,
  Name = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  UpdatedReason = NULL,
  ConfigurationPolicy = NULL
)

Arguments

Identifier

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or universally unique identifier (UUID) of the configuration policy.

Name

The name of the configuration policy. Alphanumeric characters and the following ASCII characters are permitted: ⁠-, ., !, *, /⁠.

Description

The description of the configuration policy.

UpdatedReason

The reason for updating the configuration policy.

ConfigurationPolicy

An object that defines how Security Hub is configured. It includes whether Security Hub is enabled or disabled, a list of enabled security standards, a list of enabled or disabled security controls, and a list of custom parameter values for specified controls. If you provide a list of security controls that are enabled in the configuration policy, Security Hub disables all other controls (including newly released controls). If you provide a list of security controls that are disabled in the configuration policy, Security Hub enables all other controls (including newly released controls).

When updating a configuration policy, provide a complete list of standards that you want to enable and a complete list of controls that you want to enable or disable. The updated configuration replaces the current configuration.


The aggregation Region is now called the home Region

Description

The aggregation Region is now called the home Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_update_finding_aggregator/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_update_finding_aggregator(
  FindingAggregatorArn,
  RegionLinkingMode,
  Regions = NULL
)

Arguments

FindingAggregatorArn

[required] The ARN of the finding aggregator. To obtain the ARN, use list_finding_aggregators.

RegionLinkingMode

[required] Indicates whether to aggregate findings from all of the available Regions in the current partition. Also determines whether to automatically aggregate findings from new Regions as Security Hub supports them and you opt into them.

The selected option also determines how to use the Regions provided in the Regions list.

The options are as follows:

  • ALL_REGIONS - Aggregates findings from all of the Regions where Security Hub is enabled. When you choose this option, Security Hub also automatically aggregates findings from new Regions as Security Hub supports them and you opt into them.

  • ALL_REGIONS_EXCEPT_SPECIFIED - Aggregates findings from all of the Regions where Security Hub is enabled, except for the Regions listed in the Regions parameter. When you choose this option, Security Hub also automatically aggregates findings from new Regions as Security Hub supports them and you opt into them.

  • SPECIFIED_REGIONS - Aggregates findings only from the Regions listed in the Regions parameter. Security Hub does not automatically aggregate findings from new Regions.

  • NO_REGIONS - Aggregates no data because no Regions are selected as linked Regions.

Regions

If RegionLinkingMode is ALL_REGIONS_EXCEPT_SPECIFIED, then this is a space-separated list of Regions that don't replicate and send findings to the home Region.

If RegionLinkingMode is SPECIFIED_REGIONS, then this is a space-separated list of Regions that do replicate and send findings to the home Region.

An InvalidInputException error results if you populate this field while RegionLinkingMode is NO_REGIONS.


UpdateFindings is a deprecated operation

Description

update_findings is a deprecated operation. Instead of update_findings, use the batch_update_findings operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_update_findings/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_update_findings(Filters, Note = NULL, RecordState = NULL)

Arguments

Filters

[required] A collection of attributes that specify which findings you want to update.

Note

The updated note for the finding.

RecordState

The updated record state for the finding.


Updates the Security Hub insight identified by the specified insight ARN

Description

Updates the Security Hub insight identified by the specified insight ARN.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_update_insight/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_update_insight(
  InsightArn,
  Name = NULL,
  Filters = NULL,
  GroupByAttribute = NULL
)

Arguments

InsightArn

[required] The ARN of the insight that you want to update.

Name

The updated name for the insight.

Filters

The updated filters that define this insight.

GroupByAttribute

The updated GroupBy attribute that defines this insight.


Updates the configuration of your organization in Security Hub

Description

Updates the configuration of your organization in Security Hub. Only the Security Hub administrator account can invoke this operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_update_organization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_update_organization_configuration(
  AutoEnable,
  AutoEnableStandards = NULL,
  OrganizationConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

AutoEnable

[required] Whether to automatically enable Security Hub in new member accounts when they join the organization.

If set to true, then Security Hub is automatically enabled in new accounts. If set to false, then Security Hub isn't enabled in new accounts automatically. The default value is false.

If the ConfigurationType of your organization is set to CENTRAL, then this field is set to false and can't be changed in the home Region and linked Regions. However, in that case, the delegated administrator can create a configuration policy in which Security Hub is enabled and associate the policy with new organization accounts.

AutoEnableStandards

Whether to automatically enable Security Hub default standards in new member accounts when they join the organization.

The default value of this parameter is equal to DEFAULT.

If equal to DEFAULT, then Security Hub default standards are automatically enabled for new member accounts. If equal to NONE, then default standards are not automatically enabled for new member accounts.

If the ConfigurationType of your organization is set to CENTRAL, then this field is set to NONE and can't be changed in the home Region and linked Regions. However, in that case, the delegated administrator can create a configuration policy in which specific security standards are enabled and associate the policy with new organization accounts.

OrganizationConfiguration

Updates the properties of a security control

Description

Updates the properties of a security control.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_update_security_control/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_update_security_control(
  SecurityControlId,
  Parameters,
  LastUpdateReason = NULL
)

Arguments

SecurityControlId

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) or ID of the control to update.

Parameters

[required] An object that specifies which security control parameters to update.

LastUpdateReason

The most recent reason for updating the properties of the security control. This field accepts alphanumeric characters in addition to white spaces, dashes, and underscores.


Updates configuration options for Security Hub

Description

Updates configuration options for Security Hub.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_update_security_hub_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_update_security_hub_configuration(
  AutoEnableControls = NULL,
  ControlFindingGenerator = NULL
)

Arguments

AutoEnableControls

Whether to automatically enable new controls when they are added to standards that are enabled.

By default, this is set to true, and new controls are enabled automatically. To not automatically enable new controls, set this to false.

When you automatically enable new controls, you can interact with the controls in the console and programmatically immediately after release. However, automatically enabled controls have a temporary default status of DISABLED. It can take up to several days for Security Hub to process the control release and designate the control as ENABLED in your account. During the processing period, you can manually enable or disable a control, and Security Hub will maintain that designation regardless of whether you have AutoEnableControls set to true.

ControlFindingGenerator

Updates whether the calling account has consolidated control findings turned on. If the value for this field is set to SECURITY_CONTROL, Security Hub generates a single finding for a control check even when the check applies to multiple enabled standards.

If the value for this field is set to STANDARD_CONTROL, Security Hub generates separate findings for a control check when the check applies to multiple enabled standards.

For accounts that are part of an organization, this value can only be updated in the administrator account.


Used to control whether an individual security standard control is enabled or disabled

Description

Used to control whether an individual security standard control is enabled or disabled.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securityhub_update_standards_control/ for full documentation.

Usage

securityhub_update_standards_control(
  StandardsControlArn,
  ControlStatus = NULL,
  DisabledReason = NULL
)

Arguments

StandardsControlArn

[required] The ARN of the security standard control to enable or disable.

ControlStatus

The updated status of the security standard control.

DisabledReason

A description of the reason why you are disabling a security standard control. If you are disabling a control, then this is required.


Amazon Security Lake

Description

Amazon Security Lake is a fully managed security data lake service. You can use Security Lake to automatically centralize security data from cloud, on-premises, and custom sources into a data lake that's stored in your Amazon Web Services account. Amazon Web Services Organizations is an account management service that lets you consolidate multiple Amazon Web Services accounts into an organization that you create and centrally manage. With Organizations, you can create member accounts and invite existing accounts to join your organization. Security Lake helps you analyze security data for a more complete understanding of your security posture across the entire organization. It can also help you improve the protection of your workloads, applications, and data.

The data lake is backed by Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) buckets, and you retain ownership over your data.

Amazon Security Lake integrates with CloudTrail, a service that provides a record of actions taken by a user, role, or an Amazon Web Services service. In Security Lake, CloudTrail captures API calls for Security Lake as events. The calls captured include calls from the Security Lake console and code calls to the Security Lake API operations. If you create a trail, you can enable continuous delivery of CloudTrail events to an Amazon S3 bucket, including events for Security Lake. If you don't configure a trail, you can still view the most recent events in the CloudTrail console in Event history. Using the information collected by CloudTrail you can determine the request that was made to Security Lake, the IP address from which the request was made, who made the request, when it was made, and additional details. To learn more about Security Lake information in CloudTrail, see the Amazon Security Lake User Guide.

Security Lake automates the collection of security-related log and event data from integrated Amazon Web Services services and third-party services. It also helps you manage the lifecycle of data with customizable retention and replication settings. Security Lake converts ingested data into Apache Parquet format and a standard open-source schema called the Open Cybersecurity Schema Framework (OCSF).

Other Amazon Web Services services and third-party services can subscribe to the data that's stored in Security Lake for incident response and security data analytics.

Usage

securitylake(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- securitylake(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_aws_log_source Adds a natively supported Amazon Web Services service as an Amazon Security Lake source
create_custom_log_source Adds a third-party custom source in Amazon Security Lake, from the Amazon Web Services Region where you want to create a custom source
create_data_lake Initializes an Amazon Security Lake instance with the provided (or default) configuration
create_data_lake_exception_subscription Creates the specified notification subscription in Amazon Security Lake for the organization you specify
create_data_lake_organization_configuration Automatically enables Amazon Security Lake for new member accounts in your organization
create_subscriber Creates a subscriber for accounts that are already enabled in Amazon Security Lake
create_subscriber_notification Notifies the subscriber when new data is written to the data lake for the sources that the subscriber consumes in Security Lake
delete_aws_log_source Removes a natively supported Amazon Web Services service as an Amazon Security Lake source
delete_custom_log_source Removes a custom log source from Amazon Security Lake, to stop sending data from the custom source to Security Lake
delete_data_lake When you disable Amazon Security Lake from your account, Security Lake is disabled in all Amazon Web Services Regions and it stops collecting data from your sources
delete_data_lake_exception_subscription Deletes the specified notification subscription in Amazon Security Lake for the organization you specify
delete_data_lake_organization_configuration Turns off automatic enablement of Amazon Security Lake for member accounts that are added to an organization in Organizations
delete_subscriber Deletes the subscription permission and all notification settings for accounts that are already enabled in Amazon Security Lake
delete_subscriber_notification Deletes the specified subscription notification in Amazon Security Lake for the organization you specify
deregister_data_lake_delegated_administrator Deletes the Amazon Security Lake delegated administrator account for the organization
get_data_lake_exception_subscription Retrieves the protocol and endpoint that were provided when subscribing to Amazon SNS topics for exception notifications
get_data_lake_organization_configuration Retrieves the configuration that will be automatically set up for accounts added to the organization after the organization has onboarded to Amazon Security Lake
get_data_lake_sources Retrieves a snapshot of the current Region, including whether Amazon Security Lake is enabled for those accounts and which sources Security Lake is collecting data from
get_subscriber Retrieves the subscription information for the specified subscription ID
list_data_lake_exceptions Lists the Amazon Security Lake exceptions that you can use to find the source of problems and fix them
list_data_lakes Retrieves the Amazon Security Lake configuration object for the specified Amazon Web Services Regions
list_log_sources Retrieves the log sources
list_subscribers Lists all subscribers for the specific Amazon Security Lake account ID
list_tags_for_resource Retrieves the tags (keys and values) that are associated with an Amazon Security Lake resource: a subscriber, or the data lake configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in a particular Amazon Web Services Region
register_data_lake_delegated_administrator Designates the Amazon Security Lake delegated administrator account for the organization
tag_resource Adds or updates one or more tags that are associated with an Amazon Security Lake resource: a subscriber, or the data lake configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in a particular Amazon Web Services Region
untag_resource Removes one or more tags (keys and values) from an Amazon Security Lake resource: a subscriber, or the data lake configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in a particular Amazon Web Services Region
update_data_lake You can use UpdateDataLake to specify where to store your security data, how it should be encrypted at rest and for how long
update_data_lake_exception_subscription Updates the specified notification subscription in Amazon Security Lake for the organization you specify
update_subscriber Updates an existing subscription for the given Amazon Security Lake account ID
update_subscriber_notification Updates an existing notification method for the subscription (SQS or HTTPs endpoint) or switches the notification subscription endpoint for a subscriber

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- securitylake()
svc$create_aws_log_source(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Adds a natively supported Amazon Web Services service as an Amazon Security Lake source

Description

Adds a natively supported Amazon Web Services service as an Amazon Security Lake source. Enables source types for member accounts in required Amazon Web Services Regions, based on the parameters you specify. You can choose any source type in any Region for either accounts that are part of a trusted organization or standalone accounts. Once you add an Amazon Web Services service as a source, Security Lake starts collecting logs and events from it.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_create_aws_log_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_create_aws_log_source(sources)

Arguments

sources

[required] Specify the natively-supported Amazon Web Services service to add as a source in Security Lake.


Adds a third-party custom source in Amazon Security Lake, from the Amazon Web Services Region where you want to create a custom source

Description

Adds a third-party custom source in Amazon Security Lake, from the Amazon Web Services Region where you want to create a custom source. Security Lake can collect logs and events from third-party custom sources. After creating the appropriate IAM role to invoke Glue crawler, use this API to add a custom source name in Security Lake. This operation creates a partition in the Amazon S3 bucket for Security Lake as the target location for log files from the custom source. In addition, this operation also creates an associated Glue table and an Glue crawler.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_create_custom_log_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_create_custom_log_source(
  configuration,
  eventClasses = NULL,
  sourceName,
  sourceVersion = NULL
)

Arguments

configuration

[required] The configuration used for the third-party custom source.

eventClasses

The Open Cybersecurity Schema Framework (OCSF) event classes which describes the type of data that the custom source will send to Security Lake. For the list of supported event classes, see the Amazon Security Lake User Guide.

sourceName

[required] Specify the name for a third-party custom source. This must be a Regionally unique value. The sourceName you enter here, is used in the LogProviderRole name which follows the convention ⁠AmazonSecurityLake-Provider-{name of the custom source}-{region}⁠. You must use a CustomLogSource name that is shorter than or equal to 20 characters. This ensures that the LogProviderRole name is below the 64 character limit.

sourceVersion

Specify the source version for the third-party custom source, to limit log collection to a specific version of custom data source.


Initializes an Amazon Security Lake instance with the provided (or default) configuration

Description

Initializes an Amazon Security Lake instance with the provided (or default) configuration. You can enable Security Lake in Amazon Web Services Regions with customized settings before enabling log collection in Regions. To specify particular Regions, configure these Regions using the configurations parameter. If you have already enabled Security Lake in a Region when you call this command, the command will update the Region if you provide new configuration parameters. If you have not already enabled Security Lake in the Region when you call this API, it will set up the data lake in the Region with the specified configurations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_create_data_lake/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_create_data_lake(
  configurations,
  metaStoreManagerRoleArn,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

configurations

[required] Specify the Region or Regions that will contribute data to the rollup region.

metaStoreManagerRoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) used to create and update the Glue table. This table contains partitions generated by the ingestion and normalization of Amazon Web Services log sources and custom sources.

tags

An array of objects, one for each tag to associate with the data lake configuration. For each tag, you must specify both a tag key and a tag value. A tag value cannot be null, but it can be an empty string.


Creates the specified notification subscription in Amazon Security Lake for the organization you specify

Description

Creates the specified notification subscription in Amazon Security Lake for the organization you specify. The notification subscription is created for exceptions that cannot be resolved by Security Lake automatically.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_create_data_lake_exception_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_create_data_lake_exception_subscription(
  exceptionTimeToLive = NULL,
  notificationEndpoint,
  subscriptionProtocol
)

Arguments

exceptionTimeToLive

The expiration period and time-to-live (TTL). It is the duration of time until which the exception message remains.

notificationEndpoint

[required] The Amazon Web Services account where you want to receive exception notifications.

subscriptionProtocol

[required] The subscription protocol to which exception notifications are posted.


Automatically enables Amazon Security Lake for new member accounts in your organization

Description

Automatically enables Amazon Security Lake for new member accounts in your organization. Security Lake is not automatically enabled for any existing member accounts in your organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_create_data_lake_organization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_create_data_lake_organization_configuration(
  autoEnableNewAccount = NULL
)

Arguments

autoEnableNewAccount

Enable Security Lake with the specified configuration settings, to begin collecting security data for new accounts in your organization.


Creates a subscriber for accounts that are already enabled in Amazon Security Lake

Description

Creates a subscriber for accounts that are already enabled in Amazon Security Lake. You can create a subscriber with access to data in the current Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_create_subscriber/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_create_subscriber(
  accessTypes = NULL,
  sources,
  subscriberDescription = NULL,
  subscriberIdentity,
  subscriberName,
  tags = NULL
)

Arguments

accessTypes

The Amazon S3 or Lake Formation access type.

sources

[required] The supported Amazon Web Services services from which logs and events are collected. Security Lake supports log and event collection for natively supported Amazon Web Services services.

subscriberDescription

The description for your subscriber account in Security Lake.

subscriberIdentity

[required] The Amazon Web Services identity used to access your data.

subscriberName

[required] The name of your Security Lake subscriber account.

tags

An array of objects, one for each tag to associate with the subscriber. For each tag, you must specify both a tag key and a tag value. A tag value cannot be null, but it can be an empty string.


Notifies the subscriber when new data is written to the data lake for the sources that the subscriber consumes in Security Lake

Description

Notifies the subscriber when new data is written to the data lake for the sources that the subscriber consumes in Security Lake. You can create only one subscriber notification per subscriber.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_create_subscriber_notification/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_create_subscriber_notification(configuration, subscriberId)

Arguments

configuration

[required] Specify the configuration using which you want to create the subscriber notification.

subscriberId

[required] The subscriber ID for the notification subscription.


Removes a natively supported Amazon Web Services service as an Amazon Security Lake source

Description

Removes a natively supported Amazon Web Services service as an Amazon Security Lake source. You can remove a source for one or more Regions. When you remove the source, Security Lake stops collecting data from that source in the specified Regions and accounts, and subscribers can no longer consume new data from the source. However, subscribers can still consume data that Security Lake collected from the source before removal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_delete_aws_log_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_delete_aws_log_source(sources)

Arguments

sources

[required] Specify the natively-supported Amazon Web Services service to remove as a source in Security Lake.


Removes a custom log source from Amazon Security Lake, to stop sending data from the custom source to Security Lake

Description

Removes a custom log source from Amazon Security Lake, to stop sending data from the custom source to Security Lake.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_delete_custom_log_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_delete_custom_log_source(sourceName, sourceVersion = NULL)

Arguments

sourceName

[required] The source name of custom log source that you want to delete.

sourceVersion

The source version for the third-party custom source. You can limit the custom source removal to the specified source version.


When you disable Amazon Security Lake from your account, Security Lake is disabled in all Amazon Web Services Regions and it stops collecting data from your sources

Description

When you disable Amazon Security Lake from your account, Security Lake is disabled in all Amazon Web Services Regions and it stops collecting data from your sources. Also, this API automatically takes steps to remove the account from Security Lake. However, Security Lake retains all of your existing settings and the resources that it created in your Amazon Web Services account in the current Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_delete_data_lake/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_delete_data_lake(regions)

Arguments

regions

[required] The list of Regions where Security Lake is enabled.


Deletes the specified notification subscription in Amazon Security Lake for the organization you specify

Description

Deletes the specified notification subscription in Amazon Security Lake for the organization you specify.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_delete_data_lake_exception_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_delete_data_lake_exception_subscription()

Turns off automatic enablement of Amazon Security Lake for member accounts that are added to an organization in Organizations

Description

Turns off automatic enablement of Amazon Security Lake for member accounts that are added to an organization in Organizations. Only the delegated Security Lake administrator for an organization can perform this operation. If the delegated Security Lake administrator performs this operation, new member accounts won't automatically contribute data to the data lake.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_delete_data_lake_organization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_delete_data_lake_organization_configuration(
  autoEnableNewAccount = NULL
)

Arguments

autoEnableNewAccount

Turns off automatic enablement of Security Lake for member accounts that are added to an organization.


Deletes the subscription permission and all notification settings for accounts that are already enabled in Amazon Security Lake

Description

Deletes the subscription permission and all notification settings for accounts that are already enabled in Amazon Security Lake. When you run delete_subscriber, the subscriber will no longer consume data from Security Lake and the subscriber is removed. This operation deletes the subscriber and removes access to data in the current Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_delete_subscriber/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_delete_subscriber(subscriberId)

Arguments

subscriberId

[required] A value created by Security Lake that uniquely identifies your delete_subscriber API request.


Deletes the specified subscription notification in Amazon Security Lake for the organization you specify

Description

Deletes the specified subscription notification in Amazon Security Lake for the organization you specify.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_delete_subscriber_notification/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_delete_subscriber_notification(subscriberId)

Arguments

subscriberId

[required] The ID of the Security Lake subscriber account.


Deletes the Amazon Security Lake delegated administrator account for the organization

Description

Deletes the Amazon Security Lake delegated administrator account for the organization. This API can only be called by the organization management account. The organization management account cannot be the delegated administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_deregister_data_lake_delegated_administrator/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_deregister_data_lake_delegated_administrator()

Retrieves the protocol and endpoint that were provided when subscribing to Amazon SNS topics for exception notifications

Description

Retrieves the protocol and endpoint that were provided when subscribing to Amazon SNS topics for exception notifications.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_get_data_lake_exception_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_get_data_lake_exception_subscription()

Retrieves the configuration that will be automatically set up for accounts added to the organization after the organization has onboarded to Amazon Security Lake

Description

Retrieves the configuration that will be automatically set up for accounts added to the organization after the organization has onboarded to Amazon Security Lake. This API does not take input parameters.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_get_data_lake_organization_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_get_data_lake_organization_configuration()

Retrieves a snapshot of the current Region, including whether Amazon Security Lake is enabled for those accounts and which sources Security Lake is collecting data from

Description

Retrieves a snapshot of the current Region, including whether Amazon Security Lake is enabled for those accounts and which sources Security Lake is collecting data from.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_get_data_lake_sources/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_get_data_lake_sources(
  accounts = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

accounts

The Amazon Web Services account ID for which a static snapshot of the current Amazon Web Services Region, including enabled accounts and log sources, is retrieved.

maxResults

The maximum limit of accounts for which the static snapshot of the current Region, including enabled accounts and log sources, is retrieved.

nextToken

Lists if there are more results available. The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Repeat the call using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return an HTTP 400 InvalidToken error.


Retrieves the subscription information for the specified subscription ID

Description

Retrieves the subscription information for the specified subscription ID. You can get information about a specific subscriber.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_get_subscriber/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_get_subscriber(subscriberId)

Arguments

subscriberId

[required] A value created by Amazon Security Lake that uniquely identifies your get_subscriber API request.


Lists the Amazon Security Lake exceptions that you can use to find the source of problems and fix them

Description

Lists the Amazon Security Lake exceptions that you can use to find the source of problems and fix them.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_list_data_lake_exceptions/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_list_data_lake_exceptions(
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  regions = NULL
)

Arguments

maxResults

Lists the maximum number of failures in Security Lake.

nextToken

Lists if there are more results available. The value of nextToken is a unique pagination token for each page. Repeat the call using the returned token to retrieve the next page. Keep all other arguments unchanged.

Each pagination token expires after 24 hours. Using an expired pagination token will return an HTTP 400 InvalidToken error.

regions

The Amazon Web Services Regions from which exceptions are retrieved.


Retrieves the Amazon Security Lake configuration object for the specified Amazon Web Services Regions

Description

Retrieves the Amazon Security Lake configuration object for the specified Amazon Web Services Regions. You can use this operation to determine whether Security Lake is enabled for a Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_list_data_lakes/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_list_data_lakes(regions = NULL)

Arguments

regions

The list of Regions where Security Lake is enabled.


Retrieves the log sources

Description

Retrieves the log sources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_list_log_sources/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_list_log_sources(
  accounts = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  nextToken = NULL,
  regions = NULL,
  sources = NULL
)

Arguments

accounts

The list of Amazon Web Services accounts for which log sources are displayed.

maxResults

The maximum number of accounts for which the log sources are displayed.

nextToken

If nextToken is returned, there are more results available. You can repeat the call using the returned token to retrieve the next page.

regions

The list of Regions for which log sources are displayed.

sources

The list of sources for which log sources are displayed.


Lists all subscribers for the specific Amazon Security Lake account ID

Description

Lists all subscribers for the specific Amazon Security Lake account ID. You can retrieve a list of subscriptions associated with a specific organization or Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_list_subscribers/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_list_subscribers(maxResults = NULL, nextToken = NULL)

Arguments

maxResults

The maximum number of accounts for which the configuration is displayed.

nextToken

If nextToken is returned, there are more results available. You can repeat the call using the returned token to retrieve the next page.


Retrieves the tags (keys and values) that are associated with an Amazon Security Lake resource: a subscriber, or the data lake configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in a particular Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Retrieves the tags (keys and values) that are associated with an Amazon Security Lake resource: a subscriber, or the data lake configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in a particular Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_list_tags_for_resource(resourceArn)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Security Lake resource for which you want to retrieve the tags.


Designates the Amazon Security Lake delegated administrator account for the organization

Description

Designates the Amazon Security Lake delegated administrator account for the organization. This API can only be called by the organization management account. The organization management account cannot be the delegated administrator account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_register_data_lake_delegated_administrator/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_register_data_lake_delegated_administrator(accountId)

Arguments

accountId

[required] The Amazon Web Services account ID of the Security Lake delegated administrator.


Adds or updates one or more tags that are associated with an Amazon Security Lake resource: a subscriber, or the data lake configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in a particular Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Adds or updates one or more tags that are associated with an Amazon Security Lake resource: a subscriber, or the data lake configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in a particular Amazon Web Services Region. A tag is a label that you can define and associate with Amazon Web Services resources. Each tag consists of a required tag key and an associated tag value. A tag key is a general label that acts as a category for a more specific tag value. A tag value acts as a descriptor for a tag key. Tags can help you identify, categorize, and manage resources in different ways, such as by owner, environment, or other criteria. For more information, see Tagging Amazon Security Lake resources in the Amazon Security Lake User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_tag_resource(resourceArn, tags)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Security Lake resource to add or update the tags for.

tags

[required] An array of objects, one for each tag (key and value) to associate with the Amazon Security Lake resource. For each tag, you must specify both a tag key and a tag value. A tag value cannot be null, but it can be an empty string.


Removes one or more tags (keys and values) from an Amazon Security Lake resource: a subscriber, or the data lake configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in a particular Amazon Web Services Region

Description

Removes one or more tags (keys and values) from an Amazon Security Lake resource: a subscriber, or the data lake configuration for your Amazon Web Services account in a particular Amazon Web Services Region.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_untag_resource(resourceArn, tagKeys)

Arguments

resourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Amazon Security Lake resource to remove one or more tags from.

tagKeys

[required] A list of one or more tag keys. For each value in the list, specify the tag key for a tag to remove from the Amazon Security Lake resource.


You can use UpdateDataLake to specify where to store your security data, how it should be encrypted at rest and for how long

Description

You can use update_data_lake to specify where to store your security data, how it should be encrypted at rest and for how long. You can add a Rollup Region to consolidate data from multiple Amazon Web Services Regions, replace default encryption (SSE-S3) with Customer Manged Key, or specify transition and expiration actions through storage Lifecycle management. The update_data_lake API works as an "upsert" operation that performs an insert if the specified item or record does not exist, or an update if it already exists. Security Lake securely stores your data at rest using Amazon Web Services encryption solutions. For more details, see Data protection in Amazon Security Lake.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_update_data_lake/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_update_data_lake(configurations, metaStoreManagerRoleArn = NULL)

Arguments

configurations

[required] Specifies the Region or Regions that will contribute data to the rollup region.

metaStoreManagerRoleArn

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) used to create and update the Glue table. This table contains partitions generated by the ingestion and normalization of Amazon Web Services log sources and custom sources.


Updates the specified notification subscription in Amazon Security Lake for the organization you specify

Description

Updates the specified notification subscription in Amazon Security Lake for the organization you specify.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_update_data_lake_exception_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_update_data_lake_exception_subscription(
  exceptionTimeToLive = NULL,
  notificationEndpoint,
  subscriptionProtocol
)

Arguments

exceptionTimeToLive

The time-to-live (TTL) for the exception message to remain. It is the duration of time until which the exception message remains.

notificationEndpoint

[required] The account that is subscribed to receive exception notifications.

subscriptionProtocol

[required] The subscription protocol to which exception messages are posted.


Updates an existing subscription for the given Amazon Security Lake account ID

Description

Updates an existing subscription for the given Amazon Security Lake account ID. You can update a subscriber by changing the sources that the subscriber consumes data from.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_update_subscriber/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_update_subscriber(
  sources = NULL,
  subscriberDescription = NULL,
  subscriberId,
  subscriberIdentity = NULL,
  subscriberName = NULL
)

Arguments

sources

The supported Amazon Web Services services from which logs and events are collected. For the list of supported Amazon Web Services services, see the Amazon Security Lake User Guide.

subscriberDescription

The description of the Security Lake account subscriber.

subscriberId

[required] A value created by Security Lake that uniquely identifies your subscription.

subscriberIdentity

The Amazon Web Services identity used to access your data.

subscriberName

The name of the Security Lake account subscriber.


Updates an existing notification method for the subscription (SQS or HTTPs endpoint) or switches the notification subscription endpoint for a subscriber

Description

Updates an existing notification method for the subscription (SQS or HTTPs endpoint) or switches the notification subscription endpoint for a subscriber.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/securitylake_update_subscriber_notification/ for full documentation.

Usage

securitylake_update_subscriber_notification(configuration, subscriberId)

Arguments

configuration

[required] The configuration for subscriber notification.

subscriberId

[required] The subscription ID for which the subscription notification is specified.


AWS Shield

Description

Shield Advanced

This is the Shield Advanced API Reference. This guide is for developers who need detailed information about the Shield Advanced API actions, data types, and errors. For detailed information about WAF and Shield Advanced features and an overview of how to use the WAF and Shield Advanced APIs, see the WAF and Shield Developer Guide.

Usage

shield(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- shield(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_drt_log_bucket Authorizes the Shield Response Team (SRT) to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket containing log data such as Application Load Balancer access logs, CloudFront logs, or logs from third party sources
associate_drt_role Authorizes the Shield Response Team (SRT) using the specified role, to access your Amazon Web Services account to assist with DDoS attack mitigation during potential attacks
associate_health_check Adds health-based detection to the Shield Advanced protection for a resource
associate_proactive_engagement_details Initializes proactive engagement and sets the list of contacts for the Shield Response Team (SRT) to use
create_protection Enables Shield Advanced for a specific Amazon Web Services resource
create_protection_group Creates a grouping of protected resources so they can be handled as a collective
create_subscription Activates Shield Advanced for an account
delete_protection Deletes an Shield Advanced Protection
delete_protection_group Removes the specified protection group
delete_subscription Removes Shield Advanced from an account
describe_attack Describes the details of a DDoS attack
describe_attack_statistics Provides information about the number and type of attacks Shield has detected in the last year for all resources that belong to your account, regardless of whether you've defined Shield protections for them
describe_drt_access Returns the current role and list of Amazon S3 log buckets used by the Shield Response Team (SRT) to access your Amazon Web Services account while assisting with attack mitigation
describe_emergency_contact_settings A list of email addresses and phone numbers that the Shield Response Team (SRT) can use to contact you if you have proactive engagement enabled, for escalations to the SRT and to initiate proactive customer support
describe_protection Lists the details of a Protection object
describe_protection_group Returns the specification for the specified protection group
describe_subscription Provides details about the Shield Advanced subscription for an account
disable_application_layer_automatic_response Disable the Shield Advanced automatic application layer DDoS mitigation feature for the protected resource
disable_proactive_engagement Removes authorization from the Shield Response Team (SRT) to notify contacts about escalations to the SRT and to initiate proactive customer support
disassociate_drt_log_bucket Removes the Shield Response Team's (SRT) access to the specified Amazon S3 bucket containing the logs that you shared previously
disassociate_drt_role Removes the Shield Response Team's (SRT) access to your Amazon Web Services account
disassociate_health_check Removes health-based detection from the Shield Advanced protection for a resource
enable_application_layer_automatic_response Enable the Shield Advanced automatic application layer DDoS mitigation for the protected resource
enable_proactive_engagement Authorizes the Shield Response Team (SRT) to use email and phone to notify contacts about escalations to the SRT and to initiate proactive customer support
get_subscription_state Returns the SubscriptionState, either Active or Inactive
list_attacks Returns all ongoing DDoS attacks or all DDoS attacks during a specified time period
list_protection_groups Retrieves ProtectionGroup objects for the account
list_protections Retrieves Protection objects for the account
list_resources_in_protection_group Retrieves the resources that are included in the protection group
list_tags_for_resource Gets information about Amazon Web Services tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in Shield
tag_resource Adds or updates tags for a resource in Shield
untag_resource Removes tags from a resource in Shield
update_application_layer_automatic_response Updates an existing Shield Advanced automatic application layer DDoS mitigation configuration for the specified resource
update_emergency_contact_settings Updates the details of the list of email addresses and phone numbers that the Shield Response Team (SRT) can use to contact you if you have proactive engagement enabled, for escalations to the SRT and to initiate proactive customer support
update_protection_group Updates an existing protection group
update_subscription Updates the details of an existing subscription

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- shield()
svc$associate_drt_log_bucket(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Authorizes the Shield Response Team (SRT) to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket containing log data such as Application Load Balancer access logs, CloudFront logs, or logs from third party sources

Description

Authorizes the Shield Response Team (SRT) to access the specified Amazon S3 bucket containing log data such as Application Load Balancer access logs, CloudFront logs, or logs from third party sources. You can associate up to 10 Amazon S3 buckets with your subscription.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_associate_drt_log_bucket/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_associate_drt_log_bucket(LogBucket)

Arguments

LogBucket

[required] The Amazon S3 bucket that contains the logs that you want to share.


Authorizes the Shield Response Team (SRT) using the specified role, to access your Amazon Web Services account to assist with DDoS attack mitigation during potential attacks

Description

Authorizes the Shield Response Team (SRT) using the specified role, to access your Amazon Web Services account to assist with DDoS attack mitigation during potential attacks. This enables the SRT to inspect your WAF configuration and create or update WAF rules and web ACLs.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_associate_drt_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_associate_drt_role(RoleArn)

Arguments

RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role the SRT will use to access your Amazon Web Services account.

Prior to making the associate_drt_role request, you must attach the AWSShieldDRTAccessPolicy managed policy to this role. For more information see Attaching and Detaching IAM Policies.


Adds health-based detection to the Shield Advanced protection for a resource

Description

Adds health-based detection to the Shield Advanced protection for a resource. Shield Advanced health-based detection uses the health of your Amazon Web Services resource to improve responsiveness and accuracy in attack detection and response.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_associate_health_check/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_associate_health_check(ProtectionId, HealthCheckArn)

Arguments

ProtectionId

[required] The unique identifier (ID) for the Protection object to add the health check association to.

HealthCheckArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the health check to associate with the protection.


Initializes proactive engagement and sets the list of contacts for the Shield Response Team (SRT) to use

Description

Initializes proactive engagement and sets the list of contacts for the Shield Response Team (SRT) to use. You must provide at least one phone number in the emergency contact list.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_associate_proactive_engagement_details/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_associate_proactive_engagement_details(EmergencyContactList)

Arguments

EmergencyContactList

[required] A list of email addresses and phone numbers that the Shield Response Team (SRT) can use to contact you for escalations to the SRT and to initiate proactive customer support.

To enable proactive engagement, the contact list must include at least one phone number.

The contacts that you provide here replace any contacts that were already defined. If you already have contacts defined and want to use them, retrieve the list using describe_emergency_contact_settings and then provide it here.


Enables Shield Advanced for a specific Amazon Web Services resource

Description

Enables Shield Advanced for a specific Amazon Web Services resource. The resource can be an Amazon CloudFront distribution, Amazon Route 53 hosted zone, Global Accelerator standard accelerator, Elastic IP Address, Application Load Balancer, or a Classic Load Balancer. You can protect Amazon EC2 instances and Network Load Balancers by association with protected Amazon EC2 Elastic IP addresses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_create_protection/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_create_protection(Name, ResourceArn, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] Friendly name for the Protection you are creating.

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of the resource to be protected.

The ARN should be in one of the following formats:

  • For an Application Load Balancer: arn:aws:elasticloadbalancing:region:account-id:loadbalancer/app/load-balancer-name/load-balancer-id

  • For an Elastic Load Balancer (Classic Load Balancer): arn:aws:elasticloadbalancing:region:account-id:loadbalancer/load-balancer-name

  • For an Amazon CloudFront distribution: arn:aws:cloudfront::account-id:distribution/distribution-id

  • For an Global Accelerator standard accelerator: arn:aws:globalaccelerator::account-id:accelerator/accelerator-id

  • For Amazon Route 53: arn:aws:route53:::hostedzone/hosted-zone-id

  • For an Elastic IP address: arn:aws:ec2:region:account-id:eip-allocation/allocation-id

Tags

One or more tag key-value pairs for the Protection object that is created.


Creates a grouping of protected resources so they can be handled as a collective

Description

Creates a grouping of protected resources so they can be handled as a collective. This resource grouping improves the accuracy of detection and reduces false positives.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_create_protection_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_create_protection_group(
  ProtectionGroupId,
  Aggregation,
  Pattern,
  ResourceType = NULL,
  Members = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ProtectionGroupId

[required] The name of the protection group. You use this to identify the protection group in lists and to manage the protection group, for example to update, delete, or describe it.

Aggregation

[required] Defines how Shield combines resource data for the group in order to detect, mitigate, and report events.

  • Sum - Use the total traffic across the group. This is a good choice for most cases. Examples include Elastic IP addresses for EC2 instances that scale manually or automatically.

  • Mean - Use the average of the traffic across the group. This is a good choice for resources that share traffic uniformly. Examples include accelerators and load balancers.

  • Max - Use the highest traffic from each resource. This is useful for resources that don't share traffic and for resources that share that traffic in a non-uniform way. Examples include Amazon CloudFront and origin resources for CloudFront distributions.

Pattern

[required] The criteria to use to choose the protected resources for inclusion in the group. You can include all resources that have protections, provide a list of resource Amazon Resource Names (ARNs), or include all resources of a specified resource type.

ResourceType

The resource type to include in the protection group. All protected resources of this type are included in the protection group. Newly protected resources of this type are automatically added to the group. You must set this when you set Pattern to BY_RESOURCE_TYPE and you must not set it for any other Pattern setting.

Members

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the resources to include in the protection group. You must set this when you set Pattern to ARBITRARY and you must not set it for any other Pattern setting.

Tags

One or more tag key-value pairs for the protection group.


Activates Shield Advanced for an account

Description

Activates Shield Advanced for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_create_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_create_subscription()

Deletes an Shield Advanced Protection

Description

Deletes an Shield Advanced Protection.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_delete_protection/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_delete_protection(ProtectionId)

Arguments

ProtectionId

[required] The unique identifier (ID) for the Protection object to be deleted.


Removes the specified protection group

Description

Removes the specified protection group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_delete_protection_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_delete_protection_group(ProtectionGroupId)

Arguments

ProtectionGroupId

[required] The name of the protection group. You use this to identify the protection group in lists and to manage the protection group, for example to update, delete, or describe it.


Removes Shield Advanced from an account

Description

Removes Shield Advanced from an account. Shield Advanced requires a 1-year subscription commitment. You cannot delete a subscription prior to the completion of that commitment.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_delete_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_delete_subscription()

Describes the details of a DDoS attack

Description

Describes the details of a DDoS attack.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_describe_attack/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_describe_attack(AttackId)

Arguments

AttackId

[required] The unique identifier (ID) for the attack.


Provides information about the number and type of attacks Shield has detected in the last year for all resources that belong to your account, regardless of whether you've defined Shield protections for them

Description

Provides information about the number and type of attacks Shield has detected in the last year for all resources that belong to your account, regardless of whether you've defined Shield protections for them. This operation is available to Shield customers as well as to Shield Advanced customers.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_describe_attack_statistics/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_describe_attack_statistics()

Returns the current role and list of Amazon S3 log buckets used by the Shield Response Team (SRT) to access your Amazon Web Services account while assisting with attack mitigation

Description

Returns the current role and list of Amazon S3 log buckets used by the Shield Response Team (SRT) to access your Amazon Web Services account while assisting with attack mitigation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_describe_drt_access/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_describe_drt_access()

A list of email addresses and phone numbers that the Shield Response Team (SRT) can use to contact you if you have proactive engagement enabled, for escalations to the SRT and to initiate proactive customer support

Description

A list of email addresses and phone numbers that the Shield Response Team (SRT) can use to contact you if you have proactive engagement enabled, for escalations to the SRT and to initiate proactive customer support.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_describe_emergency_contact_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_describe_emergency_contact_settings()

Lists the details of a Protection object

Description

Lists the details of a Protection object.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_describe_protection/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_describe_protection(ProtectionId = NULL, ResourceArn = NULL)

Arguments

ProtectionId

The unique identifier (ID) for the Protection object to describe. You must provide either the ResourceArn of the protected resource or the ProtectionID of the protection, but not both.

ResourceArn

The ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of the protected Amazon Web Services resource. You must provide either the ResourceArn of the protected resource or the ProtectionID of the protection, but not both.


Returns the specification for the specified protection group

Description

Returns the specification for the specified protection group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_describe_protection_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_describe_protection_group(ProtectionGroupId)

Arguments

ProtectionGroupId

[required] The name of the protection group. You use this to identify the protection group in lists and to manage the protection group, for example to update, delete, or describe it.


Provides details about the Shield Advanced subscription for an account

Description

Provides details about the Shield Advanced subscription for an account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_describe_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_describe_subscription()

Disable the Shield Advanced automatic application layer DDoS mitigation feature for the protected resource

Description

Disable the Shield Advanced automatic application layer DDoS mitigation feature for the protected resource. This stops Shield Advanced from creating, verifying, and applying WAF rules for attacks that it detects for the resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_disable_application_layer_automatic_response/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_disable_application_layer_automatic_response(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of the protected resource.


Removes authorization from the Shield Response Team (SRT) to notify contacts about escalations to the SRT and to initiate proactive customer support

Description

Removes authorization from the Shield Response Team (SRT) to notify contacts about escalations to the SRT and to initiate proactive customer support.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_disable_proactive_engagement/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_disable_proactive_engagement()

Removes the Shield Response Team's (SRT) access to the specified Amazon S3 bucket containing the logs that you shared previously

Description

Removes the Shield Response Team's (SRT) access to the specified Amazon S3 bucket containing the logs that you shared previously.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_disassociate_drt_log_bucket/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_disassociate_drt_log_bucket(LogBucket)

Arguments

LogBucket

[required] The Amazon S3 bucket that contains the logs that you want to share.


Removes the Shield Response Team's (SRT) access to your Amazon Web Services account

Description

Removes the Shield Response Team's (SRT) access to your Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_disassociate_drt_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_disassociate_drt_role()

Removes health-based detection from the Shield Advanced protection for a resource

Description

Removes health-based detection from the Shield Advanced protection for a resource. Shield Advanced health-based detection uses the health of your Amazon Web Services resource to improve responsiveness and accuracy in attack detection and response.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_disassociate_health_check/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_disassociate_health_check(ProtectionId, HealthCheckArn)

Arguments

ProtectionId

[required] The unique identifier (ID) for the Protection object to remove the health check association from.

HealthCheckArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the health check that is associated with the protection.


Enable the Shield Advanced automatic application layer DDoS mitigation for the protected resource

Description

Enable the Shield Advanced automatic application layer DDoS mitigation for the protected resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_enable_application_layer_automatic_response/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_enable_application_layer_automatic_response(ResourceArn, Action)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of the protected resource.

Action

[required] Specifies the action setting that Shield Advanced should use in the WAF rules that it creates on behalf of the protected resource in response to DDoS attacks. You specify this as part of the configuration for the automatic application layer DDoS mitigation feature, when you enable or update automatic mitigation. Shield Advanced creates the WAF rules in a Shield Advanced-managed rule group, inside the web ACL that you have associated with the resource.


Authorizes the Shield Response Team (SRT) to use email and phone to notify contacts about escalations to the SRT and to initiate proactive customer support

Description

Authorizes the Shield Response Team (SRT) to use email and phone to notify contacts about escalations to the SRT and to initiate proactive customer support.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_enable_proactive_engagement/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_enable_proactive_engagement()

Returns the SubscriptionState, either Active or Inactive

Description

Returns the SubscriptionState, either Active or Inactive.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_get_subscription_state/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_get_subscription_state()

Returns all ongoing DDoS attacks or all DDoS attacks during a specified time period

Description

Returns all ongoing DDoS attacks or all DDoS attacks during a specified time period.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_list_attacks/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_list_attacks(
  ResourceArns = NULL,
  StartTime = NULL,
  EndTime = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceArns

The ARNs (Amazon Resource Names) of the resources that were attacked. If you leave this blank, all applicable resources for this account will be included.

StartTime

The start of the time period for the attacks. This is a timestamp type. The request syntax listing for this call indicates a number type, but you can provide the time in any valid timestamp format setting.

EndTime

The end of the time period for the attacks. This is a timestamp type. The request syntax listing for this call indicates a number type, but you can provide the time in any valid timestamp format setting.

NextToken

When you request a list of objects from Shield Advanced, if the response does not include all of the remaining available objects, Shield Advanced includes a NextToken value in the response. You can retrieve the next batch of objects by requesting the list again and providing the token that was returned by the prior call in your request.

You can indicate the maximum number of objects that you want Shield Advanced to return for a single call with the MaxResults setting. Shield Advanced will not return more than MaxResults objects, but may return fewer, even if more objects are still available.

Whenever more objects remain that Shield Advanced has not yet returned to you, the response will include a NextToken value.

On your first call to a list operation, leave this setting empty.

MaxResults

The greatest number of objects that you want Shield Advanced to return to the list request. Shield Advanced might return fewer objects than you indicate in this setting, even if more objects are available. If there are more objects remaining, Shield Advanced will always also return a NextToken value in the response.

The default setting is 20.


Retrieves ProtectionGroup objects for the account

Description

Retrieves ProtectionGroup objects for the account. You can retrieve all protection groups or you can provide filtering criteria and retrieve just the subset of protection groups that match the criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_list_protection_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_list_protection_groups(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  InclusionFilters = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

When you request a list of objects from Shield Advanced, if the response does not include all of the remaining available objects, Shield Advanced includes a NextToken value in the response. You can retrieve the next batch of objects by requesting the list again and providing the token that was returned by the prior call in your request.

You can indicate the maximum number of objects that you want Shield Advanced to return for a single call with the MaxResults setting. Shield Advanced will not return more than MaxResults objects, but may return fewer, even if more objects are still available.

Whenever more objects remain that Shield Advanced has not yet returned to you, the response will include a NextToken value.

On your first call to a list operation, leave this setting empty.

MaxResults

The greatest number of objects that you want Shield Advanced to return to the list request. Shield Advanced might return fewer objects than you indicate in this setting, even if more objects are available. If there are more objects remaining, Shield Advanced will always also return a NextToken value in the response.

The default setting is 20.

InclusionFilters

Narrows the set of protection groups that the call retrieves. You can retrieve a single protection group by its name and you can retrieve all protection groups that are configured with specific pattern or aggregation settings. You can provide up to one criteria per filter type. Shield Advanced returns the protection groups that exactly match all of the search criteria that you provide.


Retrieves Protection objects for the account

Description

Retrieves Protection objects for the account. You can retrieve all protections or you can provide filtering criteria and retrieve just the subset of protections that match the criteria.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_list_protections/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_list_protections(
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  InclusionFilters = NULL
)

Arguments

NextToken

When you request a list of objects from Shield Advanced, if the response does not include all of the remaining available objects, Shield Advanced includes a NextToken value in the response. You can retrieve the next batch of objects by requesting the list again and providing the token that was returned by the prior call in your request.

You can indicate the maximum number of objects that you want Shield Advanced to return for a single call with the MaxResults setting. Shield Advanced will not return more than MaxResults objects, but may return fewer, even if more objects are still available.

Whenever more objects remain that Shield Advanced has not yet returned to you, the response will include a NextToken value.

On your first call to a list operation, leave this setting empty.

MaxResults

The greatest number of objects that you want Shield Advanced to return to the list request. Shield Advanced might return fewer objects than you indicate in this setting, even if more objects are available. If there are more objects remaining, Shield Advanced will always also return a NextToken value in the response.

The default setting is 20.

InclusionFilters

Narrows the set of protections that the call retrieves. You can retrieve a single protection by providing its name or the ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of its protected resource. You can also retrieve all protections for a specific resource type. You can provide up to one criteria per filter type. Shield Advanced returns protections that exactly match all of the filter criteria that you provide.


Retrieves the resources that are included in the protection group

Description

Retrieves the resources that are included in the protection group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_list_resources_in_protection_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_list_resources_in_protection_group(
  ProtectionGroupId,
  NextToken = NULL,
  MaxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

ProtectionGroupId

[required] The name of the protection group. You use this to identify the protection group in lists and to manage the protection group, for example to update, delete, or describe it.

NextToken

When you request a list of objects from Shield Advanced, if the response does not include all of the remaining available objects, Shield Advanced includes a NextToken value in the response. You can retrieve the next batch of objects by requesting the list again and providing the token that was returned by the prior call in your request.

You can indicate the maximum number of objects that you want Shield Advanced to return for a single call with the MaxResults setting. Shield Advanced will not return more than MaxResults objects, but may return fewer, even if more objects are still available.

Whenever more objects remain that Shield Advanced has not yet returned to you, the response will include a NextToken value.

On your first call to a list operation, leave this setting empty.

MaxResults

The greatest number of objects that you want Shield Advanced to return to the list request. Shield Advanced might return fewer objects than you indicate in this setting, even if more objects are available. If there are more objects remaining, Shield Advanced will always also return a NextToken value in the response.

The default setting is 20.


Gets information about Amazon Web Services tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in Shield

Description

Gets information about Amazon Web Services tags for a specified Amazon Resource Name (ARN) in Shield.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_list_tags_for_resource(ResourceARN)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to get tags for.


Adds or updates tags for a resource in Shield

Description

Adds or updates tags for a resource in Shield.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to add or update tags for.

Tags

[required] The tags that you want to modify or add to the resource.


Removes tags from a resource in Shield

Description

Removes tags from a resource in Shield.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource that you want to remove tags from.

TagKeys

[required] The tag key for each tag that you want to remove from the resource.


Updates an existing Shield Advanced automatic application layer DDoS mitigation configuration for the specified resource

Description

Updates an existing Shield Advanced automatic application layer DDoS mitigation configuration for the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_update_application_layer_automatic_response/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_update_application_layer_automatic_response(ResourceArn, Action)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of the resource.

Action

[required] Specifies the action setting that Shield Advanced should use in the WAF rules that it creates on behalf of the protected resource in response to DDoS attacks. You specify this as part of the configuration for the automatic application layer DDoS mitigation feature, when you enable or update automatic mitigation. Shield Advanced creates the WAF rules in a Shield Advanced-managed rule group, inside the web ACL that you have associated with the resource.


Updates the details of the list of email addresses and phone numbers that the Shield Response Team (SRT) can use to contact you if you have proactive engagement enabled, for escalations to the SRT and to initiate proactive customer support

Description

Updates the details of the list of email addresses and phone numbers that the Shield Response Team (SRT) can use to contact you if you have proactive engagement enabled, for escalations to the SRT and to initiate proactive customer support.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_update_emergency_contact_settings/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_update_emergency_contact_settings(EmergencyContactList = NULL)

Arguments

EmergencyContactList

A list of email addresses and phone numbers that the Shield Response Team (SRT) can use to contact you if you have proactive engagement enabled, for escalations to the SRT and to initiate proactive customer support.

If you have proactive engagement enabled, the contact list must include at least one phone number.


Updates an existing protection group

Description

Updates an existing protection group. A protection group is a grouping of protected resources so they can be handled as a collective. This resource grouping improves the accuracy of detection and reduces false positives.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_update_protection_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_update_protection_group(
  ProtectionGroupId,
  Aggregation,
  Pattern,
  ResourceType = NULL,
  Members = NULL
)

Arguments

ProtectionGroupId

[required] The name of the protection group. You use this to identify the protection group in lists and to manage the protection group, for example to update, delete, or describe it.

Aggregation

[required] Defines how Shield combines resource data for the group in order to detect, mitigate, and report events.

  • Sum - Use the total traffic across the group. This is a good choice for most cases. Examples include Elastic IP addresses for EC2 instances that scale manually or automatically.

  • Mean - Use the average of the traffic across the group. This is a good choice for resources that share traffic uniformly. Examples include accelerators and load balancers.

  • Max - Use the highest traffic from each resource. This is useful for resources that don't share traffic and for resources that share that traffic in a non-uniform way. Examples include Amazon CloudFront distributions and origin resources for CloudFront distributions.

Pattern

[required] The criteria to use to choose the protected resources for inclusion in the group. You can include all resources that have protections, provide a list of resource Amazon Resource Names (ARNs), or include all resources of a specified resource type.

ResourceType

The resource type to include in the protection group. All protected resources of this type are included in the protection group. You must set this when you set Pattern to BY_RESOURCE_TYPE and you must not set it for any other Pattern setting.

Members

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the resources to include in the protection group. You must set this when you set Pattern to ARBITRARY and you must not set it for any other Pattern setting.


Updates the details of an existing subscription

Description

Updates the details of an existing subscription. Only enter values for parameters you want to change. Empty parameters are not updated.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/shield_update_subscription/ for full documentation.

Usage

shield_update_subscription(AutoRenew = NULL)

Arguments

AutoRenew

When you initally create a subscription, AutoRenew is set to ENABLED. If ENABLED, the subscription will be automatically renewed at the end of the existing subscription period. You can change this by submitting an update_subscription request. If the update_subscription request does not included a value for AutoRenew, the existing value for AutoRenew remains unchanged.


AWS Single Sign-On

Description

AWS IAM Identity Center (successor to AWS Single Sign-On) Portal is a web service that makes it easy for you to assign user access to IAM Identity Center resources such as the AWS access portal. Users can get AWS account applications and roles assigned to them and get federated into the application.

Although AWS Single Sign-On was renamed, the sso and identitystore API namespaces will continue to retain their original name for backward compatibility purposes. For more information, see IAM Identity Center rename.

This reference guide describes the IAM Identity Center Portal operations that you can call programatically and includes detailed information on data types and errors.

AWS provides SDKs that consist of libraries and sample code for various programming languages and platforms, such as Java, Ruby, .Net, iOS, or Android. The SDKs provide a convenient way to create programmatic access to IAM Identity Center and other AWS services. For more information about the AWS SDKs, including how to download and install them, see Tools for Amazon Web Services.

Usage

sso(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- sso(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

get_role_credentials Returns the STS short-term credentials for a given role name that is assigned to the user
list_account_roles Lists all roles that are assigned to the user for a given AWS account
list_accounts Lists all AWS accounts assigned to the user
logout Removes the locally stored SSO tokens from the client-side cache and sends an API call to the IAM Identity Center service to invalidate the corresponding server-side IAM Identity Center sign in session

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- sso()
svc$get_role_credentials(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Returns the STS short-term credentials for a given role name that is assigned to the user

Description

Returns the STS short-term credentials for a given role name that is assigned to the user.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sso_get_role_credentials/ for full documentation.

Usage

sso_get_role_credentials(roleName, accountId, accessToken)

Arguments

roleName

[required] The friendly name of the role that is assigned to the user.

accountId

[required] The identifier for the AWS account that is assigned to the user.

accessToken

[required] The token issued by the CreateToken API call. For more information, see CreateToken in the IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference Guide.


Lists all roles that are assigned to the user for a given AWS account

Description

Lists all roles that are assigned to the user for a given AWS account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sso_list_account_roles/ for full documentation.

Usage

sso_list_account_roles(
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  accessToken,
  accountId
)

Arguments

nextToken

The page token from the previous response output when you request subsequent pages.

maxResults

The number of items that clients can request per page.

accessToken

[required] The token issued by the CreateToken API call. For more information, see CreateToken in the IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference Guide.

accountId

[required] The identifier for the AWS account that is assigned to the user.


Lists all AWS accounts assigned to the user

Description

Lists all AWS accounts assigned to the user. These AWS accounts are assigned by the administrator of the account. For more information, see Assign User Access in the IAM Identity Center User Guide. This operation returns a paginated response.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sso_list_accounts/ for full documentation.

Usage

sso_list_accounts(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL, accessToken)

Arguments

nextToken

(Optional) When requesting subsequent pages, this is the page token from the previous response output.

maxResults

This is the number of items clients can request per page.

accessToken

[required] The token issued by the CreateToken API call. For more information, see CreateToken in the IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference Guide.


Removes the locally stored SSO tokens from the client-side cache and sends an API call to the IAM Identity Center service to invalidate the corresponding server-side IAM Identity Center sign in session

Description

Removes the locally stored SSO tokens from the client-side cache and sends an API call to the IAM Identity Center service to invalidate the corresponding server-side IAM Identity Center sign in session.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sso_logout/ for full documentation.

Usage

sso_logout(accessToken)

Arguments

accessToken

[required] The token issued by the CreateToken API call. For more information, see CreateToken in the IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference Guide.


AWS Single Sign-On Admin

Description

IAM Identity Center (successor to Single Sign-On) helps you securely create, or connect, your workforce identities and manage their access centrally across Amazon Web Services accounts and applications. IAM Identity Center is the recommended approach for workforce authentication and authorization in Amazon Web Services, for organizations of any size and type.

IAM Identity Center uses the sso and identitystore API namespaces.

This reference guide provides information on single sign-on operations which could be used for access management of Amazon Web Services accounts. For information about IAM Identity Center features, see the IAM Identity Center User Guide.

Many operations in the IAM Identity Center APIs rely on identifiers for users and groups, known as principals. For more information about how to work with principals and principal IDs in IAM Identity Center, see the Identity Store API Reference.

Amazon Web Services provides SDKs that consist of libraries and sample code for various programming languages and platforms (Java, Ruby, .Net, iOS, Android, and more). The SDKs provide a convenient way to create programmatic access to IAM Identity Center and other Amazon Web Services services. For more information about the Amazon Web Services SDKs, including how to download and install them, see Tools for Amazon Web Services.

Usage

ssoadmin(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- ssoadmin(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

attach_customer_managed_policy_reference_to_permission_set Attaches the specified customer managed policy to the specified PermissionSet
attach_managed_policy_to_permission_set Attaches an Amazon Web Services managed policy ARN to a permission set
create_account_assignment Assigns access to a principal for a specified Amazon Web Services account using a specified permission set
create_application Creates an application in IAM Identity Center for the given application provider
create_application_assignment Grant application access to a user or group
create_instance Creates an instance of IAM Identity Center for a standalone Amazon Web Services account that is not managed by Organizations or a member Amazon Web Services account in an organization
create_instance_access_control_attribute_configuration Enables the attributes-based access control (ABAC) feature for the specified IAM Identity Center instance
create_permission_set Creates a permission set within a specified IAM Identity Center instance
create_trusted_token_issuer Creates a connection to a trusted token issuer in an instance of IAM Identity Center
delete_account_assignment Deletes a principal's access from a specified Amazon Web Services account using a specified permission set
delete_application Deletes the association with the application
delete_application_access_scope Deletes an IAM Identity Center access scope from an application
delete_application_assignment Revoke application access to an application by deleting application assignments for a user or group
delete_application_authentication_method Deletes an authentication method from an application
delete_application_grant Deletes a grant from an application
delete_inline_policy_from_permission_set Deletes the inline policy from a specified permission set
delete_instance Deletes the instance of IAM Identity Center
delete_instance_access_control_attribute_configuration Disables the attributes-based access control (ABAC) feature for the specified IAM Identity Center instance and deletes all of the attribute mappings that have been configured
delete_permissions_boundary_from_permission_set Deletes the permissions boundary from a specified PermissionSet
delete_permission_set Deletes the specified permission set
delete_trusted_token_issuer Deletes a trusted token issuer configuration from an instance of IAM Identity Center
describe_account_assignment_creation_status Describes the status of the assignment creation request
describe_account_assignment_deletion_status Describes the status of the assignment deletion request
describe_application Retrieves the details of an application associated with an instance of IAM Identity Center
describe_application_assignment Retrieves a direct assignment of a user or group to an application
describe_application_provider Retrieves details about a provider that can be used to connect an Amazon Web Services managed application or customer managed application to IAM Identity Center
describe_instance Returns the details of an instance of IAM Identity Center
describe_instance_access_control_attribute_configuration Returns the list of IAM Identity Center identity store attributes that have been configured to work with attributes-based access control (ABAC) for the specified IAM Identity Center instance
describe_permission_set Gets the details of the permission set
describe_permission_set_provisioning_status Describes the status for the given permission set provisioning request
describe_trusted_token_issuer Retrieves details about a trusted token issuer configuration stored in an instance of IAM Identity Center
detach_customer_managed_policy_reference_from_permission_set Detaches the specified customer managed policy from the specified PermissionSet
detach_managed_policy_from_permission_set Detaches the attached Amazon Web Services managed policy ARN from the specified permission set
get_application_access_scope Retrieves the authorized targets for an IAM Identity Center access scope for an application
get_application_assignment_configuration Retrieves the configuration of PutApplicationAssignmentConfiguration
get_application_authentication_method Retrieves details about an authentication method used by an application
get_application_grant Retrieves details about an application grant
get_inline_policy_for_permission_set Obtains the inline policy assigned to the permission set
get_permissions_boundary_for_permission_set Obtains the permissions boundary for a specified PermissionSet
list_account_assignment_creation_status Lists the status of the Amazon Web Services account assignment creation requests for a specified IAM Identity Center instance
list_account_assignment_deletion_status Lists the status of the Amazon Web Services account assignment deletion requests for a specified IAM Identity Center instance
list_account_assignments Lists the assignee of the specified Amazon Web Services account with the specified permission set
list_account_assignments_for_principal Retrieves a list of the IAM Identity Center associated Amazon Web Services accounts that the principal has access to
list_accounts_for_provisioned_permission_set Lists all the Amazon Web Services accounts where the specified permission set is provisioned
list_application_access_scopes Lists the access scopes and authorized targets associated with an application
list_application_assignments Lists Amazon Web Services account users that are assigned to an application
list_application_assignments_for_principal Lists the applications to which a specified principal is assigned
list_application_authentication_methods Lists all of the authentication methods supported by the specified application
list_application_grants List the grants associated with an application
list_application_providers Lists the application providers configured in the IAM Identity Center identity store
list_applications Lists all applications associated with the instance of IAM Identity Center
list_customer_managed_policy_references_in_permission_set Lists all customer managed policies attached to a specified PermissionSet
list_instances Lists the details of the organization and account instances of IAM Identity Center that were created in or visible to the account calling this API
list_managed_policies_in_permission_set Lists the Amazon Web Services managed policy that is attached to a specified permission set
list_permission_set_provisioning_status Lists the status of the permission set provisioning requests for a specified IAM Identity Center instance
list_permission_sets Lists the PermissionSets in an IAM Identity Center instance
list_permission_sets_provisioned_to_account Lists all the permission sets that are provisioned to a specified Amazon Web Services account
list_tags_for_resource Lists the tags that are attached to a specified resource
list_trusted_token_issuers Lists all the trusted token issuers configured in an instance of IAM Identity Center
provision_permission_set The process by which a specified permission set is provisioned to the specified target
put_application_access_scope Adds or updates the list of authorized targets for an IAM Identity Center access scope for an application
put_application_assignment_configuration Configure how users gain access to an application
put_application_authentication_method Adds or updates an authentication method for an application
put_application_grant Adds a grant to an application
put_inline_policy_to_permission_set Attaches an inline policy to a permission set
put_permissions_boundary_to_permission_set Attaches an Amazon Web Services managed or customer managed policy to the specified PermissionSet as a permissions boundary
tag_resource Associates a set of tags with a specified resource
untag_resource Disassociates a set of tags from a specified resource
update_application Updates application properties
update_instance Update the details for the instance of IAM Identity Center that is owned by the Amazon Web Services account
update_instance_access_control_attribute_configuration Updates the IAM Identity Center identity store attributes that you can use with the IAM Identity Center instance for attributes-based access control (ABAC)
update_permission_set Updates an existing permission set
update_trusted_token_issuer Updates the name of the trusted token issuer, or the path of a source attribute or destination attribute for a trusted token issuer configuration

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- ssoadmin()
svc$attach_customer_managed_policy_reference_to_permission_set(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Attaches the specified customer managed policy to the specified PermissionSet

Description

Attaches the specified customer managed policy to the specified PermissionSet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_attach_customer_managed_policy_reference_to_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_attach_customer_managed_policy_reference_to_permission_set(
  CustomerManagedPolicyReference,
  InstanceArn,
  PermissionSetArn
)

Arguments

CustomerManagedPolicyReference

[required] Specifies the name and path of a customer managed policy. You must have an IAM policy that matches the name and path in each Amazon Web Services account where you want to deploy your permission set.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the PermissionSet.


Attaches an Amazon Web Services managed policy ARN to a permission set

Description

Attaches an Amazon Web Services managed policy ARN to a permission set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_attach_managed_policy_to_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_attach_managed_policy_to_permission_set(
  InstanceArn,
  ManagedPolicyArn,
  PermissionSetArn
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

ManagedPolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Web Services managed policy ARN to be attached to a permission set.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the PermissionSet that the managed policy should be attached to.


Assigns access to a principal for a specified Amazon Web Services account using a specified permission set

Description

Assigns access to a principal for a specified Amazon Web Services account using a specified permission set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_create_account_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_create_account_assignment(
  InstanceArn,
  PermissionSetArn,
  PrincipalId,
  PrincipalType,
  TargetId,
  TargetType
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the permission set that the admin wants to grant the principal access to.

PrincipalId

[required] An identifier for an object in IAM Identity Center, such as a user or group. PrincipalIds are GUIDs (For example, f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6). For more information about PrincipalIds in IAM Identity Center, see the IAM Identity Center Identity Store API Reference.

PrincipalType

[required] The entity type for which the assignment will be created.

TargetId

[required] TargetID is an Amazon Web Services account identifier, (For example, 123456789012).

TargetType

[required] The entity type for which the assignment will be created.


Creates an application in IAM Identity Center for the given application provider

Description

Creates an application in IAM Identity Center for the given application provider.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_create_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_create_application(
  ApplicationProviderArn,
  ClientToken = NULL,
  Description = NULL,
  InstanceArn,
  Name,
  PortalOptions = NULL,
  Status = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationProviderArn

[required] The ARN of the application provider under which the operation will run.

ClientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive ID that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value.

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.

Description

The description of the .

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the instance of IAM Identity Center under which the operation will run. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

Name

[required] The name of the .

PortalOptions

A structure that describes the options for the portal associated with an application.

Status

Specifies whether the application is enabled or disabled.

Tags

Specifies tags to be attached to the application.


Grant application access to a user or group

Description

Grant application access to a user or group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_create_application_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_create_application_assignment(
  ApplicationArn,
  PrincipalId,
  PrincipalType
)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] The ARN of the application provider under which the operation will run.

PrincipalId

[required] An identifier for an object in IAM Identity Center, such as a user or group. PrincipalIds are GUIDs (For example, f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6). For more information about PrincipalIds in IAM Identity Center, see the IAM Identity Center Identity Store API Reference.

PrincipalType

[required] The entity type for which the assignment will be created.


Creates an instance of IAM Identity Center for a standalone Amazon Web Services account that is not managed by Organizations or a member Amazon Web Services account in an organization

Description

Creates an instance of IAM Identity Center for a standalone Amazon Web Services account that is not managed by Organizations or a member Amazon Web Services account in an organization. You can create only one instance per account and across all Amazon Web Services Regions.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_create_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_create_instance(ClientToken = NULL, Name = NULL, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

ClientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive ID that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value.

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.

Name

The name of the instance of IAM Identity Center.

Tags

Specifies tags to be attached to the instance of IAM Identity Center.


Enables the attributes-based access control (ABAC) feature for the specified IAM Identity Center instance

Description

Enables the attributes-based access control (ABAC) feature for the specified IAM Identity Center instance. You can also specify new attributes to add to your ABAC configuration during the enabling process. For more information about ABAC, see Attribute-Based Access Control in the IAM Identity Center User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_create_instance_access_control_attribute_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_create_instance_access_control_attribute_configuration(
  InstanceAccessControlAttributeConfiguration,
  InstanceArn
)

Arguments

InstanceAccessControlAttributeConfiguration

[required] Specifies the IAM Identity Center identity store attributes to add to your ABAC configuration. When using an external identity provider as an identity source, you can pass attributes through the SAML assertion. Doing so provides an alternative to configuring attributes from the IAM Identity Center identity store. If a SAML assertion passes any of these attributes, IAM Identity Center will replace the attribute value with the value from the IAM Identity Center identity store.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed.


Creates a permission set within a specified IAM Identity Center instance

Description

Creates a permission set within a specified IAM Identity Center instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_create_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_create_permission_set(
  Description = NULL,
  InstanceArn,
  Name,
  RelayState = NULL,
  SessionDuration = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Description

The description of the PermissionSet.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

Name

[required] The name of the PermissionSet.

RelayState

Used to redirect users within the application during the federation authentication process.

SessionDuration

The length of time that the application user sessions are valid in the ISO-8601 standard.

Tags

The tags to attach to the new PermissionSet.


Creates a connection to a trusted token issuer in an instance of IAM Identity Center

Description

Creates a connection to a trusted token issuer in an instance of IAM Identity Center. A trusted token issuer enables trusted identity propagation to be used with applications that authenticate outside of Amazon Web Services.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_create_trusted_token_issuer/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_create_trusted_token_issuer(
  ClientToken = NULL,
  InstanceArn,
  Name,
  Tags = NULL,
  TrustedTokenIssuerConfiguration,
  TrustedTokenIssuerType
)

Arguments

ClientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive ID that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an IdempotentParameterMismatch error.

InstanceArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the instance of IAM Identity Center to contain the new trusted token issuer configuration.

Name

[required] Specifies the name of the new trusted token issuer configuration.

Tags

Specifies tags to be attached to the new trusted token issuer configuration.

TrustedTokenIssuerConfiguration

[required] Specifies settings that apply to the new trusted token issuer configuration. The settings that are available depend on what TrustedTokenIssuerType you specify.

TrustedTokenIssuerType

[required] Specifies the type of the new trusted token issuer.


Deletes a principal's access from a specified Amazon Web Services account using a specified permission set

Description

Deletes a principal's access from a specified Amazon Web Services account using a specified permission set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_delete_account_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_delete_account_assignment(
  InstanceArn,
  PermissionSetArn,
  PrincipalId,
  PrincipalType,
  TargetId,
  TargetType
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the permission set that will be used to remove access.

PrincipalId

[required] An identifier for an object in IAM Identity Center, such as a user or group. PrincipalIds are GUIDs (For example, f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6). For more information about PrincipalIds in IAM Identity Center, see the IAM Identity Center Identity Store API Reference.

PrincipalType

[required] The entity type for which the assignment will be deleted.

TargetId

[required] TargetID is an Amazon Web Services account identifier, (For example, 123456789012).

TargetType

[required] The entity type for which the assignment will be deleted.


Deletes the association with the application

Description

Deletes the association with the application. The connected service resource still exists.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_delete_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_delete_application(ApplicationArn)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Deletes an IAM Identity Center access scope from an application

Description

Deletes an IAM Identity Center access scope from an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_delete_application_access_scope/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_delete_application_access_scope(ApplicationArn, Scope)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application with the access scope to delete.

Scope

[required] Specifies the name of the access scope to remove from the application.


Revoke application access to an application by deleting application assignments for a user or group

Description

Revoke application access to an application by deleting application assignments for a user or group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_delete_application_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_delete_application_assignment(
  ApplicationArn,
  PrincipalId,
  PrincipalType
)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application.

PrincipalId

[required] An identifier for an object in IAM Identity Center, such as a user or group. PrincipalIds are GUIDs (For example, f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6). For more information about PrincipalIds in IAM Identity Center, see the IAM Identity Center Identity Store API Reference.

PrincipalType

[required] The entity type for which the assignment will be deleted.


Deletes an authentication method from an application

Description

Deletes an authentication method from an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_delete_application_authentication_method/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_delete_application_authentication_method(
  ApplicationArn,
  AuthenticationMethodType
)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application with the authentication method to delete.

AuthenticationMethodType

[required] Specifies the authentication method type to delete from the application.


Deletes a grant from an application

Description

Deletes a grant from an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_delete_application_grant/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_delete_application_grant(ApplicationArn, GrantType)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application with the grant to delete.

GrantType

[required] Specifies the type of grant to delete from the application.


Deletes the inline policy from a specified permission set

Description

Deletes the inline policy from a specified permission set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_delete_inline_policy_from_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_delete_inline_policy_from_permission_set(
  InstanceArn,
  PermissionSetArn
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the permission set that will be used to remove access.


Deletes the instance of IAM Identity Center

Description

Deletes the instance of IAM Identity Center. Only the account that owns the instance can call this API. Neither the delegated administrator nor member account can delete the organization instance, but those roles can delete their own instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_delete_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_delete_instance(InstanceArn)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the instance of IAM Identity Center under which the operation will run.


Disables the attributes-based access control (ABAC) feature for the specified IAM Identity Center instance and deletes all of the attribute mappings that have been configured

Description

Disables the attributes-based access control (ABAC) feature for the specified IAM Identity Center instance and deletes all of the attribute mappings that have been configured. Once deleted, any attributes that are received from an identity source and any custom attributes you have previously configured will not be passed. For more information about ABAC, see Attribute-Based Access Control in the IAM Identity Center User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_delete_instance_access_control_attribute_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_delete_instance_access_control_attribute_configuration(InstanceArn)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed.


Deletes the specified permission set

Description

Deletes the specified permission set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_delete_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_delete_permission_set(InstanceArn, PermissionSetArn)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the permission set that should be deleted.


Deletes the permissions boundary from a specified PermissionSet

Description

Deletes the permissions boundary from a specified PermissionSet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_delete_permissions_boundary_from_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_delete_permissions_boundary_from_permission_set(
  InstanceArn,
  PermissionSetArn
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the PermissionSet.


Deletes a trusted token issuer configuration from an instance of IAM Identity Center

Description

Deletes a trusted token issuer configuration from an instance of IAM Identity Center.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_delete_trusted_token_issuer/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_delete_trusted_token_issuer(TrustedTokenIssuerArn)

Arguments

TrustedTokenIssuerArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the trusted token issuer configuration to delete.


Describes the status of the assignment creation request

Description

Describes the status of the assignment creation request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_describe_account_assignment_creation_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_describe_account_assignment_creation_status(
  AccountAssignmentCreationRequestId,
  InstanceArn
)

Arguments

AccountAssignmentCreationRequestId

[required] The identifier that is used to track the request operation progress.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Describes the status of the assignment deletion request

Description

Describes the status of the assignment deletion request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_describe_account_assignment_deletion_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_describe_account_assignment_deletion_status(
  AccountAssignmentDeletionRequestId,
  InstanceArn
)

Arguments

AccountAssignmentDeletionRequestId

[required] The identifier that is used to track the request operation progress.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Retrieves the details of an application associated with an instance of IAM Identity Center

Description

Retrieves the details of an application associated with an instance of IAM Identity Center.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_describe_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_describe_application(ApplicationArn)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Retrieves a direct assignment of a user or group to an application

Description

Retrieves a direct assignment of a user or group to an application. If the user doesn’t have a direct assignment to the application, the user may still have access to the application through a group. Therefore, don’t use this API to test access to an application for a user. Instead use list_application_assignments_for_principal.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_describe_application_assignment/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_describe_application_assignment(
  ApplicationArn,
  PrincipalId,
  PrincipalType
)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

PrincipalId

[required] An identifier for an object in IAM Identity Center, such as a user or group. PrincipalIds are GUIDs (For example, f81d4fae-7dec-11d0-a765-00a0c91e6bf6). For more information about PrincipalIds in IAM Identity Center, see the IAM Identity Center Identity Store API Reference.

PrincipalType

[required] The entity type for which the assignment will be created.


Retrieves details about a provider that can be used to connect an Amazon Web Services managed application or customer managed application to IAM Identity Center

Description

Retrieves details about a provider that can be used to connect an Amazon Web Services managed application or customer managed application to IAM Identity Center.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_describe_application_provider/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_describe_application_provider(ApplicationProviderArn)

Arguments

ApplicationProviderArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application provider for which you want details.


Returns the details of an instance of IAM Identity Center

Description

Returns the details of an instance of IAM Identity Center. The status can be one of the following:

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_describe_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_describe_instance(InstanceArn)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the instance of IAM Identity Center under which the operation will run.


Returns the list of IAM Identity Center identity store attributes that have been configured to work with attributes-based access control (ABAC) for the specified IAM Identity Center instance

Description

Returns the list of IAM Identity Center identity store attributes that have been configured to work with attributes-based access control (ABAC) for the specified IAM Identity Center instance. This will not return attributes configured and sent by an external identity provider. For more information about ABAC, see Attribute-Based Access Control in the IAM Identity Center User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_describe_instance_access_control_attribute_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_describe_instance_access_control_attribute_configuration(InstanceArn)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed.


Gets the details of the permission set

Description

Gets the details of the permission set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_describe_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_describe_permission_set(InstanceArn, PermissionSetArn)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the permission set.


Describes the status for the given permission set provisioning request

Description

Describes the status for the given permission set provisioning request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_describe_permission_set_provisioning_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_describe_permission_set_provisioning_status(
  InstanceArn,
  ProvisionPermissionSetRequestId
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

ProvisionPermissionSetRequestId

[required] The identifier that is provided by the provision_permission_set call to retrieve the current status of the provisioning workflow.


Retrieves details about a trusted token issuer configuration stored in an instance of IAM Identity Center

Description

Retrieves details about a trusted token issuer configuration stored in an instance of IAM Identity Center. Details include the name of the trusted token issuer, the issuer URL, and the path of the source attribute and the destination attribute for a trusted token issuer configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_describe_trusted_token_issuer/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_describe_trusted_token_issuer(TrustedTokenIssuerArn)

Arguments

TrustedTokenIssuerArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the trusted token issuer configuration that you want details about.


Detaches the specified customer managed policy from the specified PermissionSet

Description

Detaches the specified customer managed policy from the specified PermissionSet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_detach_customer_managed_policy_reference_from_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_detach_customer_managed_policy_reference_from_permission_set(
  CustomerManagedPolicyReference,
  InstanceArn,
  PermissionSetArn
)

Arguments

CustomerManagedPolicyReference

[required] Specifies the name and path of a customer managed policy. You must have an IAM policy that matches the name and path in each Amazon Web Services account where you want to deploy your permission set.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the PermissionSet.


Detaches the attached Amazon Web Services managed policy ARN from the specified permission set

Description

Detaches the attached Amazon Web Services managed policy ARN from the specified permission set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_detach_managed_policy_from_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_detach_managed_policy_from_permission_set(
  InstanceArn,
  ManagedPolicyArn,
  PermissionSetArn
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

ManagedPolicyArn

[required] The Amazon Web Services managed policy ARN to be detached from a permission set.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the PermissionSet from which the policy should be detached.


Retrieves the authorized targets for an IAM Identity Center access scope for an application

Description

Retrieves the authorized targets for an IAM Identity Center access scope for an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_get_application_access_scope/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_get_application_access_scope(ApplicationArn, Scope)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application with the access scope that you want to retrieve.

Scope

[required] Specifies the name of the access scope for which you want the authorized targets.


Retrieves the configuration of PutApplicationAssignmentConfiguration

Description

Retrieves the configuration of put_application_assignment_configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_get_application_assignment_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_get_application_assignment_configuration(ApplicationArn)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.


Retrieves details about an authentication method used by an application

Description

Retrieves details about an authentication method used by an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_get_application_authentication_method/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_get_application_authentication_method(
  ApplicationArn,
  AuthenticationMethodType
)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application.

AuthenticationMethodType

[required] Specifies the type of authentication method for which you want details.


Retrieves details about an application grant

Description

Retrieves details about an application grant.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_get_application_grant/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_get_application_grant(ApplicationArn, GrantType)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application that contains the grant.

GrantType

[required] Specifies the type of grant.


Obtains the inline policy assigned to the permission set

Description

Obtains the inline policy assigned to the permission set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_get_inline_policy_for_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_get_inline_policy_for_permission_set(InstanceArn, PermissionSetArn)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the permission set.


Obtains the permissions boundary for a specified PermissionSet

Description

Obtains the permissions boundary for a specified PermissionSet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_get_permissions_boundary_for_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_get_permissions_boundary_for_permission_set(
  InstanceArn,
  PermissionSetArn
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the PermissionSet.


Lists the status of the Amazon Web Services account assignment creation requests for a specified IAM Identity Center instance

Description

Lists the status of the Amazon Web Services account assignment creation requests for a specified IAM Identity Center instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_account_assignment_creation_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_account_assignment_creation_status(
  Filter = NULL,
  InstanceArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filter

Filters results based on the passed attribute value.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to display for the assignment.

NextToken

The pagination token for the list API. Initially the value is null. Use the output of previous API calls to make subsequent calls.


Lists the status of the Amazon Web Services account assignment deletion requests for a specified IAM Identity Center instance

Description

Lists the status of the Amazon Web Services account assignment deletion requests for a specified IAM Identity Center instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_account_assignment_deletion_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_account_assignment_deletion_status(
  Filter = NULL,
  InstanceArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filter

Filters results based on the passed attribute value.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to display for the assignment.

NextToken

The pagination token for the list API. Initially the value is null. Use the output of previous API calls to make subsequent calls.


Lists the assignee of the specified Amazon Web Services account with the specified permission set

Description

Lists the assignee of the specified Amazon Web Services account with the specified permission set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_account_assignments/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_account_assignments(
  AccountId,
  InstanceArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  PermissionSetArn
)

Arguments

AccountId

[required] The identifier of the Amazon Web Services account from which to list the assignments.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to display for the assignment.

NextToken

The pagination token for the list API. Initially the value is null. Use the output of previous API calls to make subsequent calls.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the permission set from which to list assignments.


Retrieves a list of the IAM Identity Center associated Amazon Web Services accounts that the principal has access to

Description

Retrieves a list of the IAM Identity Center associated Amazon Web Services accounts that the principal has access to.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_account_assignments_for_principal/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_account_assignments_for_principal(
  Filter = NULL,
  InstanceArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  PrincipalId,
  PrincipalType
)

Arguments

Filter

Specifies an Amazon Web Services account ID number. Results are filtered to only those that match this ID number.

InstanceArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the instance of IAM Identity Center that contains the principal.

MaxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included in each response. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next set of results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

NextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

PrincipalId

[required] Specifies the principal for which you want to retrieve the list of account assignments.

PrincipalType

[required] Specifies the type of the principal.


Lists all the Amazon Web Services accounts where the specified permission set is provisioned

Description

Lists all the Amazon Web Services accounts where the specified permission set is provisioned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_accounts_for_provisioned_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_accounts_for_provisioned_permission_set(
  InstanceArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  PermissionSetArn,
  ProvisioningStatus = NULL
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to display for the PermissionSet.

NextToken

The pagination token for the list API. Initially the value is null. Use the output of previous API calls to make subsequent calls.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the PermissionSet from which the associated Amazon Web Services accounts will be listed.

ProvisioningStatus

The permission set provisioning status for an Amazon Web Services account.


Lists the access scopes and authorized targets associated with an application

Description

Lists the access scopes and authorized targets associated with an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_application_access_scopes/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_application_access_scopes(
  ApplicationArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application.

MaxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included in each response. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next set of results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

NextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.


Lists Amazon Web Services account users that are assigned to an application

Description

Lists Amazon Web Services account users that are assigned to an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_application_assignments/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_application_assignments(
  ApplicationArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application.

MaxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included in each response. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next set of results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

NextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.


Lists the applications to which a specified principal is assigned

Description

Lists the applications to which a specified principal is assigned.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_application_assignments_for_principal/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_application_assignments_for_principal(
  Filter = NULL,
  InstanceArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  PrincipalId,
  PrincipalType
)

Arguments

Filter

Filters the output to include only assignments associated with the application that has the specified ARN.

InstanceArn

[required] Specifies the instance of IAM Identity Center that contains principal and applications.

MaxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included in each response. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next set of results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

NextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

PrincipalId

[required] Specifies the unique identifier of the principal for which you want to retrieve its assignments.

PrincipalType

[required] Specifies the type of the principal for which you want to retrieve its assignments.


Lists all of the authentication methods supported by the specified application

Description

Lists all of the authentication methods supported by the specified application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_application_authentication_methods/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_application_authentication_methods(
  ApplicationArn,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application with the authentication methods you want to list.

NextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.


List the grants associated with an application

Description

List the grants associated with an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_application_grants/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_application_grants(ApplicationArn, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application whose grants you want to list.

NextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.


Lists the application providers configured in the IAM Identity Center identity store

Description

Lists the application providers configured in the IAM Identity Center identity store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_application_providers/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_application_providers(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included in each response. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next set of results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

NextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.


Lists all applications associated with the instance of IAM Identity Center

Description

Lists all applications associated with the instance of IAM Identity Center. When listing applications for an instance in the management account, member accounts must use the applicationAccount parameter to filter the list to only applications created from that account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_applications/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_applications(
  Filter = NULL,
  InstanceArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filter

Filters response results.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center application under which the operation will run. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

MaxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included in each response. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next set of results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

NextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.


Lists all customer managed policies attached to a specified PermissionSet

Description

Lists all customer managed policies attached to a specified PermissionSet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_customer_managed_policy_references_in_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_customer_managed_policy_references_in_permission_set(
  InstanceArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  PermissionSetArn
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to display for the list call.

NextToken

The pagination token for the list API. Initially the value is null. Use the output of previous API calls to make subsequent calls.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the PermissionSet.


Lists the details of the organization and account instances of IAM Identity Center that were created in or visible to the account calling this API

Description

Lists the details of the organization and account instances of IAM Identity Center that were created in or visible to the account calling this API.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_instances/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_instances(MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to display for the instance.

NextToken

The pagination token for the list API. Initially the value is null. Use the output of previous API calls to make subsequent calls.


Lists the Amazon Web Services managed policy that is attached to a specified permission set

Description

Lists the Amazon Web Services managed policy that is attached to a specified permission set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_managed_policies_in_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_managed_policies_in_permission_set(
  InstanceArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  PermissionSetArn
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to display for the PermissionSet.

NextToken

The pagination token for the list API. Initially the value is null. Use the output of previous API calls to make subsequent calls.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the PermissionSet whose managed policies will be listed.


Lists the status of the permission set provisioning requests for a specified IAM Identity Center instance

Description

Lists the status of the permission set provisioning requests for a specified IAM Identity Center instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_permission_set_provisioning_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_permission_set_provisioning_status(
  Filter = NULL,
  InstanceArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

Filter

Filters results based on the passed attribute value.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to display for the assignment.

NextToken

The pagination token for the list API. Initially the value is null. Use the output of previous API calls to make subsequent calls.


Lists the PermissionSets in an IAM Identity Center instance

Description

Lists the PermissionSets in an IAM Identity Center instance.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_permission_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_permission_sets(InstanceArn, MaxResults = NULL, NextToken = NULL)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to display for the assignment.

NextToken

The pagination token for the list API. Initially the value is null. Use the output of previous API calls to make subsequent calls.


Lists all the permission sets that are provisioned to a specified Amazon Web Services account

Description

Lists all the permission sets that are provisioned to a specified Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_permission_sets_provisioned_to_account/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_permission_sets_provisioned_to_account(
  AccountId,
  InstanceArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ProvisioningStatus = NULL
)

Arguments

AccountId

[required] The identifier of the Amazon Web Services account from which to list the assignments.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

MaxResults

The maximum number of results to display for the assignment.

NextToken

The pagination token for the list API. Initially the value is null. Use the output of previous API calls to make subsequent calls.

ProvisioningStatus

The status object for the permission set provisioning operation.


Lists the tags that are attached to a specified resource

Description

Lists the tags that are attached to a specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_tags_for_resource(
  InstanceArn = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL,
  ResourceArn
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

NextToken

The pagination token for the list API. Initially the value is null. Use the output of previous API calls to make subsequent calls.

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource with the tags to be listed.


Lists all the trusted token issuers configured in an instance of IAM Identity Center

Description

Lists all the trusted token issuers configured in an instance of IAM Identity Center.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_list_trusted_token_issuers/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_list_trusted_token_issuers(
  InstanceArn,
  MaxResults = NULL,
  NextToken = NULL
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the instance of IAM Identity Center with the trusted token issuer configurations that you want to list.

MaxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included in each response. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next set of results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

NextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.


The process by which a specified permission set is provisioned to the specified target

Description

The process by which a specified permission set is provisioned to the specified target.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_provision_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_provision_permission_set(
  InstanceArn,
  PermissionSetArn,
  TargetId = NULL,
  TargetType
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the permission set.

TargetId

TargetID is an Amazon Web Services account identifier, (For example, 123456789012).

TargetType

[required] The entity type for which the assignment will be created.


Adds or updates the list of authorized targets for an IAM Identity Center access scope for an application

Description

Adds or updates the list of authorized targets for an IAM Identity Center access scope for an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_put_application_access_scope/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_put_application_access_scope(
  ApplicationArn,
  AuthorizedTargets = NULL,
  Scope
)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application with the access scope with the targets to add or update.

AuthorizedTargets

Specifies an array list of ARNs that represent the authorized targets for this access scope.

Scope

[required] Specifies the name of the access scope to be associated with the specified targets.


Configure how users gain access to an application

Description

Configure how users gain access to an application. If AssignmentsRequired is true (default value), users don’t have access to the application unless an assignment is created using the CreateApplicationAssignment API. If false, all users have access to the application. If an assignment is created using create_application_assignment., the user retains access if AssignmentsRequired is set to true.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_put_application_assignment_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_put_application_assignment_configuration(
  ApplicationArn,
  AssignmentRequired
)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

AssignmentRequired

[required] If AssignmentsRequired is true (default value), users don’t have access to the application unless an assignment is created using the CreateApplicationAssignment API. If false, all users have access to the application.


Adds or updates an authentication method for an application

Description

Adds or updates an authentication method for an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_put_application_authentication_method/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_put_application_authentication_method(
  ApplicationArn,
  AuthenticationMethod,
  AuthenticationMethodType
)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application with the authentication method to add or update.

AuthenticationMethod

[required] Specifies a structure that describes the authentication method to add or update. The structure type you provide is determined by the AuthenticationMethodType parameter.

AuthenticationMethodType

[required] Specifies the type of the authentication method that you want to add or update.


Adds a grant to an application

Description

Adds a grant to an application.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_put_application_grant/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_put_application_grant(ApplicationArn, Grant, GrantType)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application to update.

Grant

[required] Specifies a structure that describes the grant to update.

GrantType

[required] Specifies the type of grant to update.


Attaches an inline policy to a permission set

Description

Attaches an inline policy to a permission set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_put_inline_policy_to_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_put_inline_policy_to_permission_set(
  InlinePolicy,
  InstanceArn,
  PermissionSetArn
)

Arguments

InlinePolicy

[required] The inline policy to attach to a PermissionSet.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the permission set.


Attaches an Amazon Web Services managed or customer managed policy to the specified PermissionSet as a permissions boundary

Description

Attaches an Amazon Web Services managed or customer managed policy to the specified PermissionSet as a permissions boundary.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_put_permissions_boundary_to_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_put_permissions_boundary_to_permission_set(
  InstanceArn,
  PermissionSetArn,
  PermissionsBoundary
)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the PermissionSet.

PermissionsBoundary

[required] The permissions boundary that you want to attach to a PermissionSet.


Associates a set of tags with a specified resource

Description

Associates a set of tags with a specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_tag_resource(InstanceArn = NULL, ResourceArn, Tags)

Arguments

InstanceArn

The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource with the tags to be listed.

Tags

[required] A set of key-value pairs that are used to manage the resource.


Disassociates a set of tags from a specified resource

Description

Disassociates a set of tags from a specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_untag_resource(InstanceArn = NULL, ResourceArn, TagKeys)

Arguments

InstanceArn

The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN of the resource with the tags to be listed.

TagKeys

[required] The keys of tags that are attached to the resource.


Updates application properties

Description

Updates application properties.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_update_application/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_update_application(
  ApplicationArn,
  Description = NULL,
  Name = NULL,
  PortalOptions = NULL,
  Status = NULL
)

Arguments

ApplicationArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the application. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

Description

The description of the .

Name

Specifies the updated name for the application.

PortalOptions

A structure that describes the options for the portal associated with an application.

Status

Specifies whether the application is enabled or disabled.


Update the details for the instance of IAM Identity Center that is owned by the Amazon Web Services account

Description

Update the details for the instance of IAM Identity Center that is owned by the Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_update_instance/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_update_instance(InstanceArn, Name)

Arguments

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the instance of IAM Identity Center under which the operation will run. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

Name

[required] Updates the instance name.


Updates the IAM Identity Center identity store attributes that you can use with the IAM Identity Center instance for attributes-based access control (ABAC)

Description

Updates the IAM Identity Center identity store attributes that you can use with the IAM Identity Center instance for attributes-based access control (ABAC). When using an external identity provider as an identity source, you can pass attributes through the SAML assertion as an alternative to configuring attributes from the IAM Identity Center identity store. If a SAML assertion passes any of these attributes, IAM Identity Center replaces the attribute value with the value from the IAM Identity Center identity store. For more information about ABAC, see Attribute-Based Access Control in the IAM Identity Center User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_update_instance_access_control_attribute_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_update_instance_access_control_attribute_configuration(
  InstanceAccessControlAttributeConfiguration,
  InstanceArn
)

Arguments

InstanceAccessControlAttributeConfiguration

[required] Updates the attributes for your ABAC configuration.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed.


Updates an existing permission set

Description

Updates an existing permission set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_update_permission_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_update_permission_set(
  Description = NULL,
  InstanceArn,
  PermissionSetArn,
  RelayState = NULL,
  SessionDuration = NULL
)

Arguments

Description

The description of the PermissionSet.

InstanceArn

[required] The ARN of the IAM Identity Center instance under which the operation will be executed. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

PermissionSetArn

[required] The ARN of the permission set.

RelayState

Used to redirect users within the application during the federation authentication process.

SessionDuration

The length of time that the application user sessions are valid for in the ISO-8601 standard.


Updates the name of the trusted token issuer, or the path of a source attribute or destination attribute for a trusted token issuer configuration

Description

Updates the name of the trusted token issuer, or the path of a source attribute or destination attribute for a trusted token issuer configuration.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssoadmin_update_trusted_token_issuer/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssoadmin_update_trusted_token_issuer(
  Name = NULL,
  TrustedTokenIssuerArn,
  TrustedTokenIssuerConfiguration = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

Specifies the updated name to be applied to the trusted token issuer configuration.

TrustedTokenIssuerArn

[required] Specifies the ARN of the trusted token issuer configuration that you want to update.

TrustedTokenIssuerConfiguration

Specifies a structure with settings to apply to the specified trusted token issuer. The settings that you can provide are determined by the type of the trusted token issuer that you are updating.


AWS SSO OIDC

Description

IAM Identity Center OpenID Connect (OIDC) is a web service that enables a client (such as CLI or a native application) to register with IAM Identity Center. The service also enables the client to fetch the user’s access token upon successful authentication and authorization with IAM Identity Center.

API namespaces

IAM Identity Center uses the sso and identitystore API namespaces. IAM Identity Center OpenID Connect uses the sso-oidc namespace.

Considerations for using this guide

Before you begin using this guide, we recommend that you first review the following important information about how the IAM Identity Center OIDC service works.

For general information about IAM Identity Center, see What is IAM Identity Center? in the IAM Identity Center User Guide.

Usage

ssooidc(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- ssooidc(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_token Creates and returns access and refresh tokens for clients that are authenticated using client secrets
create_token_with_iam Creates and returns access and refresh tokens for clients and applications that are authenticated using IAM entities
register_client Registers a public client with IAM Identity Center
start_device_authorization Initiates device authorization by requesting a pair of verification codes from the authorization service

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- ssooidc()
svc$create_token(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Creates and returns access and refresh tokens for clients that are authenticated using client secrets

Description

Creates and returns access and refresh tokens for clients that are authenticated using client secrets. The access token can be used to fetch short-lived credentials for the assigned AWS accounts or to access application APIs using bearer authentication.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssooidc_create_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssooidc_create_token(
  clientId,
  clientSecret,
  grantType,
  deviceCode = NULL,
  code = NULL,
  refreshToken = NULL,
  scope = NULL,
  redirectUri = NULL,
  codeVerifier = NULL
)

Arguments

clientId

[required] The unique identifier string for the client or application. This value comes from the result of the register_client API.

clientSecret

[required] A secret string generated for the client. This value should come from the persisted result of the register_client API.

grantType

[required] Supports the following OAuth grant types: Authorization Code, Device Code, and Refresh Token. Specify one of the following values, depending on the grant type that you want:

  • Authorization Code - authorization_code

  • Device Code - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:device_code

  • Refresh Token - refresh_token

deviceCode

Used only when calling this API for the Device Code grant type. This short-lived code is used to identify this authorization request. This comes from the result of the start_device_authorization API.

code

Used only when calling this API for the Authorization Code grant type. The short-lived code is used to identify this authorization request.

refreshToken

Used only when calling this API for the Refresh Token grant type. This token is used to refresh short-lived tokens, such as the access token, that might expire.

For more information about the features and limitations of the current IAM Identity Center OIDC implementation, see Considerations for Using this Guide in the IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference.

scope

The list of scopes for which authorization is requested. The access token that is issued is limited to the scopes that are granted. If this value is not specified, IAM Identity Center authorizes all scopes that are configured for the client during the call to register_client.

redirectUri

Used only when calling this API for the Authorization Code grant type. This value specifies the location of the client or application that has registered to receive the authorization code.

codeVerifier

Used only when calling this API for the Authorization Code grant type. This value is generated by the client and presented to validate the original code challenge value the client passed at authorization time.


Creates and returns access and refresh tokens for clients and applications that are authenticated using IAM entities

Description

Creates and returns access and refresh tokens for clients and applications that are authenticated using IAM entities. The access token can be used to fetch short-lived credentials for the assigned Amazon Web Services accounts or to access application APIs using bearer authentication.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssooidc_create_token_with_iam/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssooidc_create_token_with_iam(
  clientId,
  grantType,
  code = NULL,
  refreshToken = NULL,
  assertion = NULL,
  scope = NULL,
  redirectUri = NULL,
  subjectToken = NULL,
  subjectTokenType = NULL,
  requestedTokenType = NULL,
  codeVerifier = NULL
)

Arguments

clientId

[required] The unique identifier string for the client or application. This value is an application ARN that has OAuth grants configured.

grantType

[required] Supports the following OAuth grant types: Authorization Code, Refresh Token, JWT Bearer, and Token Exchange. Specify one of the following values, depending on the grant type that you want:

  • Authorization Code - authorization_code

  • Refresh Token - refresh_token

  • JWT Bearer - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:jwt-bearer

  • Token Exchange - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:token-exchange

code

Used only when calling this API for the Authorization Code grant type. This short-lived code is used to identify this authorization request. The code is obtained through a redirect from IAM Identity Center to a redirect URI persisted in the Authorization Code GrantOptions for the application.

refreshToken

Used only when calling this API for the Refresh Token grant type. This token is used to refresh short-lived tokens, such as the access token, that might expire.

For more information about the features and limitations of the current IAM Identity Center OIDC implementation, see Considerations for Using this Guide in the IAM Identity Center OIDC API Reference.

assertion

Used only when calling this API for the JWT Bearer grant type. This value specifies the JSON Web Token (JWT) issued by a trusted token issuer. To authorize a trusted token issuer, configure the JWT Bearer GrantOptions for the application.

scope

The list of scopes for which authorization is requested. The access token that is issued is limited to the scopes that are granted. If the value is not specified, IAM Identity Center authorizes all scopes configured for the application, including the following default scopes: openid, aws, sts:identity_context.

redirectUri

Used only when calling this API for the Authorization Code grant type. This value specifies the location of the client or application that has registered to receive the authorization code.

subjectToken

Used only when calling this API for the Token Exchange grant type. This value specifies the subject of the exchange. The value of the subject token must be an access token issued by IAM Identity Center to a different client or application. The access token must have authorized scopes that indicate the requested application as a target audience.

subjectTokenType

Used only when calling this API for the Token Exchange grant type. This value specifies the type of token that is passed as the subject of the exchange. The following value is supported:

  • Access Token - urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token

requestedTokenType

Used only when calling this API for the Token Exchange grant type. This value specifies the type of token that the requester can receive. The following values are supported:

  • Access Token - urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:access_token

  • Refresh Token - urn:ietf:params:oauth:token-type:refresh_token

codeVerifier

Used only when calling this API for the Authorization Code grant type. This value is generated by the client and presented to validate the original code challenge value the client passed at authorization time.


Registers a public client with IAM Identity Center

Description

Registers a public client with IAM Identity Center. This allows clients to perform authorization using the authorization code grant with Proof Key for Code Exchange (PKCE) or the device code grant.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssooidc_register_client/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssooidc_register_client(
  clientName,
  clientType,
  scopes = NULL,
  redirectUris = NULL,
  grantTypes = NULL,
  issuerUrl = NULL,
  entitledApplicationArn = NULL
)

Arguments

clientName

[required] The friendly name of the client.

clientType

[required] The type of client. The service supports only public as a client type. Anything other than public will be rejected by the service.

scopes

The list of scopes that are defined by the client. Upon authorization, this list is used to restrict permissions when granting an access token.

redirectUris

The list of redirect URI that are defined by the client. At completion of authorization, this list is used to restrict what locations the user agent can be redirected back to.

grantTypes

The list of OAuth 2.0 grant types that are defined by the client. This list is used to restrict the token granting flows available to the client. Supports the following OAuth 2.0 grant types: Authorization Code, Device Code, and Refresh Token.

  • Authorization Code - authorization_code

  • Device Code - urn:ietf:params:oauth:grant-type:device_code

  • Refresh Token - refresh_token

issuerUrl

The IAM Identity Center Issuer URL associated with an instance of IAM Identity Center. This value is needed for user access to resources through the client.

entitledApplicationArn

This IAM Identity Center application ARN is used to define administrator-managed configuration for public client access to resources. At authorization, the scopes, grants, and redirect URI available to this client will be restricted by this application resource.


Initiates device authorization by requesting a pair of verification codes from the authorization service

Description

Initiates device authorization by requesting a pair of verification codes from the authorization service.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/ssooidc_start_device_authorization/ for full documentation.

Usage

ssooidc_start_device_authorization(clientId, clientSecret, startUrl)

Arguments

clientId

[required] The unique identifier string for the client that is registered with IAM Identity Center. This value should come from the persisted result of the register_client API operation.

clientSecret

[required] A secret string that is generated for the client. This value should come from the persisted result of the register_client API operation.

startUrl

[required] The URL for the Amazon Web Services access portal. For more information, see Using the Amazon Web Services access portal in the IAM Identity Center User Guide.


AWS Security Token Service

Description

Security Token Service

Security Token Service (STS) enables you to request temporary, limited-privilege credentials for users. This guide provides descriptions of the STS API. For more information about using this service, see Temporary Security Credentials.

Usage

sts(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- sts(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

assume_role Returns a set of temporary security credentials that you can use to access Amazon Web Services resources
assume_role_with_saml Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated via a SAML authentication response
assume_role_with_web_identity Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated in a mobile or web application with a web identity provider
assume_root Returns a set of short term credentials you can use to perform privileged tasks on a member account in your organization
decode_authorization_message Decodes additional information about the authorization status of a request from an encoded message returned in response to an Amazon Web Services request
get_access_key_info Returns the account identifier for the specified access key ID
get_caller_identity Returns details about the IAM user or role whose credentials are used to call the operation
get_federation_token Returns a set of temporary security credentials (consisting of an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security token) for a user
get_session_token Returns a set of temporary credentials for an Amazon Web Services account or IAM user

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- sts()
# 
svc$assume_role(
  ExternalId = "123ABC",
  Policy = "{\"Version\":\"2012-10-17\",\"Statement\":[{\"Sid\":\"Stmt1\",\"Effect\":\"A...",
  RoleArn = "arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/demo",
  RoleSessionName = "testAssumeRoleSession",
  Tags = list(
    list(
      Key = "Project",
      Value = "Unicorn"
    ),
    list(
      Key = "Team",
      Value = "Automation"
    ),
    list(
      Key = "Cost-Center",
      Value = "12345"
    )
  ),
  TransitiveTagKeys = list(
    "Project",
    "Cost-Center"
  )
)

## End(Not run)


Returns a set of temporary security credentials that you can use to access Amazon Web Services resources

Description

Returns a set of temporary security credentials that you can use to access Amazon Web Services resources. These temporary credentials consist of an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Typically, you use assume_role within your account or for cross-account access. For a comparison of assume_role with other API operations that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary Security Credentials and Compare STS credentials in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sts_assume_role/ for full documentation.

Usage

sts_assume_role(
  RoleArn,
  RoleSessionName,
  PolicyArns = NULL,
  Policy = NULL,
  DurationSeconds = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  TransitiveTagKeys = NULL,
  ExternalId = NULL,
  SerialNumber = NULL,
  TokenCode = NULL,
  SourceIdentity = NULL,
  ProvidedContexts = NULL
)

Arguments

RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role to assume.

RoleSessionName

[required] An identifier for the assumed role session.

Use the role session name to uniquely identify a session when the same role is assumed by different principals or for different reasons. In cross-account scenarios, the role session name is visible to, and can be logged by the account that owns the role. The role session name is also used in the ARN of the assumed role principal. This means that subsequent cross-account API requests that use the temporary security credentials will expose the role session name to the external account in their CloudTrail logs.

For security purposes, administrators can view this field in CloudTrail logs to help identify who performed an action in Amazon Web Services. Your administrator might require that you specify your user name as the session name when you assume the role. For more information, see sts:RoleSessionName .

The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@-

PolicyArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the IAM managed policies that you want to use as managed session policies. The policies must exist in the same account as the role.

This parameter is optional. You can provide up to 10 managed policy ARNs. However, the plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.

Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to access resources in the account that owns the role. You cannot use session policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the identity-based policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, see Session Policies in the IAM User Guide.

Policy

An IAM policy in JSON format that you want to use as an inline session policy.

This parameter is optional. Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to access resources in the account that owns the role. You cannot use session policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the identity-based policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, see Session Policies in the IAM User Guide.

The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character list (U+0020 through ⁠U+00FF⁠). It can also include the tab (U+0009), linefeed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠) characters.

An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.

For more information about role session permissions, see Session policies.

DurationSeconds

The duration, in seconds, of the role session. The value specified can range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to the maximum session duration set for the role. The maximum session duration setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. If you specify a value higher than this setting or the administrator setting (whichever is lower), the operation fails. For example, if you specify a session duration of 12 hours, but your administrator set the maximum session duration to 6 hours, your operation fails.

Role chaining limits your Amazon Web Services CLI or Amazon Web Services API role session to a maximum of one hour. When you use the assume_role API operation to assume a role, you can specify the duration of your role session with the DurationSeconds parameter. You can specify a parameter value of up to 43200 seconds (12 hours), depending on the maximum session duration setting for your role. However, if you assume a role using role chaining and provide a DurationSeconds parameter value greater than one hour, the operation fails. To learn how to view the maximum value for your role, see Update the maximum session duration for a role.

By default, the value is set to 3600 seconds.

The DurationSeconds parameter is separate from the duration of a console session that you might request using the returned credentials. The request to the federation endpoint for a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration parameter that specifies the maximum length of the console session. For more information, see Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the Amazon Web Services Management Console in the IAM User Guide.

Tags

A list of session tags that you want to pass. Each session tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about session tags, see Tagging Amazon Web Services STS Sessions in the IAM User Guide.

This parameter is optional. You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plaintext session tag keys can’t exceed 128 characters, and the values can’t exceed 256 characters. For these and additional limits, see IAM and STS Character Limits in the IAM User Guide.

An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.

You can pass a session tag with the same key as a tag that is already attached to the role. When you do, session tags override a role tag with the same key.

Tag key–value pairs are not case sensitive, but case is preserved. This means that you cannot have separate Department and department tag keys. Assume that the role has the Department=Marketing tag and you pass the department=engineering session tag. Department and department are not saved as separate tags, and the session tag passed in the request takes precedence over the role tag.

Additionally, if you used temporary credentials to perform this operation, the new session inherits any transitive session tags from the calling session. If you pass a session tag with the same key as an inherited tag, the operation fails. To view the inherited tags for a session, see the CloudTrail logs. For more information, see Viewing Session Tags in CloudTrail in the IAM User Guide.

TransitiveTagKeys

A list of keys for session tags that you want to set as transitive. If you set a tag key as transitive, the corresponding key and value passes to subsequent sessions in a role chain. For more information, see Chaining Roles with Session Tags in the IAM User Guide.

This parameter is optional. The transitive status of a session tag does not impact its packed binary size.

If you choose not to specify a transitive tag key, then no tags are passed from this session to any subsequent sessions.

ExternalId

A unique identifier that might be required when you assume a role in another account. If the administrator of the account to which the role belongs provided you with an external ID, then provide that value in the ExternalId parameter. This value can be any string, such as a passphrase or account number. A cross-account role is usually set up to trust everyone in an account. Therefore, the administrator of the trusting account might send an external ID to the administrator of the trusted account. That way, only someone with the ID can assume the role, rather than everyone in the account. For more information about the external ID, see How to Use an External ID When Granting Access to Your Amazon Web Services Resources to a Third Party in the IAM User Guide.

The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:/-

SerialNumber

The identification number of the MFA device that is associated with the user who is making the assume_role call. Specify this value if the trust policy of the role being assumed includes a condition that requires MFA authentication. The value is either the serial number for a hardware device (such as GAHT12345678) or an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a virtual device (such as ⁠arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user⁠).

The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@-

TokenCode

The value provided by the MFA device, if the trust policy of the role being assumed requires MFA. (In other words, if the policy includes a condition that tests for MFA). If the role being assumed requires MFA and if the TokenCode value is missing or expired, the assume_role call returns an "access denied" error.

The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a sequence of six numeric digits.

SourceIdentity

The source identity specified by the principal that is calling the assume_role operation. The source identity value persists across chained role sessions.

You can require users to specify a source identity when they assume a role. You do this by using the sts:SourceIdentity condition key in a role trust policy. You can use source identity information in CloudTrail logs to determine who took actions with a role. You can use the aws:SourceIdentity condition key to further control access to Amazon Web Services resources based on the value of source identity. For more information about using source identity, see Monitor and control actions taken with assumed roles in the IAM User Guide.

The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: +=,.@-. You cannot use a value that begins with the text ⁠aws:⁠. This prefix is reserved for Amazon Web Services internal use.

ProvidedContexts

A list of previously acquired trusted context assertions in the format of a JSON array. The trusted context assertion is signed and encrypted by Amazon Web Services STS.

The following is an example of a ProvidedContext value that includes a single trusted context assertion and the ARN of the context provider from which the trusted context assertion was generated.

⁠[{"ProviderArn":"arn:aws:iam::aws:contextProvider/IdentityCenter","ContextAssertion":"trusted-context-assertion"}]⁠


Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated via a SAML authentication response

Description

Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated via a SAML authentication response. This operation provides a mechanism for tying an enterprise identity store or directory to role-based Amazon Web Services access without user-specific credentials or configuration. For a comparison of assume_role_with_saml with the other API operations that produce temporary credentials, see Requesting Temporary Security Credentials and Compare STS credentials in the IAM User Guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sts_assume_role_with_saml/ for full documentation.

Usage

sts_assume_role_with_saml(
  RoleArn,
  PrincipalArn,
  SAMLAssertion,
  PolicyArns = NULL,
  Policy = NULL,
  DurationSeconds = NULL
)

Arguments

RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role that the caller is assuming.

PrincipalArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the SAML provider in IAM that describes the IdP.

SAMLAssertion

[required] The base64 encoded SAML authentication response provided by the IdP.

For more information, see Configuring a Relying Party and Adding Claims in the IAM User Guide.

PolicyArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the IAM managed policies that you want to use as managed session policies. The policies must exist in the same account as the role.

This parameter is optional. You can provide up to 10 managed policy ARNs. However, the plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.

Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to access resources in the account that owns the role. You cannot use session policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the identity-based policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, see Session Policies in the IAM User Guide.

Policy

An IAM policy in JSON format that you want to use as an inline session policy.

This parameter is optional. Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to access resources in the account that owns the role. You cannot use session policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the identity-based policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, see Session Policies in the IAM User Guide.

The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character list (U+0020 through ⁠U+00FF⁠). It can also include the tab (U+0009), linefeed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠) characters.

For more information about role session permissions, see Session policies.

An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.

DurationSeconds

The duration, in seconds, of the role session. Your role session lasts for the duration that you specify for the DurationSeconds parameter, or until the time specified in the SAML authentication response's SessionNotOnOrAfter value, whichever is shorter. You can provide a DurationSeconds value from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to the maximum session duration setting for the role. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. If you specify a value higher than this setting, the operation fails. For example, if you specify a session duration of 12 hours, but your administrator set the maximum session duration to 6 hours, your operation fails. To learn how to view the maximum value for your role, see View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role in the IAM User Guide.

By default, the value is set to 3600 seconds.

The DurationSeconds parameter is separate from the duration of a console session that you might request using the returned credentials. The request to the federation endpoint for a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration parameter that specifies the maximum length of the console session. For more information, see Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the Amazon Web Services Management Console in the IAM User Guide.


Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated in a mobile or web application with a web identity provider

Description

Returns a set of temporary security credentials for users who have been authenticated in a mobile or web application with a web identity provider. Example providers include the OAuth 2.0 providers Login with Amazon and Facebook, or any OpenID Connect-compatible identity provider such as Google or Amazon Cognito federated identities.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sts_assume_role_with_web_identity/ for full documentation.

Usage

sts_assume_role_with_web_identity(
  RoleArn,
  RoleSessionName,
  WebIdentityToken,
  ProviderId = NULL,
  PolicyArns = NULL,
  Policy = NULL,
  DurationSeconds = NULL
)

Arguments

RoleArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the role that the caller is assuming.

Additional considerations apply to Amazon Cognito identity pools that assume cross-account IAM roles. The trust policies of these roles must accept the cognito-identity.amazonaws.com service principal and must contain the cognito-identity.amazonaws.com:aud condition key to restrict role assumption to users from your intended identity pools. A policy that trusts Amazon Cognito identity pools without this condition creates a risk that a user from an unintended identity pool can assume the role. For more information, see Trust policies for IAM roles in Basic (Classic) authentication in the Amazon Cognito Developer Guide.

RoleSessionName

[required] An identifier for the assumed role session. Typically, you pass the name or identifier that is associated with the user who is using your application. That way, the temporary security credentials that your application will use are associated with that user. This session name is included as part of the ARN and assumed role ID in the AssumedRoleUser response element.

For security purposes, administrators can view this field in CloudTrail logs to help identify who performed an action in Amazon Web Services. Your administrator might require that you specify your user name as the session name when you assume the role. For more information, see sts:RoleSessionName .

The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@-

WebIdentityToken

[required] The OAuth 2.0 access token or OpenID Connect ID token that is provided by the identity provider. Your application must get this token by authenticating the user who is using your application with a web identity provider before the application makes an assume_role_with_web_identity call. Timestamps in the token must be formatted as either an integer or a long integer. Tokens must be signed using either RSA keys (RS256, RS384, or RS512) or ECDSA keys (ES256, ES384, or ES512).

ProviderId

The fully qualified host component of the domain name of the OAuth 2.0 identity provider. Do not specify this value for an OpenID Connect identity provider.

Currently www.amazon.com and graph.facebook.com are the only supported identity providers for OAuth 2.0 access tokens. Do not include URL schemes and port numbers.

Do not specify this value for OpenID Connect ID tokens.

PolicyArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the IAM managed policies that you want to use as managed session policies. The policies must exist in the same account as the role.

This parameter is optional. You can provide up to 10 managed policy ARNs. However, the plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.

Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to access resources in the account that owns the role. You cannot use session policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the identity-based policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, see Session Policies in the IAM User Guide.

Policy

An IAM policy in JSON format that you want to use as an inline session policy.

This parameter is optional. Passing policies to this operation returns new temporary credentials. The resulting session's permissions are the intersection of the role's identity-based policy and the session policies. You can use the role's temporary credentials in subsequent Amazon Web Services API calls to access resources in the account that owns the role. You cannot use session policies to grant more permissions than those allowed by the identity-based policy of the role that is being assumed. For more information, see Session Policies in the IAM User Guide.

The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character list (U+0020 through ⁠U+00FF⁠). It can also include the tab (U+0009), linefeed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠) characters.

For more information about role session permissions, see Session policies.

An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.

DurationSeconds

The duration, in seconds, of the role session. The value can range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) up to the maximum session duration setting for the role. This setting can have a value from 1 hour to 12 hours. If you specify a value higher than this setting, the operation fails. For example, if you specify a session duration of 12 hours, but your administrator set the maximum session duration to 6 hours, your operation fails. To learn how to view the maximum value for your role, see View the Maximum Session Duration Setting for a Role in the IAM User Guide.

By default, the value is set to 3600 seconds.

The DurationSeconds parameter is separate from the duration of a console session that you might request using the returned credentials. The request to the federation endpoint for a console sign-in token takes a SessionDuration parameter that specifies the maximum length of the console session. For more information, see Creating a URL that Enables Federated Users to Access the Amazon Web Services Management Console in the IAM User Guide.


Returns a set of short term credentials you can use to perform privileged tasks on a member account in your organization

Description

Returns a set of short term credentials you can use to perform privileged tasks on a member account in your organization.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sts_assume_root/ for full documentation.

Usage

sts_assume_root(TargetPrincipal, TaskPolicyArn, DurationSeconds = NULL)

Arguments

TargetPrincipal

[required] The member account principal ARN or account ID.

TaskPolicyArn

[required] The identity based policy that scopes the session to the privileged tasks that can be performed. You can use one of following Amazon Web Services managed policies to scope root session actions.

DurationSeconds

The duration, in seconds, of the privileged session. The value can range from 0 seconds up to the maximum session duration of 900 seconds (15 minutes). If you specify a value higher than this setting, the operation fails.

By default, the value is set to 900 seconds.


Decodes additional information about the authorization status of a request from an encoded message returned in response to an Amazon Web Services request

Description

Decodes additional information about the authorization status of a request from an encoded message returned in response to an Amazon Web Services request.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sts_decode_authorization_message/ for full documentation.

Usage

sts_decode_authorization_message(EncodedMessage)

Arguments

EncodedMessage

[required] The encoded message that was returned with the response.


Returns the account identifier for the specified access key ID

Description

Returns the account identifier for the specified access key ID.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sts_get_access_key_info/ for full documentation.

Usage

sts_get_access_key_info(AccessKeyId)

Arguments

AccessKeyId

[required] The identifier of an access key.

This parameter allows (through its regex pattern) a string of characters that can consist of any upper- or lowercase letter or digit.


Returns details about the IAM user or role whose credentials are used to call the operation

Description

Returns details about the IAM user or role whose credentials are used to call the operation.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sts_get_caller_identity/ for full documentation.

Usage

sts_get_caller_identity()

Returns a set of temporary security credentials (consisting of an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security token) for a user

Description

Returns a set of temporary security credentials (consisting of an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security token) for a user. A typical use is in a proxy application that gets temporary security credentials on behalf of distributed applications inside a corporate network.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sts_get_federation_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

sts_get_federation_token(
  Name,
  Policy = NULL,
  PolicyArns = NULL,
  DurationSeconds = NULL,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the federated user. The name is used as an identifier for the temporary security credentials (such as Bob). For example, you can reference the federated user name in a resource-based policy, such as in an Amazon S3 bucket policy.

The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@-

Policy

An IAM policy in JSON format that you want to use as an inline session policy.

You must pass an inline or managed session policy to this operation. You can pass a single JSON policy document to use as an inline session policy. You can also specify up to 10 managed policy Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) to use as managed session policies.

This parameter is optional. However, if you do not pass any session policies, then the resulting federated user session has no permissions.

When you pass session policies, the session permissions are the intersection of the IAM user policies and the session policies that you pass. This gives you a way to further restrict the permissions for a federated user. You cannot use session policies to grant more permissions than those that are defined in the permissions policy of the IAM user. For more information, see Session Policies in the IAM User Guide.

The resulting credentials can be used to access a resource that has a resource-based policy. If that policy specifically references the federated user session in the Principal element of the policy, the session has the permissions allowed by the policy. These permissions are granted in addition to the permissions that are granted by the session policies.

The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. The JSON policy characters can be any ASCII character from the space character to the end of the valid character list (U+0020 through ⁠U+00FF⁠). It can also include the tab (U+0009), linefeed (⁠U+000A⁠), and carriage return (⁠U+000D⁠) characters.

An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.

PolicyArns

The Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the IAM managed policies that you want to use as a managed session policy. The policies must exist in the same account as the IAM user that is requesting federated access.

You must pass an inline or managed session policy to this operation. You can pass a single JSON policy document to use as an inline session policy. You can also specify up to 10 managed policy Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) to use as managed session policies. The plaintext that you use for both inline and managed session policies can't exceed 2,048 characters. You can provide up to 10 managed policy ARNs. For more information about ARNs, see Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) and Amazon Web Services Service Namespaces in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

This parameter is optional. However, if you do not pass any session policies, then the resulting federated user session has no permissions.

When you pass session policies, the session permissions are the intersection of the IAM user policies and the session policies that you pass. This gives you a way to further restrict the permissions for a federated user. You cannot use session policies to grant more permissions than those that are defined in the permissions policy of the IAM user. For more information, see Session Policies in the IAM User Guide.

The resulting credentials can be used to access a resource that has a resource-based policy. If that policy specifically references the federated user session in the Principal element of the policy, the session has the permissions allowed by the policy. These permissions are granted in addition to the permissions that are granted by the session policies.

An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.

DurationSeconds

The duration, in seconds, that the session should last. Acceptable durations for federation sessions range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to 129,600 seconds (36 hours), with 43,200 seconds (12 hours) as the default. Sessions obtained using root user credentials are restricted to a maximum of 3,600 seconds (one hour). If the specified duration is longer than one hour, the session obtained by using root user credentials defaults to one hour.

Tags

A list of session tags. Each session tag consists of a key name and an associated value. For more information about session tags, see Passing Session Tags in STS in the IAM User Guide.

This parameter is optional. You can pass up to 50 session tags. The plaintext session tag keys can’t exceed 128 characters and the values can’t exceed 256 characters. For these and additional limits, see IAM and STS Character Limits in the IAM User Guide.

An Amazon Web Services conversion compresses the passed inline session policy, managed policy ARNs, and session tags into a packed binary format that has a separate limit. Your request can fail for this limit even if your plaintext meets the other requirements. The PackedPolicySize response element indicates by percentage how close the policies and tags for your request are to the upper size limit.

You can pass a session tag with the same key as a tag that is already attached to the user you are federating. When you do, session tags override a user tag with the same key.

Tag key–value pairs are not case sensitive, but case is preserved. This means that you cannot have separate Department and department tag keys. Assume that the role has the Department=Marketing tag and you pass the department=engineering session tag. Department and department are not saved as separate tags, and the session tag passed in the request takes precedence over the role tag.


Returns a set of temporary credentials for an Amazon Web Services account or IAM user

Description

Returns a set of temporary credentials for an Amazon Web Services account or IAM user. The credentials consist of an access key ID, a secret access key, and a security token. Typically, you use get_session_token if you want to use MFA to protect programmatic calls to specific Amazon Web Services API operations like Amazon EC2 StopInstances.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/sts_get_session_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

sts_get_session_token(
  DurationSeconds = NULL,
  SerialNumber = NULL,
  TokenCode = NULL
)

Arguments

DurationSeconds

The duration, in seconds, that the credentials should remain valid. Acceptable durations for IAM user sessions range from 900 seconds (15 minutes) to 129,600 seconds (36 hours), with 43,200 seconds (12 hours) as the default. Sessions for Amazon Web Services account owners are restricted to a maximum of 3,600 seconds (one hour). If the duration is longer than one hour, the session for Amazon Web Services account owners defaults to one hour.

SerialNumber

The identification number of the MFA device that is associated with the IAM user who is making the get_session_token call. Specify this value if the IAM user has a policy that requires MFA authentication. The value is either the serial number for a hardware device (such as GAHT12345678) or an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a virtual device (such as ⁠arn:aws:iam::123456789012:mfa/user⁠). You can find the device for an IAM user by going to the Amazon Web Services Management Console and viewing the user's security credentials.

The regex used to validate this parameter is a string of characters consisting of upper- and lower-case alphanumeric characters with no spaces. You can also include underscores or any of the following characters: =,.@:/-

TokenCode

The value provided by the MFA device, if MFA is required. If any policy requires the IAM user to submit an MFA code, specify this value. If MFA authentication is required, the user must provide a code when requesting a set of temporary security credentials. A user who fails to provide the code receives an "access denied" response when requesting resources that require MFA authentication.

The format for this parameter, as described by its regex pattern, is a sequence of six numeric digits.


Amazon Verified Permissions

Description

Amazon Verified Permissions is a permissions management service from Amazon Web Services. You can use Verified Permissions to manage permissions for your application, and authorize user access based on those permissions. Using Verified Permissions, application developers can grant access based on information about the users, resources, and requested actions. You can also evaluate additional information like group membership, attributes of the resources, and session context, such as time of request and IP addresses. Verified Permissions manages these permissions by letting you create and store authorization policies for your applications, such as consumer-facing web sites and enterprise business systems.

Verified Permissions uses Cedar as the policy language to express your permission requirements. Cedar supports both role-based access control (RBAC) and attribute-based access control (ABAC) authorization models.

For more information about configuring, administering, and using Amazon Verified Permissions in your applications, see the Amazon Verified Permissions User Guide.

For more information about the Cedar policy language, see the Cedar Policy Language Guide.

When you write Cedar policies that reference principals, resources and actions, you can define the unique identifiers used for each of those elements. We strongly recommend that you follow these best practices:

Several operations return structures that appear similar, but have different purposes. As new functionality is added to the product, the structure used in a parameter of one operation might need to change in a way that wouldn't make sense for the same parameter in a different operation. To help you understand the purpose of each, the following naming convention is used for the structures:

Usage

verifiedpermissions(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- verifiedpermissions(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

batch_get_policy Retrieves information about a group (batch) of policies
batch_is_authorized Makes a series of decisions about multiple authorization requests for one principal or resource
batch_is_authorized_with_token Makes a series of decisions about multiple authorization requests for one token
create_identity_source Adds an identity source to a policy store–an Amazon Cognito user pool or OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider (IdP)
create_policy Creates a Cedar policy and saves it in the specified policy store
create_policy_store Creates a policy store
create_policy_template Creates a policy template
delete_identity_source Deletes an identity source that references an identity provider (IdP) such as Amazon Cognito
delete_policy Deletes the specified policy from the policy store
delete_policy_store Deletes the specified policy store
delete_policy_template Deletes the specified policy template from the policy store
get_identity_source Retrieves the details about the specified identity source
get_policy Retrieves information about the specified policy
get_policy_store Retrieves details about a policy store
get_policy_template Retrieve the details for the specified policy template in the specified policy store
get_schema Retrieve the details for the specified schema in the specified policy store
is_authorized Makes an authorization decision about a service request described in the parameters
is_authorized_with_token Makes an authorization decision about a service request described in the parameters
list_identity_sources Returns a paginated list of all of the identity sources defined in the specified policy store
list_policies Returns a paginated list of all policies stored in the specified policy store
list_policy_stores Returns a paginated list of all policy stores in the calling Amazon Web Services account
list_policy_templates Returns a paginated list of all policy templates in the specified policy store
put_schema Creates or updates the policy schema in the specified policy store
update_identity_source Updates the specified identity source to use a new identity provider (IdP), or to change the mapping of identities from the IdP to a different principal entity type
update_policy Modifies a Cedar static policy in the specified policy store
update_policy_store Modifies the validation setting for a policy store
update_policy_template Updates the specified policy template

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- verifiedpermissions()
svc$batch_get_policy(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Retrieves information about a group (batch) of policies

Description

Retrieves information about a group (batch) of policies.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_batch_get_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_batch_get_policy(requests)

Arguments

requests

[required] An array of up to 100 policies you want information about.


Makes a series of decisions about multiple authorization requests for one principal or resource

Description

Makes a series of decisions about multiple authorization requests for one principal or resource. Each request contains the equivalent content of an is_authorized request: principal, action, resource, and context. Either the principal or the resource parameter must be identical across all requests. For example, Verified Permissions won't evaluate a pair of requests where bob views photo1 and alice views photo2. Authorization of bob to view photo1 and photo2, or bob and alice to view photo1, are valid batches.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_batch_is_authorized/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_batch_is_authorized(
  policyStoreId,
  entities = NULL,
  requests
)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store. Policies in this policy store will be used to make the authorization decisions for the input.

entities

Specifies the list of resources and principals and their associated attributes that Verified Permissions can examine when evaluating the policies.

You can include only principal and resource entities in this parameter; you can't include actions. You must specify actions in the schema.

requests

[required] An array of up to 30 requests that you want Verified Permissions to evaluate.


Makes a series of decisions about multiple authorization requests for one token

Description

Makes a series of decisions about multiple authorization requests for one token. The principal in this request comes from an external identity source in the form of an identity or access token, formatted as a JSON web token (JWT). The information in the parameters can also define additional context that Verified Permissions can include in the evaluations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_batch_is_authorized_with_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_batch_is_authorized_with_token(
  policyStoreId,
  identityToken = NULL,
  accessToken = NULL,
  entities = NULL,
  requests
)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store. Policies in this policy store will be used to make an authorization decision for the input.

identityToken

Specifies an identity (ID) token for the principal that you want to authorize in each request. This token is provided to you by the identity provider (IdP) associated with the specified identity source. You must specify either an accessToken, an identityToken, or both.

Must be an ID token. Verified Permissions returns an error if the token_use claim in the submitted token isn't id.

accessToken

Specifies an access token for the principal that you want to authorize in each request. This token is provided to you by the identity provider (IdP) associated with the specified identity source. You must specify either an accessToken, an identityToken, or both.

Must be an access token. Verified Permissions returns an error if the token_use claim in the submitted token isn't access.

entities

Specifies the list of resources and their associated attributes that Verified Permissions can examine when evaluating the policies.

You can't include principals in this parameter, only resource and action entities. This parameter can't include any entities of a type that matches the user or group entity types that you defined in your identity source.

  • The batch_is_authorized_with_token operation takes principal attributes from only the identityToken or accessToken passed to the operation.

  • For action entities, you can include only their Identifier and EntityType.

requests

[required] An array of up to 30 requests that you want Verified Permissions to evaluate.


Adds an identity source to a policy store–an Amazon Cognito user pool or OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider (IdP)

Description

Adds an identity source to a policy store–an Amazon Cognito user pool or OpenID Connect (OIDC) identity provider (IdP).

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_create_identity_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_create_identity_source(
  clientToken = NULL,
  policyStoreId,
  configuration,
  principalEntityType = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive ID that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an ConflictException error.

Verified Permissions recognizes a ClientToken for eight hours. After eight hours, the next request with the same parameters performs the operation again regardless of the value of ClientToken.

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store in which you want to store this identity source. Only policies and requests made using this policy store can reference identities from the identity provider configured in the new identity source.

configuration

[required] Specifies the details required to communicate with the identity provider (IdP) associated with this identity source.

principalEntityType

Specifies the namespace and data type of the principals generated for identities authenticated by the new identity source.


Creates a Cedar policy and saves it in the specified policy store

Description

Creates a Cedar policy and saves it in the specified policy store. You can create either a static policy or a policy linked to a policy template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_create_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_create_policy(
  clientToken = NULL,
  policyStoreId,
  definition
)

Arguments

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive ID that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an ConflictException error.

Verified Permissions recognizes a ClientToken for eight hours. After eight hours, the next request with the same parameters performs the operation again regardless of the value of ClientToken.

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the PolicyStoreId of the policy store you want to store the policy in.

definition

[required] A structure that specifies the policy type and content to use for the new policy. You must include either a static or a templateLinked element. The policy content must be written in the Cedar policy language.


Creates a policy store

Description

Creates a policy store. A policy store is a container for policy resources.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_create_policy_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_create_policy_store(
  clientToken = NULL,
  validationSettings,
  description = NULL
)

Arguments

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive ID that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an ConflictException error.

Verified Permissions recognizes a ClientToken for eight hours. After eight hours, the next request with the same parameters performs the operation again regardless of the value of ClientToken.

validationSettings

[required] Specifies the validation setting for this policy store.

Currently, the only valid and required value is Mode.

We recommend that you turn on STRICT mode only after you define a schema. If a schema doesn't exist, then STRICT mode causes any policy to fail validation, and Verified Permissions rejects the policy. You can turn off validation by using the update_policy_store. Then, when you have a schema defined, use update_policy_store again to turn validation back on.

description

Descriptive text that you can provide to help with identification of the current policy store.


Creates a policy template

Description

Creates a policy template. A template can use placeholders for the principal and resource. A template must be instantiated into a policy by associating it with specific principals and resources to use for the placeholders. That instantiated policy can then be considered in authorization decisions. The instantiated policy works identically to any other policy, except that it is dynamically linked to the template. If the template changes, then any policies that are linked to that template are immediately updated as well.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_create_policy_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_create_policy_template(
  clientToken = NULL,
  policyStoreId,
  description = NULL,
  statement
)

Arguments

clientToken

Specifies a unique, case-sensitive ID that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. This lets you safely retry the request without accidentally performing the same operation a second time. Passing the same value to a later call to an operation requires that you also pass the same value for all other parameters. We recommend that you use a UUID type of value..

If you don't provide this value, then Amazon Web Services generates a random one for you.

If you retry the operation with the same ClientToken, but with different parameters, the retry fails with an ConflictException error.

Verified Permissions recognizes a ClientToken for eight hours. After eight hours, the next request with the same parameters performs the operation again regardless of the value of ClientToken.

policyStoreId

[required] The ID of the policy store in which to create the policy template.

description

Specifies a description for the policy template.

statement

[required] Specifies the content that you want to use for the new policy template, written in the Cedar policy language.


Deletes an identity source that references an identity provider (IdP) such as Amazon Cognito

Description

Deletes an identity source that references an identity provider (IdP) such as Amazon Cognito. After you delete the identity source, you can no longer use tokens for identities from that identity source to represent principals in authorization queries made using is_authorized_with_token. operations.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_delete_identity_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_delete_identity_source(policyStoreId, identitySourceId)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that contains the identity source that you want to delete.

identitySourceId

[required] Specifies the ID of the identity source that you want to delete.


Deletes the specified policy from the policy store

Description

Deletes the specified policy from the policy store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_delete_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_delete_policy(policyStoreId, policyId)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that contains the policy that you want to delete.

policyId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy that you want to delete.


Deletes the specified policy store

Description

Deletes the specified policy store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_delete_policy_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_delete_policy_store(policyStoreId)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that you want to delete.


Deletes the specified policy template from the policy store

Description

Deletes the specified policy template from the policy store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_delete_policy_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_delete_policy_template(policyStoreId, policyTemplateId)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that contains the policy template that you want to delete.

policyTemplateId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy template that you want to delete.


Retrieves the details about the specified identity source

Description

Retrieves the details about the specified identity source.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_get_identity_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_get_identity_source(policyStoreId, identitySourceId)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that contains the identity source you want information about.

identitySourceId

[required] Specifies the ID of the identity source you want information about.


Retrieves information about the specified policy

Description

Retrieves information about the specified policy.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_get_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_get_policy(policyStoreId, policyId)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that contains the policy that you want information about.

policyId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy you want information about.


Retrieves details about a policy store

Description

Retrieves details about a policy store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_get_policy_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_get_policy_store(policyStoreId)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that you want information about.


Retrieve the details for the specified policy template in the specified policy store

Description

Retrieve the details for the specified policy template in the specified policy store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_get_policy_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_get_policy_template(policyStoreId, policyTemplateId)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that contains the policy template that you want information about.

policyTemplateId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy template that you want information about.


Retrieve the details for the specified schema in the specified policy store

Description

Retrieve the details for the specified schema in the specified policy store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_get_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_get_schema(policyStoreId)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that contains the schema.


Makes an authorization decision about a service request described in the parameters

Description

Makes an authorization decision about a service request described in the parameters. The information in the parameters can also define additional context that Verified Permissions can include in the evaluation. The request is evaluated against all matching policies in the specified policy store. The result of the decision is either Allow or Deny, along with a list of the policies that resulted in the decision.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_is_authorized/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_is_authorized(
  policyStoreId,
  principal = NULL,
  action = NULL,
  resource = NULL,
  context = NULL,
  entities = NULL
)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store. Policies in this policy store will be used to make an authorization decision for the input.

principal

Specifies the principal for which the authorization decision is to be made.

action

Specifies the requested action to be authorized. For example, is the principal authorized to perform this action on the resource?

resource

Specifies the resource for which the authorization decision is to be made.

context

Specifies additional context that can be used to make more granular authorization decisions.

entities

Specifies the list of resources and principals and their associated attributes that Verified Permissions can examine when evaluating the policies.

You can include only principal and resource entities in this parameter; you can't include actions. You must specify actions in the schema.


Makes an authorization decision about a service request described in the parameters

Description

Makes an authorization decision about a service request described in the parameters. The principal in this request comes from an external identity source in the form of an identity token formatted as a JSON web token (JWT). The information in the parameters can also define additional context that Verified Permissions can include in the evaluation. The request is evaluated against all matching policies in the specified policy store. The result of the decision is either Allow or Deny, along with a list of the policies that resulted in the decision.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_is_authorized_with_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_is_authorized_with_token(
  policyStoreId,
  identityToken = NULL,
  accessToken = NULL,
  action = NULL,
  resource = NULL,
  context = NULL,
  entities = NULL
)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store. Policies in this policy store will be used to make an authorization decision for the input.

identityToken

Specifies an identity token for the principal to be authorized. This token is provided to you by the identity provider (IdP) associated with the specified identity source. You must specify either an accessToken, an identityToken, or both.

Must be an ID token. Verified Permissions returns an error if the token_use claim in the submitted token isn't id.

accessToken

Specifies an access token for the principal to be authorized. This token is provided to you by the identity provider (IdP) associated with the specified identity source. You must specify either an accessToken, an identityToken, or both.

Must be an access token. Verified Permissions returns an error if the token_use claim in the submitted token isn't access.

action

Specifies the requested action to be authorized. Is the specified principal authorized to perform this action on the specified resource.

resource

Specifies the resource for which the authorization decision is made. For example, is the principal allowed to perform the action on the resource?

context

Specifies additional context that can be used to make more granular authorization decisions.

entities

Specifies the list of resources and their associated attributes that Verified Permissions can examine when evaluating the policies.

You can't include principals in this parameter, only resource and action entities. This parameter can't include any entities of a type that matches the user or group entity types that you defined in your identity source.

  • The is_authorized_with_token operation takes principal attributes from only the identityToken or accessToken passed to the operation.

  • For action entities, you can include only their Identifier and EntityType.


Returns a paginated list of all of the identity sources defined in the specified policy store

Description

Returns a paginated list of all of the identity sources defined in the specified policy store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_list_identity_sources/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_list_identity_sources(
  policyStoreId,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filters = NULL
)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that contains the identity sources that you want to list.

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included in each response. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next set of results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

If you do not specify this parameter, the operation defaults to 10 identity sources per response. You can specify a maximum of 50 identity sources per response.

filters

Specifies characteristics of an identity source that you can use to limit the output to matching identity sources.


Returns a paginated list of all policies stored in the specified policy store

Description

Returns a paginated list of all policies stored in the specified policy store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_list_policies/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_list_policies(
  policyStoreId,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL,
  filter = NULL
)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store you want to list policies from.

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included in each response. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next set of results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

If you do not specify this parameter, the operation defaults to 10 policies per response. You can specify a maximum of 50 policies per response.

filter

Specifies a filter that limits the response to only policies that match the specified criteria. For example, you list only the policies that reference a specified principal.


Returns a paginated list of all policy stores in the calling Amazon Web Services account

Description

Returns a paginated list of all policy stores in the calling Amazon Web Services account.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_list_policy_stores/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_list_policy_stores(nextToken = NULL, maxResults = NULL)

Arguments

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included in each response. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next set of results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

If you do not specify this parameter, the operation defaults to 10 policy stores per response. You can specify a maximum of 50 policy stores per response.


Returns a paginated list of all policy templates in the specified policy store

Description

Returns a paginated list of all policy templates in the specified policy store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_list_policy_templates/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_list_policy_templates(
  policyStoreId,
  nextToken = NULL,
  maxResults = NULL
)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that contains the policy templates you want to list.

nextToken

Specifies that you want to receive the next page of results. Valid only if you received a NextToken response in the previous request. If you did, it indicates that more output is available. Set this parameter to the value provided by the previous call's NextToken response to request the next page of results.

maxResults

Specifies the total number of results that you want included in each response. If additional items exist beyond the number you specify, the NextToken response element is returned with a value (not null). Include the specified value as the NextToken request parameter in the next call to the operation to get the next set of results. Note that the service might return fewer results than the maximum even when there are more results available. You should check NextToken after every operation to ensure that you receive all of the results.

If you do not specify this parameter, the operation defaults to 10 policy templates per response. You can specify a maximum of 50 policy templates per response.


Creates or updates the policy schema in the specified policy store

Description

Creates or updates the policy schema in the specified policy store. The schema is used to validate any Cedar policies and policy templates submitted to the policy store. Any changes to the schema validate only policies and templates submitted after the schema change. Existing policies and templates are not re-evaluated against the changed schema. If you later update a policy, then it is evaluated against the new schema at that time.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_put_schema/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_put_schema(policyStoreId, definition)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store in which to place the schema.

definition

[required] Specifies the definition of the schema to be stored. The schema definition must be written in Cedar schema JSON.


Updates the specified identity source to use a new identity provider (IdP), or to change the mapping of identities from the IdP to a different principal entity type

Description

Updates the specified identity source to use a new identity provider (IdP), or to change the mapping of identities from the IdP to a different principal entity type.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_update_identity_source/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_update_identity_source(
  policyStoreId,
  identitySourceId,
  updateConfiguration,
  principalEntityType = NULL
)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that contains the identity source that you want to update.

identitySourceId

[required] Specifies the ID of the identity source that you want to update.

updateConfiguration

[required] Specifies the details required to communicate with the identity provider (IdP) associated with this identity source.

principalEntityType

Specifies the data type of principals generated for identities authenticated by the identity source.


Modifies a Cedar static policy in the specified policy store

Description

Modifies a Cedar static policy in the specified policy store. You can change only certain elements of the UpdatePolicyDefinition parameter. You can directly update only static policies. To change a template-linked policy, you must update the template instead, using update_policy_template.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_update_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_update_policy(policyStoreId, policyId, definition)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that contains the policy that you want to update.

policyId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy that you want to update. To find this value, you can use list_policies.

definition

[required] Specifies the updated policy content that you want to replace on the specified policy. The content must be valid Cedar policy language text.

You can change only the following elements from the policy definition:

  • The action referenced by the policy.

  • Any conditional clauses, such as when or unless clauses.

You can't change the following elements:

  • Changing from static to templateLinked.

  • Changing the effect of the policy from permit or forbid.

  • The principal referenced by the policy.

  • The resource referenced by the policy.


Modifies the validation setting for a policy store

Description

Modifies the validation setting for a policy store.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_update_policy_store/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_update_policy_store(
  policyStoreId,
  validationSettings,
  description = NULL
)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that you want to update

validationSettings

[required] A structure that defines the validation settings that want to enable for the policy store.

description

Descriptive text that you can provide to help with identification of the current policy store.


Updates the specified policy template

Description

Updates the specified policy template. You can update only the description and the some elements of the policyBody.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/verifiedpermissions_update_policy_template/ for full documentation.

Usage

verifiedpermissions_update_policy_template(
  policyStoreId,
  policyTemplateId,
  description = NULL,
  statement
)

Arguments

policyStoreId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy store that contains the policy template that you want to update.

policyTemplateId

[required] Specifies the ID of the policy template that you want to update.

description

Specifies a new description to apply to the policy template.

statement

[required] Specifies new statement content written in Cedar policy language to replace the current body of the policy template.

You can change only the following elements of the policy body:

  • The action referenced by the policy template.

  • Any conditional clauses, such as when or unless clauses.

You can't change the following elements:

  • The effect (permit or forbid) of the policy template.

  • The principal referenced by the policy template.

  • The resource referenced by the policy template.


AWS WAF

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

For the latest version of AWS WAF, use the AWS WAFV2 API and see the AWS WAF Developer Guide. With the latest version, AWS WAF has a single set of endpoints for regional and global use.

This is the AWS WAF Classic API Reference for using AWS WAF Classic with Amazon CloudFront. The AWS WAF Classic actions and data types listed in the reference are available for protecting Amazon CloudFront distributions. You can use these actions and data types via the endpoint waf.amazonaws.com. This guide is for developers who need detailed information about the AWS WAF Classic API actions, data types, and errors. For detailed information about AWS WAF Classic features and an overview of how to use the AWS WAF Classic API, see the AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

Usage

waf(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- waf(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

create_byte_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_geo_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_ip_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_rate_based_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_regex_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_regex_pattern_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_rule_group This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_size_constraint_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_sql_injection_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_web_acl This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_web_acl_migration_stack Creates an AWS CloudFormation WAFV2 template for the specified web ACL in the specified Amazon S3 bucket
create_xss_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_byte_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_geo_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_ip_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_logging_configuration This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_permission_policy This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_rate_based_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_regex_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_regex_pattern_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_rule_group This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_size_constraint_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_sql_injection_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_web_acl This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_xss_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_byte_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_change_token This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_change_token_status This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_geo_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_ip_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_logging_configuration This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_permission_policy This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_rate_based_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_rate_based_rule_managed_keys This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_regex_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_regex_pattern_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_rule_group This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_sampled_requests This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_size_constraint_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_sql_injection_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_web_acl This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_xss_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_activated_rules_in_rule_group This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_byte_match_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_geo_match_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_ip_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_logging_configurations This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_rate_based_rules This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_regex_match_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_regex_pattern_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_rule_groups This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_rules This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_size_constraint_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_sql_injection_match_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_subscribed_rule_groups This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_tags_for_resource This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_web_ac_ls This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_xss_match_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
put_logging_configuration This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
put_permission_policy This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
tag_resource This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
untag_resource This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_byte_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_geo_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_ip_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_rate_based_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_regex_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_regex_pattern_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_rule_group This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_size_constraint_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_sql_injection_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_web_acl This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_xss_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- waf()
# The following example creates an IP match set named MyIPSetFriendlyName.
svc$create_ip_set(
  ChangeToken = "abcd12f2-46da-4fdb-b8d5-fbd4c466928f",
  Name = "MyIPSetFriendlyName"
)

## End(Not run)


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_create_byte_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_create_byte_match_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the ByteMatchSet. You can't change Name after you create a ByteMatchSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_create_geo_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_create_geo_match_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the GeoMatchSet. You can't change Name after you create the GeoMatchSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_create_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_create_ip_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the IPSet. You can't change Name after you create the IPSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_create_rate_based_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_create_rate_based_rule(
  Name,
  MetricName,
  RateKey,
  RateLimit,
  ChangeToken,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the RateBasedRule. You can't change the name of a RateBasedRule after you create it.

MetricName

[required] A friendly name or description for the metrics for this RateBasedRule. The name can contain only alphanumeric characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), with maximum length 128 and minimum length one. It can't contain whitespace or metric names reserved for AWS WAF, including "All" and "Default_Action." You can't change the name of the metric after you create the RateBasedRule.

RateKey

[required] The field that AWS WAF uses to determine if requests are likely arriving from a single source and thus subject to rate monitoring. The only valid value for RateKey is IP. IP indicates that requests that arrive from the same IP address are subject to the RateLimit that is specified in the RateBasedRule.

RateLimit

[required] The maximum number of requests, which have an identical value in the field that is specified by RateKey, allowed in a five-minute period. If the number of requests exceeds the RateLimit and the other predicates specified in the rule are also met, AWS WAF triggers the action that is specified for this rule.

ChangeToken

[required] The ChangeToken that you used to submit the create_rate_based_rule request. You can also use this value to query the status of the request. For more information, see get_change_token_status.

Tags

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_create_regex_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_create_regex_match_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the RegexMatchSet. You can't change Name after you create a RegexMatchSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_create_regex_pattern_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_create_regex_pattern_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the RegexPatternSet. You can't change Name after you create a RegexPatternSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_create_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_create_rule(Name, MetricName, ChangeToken, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the Rule. You can't change the name of a Rule after you create it.

MetricName

[required] A friendly name or description for the metrics for this Rule. The name can contain only alphanumeric characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), with maximum length 128 and minimum length one. It can't contain whitespace or metric names reserved for AWS WAF, including "All" and "Default_Action." You can't change the name of the metric after you create the Rule.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Tags

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_create_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_create_rule_group(Name, MetricName, ChangeToken, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the RuleGroup. You can't change Name after you create a RuleGroup.

MetricName

[required] A friendly name or description for the metrics for this RuleGroup. The name can contain only alphanumeric characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), with maximum length 128 and minimum length one. It can't contain whitespace or metric names reserved for AWS WAF, including "All" and "Default_Action." You can't change the name of the metric after you create the RuleGroup.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Tags

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_create_size_constraint_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_create_size_constraint_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the SizeConstraintSet. You can't change Name after you create a SizeConstraintSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_create_sql_injection_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_create_sql_injection_match_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description for the SqlInjectionMatchSet that you're creating. You can't change Name after you create the SqlInjectionMatchSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_create_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_create_web_acl(Name, MetricName, DefaultAction, ChangeToken, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the WebACL. You can't change Name after you create the WebACL.

MetricName

[required] A friendly name or description for the metrics for this WebACL.The name can contain only alphanumeric characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), with maximum length 128 and minimum length one. It can't contain whitespace or metric names reserved for AWS WAF, including "All" and "Default_Action." You can't change MetricName after you create the WebACL.

DefaultAction

[required] The action that you want AWS WAF to take when a request doesn't match the criteria specified in any of the Rule objects that are associated with the WebACL.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Tags

Creates an AWS CloudFormation WAFV2 template for the specified web ACL in the specified Amazon S3 bucket

Description

Creates an AWS CloudFormation WAFV2 template for the specified web ACL in the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Then, in CloudFormation, you create a stack from the template, to create the web ACL and its resources in AWS WAFV2. Use this to migrate your AWS WAF Classic web ACL to the latest version of AWS WAF.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_create_web_acl_migration_stack/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_create_web_acl_migration_stack(
  WebACLId,
  S3BucketName,
  IgnoreUnsupportedType
)

Arguments

WebACLId

[required] The UUID of the WAF Classic web ACL that you want to migrate to WAF v2.

S3BucketName

[required] The name of the Amazon S3 bucket to store the CloudFormation template in. The S3 bucket must be configured as follows for the migration:

  • The bucket name must start with ⁠aws-waf-migration-⁠. For example, aws-waf-migration-my-web-acl.

  • The bucket must be in the Region where you are deploying the template. For example, for a web ACL in us-west-2, you must use an Amazon S3 bucket in us-west-2 and you must deploy the template stack to us-west-2.

  • The bucket policies must permit the migration process to write data. For listings of the bucket policies, see the Examples section.

IgnoreUnsupportedType

[required] Indicates whether to exclude entities that can't be migrated or to stop the migration. Set this to true to ignore unsupported entities in the web ACL during the migration. Otherwise, if AWS WAF encounters unsupported entities, it stops the process and throws an exception.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_create_xss_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_create_xss_match_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description for the XssMatchSet that you're creating. You can't change Name after you create the XssMatchSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_delete_byte_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_delete_byte_match_set(ByteMatchSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

ByteMatchSetId

[required] The ByteMatchSetId of the ByteMatchSet that you want to delete. ByteMatchSetId is returned by create_byte_match_set and by list_byte_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_delete_geo_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_delete_geo_match_set(GeoMatchSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

GeoMatchSetId

[required] The GeoMatchSetID of the GeoMatchSet that you want to delete. GeoMatchSetId is returned by create_geo_match_set and by list_geo_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_delete_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_delete_ip_set(IPSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

IPSetId

[required] The IPSetId of the IPSet that you want to delete. IPSetId is returned by create_ip_set and by list_ip_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_delete_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_delete_logging_configuration(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the web ACL from which you want to delete the LoggingConfiguration.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_delete_permission_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_delete_permission_policy(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RuleGroup from which you want to delete the policy.

The user making the request must be the owner of the RuleGroup.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_delete_rate_based_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_delete_rate_based_rule(RuleId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RuleId

[required] The RuleId of the RateBasedRule that you want to delete. RuleId is returned by create_rate_based_rule and by list_rate_based_rules.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_delete_regex_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_delete_regex_match_set(RegexMatchSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RegexMatchSetId

[required] The RegexMatchSetId of the RegexMatchSet that you want to delete. RegexMatchSetId is returned by create_regex_match_set and by list_regex_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_delete_regex_pattern_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_delete_regex_pattern_set(RegexPatternSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RegexPatternSetId

[required] The RegexPatternSetId of the RegexPatternSet that you want to delete. RegexPatternSetId is returned by create_regex_pattern_set and by list_regex_pattern_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_delete_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_delete_rule(RuleId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RuleId

[required] The RuleId of the Rule that you want to delete. RuleId is returned by create_rule and by list_rules.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_delete_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_delete_rule_group(RuleGroupId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RuleGroupId

[required] The RuleGroupId of the RuleGroup that you want to delete. RuleGroupId is returned by create_rule_group and by list_rule_groups.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_delete_size_constraint_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_delete_size_constraint_set(SizeConstraintSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

SizeConstraintSetId

[required] The SizeConstraintSetId of the SizeConstraintSet that you want to delete. SizeConstraintSetId is returned by create_size_constraint_set and by list_size_constraint_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_delete_sql_injection_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_delete_sql_injection_match_set(SqlInjectionMatchSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

SqlInjectionMatchSetId

[required] The SqlInjectionMatchSetId of the SqlInjectionMatchSet that you want to delete. SqlInjectionMatchSetId is returned by create_sql_injection_match_set and by list_sql_injection_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_delete_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_delete_web_acl(WebACLId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

WebACLId

[required] The WebACLId of the WebACL that you want to delete. WebACLId is returned by create_web_acl and by list_web_ac_ls.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_delete_xss_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_delete_xss_match_set(XssMatchSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

XssMatchSetId

[required] The XssMatchSetId of the XssMatchSet that you want to delete. XssMatchSetId is returned by create_xss_match_set and by list_xss_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_byte_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_byte_match_set(ByteMatchSetId)

Arguments

ByteMatchSetId

[required] The ByteMatchSetId of the ByteMatchSet that you want to get. ByteMatchSetId is returned by create_byte_match_set and by list_byte_match_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_change_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_change_token()

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_change_token_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_change_token_status(ChangeToken)

Arguments

ChangeToken

[required] The change token for which you want to get the status. This change token was previously returned in the get_change_token response.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_geo_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_geo_match_set(GeoMatchSetId)

Arguments

GeoMatchSetId

[required] The GeoMatchSetId of the GeoMatchSet that you want to get. GeoMatchSetId is returned by create_geo_match_set and by list_geo_match_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_ip_set(IPSetId)

Arguments

IPSetId

[required] The IPSetId of the IPSet that you want to get. IPSetId is returned by create_ip_set and by list_ip_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_logging_configuration(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the web ACL for which you want to get the LoggingConfiguration.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_permission_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_permission_policy(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RuleGroup for which you want to get the policy.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_rate_based_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_rate_based_rule(RuleId)

Arguments

RuleId

[required] The RuleId of the RateBasedRule that you want to get. RuleId is returned by create_rate_based_rule and by list_rate_based_rules.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_rate_based_rule_managed_keys/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_rate_based_rule_managed_keys(RuleId, NextMarker = NULL)

Arguments

RuleId

[required] The RuleId of the RateBasedRule for which you want to get a list of ManagedKeys. RuleId is returned by create_rate_based_rule and by list_rate_based_rules.

NextMarker

A null value and not currently used. Do not include this in your request.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_regex_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_regex_match_set(RegexMatchSetId)

Arguments

RegexMatchSetId

[required] The RegexMatchSetId of the RegexMatchSet that you want to get. RegexMatchSetId is returned by create_regex_match_set and by list_regex_match_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_regex_pattern_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_regex_pattern_set(RegexPatternSetId)

Arguments

RegexPatternSetId

[required] The RegexPatternSetId of the RegexPatternSet that you want to get. RegexPatternSetId is returned by create_regex_pattern_set and by list_regex_pattern_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_rule(RuleId)

Arguments

RuleId

[required] The RuleId of the Rule that you want to get. RuleId is returned by create_rule and by list_rules.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_rule_group(RuleGroupId)

Arguments

RuleGroupId

[required] The RuleGroupId of the RuleGroup that you want to get. RuleGroupId is returned by create_rule_group and by list_rule_groups.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_sampled_requests/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_sampled_requests(WebAclId, RuleId, TimeWindow, MaxItems)

Arguments

WebAclId

[required] The WebACLId of the WebACL for which you want get_sampled_requests to return a sample of requests.

RuleId

[required] RuleId is one of three values:

  • The RuleId of the Rule or the RuleGroupId of the RuleGroup for which you want get_sampled_requests to return a sample of requests.

  • Default_Action, which causes get_sampled_requests to return a sample of the requests that didn't match any of the rules in the specified WebACL.

TimeWindow

[required] The start date and time and the end date and time of the range for which you want get_sampled_requests to return a sample of requests. You must specify the times in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) format. UTC format includes the special designator, Z. For example, "2016-09-27T14:50Z". You can specify any time range in the previous three hours.

MaxItems

[required] The number of requests that you want AWS WAF to return from among the first 5,000 requests that your AWS resource received during the time range. If your resource received fewer requests than the value of MaxItems, get_sampled_requests returns information about all of them.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_size_constraint_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_size_constraint_set(SizeConstraintSetId)

Arguments

SizeConstraintSetId

[required] The SizeConstraintSetId of the SizeConstraintSet that you want to get. SizeConstraintSetId is returned by create_size_constraint_set and by list_size_constraint_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_sql_injection_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_sql_injection_match_set(SqlInjectionMatchSetId)

Arguments

SqlInjectionMatchSetId

[required] The SqlInjectionMatchSetId of the SqlInjectionMatchSet that you want to get. SqlInjectionMatchSetId is returned by create_sql_injection_match_set and by list_sql_injection_match_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_web_acl(WebACLId)

Arguments

WebACLId

[required] The WebACLId of the WebACL that you want to get. WebACLId is returned by create_web_acl and by list_web_ac_ls.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_get_xss_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_get_xss_match_set(XssMatchSetId)

Arguments

XssMatchSetId

[required] The XssMatchSetId of the XssMatchSet that you want to get. XssMatchSetId is returned by create_xss_match_set and by list_xss_match_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_activated_rules_in_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_activated_rules_in_rule_group(
  RuleGroupId = NULL,
  NextMarker = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

RuleGroupId

The RuleGroupId of the RuleGroup for which you want to get a list of ActivatedRule objects.

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more ActivatedRules than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of ActivatedRules. For the second and subsequent list_activated_rules_in_rule_group requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of ActivatedRules.

Limit

Specifies the number of ActivatedRules that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more ActivatedRules than the number that you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of ActivatedRules.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_byte_match_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_byte_match_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more ByteMatchSets than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of ByteMatchSets. For the second and subsequent list_byte_match_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of ByteMatchSets.

Limit

Specifies the number of ByteMatchSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more ByteMatchSets objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of ByteMatchSet objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_geo_match_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_geo_match_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more GeoMatchSets than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of GeoMatchSet objects. For the second and subsequent list_geo_match_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of GeoMatchSet objects.

Limit

Specifies the number of GeoMatchSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more GeoMatchSet objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of GeoMatchSet objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_ip_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_ip_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of IPSets. For the second and subsequent list_ip_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of IPSets.

Limit

Specifies the number of IPSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more IPSet objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of IPSet objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_logging_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_logging_configurations(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more LoggingConfigurations than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of LoggingConfigurations. For the second and subsequent list_logging_configurations requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of list_logging_configurations.

Limit

Specifies the number of LoggingConfigurations that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more LoggingConfigurations than the number that you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of LoggingConfigurations.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_rate_based_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_rate_based_rules(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more Rules than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of Rules. For the second and subsequent list_rate_based_rules requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of Rules.

Limit

Specifies the number of Rules that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more Rules than the number that you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of Rules.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_regex_match_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_regex_match_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more RegexMatchSet objects than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of ByteMatchSets. For the second and subsequent list_regex_match_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of RegexMatchSet objects.

Limit

Specifies the number of RegexMatchSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more RegexMatchSet objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of RegexMatchSet objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_regex_pattern_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_regex_pattern_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more RegexPatternSet objects than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of RegexPatternSet objects. For the second and subsequent list_regex_pattern_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of RegexPatternSet objects.

Limit

Specifies the number of RegexPatternSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more RegexPatternSet objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of RegexPatternSet objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_rule_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_rule_groups(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more RuleGroups than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of RuleGroups. For the second and subsequent list_rule_groups requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of RuleGroups.

Limit

Specifies the number of RuleGroups that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more RuleGroups than the number that you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of RuleGroups.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_rules(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more Rules than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of Rules. For the second and subsequent list_rules requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of Rules.

Limit

Specifies the number of Rules that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more Rules than the number that you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of Rules.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_size_constraint_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_size_constraint_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more SizeConstraintSets than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of SizeConstraintSets. For the second and subsequent list_size_constraint_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of SizeConstraintSets.

Limit

Specifies the number of SizeConstraintSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more SizeConstraintSets objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of SizeConstraintSet objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_sql_injection_match_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_sql_injection_match_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more SqlInjectionMatchSet objects than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of SqlInjectionMatchSets. For the second and subsequent list_sql_injection_match_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of SqlInjectionMatchSets.

Limit

Specifies the number of SqlInjectionMatchSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more SqlInjectionMatchSet objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of Rules.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_subscribed_rule_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_subscribed_rule_groups(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more ByteMatchSetssubscribed rule groups than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of subscribed rule groups. For the second and subsequent ListSubscribedRuleGroupsRequest requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of subscribed rule groups.

Limit

Specifies the number of subscribed rule groups that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_tags_for_resource(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL, ResourceARN)

Arguments

NextMarker
Limit
ResourceARN

[required]


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_web_ac_ls/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_web_ac_ls(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more WebACL objects than the number that you specify for Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of WebACL objects. For the second and subsequent list_web_ac_ls requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of WebACL objects.

Limit

Specifies the number of WebACL objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more WebACL objects than the number that you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of WebACL objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_list_xss_match_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_list_xss_match_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more XssMatchSet objects than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of XssMatchSets. For the second and subsequent list_xss_match_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of XssMatchSets.

Limit

Specifies the number of XssMatchSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more XssMatchSet objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of Rules.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_put_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_put_logging_configuration(LoggingConfiguration)

Arguments

LoggingConfiguration

[required] The Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose that contains the inspected traffic information, the redacted fields details, and the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the web ACL to monitor.

When specifying Type in RedactedFields, you must use one of the following values: URI, QUERY_STRING, HEADER, or METHOD.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_put_permission_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_put_permission_policy(ResourceArn, Policy)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RuleGroup to which you want to attach the policy.

Policy

[required] The policy to attach to the specified RuleGroup.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required]

Tags

[required]


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required]

TagKeys

[required]


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_update_byte_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_update_byte_match_set(ByteMatchSetId, ChangeToken, Updates)

Arguments

ByteMatchSetId

[required] The ByteMatchSetId of the ByteMatchSet that you want to update. ByteMatchSetId is returned by create_byte_match_set and by list_byte_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of ByteMatchSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a ByteMatchSet. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • ByteMatchSetUpdate: Contains Action and ByteMatchTuple

  • ByteMatchTuple: Contains FieldToMatch, PositionalConstraint, TargetString, and TextTransformation

  • FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_update_geo_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_update_geo_match_set(GeoMatchSetId, ChangeToken, Updates)

Arguments

GeoMatchSetId

[required] The GeoMatchSetId of the GeoMatchSet that you want to update. GeoMatchSetId is returned by create_geo_match_set and by list_geo_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of GeoMatchSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from an GeoMatchSet. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • GeoMatchSetUpdate: Contains Action and GeoMatchConstraint

  • GeoMatchConstraint: Contains Type and Value

    You can have only one Type and Value per GeoMatchConstraint. To add multiple countries, include multiple GeoMatchSetUpdate objects in your request.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_update_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_update_ip_set(IPSetId, ChangeToken, Updates)

Arguments

IPSetId

[required] The IPSetId of the IPSet that you want to update. IPSetId is returned by create_ip_set and by list_ip_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of IPSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from an IPSet. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • IPSetUpdate: Contains Action and IPSetDescriptor

  • IPSetDescriptor: Contains Type and Value

You can insert a maximum of 1000 addresses in a single request.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_update_rate_based_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_update_rate_based_rule(RuleId, ChangeToken, Updates, RateLimit)

Arguments

RuleId

[required] The RuleId of the RateBasedRule that you want to update. RuleId is returned by create_rate_based_rule and by list_rate_based_rules.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of RuleUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a RateBasedRule.

RateLimit

[required] The maximum number of requests, which have an identical value in the field specified by the RateKey, allowed in a five-minute period. If the number of requests exceeds the RateLimit and the other predicates specified in the rule are also met, AWS WAF triggers the action that is specified for this rule.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_update_regex_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_update_regex_match_set(RegexMatchSetId, Updates, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RegexMatchSetId

[required] The RegexMatchSetId of the RegexMatchSet that you want to update. RegexMatchSetId is returned by create_regex_match_set and by list_regex_match_sets.

Updates

[required] An array of RegexMatchSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a RegexMatchSet. For more information, see RegexMatchTuple.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_update_regex_pattern_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_update_regex_pattern_set(RegexPatternSetId, Updates, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RegexPatternSetId

[required] The RegexPatternSetId of the RegexPatternSet that you want to update. RegexPatternSetId is returned by create_regex_pattern_set and by list_regex_pattern_sets.

Updates

[required] An array of RegexPatternSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a RegexPatternSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_update_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_update_rule(RuleId, ChangeToken, Updates)

Arguments

RuleId

[required] The RuleId of the Rule that you want to update. RuleId is returned by create_rule and by list_rules.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of RuleUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a Rule. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • RuleUpdate: Contains Action and Predicate

  • Predicate: Contains DataId, Negated, and Type

  • FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_update_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_update_rule_group(RuleGroupId, Updates, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RuleGroupId

[required] The RuleGroupId of the RuleGroup that you want to update. RuleGroupId is returned by create_rule_group and by list_rule_groups.

Updates

[required] An array of RuleGroupUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a RuleGroup.

You can only insert REGULAR rules into a rule group.

ActivatedRule|OverrideAction applies only when updating or adding a RuleGroup to a WebACL. In this case you do not use ActivatedRule|Action. For all other update requests, ActivatedRule|Action is used instead of ActivatedRule|OverrideAction.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_update_size_constraint_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_update_size_constraint_set(SizeConstraintSetId, ChangeToken, Updates)

Arguments

SizeConstraintSetId

[required] The SizeConstraintSetId of the SizeConstraintSet that you want to update. SizeConstraintSetId is returned by create_size_constraint_set and by list_size_constraint_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of SizeConstraintSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a SizeConstraintSet. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • SizeConstraintSetUpdate: Contains Action and SizeConstraint

  • SizeConstraint: Contains FieldToMatch, TextTransformation, ComparisonOperator, and Size

  • FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_update_sql_injection_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_update_sql_injection_match_set(
  SqlInjectionMatchSetId,
  ChangeToken,
  Updates
)

Arguments

SqlInjectionMatchSetId

[required] The SqlInjectionMatchSetId of the SqlInjectionMatchSet that you want to update. SqlInjectionMatchSetId is returned by create_sql_injection_match_set and by list_sql_injection_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of SqlInjectionMatchSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a SqlInjectionMatchSet. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • SqlInjectionMatchSetUpdate: Contains Action and SqlInjectionMatchTuple

  • SqlInjectionMatchTuple: Contains FieldToMatch and TextTransformation

  • FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_update_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_update_web_acl(WebACLId, ChangeToken, Updates = NULL, DefaultAction = NULL)

Arguments

WebACLId

[required] The WebACLId of the WebACL that you want to update. WebACLId is returned by create_web_acl and by list_web_ac_ls.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

An array of updates to make to the WebACL.

An array of WebACLUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a WebACL. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • WebACLUpdate: Contains Action and ActivatedRule

  • ActivatedRule: Contains Action, OverrideAction, Priority, RuleId, and Type. ActivatedRule|OverrideAction applies only when updating or adding a RuleGroup to a WebACL. In this case, you do not use ActivatedRule|Action. For all other update requests, ActivatedRule|Action is used instead of ActivatedRule|OverrideAction.

  • WafAction: Contains Type

DefaultAction

A default action for the web ACL, either ALLOW or BLOCK. AWS WAF performs the default action if a request doesn't match the criteria in any of the rules in a web ACL.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/waf_update_xss_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

waf_update_xss_match_set(XssMatchSetId, ChangeToken, Updates)

Arguments

XssMatchSetId

[required] The XssMatchSetId of the XssMatchSet that you want to update. XssMatchSetId is returned by create_xss_match_set and by list_xss_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of XssMatchSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from an XssMatchSet. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • XssMatchSetUpdate: Contains Action and XssMatchTuple

  • XssMatchTuple: Contains FieldToMatch and TextTransformation

  • FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type


AWS WAF Regional

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic Regional documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

For the latest version of AWS WAF, use the AWS WAFV2 API and see the AWS WAF Developer Guide. With the latest version, AWS WAF has a single set of endpoints for regional and global use.

This is the AWS WAF Regional Classic API Reference for using AWS WAF Classic with the AWS resources, Elastic Load Balancing (ELB) Application Load Balancers and API Gateway APIs. The AWS WAF Classic actions and data types listed in the reference are available for protecting Elastic Load Balancing (ELB) Application Load Balancers and API Gateway APIs. You can use these actions and data types by means of the endpoints listed in AWS Regions and Endpoints. This guide is for developers who need detailed information about the AWS WAF Classic API actions, data types, and errors. For detailed information about AWS WAF Classic features and an overview of how to use the AWS WAF Classic API, see the AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

Usage

wafregional(
  config = list(),
  credentials = list(),
  endpoint = NULL,
  region = NULL
)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- wafregional(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_web_acl This is AWS WAF Classic Regional documentation
create_byte_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_geo_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_ip_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_rate_based_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_regex_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_regex_pattern_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_rule_group This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_size_constraint_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_sql_injection_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_web_acl This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
create_web_acl_migration_stack Creates an AWS CloudFormation WAFV2 template for the specified web ACL in the specified Amazon S3 bucket
create_xss_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_byte_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_geo_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_ip_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_logging_configuration This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_permission_policy This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_rate_based_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_regex_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_regex_pattern_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_rule_group This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_size_constraint_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_sql_injection_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_web_acl This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
delete_xss_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
disassociate_web_acl This is AWS WAF Classic Regional documentation
get_byte_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_change_token This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_change_token_status This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_geo_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_ip_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_logging_configuration This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_permission_policy This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_rate_based_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_rate_based_rule_managed_keys This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_regex_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_regex_pattern_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_rule_group This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_sampled_requests This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_size_constraint_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_sql_injection_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_web_acl This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
get_web_acl_for_resource This is AWS WAF Classic Regional documentation
get_xss_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_activated_rules_in_rule_group This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_byte_match_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_geo_match_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_ip_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_logging_configurations This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_rate_based_rules This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_regex_match_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_regex_pattern_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_resources_for_web_acl This is AWS WAF Classic Regional documentation
list_rule_groups This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_rules This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_size_constraint_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_sql_injection_match_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_subscribed_rule_groups This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_tags_for_resource This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_web_ac_ls This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
list_xss_match_sets This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
put_logging_configuration This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
put_permission_policy This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
tag_resource This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
untag_resource This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_byte_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_geo_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_ip_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_rate_based_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_regex_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_regex_pattern_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_rule This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_rule_group This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_size_constraint_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_sql_injection_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_web_acl This is AWS WAF Classic documentation
update_xss_match_set This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- wafregional()
# The following example creates an IP match set named MyIPSetFriendlyName.
svc$create_ip_set(
  ChangeToken = "abcd12f2-46da-4fdb-b8d5-fbd4c466928f",
  Name = "MyIPSetFriendlyName"
)

## End(Not run)


This is AWS WAF Classic Regional documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic Regional documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_associate_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_associate_web_acl(WebACLId, ResourceArn)

Arguments

WebACLId

[required] A unique identifier (ID) for the web ACL.

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of the resource to be protected, either an application load balancer or Amazon API Gateway stage.

The ARN should be in one of the following formats:

  • For an Application Load Balancer: arn:aws:elasticloadbalancing:region:account-id:loadbalancer/app/load-balancer-name/load-balancer-id

  • For an Amazon API Gateway stage: ⁠arn:aws:apigateway:region::/restapis/api-id/stages/stage-name ⁠


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_create_byte_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_create_byte_match_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the ByteMatchSet. You can't change Name after you create a ByteMatchSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_create_geo_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_create_geo_match_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the GeoMatchSet. You can't change Name after you create the GeoMatchSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_create_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_create_ip_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the IPSet. You can't change Name after you create the IPSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_create_rate_based_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_create_rate_based_rule(
  Name,
  MetricName,
  RateKey,
  RateLimit,
  ChangeToken,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the RateBasedRule. You can't change the name of a RateBasedRule after you create it.

MetricName

[required] A friendly name or description for the metrics for this RateBasedRule. The name can contain only alphanumeric characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), with maximum length 128 and minimum length one. It can't contain whitespace or metric names reserved for AWS WAF, including "All" and "Default_Action." You can't change the name of the metric after you create the RateBasedRule.

RateKey

[required] The field that AWS WAF uses to determine if requests are likely arriving from a single source and thus subject to rate monitoring. The only valid value for RateKey is IP. IP indicates that requests that arrive from the same IP address are subject to the RateLimit that is specified in the RateBasedRule.

RateLimit

[required] The maximum number of requests, which have an identical value in the field that is specified by RateKey, allowed in a five-minute period. If the number of requests exceeds the RateLimit and the other predicates specified in the rule are also met, AWS WAF triggers the action that is specified for this rule.

ChangeToken

[required] The ChangeToken that you used to submit the create_rate_based_rule request. You can also use this value to query the status of the request. For more information, see get_change_token_status.

Tags

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_create_regex_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_create_regex_match_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the RegexMatchSet. You can't change Name after you create a RegexMatchSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_create_regex_pattern_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_create_regex_pattern_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the RegexPatternSet. You can't change Name after you create a RegexPatternSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_create_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_create_rule(Name, MetricName, ChangeToken, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the Rule. You can't change the name of a Rule after you create it.

MetricName

[required] A friendly name or description for the metrics for this Rule. The name can contain only alphanumeric characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), with maximum length 128 and minimum length one. It can't contain whitespace or metric names reserved for AWS WAF, including "All" and "Default_Action." You can't change the name of the metric after you create the Rule.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Tags

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_create_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_create_rule_group(Name, MetricName, ChangeToken, Tags = NULL)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the RuleGroup. You can't change Name after you create a RuleGroup.

MetricName

[required] A friendly name or description for the metrics for this RuleGroup. The name can contain only alphanumeric characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), with maximum length 128 and minimum length one. It can't contain whitespace or metric names reserved for AWS WAF, including "All" and "Default_Action." You can't change the name of the metric after you create the RuleGroup.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Tags

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_create_size_constraint_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_create_size_constraint_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the SizeConstraintSet. You can't change Name after you create a SizeConstraintSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_create_sql_injection_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_create_sql_injection_match_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description for the SqlInjectionMatchSet that you're creating. You can't change Name after you create the SqlInjectionMatchSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_create_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_create_web_acl(
  Name,
  MetricName,
  DefaultAction,
  ChangeToken,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description of the WebACL. You can't change Name after you create the WebACL.

MetricName

[required] A friendly name or description for the metrics for this WebACL.The name can contain only alphanumeric characters (A-Z, a-z, 0-9), with maximum length 128 and minimum length one. It can't contain whitespace or metric names reserved for AWS WAF, including "All" and "Default_Action." You can't change MetricName after you create the WebACL.

DefaultAction

[required] The action that you want AWS WAF to take when a request doesn't match the criteria specified in any of the Rule objects that are associated with the WebACL.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Tags

Creates an AWS CloudFormation WAFV2 template for the specified web ACL in the specified Amazon S3 bucket

Description

Creates an AWS CloudFormation WAFV2 template for the specified web ACL in the specified Amazon S3 bucket. Then, in CloudFormation, you create a stack from the template, to create the web ACL and its resources in AWS WAFV2. Use this to migrate your AWS WAF Classic web ACL to the latest version of AWS WAF.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_create_web_acl_migration_stack/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_create_web_acl_migration_stack(
  WebACLId,
  S3BucketName,
  IgnoreUnsupportedType
)

Arguments

WebACLId

[required] The UUID of the WAF Classic web ACL that you want to migrate to WAF v2.

S3BucketName

[required] The name of the Amazon S3 bucket to store the CloudFormation template in. The S3 bucket must be configured as follows for the migration:

  • The bucket name must start with ⁠aws-waf-migration-⁠. For example, aws-waf-migration-my-web-acl.

  • The bucket must be in the Region where you are deploying the template. For example, for a web ACL in us-west-2, you must use an Amazon S3 bucket in us-west-2 and you must deploy the template stack to us-west-2.

  • The bucket policies must permit the migration process to write data. For listings of the bucket policies, see the Examples section.

IgnoreUnsupportedType

[required] Indicates whether to exclude entities that can't be migrated or to stop the migration. Set this to true to ignore unsupported entities in the web ACL during the migration. Otherwise, if AWS WAF encounters unsupported entities, it stops the process and throws an exception.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_create_xss_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_create_xss_match_set(Name, ChangeToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] A friendly name or description for the XssMatchSet that you're creating. You can't change Name after you create the XssMatchSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_delete_byte_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_delete_byte_match_set(ByteMatchSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

ByteMatchSetId

[required] The ByteMatchSetId of the ByteMatchSet that you want to delete. ByteMatchSetId is returned by create_byte_match_set and by list_byte_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_delete_geo_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_delete_geo_match_set(GeoMatchSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

GeoMatchSetId

[required] The GeoMatchSetID of the GeoMatchSet that you want to delete. GeoMatchSetId is returned by create_geo_match_set and by list_geo_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_delete_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_delete_ip_set(IPSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

IPSetId

[required] The IPSetId of the IPSet that you want to delete. IPSetId is returned by create_ip_set and by list_ip_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_delete_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_delete_logging_configuration(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the web ACL from which you want to delete the LoggingConfiguration.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_delete_permission_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_delete_permission_policy(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RuleGroup from which you want to delete the policy.

The user making the request must be the owner of the RuleGroup.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_delete_rate_based_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_delete_rate_based_rule(RuleId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RuleId

[required] The RuleId of the RateBasedRule that you want to delete. RuleId is returned by create_rate_based_rule and by list_rate_based_rules.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_delete_regex_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_delete_regex_match_set(RegexMatchSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RegexMatchSetId

[required] The RegexMatchSetId of the RegexMatchSet that you want to delete. RegexMatchSetId is returned by create_regex_match_set and by list_regex_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_delete_regex_pattern_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_delete_regex_pattern_set(RegexPatternSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RegexPatternSetId

[required] The RegexPatternSetId of the RegexPatternSet that you want to delete. RegexPatternSetId is returned by create_regex_pattern_set and by list_regex_pattern_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_delete_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_delete_rule(RuleId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RuleId

[required] The RuleId of the Rule that you want to delete. RuleId is returned by create_rule and by list_rules.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_delete_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_delete_rule_group(RuleGroupId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RuleGroupId

[required] The RuleGroupId of the RuleGroup that you want to delete. RuleGroupId is returned by create_rule_group and by list_rule_groups.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_delete_size_constraint_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_delete_size_constraint_set(SizeConstraintSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

SizeConstraintSetId

[required] The SizeConstraintSetId of the SizeConstraintSet that you want to delete. SizeConstraintSetId is returned by create_size_constraint_set and by list_size_constraint_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_delete_sql_injection_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_delete_sql_injection_match_set(SqlInjectionMatchSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

SqlInjectionMatchSetId

[required] The SqlInjectionMatchSetId of the SqlInjectionMatchSet that you want to delete. SqlInjectionMatchSetId is returned by create_sql_injection_match_set and by list_sql_injection_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_delete_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_delete_web_acl(WebACLId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

WebACLId

[required] The WebACLId of the WebACL that you want to delete. WebACLId is returned by create_web_acl and by list_web_ac_ls.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_delete_xss_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_delete_xss_match_set(XssMatchSetId, ChangeToken)

Arguments

XssMatchSetId

[required] The XssMatchSetId of the XssMatchSet that you want to delete. XssMatchSetId is returned by create_xss_match_set and by list_xss_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic Regional documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic Regional documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_disassociate_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_disassociate_web_acl(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of the resource from which the web ACL is being removed, either an application load balancer or Amazon API Gateway stage.

The ARN should be in one of the following formats:

  • For an Application Load Balancer: arn:aws:elasticloadbalancing:region:account-id:loadbalancer/app/load-balancer-name/load-balancer-id

  • For an Amazon API Gateway stage: ⁠arn:aws:apigateway:region::/restapis/api-id/stages/stage-name ⁠


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_byte_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_byte_match_set(ByteMatchSetId)

Arguments

ByteMatchSetId

[required] The ByteMatchSetId of the ByteMatchSet that you want to get. ByteMatchSetId is returned by create_byte_match_set and by list_byte_match_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_change_token/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_change_token()

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_change_token_status/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_change_token_status(ChangeToken)

Arguments

ChangeToken

[required] The change token for which you want to get the status. This change token was previously returned in the get_change_token response.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_geo_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_geo_match_set(GeoMatchSetId)

Arguments

GeoMatchSetId

[required] The GeoMatchSetId of the GeoMatchSet that you want to get. GeoMatchSetId is returned by create_geo_match_set and by list_geo_match_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_ip_set(IPSetId)

Arguments

IPSetId

[required] The IPSetId of the IPSet that you want to get. IPSetId is returned by create_ip_set and by list_ip_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_logging_configuration(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the web ACL for which you want to get the LoggingConfiguration.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_permission_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_permission_policy(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RuleGroup for which you want to get the policy.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_rate_based_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_rate_based_rule(RuleId)

Arguments

RuleId

[required] The RuleId of the RateBasedRule that you want to get. RuleId is returned by create_rate_based_rule and by list_rate_based_rules.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_rate_based_rule_managed_keys/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_rate_based_rule_managed_keys(RuleId, NextMarker = NULL)

Arguments

RuleId

[required] The RuleId of the RateBasedRule for which you want to get a list of ManagedKeys. RuleId is returned by create_rate_based_rule and by list_rate_based_rules.

NextMarker

A null value and not currently used. Do not include this in your request.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_regex_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_regex_match_set(RegexMatchSetId)

Arguments

RegexMatchSetId

[required] The RegexMatchSetId of the RegexMatchSet that you want to get. RegexMatchSetId is returned by create_regex_match_set and by list_regex_match_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_regex_pattern_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_regex_pattern_set(RegexPatternSetId)

Arguments

RegexPatternSetId

[required] The RegexPatternSetId of the RegexPatternSet that you want to get. RegexPatternSetId is returned by create_regex_pattern_set and by list_regex_pattern_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_rule(RuleId)

Arguments

RuleId

[required] The RuleId of the Rule that you want to get. RuleId is returned by create_rule and by list_rules.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_rule_group(RuleGroupId)

Arguments

RuleGroupId

[required] The RuleGroupId of the RuleGroup that you want to get. RuleGroupId is returned by create_rule_group and by list_rule_groups.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_sampled_requests/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_sampled_requests(WebAclId, RuleId, TimeWindow, MaxItems)

Arguments

WebAclId

[required] The WebACLId of the WebACL for which you want get_sampled_requests to return a sample of requests.

RuleId

[required] RuleId is one of three values:

  • The RuleId of the Rule or the RuleGroupId of the RuleGroup for which you want get_sampled_requests to return a sample of requests.

  • Default_Action, which causes get_sampled_requests to return a sample of the requests that didn't match any of the rules in the specified WebACL.

TimeWindow

[required] The start date and time and the end date and time of the range for which you want get_sampled_requests to return a sample of requests. You must specify the times in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) format. UTC format includes the special designator, Z. For example, "2016-09-27T14:50Z". You can specify any time range in the previous three hours.

MaxItems

[required] The number of requests that you want AWS WAF to return from among the first 5,000 requests that your AWS resource received during the time range. If your resource received fewer requests than the value of MaxItems, get_sampled_requests returns information about all of them.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_size_constraint_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_size_constraint_set(SizeConstraintSetId)

Arguments

SizeConstraintSetId

[required] The SizeConstraintSetId of the SizeConstraintSet that you want to get. SizeConstraintSetId is returned by create_size_constraint_set and by list_size_constraint_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_sql_injection_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_sql_injection_match_set(SqlInjectionMatchSetId)

Arguments

SqlInjectionMatchSetId

[required] The SqlInjectionMatchSetId of the SqlInjectionMatchSet that you want to get. SqlInjectionMatchSetId is returned by create_sql_injection_match_set and by list_sql_injection_match_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_web_acl(WebACLId)

Arguments

WebACLId

[required] The WebACLId of the WebACL that you want to get. WebACLId is returned by create_web_acl and by list_web_ac_ls.


This is AWS WAF Classic Regional documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic Regional documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_web_acl_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_web_acl_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The ARN (Amazon Resource Name) of the resource for which to get the web ACL, either an application load balancer or Amazon API Gateway stage.

The ARN should be in one of the following formats:

  • For an Application Load Balancer: arn:aws:elasticloadbalancing:region:account-id:loadbalancer/app/load-balancer-name/load-balancer-id

  • For an Amazon API Gateway stage: ⁠arn:aws:apigateway:region::/restapis/api-id/stages/stage-name ⁠


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_get_xss_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_get_xss_match_set(XssMatchSetId)

Arguments

XssMatchSetId

[required] The XssMatchSetId of the XssMatchSet that you want to get. XssMatchSetId is returned by create_xss_match_set and by list_xss_match_sets.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_activated_rules_in_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_activated_rules_in_rule_group(
  RuleGroupId = NULL,
  NextMarker = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

RuleGroupId

The RuleGroupId of the RuleGroup for which you want to get a list of ActivatedRule objects.

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more ActivatedRules than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of ActivatedRules. For the second and subsequent list_activated_rules_in_rule_group requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of ActivatedRules.

Limit

Specifies the number of ActivatedRules that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more ActivatedRules than the number that you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of ActivatedRules.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_byte_match_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_byte_match_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more ByteMatchSets than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of ByteMatchSets. For the second and subsequent list_byte_match_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of ByteMatchSets.

Limit

Specifies the number of ByteMatchSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more ByteMatchSets objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of ByteMatchSet objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_geo_match_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_geo_match_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more GeoMatchSets than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of GeoMatchSet objects. For the second and subsequent list_geo_match_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of GeoMatchSet objects.

Limit

Specifies the number of GeoMatchSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more GeoMatchSet objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of GeoMatchSet objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_ip_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_ip_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of IPSets. For the second and subsequent list_ip_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of IPSets.

Limit

Specifies the number of IPSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more IPSet objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of IPSet objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_logging_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_logging_configurations(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more LoggingConfigurations than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of LoggingConfigurations. For the second and subsequent list_logging_configurations requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of list_logging_configurations.

Limit

Specifies the number of LoggingConfigurations that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more LoggingConfigurations than the number that you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of LoggingConfigurations.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_rate_based_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_rate_based_rules(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more Rules than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of Rules. For the second and subsequent list_rate_based_rules requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of Rules.

Limit

Specifies the number of Rules that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more Rules than the number that you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of Rules.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_regex_match_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_regex_match_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more RegexMatchSet objects than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of ByteMatchSets. For the second and subsequent list_regex_match_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of RegexMatchSet objects.

Limit

Specifies the number of RegexMatchSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more RegexMatchSet objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of RegexMatchSet objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_regex_pattern_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_regex_pattern_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more RegexPatternSet objects than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of RegexPatternSet objects. For the second and subsequent list_regex_pattern_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of RegexPatternSet objects.

Limit

Specifies the number of RegexPatternSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more RegexPatternSet objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of RegexPatternSet objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic Regional documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic Regional documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_resources_for_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_resources_for_web_acl(WebACLId, ResourceType = NULL)

Arguments

WebACLId

[required] The unique identifier (ID) of the web ACL for which to list the associated resources.

ResourceType

The type of resource to list, either an application load balancer or Amazon API Gateway.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_rule_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_rule_groups(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more RuleGroups than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of RuleGroups. For the second and subsequent list_rule_groups requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of RuleGroups.

Limit

Specifies the number of RuleGroups that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more RuleGroups than the number that you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of RuleGroups.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_rules/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_rules(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more Rules than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of Rules. For the second and subsequent list_rules requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of Rules.

Limit

Specifies the number of Rules that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more Rules than the number that you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of Rules.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_size_constraint_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_size_constraint_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more SizeConstraintSets than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of SizeConstraintSets. For the second and subsequent list_size_constraint_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of SizeConstraintSets.

Limit

Specifies the number of SizeConstraintSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more SizeConstraintSets objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of SizeConstraintSet objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_sql_injection_match_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_sql_injection_match_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more SqlInjectionMatchSet objects than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of SqlInjectionMatchSets. For the second and subsequent list_sql_injection_match_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of SqlInjectionMatchSets.

Limit

Specifies the number of SqlInjectionMatchSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more SqlInjectionMatchSet objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of Rules.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_subscribed_rule_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_subscribed_rule_groups(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more ByteMatchSetssubscribed rule groups than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of subscribed rule groups. For the second and subsequent ListSubscribedRuleGroupsRequest requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of subscribed rule groups.

Limit

Specifies the number of subscribed rule groups that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_tags_for_resource(
  NextMarker = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  ResourceARN
)

Arguments

NextMarker
Limit
ResourceARN

[required]


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_web_ac_ls/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_web_ac_ls(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more WebACL objects than the number that you specify for Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of WebACL objects. For the second and subsequent list_web_ac_ls requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of WebACL objects.

Limit

Specifies the number of WebACL objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more WebACL objects than the number that you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of WebACL objects.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_list_xss_match_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_list_xss_match_sets(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

NextMarker

If you specify a value for Limit and you have more XssMatchSet objects than the value of Limit, AWS WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response that allows you to list another group of XssMatchSets. For the second and subsequent list_xss_match_sets requests, specify the value of NextMarker from the previous response to get information about another batch of XssMatchSets.

Limit

Specifies the number of XssMatchSet objects that you want AWS WAF to return for this request. If you have more XssMatchSet objects than the number you specify for Limit, the response includes a NextMarker value that you can use to get another batch of Rules.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_put_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_put_logging_configuration(LoggingConfiguration)

Arguments

LoggingConfiguration

[required] The Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose that contains the inspected traffic information, the redacted fields details, and the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the web ACL to monitor.

When specifying Type in RedactedFields, you must use one of the following values: URI, QUERY_STRING, HEADER, or METHOD.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_put_permission_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_put_permission_policy(ResourceArn, Policy)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RuleGroup to which you want to attach the policy.

Policy

[required] The policy to attach to the specified RuleGroup.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required]

Tags

[required]


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required]

TagKeys

[required]


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_update_byte_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_update_byte_match_set(ByteMatchSetId, ChangeToken, Updates)

Arguments

ByteMatchSetId

[required] The ByteMatchSetId of the ByteMatchSet that you want to update. ByteMatchSetId is returned by create_byte_match_set and by list_byte_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of ByteMatchSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a ByteMatchSet. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • ByteMatchSetUpdate: Contains Action and ByteMatchTuple

  • ByteMatchTuple: Contains FieldToMatch, PositionalConstraint, TargetString, and TextTransformation

  • FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_update_geo_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_update_geo_match_set(GeoMatchSetId, ChangeToken, Updates)

Arguments

GeoMatchSetId

[required] The GeoMatchSetId of the GeoMatchSet that you want to update. GeoMatchSetId is returned by create_geo_match_set and by list_geo_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of GeoMatchSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from an GeoMatchSet. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • GeoMatchSetUpdate: Contains Action and GeoMatchConstraint

  • GeoMatchConstraint: Contains Type and Value

    You can have only one Type and Value per GeoMatchConstraint. To add multiple countries, include multiple GeoMatchSetUpdate objects in your request.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_update_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_update_ip_set(IPSetId, ChangeToken, Updates)

Arguments

IPSetId

[required] The IPSetId of the IPSet that you want to update. IPSetId is returned by create_ip_set and by list_ip_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of IPSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from an IPSet. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • IPSetUpdate: Contains Action and IPSetDescriptor

  • IPSetDescriptor: Contains Type and Value

You can insert a maximum of 1000 addresses in a single request.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_update_rate_based_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_update_rate_based_rule(RuleId, ChangeToken, Updates, RateLimit)

Arguments

RuleId

[required] The RuleId of the RateBasedRule that you want to update. RuleId is returned by create_rate_based_rule and by list_rate_based_rules.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of RuleUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a RateBasedRule.

RateLimit

[required] The maximum number of requests, which have an identical value in the field specified by the RateKey, allowed in a five-minute period. If the number of requests exceeds the RateLimit and the other predicates specified in the rule are also met, AWS WAF triggers the action that is specified for this rule.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_update_regex_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_update_regex_match_set(RegexMatchSetId, Updates, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RegexMatchSetId

[required] The RegexMatchSetId of the RegexMatchSet that you want to update. RegexMatchSetId is returned by create_regex_match_set and by list_regex_match_sets.

Updates

[required] An array of RegexMatchSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a RegexMatchSet. For more information, see RegexMatchTuple.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_update_regex_pattern_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_update_regex_pattern_set(RegexPatternSetId, Updates, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RegexPatternSetId

[required] The RegexPatternSetId of the RegexPatternSet that you want to update. RegexPatternSetId is returned by create_regex_pattern_set and by list_regex_pattern_sets.

Updates

[required] An array of RegexPatternSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a RegexPatternSet.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_update_rule/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_update_rule(RuleId, ChangeToken, Updates)

Arguments

RuleId

[required] The RuleId of the Rule that you want to update. RuleId is returned by create_rule and by list_rules.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of RuleUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a Rule. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • RuleUpdate: Contains Action and Predicate

  • Predicate: Contains DataId, Negated, and Type

  • FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_update_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_update_rule_group(RuleGroupId, Updates, ChangeToken)

Arguments

RuleGroupId

[required] The RuleGroupId of the RuleGroup that you want to update. RuleGroupId is returned by create_rule_group and by list_rule_groups.

Updates

[required] An array of RuleGroupUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a RuleGroup.

You can only insert REGULAR rules into a rule group.

ActivatedRule|OverrideAction applies only when updating or adding a RuleGroup to a WebACL. In this case you do not use ActivatedRule|Action. For all other update requests, ActivatedRule|Action is used instead of ActivatedRule|OverrideAction.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_update_size_constraint_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_update_size_constraint_set(
  SizeConstraintSetId,
  ChangeToken,
  Updates
)

Arguments

SizeConstraintSetId

[required] The SizeConstraintSetId of the SizeConstraintSet that you want to update. SizeConstraintSetId is returned by create_size_constraint_set and by list_size_constraint_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of SizeConstraintSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a SizeConstraintSet. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • SizeConstraintSetUpdate: Contains Action and SizeConstraint

  • SizeConstraint: Contains FieldToMatch, TextTransformation, ComparisonOperator, and Size

  • FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_update_sql_injection_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_update_sql_injection_match_set(
  SqlInjectionMatchSetId,
  ChangeToken,
  Updates
)

Arguments

SqlInjectionMatchSetId

[required] The SqlInjectionMatchSetId of the SqlInjectionMatchSet that you want to update. SqlInjectionMatchSetId is returned by create_sql_injection_match_set and by list_sql_injection_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of SqlInjectionMatchSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a SqlInjectionMatchSet. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • SqlInjectionMatchSetUpdate: Contains Action and SqlInjectionMatchTuple

  • SqlInjectionMatchTuple: Contains FieldToMatch and TextTransformation

  • FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_update_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_update_web_acl(
  WebACLId,
  ChangeToken,
  Updates = NULL,
  DefaultAction = NULL
)

Arguments

WebACLId

[required] The WebACLId of the WebACL that you want to update. WebACLId is returned by create_web_acl and by list_web_ac_ls.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

An array of updates to make to the WebACL.

An array of WebACLUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from a WebACL. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • WebACLUpdate: Contains Action and ActivatedRule

  • ActivatedRule: Contains Action, OverrideAction, Priority, RuleId, and Type. ActivatedRule|OverrideAction applies only when updating or adding a RuleGroup to a WebACL. In this case, you do not use ActivatedRule|Action. For all other update requests, ActivatedRule|Action is used instead of ActivatedRule|OverrideAction.

  • WafAction: Contains Type

DefaultAction

A default action for the web ACL, either ALLOW or BLOCK. AWS WAF performs the default action if a request doesn't match the criteria in any of the rules in a web ACL.


This is AWS WAF Classic documentation

Description

This is AWS WAF Classic documentation. For more information, see AWS WAF Classic in the developer guide.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafregional_update_xss_match_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafregional_update_xss_match_set(XssMatchSetId, ChangeToken, Updates)

Arguments

XssMatchSetId

[required] The XssMatchSetId of the XssMatchSet that you want to update. XssMatchSetId is returned by create_xss_match_set and by list_xss_match_sets.

ChangeToken

[required] The value returned by the most recent call to get_change_token.

Updates

[required] An array of XssMatchSetUpdate objects that you want to insert into or delete from an XssMatchSet. For more information, see the applicable data types:

  • XssMatchSetUpdate: Contains Action and XssMatchTuple

  • XssMatchTuple: Contains FieldToMatch and TextTransformation

  • FieldToMatch: Contains Data and Type


AWS WAFV2

Description

WAF

This is the latest version of the WAF API, released in November, 2019. The names of the entities that you use to access this API, like endpoints and namespaces, all have the versioning information added, like "V2" or "v2", to distinguish from the prior version. We recommend migrating your resources to this version, because it has a number of significant improvements.

If you used WAF prior to this release, you can't use this WAFV2 API to access any WAF resources that you created before. WAF Classic support will end on September 30, 2025.

For information about WAF, including how to migrate your WAF Classic resources to this version, see the WAF Developer Guide.

WAF is a web application firewall that lets you monitor the HTTP and HTTPS requests that are forwarded to a protected resource. Protected resource types include Amazon CloudFront distribution, Amazon API Gateway REST API, Application Load Balancer, AppSync GraphQL API, Amazon Cognito user pool, App Runner service, and Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance. WAF also lets you control access to your content, to protect the Amazon Web Services resource that WAF is monitoring. Based on conditions that you specify, such as the IP addresses that requests originate from or the values of query strings, the protected resource responds to requests with either the requested content, an HTTP 403 status code (Forbidden), or with a custom response.

This API guide is for developers who need detailed information about WAF API actions, data types, and errors. For detailed information about WAF features and guidance for configuring and using WAF, see the WAF Developer Guide.

You can make calls using the endpoints listed in WAF endpoints and quotas.

Alternatively, you can use one of the Amazon Web Services SDKs to access an API that's tailored to the programming language or platform that you're using. For more information, see Amazon Web Services SDKs.

Usage

wafv2(config = list(), credentials = list(), endpoint = NULL, region = NULL)

Arguments

config

Optional configuration of credentials, endpoint, and/or region.

  • credentials:

    • creds:

      • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

      • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

      • session_token: AWS temporary session token

    • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

    • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

  • endpoint: The complete URL to use for the constructed client.

  • region: The AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

  • close_connection: Immediately close all HTTP connections.

  • timeout: The time in seconds till a timeout exception is thrown when attempting to make a connection. The default is 60 seconds.

  • s3_force_path_style: Set this to true to force the request to use path-style addressing, i.e. ⁠http://s3.amazonaws.com/BUCKET/KEY⁠.

  • sts_regional_endpoint: Set sts regional endpoint resolver to regional or legacy https://docs.aws.amazon.com/sdkref/latest/guide/feature-sts-regionalized-endpoints.html

credentials

Optional credentials shorthand for the config parameter

  • creds:

    • access_key_id: AWS access key ID

    • secret_access_key: AWS secret access key

    • session_token: AWS temporary session token

  • profile: The name of a profile to use. If not given, then the default profile is used.

  • anonymous: Set anonymous credentials.

endpoint

Optional shorthand for complete URL to use for the constructed client.

region

Optional shorthand for AWS Region used in instantiating the client.

Value

A client for the service. You can call the service's operations using syntax like svc$operation(...), where svc is the name you've assigned to the client. The available operations are listed in the Operations section.

Service syntax

svc <- wafv2(
  config = list(
    credentials = list(
      creds = list(
        access_key_id = "string",
        secret_access_key = "string",
        session_token = "string"
      ),
      profile = "string",
      anonymous = "logical"
    ),
    endpoint = "string",
    region = "string",
    close_connection = "logical",
    timeout = "numeric",
    s3_force_path_style = "logical",
    sts_regional_endpoint = "string"
  ),
  credentials = list(
    creds = list(
      access_key_id = "string",
      secret_access_key = "string",
      session_token = "string"
    ),
    profile = "string",
    anonymous = "logical"
  ),
  endpoint = "string",
  region = "string"
)

Operations

associate_web_acl Associates a web ACL with a resource, to protect the resource
check_capacity Returns the web ACL capacity unit (WCU) requirements for a specified scope and set of rules
create_api_key Creates an API key that contains a set of token domains
create_ip_set Creates an IPSet, which you use to identify web requests that originate from specific IP addresses or ranges of IP addresses
create_regex_pattern_set Creates a RegexPatternSet, which you reference in a RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement, to have WAF inspect a web request component for the specified patterns
create_rule_group Creates a RuleGroup per the specifications provided
create_web_acl Creates a WebACL per the specifications provided
delete_api_key Deletes the specified API key
delete_firewall_manager_rule_groups Deletes all rule groups that are managed by Firewall Manager from the specified WebACL
delete_ip_set Deletes the specified IPSet
delete_logging_configuration Deletes the LoggingConfiguration from the specified web ACL
delete_permission_policy Permanently deletes an IAM policy from the specified rule group
delete_regex_pattern_set Deletes the specified RegexPatternSet
delete_rule_group Deletes the specified RuleGroup
delete_web_acl Deletes the specified WebACL
describe_all_managed_products Provides high-level information for the Amazon Web Services Managed Rules rule groups and Amazon Web Services Marketplace managed rule groups
describe_managed_products_by_vendor Provides high-level information for the managed rule groups owned by a specific vendor
describe_managed_rule_group Provides high-level information for a managed rule group, including descriptions of the rules
disassociate_web_acl Disassociates the specified resource from its web ACL association, if it has one
generate_mobile_sdk_release_url Generates a presigned download URL for the specified release of the mobile SDK
get_decrypted_api_key Returns your API key in decrypted form
get_ip_set Retrieves the specified IPSet
get_logging_configuration Returns the LoggingConfiguration for the specified web ACL
get_managed_rule_set Retrieves the specified managed rule set
get_mobile_sdk_release Retrieves information for the specified mobile SDK release, including release notes and tags
get_permission_policy Returns the IAM policy that is attached to the specified rule group
get_rate_based_statement_managed_keys Retrieves the IP addresses that are currently blocked by a rate-based rule instance
get_regex_pattern_set Retrieves the specified RegexPatternSet
get_rule_group Retrieves the specified RuleGroup
get_sampled_requests Gets detailed information about a specified number of requests--a sample--that WAF randomly selects from among the first 5,000 requests that your Amazon Web Services resource received during a time range that you choose
get_web_acl Retrieves the specified WebACL
get_web_acl_for_resource Retrieves the WebACL for the specified resource
list_api_keys Retrieves a list of the API keys that you've defined for the specified scope
list_available_managed_rule_groups Retrieves an array of managed rule groups that are available for you to use
list_available_managed_rule_group_versions Returns a list of the available versions for the specified managed rule group
list_ip_sets Retrieves an array of IPSetSummary objects for the IP sets that you manage
list_logging_configurations Retrieves an array of your LoggingConfiguration objects
list_managed_rule_sets Retrieves the managed rule sets that you own
list_mobile_sdk_releases Retrieves a list of the available releases for the mobile SDK and the specified device platform
list_regex_pattern_sets Retrieves an array of RegexPatternSetSummary objects for the regex pattern sets that you manage
list_resources_for_web_acl Retrieves an array of the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) for the resources that are associated with the specified web ACL
list_rule_groups Retrieves an array of RuleGroupSummary objects for the rule groups that you manage
list_tags_for_resource Retrieves the TagInfoForResource for the specified resource
list_web_ac_ls Retrieves an array of WebACLSummary objects for the web ACLs that you manage
put_logging_configuration Enables the specified LoggingConfiguration, to start logging from a web ACL, according to the configuration provided
put_managed_rule_set_versions Defines the versions of your managed rule set that you are offering to the customers
put_permission_policy Use this to share a rule group with other accounts
tag_resource Associates tags with the specified Amazon Web Services resource
untag_resource Disassociates tags from an Amazon Web Services resource
update_ip_set Updates the specified IPSet
update_managed_rule_set_version_expiry_date Updates the expiration information for your managed rule set
update_regex_pattern_set Updates the specified RegexPatternSet
update_rule_group Updates the specified RuleGroup
update_web_acl Updates the specified WebACL

Examples

## Not run: 
svc <- wafv2()
svc$associate_web_acl(
  Foo = 123
)

## End(Not run)


Associates a web ACL with a resource, to protect the resource

Description

Associates a web ACL with a resource, to protect the resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_associate_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_associate_web_acl(WebACLArn, ResourceArn)

Arguments

WebACLArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the web ACL that you want to associate with the resource.

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to associate with the web ACL.

The ARN must be in one of the following formats:

  • For an Application Load Balancer: arn:partition:elasticloadbalancing:region:account-id:loadbalancer/app/load-balancer-name/load-balancer-id

  • For an Amazon API Gateway REST API: ⁠arn:partition:apigateway:region::/restapis/api-id/stages/stage-name ⁠

  • For an AppSync GraphQL API: arn:partition:appsync:region:account-id:apis/GraphQLApiId

  • For an Amazon Cognito user pool: arn:partition:cognito-idp:region:account-id:userpool/user-pool-id

  • For an App Runner service: arn:partition:apprunner:region:account-id:service/apprunner-service-name/apprunner-service-id

  • For an Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance: arn:partition:ec2:region:account-id:verified-access-instance/instance-id


Returns the web ACL capacity unit (WCU) requirements for a specified scope and set of rules

Description

Returns the web ACL capacity unit (WCU) requirements for a specified scope and set of rules. You can use this to check the capacity requirements for the rules you want to use in a RuleGroup or WebACL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_check_capacity/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_check_capacity(Scope, Rules)

Arguments

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Rules

[required] An array of Rule that you're configuring to use in a rule group or web ACL.


Creates an API key that contains a set of token domains

Description

Creates an API key that contains a set of token domains.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_create_api_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_create_api_key(Scope, TokenDomains)

Arguments

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

TokenDomains

[required] The client application domains that you want to use this API key for.

Example JSON: ⁠"TokenDomains": ["abc.com", "store.abc.com"]⁠

Public suffixes aren't allowed. For example, you can't use gov.au or co.uk as token domains.


Creates an IPSet, which you use to identify web requests that originate from specific IP addresses or ranges of IP addresses

Description

Creates an IPSet, which you use to identify web requests that originate from specific IP addresses or ranges of IP addresses. For example, if you're receiving a lot of requests from a ranges of IP addresses, you can configure WAF to block them using an IPSet that lists those IP addresses.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_create_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_create_ip_set(
  Name,
  Scope,
  Description = NULL,
  IPAddressVersion,
  Addresses,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the IP set. You cannot change the name of an IPSet after you create it.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Description

A description of the IP set that helps with identification.

IPAddressVersion

[required] The version of the IP addresses, either IPV4 or IPV6.

Addresses

[required] Contains an array of strings that specifies zero or more IP addresses or blocks of IP addresses that you want WAF to inspect for in incoming requests. All addresses must be specified using Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation. WAF supports all IPv4 and IPv6 CIDR ranges except for ⁠/0⁠.

Example address strings:

  • For requests that originated from the IP address 192.0.2.44, specify ⁠192.0.2.44/32⁠.

  • For requests that originated from IP addresses from 192.0.2.0 to 192.0.2.255, specify ⁠192.0.2.0/24⁠.

  • For requests that originated from the IP address 1111:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0111, specify 1111:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0111/128.

  • For requests that originated from IP addresses 1111:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000 to 1111:0000:0000:0000:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff, specify 1111:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000/64.

For more information about CIDR notation, see the Wikipedia entry Classless Inter-Domain Routing.

Example JSON Addresses specifications:

  • Empty array: ⁠"Addresses": []⁠

  • Array with one address: ⁠"Addresses": ["192.0.2.44/32"]⁠

  • Array with three addresses: ⁠"Addresses": ["192.0.2.44/32", "192.0.2.0/24", "192.0.0.0/16"]⁠

  • INVALID specification: ⁠"Addresses": [""]⁠ INVALID

Tags

An array of key:value pairs to associate with the resource.


Creates a RegexPatternSet, which you reference in a RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement, to have WAF inspect a web request component for the specified patterns

Description

Creates a RegexPatternSet, which you reference in a RegexPatternSetReferenceStatement, to have WAF inspect a web request component for the specified patterns.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_create_regex_pattern_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_create_regex_pattern_set(
  Name,
  Scope,
  Description = NULL,
  RegularExpressionList,
  Tags = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the set. You cannot change the name after you create the set.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Description

A description of the set that helps with identification.

RegularExpressionList

[required] Array of regular expression strings.

Tags

An array of key:value pairs to associate with the resource.


Creates a RuleGroup per the specifications provided

Description

Creates a RuleGroup per the specifications provided.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_create_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_create_rule_group(
  Name,
  Scope,
  Capacity,
  Description = NULL,
  Rules = NULL,
  VisibilityConfig,
  Tags = NULL,
  CustomResponseBodies = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the rule group. You cannot change the name of a rule group after you create it.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Capacity

[required] The web ACL capacity units (WCUs) required for this rule group.

When you create your own rule group, you define this, and you cannot change it after creation. When you add or modify the rules in a rule group, WAF enforces this limit. You can check the capacity for a set of rules using check_capacity.

WAF uses WCUs to calculate and control the operating resources that are used to run your rules, rule groups, and web ACLs. WAF calculates capacity differently for each rule type, to reflect the relative cost of each rule. Simple rules that cost little to run use fewer WCUs than more complex rules that use more processing power. Rule group capacity is fixed at creation, which helps users plan their web ACL WCU usage when they use a rule group. For more information, see WAF web ACL capacity units (WCU) in the WAF Developer Guide.

Description

A description of the rule group that helps with identification.

Rules

The Rule statements used to identify the web requests that you want to manage. Each rule includes one top-level statement that WAF uses to identify matching web requests, and parameters that govern how WAF handles them.

VisibilityConfig

[required] Defines and enables Amazon CloudWatch metrics and web request sample collection.

Tags

An array of key:value pairs to associate with the resource.

CustomResponseBodies

A map of custom response keys and content bodies. When you create a rule with a block action, you can send a custom response to the web request. You define these for the rule group, and then use them in the rules that you define in the rule group.

For information about customizing web requests and responses, see Customizing web requests and responses in WAF in the WAF Developer Guide.

For information about the limits on count and size for custom request and response settings, see WAF quotas in the WAF Developer Guide.


Creates a WebACL per the specifications provided

Description

Creates a WebACL per the specifications provided.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_create_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_create_web_acl(
  Name,
  Scope,
  DefaultAction,
  Description = NULL,
  Rules = NULL,
  VisibilityConfig,
  DataProtectionConfig = NULL,
  Tags = NULL,
  CustomResponseBodies = NULL,
  CaptchaConfig = NULL,
  ChallengeConfig = NULL,
  TokenDomains = NULL,
  AssociationConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the web ACL. You cannot change the name of a web ACL after you create it.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

DefaultAction

[required] The action to perform if none of the Rules contained in the WebACL match.

Description

A description of the web ACL that helps with identification.

Rules

The Rule statements used to identify the web requests that you want to manage. Each rule includes one top-level statement that WAF uses to identify matching web requests, and parameters that govern how WAF handles them.

VisibilityConfig

[required] Defines and enables Amazon CloudWatch metrics and web request sample collection.

DataProtectionConfig

Specifies data protection to apply to the web request data that WAF stores for the web ACL. This is a web ACL level data protection option.

The data protection that you configure for the web ACL alters the data that's available for any other data collection activity, including WAF logging, web ACL request sampling, Amazon Web Services Managed Rules, and Amazon Security Lake data collection and management. Your other option for data protection is in the logging configuration, which only affects logging.

Tags

An array of key:value pairs to associate with the resource.

CustomResponseBodies

A map of custom response keys and content bodies. When you create a rule with a block action, you can send a custom response to the web request. You define these for the web ACL, and then use them in the rules and default actions that you define in the web ACL.

For information about customizing web requests and responses, see Customizing web requests and responses in WAF in the WAF Developer Guide.

For information about the limits on count and size for custom request and response settings, see WAF quotas in the WAF Developer Guide.

CaptchaConfig

Specifies how WAF should handle CAPTCHA evaluations for rules that don't have their own CaptchaConfig settings. If you don't specify this, WAF uses its default settings for CaptchaConfig.

ChallengeConfig

Specifies how WAF should handle challenge evaluations for rules that don't have their own ChallengeConfig settings. If you don't specify this, WAF uses its default settings for ChallengeConfig.

TokenDomains

Specifies the domains that WAF should accept in a web request token. This enables the use of tokens across multiple protected websites. When WAF provides a token, it uses the domain of the Amazon Web Services resource that the web ACL is protecting. If you don't specify a list of token domains, WAF accepts tokens only for the domain of the protected resource. With a token domain list, WAF accepts the resource's host domain plus all domains in the token domain list, including their prefixed subdomains.

Example JSON: ⁠"TokenDomains": { "mywebsite.com", "myotherwebsite.com" }⁠

Public suffixes aren't allowed. For example, you can't use gov.au or co.uk as token domains.

AssociationConfig

Specifies custom configurations for the associations between the web ACL and protected resources.

Use this to customize the maximum size of the request body that your protected resources forward to WAF for inspection. You can customize this setting for CloudFront, API Gateway, Amazon Cognito, App Runner, or Verified Access resources. The default setting is 16 KB (16,384 bytes).

You are charged additional fees when your protected resources forward body sizes that are larger than the default. For more information, see WAF Pricing.

For Application Load Balancer and AppSync, the limit is fixed at 8 KB (8,192 bytes).


Deletes the specified API key

Description

Deletes the specified API key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_delete_api_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_delete_api_key(Scope, APIKey)

Arguments

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

APIKey

[required] The encrypted API key that you want to delete.


Deletes all rule groups that are managed by Firewall Manager from the specified WebACL

Description

Deletes all rule groups that are managed by Firewall Manager from the specified WebACL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_delete_firewall_manager_rule_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_delete_firewall_manager_rule_groups(WebACLArn, WebACLLockToken)

Arguments

WebACLArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the web ACL.

WebACLLockToken

[required] A token used for optimistic locking. WAF returns a token to your get and list requests, to mark the state of the entity at the time of the request. To make changes to the entity associated with the token, you provide the token to operations like update and delete. WAF uses the token to ensure that no changes have been made to the entity since you last retrieved it. If a change has been made, the update fails with a WAFOptimisticLockException. If this happens, perform another get, and use the new token returned by that operation.


Deletes the specified IPSet

Description

Deletes the specified IPSet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_delete_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_delete_ip_set(Name, Scope, Id, LockToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the IP set. You cannot change the name of an IPSet after you create it.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

[required] A unique identifier for the set. This ID is returned in the responses to create and list commands. You provide it to operations like update and delete.

LockToken

[required] A token used for optimistic locking. WAF returns a token to your get and list requests, to mark the state of the entity at the time of the request. To make changes to the entity associated with the token, you provide the token to operations like update and delete. WAF uses the token to ensure that no changes have been made to the entity since you last retrieved it. If a change has been made, the update fails with a WAFOptimisticLockException. If this happens, perform another get, and use the new token returned by that operation.


Deletes the LoggingConfiguration from the specified web ACL

Description

Deletes the LoggingConfiguration from the specified web ACL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_delete_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_delete_logging_configuration(
  ResourceArn,
  LogType = NULL,
  LogScope = NULL
)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the web ACL from which you want to delete the LoggingConfiguration.

LogType

Used to distinguish between various logging options. Currently, there is one option.

Default: WAF_LOGS

LogScope

The owner of the logging configuration, which must be set to CUSTOMER for the configurations that you manage.

The log scope SECURITY_LAKE indicates a configuration that is managed through Amazon Security Lake. You can use Security Lake to collect log and event data from various sources for normalization, analysis, and management. For information, see Collecting data from Amazon Web Services services in the Amazon Security Lake user guide.

Default: CUSTOMER


Permanently deletes an IAM policy from the specified rule group

Description

Permanently deletes an IAM policy from the specified rule group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_delete_permission_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_delete_permission_policy(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule group from which you want to delete the policy.

You must be the owner of the rule group to perform this operation.


Deletes the specified RegexPatternSet

Description

Deletes the specified RegexPatternSet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_delete_regex_pattern_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_delete_regex_pattern_set(Name, Scope, Id, LockToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the set. You cannot change the name after you create the set.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

[required] A unique identifier for the set. This ID is returned in the responses to create and list commands. You provide it to operations like update and delete.

LockToken

[required] A token used for optimistic locking. WAF returns a token to your get and list requests, to mark the state of the entity at the time of the request. To make changes to the entity associated with the token, you provide the token to operations like update and delete. WAF uses the token to ensure that no changes have been made to the entity since you last retrieved it. If a change has been made, the update fails with a WAFOptimisticLockException. If this happens, perform another get, and use the new token returned by that operation.


Deletes the specified RuleGroup

Description

Deletes the specified RuleGroup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_delete_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_delete_rule_group(Name, Scope, Id, LockToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the rule group. You cannot change the name of a rule group after you create it.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

[required] A unique identifier for the rule group. This ID is returned in the responses to create and list commands. You provide it to operations like update and delete.

LockToken

[required] A token used for optimistic locking. WAF returns a token to your get and list requests, to mark the state of the entity at the time of the request. To make changes to the entity associated with the token, you provide the token to operations like update and delete. WAF uses the token to ensure that no changes have been made to the entity since you last retrieved it. If a change has been made, the update fails with a WAFOptimisticLockException. If this happens, perform another get, and use the new token returned by that operation.


Deletes the specified WebACL

Description

Deletes the specified WebACL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_delete_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_delete_web_acl(Name, Scope, Id, LockToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the web ACL. You cannot change the name of a web ACL after you create it.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

[required] The unique identifier for the web ACL. This ID is returned in the responses to create and list commands. You provide it to operations like update and delete.

LockToken

[required] A token used for optimistic locking. WAF returns a token to your get and list requests, to mark the state of the entity at the time of the request. To make changes to the entity associated with the token, you provide the token to operations like update and delete. WAF uses the token to ensure that no changes have been made to the entity since you last retrieved it. If a change has been made, the update fails with a WAFOptimisticLockException. If this happens, perform another get, and use the new token returned by that operation.


Provides high-level information for the Amazon Web Services Managed Rules rule groups and Amazon Web Services Marketplace managed rule groups

Description

Provides high-level information for the Amazon Web Services Managed Rules rule groups and Amazon Web Services Marketplace managed rule groups.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_describe_all_managed_products/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_describe_all_managed_products(Scope)

Arguments

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.


Provides high-level information for the managed rule groups owned by a specific vendor

Description

Provides high-level information for the managed rule groups owned by a specific vendor.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_describe_managed_products_by_vendor/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_describe_managed_products_by_vendor(VendorName, Scope)

Arguments

VendorName

[required] The name of the managed rule group vendor. You use this, along with the rule group name, to identify a rule group.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.


Provides high-level information for a managed rule group, including descriptions of the rules

Description

Provides high-level information for a managed rule group, including descriptions of the rules.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_describe_managed_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_describe_managed_rule_group(VendorName, Name, Scope, VersionName = NULL)

Arguments

VendorName

[required] The name of the managed rule group vendor. You use this, along with the rule group name, to identify a rule group.

Name

[required] The name of the managed rule group. You use this, along with the vendor name, to identify the rule group.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

VersionName

The version of the rule group. You can only use a version that is not scheduled for expiration. If you don't provide this, WAF uses the vendor's default version.


Disassociates the specified resource from its web ACL association, if it has one

Description

Disassociates the specified resource from its web ACL association, if it has one.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_disassociate_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_disassociate_web_acl(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource to disassociate from the web ACL.

The ARN must be in one of the following formats:

  • For an Application Load Balancer: arn:partition:elasticloadbalancing:region:account-id:loadbalancer/app/load-balancer-name/load-balancer-id

  • For an Amazon API Gateway REST API: ⁠arn:partition:apigateway:region::/restapis/api-id/stages/stage-name ⁠

  • For an AppSync GraphQL API: arn:partition:appsync:region:account-id:apis/GraphQLApiId

  • For an Amazon Cognito user pool: arn:partition:cognito-idp:region:account-id:userpool/user-pool-id

  • For an App Runner service: arn:partition:apprunner:region:account-id:service/apprunner-service-name/apprunner-service-id

  • For an Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance: arn:partition:ec2:region:account-id:verified-access-instance/instance-id


Generates a presigned download URL for the specified release of the mobile SDK

Description

Generates a presigned download URL for the specified release of the mobile SDK.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_generate_mobile_sdk_release_url/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_generate_mobile_sdk_release_url(Platform, ReleaseVersion)

Arguments

Platform

[required] The device platform.

ReleaseVersion

[required] The release version. For the latest available version, specify LATEST.


Returns your API key in decrypted form

Description

Returns your API key in decrypted form. Use this to check the token domains that you have defined for the key.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_get_decrypted_api_key/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_get_decrypted_api_key(Scope, APIKey)

Arguments

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

APIKey

[required] The encrypted API key.


Retrieves the specified IPSet

Description

Retrieves the specified IPSet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_get_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_get_ip_set(Name, Scope, Id)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the IP set. You cannot change the name of an IPSet after you create it.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

[required] A unique identifier for the set. This ID is returned in the responses to create and list commands. You provide it to operations like update and delete.


Returns the LoggingConfiguration for the specified web ACL

Description

Returns the LoggingConfiguration for the specified web ACL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_get_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_get_logging_configuration(ResourceArn, LogType = NULL, LogScope = NULL)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the web ACL for which you want to get the LoggingConfiguration.

LogType

Used to distinguish between various logging options. Currently, there is one option.

Default: WAF_LOGS

LogScope

The owner of the logging configuration, which must be set to CUSTOMER for the configurations that you manage.

The log scope SECURITY_LAKE indicates a configuration that is managed through Amazon Security Lake. You can use Security Lake to collect log and event data from various sources for normalization, analysis, and management. For information, see Collecting data from Amazon Web Services services in the Amazon Security Lake user guide.

Default: CUSTOMER


Retrieves the specified managed rule set

Description

Retrieves the specified managed rule set.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_get_managed_rule_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_get_managed_rule_set(Name, Scope, Id)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the managed rule set. You use this, along with the rule set ID, to identify the rule set.

This name is assigned to the corresponding managed rule group, which your customers can access and use.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

[required] A unique identifier for the managed rule set. The ID is returned in the responses to commands like list. You provide it to operations like get and update.


Retrieves information for the specified mobile SDK release, including release notes and tags

Description

Retrieves information for the specified mobile SDK release, including release notes and tags.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_get_mobile_sdk_release/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_get_mobile_sdk_release(Platform, ReleaseVersion)

Arguments

Platform

[required] The device platform.

ReleaseVersion

[required] The release version. For the latest available version, specify LATEST.


Returns the IAM policy that is attached to the specified rule group

Description

Returns the IAM policy that is attached to the specified rule group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_get_permission_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_get_permission_policy(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the rule group for which you want to get the policy.


Retrieves the IP addresses that are currently blocked by a rate-based rule instance

Description

Retrieves the IP addresses that are currently blocked by a rate-based rule instance. This is only available for rate-based rules that aggregate solely on the IP address or on the forwarded IP address.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_get_rate_based_statement_managed_keys/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_get_rate_based_statement_managed_keys(
  Scope,
  WebACLName,
  WebACLId,
  RuleGroupRuleName = NULL,
  RuleName
)

Arguments

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

WebACLName

[required] The name of the web ACL. You cannot change the name of a web ACL after you create it.

WebACLId

[required] The unique identifier for the web ACL. This ID is returned in the responses to create and list commands. You provide it to operations like update and delete.

RuleGroupRuleName

The name of the rule group reference statement in your web ACL. This is required only when you have the rate-based rule nested inside a rule group.

RuleName

[required] The name of the rate-based rule to get the keys for. If you have the rule defined inside a rule group that you're using in your web ACL, also provide the name of the rule group reference statement in the request parameter RuleGroupRuleName.


Retrieves the specified RegexPatternSet

Description

Retrieves the specified RegexPatternSet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_get_regex_pattern_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_get_regex_pattern_set(Name, Scope, Id)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the set. You cannot change the name after you create the set.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

[required] A unique identifier for the set. This ID is returned in the responses to create and list commands. You provide it to operations like update and delete.


Retrieves the specified RuleGroup

Description

Retrieves the specified RuleGroup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_get_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_get_rule_group(Name = NULL, Scope = NULL, Id = NULL, ARN = NULL)

Arguments

Name

The name of the rule group. You cannot change the name of a rule group after you create it.

Scope

Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

A unique identifier for the rule group. This ID is returned in the responses to create and list commands. You provide it to operations like update and delete.

ARN

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the entity.


Gets detailed information about a specified number of requests–a sample–that WAF randomly selects from among the first 5,000 requests that your Amazon Web Services resource received during a time range that you choose

Description

Gets detailed information about a specified number of requests–a sample–that WAF randomly selects from among the first 5,000 requests that your Amazon Web Services resource received during a time range that you choose. You can specify a sample size of up to 500 requests, and you can specify any time range in the previous three hours.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_get_sampled_requests/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_get_sampled_requests(
  WebAclArn,
  RuleMetricName,
  Scope,
  TimeWindow,
  MaxItems
)

Arguments

WebAclArn

[required] The Amazon resource name (ARN) of the WebACL for which you want a sample of requests.

RuleMetricName

[required] The metric name assigned to the Rule or RuleGroup dimension for which you want a sample of requests.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

TimeWindow

[required] The start date and time and the end date and time of the range for which you want get_sampled_requests to return a sample of requests. You must specify the times in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) format. UTC format includes the special designator, Z. For example, "2016-09-27T14:50Z". You can specify any time range in the previous three hours. If you specify a start time that's earlier than three hours ago, WAF sets it to three hours ago.

MaxItems

[required] The number of requests that you want WAF to return from among the first 5,000 requests that your Amazon Web Services resource received during the time range. If your resource received fewer requests than the value of MaxItems, get_sampled_requests returns information about all of them.


Retrieves the specified WebACL

Description

Retrieves the specified WebACL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_get_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_get_web_acl(Name, Scope, Id)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the web ACL. You cannot change the name of a web ACL after you create it.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

[required] The unique identifier for the web ACL. This ID is returned in the responses to create and list commands. You provide it to operations like update and delete.


Retrieves the WebACL for the specified resource

Description

Retrieves the WebACL for the specified resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_get_web_acl_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_get_web_acl_for_resource(ResourceArn)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource whose web ACL you want to retrieve.

The ARN must be in one of the following formats:

  • For an Application Load Balancer: arn:partition:elasticloadbalancing:region:account-id:loadbalancer/app/load-balancer-name/load-balancer-id

  • For an Amazon API Gateway REST API: ⁠arn:partition:apigateway:region::/restapis/api-id/stages/stage-name ⁠

  • For an AppSync GraphQL API: arn:partition:appsync:region:account-id:apis/GraphQLApiId

  • For an Amazon Cognito user pool: arn:partition:cognito-idp:region:account-id:userpool/user-pool-id

  • For an App Runner service: arn:partition:apprunner:region:account-id:service/apprunner-service-name/apprunner-service-id

  • For an Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance: arn:partition:ec2:region:account-id:verified-access-instance/instance-id


Retrieves a list of the API keys that you've defined for the specified scope

Description

Retrieves a list of the API keys that you've defined for the specified scope.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_list_api_keys/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_list_api_keys(Scope, NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

NextMarker

When you request a list of objects with a Limit setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the limit, WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, provide the marker from the prior call in your next request.

Limit

The maximum number of objects that you want WAF to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, WAF provides a NextMarker value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.


Returns a list of the available versions for the specified managed rule group

Description

Returns a list of the available versions for the specified managed rule group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_list_available_managed_rule_group_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_list_available_managed_rule_group_versions(
  VendorName,
  Name,
  Scope,
  NextMarker = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

VendorName

[required] The name of the managed rule group vendor. You use this, along with the rule group name, to identify a rule group.

Name

[required] The name of the managed rule group. You use this, along with the vendor name, to identify the rule group.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

NextMarker

When you request a list of objects with a Limit setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the limit, WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, provide the marker from the prior call in your next request.

Limit

The maximum number of objects that you want WAF to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, WAF provides a NextMarker value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.


Retrieves an array of managed rule groups that are available for you to use

Description

Retrieves an array of managed rule groups that are available for you to use. This list includes all Amazon Web Services Managed Rules rule groups and all of the Amazon Web Services Marketplace managed rule groups that you're subscribed to.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_list_available_managed_rule_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_list_available_managed_rule_groups(
  Scope,
  NextMarker = NULL,
  Limit = NULL
)

Arguments

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

NextMarker

When you request a list of objects with a Limit setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the limit, WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, provide the marker from the prior call in your next request.

Limit

The maximum number of objects that you want WAF to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, WAF provides a NextMarker value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.


Retrieves an array of IPSetSummary objects for the IP sets that you manage

Description

Retrieves an array of IPSetSummary objects for the IP sets that you manage.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_list_ip_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_list_ip_sets(Scope, NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

NextMarker

When you request a list of objects with a Limit setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the limit, WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, provide the marker from the prior call in your next request.

Limit

The maximum number of objects that you want WAF to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, WAF provides a NextMarker value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.


Retrieves an array of your LoggingConfiguration objects

Description

Retrieves an array of your LoggingConfiguration objects.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_list_logging_configurations/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_list_logging_configurations(
  Scope,
  NextMarker = NULL,
  Limit = NULL,
  LogScope = NULL
)

Arguments

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

NextMarker

When you request a list of objects with a Limit setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the limit, WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, provide the marker from the prior call in your next request.

Limit

The maximum number of objects that you want WAF to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, WAF provides a NextMarker value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.

LogScope

The owner of the logging configuration, which must be set to CUSTOMER for the configurations that you manage.

The log scope SECURITY_LAKE indicates a configuration that is managed through Amazon Security Lake. You can use Security Lake to collect log and event data from various sources for normalization, analysis, and management. For information, see Collecting data from Amazon Web Services services in the Amazon Security Lake user guide.

Default: CUSTOMER


Retrieves the managed rule sets that you own

Description

Retrieves the managed rule sets that you own.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_list_managed_rule_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_list_managed_rule_sets(Scope, NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

NextMarker

When you request a list of objects with a Limit setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the limit, WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, provide the marker from the prior call in your next request.

Limit

The maximum number of objects that you want WAF to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, WAF provides a NextMarker value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.


Retrieves a list of the available releases for the mobile SDK and the specified device platform

Description

Retrieves a list of the available releases for the mobile SDK and the specified device platform.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_list_mobile_sdk_releases/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_list_mobile_sdk_releases(Platform, NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

Platform

[required] The device platform to retrieve the list for.

NextMarker

When you request a list of objects with a Limit setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the limit, WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, provide the marker from the prior call in your next request.

Limit

The maximum number of objects that you want WAF to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, WAF provides a NextMarker value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.


Retrieves an array of RegexPatternSetSummary objects for the regex pattern sets that you manage

Description

Retrieves an array of RegexPatternSetSummary objects for the regex pattern sets that you manage.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_list_regex_pattern_sets/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_list_regex_pattern_sets(Scope, NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

NextMarker

When you request a list of objects with a Limit setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the limit, WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, provide the marker from the prior call in your next request.

Limit

The maximum number of objects that you want WAF to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, WAF provides a NextMarker value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.


Retrieves an array of the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) for the resources that are associated with the specified web ACL

Description

Retrieves an array of the Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) for the resources that are associated with the specified web ACL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_list_resources_for_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_list_resources_for_web_acl(WebACLArn, ResourceType = NULL)

Arguments

WebACLArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the web ACL.

ResourceType

Retrieves the web ACLs that are used by the specified resource type.

For Amazon CloudFront, don't use this call. Instead, use the CloudFront call ListDistributionsByWebACLId. For information, see ListDistributionsByWebACLId in the Amazon CloudFront API Reference.

If you don't provide a resource type, the call uses the resource type APPLICATION_LOAD_BALANCER.

Default: APPLICATION_LOAD_BALANCER


Retrieves an array of RuleGroupSummary objects for the rule groups that you manage

Description

Retrieves an array of RuleGroupSummary objects for the rule groups that you manage.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_list_rule_groups/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_list_rule_groups(Scope, NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

NextMarker

When you request a list of objects with a Limit setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the limit, WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, provide the marker from the prior call in your next request.

Limit

The maximum number of objects that you want WAF to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, WAF provides a NextMarker value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.


Retrieves the TagInfoForResource for the specified resource

Description

Retrieves the TagInfoForResource for the specified resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes like billing. For example, you might set the tag key to "customer" and the value to the customer name or ID. You can specify one or more tags to add to each Amazon Web Services resource, up to 50 tags for a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_list_tags_for_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_list_tags_for_resource(NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL, ResourceARN)

Arguments

NextMarker

When you request a list of objects with a Limit setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the limit, WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, provide the marker from the prior call in your next request.

Limit

The maximum number of objects that you want WAF to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, WAF provides a NextMarker value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.


Retrieves an array of WebACLSummary objects for the web ACLs that you manage

Description

Retrieves an array of WebACLSummary objects for the web ACLs that you manage.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_list_web_ac_ls/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_list_web_ac_ls(Scope, NextMarker = NULL, Limit = NULL)

Arguments

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

NextMarker

When you request a list of objects with a Limit setting, if the number of objects that are still available for retrieval exceeds the limit, WAF returns a NextMarker value in the response. To retrieve the next batch of objects, provide the marker from the prior call in your next request.

Limit

The maximum number of objects that you want WAF to return for this request. If more objects are available, in the response, WAF provides a NextMarker value that you can use in a subsequent call to get the next batch of objects.


Enables the specified LoggingConfiguration, to start logging from a web ACL, according to the configuration provided

Description

Enables the specified LoggingConfiguration, to start logging from a web ACL, according to the configuration provided.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_put_logging_configuration/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_put_logging_configuration(LoggingConfiguration)

Arguments

LoggingConfiguration

[required]


Defines the versions of your managed rule set that you are offering to the customers

Description

Defines the versions of your managed rule set that you are offering to the customers. Customers see your offerings as managed rule groups with versioning.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_put_managed_rule_set_versions/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_put_managed_rule_set_versions(
  Name,
  Scope,
  Id,
  LockToken,
  RecommendedVersion = NULL,
  VersionsToPublish = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the managed rule set. You use this, along with the rule set ID, to identify the rule set.

This name is assigned to the corresponding managed rule group, which your customers can access and use.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

[required] A unique identifier for the managed rule set. The ID is returned in the responses to commands like list. You provide it to operations like get and update.

LockToken

[required] A token used for optimistic locking. WAF returns a token to your get and list requests, to mark the state of the entity at the time of the request. To make changes to the entity associated with the token, you provide the token to operations like update and delete. WAF uses the token to ensure that no changes have been made to the entity since you last retrieved it. If a change has been made, the update fails with a WAFOptimisticLockException. If this happens, perform another get, and use the new token returned by that operation.

RecommendedVersion

The version of the named managed rule group that you'd like your customers to choose, from among your version offerings.

VersionsToPublish

The versions of the named managed rule group that you want to offer to your customers.


Use this to share a rule group with other accounts

Description

Use this to share a rule group with other accounts.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_put_permission_policy/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_put_permission_policy(ResourceArn, Policy)

Arguments

ResourceArn

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the RuleGroup to which you want to attach the policy.

Policy

[required] The policy to attach to the specified rule group.

The policy specifications must conform to the following:

  • The policy must be composed using IAM Policy version 2012-10-17.

  • The policy must include specifications for Effect, Action, and Principal.

  • Effect must specify Allow.

  • Action must specify wafv2:CreateWebACL, wafv2:UpdateWebACL, and wafv2:PutFirewallManagerRuleGroups and may optionally specify wafv2:GetRuleGroup. WAF rejects any extra actions or wildcard actions in the policy.

  • The policy must not include a Resource parameter.

For more information, see IAM Policies.


Associates tags with the specified Amazon Web Services resource

Description

Associates tags with the specified Amazon Web Services resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you can use to categorize and manage your resources, for purposes like billing. For example, you might set the tag key to "customer" and the value to the customer name or ID. You can specify one or more tags to add to each Amazon Web Services resource, up to 50 tags for a resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_tag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_tag_resource(ResourceARN, Tags)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.

Tags

[required] An array of key:value pairs to associate with the resource.


Disassociates tags from an Amazon Web Services resource

Description

Disassociates tags from an Amazon Web Services resource. Tags are key:value pairs that you can associate with Amazon Web Services resources. For example, the tag key might be "customer" and the tag value might be "companyA." You can specify one or more tags to add to each container. You can add up to 50 tags to each Amazon Web Services resource.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_untag_resource/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_untag_resource(ResourceARN, TagKeys)

Arguments

ResourceARN

[required] The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.

TagKeys

[required] An array of keys identifying the tags to disassociate from the resource.


Updates the specified IPSet

Description

Updates the specified IPSet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_update_ip_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_update_ip_set(Name, Scope, Id, Description = NULL, Addresses, LockToken)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the IP set. You cannot change the name of an IPSet after you create it.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

[required] A unique identifier for the set. This ID is returned in the responses to create and list commands. You provide it to operations like update and delete.

Description

A description of the IP set that helps with identification.

Addresses

[required] Contains an array of strings that specifies zero or more IP addresses or blocks of IP addresses that you want WAF to inspect for in incoming requests. All addresses must be specified using Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) notation. WAF supports all IPv4 and IPv6 CIDR ranges except for ⁠/0⁠.

Example address strings:

  • For requests that originated from the IP address 192.0.2.44, specify ⁠192.0.2.44/32⁠.

  • For requests that originated from IP addresses from 192.0.2.0 to 192.0.2.255, specify ⁠192.0.2.0/24⁠.

  • For requests that originated from the IP address 1111:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0111, specify 1111:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0111/128.

  • For requests that originated from IP addresses 1111:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000 to 1111:0000:0000:0000:ffff:ffff:ffff:ffff, specify 1111:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000/64.

For more information about CIDR notation, see the Wikipedia entry Classless Inter-Domain Routing.

Example JSON Addresses specifications:

  • Empty array: ⁠"Addresses": []⁠

  • Array with one address: ⁠"Addresses": ["192.0.2.44/32"]⁠

  • Array with three addresses: ⁠"Addresses": ["192.0.2.44/32", "192.0.2.0/24", "192.0.0.0/16"]⁠

  • INVALID specification: ⁠"Addresses": [""]⁠ INVALID

LockToken

[required] A token used for optimistic locking. WAF returns a token to your get and list requests, to mark the state of the entity at the time of the request. To make changes to the entity associated with the token, you provide the token to operations like update and delete. WAF uses the token to ensure that no changes have been made to the entity since you last retrieved it. If a change has been made, the update fails with a WAFOptimisticLockException. If this happens, perform another get, and use the new token returned by that operation.


Updates the expiration information for your managed rule set

Description

Updates the expiration information for your managed rule set. Use this to initiate the expiration of a managed rule group version. After you initiate expiration for a version, WAF excludes it from the response to list_available_managed_rule_group_versions for the managed rule group.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_update_managed_rule_set_version_expiry_date/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_update_managed_rule_set_version_expiry_date(
  Name,
  Scope,
  Id,
  LockToken,
  VersionToExpire,
  ExpiryTimestamp
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the managed rule set. You use this, along with the rule set ID, to identify the rule set.

This name is assigned to the corresponding managed rule group, which your customers can access and use.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

[required] A unique identifier for the managed rule set. The ID is returned in the responses to commands like list. You provide it to operations like get and update.

LockToken

[required] A token used for optimistic locking. WAF returns a token to your get and list requests, to mark the state of the entity at the time of the request. To make changes to the entity associated with the token, you provide the token to operations like update and delete. WAF uses the token to ensure that no changes have been made to the entity since you last retrieved it. If a change has been made, the update fails with a WAFOptimisticLockException. If this happens, perform another get, and use the new token returned by that operation.

VersionToExpire

[required] The version that you want to remove from your list of offerings for the named managed rule group.

ExpiryTimestamp

[required] The time that you want the version to expire.

Times are in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) format. UTC format includes the special designator, Z. For example, "2016-09-27T14:50Z".


Updates the specified RegexPatternSet

Description

Updates the specified RegexPatternSet.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_update_regex_pattern_set/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_update_regex_pattern_set(
  Name,
  Scope,
  Id,
  Description = NULL,
  RegularExpressionList,
  LockToken
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the set. You cannot change the name after you create the set.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

[required] A unique identifier for the set. This ID is returned in the responses to create and list commands. You provide it to operations like update and delete.

Description

A description of the set that helps with identification.

RegularExpressionList

[required]

LockToken

[required] A token used for optimistic locking. WAF returns a token to your get and list requests, to mark the state of the entity at the time of the request. To make changes to the entity associated with the token, you provide the token to operations like update and delete. WAF uses the token to ensure that no changes have been made to the entity since you last retrieved it. If a change has been made, the update fails with a WAFOptimisticLockException. If this happens, perform another get, and use the new token returned by that operation.


Updates the specified RuleGroup

Description

Updates the specified RuleGroup.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_update_rule_group/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_update_rule_group(
  Name,
  Scope,
  Id,
  Description = NULL,
  Rules = NULL,
  VisibilityConfig,
  LockToken,
  CustomResponseBodies = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the rule group. You cannot change the name of a rule group after you create it.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

[required] A unique identifier for the rule group. This ID is returned in the responses to create and list commands. You provide it to operations like update and delete.

Description

A description of the rule group that helps with identification.

Rules

The Rule statements used to identify the web requests that you want to manage. Each rule includes one top-level statement that WAF uses to identify matching web requests, and parameters that govern how WAF handles them.

VisibilityConfig

[required] Defines and enables Amazon CloudWatch metrics and web request sample collection.

LockToken

[required] A token used for optimistic locking. WAF returns a token to your get and list requests, to mark the state of the entity at the time of the request. To make changes to the entity associated with the token, you provide the token to operations like update and delete. WAF uses the token to ensure that no changes have been made to the entity since you last retrieved it. If a change has been made, the update fails with a WAFOptimisticLockException. If this happens, perform another get, and use the new token returned by that operation.

CustomResponseBodies

A map of custom response keys and content bodies. When you create a rule with a block action, you can send a custom response to the web request. You define these for the rule group, and then use them in the rules that you define in the rule group.

For information about customizing web requests and responses, see Customizing web requests and responses in WAF in the WAF Developer Guide.

For information about the limits on count and size for custom request and response settings, see WAF quotas in the WAF Developer Guide.


Updates the specified WebACL

Description

Updates the specified WebACL. While updating a web ACL, WAF provides continuous coverage to the resources that you have associated with the web ACL.

See https://www.paws-r-sdk.com/docs/wafv2_update_web_acl/ for full documentation.

Usage

wafv2_update_web_acl(
  Name,
  Scope,
  Id,
  DefaultAction,
  Description = NULL,
  Rules = NULL,
  VisibilityConfig,
  DataProtectionConfig = NULL,
  LockToken,
  CustomResponseBodies = NULL,
  CaptchaConfig = NULL,
  ChallengeConfig = NULL,
  TokenDomains = NULL,
  AssociationConfig = NULL
)

Arguments

Name

[required] The name of the web ACL. You cannot change the name of a web ACL after you create it.

Scope

[required] Specifies whether this is for a global resource type, such as a Amazon CloudFront distribution.

To work with CloudFront, you must also specify the Region US East (N. Virginia) as follows:

  • CLI - Specify the Region when you use the CloudFront scope: --scope=CLOUDFRONT --region=us-east-1.

  • API and SDKs - For all calls, use the Region endpoint us-east-1.

Id

[required] The unique identifier for the web ACL. This ID is returned in the responses to create and list commands. You provide it to operations like update and delete.

DefaultAction

[required] The action to perform if none of the Rules contained in the WebACL match.

Description

A description of the web ACL that helps with identification.

Rules

The Rule statements used to identify the web requests that you want to manage. Each rule includes one top-level statement that WAF uses to identify matching web requests, and parameters that govern how WAF handles them.

VisibilityConfig

[required] Defines and enables Amazon CloudWatch metrics and web request sample collection.

DataProtectionConfig

Specifies data protection to apply to the web request data that WAF stores for the web ACL. This is a web ACL level data protection option.

The data protection that you configure for the web ACL alters the data that's available for any other data collection activity, including WAF logging, web ACL request sampling, Amazon Web Services Managed Rules, and Amazon Security Lake data collection and management. Your other option for data protection is in the logging configuration, which only affects logging.

LockToken

[required] A token used for optimistic locking. WAF returns a token to your get and list requests, to mark the state of the entity at the time of the request. To make changes to the entity associated with the token, you provide the token to operations like update and delete. WAF uses the token to ensure that no changes have been made to the entity since you last retrieved it. If a change has been made, the update fails with a WAFOptimisticLockException. If this happens, perform another get, and use the new token returned by that operation.

CustomResponseBodies

A map of custom response keys and content bodies. When you create a rule with a block action, you can send a custom response to the web request. You define these for the web ACL, and then use them in the rules and default actions that you define in the web ACL.

For information about customizing web requests and responses, see Customizing web requests and responses in WAF in the WAF Developer Guide.

For information about the limits on count and size for custom request and response settings, see WAF quotas in the WAF Developer Guide.

CaptchaConfig

Specifies how WAF should handle CAPTCHA evaluations for rules that don't have their own CaptchaConfig settings. If you don't specify this, WAF uses its default settings for CaptchaConfig.

ChallengeConfig

Specifies how WAF should handle challenge evaluations for rules that don't have their own ChallengeConfig settings. If you don't specify this, WAF uses its default settings for ChallengeConfig.

TokenDomains

Specifies the domains that WAF should accept in a web request token. This enables the use of tokens across multiple protected websites. When WAF provides a token, it uses the domain of the Amazon Web Services resource that the web ACL is protecting. If you don't specify a list of token domains, WAF accepts tokens only for the domain of the protected resource. With a token domain list, WAF accepts the resource's host domain plus all domains in the token domain list, including their prefixed subdomains.

Example JSON: ⁠"TokenDomains": { "mywebsite.com", "myotherwebsite.com" }⁠

Public suffixes aren't allowed. For example, you can't use gov.au or co.uk as token domains.

AssociationConfig

Specifies custom configurations for the associations between the web ACL and protected resources.

Use this to customize the maximum size of the request body that your protected resources forward to WAF for inspection. You can customize this setting for CloudFront, API Gateway, Amazon Cognito, App Runner, or Verified Access resources. The default setting is 16 KB (16,384 bytes).

You are charged additional fees when your protected resources forward body sizes that are larger than the default. For more information, see WAF Pricing.

For Application Load Balancer and AppSync, the limit is fixed at 8 KB (8,192 bytes).